RSL10 Hardware Reference

M-20829-021
July 2022

© SCILLC, 2022
Previous Edition © 2021
“All Rights Reserved”
 onsemi
Table of Contents RSL10 Hardware Reference

Page
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.1 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.3 Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.4 Further Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2. Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.1 System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2 Radio System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.3 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.4 Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.5 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.6 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.7 Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.8 Audio Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.9 SoC Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.9.1 Device Identification Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.9.1.1 AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3. Arm Cortex-M3 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.1 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Loop Cache Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.1.1 SYSCTRL_CSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.2 Debug Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.3 IP Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.3.1 Using IP Protection with Segger J-LInk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3.2 IP Protection Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.3.2.1 SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.3.2.2 SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3.2.3 SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4 Activity Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4.1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.4.1.1 SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.4.1.2 SYSCTRL_SYSCLK_CNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.4.1.3 SYSCTRL_CM3_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.4.1.4 SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.4.1.5 SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4. LPDSP32 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.2 System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.3 Memory Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.4 Interrupt Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.5 LPDSP32 Debug Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.6 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.6.1 SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.6.2 SYSCTRL_DSS_CMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.6.3 SYSCTRL_DSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.6.4 SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

www.onsemi.com
2
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

5. Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.1 Power Supply Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.1.1 Power Management Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.2 Power Supply Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.2.1 Battery Supply Voltage (VBAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.2.2 Digital Output Supply Voltage (VDDO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.3 Internal Power Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.3.1 System Supply Voltage (VCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.3.1.1 VCC and DC-DC Converter Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.3.1.1.1 ACS_VCC_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.3.2 Internal Band Gap Reference Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.3.2.1 Bandgap Converter Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.3.2.1.1 ACS_BG_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.3.3 RF Supply Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.3.3.1 RF Block Configuration and Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5.3.3.1.1 ACS_VDDRF_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
5.3.3.1.2 ACS_VDDPA_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.3.4 Digital Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.3.4.1 Digital Supply Configuration / Control Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.3.4.1.1 ACS_VDDC_CTRL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.3.4.1.2 ACS_VDDM_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.3.4.1.3 ACS_VDDRET_CTRL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.3.5 Analog Supply Voltage (VDDA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5.3.5.1 Analog Voltage Configuration and Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5.3.5.1.1 ACS_VDDA_CP_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.4 Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.4.2 Measuring Power Mode Current Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.4.3 Run Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.4.4 Standby Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
5.4.4.1 Wakeup Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5.4.4.2 ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.4.4.3 ACS_WAKEUP_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
5.4.4.4 ACS_WAKEUP_STATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.4.5 Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.4.5.1 Sleep for Wakeup from Retention Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5.4.6 ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
5.4.7 SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
5.4.8 SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5.4.9 SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_PAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
5.4.10 ACS_WAKEUP_GP_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5.5.1 Reset Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
5.5.1.1 DIG_RESET_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

www.onsemi.com
3
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

5.5.2 ACS_RESET_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
5.5.3 The nRESET Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.6 Analog Test Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5.6.1 Analog Output Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
5.6.2 ACS_AOUT_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
6. Clocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
6.2 Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6.2.1 RC Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6.2.2 48 MHz Crystal Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6.2.3 Standby RC Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
6.2.4 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
6.2.5 External Clock Input (EXTCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
6.2.6 Debug Port Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
6.2.7 Clock Generation Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
6.2.7.1 ACS_RCOSC_CTRL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
6.2.7.2 ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
6.3 Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
6.3.1 System Clock (SYSCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
6.3.2 Standby Clock (STANDBYCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
6.3.3 Slow Clock (SLOWCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
6.3.4 Baseband Clock (BBCLK) and Other Clocks for the Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband . . . . 82
6.3.5 Real-Time Clock (RTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
6.3.6 User Clock (USRCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
6.3.7 Power Supply Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.3.8 Interface Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.3.9 Clock Distribution Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.3.9.1 CLK_SYS_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6.3.9.2 CLK_DIV_CFG0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6.3.9.3 CLK_DIV_CFG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.3.9.4 CLK_DIV_CFG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
6.3.9.5 ACS_RTC_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6.3.9.6 ACS_RTC_COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.3.9.7 ACS_RTC_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.4 Clock Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6.4.1 Clock Detector and System Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6.4.2 External Clock Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.4.3 Clock Detector Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.4.3.1 CLK_DET_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.4.3.2 CLK_DET_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
6.4.3.3 ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
7. Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7.1 Memory Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7.1.1 Memory Instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
7.1.2 Memory Buses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

www.onsemi.com
4
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.1.3 Memory Arbitration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

7.2 Memory Map and Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
7.2.1 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Memory Usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
7.2.2 Flash Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.2.2.1 Non-Volatile Record (NVR) Sectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
7.2.2.2 Redundancy Sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
7.2.2.3 Error-Correction Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
7.2.2.4 Flash Delay Timings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7.2.3 RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7.2.3.1 Program RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
7.2.3.2 Data RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7.2.3.3 Shared RAM Instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7.2.4 Other Memory Mapped Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.2.4.1 Peripherals and Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.2.4.2 Private Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.2.5 LPDSP32 DSP Memory Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.2.5.1 Program Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7.2.5.2 Data Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
7.2.6 Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband (BB) Memory Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.2.6.1 Exchange Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.3 Flash Memory Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.3.1 Reading and Writing Flash Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.3.2 Low-Power Read Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.3.3 Reading and Programming Flash Memory Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.3.3.1 Non-Sequential Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
7.3.3.2 Sequential Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7.3.4 Locking / Unlocking Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7.3.4.1 Locking Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7.3.4.2 Unlocking Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7.4 Flash Copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7.4.1 Block Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7.5 Memory Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7.5.1 SYSCTRL_FLASH_OVERLAY_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
7.5.2 SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
7.5.3 SYSCTRL_MEM_ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
7.5.4 SYSCTRL_MEM_POWER_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
7.5.5 SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
7.5.6 SYSCTRL_MEM_RETENTION_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
7.5.7 SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
7.5.8 SYSCTRL_MEM_TIMING_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.6 Flash Memory Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.6.1 FLASH_IF_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
7.6.2 FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
7.6.3 FLASH_MAIN_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

www.onsemi.com
5
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.6.4 FLASH_DELAY_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

7.6.5 FLASH_CMD_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7.6.6 FLASH_IF_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
7.6.7 FLASH_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.6.8 FLASH_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.6.9 FLASH_NVR_WRITE_UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
7.6.10 FLASH_NVR_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7.6.11 FLASH_PATCH_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7.6.12 FLASH_COPY_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7.6.13 FLASH_COPY_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.6.14 FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.6.15 FLASH_COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7.6.16 FLASH_COPY_WORD_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7.6.17 FLASH_ECC_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
7.6.18 FLASH_ECC_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7.6.19 FLASH_ECC_ERROR_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7.6.20 FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7.6.21 FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8. RF Front-End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
8.1.1 RF Front-End Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
8.1.2 SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
8.1.3 SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
8.2 System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
8.2.1 48 MHz Crystal Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
8.3 Packet Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
8.3.1 Packet Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8.3.1.1 Preamble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8.3.1.2 Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8.3.1.3 Packet Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8.3.1.4 Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
8.3.1.5 Multi-Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
8.3.2 CRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
8.3.3 Accessing the FIFOs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8.3.4 FIFO Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
8.4 Modulator and Radio Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
8.4.1 Radio Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
8.4.1.1 Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
8.4.1.1.1 Fractional Data Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
8.4.1.2 Central Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
8.4.1.3 Channels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
8.4.1.4 On/Off Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
8.4.1.4.1 Tx On/Off Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
8.4.1.4.2 Rx On/Off Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
8.4.1.4.3 Power Amplifier (PA) Power-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

www.onsemi.com
6
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.2 Tx Specific Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

8.4.2.1 Pulse Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
8.4.2.2 Modulation Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
8.4.2.3 Interpolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8.4.2.4 Power Amplifier (PA) Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8.4.3 Rx Specific Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8.4.3.1 Channel Filter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8.4.3.2 Phase and RSSI Fractional Decimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
8.4.3.3 Carrier Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8.4.3.3.1 Rough Carrier Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8.4.3.3.2 Fine Carrier Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
8.4.3.3.3 Carrier Recovery Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
8.4.3.3.4 RSSI Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
8.4.3.3.5 Delay Line Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
8.4.3.4 Matched Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
8.4.3.5 Clock and Data-Rate Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8.4.3.6 Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
8.4.3.6.1 Viterbi Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8.4.3.7 RSSI Filtering and AGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8.4.3.7.1 Peak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
8.4.3.7.2 RSSI and Peak-Detector Combined AGC Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . 158
8.4.4 Continuous Wave (CW) Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
8.4.5 Direct Test Mode (DTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
8.5 RF Front-End Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
8.5.1 RF_REG00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
8.5.2 RF_REG01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
8.5.3 RF_REG02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.5.4 RF_REG03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
8.5.5 RF_REG04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.5.6 RF_REG05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.5.7 RF_CENTER_FREQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.5.8 RF_REG07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.5.9 RF_REG08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.5.10 RF_REG09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
8.5.11 RF_REG0A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
8.5.12 RF_SYNC_PATTERN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
8.5.13 RF_REG0C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
8.5.14 RF_CRC_POLYNOMIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.5.15 RF_CRC_RST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.5.16 RF_REG0F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
8.5.17 RF_REG10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
8.5.18 RF_TX_PULSE0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
8.5.19 RF_TX_PULSE1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

www.onsemi.com
7
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.20 RF_TX_PULSE2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

8.5.21 RF_TX_PULSE3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
8.5.22 RF_RX_PULSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.5.23 RF_REG16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.5.24 RF_REG17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
8.5.25 RF_REG18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
8.5.26 RF_REG19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8.5.27 RF_REG1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.5.28 RF_REG1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.5.29 RF_AGC_LUT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8.5.30 RF_AGC_LUT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
8.5.31 RF_AGC_LUT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
8.5.32 RF_AGC_LUT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8.5.33 RF_REG20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
8.5.34 RF_AGC_ATT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
8.5.35 RF_REG22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
8.5.36 RF_REG23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
8.5.37 RF_REG24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
8.5.38 RF_REG25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
8.5.39 RF_REG26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
8.5.40 RF_REG27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
8.5.41 RF_REG28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
8.5.42 RF_PLL_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
8.5.43 RF_REG2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
8.5.44 RF_XTAL_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
8.5.45 RF_REG2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
8.5.46 RF_REG2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
8.5.47 RF_REG2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
8.5.48 RF_REG2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
8.5.49 RF_REG30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
8.5.50 RF_REG31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
8.5.51 RF_REG32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
8.5.52 RF_TXFIFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
8.5.53 RF_RXFIFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
8.5.54 RF_DESER_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8.5.55 RF_IRQ_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8.5.56 RF_REG37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8.5.57 RF_REG38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8.5.58 RF_REG39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
8.5.59 RF_REVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
9. Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
9.1.1 Bluetooth Baseband Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
9.1.2 Support Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

www.onsemi.com
8
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.2 Baseband Registers and Memory Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

9.2.1 Baseband Abstraction Layer Primitives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9.2.2 Control Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
9.3 Baseband Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
9.3.1 Clock Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
9.3.1.1 ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9.3.2 Slot Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9.3.3 Timing and Event-Related Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.3.3.1 Schedule Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9.3.3.2 End of Event Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9.3.3.3 Reception Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
9.3.3.4 Wakeup Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
9.3.3.5 Software Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
9.3.3.6 Encryption Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
9.4 Baseband Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
9.4.1 BBIF_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
9.4.2 BBIF_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
9.4.3 BBIF_COEX_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
9.4.4 BBIF_COEX_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
9.4.5 BBIF_COEX_INT_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
9.4.6 BBIF_COEX_INT_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
9.4.7 BBIF_SYNC_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
9.4.8 BB_RWBBCNTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
9.4.9 BB_VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
9.4.10 BB_RWBLEBCONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
9.4.11 BB_INTCNTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
9.4.12 BB_INTSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
9.4.13 BB_INTRAWSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
9.4.14 BB_INTACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
9.4.15 BB_BASETIMECNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
9.4.16 BB_FINETIMECNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.4.17 BB_BDADDRL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.4.18 BB_BDADDRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.4.19 BB_ET_CURRENTRXDESCPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.4.20 BB_DEEPSLCNTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
9.4.21 BB_DEEPSLWKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
9.4.22 BB_DEEPSLSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9.4.23 BB_ENBPRESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9.4.24 BB_FINECNTCORR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9.4.25 BB_BASETIMECNTCORR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
9.4.26 BB_DIAGCNTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
9.4.27 BB_DIAGSTAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
9.4.28 BB_DEBUGADDMAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

www.onsemi.com
9
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.29 BB_DEBUGADDMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

9.4.30 BB_ERRORTYPESTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
9.4.31 BB_SWPROFILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
9.4.32 BB_RADIOCNTL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9.4.33 BB_RADIOCNTL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
9.4.34 BB_RADIOCNTL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
9.4.35 BB_RADIOPWRUPDN0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
9.4.36 BB_RADIOPWRUPDN1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
9.4.37 BB_RADIOTXRXTIM0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
9.4.38 BB_RADIOTXRXTIM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
9.4.39 BB_SPIPTRCNTL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
9.4.40 BB_SPIPTRCNTL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
9.4.41 BB_SPIPTRCNTL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
9.4.42 BB_ADVCHMAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
9.4.43 BB_ADVTIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9.4.44 BB_ACTSCANSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9.4.45 BB_WLPUBADDPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9.4.46 BB_WLPRIVADDPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9.4.47 BB_WLNBDEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
9.4.48 BB_AESCNTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9.4.49 BB_AESKEY31_0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9.4.50 BB_AESKEY63_32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9.4.51 BB_AESKEY95_64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
9.4.52 BB_AESKEY127_96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9.4.53 BB_AESPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9.4.54 BB_TXMICVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9.4.55 BB_RXMICVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9.4.56 BB_RFTESTCNTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
9.4.57 BB_RFTESTTXSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
9.4.58 BB_RFTESTRXSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.4.59 BB_TIMGENCNTL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.4.60 BB_GROSSTIMTGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.4.61 BB_FINETIMTGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.4.62 BB_COEXIFCNTL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
9.4.63 BB_COEXIFCNTL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
9.4.64 BB_COEXIFCNTL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.4.65 BB_BBMPRIO0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.4.66 BB_BBMPRIO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
9.4.67 BB_RALPTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
9.4.68 BB_RALNBDEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
9.4.69 BB_RAL_LOCAL_RND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9.4.70 BB_RAL_PEER_RND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9.4.71 BB_ISOCHANCNTL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9.4.72 BB_ISOMUTECNTL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

www.onsemi.com
10
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.73 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

9.4.74 BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.4.75 BB_ISOTRCNL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.4.76 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.4.77 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.4.78 BB_ISOCHANCNTL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.4.79 BB_ISOMUTECNTL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
9.4.80 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.4.81 BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.4.82 BB_ISOTRCNL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.4.83 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.4.84 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.4.85 BB_ISOCHANCNTL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
9.4.86 BB_ISOMUTECNTL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9.4.87 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
9.4.88 BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.4.89 BB_ISOTRCNL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.4.90 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.4.91 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.4.92 BB_BBPRIOSCHARB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
10. Digital Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
10.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
10.2 Functional Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
10.2.1 Special Functional Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
10.3 Physical Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
10.4 DIO Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
10.4.1 DIO_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
10.4.2 DIO_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
10.4.3 DIO_DIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
10.4.4 DIO_MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
10.4.5 DIO_INT_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
10.4.6 DIO_INT_DEBOUNCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10.4.7 DIO_PCM_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10.4.8 DIO_SPI_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
10.4.9 DIO_UART_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.4.10 DIO_I2C_SRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.4.11 DIO_AUDIOSINK_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
10.4.12 DIO_NMI_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
10.4.13 DIO_BB_RX_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
10.4.14 DIO_BB_SPI_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
10.4.15 DIO_RF_SPI_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
10.4.16 DIO_RF_GPIO03_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.4.17 DIO_RF_GPIO47_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

www.onsemi.com
11
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.18 DIO_RF_GPIO89_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

10.4.19 DIO_DMIC_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
10.4.20 DIO_LPDSP32_JTAG_SRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
10.4.21 DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
10.4.22 DIO_EXTCLK_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
10.4.23 DIO_PAD_CFG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
11. External Digital Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
11.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
11.2 Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADCs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
11.2.1 ADC Input Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
11.2.2 ADC Sampling Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
11.2.3 ADC Output Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
11.2.4 Power Supply Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
11.2.5 ADC and Power Supply Monitoring Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
11.2.6 ADC Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
11.2.6.1 ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
11.2.6.2 ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
11.2.6.3 ADC_INPUT_SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
11.2.6.4 ADC_CFG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
11.2.6.5 ADC_OFFSET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
11.2.6.6 ADC_BATMON_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
11.2.6.7 ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
11.2.6.8 ADC_BATMON_COUNT_VAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
11.2.6.9 ADC_BATMON_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
11.3 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
11.3.1 GPIO Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
11.4 I2C Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
11.4.1 Slave Mode Specific Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
11.4.2 Master Mode Specific Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
11.4.3 I2C Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
11.4.3.1 Operation Using Manual Acknowledgement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
11.4.3.2 Operation Using Auto Acknowledgement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
11.4.4 I2C Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
11.4.4.1 I2C_CTRL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
11.4.4.2 I2C_CTRL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
11.4.4.3 I2C_DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
11.4.4.4 I2C_DATA_M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
11.4.4.5 I2C_ADDR_START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
11.4.4.6 I2C_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
11.5 Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
11.5.1 PCM Signal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
11.5.1.1 Frame Signal Configuration and Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
11.5.1.2 Data Serial Input and Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
11.5.2 PCM Interrupt Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
11.5.3 I2S Configuration and Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
11.5.4 PCM Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

www.onsemi.com
12
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.5.4.1 PCM_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

11.5.4.2 PCM_TX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
11.5.4.3 PCM_RX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
11.5.4.4 PCM_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
11.6 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
11.6.1 PWM Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11.6.1.1 PWM_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11.6.1.2 PWM_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11.7 Serial Peripheral Interfaces (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
11.7.1 SPI Data Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
11.7.2 SPI Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
11.7.3 SPI DMA Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
11.7.4 SPI Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
11.7.4.1 SPI0_CTRL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
11.7.4.2 SPI0_CTRL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
11.7.4.3 SPI0_TX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
11.7.4.4 SPI0_RX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
11.7.4.5 SPI0_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
11.7.4.6 SPI1_CTRL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
11.7.4.7 SPI1_CTRL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
11.7.4.8 SPI1_TX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
11.7.4.9 SPI1_RX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
11.7.4.10 SPI1_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
11.8 Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART) Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . 344
11.8.1 UART Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
11.8.2 UART Interface Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
11.8.2.1 UART_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
11.8.2.2 UART_TX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
11.8.2.3 UART_RX_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
11.8.2.4 UART_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
11.9 Support Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
12. Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
12.1 Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
12.1.1 CRC Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
12.1.1.1 CRC_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
12.1.1.2 CRC_VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
12.1.1.3 CRC_ADD_1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
12.1.1.4 CRC_ADD_8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
12.1.1.5 CRC_ADD_16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
12.1.1.6 CRC_ADD_24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
12.1.1.7 CRC_ADD_32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
12.1.1.8 CRC_FINAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
12.2 Direct Memory Access (DMA) Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
12.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
12.2.2 DMA Channel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

www.onsemi.com
13
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

12.2.3 Word Size, Data Packing and Transfer Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

12.2.3.1 Word Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
12.2.3.2 Data Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
12.2.3.3 Transfer Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
12.2.4 DMA Transfer Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
12.2.4.1 Memory-to-Memory (MM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
12.2.4.2 Memory-to-Peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
12.2.4.3 Peripheral-to-Memory (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
12.2.4.4 Peripheral-to-Peripheral (PP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
12.2.5 DMA Interrupt Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
12.2.6 Channel Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
12.2.7 Data Memory Usage by the DMA and ARM Cortex-M3 Processor . . . . . . . . . 364
12.2.8 DMA Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
12.2.8.1 DMA_CTRL0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
12.2.8.2 DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
12.2.8.3 DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
12.2.8.4 DMA_CTRL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
12.2.8.5 DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
12.2.8.6 DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
12.2.8.7 DMA_WORD_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
12.2.8.8 DMA_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
12.3 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
12.3.1 Starting or Stopping Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
12.3.2 Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
12.3.3 Timer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
12.3.3.1 TIMER_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
12.3.3.2 TIMER_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
12.3.3.3 TIMER_VAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
12.4 Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
12.4.1 Watchdog Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
12.4.1.1 WATCHDOG_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
12.4.1.2 WATCHDOG_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
13. Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
13.1 Digital Microphone (DMIC) Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378
13.1.1 Digital Microphone and Shared Digital Microphone/Output Driver Registers . . . . . . 380
13.1.1.1 AUDIO_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
13.1.1.2 AUDIO_STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
13.1.1.3 AUDIO_DMIC_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
13.1.1.4 AUDIO_DMIC0_GAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
13.1.1.5 AUDIO_DMIC1_GAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
13.1.1.6 AUDIO_DMIC_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
13.1.1.7 AUDIO_DMIC0_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
13.1.1.8 AUDIO_DMIC1_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
13.2 Output Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386
13.2.1 Output Driver Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
13.2.1.1 AUDIO_OD_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

www.onsemi.com
14
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.2.1.2 AUDIO_OD_GAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

13.2.1.3 AUDIO_OD_DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
13.2.1.4 AUDIO_SDM_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
13.3 Audio Sink Clock Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
13.3.1 Audio Sink Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
13.3.1.1 AUDIOSINK_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
13.3.1.2 AUDIOSINK_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
13.3.1.3 AUDIOSINK_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
13.3.1.4 AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
13.3.1.5 AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
13.4 Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
13.4.1 ASRC Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
13.4.1.1 ASRC_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
13.4.1.2 ASRC_INT_ENABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
13.4.1.3 ASRC_OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
13.4.1.4 ASRC_IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
13.4.1.5 ASRC_CFG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
13.4.1.6 ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
13.4.1.7 ASRC_PHASE_INC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
13.4.1.8 ASRC_PHASE_CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
13.4.1.9 ASRC_STATE_MEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
14. Private Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
14.1 Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
14.1.1 Interrupt Controller Type Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
14.1.2 Interrupt Set Enable and Clear Enable Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
14.1.3 Interrupt Set-Pending Registers and Interrupt Clear-Pending Registers . . . . . . . . 405
14.1.4 Active Bit Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
14.1.5 Interrupt Priority Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
14.1.6 Registers Described by Arm Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
14.2 SysTick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
14.2.1 SysTick Control and Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
14.2.1.1 SysTick_CTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
14.2.1.2 SysTick_LOAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
14.2.1.3 SysTick_VAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
14.2.1.4 SysTick_CALIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
14.3 Debug Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
14.3.1 Halting Debug Configuration and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
14.3.2 Debug Monitor Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
14.3.3 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Core Register Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
14.3.4 Debug Fault Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
14.3.5 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Debug Port Specific Control and Configuration Registers . . . . 412
14.3.5.1 SCB_DFSR Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
14.3.5.2 CoreDebug_DHCSR Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
14.3.5.3 CoreDebug_DCRSR Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
14.3.5.4 Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

www.onsemi.com
15
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

A. Control and Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

A.1 Chip Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416
A.2 System Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417
A.3 Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
A.4 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
A.5 Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
A.6 General-Purpose Timers 0, 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
A.7 Flash Interface Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426
A.8 DMA Controller Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
A.9 DIO Interface and Digital Pad control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
A.10 SPI0 Interface Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
A.11 SPI1 Interface Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434
A.12 PCM Interface Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
A.13 I2C Interface Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
A.14 UART Interface Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
A.15 PWM 0 and 1 Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
A.16 DMIC Input and Output Driver Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .440
A.17 CRC Generator Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
A.18 Audio Sink Clock Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
A.19 ASRC Configuration and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
A.20 Analog-to-Digital Converter and Battery Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
A.21 ACS domain (Analog Bridge Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
A.22 Baseband Controller Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
A.23 Baseband Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453
A.24 RF Front-End 2.4 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .466
A.25 SYSTICK Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
A.26 System Control and ID register not in the SCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
A.27 Nested Vector Interrupt Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495
A.28 System Control Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512
A.29 Debug Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515
B. Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .516

www.onsemi.com
16
 CHAPTER 1

1. Introduction
1.1 PURPOSE

IMPORTANT: onsemi acknowledges that this document might contain the inappropriate terms “white list",
"master" and "slave”. We have a plan to work with other companies to identify an industry wide solution that
can eradicate non-inclusive terminology but maintains the technical relationship of the original wording. Once
new terminologies are agreed upon, future products will contain new terminology.

This manual provides a reference to the system hardware for application developers working with RSL10. This
manual describes all of the components belonging to the RSL10 System-on-Chip (SoC), including:

• Bluetooth® and generic RF support

• Data processing and control components
• Power supply and clocking components
• Memory components
• Peripherals
• External interfaces

The data processing and control component information provided by this manual complements the
Arm® Cortex®-M3 core description in the The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M3 and other third-party
documentation for the Arm Cortex-M3 processor.

The RSL10 Hardware Reference further describes how each component of the RSL10 SoC can be used in the
implementation of an application, and provides information about the configuration of the various system components.
This manual is a part of the RSL10 Evaluation and Development Kit (RSL10 EDK).

1.2 INTENDED AUDIENCE

This manual is primarily intended for engineers and other individuals who are responsible for developing and/or
maintaining Bluetooth and other RF-based communication applications that make use of an RSL10 SoC. People who
are developing local interfaces between an external device and RSL10, as well as those interested in the details of the
audio, power supply and clocking components, will find this manual particularly helpful as it focuses on the
configuration and use of system components.

This manual assumes that readers are familiar with C-level programming, RF application concepts, and Bluetooth
low energy technology.

1.3 CONVENTIONS

The following conventions are used in this manual to signify particular types of information:

• Control and configuration registers are shown in a special font.

• Angle brackets “<” and “>” identify an optional parameter or indicate a placeholder for specific information.
To use an optional parameter or replace a placeholder, specify the information within the brackets; do not
include the brackets themselves.
• Default settings for registers and bit fields are marked with an asterisk (*).
• All sample rates specified are the final decimated sample rates, unless stated otherwise.
• In general, numbers are presented in decimal notation. In cases where hexadecimal or binary notation is more
convenient, these numbers are identified by the prefixes “0x” and “0b” respectively. For example, the decimal
number 123456 can also be represented as 0x1E240 or 0b11110001001000000.

www.onsemi.com
17
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

1.4 FURTHER READING

For more information, refer to the following documents:

• ARMv7M Architecture Reference Manual

• Bluetooth Core Specification version 5.0, available from https://www.bluetooth.com/specifications/
adopted-specifications
• RSL10 Firmware Reference

www.onsemi.com
18
 CHAPTER 2

Overview
2.

2.1 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

RSL10 is an ultra-low-power, highly flexible multi-protocol 2.4 GHz SoC specifically designed for use in
high−performance wearable and medical applications, or any other applications that can benefit from low-power
wireless connectivity. With its Arm Cortex-M3 processor and LPDSP32 DSP core, RSL10 supports Bluetooth low
energy technology and any 2.4 GHz proprietary protocol stacks, without sacrificing power consumption.

Figure 1 illustrates a high-level component diagram describing RSL10.

RF 55nm, 5.50 mm2

Power Management
Radio PHY

Battery

Timers
Baseband controller
DMA Bluetooth 5.0 (+LE 2M) and custom protocol

IP Protection

JTAG
LPDSP32
XTAL_32KHz 32-bit Dual Harvard core
Oscillators
XTAL_48MHz
RAMs and
Flash
Bus SWJ-DP
ARM® Cortex®-M3
Arbiters
ADC (4x) Processor
ADC

Sample Rate Converter

Audio Sink Clock Counters Interfaces
I2C

SPI PWM DMIC

PCM OD UART GPIO
(2x) (2x) (2x)

Figure 1. Top Level Component Diagram

RSL10 is based around four key components:

1. The Arm Cortex-M3 processor: A 32-bit core for real-time applications, specifically developed to enable
high-performance low-cost platforms for a broad range of low-power applications.

This processor provides general-purpose processing that is used to configure and control all of the components
of the RSL10 system including the LPDSP32 DSP, the RF front-end, and the Bluetooth baseband.

2. LPDSP32 Digital Signal Processor (DSP): A 32-bit Dual Harvard DSP core that efficiently supports audio
codecs required for wireless audio communication. If not used for audio applications, this core can be used for
other signal processing tasks for advanced developments that need additional processing power. To enable
development using the LPDSP32, contact your onsemi representative.

www.onsemi.com
19
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

3. Radio Frequency Front-End: Based on a 2.4 GHz RF transceiver, the RFFE implements the physical layer of
the Bluetooth low energy technology standard and other proprietary or custom protocols.
4. Bluetooth Protocol Baseband Hardware: Bluetooth low energy technology compliant, including support for
the LE 2 Mb PHY feature first defined in the Bluetooth core 5.0 technology release, and all optional features of
Bluetooth low energy technology that were also defined in earlier core releases. The RSL10 baseband stack is
supplemented by support structures that enable implementation of onsemi and customer designed custom
protocols.

This dual-core architecture is complemented by high-efficiency power management units, oscillators, flash and
RAM memories, a DMA controller, along with a full complement of peripherals and interfaces.

2.2 RADIO SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

The RSL10 SoC is built around an radio system architecture that supports the implementation of Bluetooth and
proprietary protocol stacks.

The most common use case for RSL10 devices is in applications that use Bluetooth technology. Accordingly, the
RSL10 architecture supports the application structure shown in Figure 2.

Application
Heartrate
Findme

Rezence
Glucose

Battery

HID

...

Softwarestack

GAP,GATT

SMP ATT

L2CAP

Linklayer

Baseband
+RFfrontͲend

Figure 2. Application Structure if Using a Bluetooth Stack

The radio system architecture for this use case consists of:

• The RF front-end described in Chapter 8, “RF Front-End” on page 132.

• The Bluetooth protocol stack hardware described in Chapter 9, “Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband” on
page 202.

www.onsemi.com
20
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• A Bluetooth library that uses the protocol stack hardware to implement a Bluetooth stack (host and controller),
as described in the RSL10 Firmware Reference’s “Bluetooth Stack and Profiles” chapter.
• A set of Bluetooth profile libraries that use the Bluetooth low energy stack to provide client and/or server
functionality to the user application, as described in the RSL10 Firmware Reference’s “Bluetooth Stack and
Profiles” chapter.
• An event kernel that works within a user application to drive events, as described in the RSL10 Firmware
Reference’s “Event Kernel” chapter.

For applications that use a proprietary or custom protocol instead of Bluetooth technology or in addition to it, the
radio system architecture accesses the RF front-end and the RF front-end’s integrated simple baseband directly as
shown in Figure 3.

AudioCodec
Application
Support
(LPDSP32)

Proprietary UserͲdefined
Protocol Protocol

RFfrontͲend

Figure 3. Application Structure if Using a Proprietary or Custom Protocol

The radio system architecture for this use case consists of:

• The RF front-end described in Chapter 8, “RF Front-End” on page 132.

• User-defined (or sample defined) protocol libraries.
• For audio-based applications, support codecs are implemented on the LPDSP32, which is described in
Chapter 4, “LPDSP32 Processor” on page 33.
• An event kernel that works within a user application to drive events, as described in the RSL10 Firmware
Reference’s “Event Kernel” chapter.

2.3 POWER

The RSL10 SoC is supplied from the VBAT pin, with a supply voltage in the range from 1.1 to 3.6 V in typical
operating conditions. This supply is regulated by a DC-DC converter consisting of a low dropout voltage regulator
(LDO) and a buck converter (can be used for VBAT > 1.4 V). It produces VCC, which is a filtered supply voltage in the
range from 1.0 to 1.32 V that is used as the supply for the rest of the system.

Other power supplies include:

VDDRF Supply voltage for the RF analog blocks

www.onsemi.com
21
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

VDDPA Optional boosted supply voltage for the RF transmitter’s power amplifier. We recommend using
this supply voltage only if the voltage level required to achieve a specified TX power exceeds
the VDDRF supply voltage.

VDDA Supply voltage for the non-RF analog blocks and flash memory

VDDC Supply voltage for the digital logic, and for the RF front-end

VDDM Supply voltage for the memories and memory interfaces

VDDO Input supply for the digital I/O pads, including the debug port (SWJ-DP)

In addition to the various power supplies, the power components include supply monitoring, analog test points, and
reset circuitry that is used to ensure continued correct operation of the overall RSL10 SoC.

NOTE: A variety of power supplies, and clocking or power supply related signals can be routed to the
analog test point AOUT. This is useful for monitoring or accessing a variety of elements within a
system where most circuit elements do not have test points, or are otherwise inaccessible.

For more information, see Chapter 5, “Power” on page 37.

2.4 CLOCKING

The RSL10 SoC clock trees are based around two independent clocks that can be generated from a variety of
sources.

The system clock (SYSCLK) is the main clock for the system, and acts as the source for most components of the
system. This includes all of the interfaces, the cores, the power supplies, and all timers. SYSCLK can be derived from
the following clock sources:

• Startup RC oscillator
• 48 MHz crystal oscillator
• External Clock pad
• SWJ-DP JCLK pad
• RTC

The real-time clock (RTC) is used to provide a time reference to the system, and to provide a low-frequency option
for SYSCLK when operating in Standby Mode. The RTC can be sourced from the following clock sources:

• 32 kHz RC oscillator
• 32 kHz crystal oscillator
• Digital I/O Sources

For more information on clocks and clock sources, see Chapter 6, “Clocking” on page 73.

2.5 MEMORY

All aspects of the RSL10 SoC, including all memory instances, registers and other components, are accessible from
the Arm Cortex-M3 processor through one or more of the processor’s standard buses. This structure supports the
control and configuration of all of the components of an RSL10 SoC in any system, and simplifies control of the
LPDSP32, the RF front-end and Bluetooth protocol baseband hardware.

www.onsemi.com
22
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The memory space of the RSL10 SoC is subdivided into four main segments:

1. The program memory used for storing and/or executing code on the Arm Cortex-M3 processor and/or the
LPDSP32. This segment of the RSL10 memory map contains:
• A 4 KB ROM instance
• A 384 KB flash instance
• Three 2 KB flash sectors supporting non-volatile records
• One 1 KB redundant flash sector supporting configuration information in a non-volatile record from the
RSL10 manufacturing test
• Four 8 KB program RAM instances dedicated to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor
• Four 10 KB program RAM instances accessible to either the LPDSP32 DSP or the Arm Cortex-M3
processor

2. The data memory used for storing data and intermediate variables of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the
LPDSP32, and/or the Bluetooth protocol baseband hardware. This segment of the RSL10 memory map
contains:
• Three 8 KB data RAM instances dedicated to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor
• Six 8 KB data RAM instances accessible to either the LPDSP32 DSP or the Arm Cortex-M3 processor
• Two 8 KB baseband data RAM instances acting as exchange memory between the Bluetooth protocol
baseband hardware and the Arm Cortex-M3 processor

3. The peripheral bus accessible memory-mapped control and configuration registers

4. The private peripheral bus accessible Arm Cortex-M3 processor system registers

A number of elements support these memory components including:

• A direct memory access (DMA) controller module which allows background transfers between peripherals
and memory without core intervention
• A flash copier module that can be used to efficiently transfer data from flash to other memories and peripherals
in the system
• Several memory arbiters
• Several redundant flash sectors

For more information about the memory structures available and the use of memory in an RSL10-based system, see
Chapter 7, “Memory” on page 94.

2.6 INTERFACES

The RSL10 SoC supports a number of interfaces that can be used to communicate with external devices including
other SoCs, support components such as external non-volatile storage, and sensors.

The RSL10 system uses a DIO (Digital Input/Output) concept, where any DIO pad can be configured in software at
any time to connect with any interface input or output. The only exception is the debug SWD-JTAG interface, which
has dedicated pads for the serial-wire inputs. A maximum of 16 DIOs are available depending on the package used,
with four DIOs (DIO0 to DIO3) supporting use as analog-to-digital converter inputs, and three DIOs supporting use as
the additional pads needed to use the SWJ-DP interface in 4-wire JTAG mode (DIO14, DIO15) or 5-wire JTAG mode
(DIO13 to DIO15). The DIO concept allows for full flexibility because PCB routing and layout can be optimized for
size, cost, and complexity.

By default, all the DIOs are configured to be disabled. In the different power modes, you can enable a DIO pad’s
state retention, where the pad configuration is retained even though the digital core is powered down.

www.onsemi.com
23
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

For more information about DIO configuration, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259.

The interfaces that are supported by the DIOs are:

• One I2C interface

• Four external inputs to the analog-to-digital converters (ADC)
• One PCM interface
• Two PWM drivers
• Two SPI interfaces
• One UART interface
• Support interfaces that can be used to monitor control of the RF front-end and Bluetooth baseband

In addition to these interface options, each DIO can act as a general-purpose I/O, where the processor can read the
input or set the output at any time.

For more information about these interfaces, see Chapter 11, “External Digital Interfaces” on page 301.

2.7 PERIPHERALS

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor has a number of peripherals to support auxiliary non-RF tasks that it needs to
perform. The Arm Cortex-M3 processor peripherals include:

• A standard nested-vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)

• A system timer (SYSTICK)
• A watchdog timer
• Four general-purpose timers
• A CRC calculation unit
• A direct-memory access (DMA) unit

For more information about the peripherals, see Chapter 12, “Peripherals” on page 350 and Chapter 14, “Private
Peripherals” on page 400.

2.8 AUDIO COMPONENTS

The RSL10 SoC provides a set of interfaces and peripherals to assist in applications that have an audio component.
This includes:

• An Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC)

• A set of audio sink clock counters (used to measure the timing of samples received from an audio source)
• Two digital microphone (DMIC) input channels
• One mono output driver

For more information about the audio support components, see Chapter 13, “Audio” on page 378.

2.9 SOC IDENTIFICATION

To distinguish between different RSL10 revisions, a 32-bit register at address 0x1FFFFFFC contains a static value
that can be used to provide version information about the system. The value in this register (called
AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM), can also be used to verify compatibility with application software and external applications.
A list of the bit fields in the device identification register, along with a brief description of each, is provided in Table 1.

www.onsemi.com
24
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 1. Microcontroller Identification Register

Field Name Description Byte

AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM_CHIP_FAMILY The chip technology family to which the microcontroller 3
belongs.
AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM_CHIP_VERSION Version number for the microcontroller. Used to indicate 2
major updates that might not be backwards compatible.
AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM_CHIP_MAJOR_REVISION An update of the major revision number indicates updates 1
that could affect source code or binary objects, and thus
could require firmware library or software updates. When
the major revision number is updated, the minor revision
number is reset.
AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM_CHIP_MINOR_REVISION An update of the minor revision number indicates minor 0, bits
backwards-compatible or non-functional updates to the 7:3
system that require no update to source code or binary
objects.
- Unused feature bit (reserved for future use). 0, bit 2
- Unused feature bit (reserved for future use). 0, bit 1
AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM_AOBLE_FEATURE Feature identification bits indicating the available features 0, bit 0
of the device.

The chip version is commonly written as X.YY.ZZ (for example, 1.02.03), where X is the chip version number, YY
is the major revision number, and ZZ is the minor revision number and features.

2.9.1 Device Identification Register

Register Name Register Description Address

AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM Chip ID number 0x1FFFFFFC

2.9.1.1 AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 CHIP_FAMILY Chip Family number
23:16 CHIP_VERSION Chip Version number
15:8 CHIP_MAJOR_REVISION Chip Major Revision number
7:3 CHIP_MINOR_REVISION Chip Minor Revision number
2 - Unused feature bit (reserved for future use).
1 - Unused feature bit (reserved for future use).
0 AOBLE_FEATURE Hardware needed to support AOBLE feature

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AOBLE_FEATURE CHIP_ID_AOBLE_NOT_PRESENT Device does not have the Audio over 0x0
Bluetooth low energy feature
CHIP_ID_AOBLE_PRESENT Device has the Audio over Bluetooth 0x1
low energy feature

www.onsemi.com
25
 CHAPTER 3

3. Arm Cortex-M3 Processor

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor plays a role as the central controller for the RSL10 microcontroller system.The
Arm Cortex-M3 processor provides users with an interface for configuring and controlling all of the other system
components. Following a power-on reset (POR), the system starts executing the Boot ROM on the Arm Cortex-M3
processor, and uses this ROM application to validate and initialize a system application. It is also closely coupled to
many of the memory components, and as a result, has access to all of the data that is being processed by the system. For
more information about the Boot ROM code, see the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor implements the Armv7-M architecture. It has the following main features:

• Thumb-2 (ISA) subset consisting of all base Thumb-2 instructions, both 16-bit and 32-bit
• Harvard processor architecture enabling simultaneous instruction fetches with data load or store
• Three-stage pipeline
• Single cycle 32-bit multiply
• Hardware divide
• Thumb and debug states
• Handler and thread modes
• Low latency interrupt subroutine (ISR) entry and exit
• Processor state saving and restoration, with no instruction fetch overhead; the exception vector is fetched from
memory in parallel with the state saving, enabling faster ISR entry
• Support for late-arriving interrupts
• Tightly coupled interface to interrupt controller, enabling efficient processing of late-arriving interrupts
• Tail-chaining of interrupts, enabling back-to-back interrupt processing without the overhead of state saving
and restoration between interrupts
• Interruptible-continued LDM/STM, and PUSH/POP
• Armv6 style BE8/LE support
• Armv6 unaligned
• Registers:
• 13 general-purpose 32-bit registers
• Link Register (LR)
• Program Counter (PC)
• Program Status Register (xPSR)
• Two banked SP registers

To reduce the current consumption from fetching instructions, the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is supported by a
32-instruction loop cache that can be used to cover a continuous block of reads. To enable this cache, set the
CSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE bit from the SYSCTRL_CSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG register.

3.1.1 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Loop Cache Register

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_CSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG CSS Loop Cache Configuration 0x4000000C

www.onsemi.com
26
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

3.1.1.1 SYSCTRL_CSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 CSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE CSS loop cache enable

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE CSS_LOOP_CACHE_DISABLE CSS loop cache disabled 0x0*
CSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE CSS loop cache enabled 0x1

3.2 DEBUG PORT

All applications executing on the Arm Cortex-M3 processor can be debugged through the SWJ-DP which can be
configured to either serial wire or JTAG debug port communications. The SWJ-DP provides access to all of the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor registers, and to the memory available through the memory buses attached to the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor. This transparent view of the system enables a user to review the current state of the system
components through their associated memory-mapped control registers, and use this information to troubleshoot most
issues in an application.

By default, the SWJ-DP is accessed using the JTAG connection that uses DIOs 13 to 15, in addition to two
dedicated pads (JTCK, JTMS), to form a 5-wire JTAG interface. If a user prefers to use this interface in 2-pin serial wire
(SW) mode instead, the dedicated pads can be used to re-initialize the interface to be the needed SWCLK and SWDIO
pads, and DIOs 13 to 15 can be reassigned to other functionality. For more information about the functional
configuration of DIOs for this mode, see Section 10.2.1, “Special Functional Configurations” on page 262.

When using the SWJ-DP in serial wire mode, data is transferred using a single clock and single data signal. This
interface mode is useful when the number of debug port connections needs to be limited, but it is only half-duplex and
has a relatively high overhead to transfer data. When using the SWJ-DP in JTAG mode, data is transferred using a data
control line, a pair of data lines, a clock, and an optional reset signal. This interface mode is useful when the number of
debug port connections is not limited, and a higher throughput is required, as JTAG mode uses less data overhead than
SW mode, full-duplex transfers.

To configure the DIOs to support the SWJ-DP interface in JTAG mode, make the following configurations before
configuring the interface for JTAG mode:

• The JTAG test-reset signal (JNTRST) can be connected to DIO 13 by setting the CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN bit
from the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG register; this is only required if using the SWJ-DP as a 5-pin JTAG
interface.
• The JTAG data signals can be connected to DIOs 14 (JTDI) and 15 (JTDO) by setting the
CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN bit from the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG register; this is required if you are using the
SWJ-DP as a 4-pin or 5-pin JTAG interface.

To switch the SWJ-DP into JTAG mode, follow this initialization sequence:

1. Switch the debug port into serial wire mode using the previous sequence.
2. Use SWCLK to send 0xE73C (transmitted LSB first) using SWDIO. This initialization pattern switches the
debug port to JTAG mode.
3. Send at least 5 SWCLK cycles with SWDIO HIGH. This ensures that the JTAG interface enters its test-logic
reset state.

www.onsemi.com
27
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

To switch the SWJ-DP into serial wire mode, follow this initialization sequence:

1. Send at least 50 clock cycles on SWCLK with the SWDIO pad held high. This ensures that the current
interface is in its reset state.
2. Use SWCLK to send 0xE79E (transmitted LSB first) using SWDIO. This initialization pattern switches the
debug port to serial wire mode.
3. Send at least 50 SWCLK cycles with SWDIO HIGH. This ensures that the serial wire interface enters its line
reset state.

The pads that form the SWJ-DP interface support a limited amount of physical configuration. The output pads
support a configurable drive strength, and input pads support configurable pull-up resistances. Configuration of these
interface pads uses the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG register. The physical configuration parameters are configured as
follows:

• JTMS (SWDIO) pad configuration:

• A pull-up or pull-down resistor can be configured and applied to the pad using the
DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG_JTMS_PULL bit-field
• The drive strength can be configured using the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG_JTMS_DRIVE bit-field
• A low-pass filter can be enabled or disabled using the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG_JTMS_LPF bit

• JTCK (SWCLK) pad configuration:

• A pull-up or pull-down resistor can be configured and applied to the pad using the
DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG_JTCK_PULL bit-field
• A low-pass filter can be enabled or disabled using the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG_JTCK_LPF bit

• Physical configuration of the DIOs are used even when those pads are configured for use as part of the JTAG
interface

The debug port provides external access to the standard Arm Cortex-M3 core debug controller that is on the private
peripheral bus. For more information about the debug controller, see Section 14.3, “Debug Controller” on page 410.

3.3 IP PROTECTION

The Arm Cortex-M3 debug port includes a restricted access mode that provides protection for intellectual property
which takes the form of application source code. When the debug port is in restricted access mode, communications
using the Arm Cortex-M3 debug port are limited to requests and instructions that do not access any of the system
memory buses. The only exception to this rule are the SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY registers that can be written (but
not read) by the debug port while it is in a locked state.

To restrict accesses through the debug port, the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK register can be written with the debug port
lock key (0x4C6F634B). At startup and whenever the RSL10 system is reset, the debug port defaults to this locked
status. After start-up and system initialization, the Program ROM then loads the value from the word stored to
LOCK_INFO_SETTING in the flash NVR3 sector into the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK register. After loading this value:

• If the LOCK_INFO_SETTING in the flash contains the debug port lock key, the debug port continues to
operate in restricted mode unless explicitly unlocked by a user application.
• If the LOCK_INFO_SETTING in the flash does not contain the debug port lock key, the debug port is
switched to operate in Normal Mode and the SWJ-DP debug port responds to all requests. In this mode, the

www.onsemi.com
28
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

debug port has access to all system resources that are typically accessible in an Arm Cortex-M3 core debug
environment.

CAUTION: When the Program ROM reads the LOCK_INFO_SETTING, if the value read back is 0x00000000 or
0xFFFFFFFF it will temporarily boost the VDDM supply voltage up to a maximum of 1.25 V to ensure that the value
read is correct. This can cause the system not to boot for low VBAT levels. To avoid this failure under these conditions,
set the LOCK_INFO_SETTING to a non-zero, non-one value (typically DBG_ACCESS_LOCK or DBG_ACCESS_UNLOCK).

In addition to the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK register, the Arm Cortex-M3 debug port can be unlocked using an
application-defined 128-bit user key. This key is stored in the four SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY registers. The contents of
the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY registers are compared against the values stored to the SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY
registers, and the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK register is cleared to unlock the debug port if the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY is
valid and the two keys match.

3.3.1 Using IP Protection with Segger J-LInk

As an example of how to use the IP protection feature of RSL10, the following steps show to use the debug port
lock/unlock mechanism via Segger J-Link Commander commands.

There are three operations to using the debug port lock feature:

1. Writing a key
2. Locking
3. Unlocking

Normally once the application firmware is loaded, steps 1 and 2 should be executed to lock the debug port.

Step 3 can be used to unlock the device for debugging or loading new firmware. Note that RSL10 will re-lock on
next reset unless the LOCK_INFO_KEY field is also erased from flash.This also means that erasing the LOCK_INFO_KEY
field disables the lock feature.

The corresponding J-Link Commander commands for these operations are described below. In these examples,
<wordX> are each 32-bit words of the lock key in sequential order.

1. Writing a key:

// Write key to LOCK_INFO_KEY in flash

w4 0x00081044 <word0> <word1> <word2> <word3>

2. Locking:

// Write lock word to LOCK_INFO_SETTING in flash

w4 0x00081040 0x4C6F634B

3. Unlocking:

// Initiate SWD interface

SWDSelect
// Write to DP[2] to set APSEL to 0 (AHB-AP), and AHBBANKSEL to 0
SWDWriteDP 2 0
// Write to AP[0] (CSW) to set size to 32 bit and enable auto-increment
SWDWriteAP 0 0x23000052

www.onsemi.com
29
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

// Set AP[1] (TAR) = 0x400000F0 (SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY[0])

SWDWriteAP 1 0x400000F0
// Write key word 0 to AP[3] (DRW)
SWDWriteAP 3 <word0>
// Write key word 1 to AP[3] (DRW)
SWDWriteAP 3 <word1>
// Write key word 2 to AP[3] (DRW)
SWDWriteAP 3 <word2>
// Write key word 3 to AP[3] (DRW)
SWDWriteAP 3 <word3>

IMPORTANT: Sometimes a user wants to reprogram a device without exposing the application IP. To clear all
flash and RAM memory before unrestricting the debug port using the SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK register, the user
application can use the Program ROM Sys_ProgramROM_UnlockDebug() function which erases all flash
memory except for the NVR3 and NVR4 sectors, and clears all RAM memory instances before unlocking the
debug port. For more information, see the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

3.3.2 IP Protection Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK Debug Port Access Configuration 0x400000DC
SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_0 Debug Port Lock Key Part 0 0x400000E0
SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_1 Debug Port Lock Key Part 1 0x400000E4
SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_2 Debug Port Lock Key Part 2 0x400000E8
SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_3 Debug Port Lock Key Part 3 0x400000EC
SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY_0 Debug Port Unlock Key Part 0 0x400000F0
SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY_1 Debug Port Unlock Key Part 1 0x400000F4
SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY_2 Debug Port Unlock Key Part 2 0x400000F8
SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY_3 Debug Port Unlock Key Part 3 0x400000FC

3.3.2.1 SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DBG_LOCK_WR Debug port access lock/unlock
0 DBG_LOCK_RD Debug port access state

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DBG_LOCK_WR DBG_ACCESS_UNLOCK Unlock debug port access 0xB3909CB5
DBG_ACCESS_LOCK Lock debug port access 0x4C6F634B
DBG_LOCK_RD DBG_ACCESS_UNLOCKED Debug port access is unlocked 0x0
DBG_ACCESS_LOCKED Debug port access is locked 0x1*

www.onsemi.com
30
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

3.3.2.2 SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DBG_LOCK_KEY Debug port lock key

3.3.2.3 SYSCTRL_DBG_UNLOCK_KEY

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DBG_UNLOCK_KEY Debug port unlock key

3.4 ACTIVITY COUNTERS

The activity counters help to analyze how long the system has been running and how actively the Arm Cortex-M3
processor, the LPDSP32 DSP, and the flash memory have been used by the user application. This information is useful
to estimate and optimize the power consumption of the application.

To gauge how many cycles have elapsed, a reference counter that counts SYSCLK cycles is accessed through the
SYSCTRL_SYSCLK_CNT register. This cycle count can be compared with cycle counts for three other critical system
elements:

• Execution on the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is recorded in the SYSCTRL_CM3_CNT register. This counter only
counts when the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is running, and does not increment when the core is sleeping.
• Execution on the LPDSP32 processor is recorded in the SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_CNT register. This counter only
counts when the LPDSP32 processor is running, and does not increment when the core is paused or sleeping.
• Read accesses from the flash memory are tracked in the SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT register.

The activity counters are configured and controlled using the SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL register. These counters are:

• Cleared by setting the SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL_CNT_CLEAR bit

• Started by setting the SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL_CNT_START bit
• Stopped by setting the SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL_CNT_STOP bit

When the counters are tracking activity, the SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL_CNT_STATUS bit is set to CNT_RUNNING.

3.4.1 Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL Activity Counters Control 0x40000030
SYSCTRL_SYSCLK_CNT System Clock Counter Value 0x40000034
SYSCTRL_CM3_CNT Arm Cortex-M3 core Activity Counter Value 0x40000038
SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_CNT LPDSP32 Activity Counter Value 0x4000003C
SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT Flash Read Access Counter Value 0x40000040

www.onsemi.com
31
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

3.4.1.1 SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 CNT_STATUS Activity counters status bit
2 CNT_CLEAR Clear activity counters
1 CNT_STOP Stop activity counters
0 CNT_START Start activity counters

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CNT_STATUS CNT_STOPPED Activity counters stopped 0x0*
CNT_RUNNING Activity counters running 0x1
CNT_CLEAR CNT_CLEAR Clear activity counters 0x1
CNT_STOP CNT_STOP Stop activity counters 0x1
CNT_START CNT_START Start activity counters 0x1

3.4.1.2 SYSCTRL_SYSCLK_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SYSCLK_CNT System clock counter value

3.4.1.3 SYSCTRL_CM3_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CM3_CNT Arm Cortex-M3 core activity counter value

3.4.1.4 SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 LPDSP32_CNT LPDSP32 activity counter value

3.4.1.5 SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 FLASH_READ_CNT Flash read access counter value

www.onsemi.com
32
 CHAPTER 4

4. LPDSP32 Processor
4.1 OVERVIEW

The LPDSP32 DSP is a low power, programmable, pipelined DSP that uses a dual-Harvard, dual-MAC
architecture to efficiently process 32-bit signal data. This processor is included in the design to efficiently support
digital signal processing tasks, such as audio codecs that might be required for wireless audio communication tasks and
other advanced developments requiring the additional processing power that this core provides.

To reset the LPDSP32 core, its interrupt handler, and the LPDSP32 loop cache, write DSS_RESET to the
SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL_DSS_RESET bit from the SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL register.

4.2 SYSTEM INTEGRATION

The LPDSP32 does not have a boot ROM. Instead it relies on the Arm Cortex-M3 processor to initialize its
memories and peripherals.

To pause and resume the LPDSP32 processing, set the SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL_LPDSP32_PAUSE and
SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL_LPDSP32_RESUME bits respectively in the SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL register. The
SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL_LPDSP32_RUNNING bit from SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL indicates the current state (running or
paused) of the LPDSP32.

When the LPDSP32 core is paused, the clock provided to the core is stopped, which prevents the execution of any
functions and all responses to interrupts generated by the DMA or Arm Cortex-M3 processor. All incomplete accesses
to any memory by the LPDSP32 core are put into a non-blocking wait state, and these accesses are completed once
processing resumes on the LPDSP32 core. While the LPDSP32 core is paused, the Arm Cortex-M3 core can access
shared memory resources at any address without the LPDSP32 introducing additional delays.

4.3 MEMORY SUPPORT

The LPDSP32 is supported by data memory and program memory, as defined in Section 7.2.5, “LPDSP32 DSP
Memory Usage” on page 103.

The LPDSP32 program memory uses 40-bit words, and is located in RAM. When loading the DSP’s program
memories from flash memory, use the flash copier to efficiently handle the transfer between 32-bit and 40-bit words
(see Section 7.4, “Flash Copier” on page 109).

If the LPDSP32 is not using one or more of its assigned memory instances, the unused memory instances can be
reassigned in the firmware and the linker configuration scripts to be used by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor and
employed elsewhere in the user’s application.

To reduce the current consumption from fetching instructions, the LPDSP32 is supported by a 32-word loop cache
that can be used to cover a continuous block of reads. To enable this cache, set the DSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE bit from
the SYSCTRL_DSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG register.

4.4 INTERRUPT HANDLING

To coordinate execution of data-processing functions on the LPDSP32 processor with data that is available to be
processed, the LPDSP32 is supported by two sets of interrupts that can trigger execution on the LPDSP32:

www.onsemi.com
33
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

1. Each DMA channel can issue one application-defined command, triggered by the DMA channel’s enabled
interrupts. To clear all pending DMA triggered interrupts to the LPDSP32, set the
SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL_DSS_DMA_INT_RESET bit from the SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL register.
2. The Arm Cortex-M3 processor can issue one of seven application-defined commands by setting the
appropriate bit in the SYSCTRL_DSS_CMD register. To clear all pending Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered
interrupts to the LPDSP32, set the SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL_DSS_CSS_INT_RESET bit from the
SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL register.

The LPDSP32 interrupt vector table is provided in Table 2. The LPDSP32 does not support pre-emption of
interrupt handler execution. If more than one interrupt is pending when execution completes on a previous interrupt
handler, the handler for the lowest numbered pending interrupt is selected for execution.

Table 2. LPDSP32 Interrupt Vectors

Interrupt Number Description

0 DMA channel 0 interrupt
1 DMA channel 1 interrupt
2 DMA channel 2 interrupt
3 DMA channel 3 interrupt
4 DMA channel 4 interrupt
5 DMA channel 5 interrupt
6 DMA channel 6 interrupt
7 DMA channel 7 interrupt
8 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 0
9 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 1
10 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 2
11 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 3
12 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 4
13 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 5
14 Arm Cortex-M3 core triggered interrupt 6

When any function completes, or at any other logical intermediate point, the LPDSP32 processor can send the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor an interrupt through one of eight LPDSP32 interrupts (DSP0_IRQn). These interrupts are
intended to notify the Arm Cortex-M3 core when the data processing on the LPDSP32 is complete, or to signal when
the LPDSP32 is ready to receive requests from the Arm Cortex-M3 core for additional processing.

4.5 LPDSP32 DEBUG PORT

LPDSP32 is supported by a 4-wire JTAG debug port that is mapped onto the DIOs. For information on assigning
DIOs to be used as the LPDSP32 debug port, refer to Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259. For proper
operation of this debug port, all four signals must be mapped to DIOs.

To enable the LPDSP32 debug port, set the SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG_LPDSP32_DEBUG_ENABLE bit from
the SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG register. To allow the LPDSP32 debug port to force the core into an enabled state
when halted over the debug port, set the
SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG_LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_HALTED from the
SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG register.

www.onsemi.com
34
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

4.6 REGISTERS

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL DSS Control 0x40000000
SYSCTRL_DSS_CMD DSS Commands 0x40000004
SYSCTRL_DSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG DSS Loop Cache Configuration 0x40000010
SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG LPDSP32 Debug Port Configuration 0x4000004C

4.6.1 SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 DSS_CSS_INT_RESET Write a 1 to reset pending CSS interrupts in the DSS interrupt controller
4 DSS_DMA_INT_RESET Write a 1 to reset pending DMA interrupts in the DSS interrupt controller
3 DSS_RESET Write a 1 to reset DSS
2 LPDSP32_PAUSE Write a 1 to pause LPDSP32
1 LPDSP32_RESUME Write a 1 to run LPDSP32
0 LPDSP32_RUNNING LPDSP32 running status

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSS_CSS_INT_RESET DSS_CSS_INT_RESET Reset CSS interrupts in the DSS 0x1
interrupt controller
DSS_DMA_INT_RESET DSS_DMA_INT_RESET Reset DMA interrupts in the DSS 0x1
interrupt controller
DSS_RESET DSS_RESET Reset DSS 0x1
LPDSP32_PAUSE DSS_LPDSP32_PAUSE Pause LPDSP32 0x1
LPDSP32_RESUME DSS_LPDSP32_RESUME Resume LPDSP32 0x1
LPDSP32_RUNNING DSS_LPDSP32_STATE_PAUSE LPDSP32 paused 0x0*
DSS_LPDSP32_STATE_RUN LPDSP32 running 0x1

4.6.2 SYSCTRL_DSS_CMD

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 DSS_CMD_6 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 6
5 DSS_CMD_5 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 5
4 DSS_CMD_4 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 4
3 DSS_CMD_3 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 3
2 DSS_CMD_2 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 2
1 DSS_CMD_1 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 1
0 DSS_CMD_0 Write a 1 to issue DSS command 0

www.onsemi.com
35
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSS_CMD_6 DSS_CMD_6 Issue DSS command 6 0x1
DSS_CMD_5 DSS_CMD_5 Issue DSS command 5 0x1
DSS_CMD_4 DSS_CMD_4 Issue DSS command 4 0x1
DSS_CMD_3 DSS_CMD_3 Issue DSS command 3 0x1
DSS_CMD_2 DSS_CMD_2 Issue DSS command 2 0x1
DSS_CMD_1 DSS_CMD_1 Issue DSS command 1 0x1
DSS_CMD_0 DSS_CMD_0 Issue DSS command 0 0x1

4.6.3 SYSCTRL_DSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 DSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE DSS loop cache enable

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE DSS_LOOP_CACHE_DISABLE DSS loop cache disabled 0x0
DSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE DSS loop cache enabled 0x1*

4.6.4 SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_HALTED LPDSP32 exit power down mode configuration when halted
0 LPDSP32_DEBUG_ENABLE LPDSP32 debug port enable

Hex
Field Name Value Symbol Value Description
Value
LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_HALTED LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_ LPDSP32 exit power down 0x0*
HALTED_DISABLED when halted disabled

LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_ LPDSP32 exit power down 0x1

HALTED_ENABLED when halted enabled

LPDSP32_DEBUG_ENABLE LPDSP32_DEBUG_DISABLED LPDSP32 debug port 0x0*

disabled
LPDSP32_DEBUG_ENABLED LPDSP32 debug port 0x1
enabled

www.onsemi.com
36
 CHAPTER 5

5. Power
5.1 POWER SUPPLY OVERVIEW

The power supply is a critical component of the RSL10 system. Supplied power has significant effects on both RF
and other types of system performance.

The components that make up the power supply can be divided into two types of supply voltages:

1. Power supply input voltages, described further in Section 5.2, “Power Supply Inputs”
2. Internal power supply voltages, described further in Section 5.3, “Internal Power Supply Voltages”

The power supply tree is powered by the system supply voltage (VCC), which is sourced from one of two supplies:

• Directly from the battery supply voltage (VBAT)

• Indirectly from the battery supply voltage, through the DC-DC buck converter or the internal LDO regulator

The system supply voltage is used as the source for a number of internal supply voltages, including:

• A regulated, low-noise voltage bandgap reference supply for the analog components
• Two configurable regulated supplies for digital components (VDDC, VDDM)
• Two configurable regulated Retention Mode supplies for retaining the digital component state in Sleep Power
Mode (VDDC_RET, VDDM_RET)
• A configurable regulated supply for the RF front-end (VDDRF)
• An on-chip charge pump for the RF front-end power amplifier, for cases where the TX power requirements
exceed the voltage that can be supplied using VDDRF (VDDPA)
• An on-chip charge pump for the other analog system components (VDDA)

Figure 4 on page 38 illustrates the RSL10 power supply and related components at a high level.

www.onsemi.com
37
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Always ON
VDC VCC VDDA

VDDA CAP1
VBAT DC-DC / charge pump
LDO CAP0

VSSA

VDDPA
POR VDDPA VSSPA
regulator

ACS
PTAT

VCC
ACS supply VDDRF
regulator VDDRF

VSSRF

RC oscillator
32kHz/3 MHz
VDDC
regulator and
ready VDDC
Clock
comparator
detector VSSD

VDDM VDDM
regulator and
XTAL32_IN XTAL 32 kHz ready
XTAL32_OUT
comparator

VDDCRET
regulator Bandgap
VBAT

VDDMRET
regulator

VSSA

: Analog pad : Power pad

Figure 4. Power Supply and POR Top Level Block Diagram

5.1.1 Power Management Unit

The power management unit contains:

• The power supplies, as described in Section 5.1, “Power Supply Overview”

• The power supervisory blocks and reset blocks, as described in Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64
• Blocks that support configuring the power supplies, and supervisory blocks for use in different power modes
and under different wakeup conditions, as described in Section 5.4, “Power Modes” on page 51

5.2 POWER SUPPLY INPUTS

5.2.1 Battery Supply Voltage (VBAT)

The primary voltage supplied to an RSL10 SoC is the battery supply voltage. This supply is used as the source for:

www.onsemi.com
38
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• The VCC supply (see Section 5.3.1, “System Supply Voltage (VCC)”), which in turn is used as the source
supply for most other power supply components
• The Power-On Reset (POR) block (see Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64)

IMPORTANT: When laying out the RSL10 device as part of a system care should be taken to place the VBAT
decoupling capacitors close to the VBAT input, and to place the VBAT and DCDC capacitors so that their
grounds are relatively close together and well connected, ideally on the surface, as this minimizes return paths.

IMPORTANT: To ensure proper system behavior and IP security over a wide range of conditions, the Program
ROM uses a read of the LOCK_INFO_SETTING (0x00081040) to determine if the VDDM supply voltage is
sufficient for all memory reads. If this setting contains 0x00000000 or 0xFFFFFFFF, this results in VDDM being
temporarily raised to 1.25 V during boot, which will fail for low VBAT conditions. To avoid this failure under
these conditions, set the LOCK_INFO_SETTING to a non-zero, non-one value (typically DBG_ACCESS_LOCK or
DBG_ACCESS_UNLOCK).

5.2.2 Digital Output Supply Voltage (VDDO)

The digital output supply voltage is attached to the digital I/O pads on an RSL10 SoC. This includes:

• All DIO pads, as described in Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259
• The JTCK and JTMS pads for the SWJ-DP debug port. For more information, see Section 3.2, “Debug Port”
on page 27.
• The EXTCLK input pad, described in Section 6.2, “Clock Generation” on page 75
• The WAKEUP pad, described in Section 5.4, “Power Modes” on page 51
• The NRESET pad, described in Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64

The internal system digital logic is attached to the pads through internal level translators. They shift the voltage
level from VDDC to the correct VDDO voltage for digital outputs, and translate input digital signals from the correct
VDDO voltage to VDDC for digital inputs.

The VDDO inputs are usually connected externally to VBAT or VDDA, based on the desired voltages of digital
communications using the associated digital I/O pads.

5.3 INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES

5.3.1 System Supply Voltage (VCC)

The System Supply Voltage (VCC) is used as the source for all of the internally generated supply voltages in the
RSL10 SoC, and is supplied from VBAT. This power supply is used to reduce the battery voltage from a high voltage
range (from 1.1 to 3.6 V) down to a supply voltage in the range from 1.0 to 1.32 V.

The voltages supplied by the VCC are configured using the ACS_VCC_CTRL_VTRIM bit-field from the
ACS_VCC_CTRL register. This trim setting defines a VCC target, with VCC being supplied directly from the battery, or
from either the internal LDO or DC-DC converters. Conditions for each of the different VCC supply configurations can
be found in Table 3:

www.onsemi.com
39
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 3. VCC Supply Configuration

VCC Trim Configuration VBAT Supply and Mode VCC Supply Level Description
VCC target ≥ VBAT - VCC = VBAT VCC supplied from VBAT
VCC target < VBAT VBAT < 1.4 V VCC = VCC target VCC supplied through a low drop out regulator
(LDO) from VBAT
VCC target < VBAT VBAT > 1.4 V (LDO mode) VCC = VCC target VCC supplied through a low drop out regulator
(LDO) from VBAT
VCC target < VBAT VBAT > 1.4 V (DC-DC mode) VCC = VCC target VCC supplied through the DC-DC buck
converter from VBAT

The internal LDO is used to reduce VCC to the specified target when VBAT exceeds the target VCC. For low noise
operation (no switching DC-DC operation), or for low VBAT voltages where it make no sense to use a switching
converter, configure VCC to LDO Mode by clearing the ACS_VCC_CTRL_BUCK_ENABLE bit from the ACS_VCC_CTRL
register. In this mode, the RSL10 SoC only uses VBAT or the internal LDO to supply VCC. Use of this mode requires
an external VCC filtering capacitor, but does not require an external DC-DC converter inductor.

The DC-DC converter is a buck converter used to reduce the battery voltage from a high value (from 1.4 to 3.6 V)
to a lower VCC voltage value (from 1.0 to 1.32 V) with high efficiency. The DC-DC converter is only enabled if the
supplied VBAT exceeds 1.4 V, and if the VCC is configured to select DC-DC Mode by setting the
ACS_VCC_CTRL_BUCK_ENABLE bit from the ACS_VCC_CTRL register. Use of the DC-DC converter requires both an
external VCC filtering capacitor and the DC-DC converter’s charge transferring inductor.

The DC-DC buck converter periodically refreshes the flow of current through the external inductor to maintain the
supply output. The refresh frequency for the buck converter is divided from SYSCLK (see Section 6.3.1, “System Clock
(SYSCLK)” on page 79) using the CLK_DIV_CFG2_DCCLK_PRESCALE bit field from the CLK_DIV_CFG2 register. This
prescaler provides a division of between 1 and 64 from SYSCLK, with a frequency defined by the following equation:

f SYSCLK
f DCCLK = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG2_DCCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

To minimize the supply ripple present on the VCC supply voltage, DCCLK needs to be configured for an update
frequency between 4 and 12 MHz. The update frequency is generally set based on the expected level of VBAT, as
shown in Table 4. (For VBAT levels not specified, configure the DCCLK frequency based on the closest VBAT level
provided.) However, DCCLK frequencies that approach the SYSCLK frequency can negatively impact RF receive
sensitivity. To limit this impact, a compromise setting of 4 MHz is recommended for the DCCLK frequency in RSL10
applications using an 8 MHz SYSCLK setting.

Table 4. DCCLK Frequency verses VBAT Level

Approximate VBAT Level (V) Recommended DCCLK Frequency (MHz)

1.5 4
1.8 6
2.5 8
3.3 12

When the DC-DC converter is disabled, the CLK_DIV_CFG2_DCCLK_ENABLE bit-field from the CLK_DIV_CFG2
register can be used to disable DCCLK as well.

www.onsemi.com
40
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Other configurations provided by the ACS_VCC_CTRL register for VCC include:

• A charge control mode setting (ACS_VCC_CTRL_CHARGE_CTRL) that selects between:

a. A constant current mode where the output current is defined by the supplied VBAT voltage and trimmed
VCC voltage. In this configuration, any output ripple on the VCC supply from the buck converter remains
stable across VBAT input voltages, reducing the overall noise in the RSL10 system. This configuration
can only be used if VBAT exceeds VCC by 0.2 V.
b. A maximum current mode where the peak current transferred by the buck converter’s inductor is defined
by a trim configuration (ACS_VCC_CTRL_ICH_TRIM) bit-field. If this mode is used, the maximum output
from VCC is nominally limited to 1  2 of the current defined by the selected setting for an ideal inductor.
In this mode, the output ripple increases as VBAT decreases towards VCC - which might cause additional
noise within the RSL10 system. To limit charge current in the DC-DC converter, the default setting of 80
mA (maximum output of 40 mA) is recommended. If the power supervisory circuit is resetting the system
when using the DC-DC converter in the user circuit and under the user application’s operating conditions,
we recommend:
• Using a higher setting than the default (up to the highest setting of 256 mA), or
• Increasing the DCCLK frequency to reduce the amount of charge transfer that is required in each
charge cycle.

This recommendation is intended to improve the system stability, handling the kind of stability issues that
can arise from high current consumption cases when combined with non-ideal inductor and board series
resistance values.

• A pulse control (ACS_VCC_CTRL_PULSE_CTRL) bit that can be used to enable a self-clocking mode. By
default, the DC-DC converter is set to Single-Pulse Mode, where it is clocked with each pulse of a divided
clock that is pre-scaled from SYSCLK using the CLK_DIV_CFG2_DCCLK_PRESCALE bit-field from the
CLK_DIV_CFG2 register. In Multi-Pulse Mode, the DC-DC converter operates in a self-clocking mode that
continuously charges and discharges the DC-DC inductor until VCC reaches its trimmed level. Multi-Pulse
Mode is recommended only for cases where SYSCLK is below the desired DCCLK frequency, as this will
result in increased DC-DC current consumption.
• To support high-current use cases, a continuous conduction mode has been provided that can be enabled using
the ACS_VCC_CTRL_CCM_ENABLE bit. In this mode, the DC-DC converter continually operates to allow
support for higher current loads. As use of this mode increases the power consumption of the RSL10 system,
we recommend not using this mode for most use cases.

5.3.1.1 VCC and DC-DC Converter Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_VCC_CTRL DC-DC / LDO Supply Configuration / Control register 0x40001304

5.3.1.1.1 ACS_VCC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

19:16 ICH_TRIM Inductor charge current trimming
11 CCM_ENABLE Enable CCM Mode
10 PULSE_CTRL Pulse Mode control
9 CHARGE_CTRL Charge Mode control

www.onsemi.com
41
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 BUCK_ENABLE Enable Buck Converter Mode
4:0 VTRIM Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ICH_TRIM VCC_ICHTRIM_16MA Charge pump max current to 16 mA 0x0
VCC_ICHTRIM_32MA Charge pump max current to 32 mA 0x1
VCC_ICHTRIM_64MA Charge pump max current to 64 mA 0x3
VCC_ICHTRIM_80MA Charge pump max current to 80 mA 0x4*
VCC_ICHTRIM_256MA Charge pump max current to 256 mA 0xF
CCM_ENABLE VCC_DCM_MODE Discontinuous current mode 0x0*
VCC_CCM_MODE Continuous current mode enabled 0x1
PULSE_CTRL VCC_SINGLE_PULSE Single pulse per clock cycle 0x0*
VCC_MULTI_PULSE Multi pulses enabled (until VCC > 0x1
VCC_TRIM)
CHARGE_CTRL VCC_CONSTANT_CHARGE Constant charge transfer (valid for 0x0
VBAT > VCC + 0.2 V)
VCC_CONSTANT_IMAX Constant inductor maximum charge 0x1*
current
BUCK_ENABLE VCC_LDO Linear Mode 0x0*
VCC_BUCK Buck Converter Mode enabled 0x1
VTRIM VCC_TRIM_1P00V Output voltage 1.00V 0x0
VCC_TRIM_1P05V Output voltage 1.05V 0x5
VCC_TRIM_1P10V Output voltage 1.10V 0xA*
VCC_TRIM_1P15V Output voltage 1.15V 0xF
VCC_TRIM_1P20V Output voltage 1.20V 0x14
VCC_TRIM_1P25V Output voltage 1.25V 0x19
VCC_TRIM_1P31V Output voltage 1.31V 0x1F

5.3.2 Internal Band Gap Reference Voltage

The bandgap block provides a 0.75 V reference voltage, stabilized over temperature and process variations by the
regulators. This voltage is soft programmable in steps of 2.5 mV from 0.67 to 0.825 V. This block also provides the bias
current for all analog blocks, except for the digital supply and POR blocks. This reference voltage is calibrated during
production, and use of this calibrated setting is recommended for all use cases.

ACS_BG_CTRL is the bandgap configuration and control register, whose bits can be set for various functions. The
ACS_BG_CTRL_SLOPE_TRIM bit field controls whether trimming depends on the temperature coefficient, and the
ACS_BG_CTRL_VTRIM bit field configures reference voltage trimming in 2.5 mV steps.

www.onsemi.com
42
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

5.3.2.1 Bandgap Converter Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_BG_CTRL Bandgap Configuration / Control register 0x40001300

5.3.2.1.1 ACS_BG_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

12:8 SLOPE_TRIM Temperature coefficient trimming
5:0 VTRIM Reference voltage trimming (2.5 mV steps)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SLOPE_TRIM BG_SLOPE_TRIM_VALUE Temperature dependency 0 ppm/C 0xB*
VTRIM BG_TRIM_0P675V 0.6750 V 0x0
BG_TRIM_0P678V 0.6775 V 0x1
BG_TRIM_0P748V 0.7475 V 0x1D
BG_TRIM_0P750V 0.7500 V 0x1E*
BG_TRIM_0P753V 0.7525 V 0x1F
BG_TRIM_0P830V 0.8300 V 0x3E
BG_TRIM_0P833V 0.8325 V 0x3F

5.3.3 RF Supply Voltage

The RF front-end is supplied by the RF supply voltage (VDDRF). This supply voltage can be supplemented by the
RF power amplifier supply voltage (VDDPA), if the TX power required by a user application exceeds the available TX
power levels possible from VDDRF.

The VDDRF block is used to provide a regulated voltage, trimmable from 0.75 to 1.38 V in 10 mV steps, from the
VCC supply. This voltage is used to supply the radio front-end, which requires a high current.

NOTE: The VDDRF pin can be driven by an external voltage regulator when the regulator is disabled. To
disable VDDRF, clear the ACS_VDDRF_CTRL_ENABLE bit from the ACS_VDDRF_CTRL register.

This supply is typically trimmed to a level that supplies the TX power amplifier with appropriate TX power for the
user application’s use case. If the TX power amplifier requires a supply at a level exceeding VCC, the VDDPA
separately powers the TX power amplifier, and the VDDRF supply needs to be trimmed to the lowest available
calibrated setting that provides the desired RX sensitivity (see Table 5).

In the ACS_VDDRF_CTRL register, the ACS_VDDRF_CTRL_READY bit configures the whether the supply voltage is
in Ready Mode. The ACS_VDDRF_CTRL_CLAMP bit controls the output in Disable Mode—it can be used to send the
output HIZ or clamp the output to ground. The ACS_VDDRF_CTRL_ENABLE bit enables or disables the VDDRF
regulator. The ACS_VDDRF_CTRL_VTRIM bit field controls configuration of the output voltage trimming in 10 mV
steps.

VDDPA is an optional RF TX power amplifier supply voltage. This block is used to provide a regulated voltage,
trimmable from 1.1 V to 1.7 V in 10 mV steps, from the VDDA voltage (charge pump). This voltage is used to supply

www.onsemi.com
43
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

the TX power amplifier block of the radio, whenever this block requires a supply voltage that exceeds the level of VCC
to achieve the desired TX output power. To enable VDDPA, set the ACS_VDDPA_CTRL_ENABLE bit from the
ACS_VDDPA_CTRL register.

NOTE: The VDDPA pin can be driven by an external voltage regulator when the regulator is disabled.

ACS_VDDPA_CTRL_VDDPA_SW_CTRL, in the ACS_VDDRF_CTRL register, is the bit that controls the power amplifier
supply, setting the output to HIZ in disable mode, and connecting the switched output to the VDDRF regulator (the
Enable bit must be reset in this case). The ACS_VDDPA_CTRL_ENABLE_ISENSE bit is used to enable or disable the
VDDPA regulator current sensing circuit. The ACS_VDDPA_CTRL_ENABLE bit enables or disables the VDDPA
regulator. And ACS_VDDPA_CTRL_VTRIM controls configuration of the output voltage trimming in 10 mV steps.

Table 5. Target Voltages for TX Power Sources

TX Power (dBm) Source Target Voltage (V)

0 VDDRF 1.07
1 VDDRF or VDDPA (low VCC cases) 1.13
2 VDDRF or VDDPA (low VCC cases) 1.20
3 VDDPA 1.26
4 VDDPA 1.35
5 VDDPA 1.45
6 VDDPA 1.65

The VDDRF supply can be broken down into its two internal supply voltages that can be independently over driven
at the VDDRF_SW and VDDSYN_SW pads. The VDDRF_SW and VDDSYN_SW pads supply inputs are only
intended for test purposes, and as such can be left floating separately or shorted together externally, but not otherwise
connected.

5.3.3.1 RF Block Configuration and Control Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_VDDRF_CTRL RF Block Regulator Configuration / Control register 0x40001314
ACS_VDDPA_CTRL RF Block Regulator Configuration / Control register 0x40001318

5.3.3.1.1 ACS_VDDRF_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

24 READY Supply ready
12 CLAMP Disable mode clamp control
8 ENABLE Enable control
5:0 VTRIM Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

READY VDDRF_NOT_READY Supply voltage not ready 0x0*
VDDRF_READY Supply voltage ready 0x1

www.onsemi.com
44
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLAMP VDDRF_DISABLE_HIZ Set the output HIZ (floating) in disable 0x0*
mode
VDDRF_DISABLE_GND Clamp output to ground in disable 0x1
mode
ENABLE VDDRF_DISABLE Disable the VDDRF regulator 0x0*
VDDRF_ENABLE Enable the VDDRF regulator 0x1
VTRIM VDDRF_TRIM_0P75V 0.75 V 0x0
VDDRF_TRIM_0P76V 0.76 V 0x1
VDDRF_TRIM_1P00V 1.0 V 0x19
VDDRF_TRIM_1P08V 1.08 V 0x21
VDDRF_TRIM_1P10V 1.1 V 0x23*
VDDRF_TRIM_1P15V 1.15 V 0x28
VDDRF_TRIM_1P20V 1.2 V 0x2D
VDDRF_TRIM_1P25V 1.25 V 0x32
VDDRF_TRIM_1P32V 1.32 V 0x39
VDDRF_TRIM_1P38V 1.38 V 0x3F

5.3.3.1.2 ACS_VDDPA_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

12 VDDPA_SW_CTRL Power amplifier supply control
9 ENABLE_ISENSE Enable current sensing circuit
8 ENABLE Enable control
5:0 VTRIM Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

VDDPA_SW_CTRL VDDPA_SW_HIZ Set the output HIZ (floating) in disable 0x0*
mode
VDDPA_SW_VDDRF Connect switched output to VDDRF 0x1
regulator (ENABLE bit must be reset)
ENABLE_ISENSE VDDPA_ISENSE_DISABLE Disable the VDDPA regulator current 0x0*
sensing circuit
VDDPA_ISENSE_ENABLE Enable the VDDPA regulator current 0x1
sensing circuit
ENABLE VDDPA_DISABLE Disable the VDDPA regulator 0x0*
VDDPA_ENABLE Enable the VDDPA regulator 0x1

www.onsemi.com
45
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

VTRIM VDDPA_TRIM_1P05V 1.05 V 0x0
VDDPA_TRIM_1P06V 1.06 V 0x1
VDDPA_TRIM_1P59V 1.59 V 0x36
VDDPA_TRIM_1P60V 1.60 V 0x37*
VDDPA_TRIM_1P61V 1.61 V 0x38
VDDPA_TRIM_1P68V 1.68 V 0x3F

5.3.4 Digital Supply Voltages

The RSL10 SoC includes internally regulated digital supply voltages, for which the calibrated settings are strongly
recommended:

• VDDC is the core digital voltage that is used for most of the RSL10 system’s digital components.
• VDDCRET replaces VDDC in power modes that use state retention of the RSL10 system’s digital
components.
• VDDM is the memory digital voltage that is used for memories and memory-mapped elements of the RSL10
system.
• VDDMRET replaces VDDM in power modes that use state retention of memories and memory-mapped
elements of the RSL10 system.
• VDDTRET is a retention regulator that complements the VDDCRET regulator to maintain the baseband timer
execution.

This block is used twice to provide two regulated voltages derived from the VCC supply. These supplies are
trimmable from 0.75 V to 1.38 V in 10 mV steps. The default voltage at startup is controlled by the POR block and
Program ROM, to ensure safe operation with an untrimmed bandgap.

NOTE: The VDDC and VDDM supplies can also be driven by an external voltage regulator when the
regulators are disabled.

In Run Mode, both VDDC and VDDACS (Analog Control Subsystem) regulators’ outputs are shorted together. If
VDDC is trimmed below 1.0 V for low frequency operating use cases, the VDDACS must also be trimmed lower. If
this is not done, the VDDC level saturates to the VDDACS voltage.

The digital retention supply regulator is designed to consume less power and to guarantee the retention of the state
of digital blocks (IVDDCRET) and the contents of memory (VDDMRET) to the extended supply limit.

The ACS_VDDC_CTRL and ACS_VDDM_CTRL registers contain bits with identical names and identical functions.
The STANDBY_VTRIM bit controls the VDDC standby voltage trimming in 10 mV steps. The ENABLE_LOW_BIAS bit is
used to specify whether the regulator biasing is normal or low. The SLEEP_CLAMP bit sets the output to HIZ or clamps
the output to ground, in Sleep Mode. The VTRIM bit configures output voltage trimming in 10 mV steps in both
ACS_VDDC_CTRL and CS_VDDM_CTRL.

The ACS_VDDRET_CTRL has three different bit fields used to trim each of the retention regulators. These are:

• ACS_VDDRET_CTRL_VDDCRET_VTRIM bit controls the VDDCRET retention regulator voltage trimming

value, while ACS_VDDRET_CTRL_VDDCRET_ENABLE enables or disables the VDDCRET retention regulator.
• ACS_VDDRET_CTRL_VDDMRET_VTRIM bit controls the VDDMRET retention regulator voltage trimming
value. ACS_VDDRET_CTRL_VDDMRET_ENABLE enables or disables the VDDMRET retention regulator.

www.onsemi.com
46
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• ACS_VDDRET_CTRL_VDDTRET_VTRIM bit controls the VDDTRET retention regulator voltage trimming value.
ACS_VDDRET_CTRL_VDDTRET_ENABLE enables or disables the VDDTRET retention regulator.

For proper operation across your RSL10 product’s full operating temperature, specific settings must be applied to
the RC oscillator frequency setting and retention regulator trims before entering sleep mode. The RC oscillator must be
set to 3 MHz. Non-automotive RSL10 products must apply retention regulator trims of 0x01. Automotive RSL10
products must apply retention regulator trims of 0x03.

The applicable sample applications now set the RC oscillator to 3 MHz and apply retention regulator trims of 0x01
before entering sleep mode. This default configuration is appropriate for all non-automotive RSL10 products.

Users of automotive RSL10 must manually apply retention regulator trims of 0x03. This can be done by selecting
0x3 for VDDTRet Trim value, VDDMRet Trim value, and VDDCRet Trim value under Retention Regulator Trim
Configuration in the RTE_Device.h file of applicable sample applications.

If the low power clock source is the RC 32 kHz oscillator (i.e., RTC_CLK_SRC is defined to
RTC_CLK_SRC_RC_OSC in the app.h file), VDDT retention regulator trim must always be set to 0x3 for all RSL10
products.

Failure to use the correct RC oscillator frequency and retention regulator trims can result in incorrect operation
across the temperature range when sleep mode is used. See the sample code readme files for additional detail.

5.3.4.1 Digital Supply Configuration / Control Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_VDDC_CTRL Digital Core Voltage Regulator Configuration / Control register 0x4000130C
ACS_VDDM_CTRL Memories Voltage Configuration / Control register 0x40001310
ACS_VDDRET_CTRL Retention Regulator Configuration / Control register 0x4000131C

5.3.4.1.1 ACS_VDDC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

21:16 STANDBY_VTRIM VDDC standby voltage trimming (10 mV steps)
13 ENABLE_LOW_BIAS Low power mode control
12 SLEEP_CLAMP Sleep mode clamp control
5:0 VTRIM Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps

www.onsemi.com
47
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

STANDBY_VTRIM VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_0P75V 0.75 V 0x0
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_0P76V 0.76 V 0x1
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P00V 1.0 V 0x19
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P08V 1.08 V 0x21
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P10V 1.1 V 0x23*
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P15V 1.15 V 0x28
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P20V 1.2 V 0x2D
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P25V 1.25 V 0x32
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P32V 1.32 V 0x39
VDDC_STANDBY_TRIM_1P38V 1.38 V 0x3F
ENABLE_LOW_BIAS VDDC_NOMINAL_BIAS Nominal regulator biasing 0x0*
VDDC_LOW_BIAS Low regulator biasing 0x1
SLEEP_CLAMP VDDC_SLEEP_HIZ Set the output HIZ (floating) in Sleep 0x0*
Mode
VDDC_SLEEP_GND Clamp output to ground in Sleep Mode 0x1
VTRIM VDDC_TRIM_0P75V 0.75 V 0x0
VDDC_TRIM_0P76V 0.76 V 0x1
VDDC_TRIM_1P00V 1.0 V 0x19
VDDC_TRIM_1P08V 1.08 V 0x21
VDDC_TRIM_1P10V 1.1 V 0x23*
VDDC_TRIM_1P15V 1.15 V 0x28
VDDC_TRIM_1P20V 1.2 V 0x2D
VDDC_TRIM_1P25V 1.25 V 0x32
VDDC_TRIM_1P32V 1.32 V 0x39
VDDC_TRIM_1P38V 1.38 V 0x3F

5.3.4.1.2 ACS_VDDM_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

21:16 STANDBY_VTRIM VDDM standby voltage trimming (10 mV steps)
13 ENABLE_LOW_BIAS Low power mode control
12 SLEEP_CLAMP Sleep mode clamp control
5:0 VTRIM Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps

www.onsemi.com
48
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

STANDBY_VTRIM VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_0P75V 0.75 V 0x0
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_0P76V 0.76 V 0x1
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P00V 1.0 V 0x19
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P08V 1.08 V 0x21
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P10V 1.1 V 0x23*
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P15V 1.15 V 0x28
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P20V 1.2 V 0x2D
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P25V 1.25 V 0x32
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P32V 1.32 V 0x39
VDDM_STANDBY_TRIM_1P38V 1.38 V 0x3F
ENABLE_LOW_BIAS VDDM_NOMINAL_BIAS Nominal regulator biasing 0x0*
VDDM_LOW_BIAS Low regulator biasing 0x1
SLEEP_CLAMP VDDM_SLEEP_HIZ Set the output HIZ (floating) in Sleep 0x0*
Mode
VDDM_SLEEP_GND Clamp output to ground in Sleep Mode 0x1
VTRIM VDDM_TRIM_0P75V 0.75 V 0x0
VDDM_TRIM_0P76V 0.76 V 0x1
VDDM_TRIM_1P00V 1.0 V 0x19
VDDM_TRIM_1P08V 1.08 V 0x21
VDDM_TRIM_1P10V 1.1 V 0x23*
VDDM_TRIM_1P15V 1.15 V 0x28
VDDM_TRIM_1P20V 1.2 V 0x2D
VDDM_TRIM_1P25V 1.25 V 0x32
VDDM_TRIM_1P32V 1.32 V 0x39
VDDM_TRIM_1P38V 1.38 V 0x3F

5.3.4.1.3 ACS_VDDRET_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

18:17 VDDMRET_VTRIM VDDMRET retention regulator voltage trimming
16 VDDMRET_ENABLE Enable/Disable the VDDMRET retention regulator
10:9 VDDTRET_VTRIM VDDTRET retention regulator voltage trimming
8 VDDTRET_ENABLE Enable/Disable the VDDTRET retention regulator
2:1 VDDCRET_VTRIM VDDCRET retention regulator voltage trimming
0 VDDCRET_ENABLE Enable/Disable the VDDCRET retention regulator

www.onsemi.com
49
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

VDDMRET_VTRIM VDDMRET_TRIM_VALUE VDDMRET trimming value 0x3*
VDDMRET_ENABLE VDDMRET_DISABLE The VDDMRET retention regulator is 0x0*
disabled
VDDMRET_ENABLE The VDDMRET retention regulator is 0x1
enabled
VDDTRET_VTRIM VDDTRET_TRIM_VALUE VDDTRET trimming value 0x3*
VDDTRET_ENABLE VDDTRET_DISABLE The VDDTRET retention regulator is 0x0*
disabled
VDDTRET_ENABLE The VDDTRET retention regulator is 0x1
enabled
VDDCRET_VTRIM VDDCRET_TRIM_VALUE VDDCRET trimming value 0x3*
VDDCRET_ENABLE VDDCRET_DISABLE The VDDCRET retention regulator is 0x0*
disabled
VDDCRET_ENABLE The VDDCRET retention regulator is 0x1
enabled

5.3.5 Analog Supply Voltage (VDDA)

The analog supply voltage makes use of an internal charge pump to generate a configurable regulated supply
voltage. This voltage is used for all of the non-RF analog components and the flash memory. This supply uses a boost
converter with an external capacitance between the CAP0 and CAP1 pads as part of its charge pump circuit, to
effectively increase the system supply (VCC) voltage as required by these blocks.

The charge pump has four different output power trimming modes to allow a better balance between consumption
and power delivery. The default maximum current draw of the output power is 4 mA. If an application requires a heavy
current draw on VDDA, the PTRIM bit (1:0) of the ACS_VDDA_CP_CTRL register can be configured to 0x3, to receive a
maximum current of 16 mA.

The VDDA charge pump periodically refreshes its external capacitance to maintain the supply output. The refresh
frequency for the charge pump is divided from SLOWCLK (see Section 6.3.3, “Slow Clock (SLOWCLK)” on page 81)
using the CLK_DIV_CFG2_CPCLK_PRESCALE bit field from the CLK_DIV_CFG2 register. This prescaler provides a
division of between 1 and 64 from SLOWCLK, with a frequency defined by the following equation:

f SLOWCLK
f CPCLK = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG2_CPCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

This clock needs to be configured for an update frequency between 10 kHz and 400 kHz, with no restrictions on the
duty cycle of the source clock. When VDDA is disabled, the CLK_DIV_CFG2_CPCLK_ENABLE bit-field from the
CLK_DIV_CFG2 register can be used to disable the charge pump clock as well.

The analog supply voltage is accessible at the VDDA pad for capacitive filtering.

5.3.5.1 Analog Voltage Configuration and Control Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_VDDA_CP_CTRL Analog Voltage and Flash Charge Pump Configuration / Control 0x40001308
register

www.onsemi.com
50
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

5.3.5.1.1 ACS_VDDA_CP_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

1:0 PTRIM Output power trimming

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PTRIM VDDA_PTRIM_4MA Charge pump max current to 4 mA 0x0*
VDDA_PTRIM_8MA Charge pump max current to 8 mA 0x1
VDDA_PTRIM_12MA Charge pump max current to 12 mA 0x2
VDDA_PTRIM_16MA Charge pump max current to 16 mA 0x3

5.4 POWER MODES

5.4.1 Overview

The available power modes in RSL10 consist of Standby Mode, Sleep Mode, and Run Mode. Before entering Sleep
Mode, RSL10 can be configured by the user to wake up from retention memory. RSL10 effectively uses power modes
between RF events, while maintaining a Bluetooth low energy connection, and minimizing power consumption while in
Standby Mode for duty cycled applications.

The POWER_MODE bit of the ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL register holds a 32-bit key which specifies whether RSL10
enters Run Mode, Standby Mode, or Sleep Mode.

5.4.2 Measuring Power Mode Current Consumption

To minimize the power consumption for measurements, here are a few guidelines:

• Disable pad retention

• Disconnect the JTAG cable
• Disconnect all probes on GPIO pins and power supplies
• Disable the VDDT/VDDC/VDDM retention regulators during sleep when possible

The 32 kHz crystal oscillator power consumption can be reduced (possibly as low as the level of the RC oscillator
consumption) by enabling the following settings in the ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL register:

• EN_AMPL_CTRL = 1 (this regulates the oscillation amplitude to minimize power consumption)

• Set the CLOAD_TRIM register to bring the frequency as close as possible to 32,768 Hz. This register adjusts the
crystal load capacitors.
• Leave the other settings at their default values.

5.4.3 Run Mode

In Run Mode (default functional mode), all the circuitry is powered on. Most of the blocks can be enabled/disabled
individually using memory-mapped registers (refer to Chapter 7, “Memory” on page 94).

5.4.4 Standby Mode

Standby Mode can be used to reduce the average power consumption for inactive times, which typically range from
a few ms to a few hundreds of ms. In this state, the logic and memories are not clocked and are powered at a reduced
voltage to minimize the leakage current.

www.onsemi.com
51
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The ACS (Analog Control System), bandgap, DC-DC converter, charge pump, and digital regulator are active. The
RF block can be disconnected from its supply through the ACS_VDDRF_CTRL register.

The reduced voltage level can be programmed in the STANDBY_VTRIM field of the ACS_VDDC_CTRL register.

Entering the Standby Mode by writing the standby key in the ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL register (refer to
Section 5.4.4.2, “ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL”) starts the following sequence:

1. The system clock is stopped.

2. All memories (FLASH, PROM, RAM) are isolated from the core (AND gates).
3. ROM and Flash are powered off, and used RAMs are placed in Retention Mode.
4. The VDDC and VDDM regulator output voltages are set to their standby voltages.

IMPORTANT: For an RSL10 SoC in standby, the 48 MHz crystal oscillator, RF block and STANDBY_VTRIM
settings contribute significantly to the current of the battery (IBAT).

To minimize the power consumption, if the 48 MHz crystal oscillator and RF block are not required, both
should be turned off and the STANDBY_VTRIM setting should be lowered.

At wake-up (see Section 5.4.4.1, “Wakeup Sources” on page 52 for sources), the following sequence restarts the
system:

1. The RTC counter’s 8 LSBs are captured in a register to record the wakeup time. This value can be read from
the RTC_VALUE bit field in the ACS_WAKEUP_STATE register (see Section 5.4.4.4, “ACS_WAKEUP_STATE”
on page 55).
2. The VDDC and VDDM regulator output voltages are set to their normal voltages.
3. Memories are powered back on.
4. The wakeup DELAY is applied (see ACS_WAKEUP_CFG register, refer to Section 5.4.4.3,
“ACS_WAKEUP_CFG”).
5. Memory isolation is removed.
6. Clock is enabled and system execution is resumed.

5.4.4.1 Wakeup Sources

The following are the sources through which a wakeup event can occur:

• DC-DC overload
• Baseband timer
• Wakeup pad
• One of DIO [3:0]

IMPORTANT: The Wakeup pin cannot be used as a GPIO.

ACS_WAKEUP_CFG_DCDC_OVERLOAD_EN enables or disables the DC-DC overload flag’s wakeup functionality.

The ACS_WAKEUP_CFG_WAKEUP_PAD_POL bit controls whether wakeup occurs on the wakeup pad’s rising edge,
enabling a pull-down, or on the falling edge, with a pull-up enabled. The ACS_WAKEUP_CFG_DIO*_POL bit (where * is
0 to 3) controls the wakeup polarity on DIO pads 0 to 3. Bit ACS_WAKEUP_CFG_DIO*_EN (where * is 0 to 3) enables or
disables wakeup functionality on the corresponding DIO pad.

www.onsemi.com
52
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The ACS_WAKEUP_CFG_DELAY bit in the ACS_WAKEUP_CFG register controls the number of clock cycles (in
powers of 2, between 1 and 28) that elapse after VDDC wakeup.

For the ACS_WAKEUP_STATE register, the ACS_WAKEUP_STATE_WAKEUP_SRC bit indicates the source of the last
wakeup, while the ACS_WAKEUP_STATE_RCT_VALUE bit contains the value of the RTC counter captured at the last
wakeup event.

NOTE: A maximum sleep duration baseband timer can be enabled by software. See the RSL10 Firmware
Reference for how to configure this baseband timer.

5.4.4.2 ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 POWER_MODE 32-bit key to enter RUN, STANDBY or SLEEP mode

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

POWER_MODE PWR_RUN_MODE Keep the system in normal RUN mode 0x0*
PWR_STANDBY_MODE Enter STANDBY mode 0x9B1D79A0
PWR_SLEEP_MODE Enter SLEEP mode 0xE0045650

5.4.4.3 ACS_WAKEUP_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

18:16 DELAY Delay from VDDC ready to digital clock enable (power of 2)
9 DCDC_OVERLOAD_EN Enable / Disable the wakeup functionality on the DC-DC overload flag
8 WAKEUP_PAD_POL Wakeup polarity on the WAKEUP pad
7 DIO3_POL Wakeup polarity on the DIO3 pad
6 DIO2_POL Wakeup polarity on the DIO2 pad
5 DIO1_POL Wakeup polarity on the DIO1 pad
4 DIO0_POL Wakeup polarity on the DIO0 pad
3 DIO3_EN Enable / Disable the wakeup functionality on the DIO3 pad
2 DIO2_EN Enable / Disable the wakeup functionality on the DIO2 pad
1 DIO1_EN Enable / Disable the wakeup functionality on the DIO1 pad
0 DIO0_EN Enable / Disable the wakeup functionality on the DIO0 pad

www.onsemi.com
53
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DELAY WAKEUP_DELAY_1 Wait for 1 clock cycle 0x0
WAKEUP_DELAY_2 Wait for 2 clock cycles 0x1
WAKEUP_DELAY_4 Wait for 4 clock cycles 0x2
WAKEUP_DELAY_8 Wait for 8 clock cycles 0x3
WAKEUP_DELAY_16 Wait for 16 clock cycles 0x4
WAKEUP_DELAY_32 Wait for 32 clock cycles (typ.10 us) 0x5*
WAKEUP_DELAY_64 Wait for 64 clock cycles 0x6
WAKEUP_DELAY_128 Wait for 128 clock cycles 0x7
DCDC_OVERLOAD_EN WAKEUP_DCDC_OVERLOAD_DISABLE Disable the wakeup functionality on the 0x0*
DC-DC overload flag
WAKEUP_DCDC_OVERLOAD_ENABLE Enable the wakeup functionality on the 0x1
DC-DC overload flag
WAKEUP_PAD_POL WAKEUP_WAKEUP_PAD_RISING Wake up on the WAKEUP pad rising 0x0*
edge and enable pull-down
WAKEUP_WAKEUP_PAD_FALLING Wake up on the WAKEUP pad falling 0x1
edge and enable pull-up
DIO3_POL WAKEUP_DIO3_RISING Wake up on the DIO3 rising edge 0x0*
WAKEUP_DIO3_FALLING Wake up on the DIO3 falling edge 0x1
DIO2_POL WAKEUP_DIO2_RISING Wake up on the DIO2 rising edge 0x0*
WAKEUP_DIO2_FALLING Wake up on the DIO2 falling edge 0x1
DIO1_POL WAKEUP_DIO1_RISING Wake up on the DIO1 rising edge 0x0*
WAKEUP_DIO1_FALLING Wake up on the DIO1 falling edge 0x1
DIO0_POL WAKEUP_DIO0_RISING Wake up on the DIO0 rising edge 0x0*
WAKEUP_DIO0_FALLING Wake up on the DIO0 falling edge 0x1
DIO3_EN WAKEUP_DIO3_DISABLE Disable the Wakeup functionality on 0x0*
the DIO3 pad
WAKEUP_DIO3_ENABLE Enable the Wakeup functionality on the 0x1
DIO3 pad
DIO2_EN WAKEUP_DIO2_DISABLE Disable the Wakeup functionality on 0x0*
the DIO2 pad
WAKEUP_DIO2_ENABLE Enable the Wakeup functionality on the 0x1
DIO2 pad
DIO1_EN WAKEUP_DIO1_DISABLE Disable the Wakeup functionality on 0x0*
the DIO1 pad
WAKEUP_DIO1_ENABLE Enable the Wakeup functionality on the 0x1
DIO1 pad
DIO0_EN WAKEUP_DIO0_DISABLE Disable the Wakeup functionality on 0x0*
the DIO0 pad
WAKEUP_DIO0_ENABLE Enable the Wakeup functionality on the 0x1
DIO0 pad

www.onsemi.com
54
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

5.4.4.4 ACS_WAKEUP_STATE

Bit Field Field Name Description

18:16 WAKEUP_SRC Status register indicates the last wakeup source
7:0 RTC_VALUE RTC counter value captured at wakeup event (only 8 LSBs, corresponds to 7.8
ms)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WAKEUP_SRC WAKEUP_DUE_TO_DCDC_OVERLOAD The last wakeup was due to the 0x7
DC-DC overload
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_WAKEUP_PAD The last wakeup was due to the 0x6
WAKEUP pad
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_RTC_ALARM The last wakeup was due to the RTC 0x5
Timer alarm
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_BB_TIMER The last wakeup was due to the 0x4
baseband timer alarm
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_DIO3 The last wakeup was due to the DIO3 0x3
pad
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_DIO2 The last wakeup was due to the DIO2 0x2
pad
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_DIO1 The last wakeup was due to the DIO1 0x1
pad
WAKEUP_DUE_TO_DIO0 The last wakeup was due to the DIO0 0x0*
pad

5.4.5 Sleep Mode

When operating in Sleep Mode, RSL10 will exhibit the lowest current consumption. Only the wakeup logic (see
Section 5.4.4.1, “Wakeup Sources” on page 52 for sources of wakeup) is kept powered. The bandgap, regulators, RF
block, etc. are disabled. The digital core and the memories can optionally be powered at low voltage.

When Sleep Mode is entered, a Power-On Reset (POR) is generated, which sets all registers in the digital core to
their default values. Only the registers inferred in the ACS keep their values.

IMPORTANT: The system cannot enter Sleep Mode if any interrupts are pending. If an interrupt is pending
when the system attempts to enter Sleep Mode, the system continues execution. This must be accounted for in all
code that uses interrupts that might become pending while the system attempts to enter into Sleep Mode.

The PADS_RETENTION_EN bit in the ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL register (refer to Section 5.4.6,

“ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL”) has to be set prior to entering Sleep Mode, as the core is not powered. Setting this bit makes
sure the pads keep configuration (direction, state, etc.) during sleep time. Upon wakeup, the boot PROM code is
executed. The initial pad configuration (the one used before going into Sleep Mode) needs to be restored by the
software before resetting the PADS_RETENTION_EN bit, to avoid toggling the pads.

The following sub-modes are typically selected using the configuration registers of the ACS:

1. Wakeup through an external event on the wakeup pad or the DIO[3:0] pads
(ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_DIO*_WAKEUP bits). This is the minimum power consumption sub-mode.

www.onsemi.com
55
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

2. Wakeup through the RTC (the ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP bit), clocked either by the internal
RC oscillator or by the 32 kHz crystal oscillator. The sleep time can be programmed using the RTC
configuration registers of the ACS (see Section 6.3.5, “Real-Time Clock (RTC)”).
3. Wakeup through the baseband timer (the ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_BB_TIMER_WAKEUP bit).
4. ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT determines whether the reboot mode flag is set.
5. ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_RC_CLOCK_MULT controls whether the startup RC oscillator is at 3 or 12 MHz.
6. ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_RC_FTRIM_FLAG bit configures whether or not the oscillators are treated as calibrated.
7. ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL_BOOT_SELECT bit-field controls whether the system attempts to boot directly from flash
or from a custom location in memory. This field also configures whether or not the RF crystal oscillator will be
started.

The status bits in the ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL register that indicate whether a wakeup event has been triggered at least
once for specific causes since last being cleared:

• DCDC_OVERLOAD_WAKEUP means that the wakeup event was triggered by a DC-DC overload
• WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP means that the wakeup event was triggered by the wakeup pad
• RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP means that the wakeup event was triggered by the RTC reaching the alarm value
• BB_TIMER_WAKEUP means that the wakeup event was triggered by the baseband timer reaching the specified
timeout
• DIO*_WAKEUP means that the wakeup event was triggered by the specified DIO

Bits that reset sticky flags:

• DCDC_OVERLOAD_CLEAR clears the DC-DC overload wakeup status bit

• WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP_CLEAR clears the wakeup pad wakeup status bit
• RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP_CLEAR clears the RTC alarm wakeup status bit
• BB_TIMER_WAKEUP_CLEAR clears the baseband timer wakeup status bit
• DIO*_WAKEUP_CLEAR clears the DIO wakeup status bit indicated by *

Entering Sleep Mode by writing the sleep key in the ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL register starts the following sequence:

1. The system clock is stopped.

2. Reset is asserted unless the VDDC retention regulator is enabled.
3. All memories (flash, PROM, RAM) are isolated from the core (AND gates).
4. Memories are powered off. RAMs which are enabled in the memory enable retention latches are put into
Retention Mode, if the VDDM retention regulator is enabled.
5. The logic is disconnected from its supply unless the VDDC retention regulator is enabled.
6. The baseband timer is disconnected from its supply unless the VDDT retention regulator is enabled.
7. The RF block is disconnected from its supplies (VDDRF and VDDPA). Note that the RF block needs to be
isolated manually if the VDDC retention regulator is enabled.
8. The VDDA, VDDC, VDDM, VDDRF and VDDPA regulators are disabled.
9. The VCC regulator/DC-DC converter is disabled.
10. The bandgap is disabled.

At wakeup (through RTC or a pad), the following sequence restarts the system:

1. The RTC 8 LSBs are captured into a register to record the wakeup time
2. The bandgap is enabled.
3. The VCC regulator/DC-DC converter is enabled when the bandgap voltage is ready.
4. The other regulators are set according to the configuration registers when the VCC is ready.
5. Memories are powered back on when VDDC, VDDM and VDDA are ready.

www.onsemi.com
56
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

6. The wakeup DELAY is applied (see ACS_WAKEUP_CFG register).

7. Memory isolation is removed.
8. Clock is enabled.
9. The digital reset is released, enabling boot PROM execution unless the VDDC retention regulator is enabled.

To use the RTC timer as wakeup source, refer to Section 6.3.5, “Real-Time Clock (RTC)”

5.4.5.1 Sleep for Wakeup from Retention Memory

Before going to Sleep Mode for wakeup from RAM, the application must do the following:

1. Configure all memories to be powered up and accessible when waking up from Sleep Mode, in the
SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG register:
• The SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCES_CFG_WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED bit field gives the wakeup restore address in
packed 7-bit format.
• The SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCES_CFG_DSP_DRAM*_ACCESS, SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG_DSP_PRAM*,
SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG_BB_DRAM_ACCESS*, SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG_DRAM_ACCESS* and
SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG_PRAM_ACCESS* bits control enabling or disabling access to the
corresponding DSP DRAM, DSP PRAM, baseband DRAM, DRAM and PRAM, respectively.
• The SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCES_CFG_FLASH_ACCESS bit controls the flash memory access.
• The SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCES_CFG_PROM_ACCESS bit configures PROM access.

See Section 5.4.7, “SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG” on page 61 for details.

2. Write the wakeup restore address to the SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR register, which contains the wakeup restore
address in unpacked 32-bit format (see Section 5.4.8, “SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR” on page 63 for more
information). The wakeup restore address must point to the first six words or the last six words of a RAM
instance. Table 6 on page 58 lists all possible addresses. Note that once the unpacked 32-bit wakeup restore
address SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR is written, the packed 7-bit wakeup restore address WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED
field of the SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG mapped register is updated accordingly.
NOTE: The system booting software uses the address of the location of the boot information stored in
the retention memory in the form of a packed 7-bit address. To facilitate the packing and
unpacking of this address, the SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG mapped register contains a
WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field, which is linked to the SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR mapped register.
When either one is written to, the other is updated as well. The SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR mapped
register contains the 32-bit unpacked address, while the WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field contains
the 7-bit packed address. The bit packing is done as follows: 29->6, 21->5, 16:12->4:0.
Unpacking is done in the reverse order. Bit 0 is also replicated to bits 11:5 and 3 (either setting or
clearing all of these bits). All other unassigned bits are set to 0. For example, address
0x20006000 is packed as 0x46 and address 0x207FE8 is packed as 0x27. This packing scheme
allows the storage of any address that points to either the first six words or the last six words of a
RAM instance. When the WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field does not point to memory that is
currently accessible, then SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR reads back as all zeros.

3. Read the SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG register contents. If some of the memories that must be powered up
and accessible when waking up from Sleep Mode are not set, because their power bit is not set or because their
Retention Mode bit is set, then enable these bits in the read value (by using a logical OR operation). Write this
value to the ACS_WAKEUP_GP_DATA register (see Section 5.4.10, “ACS_WAKEUP_GP_DATA” on page 64).
4. Copy the following six words to memory starting from the wakeup restore address:
• SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK register contents
• SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_0 register contents

www.onsemi.com
57
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_1 register contents

• SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_2 register contents
• SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY_3 register contents
• Application start address to be used after waking up

5. In the SYSCTRL_MEM_POWER_CFG register, configure all the memories that are to be kept in Retention Mode
even while the device is in Sleep Mode.
6. Set the BOOT_SELECT bit-field in the ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL register to BOOT_CUSTOM.
7. Enable the required retention regulators and set their trimming values as needed.
8. Enter Sleep Mode.
NOTE: To verify the wakeup pad value, read from the SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP_PAD_VALUE bit
in the SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_PAD register (see Section 5.4.9, “SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_PAD” on
page 63).

IMPORTANT: To configure the memory retention, the following operations are required:

• Set ACS_VDDRET_CTRL->VDDMRET_VTRIM = 1, except when using automotive NCV-RSL10 — see

NCV-RSL10 datasheet for setting
• ACS_VDDRET_CTRL->VDDMRET_ENABLE = 1
• Enable memory instance(s) to be retained in SYSCTRL_MEM_POWER_CFG
• SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG can be ignored

Table 6. Possible Wakeup Restore Addresses

Location Address
PRAM0 0x00200000
PRAM1 0x00202000
PRAM2 0x00204000
PRAM3 0x00206000
DSP_PRAM3 0x00208000
DSP_PRAM2 0x0020a000
DSP_PRAM1 0x0020c000
DSP_PRAM0 0x0020e000
DRAM0 0x20000000
DRAM1 0x20002000
DRAM2 0x20004000
DSP_DRAM0 0x20006000
DSP_DRAM1 0x20008000
DSP_DRAM2 0x2000a000
DSP_DRAM3 0x2000c000
DSP_DRAM4 0x2000e000
DSP_DRAM5 0x20010000
BB_DRAM0 0x20012000
BB_DRAM1 0x20014000
PRAM0_END 0x00201FE8
PRAM1_END 0x00203FE8

www.onsemi.com
58
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 6. Possible Wakeup Restore Addresses

Location Address
PRAM2_END 0x00205FE8
PRAM3_END 0x00207FE8
DSP_PRAM3_END 0x00209FE8
DSP_PRAM2_END 0x0020BFE8
DSP_PRAM1_END 0x0020DFE8
DSP_PRAM0_END 0x0020FFE8
DRAM0_END 0x20001FE8
DRAM1_END 0x20003FE8
DRAM2_END 0x20005FE8
DSP_DRAM0_END 0x20007FE8
DSP_DRAM1_END 0x20009FE8
DSP_DRAM2_END 0x2000BFE8
DSP_DRAM3_END 0x2000DFE8
DSP_DRAM4_END 0x2000FFE8
DSP_DRAM5_END 0x20011FE8
BB_DRAM0_END 0x20013FE8
BB_DRAM1_END 0x20015FE8

5.4.6 ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

24 PADS_RETENTION_EN Enable / Disable the Retention Mode of the pads
20 BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT Boot mode flag
19 RC_CLOCK_MULT RC oscillator clock multiplier read only flag (mirror of CLOCK_MULT of
ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register)
18 RC_FTRIM_FLAG RC oscillator trimming read only flag (mirror of FTRIM_FLAG of
ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register
17:16 BOOT_SELECT Boot selection bit to indicate boot source
15 DCDC_OVERLOAD_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by DC-DC overload
14 WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by the wakeup pad
13 RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by the RTC alarm
12 BB_TIMER_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by the baseband timer
11 DIO3_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by DIO3
10 DIO2_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by DIO2
9 DIO1_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by DIO1
8 DIO0_WAKEUP Status bit indicating that the wakeup was triggered by DIO0
7 DCDC_OVERLOAD_CLEAR Clear the DC-DC overload wakeup status bit
6 WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the wakeup pad wakeup status bit
5 RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the RTC alarm wakeup status bit
4 BB_TIMER_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the baseband timer wakeup status bit

www.onsemi.com
59
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 DIO3_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the DIO3 wakeup status bit
2 DIO2_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the DIO2 wakeup status bit
1 DIO1_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the DIO1 wakeup status bit
0 DIO0_WAKEUP_CLEAR Clear the DIO0 wakeup status bit

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PADS_RETENTION_EN PADS_RETENTION_DISABLE Disable the pad Retention Mode 0x0*
PADS_RETENTION_ENABLE Enable the pad Retention Mode 0x1
BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT_DISABLE The reboot mode flag is not set 0x0*
BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT_ENABLE The reboot mode flag is set (ROM will 0x1
not read the calibration values from
flash and will directly execute the
application)
RC_CLOCK_MULT RC_START_OSC_STATUS_3MHZ The startup RC Oscillator is at 3 MHz 0x0*
RC_START_OSC_STATUS_12MHZ The startup RC Oscillator is at 12 0x1
MHz
RC_FTRIM_FLAG RC_OSC_STATUS_UNCALIBRATED The oscillators are not calibrated 0x0*
RC_OSC_STATUS_CALIBRATED The oscillators are calibrated 0x1
BOOT_SELECT BOOT_FLASH_XTAL_DISABLE The Arm Cortex-M3 executes code 0x0*
from the flash and the XTAL will not
be started at boot
BOOT_CUSTOM The Arm Cortex-M3 core executed 0x1
code from the address specified in
the wakeup information in retention
RAM and the XTAL will not be started
at boot
BOOT_FLASH_XTAL_DEFAULT_TRIM The Arm Cortex-M3 core executes 0x2
code from the flash and the XTAL will
be started at boot with the default trim
BOOT_FLASH_XTAL_CUSTOM_TRIM The Arm Cortex-M3 core executes 0x3
code from the flash and the XTAL will
be started at boot with trim from
ACS_WAKEUP_GP_DATA
DCDC_OVERLOAD_WAKEUP WAKEUP_DCDC_OVERLOAD_NOT_SET DC-DC overload has not triggered a 0x0*
wakeup event
WAKEUP_DCDC_OVERLOAD_SET DC-DC overload has triggered a 0x1
wakeup event at least once
WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP WAKEUP_PAD_EVENT_NOT_SET Wakeup pad has not triggered a 0x0*
wakeup event
WAKEUP_PAD_EVENT_SET Wakeup pad has triggered a wakeup 0x1
event at least once
RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP WAKEUP_RTC_ALARM_EVENT_NOT_SET RTC alarm has not triggered a 0x0*
wakeup event
WAKEUP_RTC_ALARM_EVENT_SET RTC alarm has triggered a wakeup 0x1
event at least once

www.onsemi.com
60
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BB_TIMER_WAKEUP WAKEUP_BB_TIMER_EVENT_NOT_SET BB timer has not triggered a wakeup 0x0*
event
WAKEUP_BB_TIMER_EVENT_SET BB timer has triggered a wakeup 0x1
event at least once
DIO3_WAKEUP WAKEUP_DIO3_EVENT_NOT_SET DIO3 has not triggered a wakeup 0x0*
event
WAKEUP_DIO3_EVENT_SET DIO3 has triggered a wakeup event 0x1
at least once
DIO2_WAKEUP WAKEUP_DIO2_EVENT_NOT_SET DIO2 has not triggered a wakeup 0x0*
event
WAKEUP_DIO2_EVENT_SET DIO2 has triggered a wakeup event 0x1
at least once
DIO1_WAKEUP WAKEUP_DIO1_EVENT_NOT_SET DIO1 has not triggered a wakeup 0x0*
event
WAKEUP_DIO1_EVENT_SET DIO1 has triggered a wakeup event 0x1
at least once
DIO0_WAKEUP WAKEUP_DIO0_EVENT_NOT_SET DIO0 has not triggered a wakeup 0x0*
event
WAKEUP_DIO0_EVENT_SET DIO0 has triggered a wakeup event 0x1
at least once
DCDC_OVERLOAD_CLEAR WAKEUP_DCDC_OVERLOAD_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_DCDC_OVERLOAD flag
WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_PAD_EVENT_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP flag
RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_RTC_ALARM flag
BB_TIMER_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_BB_TIMER_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_BB_TIMER flag
DIO3_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_DIO3_EVENT_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_DIO3_EVENT flag
DIO2_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_DIO2_EVENT_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_DIO2_EVENT flag
DIO1_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_DIO1_EVENT_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_DIO1_EVENT flag
DIO0_WAKEUP_CLEAR WAKEUP_DIO0_EVENT_CLEAR Reset the sticky 0x1
WAKEUP_DIO0_EVENT flag

5.4.7 SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

30:24 WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED Wakeup restore address in packed 7-bit format. When written,
SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR is updated. This field reads back as zero when
SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR does not point to an enabled RAM instance.
21 DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS DSP PRAM5 access configuration
20 DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS DSP PRAM4 access configuration
19 DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS DSP PRAM3 access configuration
18 DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS DSP PRAM2 access configuration

www.onsemi.com
61
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

17 DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS DSP PRAM1 access configuration
16 DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS DSP PRAM0 access configuration
15 DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS DSP PRAM3 access configuration
14 DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS DSP PRAM2 access configuration
13 DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS DSP PRAM1 access configuration
12 DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS DSP PRAM0 access configuration
11 BB_DRAM1_ACCESS Baseband DRAM1 access configuration
10 BB_DRAM0_ACCESS Baseband DRAM0 access configuration
8 DRAM2_ACCESS DRAM2 access configuration
7 DRAM1_ACCESS DRAM1 access configuration
6 DRAM0_ACCESS DRAM0 access configuration
5 PRAM3_ACCESS PRAM3 access configuration
4 PRAM2_ACCESS PRAM2 access configuration
3 PRAM1_ACCESS PRAM1 access configuration
2 PRAM0_ACCESS PRAM0 access configuration
1 FLASH_ACCESS Flash access configuration
0 PROM_ACCESS PROM access configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM5 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM5 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM4 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM4 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM3 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM3 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM2 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM1 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM0 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM3 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM3 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM2 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM1 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM0 access enabled 0x1

www.onsemi.com
62
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BB_DRAM1_ACCESS BB_DRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE Baseband DRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
BB_DRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE Baseband DRAM1 access enabled 0x1
BB_DRAM0_ACCESS BB_DRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE Baseband DRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
BB_DRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE Baseband DRAM0 access enabled 0x1
DRAM2_ACCESS DRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE DRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
DRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE DRAM2 access enabled 0x1
DRAM1_ACCESS DRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE DRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
DRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE DRAM1 access enabled 0x1
DRAM0_ACCESS DRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE DRAM0 access disabled 0x0
DRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE DRAM0 access enabled 0x1*
PRAM3_ACCESS PRAM3_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM3 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM3_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM3 access enabled 0x1
PRAM2_ACCESS PRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM2 access enabled 0x1
PRAM1_ACCESS PRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM1 access enabled 0x1
PRAM0_ACCESS PRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM0 access enabled 0x1
FLASH_ACCESS FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE Flash access disabled 0x0*
FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE Flash access enabled 0x1
PROM_ACCESS PROM_ACCESS_DISABLE PROM access disabled 0x0
PROM_ACCESS_ENABLE PROM access enabled 0x1*

5.4.8 SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 WAKEUP_ADDR Wakeup restore address in unpacked 32-bit format. When written, the
WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field of SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG is
updated. Bits 0-12 must be 0x0000 or 0x1FE8 (top or bottom of memory
instance). Bits 17-20, 22-28 and 30-31 must be zero. When the
WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field does not point to memory that is currently
accessible, then SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR reads back as all zeros.

5.4.9 SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_PAD

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 WAKEUP_PAD_VALUE WAKEUP pad value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WAKEUP_PAD_VALUE WAKEUP_PAD_LOW WAKEUP pad value equal to '0' 0x0*
WAKEUP_PAD_HIGH WAKEUP pad value equal to '1' 0x1

www.onsemi.com
63
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

5.4.10 ACS_WAKEUP_GP_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 GP_DATA 32-bit General-Purpose RW Data

5.5 RESETS

The RSL10 SoC contains a variety of reset sources that can be used to reset the entire RSL10 system, or a set of its
system components. A system reset causes the system to restart, and status bits to be set for each of the relevant reset
causes. These reset status bits exist in the ACS_RESET_STATUS and DIG_RESET_STATUS registers. The reset bits and
their encoding can be seen in Figure 5, which also shows the ordering of reset flags. These flags remain set until cleared
by writing to their associated clear flags.

IMPORTANT: To clear the status bits that indicate the source of a reset, the DIG_RESET_STATUS register must
be cleared before the ACS_RESET_STATUS register.

We recommend clearing all reset status flags at the start of application execution (after the reset source has
been determined), to allow future executions to determine the cause of a reset or resets.

www.onsemi.com
64
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

ACS_RESET_STATUS DIG_RESET_STA TUS

WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG
CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG

TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG

CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG
VDDM_RESET_FLAG
VDDC_RESET_FLAG

VDDA_RESET_FLAG
POR_RESET_FLAG

PAD_RESET_FLAG

ACS_RESET_FLAG
Flags

LOCKUP_FLAG
Reset sources

1 - - - - - - 1 - - - Reset due to PMU-POR

0 1 - - - - - 1 - - - Reset due to the NRESET pad
0 - 1 - - - - 1 - - - Reset due to VDDC regulator
0 - - 1 - - - 1 - - - Reset due to VDDM regulator
0 - - - 1 - - 1 - - - Reset due to VDDA charge pump
0 - - - - 1 - 1 - - - Reset due to system clock detector
0 - - - - - 1 1 - - - Reset due to power state machine timeout
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 - - - Reset due to wake-up from sleep mode
- - - - - - - - 1 - - Reset due to the ARM Cortex-M3
processor software system reset
- - - - - - - - - 1 0 Reset due to the watchdog with the ARM
Cortex-M3 processor not in lockup state
- - - - - - - - - 1 1 Reset due to the watchdog with the ARM
Cortex-M3 processor in lockup state

Figure 5. Reset Flag Decoding

NOTE: For a given reset cause, any bit with an explicit value will be set or cleared as appropriate. Other
bit values that are not explicit are marked as unknown, as they could be set or cleared based on
reset causes that could coexist with the given reset cause.

Exiting from any full system reset triggers the POR sequence. For all full system resets, the ACS_RESET_FLAG in
the DIG_RESET_STATUS register is set, indicating that an asynchronous reset has occurred, including a full reset of the
analog system resources. For a wakeup from sleep, no other asynchronous status bits will be set; but for all other
asynchronous reset sources, other status bits will be set by:

• The power supervisory:

• A POR occurs on power-on for the device and the POR_RESET_FLAG bit is set.
• If VDDC falls below 90% of the configured VDDC target value, the system will reset and the
VDDC_RESET_FLAG bit will be set.
• If VDDM falls below 90% of the configured VDDM target value, the system will reset and the
VDDM_RESET_FLAG bit will be set.
• If VDDA falls below 1.7 V, the system will reset and the VDDA_RESET_FLAG bit will be set.

www.onsemi.com
65
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• If a failure occurs within the power supply during power up, a timeout will occur, and the
TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG bit will be set. This can happen if the startup sequence (bandgap startup, VCC
startup, VDDA, VDDC and VDDM startup) is too long (greater than 1 ms unexpected delay) due to a
configuration problem or too much capacitance on VCC or VDDA.

• The clock detection circuits (see Section 6.4.1, “Clock Detector and System Monitor” on page 90): if the clock
detection circuit causes a reset, the CLK_DETECT_RESET_FLAG bit will be set.
• The dedicated NRESET pad: if a reset using this pad occurs, the PAD_RESET_FLAG bit will be set.

Partial resets supported by the RSL10 system include:

• The watchdog timer (see Section 12.4, “Watchdog Timer” on page 375):
• If the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is still running when the watchdog reset occurs, the
WATCHDOG_REFRESH_FLAG bit will be set.
• If the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is locked up (for example, due to a fault that occurred while handling
other faults), the LOCKUP_FLAG bit will be set.

All watchdog timer resets are designed to reset the digital system and the analog control system’s registers, but
not the underlying analog control circuits.

• The Arm Cortex-M3 processor resets, which provide:

• A reset of the processor, excluding debug logic, but including other digital components due to the
Arm Cortex-M3 software processor system reset. This reset is triggered whenever the a software system
reset is requested by setting bit 2 of the SCB_AIRCR internal Arm Cortex-M3 processor register. When
this reset is requested, the digital system also sets the DIG_RESET_STATUS_CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG bit.
• A reset of the processor only, excluding debug logic. This reset is triggered when bit 0 of the SCB_AIRCR
register is set, and does not set a reset status bit.
• A reset for the JTAG controller in the JTAG debug port, synchronized with JTCK (see Section 3.2,
“Debug Port” on page 27 for more information). This reset source does not set a reset status bit.

• An LPDSP32 DSP reset (see Chapter 4, “LPDSP32 Processor” on page 33): resetting this block resets the
LPDSP32 DSP and its related components, and does not set a reset status bit.
• Resets for individual interfaces or peripherals only reset the associated components.

5.5.1 Reset Status Register

Register Name Register Description Address

DIG_RESET_STATUS Reset status register 0x40000200
ACS_RESET_STATUS ACS reset source status registers 0x40001354

5.5.1.1 DIG_RESET_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

7 LOCKUP_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky LOCKUP flag
6 WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky Watchdog time-out reset flag
5 CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky Arm Cortex-M3 processor software reset flag
4 ACS_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky ACS reset flag
3 LOCKUP_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a LOCKUP occurred

www.onsemi.com
66
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

2 WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a Watchdog time-out reset occurred
1 CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that an Arm Cortex-M3 processor software reset
occurred
0 ACS_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that an ACS reset occurred

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

LOCKUP_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR LOCKUP_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky LOCKUP flag 0x1
WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky Watchdog time-out 0x1
reset flag
CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky Arm Cortex-M3 0x1
processor software reset flag
ACS_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR ACS_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky ACS reset flag 0x1
LOCKUP_FLAG LOCKUP_NOT_SET The LOCKUP has not triggered at least 0x0*
once
LOCKUP_SET The LOCKUP was triggered at least 0x1
once
WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG WATCHDOG_RESET_NOT_SET The Watchdog time-out reset has not 0x0*
triggered at least once
WATCHDOG_RESET_SET The Watchdog time-out reset was 0x1
triggered at least once since this status
bit was last cleared
CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG CM3_SW_RESET_NOT_SET The Arm Cortex-M3 processor 0x0*
software system reset has not
triggered at least once
CM3_SW_RESET_SET The Arm Cortex-M3 processor 0x1
software system reset was triggered at
least once since this status bit was last
cleared
ACS_RESET_FLAG ACS_RESET_NOT_SET The ACS reset has not triggered at 0x0
least once
ACS_RESET_SET The ACS reset was triggered at least 0x1*
once since this status bit was last
cleared

5.5.2 ACS_RESET_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

14 TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a timeout in the power up sequence occurred
13 CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a clock detector reset occurred
12 VDDA_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a VDDA reset occurred (triggered by vdda_ready =
0)
11 VDDM_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a VDDM reset occurred (triggered by vddm_ready =
0)
10 VDDC_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a VDDC reset occurred (triggered by vddc_ready =
0)

www.onsemi.com
67
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

9 PAD_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a reset occurred due to pad NRESET
8 POR_RESET_FLAG Sticky flag that detects that a POR reset occurred
6 TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky TIMEOUT_RESET flag.
5 CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky CLK_DET_RESET flag.
4 VDDA_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky VDDA_RESET flag.
3 VDDM_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky VDDM_RESET flag.
2 VDDC_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky VDDC_RESET flag.
1 PAD_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky PAD_RESET flag.
0 POR_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky POR_RESET flag.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The timeout reset has not triggered at 0x0*
least once
TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG_SET The timeout reset was triggered at 0x1
least once since this status bit was last
cleared
CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The clock detector reset has not 0x0*
triggered at least once
CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG_SET The clock detector reset was triggered 0x1
at least once since this status bit was
last cleared
VDDA_RESET_FLAG VDDA_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The VDDA reset has not triggered at 0x0
least once
VDDA_RESET_FLAG_SET The VDDA reset was triggered at least 0x1*
once since this status bit was last
cleared
VDDM_RESET_FLAG VDDM_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The VDDM reset has not triggered at 0x0
least once
VDDM_RESET_FLAG_SET The VDDM reset was triggered at least 0x1*
once since this status bit was last
cleared
VDDC_RESET_FLAG VDDC_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The VDDC reset has not triggered at 0x0
least once
VDDC_RESET_FLAG_SET The VDDC reset was triggered at least 0x1*
once since this status bit was last
cleared
PAD_RESET_FLAG PAD_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The NRESET pad reset has not 0x0*
triggered at least once
PAD_RESET_FLAG_SET The NRESET pad reset was triggered 0x1
at least once since this status bit was
last cleared
POR_RESET_FLAG POR_RESET_FLAG_NOT_SET The POR reset has not triggered at 0x0
least once
POR_RESET_FLAG_SET The POR reset was triggered at least 0x1*
once since this status bit was last
cleared

www.onsemi.com
68
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky TIMEOUT_RESET 0x1
flag.
CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky CLK_DET_RESET 0x1
flag.
VDDA_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR VDDA_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky VDDA_RESET flag. 0x1
VDDM_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR VDDM_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky VDDM_RESET flag. 0x1
VDDC_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR VDDC_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky VDDC_RESET flag. 0x1
PAD_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR PAD_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky PAD_RESET flag. 0x1
POR_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR POR_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the sticky POR_RESET flag. 0x1

5.5.3 The nRESET Pad

The nRESET pad contains a pull-up resistor that cannot be disabled by the user. During the boot process, the
pull-up resistor is 100 k; after the boot process is complete, it automatically switches to 200 k without any user
intervention.

5.6 ANALOG TEST SIGNALS

The AOUT pad can have the following functions:

1. Analog test bus is used to monitor internal analog signals for characterization and debug.
• Bandgap regulated supply voltage
• VDDRF
• Baseband timer supply voltage
• VDDC
• VDDA
• VDDM
• VDDPA

2. Digital test bus is used to monitor internal digital signals for characterization and debug.
• Bandgap ready
• VCC ready
• DC-DC overload / activated
• VDDRF ready
• VDDC ready
• VDDM ready
• VDDA ready
• 32 kHz crystal oscillator clock
• 32 kHz RC oscillator clock

DIO0 can be used to output the RTC clock to control an external device. This mode is configured using the
ACS_AOUT_CTRL register, which has the following configurable bit-fields:

1. RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_START configures the RTC clock to be output to DIO0 starting at the defined interval,
between 125 ms and 8 s.
2. RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_SRC is used to select what DIO (from DIO0 to DIO3) will stop the output of the 32
kHz RTC clock.

www.onsemi.com
69
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

3. RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_EDGE is used to select whether this clock output is stopped on a rising or a falling
edge on the selected DIO. For a clean (glitchless) signal on DIO0, this event needs to occur synchronously
with the clock falling edge, as the detected event gates (sets to 0) the signal on DIO0.

The control register in the ACS configures which signal is brought out on the AOUT and DIO0 pads. The
ACS_AOUT_CTRL_TEST_AOUT bit field provides a selection from 32 test signals.

5.6.1 Analog Output Configuration Register

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_AOUT_CTRL Analog output configuration register 0x40001358

5.6.2 ACS_AOUT_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

13 RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_EDGE Stop edge for RTC clock output on AOUT
12:11 RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_SRC Stop source for RTC clock output on AOUT
10:8 RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_START Start event for RTC clock output on AOUT (RTC prescaler and counter need to
be enabled)
4:0 TEST_AOUT AOUT test signal selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_EDGE DIO0_RTC_CLK_STOP_RISING Stop to output RTC clock on rising 0x0*
edge
DIO0_RTC_CLK_STOP_FALLING Stop to output RTC clock on falling 0x1
edge
RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_SRC DIO0_RTC_CLK_STOP_DIO0 Stop to output RTC clock on DIO0 0x0*
event
DIO0_RTC_CLK_STOP_DIO1 Stop to output RTC clock on DIO1 0x1
event
DIO0_RTC_CLK_STOP_DIO2 Stop to output RTC clock on DIO2 0x2
event
DIO0_RTC_CLK_STOP_DIO3 Stop to output RTC clock on DIO3 0x3
event
RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_START DIO0_RTC_CLK_DISABLE No start event (DIO0 not driven) 0x0*
DIO0_RTC_CLK_125MS Start to output RTC clock every 125 ms 0x1
DIO0_RTC_CLK_250MS Start to output RTC clock every 250 ms 0x2
DIO0_RTC_CLK_500MS Start to output RTC clock every 500 ms 0x3
DIO0_RTC_CLK_1S Start to output RTC clock every 1 s 0x4
DIO0_RTC_CLK_2S Start to output RTC clock every 2 s 0x5
DIO0_RTC_CLK_4S Start to output RTC clock every 4 s 0x6
DIO0_RTC_CLK_8S Start to output RTC clock every 8 s 0x7

www.onsemi.com
70
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TEST_AOUT AOUT_VSSA AOUT grounded 0x0*
AOUT_VCC_SENSE AOUT high / VCC connected on AOUT 0x1
(can be sensed for 4 wires
measurement of the load regulation)
AOUT_VREF_0P75V_OUTPUT Bandgap reference voltage 0p75V 0x2
connected on AOUT
AOUT_VREF_0P67V_OUTPUT Bandgap reference voltage 0p67V 0x3
connected on AOUT
AOUT_IREF_50N_OUTPUT Bandgap iref current source connected 0x4
on AOUT
AOUT_IREF_1N_OUTPUT PTAT iref current source connected on 0x5
AOUT
AOUT_VDDACS_OUTPUT vddacs voltage connected on AOUT 0x6
AOUT_VREF_0P75V_BUF_OUTPUT Bandgap buffered reference voltage 0x7
0p75V connected on AOUT
AOUT_VREG_BG Bandgap regulated supply voltage 0x8
AOUT_VDDRF_SW vddrf_sw voltage connected on AOUT 0x9
AOUT_VDDRF_SENSE VDDRF connected on AOUT (can be 0xA
sensed for 4 wires measurement of the
load regulation)
AOUT_VDDT Baseband timer supply voltage 0xB
AOUT_VDDC_SENSE VDDC connected on AOUT (can be 0xC
sensed for 4 wires measurement of the
load regulation)
AOUT_VDDA_SW vdda_sw voltage connected on AOUT 0xD
AOUT_VDDA_SENSE VDDA connected on AOUT (can be 0xE
sensed for 4 wires measurement of the
load regulation)
AOUT_VDDM_SENSE VDDM connected on AOUT (can be 0xF
sensed for 4 wires measurement of the
load regulation)
AOUT_NC AOUT floating (for pad leakage 0x10
measurement)
AOUT_VDDPA_SENSE VDDPA connected on AOUT (can be 0x11
sensed for 4 wires measurement of the
load regulation)
AOUT_VDDPA_ISENSE VDDPA current sensing circuit 0x12
connected to AOUT

www.onsemi.com
71
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TEST_AOUT (continued) AOUT_TM0 Flash TM0 connected to AOUT 0x13
AOUT_BG_READY Bandgap ready on AOUT (digital signal 0x14
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_VCC_READY vcc_ready on AOUT (digital signal 0x15
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_DCDC_OVERLOAD dcdc_overload on AOUT (digital signal 0x16
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_DCDC_ACTIVATED dcdc_activated on AOUT (digital signal 0x17
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_VDDRF_READY vddrf_ready on AOUT (digital signal 0x18
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_VDDC_READY vddc_ready on AOUT (digital signal 0x19
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_VDDM_READY vddm_ready on AOUT (digital signal 0x1A
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_VDDA_READY vdda_ready on AOUT (digital signal 0x1B
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_CLK_PRESENT Clock present from clock detector on 0x1C
AOUT (digital signal using VSSA and
VCC states)
AOUT_XTAL_OK XTAL ok on AOUT (digital signal using 0x1D
VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_XTAL_CLK XTAL clock on AOUT (digital signal 0x1E
using VSSA and VCC states)
AOUT_CLK_32K 32 kHz RC oscillator clock on AOUT 0x1F
(digital signal using VSSA and VCC
states)

www.onsemi.com
72
 CHAPTER 6

6. Clocking
6.1 OVERVIEW

All clocks and clock domains in the RSL10 system are derived from the system clock (SYSCLK) or the standby
clock (STANDBYCLK).

SYSCLK can be generated from one of five different sources for maximum flexibility. Available sources for
SYSCLK include:

1. The internal RC oscillator (discussed in Section 6.2.1, “RC Oscillator” on page 75)
2. The RF clock provided by the 48 MHz crystal oscillator (discussed in Section 6.2.2, “48 MHz Crystal
Oscillator” on page 75)
3. STANDBYCLK
4. The external clock pad (discussed in Section 6.2.5, “External Clock Input (EXTCLK)” on page 76)
5. The SWCLK pad from the SWJ-DP (discussed in Section 6.2.6, “Debug Port Clock” on page 77)

For more information about configuring the system clock, see Section 6.3.1, “System Clock (SYSCLK)” on
page 79.

Similarly, the STANDBYCLK can be generated from one of six different sources, including:

1. The internal standby oscillator (discussed in Section 6.2.3, “Standby RC Oscillator” on page 75)
2. The 32 kHz crystal oscillator (discussed in Section 6.2.4, “32 kHz Crystal Oscillator” on page 76)
3. A DIO source from one of DIOs 0 to 3

For more information about configuring STANDBYCLK, see Section 6.3.2, “Standby Clock (STANDBYCLK)”
on page 80.

A top-level clock diagram showing the clock generation and distribution of clocks within the RSL10 system is
provided in Figure 6.

www.onsemi.com
73
 DETCLK
Activity detector

CLK_DET_SEL

/JTCK_PRESCALE JTCK_DIV
JTCK
from 1 to 16 (step 1)

Figure 6. Clock Distribution

/EXTCLK_PRESCALE EXTCLK_DIV
EXTCLK
from 1 to 16 (step 1)
/I2C_CTRL0(MASTER_SPEED_PRESCALER) /SPI[1:0]_CTRL0(SPI_PRESCALE)
from 3 to 768 (step 3) from 2 to 1024 (step 2(n+1))

SYSCLK (c)
STANDBYCLK

glitch-free
/DCCLK_PRESCALE /UARTCLK_PRESCALE /BBCLK_PRESCALE /USRCLK_PRESCALE /SLOWCLK_PRESCALE /AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE
from 1 to 64 (step 1) from 1 to 32 (step 1) from 1 to 8 (step 1) from 1 to 4096 (step 1) from 1 to 64 (step 1) from 1 to 64 (step 1)

Oscillator /CK_DIV_1_6 RFCLK

48 MHz from 1 to 7 (step 1) DCCLK UARTCLK BBCLK USRCLK AUDIOCLK

/BBCLK_DIV /AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE
Oscillator RCCLK from 6 to 24 (step 1) from 1 to 4 (step 1)
3MHz

AUDIOSLOWCLK

74
SYSCLK_SRC_SEL
Typically 1.0 MHz
SLOWCLK (c, e)
RC32K
onsemi

/BB_CLK_PRESCALE
Baseband timer clock
from 1 to 8 (step 2(n+1))

/CPCLK_DIV ADC /PWM[1:0]_PRESCALE

/Fixed divider by 32

www.onsemi.com
DIO[0:3] from 1 to 64 (step 1) /Fixed divider by 5 from 1 to 64 (step 1)
XTAL32K
CPCLK
SLOWCLK32 PWMCLK[1:0]
RSL10 Hardware Reference

ACS_RTC_CTRL.CLK_SRC_SEL CLOCK
DETECTOR
SYSCLK
SLOWCLK
/START_VALUE
from 1 to 232 (step 1) ACS state machine USRCLK
RFCLK Frequency
division done at
RTC RCCLK DIOx pad the clock
generator level
STANDBYCLK
ACS EXTCLK_DIV Frequency
division done at
JTCK_DIV the peripheral
level
AUDIOCLK
AUDIOSLOWCLK
DIOx_CFG
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

6.2 CLOCK GENERATION

6.2.1 RC Oscillator

The RC oscillator is a ring oscillator that produces a trimmable output clock (RCCLK) that is used by the RSL10
system as SYSCLK at startup. It can be used while operating in Run Mode without RF traffic to minimize current
consumption and to maximize the amount of processing that can be completed while waiting for the 48 MHz oscillator
when it is started.

The frequency of the RC oscillator is trimmed using the ACS_RCOSC_CTRL_FTRIM_START bit-field from the
ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register, providing a default output frequency from this clock source of 3 MHz. If this bit-field has
been written, the ACS_RCOSC_CTRL_FTRIM_FLAG bit will indicate that the RC oscillator has been trimmed. This
trimming is supplemented by a frequency multiplier, enabled using the ASC_RCOSC_CTRL_CLOCK_MULT bit from the
ASC_RCOSC_CTRL register that multiplies the output of this RC oscillator by a factor of 4.

CAUTION: When enabled, the frequency multiplier applied to the RC oscillator modifies the effective RC constant of
the ring oscillator. As such, this configuration bit provides a nominal multiplication by 4, not an absolute multiplication
by 4, and separate configuration trim settings must be kept for both un-multiplied and multiplied settings.

Calibrated values for both the un-multiplied and multiplied trim settings are provided as part of the manufacturing
records in NVR4. For more information, see the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

RCCLK can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO components. For more information about the
DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

6.2.2 48 MHz Crystal Oscillator

The RF front-end for the RSL10 system includes a 48 MHz crystal oscillator. To use this crystal oscillator, the RF
front-end must be powered with access enabled, as described in Section 8.1, “Overview” on page 132.

To enable the 48 MHz crystal oscillator, set the XTAL_CTRL_XO_EN_B_REG bit from the RF front-end XTAL_CTRL
register. When enabled, the 48 MHz crystal oscillator takes some time before it is ready for use by the rest of the
system. When this clock is ready, the ANALOG_INFO_CLK_DIG_READY bit from the ANALOG_INFO RF front-end
register will be set. When the PLL based on this oscillator is ready, the ANALOG_INFO_CLK_PLL_READY bit from the
ANALOG_INFO RF front-end register will also be set. Information about further configuration of this oscillator can be
found in Section 8.2.1, “48 MHz Crystal Oscillator” on page 136.

NOTE: When processing RF traffic, the RF front-end is always directly clocked from the 48 MHz crystal
oscillator, with the analog components of the RF front-end using a frequency synthesizer to
produce an appropriate carrier for the RF traffic in the 2.4 GHz RF band.

The 48 MHz crystal oscillator is divided using the 3-bit prescaler defined in the CK_DIV_1_6_CK_DIV_1_6
bit-field from the CK_DIV_1_6 RF front-end register to produce RFCLK. This clock, which divides the 48 MHz clock
source by a factor between 1 and 7, can be used as the source for SYSCLK, or output through one or more DIO pads
using the DIO components. For more information about the DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional
Configuration” on page 259.

6.2.3 Standby RC Oscillator

The standby RC oscillator is a ring oscillator that produces a trimmable output clock that can be used by the RSL10
system as a source for STANDBYCLK, and hence as a source for the RTC. This oscillator produces a nominal output

www.onsemi.com
75
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

frequency of 32 kHz. Enable the standby RC oscillator by setting the ACS_RCOSC_CTRL_RC_OSC_EN bit from the
ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register.

The frequency of the standby RC oscillator is trimmed using the ACS_RCOSC_CTRL_FTRIM_32K bit-field from the
ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register. The trimming range for this oscillator can be shifted down by approximately 25%
(producing a clock with a nominal output frequency of 24 kHz) by setting the ACS_RCOSC_CTRL_FTRIM_32K_ADJ bit
from the ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register.

IMPORTANT: If the standby RC oscillator is used as a source of timing for RF traffic, this oscillator should be
measured using the 48 MHz crystal oscillator and the audio sink counters. Appropriate adjustments should be
made to the Bluetooth baseband timer driven counters and RTC starting countdown setting stored to the
ACS_RTC_CFG_START_VALUE bit-field from the ACS_RTC_CFG register.

For more information about configuring the RTC, see Section 6.3.5, “Real-Time Clock (RTC)” on page 82. For
more information about measuring the standby RC oscillator using the audio sink, see Section 13.3, “Audio Sink Clock
Counters” on page 390.

6.2.4 32 kHz Crystal Oscillator

The 32 kHz crystal oscillator provides a very low-power, accurate reference clock that can be used as the source for
the baseband and RTC when timing RF traffic and other elements where a high-accuracy clock is required. The 32 kHz
crystal oscillator is a Pierce oscillator that provides a 32768 Hz reference clock. Configure it by using the
ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL register. Configuration and status options for this oscillator include:

• The oscillator can be enabled or disabled by configuring the ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_ENABLE bit.

• The ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_READY bit indicates when the oscillator output is available for use. This status can
be forced using the ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_FORCE_ENABLE bit; however using this option is not recommended.
• The trim parameters for interacting with the external 32 kHz crystals can be trimmed to:
• Provide a variety of different startup current levels using the ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_ITRIM bit-field (sets
the nominal startup current levels) and the ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_IBOOST bit (which boosts the startup
currents by an approximate factor of 4)
• Provide an appropriate capacitive load, configured using the ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_CLOAD_TRIM bit-field

• The output from the crystal can be configured to:

• Enable or disable regulation of the amplitude of the crystal output using the
ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_EN_AMPL_CTRL bit
• Include or bypass the serial output cap for the oscillator, configured using the
ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL_XIN_CAP_BYPASS_EN bit. If the external crystal selected does not need this
buffering capacitor, removing this capacitor can reduce the leakage of the 32 kHz crystal oscillator.

6.2.5 External Clock Input (EXTCLK)

An input signal from the EXTCLK input pad can be used as an external input clock source that supplies SYSCLK.
Prior to use in clocking the system, this clock is prescaled using the CLK_SYS_CFG_EXTCLK_PRESCALE bit-field from
the CLK_SYS_CFG register. This produces a divided EXTCLK clock input that is prescaled by between 1 and 16 to
produce a potential SYSCLK frequency defined by:

f EXTCLK
f EXTCLK_DIV = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLK_SYS_CFG_EXTCLK_PRESCALE + 1

www.onsemi.com
76
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The EXTCLK input can be configured for low-pass filtering and pull-up or pull-down resistor configuration using
the DIO_EXTCLK_CFG register. This configuration is identical to the input physical configuration applied to the DIO
inputs. For more information about the physical pad configuration of EXTCLK, see Section 10.3, “Physical
Configuration” on page 263. The divided EXTCLK input can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO
components. For more information about the DIO output configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration”
on page 259.

A clock detection circuit can be used to monitor the divided EXTCLK input. For more information, see
Section 6.4.2, “External Clock Detector” on page 91.

6.2.6 Debug Port Clock

The JTCK signal from the SWJ-DP interface in the RSL10 system can be used as an external input clock source
that supplies SYSCLK. Prior to use in clocking the system, this clock is prescaled using the
CLK_SYS_CFG_JTCK_PRESCALE bit-field from the CLK_SYS_CFG register. This produces a divided JTCK clock output
that is prescaled by between 1 and 16 to produce a potential SYSCLK frequency defined by:

f JTCK
f JTCK_DIV = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLK_SYS_CFG_JTCK_PRESCALE + 1

IMPORTANT: Only use the JTCK pad as an input clock source if the SWJ-DP interface is configured for JTAG
mode or is not used. For more information about debug port configuration, see Section 3.2, “Debug Port” on
page 27.

The divided JTCK input can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO components. For more
information about the DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

A clock detection circuit can be used to monitor the divided JTCK input. For more information, see Section 6.4.2,
“External Clock Detector” on page 91.

6.2.7 Clock Generation Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ACS_RCOSC_CTRL RC Oscillator Configuration / Control register 0x40001320
ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL XTAL 32 kHz configuration register 0x40001324

6.2.7.1 ACS_RCOSC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

18 CLOCK_MULT Enable 12 MHz mode of startup oscillator
16 RC_OSC_EN Enable/Disable the 32 kHz RC Oscillator
15 FTRIM_FLAG Trimming flag
13:8 FTRIM_START Start RC oscillator frequency trimming
6 FTRIM_32K_ADJ Adjust 32 kHz oscillator frequency range
5:0 FTRIM_32K 32 kHz RC oscillator frequency trimming

www.onsemi.com
77
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLOCK_MULT RC_START_OSC_3MHZ The startup RC Oscillator is at 3 MHz 0x0*
RC_START_OSC_12MHZ The startup RC Oscillator is at 12 MHz 0x1
RC_OSC_EN RC_OSC_DISABLE The 32kHz RC Oscillator is disabled 0x0*
RC_OSC_ENABLE The 32kHz RC Oscillator is enabled 0x1
FTRIM_FLAG RC_OSC_UNCALIBRATED The oscillators are not calibrated 0x0*
RC_OSC_CALIBRATED The oscillators are calibrated 0x1
FTRIM_START RC_START_OSC_M48 -48% trimming 0x0
RC_START_OSC_M46P5 -46.5% trimming 0x1
RC_START_OSC_NOM Nominal frequency 0x20*
RC_START_OSC_P46P5 +46.5% trimming 0x3F
FTRIM_32K_ADJ RC_OSC_RANGE_NOM The 32 kHz RC Oscillator frequency 0x0*
range is nominal
RC_OSC_RANGE_M25 The 32 kHz RC Oscillator frequency 0x1
range is lowered by 25%
FTRIM_32K RC_OSC_M48 -48% trimming 0x0
RC_OSC_M46P5 -46.5% trimming 0x1
RC_OSC_NOM Nominal frequency 0x20*
RC_OSC_P46P5 +46.5% trimming 0x3F

6.2.7.2 ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

24 READY XTAL ready status
18 XIN_CAP_BYPASS_EN Switch to bypass the added XIN serial cap to reduce the leakage
17 EN_AMPL_CTRL XTAL enable amplitude control (regulation)
16 FORCE_READY XTAL bypass the ready detector
13:8 CLOAD_TRIM XTAL load capacitance configuration
7:4 ITRIM XTAL current trimming
1 IBOOST XTAL current boosting (4x)
0 ENABLE Enable the XTAL 32 kHz oscillator

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

READY XTAL32K_NOT_OK XTAL 32K not available 0x0*
XTAL32K_OK XTAL 32K is OK 0x1
XIN_CAP_BYPASS_EN XTAL32K_XIN_CAP_BYPASS_DISABLE Disable the XTAL bypass switch of the 0x0*
XIN serial cap
XTAL32K_XIN_CAP_BYPASS_ENABLE Enable the XTAL bypass switch of the 0x1
XIN serial cap
EN_AMPL_CTRL XTAL32K_AMPL_CTRL_DISABLE XTAL 32K amplitude control disabled 0x0*
XTAL32K_AMPL_CTRL_ENABLE XTAL 32K amplitude control enabled 0x1

www.onsemi.com
78
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FORCE_READY XTAL32K_NOT_FORCE_READY XTAL 32K ready not forced 0x0*
XTAL32K_FORCE_READY XTAL 32K ready forced 0x1
CLOAD_TRIM XTAL32K_CTRIM_0P0PF 0 pF internal capacitor 0x0
XTAL32K_CTRIM_0P4PF 0.4 pF internal capacitor 0x1
XTAL32K_CTRIM_3P6PF 3.6 pF internal capacitor 0x9*
XTAL32K_CTRIM_25P2PF 25.2 pF internal capacitor 0x3F
ITRIM XTAL32K_ITRIM_20NA 20 nA startup current 0x0
XTAL32K_ITRIM_80NA 80 nA startup current 0x3
XTAL32K_ITRIM_160NA 160 nA startup current 0x7*
XTAL32K_ITRIM_320NA 320 nA startup current 0xF
IBOOST XTAL32K_IBOOST_DISABLE Disable the XTAL 32 kHz current 0x0*
boosting mode
XTAL32K_IBOOST_ENABLE Enable the XTAL 32 kHz current 0x1
boosting mode (4x itrim currents)
ENABLE XTAL32K_DISABLE Disable the XTAL 32 kHz oscillator 0x0*
XTAL32K_ENABLE Enable the XTAL 32 kHz oscillator 0x1

6.3 CLOCK DISTRIBUTION

6.3.1 System Clock (SYSCLK)

The system clock (SYSCLK) is the primary clock for the RSL10 system and all other clocks except
STANDBYCLK. The internal clock structures for the RF front-end are derived from SYSCLK.

The CLK_SYS_CFG_SYSCLK_SRC_SEL bit field from the CLK_SYS_CFG register is used to configure the source for
this clock. The sources of this clock can be the following:

• The RC oscillator output (RCCLK; default configuration)

• The standby RC oscillator (through standby clock)
• The 32 kHz crystal oscillator (through standby clock)
• The divided 48 MHz crystal oscillator output (RFCLK)
• The EXTCLK input signal
• The JTCK (SWCLK) input signal

SYSCLK will typically be sourced only through STANDBYCLK when operating in Standby Mode where it is
inefficient to go to Sleep Mode, but there is a period of time when the system does not need to process RF traffic or
other data. If the clock source for SYSCLK is routed through STANDBYCLK, the following divided forms of
SYSCLK are sourced directly from SYSCLK:

• SLOWCLK and divided forms of SLOWCLK (SLOWCLK_DIV2, SLOWCLK_DIV32)

• DCCLK
• CPCLK

If the clock source for SYSCLK is the EXTCLK or SWCLK/JTCK inputs, the frequency of the input clock must be
controlled to limit the SYSCLK frequency to a valid frequency.

www.onsemi.com
79
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: The EXTCLK cannot be used as a source for SYSCLK with RF activity, even if its frequency
value is 48 MHz. It can only be used for SYSCLK without RF activity.

SYSCLK can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO components. For more information about the
DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

IMPORTANT: When the RSL10 system is processing RF traffic that uses the Bluetooth low energy baseband,
SYSCLK must be sourced appropriately to provide the necessary BBCLK frequencies. For more information
about limitations on BBCLK, see Section 9.3.1, “Clock Structures” on page 207.

NOTE: For optimal system power performance when configuring the RSL10 system to execute from a
SYSCLK frequency of 48 MHz, contact your onsemi Customer Service Representative. For
other SYSCLK configurations, use the standard calibration configurations of the power supplies
provided for the device, as described in the Manufacturing Records section of the RSL10
Firmware Reference.

6.3.2 Standby Clock (STANDBYCLK)

The RSL10 system includes a standby clock (STANDBYCLK) that is used as the source for the RTC (see
Section 6.3.5, “Real-Time Clock (RTC)”), and can be used as the source for SYSCLK in standby operating modes.

The ACS_RTC_CTRL_CLK_SRC_SEL bit field from the ACS_RTC_CTRL register is used to configure the source for
this clock. The sources for this clock can be the following:

• The standby RC oscillator

• The 32 kHz crystal oscillator
• DIO0, DIO1, DIO2, or DIO3

STANDBYCLK can be enabled or disabled by configuring the ACS_RTC_CTRL_RTC_ENABLE bit from the
ACS_RTC_CTRL register.

CAUTION: Switching between STANDBYCLK sources is not guaranteed to be glitch-free. For this reason, changing
the selected STANDBYCLK clock source should only be done when SYSCLK is sourced from another clock.

Use of the 32 kHz crystal oscillator is recommended over use of the standby RC oscillator due to:

• Improved clock accuracy

• Simplification of system designs
• Lower power consumption

Typically, the standby RC oscillator should only be used as STANDBYCLK in cases where the external 32 kHz
crystal is not available.

www.onsemi.com
80
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Typically, STANDBYCLK is supplied with a 32 kHz clock source. If STANDBYCLK is supplied at a frequency
other than 32 kHz, a correction factor can be applied to the timers that drive RF traffic to support input clock
frequencies from the DIOs in the range from 25 to 100 kHz.

IMPORTANT: In typical configurations, the RSL10 Bluetooth stack is provided with a 32 kHz crystal oscillator
source that provides 32768 Hz source with a variation of up to 500 ppm. If STANDBYCLK meets these operating
assumptions, use the LowPowerClock_Source_Set(0) API function from the Bluetooth stack library to inform
the Bluetooth stack.

If STANDBYCLK does not meet these operating conditions, the stack must be informed using the
LowPowerClock_Source_Set(1) API function call. In these cases, the RSL10 Bluetooth stack must also be
provided with the actual frequency of STANDBYCLK by setting the RTC clock period using the
RTCCLK_Period_Value_Set() API function from the Bluetooth stack library.

• If the clock source is stable with a variation of less than 500 ppm, the period can be set once during
initialization and used throughout the execution of an application.
• For all other clock sources with a higher error rate or that might vary over time due to changes in
environmental conditions, the application should periodically measure and update the RTC clock
period. For more information on measuring the RTC clock period, see Section 13.3, “Audio Sink Clock
Counters” on page 390.

STANDBYCLK can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO components. For more information
about the DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

6.3.3 Slow Clock (SLOWCLK)

Slow clock (SLOWCLK) is a prescaled form of SYSCLK that is used as an intermediate divided clock for system
components that need a lower maximum clock frequency. This clock must always be set to 1 MHz, and is used as the
clock source for:

• CPCLK (see Section 6.3.7, “Power Supply Clocks”)

• ADC (see Section 11.2.2, “ADC Sampling Configuration” on page 302)
• PWM (see Section 11.6, “Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)” on page 333)
• Further divided forms of SLOWCLK (SLOWCLK_DIV2, SLOWCLK_DIV32), which are used as the source
for:
• The general purpose timers, which select between SLOWCLK_DIV2 and SLOWCLK_DIV32 (see
Section 12.3, “Timers” on page 372)
• The watchdog timer, which uses SLOWCLK_DIV32 (see Section 12.4, “Watchdog Timer” on page 375)

SLOWCLK is derived from SYSCLK through a 6-bit integer division by the

CLK_DIV_CFG0_SLOWCLK_PRESCALE bit field in the CLK_DIV_CFG0 register. This prescaler provides a clock
prescaled from SYSCLK by 1 to 64, and results in a SLOWCLK with a frequency defined by the following equation:

f SYSCLK
f SLOWCLK = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG0_SLOWCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

SLOWCLK can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO components. For more information about
the DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

www.onsemi.com
81
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

6.3.4 Baseband Clock (BBCLK) and Other Clocks for the Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband

The Bluetooth low energy baseband is clocked using three clocks:

1. Baseband clock (BBCLK)

2. Divided baseband clock (BBCLK_DIV)
3. Baseband timer clock

For more information about these clocks and timing in the Bluetooth low energy baseband, see Section 9.3.1,
“Clock Structures” on page 207.

6.3.5 Real-Time Clock (RTC)

The real-time clock (RTC) is supported by the RTC timer, which is clocked from the configured STANDBYCLK.
For information about configuring the clock source used by the RTC and RTC timer, see Section 6.3.2, “Standby Clock
(STANDBYCLK)”.

The RTC timer is a 32-bit free-running countdown timer that counts down from the value specified in the
ACS_RTC_CFG_START_VALUE bit-field of the ACS_RTC_CFG register. The current RTC counter value is available
through the ACS_RTC_COUNT register, and the current count can be reset by setting the ACS_RTC_CTRL_RESET bit from
the ACS_RTC_CTRL register. When the RTC timer reaches 0, the start value is loaded to the current count and the RTC
timer continues.

The RTC timer triggers an RTC clock (RTC_CLOCK_IRQ) interrupt when a rising edge is detected on bit 14 of the
RTC timer. For a typical STANDBYCLK configuration of 32,768 Hz, this produces an RTC clock interrupt at
one-second intervals.

The RTC timer also triggers an RTC alarm (RTC_ALARM_IRQ) interrupt when the RTC timer encounters an alarm
event, as configured using the ACS_RTC_CTRL_ALARM_CFG bit-field from the ACS_RTC_CTRL register. The RTC alarm
interrupt is only triggered if the RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP_CLEAR bit-field from the ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL register has been
used to clear the wakeup status after each RTC alarm event.

The ACS_RTC_CTRL_ALARM_CFG bit-field from the ACS_RTC_CTRL register specifies one of the following:

• The RTC alarm is disabled (configured to 0x0)

• The RTC alarm is triggered when a rising edge is detected on a specified bit between 7 and 20 of the RTC
timer (configured from 0x1 to 0xE, respectively)
• The RTC alarm is triggered when the RTC timer reaches 0 and reloads the start value (configured to 0xF)

6.3.6 User Clock (USRCLK)

The user clock is an output clock that you can use as a clock source for the PCM interfaces or for any external
components. This clock is not used internally by the RSL10 system, so its usage can depend entirely on the outside
needs of the larger system containing RSL10.

USRCLK is derived from SYSCLK through a 12-bit integer division by the CLK_DIV_CFG0_USRCLK_PRESCALE
bit field in the CLK_DIV_CFG0 register. This prescaler provides a clock prescaled from SYSCLK by 1 to 4096, and
results in a USRCLK with a frequency defined by the following equation:

f SYSCLK
f USRCLK = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG0_USRCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

www.onsemi.com
82
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

USRCLK can be output through one or more DIO pads using the DIO components. For more information about the
DIO configuration, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

6.3.7 Power Supply Clocks

The following power supply components each have their own clock sources:

• The VDDA charge pump is clocked using CPCLK, which is divided from SLOWCLK. Configuration and
restrictions on this clock are described in Section 5.3.5, “Analog Supply Voltage (VDDA)” on page 50.

IMPORTANT: The CPCLK setting of 0x07 (divide by 8 = 125 kHz) cannot be used when VDDPA is enabled. We
suggest using a slightly higher frequency setting, either 0x05 or 0x06. (For more information on VDDPA, see
Section 5.3.3, “RF Supply Voltage” on page 43.)

• The DC-DC buck converter is clocked using the DCCLK, which is divided from SYSCLK. Configuration and
recommendations for this clock are described in Section 5.3.1, “System Supply Voltage (VCC)” on page 39.

6.3.8 Interface Clocks

The following interface components each have a clock divided from SYSCLK that is used to clock the interface:

DMIC and the Output Driver (AUDIOCLK)

The digital microphone inputs (Section 13.1, “Digital Microphone (DMIC) Inputs” on
page 378) and output driver (Section 13.2, “Output Driver” on page 386) share a pair of divided
clock sources.

The audio clock (AUDIOCLK) is divided from SYSCLK using the

CLK_DIV_CFG1_AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE bit-field from the CLK_DIV_CFG1 register. This
prescaler provides a clock prescaled from SYSCLK by 1 to 64, and results in an AUDIOCLK
with a frequency defined by the following equation:

f SYSCLK
f AUDIOCLK = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG1_AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

Audio slow clock is further divided from AUDIOCLK using the

CLK_DIV_CFG1_AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE bit-field from the CLK_DIV_CFG1 register. This
prescaler provides a clock prescaled from AUDIOCLK by 1 to 4, and results in an
AUDIOSLOWCLK with a frequency defined by the following equation:

f AUDIOCLK
f AUDIOSLOWCLK = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG1_AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

NOTE: For correct operation of the DMIC inputs and output driver in the same
system, configuration of AUDIOCLK, AUDIOSLOWCLK, the DMIC
input decimation filters, and the output driver interpolation filters must
result in the same decimated sampling frequency for both the DMIC inputs
and the output driver outputs.

Both AUDIOCLK and AUDIOSLOWCLK can be output through one or more DIO pads using
the DIO components. For more information about the DIO configuration, see Section 10.2,

www.onsemi.com
83
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

“Functional Configuration” on page 259.

I2C
The I2C clock is only used by the I2C interface when the interface is configured for master
mode. For information about configuring the I2C clock, see Section 11.4.2, “Master Mode
Specific Configuration” on page 315.

PWM
For more information about this interface and its clocks, see Section 11.6, “Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM)” on page 333.

SPI
For more information about these interfaces and their clocks, see Section 11.7, “Serial
Peripheral Interfaces (SPI)” on page 335.

UART
The UART interface indirectly divides SYSCLK to achieve the baud rate for UART
communications. For the UART TX output, this baud rate is applied directly; for the UART RX
input, this baud rate is used in the asynchronous recovery of data from this pad. For more
information about this interface and its clock, see Section 11.8, “Universal Asynchronous
Receiver-Transmitter (UART) Interfaces” on page 344.

The ADCs use either SLOWCLK or SLOWCLK divided by a fixed divisor of 5 to sample analog signals.
Information on the ADC interface clocking and sample configuration can be found in Section 11.2.2, “ADC Sampling
Configuration” on page 302.

The PCM interface does not have its own divided clock, but is asynchronously clocked relative to the clock input
provided at the PCM clock input pad. This clock source can be provided by the RSL10 system by routing a clock output
to the same DIO that is acting as the PCM clock input (see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259 for
more information about configuring a DIO as both a clock output and a PCM clock input; see Section 11.5, “Pulse Code
Modulation (PCM) Interface” on page 324 for more information about the PCM interface).

6.3.9 Clock Distribution Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

CLK_SYS_CFG System Clock Configuration Register 0x40000100
CLK_DIV_CFG0 Prescale register for SLOWCLK, BBCLK and 0x40000104
USRCLK clocks
CLK_DIV_CFG1 Prescale register for PWM clock, UART and 0x40000108
DMIC clocks
CLK_DIV_CFG2 Prescale register for DC-DC converter and 0x4000010C
charge pump clocks
ACS_RTC_CFG RTC Timer Counter Preload 0x40001330
ACS_RTC_COUNT RTC Timer Counter Current Value (only reset by 0x40001334
pmu reset or by writing 1 at
ACS_RTC_CTRL.RESET)
ACS_RTC_CTRL RTC Control Register 0x40001338

www.onsemi.com
84
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

6.3.9.1 CLK_SYS_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

19:16 JTCK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the input clock from pad JTCK (1 to 16 in steps of 1)
11:8 EXTCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the input clock from pad EXTCLK (1 to 16 in steps of 1)
2:0 SYSCLK_SRC_SEL Controls the source of the system clock: JTCK, RFCLK, RCCLK, EXTCLK or
STANDBYCLK

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

JTCK_PRESCALE JTCK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
JTCK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
JTCK_PRESCALE_15 Divide by 15 0xE
JTCK_PRESCALE_16 Divide by 16 0xF
EXTCLK_PRESCALE EXTCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
EXTCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
EXTCLK_PRESCALE_15 Divide by 15 0xE
EXTCLK_PRESCALE_16 Divide by 16 0xF
SYSCLK_SRC_SEL SYSCLK_CLKSRC_RCCLK Select the RCCLK clock as SYSCLK 0x0*
clock source
SYSCLK_CLKSRC_STANDBYCLK Select the STANDBYCLK clock as 0x1
SYSCLK clock source
SYSCLK_CLKSRC_RFCLK Select the RFCLK clock as SYSCLK 0x2
clock source
SYSCLK_CLKSRC_EXTCLK Select the EXTCLK clock as SYSCLK 0x3
clock source
SYSCLK_CLKSRC_JTCK Select the JTCK clock as SYSCLK 0x4
clock source

6.3.9.2 CLK_DIV_CFG0

Bit Field Field Name Description

27:16 USRCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the USR clock (1 to 4096 in steps of 1)
10:8 BBCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the Baseband peripheral clock (1 to 8 in steps of 1)
5:0 SLOWCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the SLOWCLK clock (1 to 64 in steps of 1)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

USRCLK_PRESCALE USRCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
USRCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
USRCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2
USRCLK_PRESCALE_4095 Divide by 4095 0xFFE
USRCLK_PRESCALE_4096 Divide by 4096 0xFFF

www.onsemi.com
85
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BBCLK_PRESCALE BBCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
BBCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
BBCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2
BBCLK_PRESCALE_4 Divide by 4 0x3
BBCLK_PRESCALE_5 Divide by 5 0x4
BBCLK_PRESCALE_6 Divide by 6 0x5
BBCLK_PRESCALE_7 Divide by 7 0x6
BBCLK_PRESCALE_8 Divide by 8 0x7
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2*
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_4 Divide by 4 0x3
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_8 Divide by 8 0x7
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_10 Divide by 10 0x9
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_12 Divide by 12 0xB
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_16 Divide by 16 0xF
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_24 Divide by 24 0x17
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_48 Divide by 48 0x2F
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_63 Divide by 63 0x3E
SLOWCLK_PRESCALE_64 Divide by 64 0x3F

6.3.9.3 CLK_DIV_CFG1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:30 AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the slow audio clock down from the fast audio clock (1 to 4 in
steps of 1)
29:24 AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the fast audio clock (1 to 64 in steps of 1)
20:16 UARTCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the UART peripheral clock (1 to 32 in steps of 1)
13:8 PWM1CLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the PWM1 peripheral clock (1 to 64 in steps of 1)
5:0 PWM0CLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the PWM0 peripheral clock (1 to 64 in steps of 1)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2
AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE_4 Divide by 4 0x3

www.onsemi.com
86
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_4 Divide by 4 0x3
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_5 Divide by 5 0x4
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_6 Divide by 6 0x5
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_7 Divide by 7 0x6
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_8 Divide by 8 0x7
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_9 Divide by 9 0x8
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_10 Divide by 10 0x9
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_11 Divide by 11 0xA
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_12 Divide by 12 0xB
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_13 Divide by 13 0xC
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_14 Divide by 14 0xD
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_15 Divide by 15 0xE
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_16 Divide by 16 0xF
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_63 Divide by 63 0x3E
AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE_64 Divide by 64 0x3F
UARTCLK_PRESCALE UARTCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
UARTCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
UARTCLK_PRESCALE_31 Divide by 31 0x1E
UARTCLK_PRESCALE_32 Divide by 32 0x1F
PWM1CLK_PRESCALE PWM1CLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
PWM1CLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
PWM1CLK_PRESCALE_63 Divide by 63 0x3E
PWM1CLK_PRESCALE_64 Divide by 64 0x3F
PWM0CLK_PRESCALE PWM0CLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
PWM0CLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
PWM0CLK_PRESCALE_63 Divide by 63 0x3E
PWM0CLK_PRESCALE_64 Divide by 64 0x3F

6.3.9.4 CLK_DIV_CFG2

Bit Field Field Name Description

15 CPCLK_DISABLE Charge pump clock disable
13:8 CPCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the charge pump clock from the SLOWCLK clock (1 to 64 in
steps of 1)
7 DCCLK_DISABLE DC-DC converter clock disable
5:0 DCCLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the DC-DC converter clock (1 to 64 in steps of 1)

www.onsemi.com
87
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CPCLK_DISABLE CPCLK_ENABLE Charge pump clock enabled 0x0*
CPCLK_DISABLE Charge pump clock disabled 0x1
CPCLK_PRESCALE CPCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0
CPCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
CPCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2
CPCLK_PRESCALE_4 Divide by 4 0x3
CPCLK_PRESCALE_5 Divide by 5 0x4
CPCLK_PRESCALE_6 Divide by 6 0x5
CPCLK_PRESCALE_7 Divide by 7 0x6
CPCLK_PRESCALE_8 Divide by 8 0x7*
CPCLK_PRESCALE_9 Divide by 9 0x8
CPCLK_PRESCALE_10 Divide by 10 0x9
CPCLK_PRESCALE_63 Divide by 63 0x3E
CPCLK_PRESCALE_64 Divide by 64 0x3F
DCCLK_DISABLE DCCLK_ENABLE DC-DC converter clock enabled 0x0*
DCCLK_DISABLE DC-DC converter clock disabled 0x1
DCCLK_PRESCALE DCCLK_PRESCALE_1 Divide by 1 0x0*
DCCLK_PRESCALE_2 Divide by 2 0x1
DCCLK_PRESCALE_3 Divide by 3 0x2
DCCLK_PRESCALE_4 Divide by 4 0x3
DCCLK_PRESCALE_5 Divide by 5 0x4
DCCLK_PRESCALE_6 Divide by 6 0x5
DCCLK_PRESCALE_7 Divide by 7 0x6
DCCLK_PRESCALE_8 Divide by 8 0x7
DCCLK_PRESCALE_9 Divide by 9 0x8
DCCLK_PRESCALE_10 Divide by 10 0x9
DCCLK_PRESCALE_63 Divide by 63 0x3E
DCCLK_PRESCALE_64 Divide by 64 0x3F

6.3.9.5 ACS_RTC_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 START_VALUE Start value for the RTC timer counter (counts from start_value down to 0)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

START_VALUE RTC_CNT_START_0 Divide by 1 0x0
RTC_CNT_START_1 Divide by 2 0x1
RTC_CNT_START_32767 Divide by 32768 0x7FFF*
RTC_CNT_START_4294967295 Divide by 232 0xFFFFFFFF

www.onsemi.com
88
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

6.3.9.6 ACS_RTC_COUNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 VALUE RTC timer current value

6.3.9.7 ACS_RTC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

25 FORCE_CLOCK Force a clock on RTC timer (Test Purpose)
24 RESET Reset the RTC timer
7:4 ALARM_CFG Configure RTC timer alarm
3:1 CLK_SRC_SEL Select the RTC, standby and bb timer clock source
0 ENABLE Enable counter and RTC interrupt

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FORCE_CLOCK RTC_FORCE_CLOCK Clock the RTC timer (has an effect only 0x1
if the source clock is low)
RESET RTC_RESET The RTC timer is reset 0x1

www.onsemi.com
89
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ALARM_CFG RTC_ALARM_DISABLE RTC alarm is disabled 0x0*
RTC_ALARM_7P8125MS RTC alarm on counter bit 7 rising edge 0x1
(7.8125 ms)
RTC_ALARM_15P625MS RTC alarm on counter bit 8 rising edge 0x2
(15.625 ms)
RTC_ALARM_31P25MS RTC alarm on counter bit 9 rising edge 0x3
(31.25 ms)
RTC_ALARM_62P5MS RTC alarm on counter bit 10 rising 0x4
edge (62.5 ms)
RTC_ALARM_125MS RTC alarm on counter bit 11 rising 0x5
edge (125 ms)
RTC_ALARM_250MS RTC alarm on counter bit 12 rising 0x6
edge (250 ms)
RTC_ALARM_500MS RTC alarm on counter bit 13 rising 0x7
edge (500 ms)
RTC_ALARM_1S RTC alarm on counter bit 14 rising 0x8
edge (1 s)
RTC_ALARM_2S RTC alarm on counter bit 15 rising 0x9
edge (2 s)
RTC_ALARM_4S RTC alarm on counter bit 16 rising 0xA
edge (4 s)
RTC_ALARM_8S RTC alarm on counter bit 17 rising 0xB
edge (8 s)
RTC_ALARM_16S RTC alarm on counter bit 18 rising 0xC
edge (16 s)
RTC_ALARM_32S RTC alarm on counter bit 19 rising 0xD
edge (32 s)
RTC_ALARM_64S RTC alarm on counter bit 20 rising 0xE
edge (64 s)
RTC_ALARM_ZERO RTC alarm on (down) counter reaching 0xF
zero (up to 36.4 hours)
CLK_SRC_SEL RTC_CLK_SRC_RC_OSC Select the internal RC Oscillator clock 0x0*
RTC_CLK_SRC_XTAL32K Select the internal XTAL 32 kHz clock 0x1
RTC_CLK_SRC_DIO0 Select DIO0 as a clock source 0x4
RTC_CLK_SRC_DIO1 Select DIO1 as a clock source 0x5
RTC_CLK_SRC_DIO2 Select DIO2 as a clock source 0x6
RTC_CLK_SRC_DIO3 Select DIO3 as a clock source 0x7
ENABLE RTC_DISABLE The RTC is disabled 0x0*
RTC_ENABLE The RTC is enabled 0x1

6.4 CLOCK DETECTION

6.4.1 Clock Detector and System Monitor

The clock detector is used to monitor the clocks that are crucial to proper system execution. This circuit can be used
to detect the presence of these key clock signals. If required, and if the clock is missing or not toggling, this block can
be configured to reset the digital portions of the device, as described in Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64.

www.onsemi.com
90
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The clock source monitored by the clock detector depends on the power mode (see Section 5.4, “Power Modes” on
page 51), and the state of the system power supplies in that mode. The clock detector will indicate that a clock is present
in the system whenever the monitored clock is at or above a minimum frequency of 4 kHz. This clock selection is
automatically controlled by the underlying power-supply state machines of the RSL10 SoC, selecting the following
clock sources for each mode:

System startup
RC oscillator (see Section 6.2.1, “RC Oscillator” on page 75)

System shutdown
No clock monitored as the system is already being reset or being held in a reset state pending
recovery of a supplied voltage above the monitored minimum thresholds configured for proper
system execution.

Run Mode
CPCLK (see Section 6.3.7, “Power Supply Clocks” on page 83)

Sleep or Standby Mode

RTC clock (see Section 6.3.5, “Real-Time Clock (RTC)” on page 82)

To enable resets using the clock detector, use the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL register to:

1. Enable the clock detector by setting the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL_ENABLE bit

2. Monitor the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL_CLOCK_PRESENT bit, waiting for this flag to go high (indicating that the
monitored clock is present)
3. Clear the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL_RESET_IGNORE bit

To disable resets using the clock detector, or to disable the clock detector itself, use the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL
register to:

1. Set the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL_RESET_IGNORE bit to prevent reset signals

2. Disable the clock detector by clearing the ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL_ENABLE bit

The ACS_RESET_STATUS_CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG bit from the ACS_RESET_STATUS register is used to indicate if

the clock detector triggered a reset.

6.4.2 External Clock Detector

The external clock sources that can be used to supply SYSCLK can be monitored using the external clock detector.
This clock detector selects between monitoring the external clock input (see Section 6.2.5, “External Clock Input
(EXTCLK)” on page 76) and monitoring the JTCK clock from the SWJ-DP debug interface (see Section 6.2.6, “Debug
Port Clock” on page 77), as configured using the CLK_DET_CFG_CLK_DET_SEL bit from the CLK_DET_CFG register.

This clock detector is disabled by default, and can be enabled by setting the CLK_DET_CFG_CLK_DET_ENABLE bit
from the CLK_DET_CFG register.

When enabled, the external clock detector will monitor the specified clock using a divided form of SLOWCLK as
configured using the CLK_DET_CFG_CLK_DET_DIV bit field from the CLK_DET_CFG register. The external clock
detector will indicate that the monitored clock is present by setting the CLK_DET_STATUS_CLK_DET_STATUS bit from
the CLK_DET_STATUS register if the frequency of the monitored clock is at least 54% of the monitoring clock source.

www.onsemi.com
91
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

When enabled, the clock detector can be used to trigger the CLKDET_IRQ interrupt. Configuration of this interrupt
uses the CLK_DET_CFG_CLK_DET_INT_SEL bit field from the CLK_DET_CFG register, which can be configured to
cause an interrupt if:

• The monitored clock source becomes active

• The monitored clock source becomes inactive
• The state of the monitored clock source changes (becomes active or becomes inactive)

If an external clock detector interrupt has been triggered, the CLK_DET_INT_STATUS_CLK_DET_STATUS bit from
the CLK_DET_STATUS register will be set until the CLK_DET_STATUS register is read.

6.4.3 Clock Detector Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

CLK_DET_CFG External clock detector configuration register 0x40000110
(including interrupt)
CLK_DET_STATUS External clock detector status register 0x40000114
ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL Clock Detector configuration register 0x4000132C

6.4.3.1 CLK_DET_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 CLK_DET_SEL Clock detector source selection
4:3 CLK_DET_INT_SEL Clock detector interrupt configuration
2:1 CLK_DET_DIV Clock detector configuration - Not used when running on standby clock
0 CLK_DET_ENABLE Clock detector enable/disable

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK_DET_SEL CLK_DET_SEL_EXTCLK Select EXTCLK source 0x0*
CLK_DET_SEL_JTCK Select JTCK source 0x1
CLK_DET_INT_SEL CLK_DET_INT_DISABLE Clock detector interrupt disabled 0x0*
CLK_DET_INT_ACTIVATED If the clock source becomes active an 0x1
interrupt is created
CLK_DET_INT_DEACTIVATED If the clock source becomes inactive 0x2
an interrupt is created
CLK_DET_INT_ACTIVITY_CHANGE Any the clock source activity change 0x3
will create an interrupt
CLK_DET_DIV CLK_DET_SLOWCLK_DIV32 EXTCLK or JTCK detector runs on 0x0*
SLOWCLK divided by 32
CLK_DET_SLOWCLK_DIV64 EXTCLK or JTCK detector runs on 0x1
SLOWCLK divided by 64
CLK_DET_SLOWCLK_DIV96 EXTCLK or JTCK detector runs on 0x2
SLOWCLK divided by 96
CLK_DET_SLOWCLK_DIV128 EXTCLK or JTCK detector runs on 0x3
SLOWCLK divided by 128

www.onsemi.com
92
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK_DET_ENABLE CLK_DET_DISABLE No clock detected 0x0*
CLK_DET_ENABLE Clock detected 0x1

6.4.3.2 CLK_DET_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 CLK_DET_INT_STATUS Clock detector interrupt status (cleared when read)
0 CLK_DET_STATUS Clock detector status

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK_DET_INT_STATUS CLK_DET_INT_FALSE Clock detector interrupt not triggered 0x0*
CLK_DET_INT_TRUE Clock detector interrupt triggered 0x1
CLK_DET_STATUS CLK_NOT_ACTIVE No clock detected 0x0*
CLK_ACTIVE Clock detected 0x1

6.4.3.3 ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 CLOCK_PRESENT Clock present flag
1 RESET_IGNORE Clock detector reset condition ignore
0 ENABLE Clock detector enable

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLOCK_PRESENT ACS_CLK_DET_NO_CLOCK No clock detected 0x0
ACS_CLK_DET_CLOCK_PRESENT Clock detected 0x1*
RESET_IGNORE ACS_CLK_DET_RESET_DISABLE Clock detector reset condition ignore 0x1
ACS_CLK_DET_RESET_ENABLE Clock detector reset condition accept 0x0*
ENABLE ACS_CLK_DET_ENABLE Clock detector enable 0x1*
ACS_CLK_DET_DISABLE Clock detector disable 0x0

www.onsemi.com
93
 CHAPTER 7

7. Memory
7.1 MEMORY ARCHITECTURE

The RSL10 system uses a memory architecture based on the predefined memory map of the Arm Cortex-M3
processor — a state-of-the-art 32-bit core with embedded multiplier and ALU for handling typical control functions as
well as dedicated LPDSP32 functions.

The implementation of the memory architecture uses a number of single-port memories and memory-mapped
registers interconnected with memory buses and support elements. All memories are accessible through the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor, although some interfaces and peripherals provide additional access paths to specific
memory elements. The connections to the components that make up the memory for the RSL10 system are shown in
Figure 7.

Private Peripheral Registers

Private Peripheral Bus
(Memory Mapped Registers)
Boot ROM
Bluetooth (Program ROM)
Baseband Data Memory ARM
Baseband
RAM (BB_DRAM) Arbiter Cortex-M3 I-Code Bus
Data RAM Main Flash
Core
D-Code Bus Memory Non-Volatile
Peripheral Registers Records: (NVR) 1,
Arbiter
(Memory Mapped Peripheral Bus System Bus (NVR) 2, (NVR) 3,
Registers) & (NVR) 4
Memory
Arbiters
Data RAM Program RAM
(x4)

LPDSP32 Data RAM Memory LPDSP32 Memory LPDSP32

(DSP_DRAM) Arbiter Core Arbiter (Program RAM )

Figure 7. System Memory Architecture

7.1.1 Memory Instances

The memory architecture for RSL10, including the memory instances, registers, and other components, are
accessible from the Arm Cortex-M3 processor through one or more of the processor’s standard buses. All the memory
instances are shown in Table 7.

Table 7. RSL10 Memory Instances

Instance Name Size (bytes) Type Start Address

Boot ROM (Program ROM) 4096 ROM 0x00000000
Main Flash 393216 Flash 0x00100000
Non-Volatile Record (NVR) 1 2048 Flash 0x00080000
Non-Volatile Record (NVR) 2 2048 Flash 0x00080800

www.onsemi.com
94
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 7. RSL10 Memory Instances (Continued)

Instance Name Size (bytes) Type Start Address

Non-Volatile Record (NVR) 3 2048 Flash 0x00081000
Non-Volatile Record (NVR) 4 1024 Flash 0x00081800
(Manufacturing Test)
Program RAM (x4) 4 x 8192 RAM 0x00200000
LPDSP32 (Program RAM) 4 x 10240 RAM 0x00220000
Data RAM 3 x 8192 RAM 0x20000000
LPDSP32 Data RAM (DSP_DRAM) 6 x 8192 RAM 0x20006000
Bluetooth Baseband Data RAM 2 x 8192 RAM 0x20012000

7.1.2 Memory Buses

Buses connected to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor implement the standard Arm Cortex-M3 core memory map.
These buses, which can also be seen in Figure 7 on page 94, are as follows:

I-Code Bus (I-Bus)

Allows the Arm Cortex-M3 processor to fetch instruction information from the ROM, flash,
PRAM, and DSP_PRAM memory instances.

D-Code Bus (D-Bus)

Allows the Arm Cortex-M3 processor to fetch data information from the ROM, flash, PRAM,
and DSP_PRAM memory instances.

System Bus (S-Bus)

Allows the Arm Cortex-M3 processor to fetch instructions and data information from the
DRAM, DSP_DRAM, and BB_DRAM memory instances. This bus also provides access to the
peripheral bus.

Peripheral Bus (P-Bus)

Allows the Arm Cortex-M3 processor to access memory-mapped peripherals and external
memory instances.

Private Peripheral Bus

Allows the Arm Cortex-M3 processor to access standard memory-mapped peripherals. This
includes the NVIC, SysTick timer and the Arm Cortex-M3 processor debug port controller.

7.1.3 Memory Arbitration

In front of each memory instance, an arbiter manages the simultaneous accesses between the masters - the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the LPDSP32 or the baseband controller (BB), and the DMA.

The arbitration scheme is configurable per memory instance, or per memory instance group, in the
SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG register.

The following arbitration schemes are available:

Fixed priority mode:

Arm Cortex-M3 processor > LPDSP32/BB > DMA

www.onsemi.com
95
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Fixed priority mode:

LPDSP32/BB > Arm Cortex-M3 processor > DMA

Round-robin mode:
Depending on the ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN configuration bit, the following arbitration scheme is
used:

• Real-time DMA mode:

In this mode the priority order is normally Arm Cortex-M3 processor > LPDSP32/BB >
DMA, but if a real-time DMA channel memory access has been blocked for 7 consecutive
cycles, then the priority order becomes DMA > Arm Cortex-M3 processor > LPDSP32/BB.
A real-time DMA channel is defined as a DMA channel with the MSB of its priority level
equal to 1.

• Continuous round-robin mode:

In this mode, the priorities are rotated between the following three-memory priorities during
each SYSCLK cycle:

• Arm Cortex-M3 processor > LPDSP32/BB > DMA

• LPDSP32/BB > Arm Cortex-M3 processor > DMA
• DMA > Arm Cortex-M3 processor > LPDSP32/BB

Smart mode:
This mode is only available for BB memories. In this mode, the priority order is normally
Arm Cortex-M3 processor > DMA > BB, but if the baseband divided clock is active, then the
priority order becomes BB > Arm Cortex-M3 processor > DMA.

The arbitration between the flash memory copier and DMA depends on the ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN configuration
bit, but in either mode, the DMA only has priority over the flash memory copier when the DMA has the (round-robin)
priority token.

IMPORTANT: We recommend that the memories used by the baseband controller not be configured in the fixed
Arm Cortex-M3 processor priority mode or the round-robin mode, as in these modes the functionality of the
baseband controller cannot be guaranteed.

7.2 MEMORY MAP AND USAGE

7.2.1 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Memory Usage

The memory provided on the RSL10 SoC is divided into five distinct areas with distinct uses. These areas are
mapped into the RSL10 memory map, as shown in Figure 8 on page 97.

www.onsemi.com
96
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

$UP&RUWH[0 access

DSP access
Bit band region :
- 0x2000 0000 – 0x200F FFFF (RAM, 1MB) 0xFFFF FFFF
DMA access
- 0x4000 0000 – 0x400F FFFF (Peripherals, 1MB) SYSTEM

%DVHEDQG access
0xE00F FFFF
Private Peripheral Bus (PPB)
0xE000 0000

Peripherals in 0x43FF FFFF

bit-band alias area 0x4200 0000
0x4001 00FF
Peripherals registers
0x4000 0000
0x2180 7FFF DRAM2 0x23FF FFFF
RAM in bit-band alias area
0x2180 6000 8KB 0x2200 0000
0x2180 5FFF DRAM1
0x2180 4000 8KB
0x2180 3FFF DSP_DRAM5 Identical to LPDSP32 data
0x2180 2000 8KB memory mapping
0x2180 1FFF DSP_DRAM4
0x2180 0000 8KB

0x2100 FFFF DRAM2 DRAM1

0x2100 C000 8 KB 8KB
0x2100 BFFF DSP_DRAM5 DSP_DRAM4
0x2100 8000 8 KB 8KB
0x2100 7FFF DSP_DRAM3 DSP_DRAM2
0x2100 4000 8KB 8KB
0x2100 3FFF DSP_DRAM1 DSP_DRAM0
0x2100 0000 8KB 8KB

0x2001 5FFF BB_DRAM1

0x2001 4000 8 KB
0x2001 3FFF BB_DRAM0
0x2001 2000 8 KB
0x2001 1FFF DSP_DRAM5
0x2001 0000 8 KB
0x2000 FFFF DSP_DRAM4
0x2000 E000 8 KB
0x2000 DFFF DSP_DRAM3
0x2000 C000 8 KB
0x2000 BFFF DSP_DRAM2
RAM Bit band area
0x2000 A000 8 KB
0x2000 9FFF DSP_DRAM1
0x2000 8000 8 KB
0x2000 7FFF DSP_DRAM0
0x2000 6000 8 KB
0x2000 5FFF DRAM[0:2] 2
1
0x2000 0000 3 x 8 KB 0 0x2000 0000
0x1FFF FFFF 0x1FFF FFFF
Chip ID CODE
0x1FFF FFFC
0x0023 7FFF 3
DSP_PRAM[0:3] (bits 39:32) 2
8 KB 1
0x0023 0000 0
DSP_PRAM0 0x1000 FFFF
0x0022 7FFF 3
DSP_PRAM[0:3] 2
8 KB 0x1000 E000
4x 8 KB 1 DSP_PRAM1 0x1000 DFFF
0x0022 0000 0
8 KB 0x1000 C000
0x0020 FFFF 0 DSP_PRAM2 0x1000 BFFF
DSP_PRAM[3:0] (remapped) 1
4x 8 KB 2
8 KB 0x1000 A000
0x0020 8000 3 64 KB available for CM3 DSP_PRAM3 0x1000 9FFF
0x0020 7FFF 3
PRAM[0:3] 2 without use of Flash 8 KB 0x1000 8000
4 x 8 KB 1 PRAM3 0x1000 7FFF
0x0020 0000 0
8 KB 0x1000 6000
0x0015 FFFF PRAM2 0x1000 5FFF
Flash overlay
zone
8 KB 0x1000 4000
Flash PRAM1 0x1000 3FFF
384 KB 8 KB 0x1000 2000
PRAM0 0x1000 1FFF
0x0010 0000 8 KB 0x1000 0000
0x0008 1FFF Flash NVR4 (trimming)
0x0008 1800 1 KB + 1 KB (duplicated)
0x0008 17FF Flash NVR3
0x0008 1000 2 KB
0x0008 0FFF Flash NVR2
0x0008 0800 2 KB
0x0008 07FF Flash NVR1
0x0008 0000 2 KB

0x0006 0FFF Flash RED2

0x0006 0800 2 KB
0x0006 07FF Flash RED1
0x0006 0000 2 KB

0x0000 0FFF PROM

0x0000 0000 4 KB 0x0000 0000

Figure 8. RSL10 Memory Map

www.onsemi.com
97
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The address ranges are in hexadecimal format. The following subsections provide a brief description and usage of
each area. These areas are as follows:

1. Program ROM, as described in the Program ROM Chapter of the RSL10 Firmware Reference
2. Flash Memory
3. Program RAM
4. Data RAM
5. Shared RAM Instances
6. Other Memory Mapped Areas

These sections are mapped into the RSL10 memory map, as shown in Figure 8 on page 97. The address ranges are
in hexadecimal format. The following subsections provide a brief description and usage of each.

7.2.2 Flash Memory

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor address space includes 384 KB of flash memory as non-volatile memory. It can
only be written through the flash memory interface. The flash memory is used for storing:

• The user application and data

• The Bluetooth stack software
• The Bluetooth profiles
• The LPDSP32 application

The flash memory is organized into programmable rows of 256 bytes (64 words, further organized into 32 word
pairs), and erasable sectors each containing 2048 bytes (512 words) of flash memory.

7.2.2.1 Non-Volatile Record (NVR) Sectors

The non-volatile record (NVR) sections of flash that are used to hold system information include the following:

• Application specific information (NVR1)

• Address and key information for bonded devices (NVR2)
• Device configuration information (NVR3):
• The local device's Bluetooth address information
• IP protection configuration
• An initialization function that is verified, and if valid, called by the ROM to initialize the system by
loading calibrated settings to their desired registers, or to perform an alternate boot routine.

• Manufacturing information (NVR4):

• Calibration settings for power supplies and clocks
• The delays needed to write to the local flash instance
• Manufacturing and test information

For more information about the use of these sectors, refer to the Hardware Definitions Chapter of the RSL10
Firmware Reference.

NVR1, NVR2 and NVR3 each consist of one 2048-byte sector of flash memory. NVR4 consists of four 256-byte
redundant pages gathered into one sector of flash memory.

When the NVR4 is read, the RECALL bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL must be set. While this bit is set, accessing the main
flash or redundancy sectors is not possible. NVR4 is only programmed during the production test and cannot be written

www.onsemi.com
98
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

by users. When reading from NVR4, bit 8 of FLASH_ADDR is not used in the address decoding, as both pages for this
bit are expected to be identical.

NOTE: The system library provides the Sys_ReadNVR4() function to support reading the NVR4 sector.
See the RSL10 Firmware Reference manual for more information.

IMPORTANT: NVR 1-2-3 sectors are only guaranteed for 1,000 program and erase cycles versus 100,000
programming cycles for all other memory sectors.

7.2.2.2 Redundancy Sectors

The flash memory contains four redundancy sectors; two redundancy sectors to improve yield, and two redundancy
sectors that can be used by customers to patch (replace) sectors that have become damaged (either through overuse or
through violation of the flash timing parameters) or are otherwise identified as defective sectors during the lifetime of
the product. These redundancy sectors are used to patch any sector in main flash, NVR1, and NVR2. NVR3 cannot be
patched.

The addresses of the sectors that the redundancy sectors are replacing can be read through the
FLASH_PATCH_ADDR[3:0] registers. These registers contain the first address of the defective sector that will be
patched. The FLASH_PATCH_ADDR registers are loaded from the MANU_FLASH_RR* locations in NVR4 using the flash
memory’s CMD_LOAD_TRIM operation (see Table 9 on page 106), which is typically executed during boot as part of the
CMD_WAKE_UP operation.

NOTE: NVR4 cannot be patched, since it contains the patch configuration. NVR3 cannot be patched, as
the manufacturing initialization function (MANU_INFO_INIT) implementation enables recall
mode to read from NVR4 rather than using the Sys_ReadNVR4() function, as described in the
RSL10 Firmware Reference.

The two customer-configurable redundancy sectors are the last two sectors of the main flash memory area. Use of
these sectors is configured using the CMD_WRITE_USER_RED* commands to set to the NVR4 MANU_FLASH_RR*
configurations that are loaded to the FLASH_PATCH_ADDR registers.

CAUTION: If a redundancy sector is used, it should not be used as a regular sector in the main flash area as this
configuration results in this sector being used for two addressable locations in the flash memory area. To ensure that the
customer-configurable redundancy sectors are not overwritten, the flashloader does not support writing to either of the
potentially reassigned customer-configurable redundancy sectors.

Table 8. User Redundancy Sectors

Low-level Configuration
Sector Address Configuration Register NVR4 Configuration Address
Command
USER_RED1 0x0015F800 FLASH_PATCH_ADDR[2] MANU_FLASH_RR2 CMD_WRITE_USER_RED1
USER_RED2 0x0015F000 FLASH_PATCH_ADDR[3] MANU_FLASH_RR3 CMD_WRITE_USER_RED2

www.onsemi.com
99
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: After production testing, the MANU_FLASH_RR* locations in NVR4 that define the user
redundancy sectors remain erased. This means a user patch address can be stored in NVR4
without erasing the sector.

CAUTION: The NVR4 MANU_FLASH_RR* configurations can only be written once using the CMD_WRITE_USER_RED*
commands. If either of the MANU_FLASH_RR* configurations is overwritten with a second target, the redundancy
sector configuration stored to that MANU_FLASH_RR* is likely to fail its ECC check (causing the redundancy sector
to not be used) or to select an unexpected sector to be patched.

In case multiple patch configuration registers contain the same address, the following priority is observed (from
highest to lowest): USER_RED2, USER_RED1, RED2, RED1. This allows a user application to patch a sector that has
already been patched for yield regions in the same way as other sectors would be patched.

7.2.2.3 Error-Correction Coding

In order to prevent possible issues inherent in the flash memory technology, flash memory is organized into 64-bit
double words that are protected by an Error Correcting Code (ECC) that ensures the integrity of the flash memory
content as follows:

1. When writing to the flash memory, the ECC bits are automatically generated by the flash memory interface
and appended to the data.
2. When reading from the flash memory, the error detection and/or correction is applied automatically.

The algorithm relies on the (72, 64) extended Hamming code, where 64 data bits from a pair of words of flash
memory are extended by seven parity bits plus one overall parity bit, to form a 72-bit double word. This is a Single
Error Correcting, Double Error Detecting (SECDED) code, and allows correcting a single bit error or detecting two-bit
errors. The flash memory ECC generation, error detection, and error correction are performed by a dedicated hardware
block with no incurred latency on flash read/write operations.

IMPORTANT: Since the flash memory is organized into 64-bit double words, flash memory is written two words
at a time with the ECC bits calculated based on the two written words. Writes of individual words (or an odd
number of words) are not possible while ECC is enabled, without corrupting the ECC bits, and as such, are not
supported by the flash write library described in the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

While we recommend always keeping the error correcting code enabled, it is possible to disable the ECC when
reading (or writing) from the flash, by clearing the appropriate bits in the FLASH_ECC_CTRL register:

• The FLASH_ECC_CTRL_IDBUS_ECC_CTRL bit disables ECC for accesses over the memory buses.
• The FLASH_ECC_CTRL_CMD_ECC_CTRL bit disables ECC for accesses using the flash memory’s command
interface.
• The FLASH_ECC_CTRL_COPY_ECC_CTRL bit disables ECC for accesses using the flash copier.

IMPORTANT: When writing to the flash with ECC disabled, each word of flash is written individually (written
to the FLASH_DATA[0] register) along with the four associated ECC bits (written to the four LSBs of the
FLASH_DATA[1] register). When reading back from the flash with ECC enabled, both words in a pair must have
been written with the correct ECC bits set to avoid correctly detecting ECC errors.

If the error correcting code detects an uncorrectable error, a FLASH_ECC_IRQn interrupt will be triggered. This
interrupt can also be configured to trigger after correcting a certain number of detected correctable errors. This interrupt

www.onsemi.com
100
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

condition is configured by writing the number of corrected bit errors that should be allowed to the
FLASH_ECC_CTRL_ECC_COR_CNT_INT_THRESHOLD bit-field in the FLASH_ECC_CTRL register.

7.2.2.4 Flash Delay Timings

All read, erase, and program cycles that access flash memory require adherence to the timing requirements of the
flash memory instance. To set the flash delay timing for a given system clock frequency, set the
FLASH_DELAY_CTRL_SYSCLK_FREQ bit-field from the FLASH_DELAY_CTRL register to match your system clock
frequency.

• Read operations are limited to minimum timing delays. To guarantee timing of all flash reads, set the
FLASH_DELAY_CTRL_SYSCLK_FREQ bit-field to indicate a value greater than or equal to the SYSCLK
frequency.

If SYSCLK is known precisely, then the FLASH_DELAY_CTRL_READ_MARGIN bit-field from the

FLASH_DELAY_CTRL register can be set to support fast read margins using the FAST_READ_MARGIN bit
setting.

• Erase and program operations have both minimum and maximum timing delay limitations. Due to these
limitations, the FLASH_DELAY_CTRL_SYSCLK_FREQ bit-field must be set to within  10% of the actual
SYSCLK frequency.

CAUTION: Erasing and programming flash memory is not allowed when using the RC oscillator with the multiplier
enabled as the source for SYSCLK, because the variation of this clock source over temperature (specified at  25%
maximum) is more than the maximum allowed flash erase and program timing variation of  10% .

The firmware directly supports setting the required delays when updating the SYSCLK configuration, with the flash
delay registers reset whenever the SystemCoreClock global variable is updated and the
SystemCoreClockUpdate() function from the CMSIS library is executed (for more information see the RSL10
Firmware Reference).

IMPORTANT: A minimum SYSCLK frequency of 1 MHz is required to safely complete a flash memory
operation.

CAUTION: When the command CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ is in execution, any access through the I/D buses generates
a bus fault.

7.2.3 RAM

7.2.3.1 Program RAM

PRAM0 to PRAM3 memory is used to store program code or data needed for user applications. 32 KB of the
Program RAM is distributed into 4 instances of 2048x32 bits, and acts as flash memory overlay for executing the
Bluetooth low energy software stack and the user application. These memory instances can serve a purpose similar to
that of a program cache, where commonly used functions or routines are placed. The memories are primarily used for
mirroring the real-time functions of the Bluetooth stack and the application stored in the flash memory. The advantage
of using PRAM rather than flash memory is that it minimizes the number of flash memory accesses in order to lower the
overall power consumption.

www.onsemi.com
101
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The DSP PRAM consists of 4 instances of 2048 x 40 bits (DSP_PRAM0 - DSP_PRAM3) that can be
independently accessed by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor or the LPDSP32 DSP system via dynamic arbitration.

• When used as program memory or flash memory overlay by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the DSP PRAM is
seen as 32-bit words, and appears in reversed order on the Arm Cortex-M3 processor memory map. Since the
memory is 40-bit native, the upper byte in each word is not used. The main purpose of the DSP PRAM is to
mirror the frequently used functions of the software stack and the application stored in the flash memory. The
objective is to minimize the number of flash memory accesses in order to lower the overall power
consumption.
• When used by the LPDSP32, the DSP PRAM is seen as 40-bit data, and appears in normal order on the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor memory map, as viewed by the LPDSP32. The bits 39:32 of each word are mapped
as bits 7:0 at a different address. When this different address is read, bits 31:8 return zero. This address is
mainly used for storing or observing the LPDSP32 program code.

The PRAM0 to PRAM3 and DSP_PRAM0 to DSP_PRAM3 (when not used by the LPDSP32) can be made to
operate in default or overlay mode, by configuring the corresponding bit of the SYSCTRL_FLASH_OVERLAY_CFG
register. When the bit is cleared, the memories are only mapped to the default addresses range given in Figure 8. When
this bit is set, the memories are also mapped to the flash memory read-only addressing range as follows:

• PRAM0 overlays addresses [0x100000; 0x101FFF].

• PRAM1 overlays addresses [0x102000; 0x103FFF].
• PRAM2 overlays addresses [0x104000; 0x105FFF].
• PRAM3 overlays addresses [0x106000; 0x107FFF].
• DSP_PRAM3 overlays addresses [0x108000; 0x109FFF].
• DSP_PRAM2 overlays addresses [0x10A000; 0x10BFFF].
• DSP_PRAM1 overlays addresses [0x10C000; 0x10DFFF].
• DSP_PRAM0 overlays addresses [0x10E000; 0x10FFFF].

7.2.3.2 Data RAM

The 32-bit data memory is distributed into DRAM, DSP DRAM and BB DRAM memory instances.

• 24 KB of DRAM are shared between the Bluetooth stack and the user application. The DRAM is subdivided
into 3 instances of 2048 words (DRAM0 - DRAM2) that are used to store any type of data needed for user
applications.
• 48 KB of DSP DRAM are shared between the CSS and the DSS. The DSP DRAM is subdivided into 6
instances of 2048 words (DSP_DRAM0 - DSP_DRAM5) that are independently attributed to the CSS or the
DSS via dynamic arbitration.
• 16 KB of BB DRAM act as the exchange memory between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor and the baseband
controller. The BB DRAM is subdivided into 2 instances of 2048 words (BB_DRAM0 and BB_DRAM1) that
are directly accessible by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor and the DMA, parallel to the baseband controller. A
configurable arbiter manages the simultaneous accesses between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the DMA,
and the baseband controller. The arbiter can be configured through the SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG register.

7.2.3.3 Shared RAM Instances

• 24 KB of DRAM are shared between the Bluetooth stack software and the user application. The DRAM is
subdivided into 3 instances of 2048 words (DRAM0 - DRAM2).
• 48 KB of DSP DRAM are shared between the CSS and the DSS. The DSP DRAM is subdivided into 6
instances of 2048 words (DSP_DRAM0 - DSP_DRAM5) that are independently attributed to the CSS or the
DSS via dynamic arbitration.

www.onsemi.com
102
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.2.4 Other Memory Mapped Areas

7.2.4.1 Peripherals and Interfaces

Memory-mapped registers on the peripheral bus are addressed between 0x4000 0000 and 0x400F FFFF (1 MB).
This region contains the registers that are used to control various peripherals, interfaces, and other system components.
This entire region also supports bit-band memory accesses.

7.2.4.2 Private Peripherals

Memory-mapped registers on the private peripheral bus are addressed between 0xE000 0000 and 0xE00F FFFF.
This region contains registers related to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor.

7.2.5 LPDSP32 DSP Memory Usage

7.2.5.1 Program Memory

The LPDSP32’s program memory space uses 24-bit addressing relative to 20-bit words. Two 20-bit words form a
40-bit memory word in a big endian manner. 40 KB of DSP PRAM are shared with the DSS. This DSP PRAM is
subdivided into 4 instances of 2048 x 40 bits (DSP_PRAM0 - DSP_PRAM3) that are independently accessed by the
CSS or the DSS via dynamic arbitration.

• When used as program memory or flash memory overlay by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the DSP PRAM is
seen as 32-bit words and appears in reversed order on the Arm Cortex-M3 processor memory map. Since the
memory is 40-bit native, the upper byte of each word is not used. The main purpose of the DSP PRAM is to
mirror the frequently used functions of the software stack and the application stored in the flash memory. The
objective is to minimize the number of flash memory accesses in order to lower the overall power
consumption.
• When used by the LPDSP32, the DSP PRAM is seen as 40-bit data, and appears in normal order on the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor memory map as viewed by the LPDSP32. The bits 39:32 of each word are mapped
as bits 7:0 at a different address. When this different address is read, bits 31:8 return zero. It is mainly used for
storing or observing the LPDSP32 program code.

The LPDSP32 has the following program memory mapping (refer to Figure 9 on page 104):

LPDSP32-PM: 0x000000-0x003FFF (40 KB)

www.onsemi.com
103
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0xFF FFFF

Reserved
0x00 4000
0x00 3FFE 0x00 3FFF
DSP_PRAM3
0x00 3000 10 KB 0x00 3001
0x00 2FFE 0x00 2FFF
DSP_PRAM2
0x00 2000 10 KB 0x00 2001
0x00 1FFE DSP_PRAM1 0x00 1FFF
0x00 1000 10 KB 0x00 1001
0x00 0FFE 0x00 0FFF
DSP_PRAM0
10 KB
0x00 0000 0x00 0001
39 0

Figure 9. LPDSP32 Program Memory Mapping

7.2.5.2 Data Memory

The LPDSP32’s data memory space uses 24-bit addressing relative to 8-bit words. Four 8-bit words form a 32-bit
memory word in a little endian manner. 48 KB of DSP DRAM are shared between the CSS and the DSS. The DSP
DRAM is subdivided into 6 instances of 2048 words (DSP_DRAM0 - DSP_DRAM5) that are independently attributed
to the CSS or the DSS via dynamic arbitration.

The LPDSP32 has 3 usable data memory mappings (refer to Figure 10 on page 105), which are accessible through
the LPDSP32 data memory A (DMA) and data memory B (DMB) buses:

1. LPDSP32-DMA: 0x000000-0x00FFFF (64 KB), LPDSP32-DMB: N/A

2. LPDSP32-DMA: 0x000000-0x00BFFF (48 KB), LPDSP32-DMB: 0x804000-0x807FFF (16 KB)
3. LPDSP32-DMA: 0x000000-0x007FFF (32 KB), LPDSP32-DMB: 0x800000-0x807FFF (32 KB)

IMPORTANT: In case simultaneous accesses of LPDSP32-DMA and LPDSP32-DMB are performed on the
same memory instance, then the LPDSP32-DMA access takes priority.

www.onsemi.com
104
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0xFF FFFF

Reserved
0xC0 0008
0xC0 0007 0xC0 0004
Mapped Registers
0xC0 0003 0xC0 0000
0xBF FFFF
Reserved
0x80 8000
0x80 7FFF DRAM2 0x80 7FFC

0x80 6003
8 KB 0x80 6000
0x80 5FFF 0x80 5FFC
DRAM1
0x80 4003
8 KB 0x80 4000
0x80 3FFF 0x80 3FFC
DSP_DRAM5
0x80 2003
8 KB 0x80 2000
0x80 1FFF DSP_DRAM4 0x80 1FFC

0x80 0003 8 KB 0x80 0000

0x7F FFFF
Reserved
0x01 0000
0x00 FFFF 0x00 FFF8
DRAM2 DRAM1
0x00 C007 8 KB 8 KB 0x00 C000
0x00 BFFF 0x00 BFF8
DSP_DRAM5 DSP_DRAM4
0x00 8007 8 KB 8 KB 0x00 8000
0x00 7FFF 0x00 7FF8
DSP_DRAM3 DSP_DRAM2
0x00 4007
8 KB 8 KB 0x00 4000
0x00 3FFF 0x00 3FF8
DSP_DRAM1 DSP_DRAM0
0x00 0007 8 KB 8 KB 0x00 0000
31 0 31 0

Figure 10. LPDSP32 Data Memory Mapping

NOTE: The different data memory mappings do not require any hardware configuration. The mapping
that is used must simply be respected by the software that is running on the LPDSP32.

IMPORTANT: The last 16 KB of data memory (DRAM1 and DRAM2) is not used by the LPDSP32 in a normal
application. This memory has been mapped to the LPDSP32’s data memory space so that it can test these
memories during production testing.

www.onsemi.com
105
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.2.6 Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband (BB) Memory Usage

7.2.6.1 Exchange Memory

16 KB of BB DRAM act as the exchange memory between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor and the baseband
controller. The BB DRAM is subdivided into 2 instances of 2048 words (BB_DRAM0 and BB_DRAM1) that are directly
accessible by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor and the DMA, parallel to the baseband controller. A configurable arbiter
manages the simultaneous accesses between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the DMA, and the baseband controller. The
arbiter can be configured through the SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG register.

7.3 FLASH MEMORY OPERATIONS

7.3.1 Reading and Writing Flash Memory

Writing to flash memory consists of an erase cycle, followed by a program cycle. Following the erase cycle, the
erased cells have a value of all ones. Programming the flash cells clears some of these cells to zero.

IMPORTANT: The flash write library contains functions that the user application can use to perform writes. A
copy of this flash write library is provided in the RSL10 program ROM, and can be used to write to the flash at
any time. Refer to the RSL10 Firmware Reference for more information.

NOTE: While writing to, or erasing, any flash memory, no flash memory instance can be accessed from
the I-Code or D-Code buses. This includes any case where a low-level flash command is issued
or when a low-level flash command is triggered by writing to the FLASH_IF_CTRL register.

Low-level commands, which are written with the FLASH_CMD_CTRL register, are used to write to the flash; see
Table 9. Each command returns to idle state except the CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ. If the command is busy, the P-Bus write
access is ignored, except in these circumstances:

• Writing to the FLASH_DATA[0:1] registers during the CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ, when new data is requested.
• Writing to the four FLASH_COPY (except FLASH_COPY_CTRL) registers.
• Writing to fields FLASH_ECC_CTRL_CMD_ECC_CTRL, FLASH_ECC_CTRL_COPIER_ECC_CTRL and
FLASH_ECC_CTRL_IDBUS_ECC_CTRL of the FLASH_ECC_CTRL register.
• Clearing the ECC_STATUS bits.

Table 9. Flash Low-Level Commands

Command Description
CMD_IDLE Set the flash memory control signals so that the flash memory is in Standby Mode.
CMD_WAKE_UP Power-up sequence.
This sequence starts automatically when the flash memory is powered-up through the
SYSCTRL_MEM_POWER_CFG register.
Depending on the LOAD_AUTO setting, the CMD_LOAD_TRIM command is executed after
this command.
CMD_LOAD_TRIM Transfer settings from the NVR4 sector to the PATCH_ADDR[3:0] registers and to the
flash memory internal configuration registers. The status bit TRIMMED_STATUS is updated
at the end of the command, indicating if there was an uncorrectable ECC error or a word pair
contained all ones or zeroes when reading NVR4, in which case the default trim values are
used to guarantee the proper flash memory read functionality.
CMD_READ Execute a read access:
• If ECC is enabled, a pair of 32-bit words is read from flash memory.
• If ECC is disabled, a single 36-bit word is read from flash memory.

www.onsemi.com
106
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 9. Flash Low-Level Commands (Continued)

Command Description
CMD_PROGRAM_NOSEQ Execute a non-sequential programming access:
• If ECC is enabled, a pair of 32-bit words is written to flash memory.
• If ECC is disabled, a single 36-bit word is written to flash memory.
CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ Initiate a sequential programming access to flash memory:
• If ECC is enabled, up to 32 pairs of 32-bit words can be written to the same row
within a flash memory sector.
• If ECC is disabled, up to 64 words of 36 bits can be written to the same row within
a flash memory sector.
CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ_END Terminate a sequential programming access.
This command is only accepted when the sector addressed by FLASH_ADDR is in an
unlocked flash memory zone.
CMD_SECTOR_ERASE Erase a sector of the flash memory.
This command is only accepted when the sector addressed by FLASH_ADDR is in an
unlocked flash memory zone.
CMD_MASS_ERASE Perform a mass erase. This command is only accepted when all of the areas in the main
flash are unlocked or NVR1-3 are unlocked.
• All sectors of the main flash array are erased when the main flash is unlocked.
• The NVR1-3 sectors are erased when NVR1-3 are unlocked.
• The RED1-2 sectors are erased when RED1-2 are unlocked.

NOTE: By default the contents of NVR1-3 contain device information that

should not be erased, and we recommend ensuring these sectors are
locked when running the mass erase command.

NOTE: The redundancy sectors are erased separately from both the main
flash and the NVR1-3 sectors, as the redundancy sectors could
replace any of these sectors. The user redundancy sectors are
erased with the main flash. If these sectors were used to patch an
NVR sector, use the mass erase command only if erasing both the
main flash and NVR sectors.
CMD_SET_LOW_POWER Set the LPWR flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is called
automatically when LP_MODE bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 0 to 1.
CMD_UNSET_LOW_POWER Unset the LPWR flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when LP_MODE bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 1 to 0.
CMD_SET_RECALL Set the RECALL flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when RECALL bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 0 to 1.
CMD_UNSET_RECALL Unset the RECALL flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when RECALL bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 1 to 0.
CMD_SET_VREAD0 Set the VREAD0 flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when VREAD0_MODE bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 0 to 1.
CMD_UNSET_VREAD0 Set the VREAD0 flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when VREAD0_MODE bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 1 to 0.
CMD_SET_VREAD1 Set the VREAD1 flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when VREAD1_MODE bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 0 to 1.
CMD_UNSET_VREAD1 Set the VREAD1 flash memory pin respective to the hold & setup time. This command is
called automatically when VREAD1_MODE bit in FLASH_IF_CTRL is changed from 1 to 0.

www.onsemi.com
107
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 9. Flash Low-Level Commands (Continued)

Command Description
CMD_WRITE_USER_RED1 Write contents of the FLASH_DATA register to MANU_FLASH_RR2 in NVR4. This value is
loaded to the FLASH_PATCH_ADDR[2] register on boot, to configure USER_RED1 to
patch the specified memory sector.
CMD_WRITE_USER_RED2 Write contents of the FLASH_DATA register to MANU_FLASH_RR3 in NVR4. This value is
loaded to the FLASH_PATCH_ADDR[3] register on boot, to configure USER_RED2 to
patch the specified memory sector.

The low-level commands can be written to the FLASH_CMD_CTRL register. These commands are then interpreted
by a state machine, which acts on the different flash memory control signals to perform the relevant action

7.3.2 Low-Power Read Mode

• By setting the LP_MODE bit of the FLASH_IF_CTRL configuration register, it is possible to read the flash
memory when its power supply voltage (VDDA) is below 2.75 V with reduced power consumption.
• The LP_MODE bit can only be modified when the flash is enabled. The state of the flash LP_MODE bit is
maintained while the flash is disabled. When this LP_MODE bit is modified, the command
CMD_SET_LOW_POWER is executed, and during the next 15 s any flash memory read access is wait stated.

7.3.3 Reading and Programming Flash Memory Procedures

Once the flash memory is configured to enable writing to its desired areas, with the required delays set up, the flash
memory programming procedure can be executed for either non-sequential or sequential programming as described in
the following sections.

Reading from flash memory using the flash command interface can use non-sequential and sequential data
accesses, using the same portions of the FLASH_DATA registers that are used for the write commands

CAUTION: Each group of 64 flash memory words (called a row) is allowed to be in programming mode for at most 5
ms between two erase events. This allows writing all words in each row three times with ECC disabled, or 5 times with
ECC mode enabled. Exceeding this programming time between erase cycles can damage the flash cells.

7.3.3.1 Non-Sequential Programming

1. Set the address into FLASH_ADDR register.
2. Write to the data registers:
• If the ECC is enabled, both FLASH_DATA registers are used to write both words in a double word pair
along with their associated ECC information.

• If the ECC is disabled, {FLASH_DATA[1](3:0), FLASH_DATA[0]} are treated as a 36-bit write value,
written to one half of a double word pair and one half of the associated ECC bits

3. Write the command CMD_PROGRAM_NOSEQ to the FLASH_CMD_CTRL register to start the non-sequential
sequence.
4. Poll the flash memory interface busy bit to check when the write is done.
5. The address is automatically incremented by 4 or 8, depending on the CMD_ECC_CTRL value.
6. The non-sequential programming sequence can be executed when the Arm Cortex-M3 processor runs a
program from the flash memory, since the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is held in a wait state while the flash
command is executing.

www.onsemi.com
108
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.3.3.2 Sequential Programming

1. Set the address into the FLASH_ADDR register.
2. Write to the data registers as explained in Section 7.3.3.1, “Non-Sequential Programming”.
3. If starting a new sequential write, write the command CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ to the FLASH_CMD_CTRL register.
4. Poll the SEQ_DATA_REG bit to check when the write is done.
5. The address is automatically incremented by 4 or 8, depending on the CMD_ECC_CTRL value. FLASH_ADDR
bits 21:8 are not updated by this increment, and the address thus wraps around on a 256 boundary. This allows
up to 64 different flash memory words to be written in one sequential programming sequence.
6. New data to write: jump to point 2, above, and writing to the FLASH_DATA1 register automatically applies the
program sequence.
7. Close the program sequence: write the command CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ_END to the FLASH_CMD_CTRL register.
8. Poll the flash memory interface busy bit to check when the command is done.
9. The CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ command cannot be executed while the Arm Cortex-M3 processor runs a program
from the flash memory.

7.3.4 Locking / Unlocking Mechanism

7.3.4.1 Locking Mechanism

A locking mechanism is included with the flash memory write hardware to prevent inadvertent writes to the flash
memories. To lock the main flash memory, clear the FLASH_MAIN_CTRL and FLASH_NVR_CTRL registers.

7.3.4.2 Unlocking Mechanism

Similarly, there are 3 logical partitions that have their own permissions to unlock the main flash memory:

1. To write to the lower part of the main block of the flash memory (only possible if the main block is unlocked
against Program/Erase), it is necessary to:
a. Define the access permissions to the lower part of the flash memory (the MAIN_LOW_W_EN field in the
FLASH_MAIN_CTRL register).
b. Write a 32-bit unlock key to the FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK register.

2. To write to the middle part of the main block of the flash memory (only possible if the main block is unlocked
against Program/Erase), it is necessary to:
a. Define the access permissions to the middle part of the flash memory (field MAIN_MIDDLE_W_EN field in
the FLASH_MAIN_CTRL register).
b. Write a 32-bit unlock key to the FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK register.

3. To write to the high part of the main block of the flash memory (only possible if the main block is unlocked
against Program/Erase), it is necessary to:
a. Define the access permissions to the high part of the flash memory (field MAIN_HIGH_W_EN field in the
FLASH_MAIN_CTRL register).
b. Write a 32-bit unlock key to the FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK register.

4. A similar procedure needs to be applied to access the NVR block of the flash memory:
a. Define the access permissions to the NVR block of the flash memory (field NVR[1|2|3]_W_EN field in
the FLASH_NVR_CTRL register).
b. Write a 32-bit unlock key to the FLASH_NVR_WRITE_UNLOCK register.

7.4 FLASH COPIER

This module copies data from flash memory into any DMA-accessible memory, or the CRC block. In 40-bit mode,
the copier packs the 32-bit flash memory words into 40-bit words. This is useful to copy LPDSP32 programs from flash

www.onsemi.com
109
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

memory to DSP_PRAM. This module can also run in comparison mode. In this mode, the 36-bit data read from flash
memory is verified against a reference value, but not written to any memory. This is useful to verify that a sector has
been properly erased. It is also used for production testing purposes.

7.4.1 Block Characteristics

1. FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR: defines the flash memory source address (byte oriented). In 32-bit copier
mode or in comparator mode, the pointer must point to the beginning of a word (2 LSBs are ignored).
2. FLASH_COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR: Defines the destination address into 32-bit word memory space. This pointer
is not used in comparator mode, or when the copier destination is the CRC block. Addressing corresponds to
logical memory instances in normal order, as viewed by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor.
3. FLASH_COPY_WORD_CNT: indicates how many words are to be written to the destination (copier mode), or the
number of words to be read and verified (comparator mode).
4. FLASH_COPY_CFG_MODE: configures MODE (copier or comparator), flash memory access COPY_MODE (40-bit
or 32-bit), COPY_DEST (memory or CRC), COMP_MODE (constant or checkerboard), COMP_ADDR_DIR (up or
down), and COMP_ADDR_STEP (increment FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR by 1 or 2 words).
5. We recommend that the 40-bit copier mode only be used for DSP_PRAM destination. When a 32-bit memory is
used as destination, then only 32-bit bytes are written and the 8 LSBs are discarded.
6. In copier mode, the flash memory is read with or without ECC, depending on the COPIER_ECC_CTRL bit of
the FLASH_ECC_CTRL register. In comparator mode, the flash memory is always read without ECC.
7. FLASH_COPY_CTRL: provides START and STOP commands and read-only BUSY and ERROR status bits.
8. When both the START and STOP commands are issued at the same time, the STOP command takes priority.
9. When the START command is issued, the BUSY status bit is set and the ERROR bit is cleared.
10. While the copier is busy:
a. 32-bit copier mode:
i. A 32-bit word is read from flash memory.
ii. The 32-bit word is written to the destination memory.
iii. When the write has completed without error, the source address is incremented by 4, the destination
address is incremented by 4, and the word counter is decremented.

b. 40-bit copier mode:

i. 32-bit words are read from flash memory, and when there is enough data to output a 40-bit word, the
following occurs:
ii. The 40-bit word is written to the destination memory.
iii. When the write has completed without error, the source address is incremented by 5, the destination
address is incremented by 4, and the word counter is decremented.

c. CRC copier mode:

i. A 32-bit word is read from the flash memory.
ii. The 32-bit word is added to the CRC.
iii. The source address is incremented by 4 and the word counter is decremented.

d. Comparator mode:
i. A 36-bit word is read from the flash memory.
ii. In constant mode, or in checkerboard mode with an even source address, the 36-bit word is compared
with FLASH_DATA[1][3:0] and FLASH_DATA[0][31:0].
iii. In checkerboard mode with an odd source address, the 36-bit word is inverted and compared with
FLASH_DATA[1][3:0] and FLASH_DATA[0][31:0].
iv. When the comparison matches, the source address is updated according to COMP_ADDR_DIR and
COMP_ADDR_SIZE, and the word counter is decremented.

www.onsemi.com
110
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11. When the word counter reaches zero, or when a write error has occurred (copier mode only), or when a
verification error occurs (comparator mode only), then the BUSY status bit is cleared and an interrupt is
generated for the Arm Cortex-M3 processor. In the case of an error, the ERROR bit is set.
12. The copy or comparator operation can be stopped before completion, through the STOP command. The
operation can be continued by giving the START command, as the address pointers and word counter have the
values required to continue the copy operation.
13. When the flash memory copier is running, the FLASH_COPY_CFG, FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR,
FLASH_COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR and FLASH_WORD_CNT registers are not writable.
14. The priority handling between the flash memory copier and any DMA memory access, when writing to the
flash memory copier’s destination memory, is explained in Chapter 7, “Memory Arbitration” on page 95. The
flash memory copier acts as a DMA access regarding the priority handling between the flash memory copier,
Arm Cortex-M3 processor, LPDSP32 and baseband controller.

NOTE: While the flash memory copier is running, it constantly tries to read from the flash memory and
write to its destination memory. If either memory instance is not available due to an access
conflict with the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, LPDSP32, or DMA, the flash memory is re-read to
ensure an atomic read and write occurs. We recommend avoiding such memory access conflicts,
as they result in additional reads from flash memory and thus increase power consumption.

IMPORTANT: The flash copier has a known issue when configured for comparison mode. When verifying that
an area of memory is the expected value, the flash copier indicates that an error has occurred, if the next address
to compare is pointing to an area outside of memory. To work around this issue, instead of relying on the
FLASH_COPY_CTRL_ERROR bit, a user application can verify that FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR points to the
address one further than the last address that would have been checked. If FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR is set to
this value, the comparison has succeeded; if not, the comparison points to the first word that has failed the
comparison.

7.5 MEMORY REGISTERS

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_FLASH_OVERLAY_CFG Flash memory / PRAM / DSPPRAM overlay 0x40000008
control register
SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT Flash memory read configuration register 0x40000040

7.5.1 SYSCTRL_FLASH_OVERLAY_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

7 DSP_PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM0 flash overlay configuration
6 DSP_PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM1 flash overlay configuration
5 DSP_PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM2 flash overlay configuration
4 DSP_PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM3 flash overlay configuration
3 PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM3 flash overlay configuration
2 PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM2 flash overlay configuration
1 PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM1 flash overlay configuration
0 PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM0 flash overlay configuration

www.onsemi.com
111
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM0_OVERLAY_DISABLE DSP_PRAM0 is not mapped on the 0x0*
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM0_OVERLAY_ENABLE DSP_PRAM0 is also mapped on the 0x1
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM1_OVERLAY_DISABLE DSP_PRAM1 is not mapped on the 0x0*
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM1_OVERLAY_ENABLE DSP_PRAM1 is also mapped on the 0x1
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM2_OVERLAY_DISABLE DSP_PRAM2 is not mapped on the 0x0*
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM2_OVERLAY_ENABLE DSP_PRAM2 is also mapped on the 0x1
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG DSP_PRAM3_OVERLAY_DISABLE DSP_PRAM3 is not mapped on the 0x0*
flash addressing range
DSP_PRAM3_OVERLAY_ENABLE DSP_PRAM3 is also mapped on the 0x1
flash addressing range
PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM3_OVERLAY_DISABLE PRAM3 is not mapped on the flash 0x0*
addressing range
PRAM3_OVERLAY_ENABLE PRAM3 is also mapped on the flash 0x1
addressing range
PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM2_OVERLAY_DISABLE PRAM2 is not mapped on the flash 0x0*
addressing range
PRAM2_OVERLAY_ENABLE PRAM2 is also mapped on the flash 0x1
addressing range
PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM1_OVERLAY_DISABLE PRAM1 is not mapped on the flash 0x0*
addressing range
PRAM1_OVERLAY_ENABLE PRAM1 is also mapped on the flash 0x1
addressing range
PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG PRAM0_OVERLAY_DISABLE PRAM0 is not mapped on the flash 0x0*
addressing range
PRAM0_OVERLAY_ENABLE PRAM0 is also mapped on the flash 0x1
addressing range

7.5.2 SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 FLASH_READ_CNT Flash read access counter value

7.5.3 SYSCTRL_MEM_ERROR

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 MEM_ERROR_CLEAR Write a 1 to clear the memory error flags
4 BB_MEM_ERROR Baseband memory error flag
3 FLASH_COPIER_MEM_ERROR Flash copier memory error flag
2 DMA_MEM_ERROR DMA memory error flag

www.onsemi.com
112
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 LPDSP32_DMEM_ERROR LPDSP32 data memory error flag
0 LPDSP32_PMEM_ERROR LPDSP32 program memory error flag

Hex
Field Name Value Symbol Value Description
Value
MEM_ERROR_CLEAR MEM_ERROR_CLEAR Clear the memory error flags 0x1
BB_MEM_ERROR BB_MEM_NO_ERROR_DETECTED No baseband memory error detected 0x0*
BB_MEM_ERROR_DETECTED Baseband has accessed an isolated 0x1
memory
FLASH_COPIER_MEM_ERROR FLASH_COPIER_MEM_NO_ERROR_DETECTED No flash copier memory error 0x0*
detected
FLASH_COPIER_MEM_ERROR_DETECTED Flash copier has accessed an isolated 0x1
memory
DMA_MEM_ERROR DMA_MEM_NO_ERROR_DETECTED No DMA memory error detected 0x0*
DMA_MEM_ERROR_DETECTED DMA has accessed an isolated 0x1
memory
LPDSP32_DMEM_ERROR LPDSP32_DMEM_NO_ERROR_DETECTED No LPDSP32 data memory error 0x0*
detected
LPDSP32_DMEM_ERROR_DETECTED LPDSP32 has accessed an isolated 0x1
data memory
LPDSP32_PMEM_ERROR LPDSP32_PMEM_NO_ERROR_DETECTED No LPDSP32 program memory error 0x0*
detected
LPDSP32_PMEM_ERROR_DETECTED LPDSP32 has accessed an isolated 0x1
program memory

7.5.4 SYSCTRL_MEM_POWER_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

21 DSP_DRAM5_POWER DSP DRAM5 power configuration
20 DSP_DRAM4_POWER DSP DRAM4 power configuration
19 DSP_DRAM3_POWER DSP DRAM3-0 power configuration
18 DSP_DRAM2_POWER DSP DRAM2 power configuration
17 DSP_DRAM1_POWER DSP DRAM1 power configuration
16 DSP_DRAM0_POWER DSP DRAM0 power configuration
15 DSP_PRAM3_POWER DSP PRAM3 power configuration
14 DSP_PRAM2_POWER DSP PRAM2 power configuration
13 DSP_PRAM1_POWER DSP PRAM1 power configuration
12 DSP_PRAM0_POWER DSP PRAM0 power configuration
11 BB_DRAM1_POWER Baseband DRAM1 power configuration
10 BB_DRAM0_POWER Baseband DRAM0 power configuration
8 DRAM2_POWER DRAM2 power configuration
7 DRAM1_POWER DRAM1 power configuration

www.onsemi.com
113
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 DRAM0_POWER DRAM0 power configuration
5 PRAM3_POWER PRAM3 power configuration
4 PRAM2_POWER PRAM2 power configuration
3 PRAM1_POWER PRAM1 power configuration
2 PRAM0_POWER PRAM0 power configuration
1 FLASH_POWER Flash power configuration
0 PROM_POWER PROM power configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_DRAM5_POWER DSP_DRAM5_POWER_DISABLE DSP DRAM5 power disabled 0x0
DSP_DRAM5_POWER_ENABLE DSP DRAM5 power enabled 0x1*
DSP_DRAM4_POWER DSP_DRAM4_POWER_DISABLE DSP DRAM4 power disabled 0x0
DSP_DRAM4_POWER_ENABLE DSP DRAM4 power enabled 0x1*
DSP_DRAM3_POWER DSP_DRAM3_POWER_DISABLE DSP DRAM3 power disabled 0x0
DSP_DRAM3_POWER_ENABLE DSP DRAM3 power enabled 0x1*
DSP_DRAM2_POWER DSP_DRAM2_POWER_DISABLE DSP DRAM2 power disabled 0x0
DSP_DRAM2_POWER_ENABLE DSP DRAM2 power enabled 0x1*
DSP_DRAM1_POWER DSP_DRAM1_POWER_DISABLE DSP DRAM1 power disabled 0x0
DSP_DRAM1_POWER_ENABLE DSP DRAM1 power enabled 0x1*
DSP_DRAM0_POWER DSP_DRAM0_POWER_DISABLE DSP DRAM0 power disabled 0x0
DSP_DRAM0_POWER_ENABLE DSP DRAM0 power enabled 0x1*
DSP_PRAM3_POWER DSP_PRAM3_POWER_DISABLE DSP PRAM3 power disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM3_POWER_ENABLE DSP PRAM3 power enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM2_POWER DSP_PRAM2_POWER_DISABLE DSP PRAM2 power disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM2_POWER_ENABLE DSP PRAM2 power enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM1_POWER DSP_PRAM1_POWER_DISABLE DSP PRAM1 power disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM1_POWER_ENABLE DSP PRAM1 power enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM0_POWER DSP_PRAM0_POWER_DISABLE DSP PRAM0 power disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM0_POWER_ENABLE DSP PRAM0 power enabled 0x1
BB_DRAM1_POWER BB_DRAM1_POWER_DISABLE Baseband DRAM1 power disabled 0x0
BB_DRAM1_POWER_ENABLE Baseband DRAM1 power enabled 0x1*
BB_DRAM0_POWER BB_DRAM0_POWER_DISABLE Baseband DRAM0 power disabled 0x0
BB_DRAM0_POWER_ENABLE Baseband DRAM0 power enabled 0x1*
DRAM2_POWER DRAM2_POWER_DISABLE DRAM2 power disabled 0x0
DRAM2_POWER_ENABLE DRAM2 power enabled 0x1*
DRAM1_POWER DRAM1_POWER_DISABLE DRAM1 power disabled 0x0
DRAM1_POWER_ENABLE DRAM1 power enabled 0x1*
DRAM0_POWER DRAM0_POWER_DISABLE DRAM0 power disabled 0x0
DRAM0_POWER_ENABLE DRAM0 power enabled 0x1*

www.onsemi.com
114
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PRAM3_POWER PRAM3_POWER_DISABLE PRAM3 power disabled 0x0
PRAM3_POWER_ENABLE PRAM3 power enabled 0x1*
PRAM2_POWER PRAM2_POWER_DISABLE PRAM2 power disabled 0x0
PRAM2_POWER_ENABLE PRAM2 power enabled 0x1*
PRAM1_POWER PRAM1_POWER_DISABLE PRAM1 power disabled 0x0
PRAM1_POWER_ENABLE PRAM1 power enabled 0x1*
PRAM0_POWER PRAM0_POWER_DISABLE PRAM0 power disabled 0x0
PRAM0_POWER_ENABLE PRAM0 power enabled 0x1*
FLASH_POWER FLASH_POWER_DISABLE Flash power disabled 0x0*
FLASH_POWER_ENABLE Flash power enabled 0x1
PROM_POWER PROM_POWER_DISABLE PROM power disabled 0x0
PROM_POWER_ENABLE PROM power enabled 0x1*

7.5.5 SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

30:24 WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED Wakeup restore address in packed 7-bit format. When written,
SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR is updated. This field reads back as zero when
SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR does not point to an enabled RAM instance.
21 DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS DSP DRAM5 access configuration
20 DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS DSP DRAM4 access configuration
19 DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS DSP DRAM3 access configuration
18 DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS DSP DRAM2 access configuration
17 DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS DSP DRAM1 access configuration
16 DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS DSP DRAM0 access configuration
15 DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS DSP PRAM3 access configuration
14 DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS DSP PRAM2 access configuration
13 DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS DSP PRAM1 access configuration
12 DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS DSP PRAM0 access configuration
11 BB_DRAM1_ACCESS Baseband DRAM1 access configuration
10 BB_DRAM0_ACCESS Baseband DRAM0 access configuration
8 DRAM2_ACCESS DRAM2 access configuration
7 DRAM1_ACCESS DRAM1 access configuration
6 DRAM0_ACCESS DRAM0 access configuration
5 PRAM3_ACCESS PRAM3 access configuration
4 PRAM2_ACCESS PRAM2 access configuration
3 PRAM1_ACCESS PRAM1 access configuration
2 PRAM0_ACCESS PRAM0 access configuration
1 FLASH_ACCESS Flash access configuration
0 PROM_ACCESS PROM access configuration

www.onsemi.com
115
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM5 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM5 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM4 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM4 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM3 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM3 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM2 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM1 access enabled 0x1
DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP DRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP DRAM0 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM3 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM3 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM2 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM1 access enabled 0x1
DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE DSP PRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE DSP PRAM0 access enabled 0x1
BB_DRAM1_ACCESS BB_DRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE Baseband DRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
BB_DRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE Baseband DRAM1 access enabled 0x1
BB_DRAM0_ACCESS BB_DRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE Baseband DRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
BB_DRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE Baseband DRAM0 access enabled 0x1
DRAM2_ACCESS DRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE DRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
DRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE DRAM2 access enabled 0x1
DRAM1_ACCESS DRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE DRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
DRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE DRAM1 access enabled 0x1
DRAM0_ACCESS DRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE DRAM0 access disabled 0x0
DRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE DRAM0 access enabled 0x1*
PRAM3_ACCESS PRAM3_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM3 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM3_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM3 access enabled 0x1
PRAM2_ACCESS PRAM2_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM2 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM2_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM2 access enabled 0x1
PRAM1_ACCESS PRAM1_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM1 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM1_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM1 access enabled 0x1
PRAM0_ACCESS PRAM0_ACCESS_DISABLE PRAM0 access disabled 0x0*
PRAM0_ACCESS_ENABLE PRAM0 access enabled 0x1

www.onsemi.com
116
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FLASH_ACCESS FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE Flash access disabled 0x0*
FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE Flash access enabled 0x1
PROM_ACCESS PROM_ACCESS_DISABLE PROM access disabled 0x0
PROM_ACCESS_ENABLE PROM access enabled 0x1*

7.5.6 SYSCTRL_MEM_RETENTION_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

21 DSP_DRAM5_RETENTION DSP PRAM5 retention configuration
20 DSP_DRAM4_RETENTION DSP PRAM4 retention configuration
19 DSP_DRAM3_RETENTION DSP PRAM3 retention configuration
18 DSP_DRAM2_RETENTION DSP PRAM2 retention configuration
17 DSP_DRAM1_RETENTION DSP PRAM1 retention configuration
16 DSP_DRAM0_RETENTION DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
15 DSP_PRAM3_RETENTION DSP PRAM3 retention configuration
14 DSP_PRAM2_RETENTION DSP PRAM2 retention configuration
13 DSP_PRAM1_RETENTION DSP PRAM1 retention configuration
12 DSP_PRAM0_RETENTION DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
11 BB_DRAM1_RETENTION Baseband DRAM1 retention configuration
10 BB_DRAM0_RETENTION Baseband DRAM0 retention configuration
8 DRAM2_RETENTION DRAM2 retention configuration
7 DRAM1_RETENTION DRAM1 retention configuration
6 DRAM0_RETENTION DRAM0 retention configuration
5 PRAM3_RETENTION PRAM3 retention configuration
4 PRAM2_RETENTION PRAM2 retention configuration
3 PRAM1_RETENTION PRAM1 retention configuration
2 PRAM0_RETENTION PRAM0 retention configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_DRAM5_RETENTION DSP_DRAM5_NORMAL_MODE DSP DRAM5 Normal Mode 0x0
DSP_DRAM5_RETENTION_MODE DSP DRAM5 Retention Mode 0x1*
DSP_DRAM4_RETENTION DSP_DRAM4_NORMAL_MODE DSP DRAM4 Normal Mode 0x0
DSP_DRAM4_RETENTION_MODE DSP DRAM4 Retention Mode 0x1*
DSP_DRAM3_RETENTION DSP_DRAM3_NORMAL_MODE DSP DRAM3 Normal Mode 0x0
DSP_DRAM3_RETENTION_MODE DSP DRAM3 Retention Mode 0x1*
DSP_DRAM2_RETENTION DSP_DRAM2_NORMAL_MODE DSP DRAM2 Normal Mode 0x0
DSP_DRAM2_RETENTION_MODE DSP DRAM2 Retention Mode 0x1*
DSP_DRAM1_RETENTION DSP_DRAM1_NORMAL_MODE DSP DRAM1 Normal Mode 0x0
DSP_DRAM1_RETENTION_MODE DSP DRAM1 Retention Mode 0x1*

www.onsemi.com
117
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_DRAM0_RETENTION DSP_DRAM0_NORMAL_MODE DSP DRAM0 Normal Mode 0x0
DSP_DRAM0_RETENTION_MODE DSP DRAM0 Retention Mode 0x1*
DSP_PRAM3_RETENTION DSP_PRAM3_NORMAL_MODE DSP PRAM3 Normal Mode 0x0*
DSP_PRAM3_RETENTION_MODE DSP PRAM3 Retention Mode 0x1
DSP_PRAM2_RETENTION DSP_PRAM2_NORMAL_MODE DSP PRAM2 Normal Mode 0x0*
DSP_PRAM2_RETENTION_MODE DSP PRAM2 Retention Mode 0x1
DSP_PRAM1_RETENTION DSP_PRAM1_NORMAL_MODE DSP PRAM1 Normal Mode 0x0*
DSP_PRAM1_RETENTION_MODE DSP PRAM1 Retention Mode 0x1
DSP_PRAM0_RETENTION DSP_PRAM0_NORMAL_MODE DSP PRAM0 Normal Mode 0x0*
DSP_PRAM0_RETENTION_MODE DSP PRAM0 Retention Mode 0x1
BB_DRAM1_RETENTION BB_DRAM1_NORMAL_MODE Baseband DRAM1 Normal Mode 0x0
BB_DRAM1_RETENTION_MODE Baseband DRAM1 Retention Mode 0x1*
BB_DRAM0_RETENTION BB_DRAM0_NORMAL_MODE Baseband DRAM0 Normal Mode 0x0
BB_DRAM0_RETENTION_MODE Baseband DRAM0 Retention Mode 0x1*
DRAM2_RETENTION DRAM2_NORMAL_MODE DRAM2 Normal Mode 0x0
DRAM2_RETENTION_MODE DRAM2 Retention Mode 0x1*
DRAM1_RETENTION DRAM1_NORMAL_MODE DRAM1 Normal Mode 0x0
DRAM1_RETENTION_MODE DRAM1 Retention Mode 0x1*
DRAM0_RETENTION DRAM0_NORMAL_MODE DRAM0 Normal Mode 0x0*
DRAM0_RETENTION_MODE DRAM0 Retention Mode 0x1
PRAM3_RETENTION PRAM3_NORMAL_MODE PRAM3 Normal Mode 0x0
PRAM3_RETENTION_MODE PRAM3 Retention Mode 0x1*
PRAM2_RETENTION PRAM2_NORMAL_MODE PRAM2 Normal Mode 0x0
PRAM2_RETENTION_MODE PRAM2 Retention Mode 0x1*
PRAM1_RETENTION PRAM1_NORMAL_MODE PRAM1 Normal Mode 0x0
PRAM1_RETENTION_MODE PRAM1 Retention Mode 0x1*
PRAM0_RETENTION PRAM0_NORMAL_MODE PRAM0 Normal Mode 0x0
PRAM0_RETENTION_MODE PRAM0 Retention Mode 0x1*

7.5.7 SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

29:28 DSP_DRAM45_ARBITER DSP DRAM4 and DRAM5 arbiter configuration
27:26 DSP_DRAM23_ARBITER DSP DRAM2 and DRAM3 arbiter configuration
25:24 DSP_DRAM01_ARBITER DSP DRAM0 and DRAM1 arbiter configuration
23:22 DSP_PRAM3_ARBITER DSP PRAM3 arbiter configuration
21:20 DSP_PRAM2_ARBITER DSP PRAM2 arbiter configuration
19:18 DSP_PRAM1_ARBITER DSP PRAM1 arbiter configuration
17:16 DSP_PRAM0_ARBITER DSP PRAM0 arbiter configuration

www.onsemi.com
118
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:10 BB_DRAM1_ARBITER Baseband DRAM1 arbiter configuration
9:8 BB_DRAM0_ARBITER Baseband DRAM0 arbiter configuration
5:4 DRAM12_ARBITER DRAM1 and DRAM2 arbiter configuration
2 DRAM0_ARBITER DRAM0 arbiter configuration
1 PRAM_ARBITER PRAM0 to PRAM3 arbiter configuration
0 ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN Round-robin token generation configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_DRAM45_ARBITER DSP_DRAM45_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
DRAM4 and DRAM5 (above
Arm Cortex-M3 core and DMA)
DSP_DRAM45_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP DRAM4 and
DRAM5 (above DSP and DMA)
DSP_DRAM45_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
DRAM4 and DRAM5
DSP_DRAM23_ARBITER DSP_DRAM23_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
DRAM2 and DRAM3 (above
Arm Cortex-M3 core and DMA)
DSP_DRAM23_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP DRAM2 and
DRAM3 (above DSP and DMA)
DSP_DRAM23_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
DRAM2 and DRAM3
DSP_DRAM01_ARBITER DSP_DRAM01_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
DRAM0 and DRAM1 (above
Arm Cortex-M3 core and DMA)
DSP_DRAM01_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP DRAM0 and
DRAM1 (above DSP and DMA)
DSP_DRAM01_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
DRAM0 and DRAM1
DSP_PRAM3_ARBITER DSP_PRAM3_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
PRAM3 (above Arm Cortex-M3 core
and DMA)
DSP_PRAM3_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP PRAM3 (above
DSP and DMA)
DSP_PRAM3_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
PRAM3
DSP_PRAM2_ARBITER DSP_PRAM2_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
PRAM2 (above Arm Cortex-M3 core
and DMA)
DSP_PRAM2_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP PRAM2 (above
DSP and DMA)
DSP_PRAM2_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
PRAM2

www.onsemi.com
119
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_PRAM1_ARBITER DSP_PRAM1_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
PRAM1 (above Arm Cortex-M3 core
and DMA)
DSP_PRAM1_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP PRAM1 (above
DSP and DMA)
DSP_PRAM1_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
PRAM1
DSP_PRAM0_ARBITER DSP_PRAM0_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DSP 0x0*
PRAM0 (above Arm Cortex-M3 core
and DMA)
DSP_PRAM0_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the DSP PRAM0 (above
DSP and DMA)
DSP_PRAM0_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the DSP 0x2
PRAM0
BB_DRAM1_ARBITER BB_DRAM1_BB_PRIORITY Baseband controller has priority 0x0
access to the BB DRAM1 (above
Arm Cortex-M3 core and DMA)
BB_DRAM1_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the BB DRAM1 (above
baseband and DMA)
BB_DRAM1_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the BB 0x2
DRAM1
BB_DRAM1_SMART_PRIORITY Smart priority access to the BB 0x3*
DRAM1
BB_DRAM0_ARBITER BB_DRAM0_BB_PRIORITY Baseband controller has priority 0x0
access to the BB DRAM0 (above
Arm Cortex-M3 core and DMA)
BB_DRAM0_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x1
access to the BB DRAM0 (above
baseband and DMA)
BB_DRAM0_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the BB 0x2
DRAM0
BB_DRAM0_SMART_PRIORITY Smart priority access to the BB 0x3*
DRAM0
DRAM12_ARBITER DRAM12_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x0*
access to the DRAM1 and DRAM2
(above DSP and DMA)
DRAM12_DSP_PRIORITY DSP has priority access to the DRAM1 0x1
and DRAM2 (above Arm Cortex-M3
core and DMA)
DRAM12_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the 0x2
DRAM1 and DRAM2
DRAM0_ARBITER DRAM0_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x0*
access to the DRAM0 (above DMA)
DRAM0_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the 0x1
DRAM0

www.onsemi.com
120
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PRAM_ARBITER PRAM_CM3_PRIORITY Arm Cortex-M3 core has priority 0x0*
access to the PRAM0 to PRAM3
(above DMA)
PRAM_ROUND_ROBIN_PRIORITY Round robin priority access to the 0x1
PRAM0 to PRAM3
ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN REALTIME_DMA_MODE Real-time DMA priority mode: After 7 0x0*
cycles a pending high priority DMA
access automatically gets the token
ROUND_ROBIN_MODE Continuous round-robin mode: Token 0x1
is rotating every SYSCLK cycle

7.5.8 SYSCTRL_MEM_TIMING_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

9:8 DSP_PRAM_EMAW DSP_PRAM extra write margin configuration
6:4 DSP_PRAM_EMA DSP_PRAM extra margin configuration
3 PROM_KEN PROM bitlines keeper configuration
2:0 PROM_EMA PROM extra margin configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DSP_PRAM_EMAW DSP_PRAM_EMAW_DEFAULT DSP_PRAM default/minimum extra write margin 0x0*
DSP_PRAM_EMAW_MAX DSP_PRAM maximum extra write margin 0x3
DSP_PRAM_EMA DSP_PRAM_EMA_MIN DSP_PRAM minimum extra margin 0x0
DSP_PRAM_EMA_DEFAULT DSP_PRAM default extra margin 0x2*
DSP_PRAM_EMA_MAX DSP_PRAM maximum extra margin 0x7
PROM_KEN PROM_KEN_ENABLED PROM bitlines keeper enabled 0x0
PROM_KEN_DISABLED PROM bitlines keeper disabled 0x1*
PROM_EMA PROM_EMA_MIN PROM minimum extra margin 0x0
PROM_EMA_DEFAULT PROM default extra margin 0x5*
PROM_EMA_MAX PROM maximum extra margin 0x7

7.6 FLASH MEMORY REGISTERS

Register Name Register Description Address

FLASH_IF_CTRL Flash Interface Control Register 0x40000500
FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK Flash Main Write Unlock Register 0x40000504
FLASH_MAIN_CTRL Flash Main Write Control Register 0x40000508
FLASH_DELAY_CTRL Flash, Memory and RF Power-Up Delay Configuration 0x40000510
FLASH_CMD_CTRL Flash Command Control Register 0x40000534
FLASH_IF_STATUS Flash Interface Status Register 0x40000538
FLASH_ADDR Flash Address Register 0x4000053C

www.onsemi.com
121
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Register Description Address

FLASH_DATA Flash Read/Write Data Register 0x40000540
FLASH_NVR_WRITE_UNLOCK Flash NVR Write Unlock Register 0x40000548
FLASH_NVR_CTRL Flash NVR Control Register 0x4000054C
FLASH_PATCH_ADDR Flash Patch Address Register 0x40000568
FLASH_COPY_CFG Flash Copier Config Register 0x40000580
FLASH_COPY_CTRL Flash-to-Memory Copier Control and Status 0x400005C8
FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR Flash-to-Memory Copier Source Address Pointer 0x400005D0
FLASH_COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR Flash-to-Memory Copier Destination Address Pointer 0x400005D4
FLASH_COPY_WORD_CNT Flash-to-Memory Copier Word Count 0x400005D8
FLASH_ECC_CTRL Flash ECC Control Register 0x400005DC
FLASH_ECC_STATUS Flash ECC Status Register 0x400005E0
FLASH_ECC_ERROR_ADDR Flash Address of the Latest Detected Error 0x400005E4
FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT Flash ECC Uncorrected Error Counter 0x400005E8
FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT Flash ECC Corrected Error Counter 0x400005EC

7.6.1 FLASH_IF_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

18 PREFETCH_D_BUS Pre-fetch on D-Bus control
17 PREFETCH_I_BUS Pre-fetch on I-Bus control
16 NOT_LOAD_AUTO Do not automatically load the configuration registers and the patch information
from NVR4 sector after the command WAKEUP is completed.
12 VREAD1_MODE Control VREAD1: Read data after erase with more stringent condition than
normal read. Changing this bit will execute the CMD_SET_VREAD1 or
CMD_UNSET_VREAD1 command.
11 VREAD0_MODE Control VREAD0: Read data after program with more stringent condition than
normal read. Changing this bit will execute the CMD_SET_VREAD0 or
CMD_UNSET_VREAD0 command.
10 RECALL Set the recall pins mode during CMD_READ. Changing this bit will execute the
CMD_SET_RECALL or CMD_UNSET_RECALL command.
9:8 RETRY Configures the erase retry iteration. This impacts the eFlash endurance time.
Also used by flash programming.
0 LP_MODE Set the low power mode. Changing this bit will execute the
CMD_SET_LOW_POWER or CMD_UNSET_LOW_POWER command.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PREFETCH_D_BUS FLASH_PREFETCH_D_BUS_DISABLE Do not pre-fetch the n+1 address on 0x0*
D-Bus
FLASH_PREFETCH_D_BUS_ENABLE Pre-fetch the n+1 address on D-Bus 0x1
PREFETCH_I_BUS FLASH_PREFETCH_I_BUS_DISABLE Do not pre-fetch the n+1 address on 0x0*
I-Bus
FLASH_PREFETCH_I_BUS_ENABLE Pre-fetch the n+1 address on I-Bus 0x1

www.onsemi.com
122
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NOT_LOAD_AUTO FLASH_LOAD_AUTO_ENABLE No automatic load after the WAKEUP 0x0*
command
FLASH_LOAD_AUTO_DISABLE The CMD_WAKEUP includes the 0x1
loading of internal registers and patch
information.
VREAD1_MODE FLASH_VREAD1_DISABLE After erase, read data with a normal 0x0*
condition
FLASH_VREAD1_ENABLE After erase, read data with a more 0x1
stringent condition
VREAD0_MODE FLASH_VREAD0_DISABLE After programming, read data with a 0x0*
normal condition
FLASH_VREAD0_ENABLE After programming, read data with a 0x1
more stringent condition
RECALL FLASH_RECALL_DISABLE RECALL pin low during read command 0x0*
FLASH_RECALL_ENABLE RECALL pin high during read 0x1
command
RETRY FLASH_RETRY_1 For 1st erase pulse 0x0*
FLASH_RETRY_2 For 2nd erase pulse 0x1
FLASH_RETRY_3 For 3rd erase pulse 0x2
FLASH_RETRY_4 For 4th erase pulse or required during 0x3
programming
LP_MODE FLASH_LOW_POWER_DISABLE Disable the flash low power mode 0x0*
FLASH_LOW_POWER_ENABLE Enable the flash low power mode 0x1

7.6.2 FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 UNLOCK_KEY 32-bit key to allow for write accesses into the flash main block

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

UNLOCK_KEY FLASH_MAIN_KEY 32-bit key to allow for Read and Write 0xDBC8264E
accesses into the flash main block

7.6.3 FLASH_MAIN_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

2 MAIN_HIGH_W_EN Authorize write access to the high part of the flash main block through the
FLASH_IF registers.
1 MAIN_MIDDLE_W_EN Authorize write access to the middle part of the flash main block through the
FLASH_IF registers.
0 MAIN_LOW_W_EN Authorize write access to the lower part of the flash main block through the
FLASH_IF registers.

www.onsemi.com
123
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MAIN_HIGH_W_EN MAIN_HIGH_W_DISABLE The high part of the flash main block is 0x0*
protected against write access
MAIN_HIGH_W_ENABLE The high part of the flash main block 0x1
can be written
MAIN_MIDDLE_W_EN MAIN_MIDDLE_W_DISABLE The middle part of the flash main block 0x0*
is protected against write access
MAIN_MIDDLE_W_ENABLE The middle part of the flash main block 0x1
can be written
MAIN_LOW_W_EN MAIN_LOW_W_DISABLE The lower part of the flash main block 0x0*
is protected against write access
MAIN_LOW_W_ENABLE The lower part of the flash main block 0x1
can be written

7.6.4 FLASH_DELAY_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

7 READ_MARGIN Flash Read access time margin
3:0 SYSCLK_FREQ Configure flash, memory and RF power-up delays

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

READ_MARGIN DEFAULT_READ_MARGIN Used default read margins 0x0*
FAST_READ_MARGIN Used fast read margins 0x1
SYSCLK_FREQ FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_3MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x0
SYSCLK = 3 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_4MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x1
SYSCLK = 4 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_5MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x2*
SYSCLK = 5 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_8MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x3
SYSCLK = 8 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_10MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x4
SYSCLK = 10 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_12MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x5
SYSCLK = 12 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_16MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x6
SYSCLK = 16 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_20MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x7
SYSCLK = 20 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_24MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x8
SYSCLK = 24 MHz
FLASH_DELAY_FOR_SYSCLK_48MHZ FLASH_DELAY_CTRLx set for a 0x9
SYSCLK = 48 MHz

www.onsemi.com
124
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.6.5 FLASH_CMD_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

6:5 CMD_END Terminates an active flash command if possible (e.g. sequential programming
sequence)
4:0 COMMAND Flash access command only writable when equal to CMD_IDLE

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CMD_END CMD_END Terminates an active flash command if 0x3
possible
COMMAND CMD_IDLE Idle command 0x0*
CMD_WAKE_UP Wake up the flash 0x1
CMD_LOAD_TRIM Load patch and trimming values from 0x2
NVR4
CMD_READ Execute a read cycle 0x5
CMD_PROGRAM_NOSEQ Execute a non-sequential 0x6
programming cycle
CMD_PROGRAM_SEQ Starts a sequential programming 0x7
sequence
CMD_SECTOR_ERASE Execute a sector erase cycle 0x8
CMD_MASS_ERASE Execute a mass erase cycle 0x9
CMD_SET_LOW_POWER Wait time to set the LPWR pin 0xA
CMD_UNSET_LOW_POWER Wait time to unset the LPWR pin 0xB
CMD_SET_RECALL Wait time to set the RECALL pin 0xC
CMD_UNSET_RECALL Wait time to unset the RECALL pin 0xD
CMD_SET_VREAD1 Wait time to set the VREAD1 pin 0xE
CMD_UNSET_VREAD1 Wait time to unset the VREAD1 pin 0xF
CMD_SET_VREAD0 Wait time to set the VREAD0 pin 0x10
CMD_UNSET_VREAD0 Wait time to unset the VREAD0 pin 0x11
CMD_WRITE_USER_RED1 Write FLASH_DATA to PATCH2 of 0x12
NVR4
CMD_WRITE_USER_RED2 Write FLASH_DATA to PATCH3 of 0x13
NVR4

7.6.6 FLASH_IF_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

13 TRIMMED_STATUS Flash trimming status
12 ISOLATE_STATUS Flash isolate status
11 PROG_SEQ_DATA_REQ Request new data while in sequential program mode
10 BUSY Flash interface busy status bit
9 RED2_W_UNLOCK Flash RED2 write unlock status bit
8 RED1_W_UNLOCK Flash RED1 write unlock status bit

www.onsemi.com
125
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 NVR3_W_UNLOCK Flash NVR3 write unlock status bit
5 NVR2_W_UNLOCK Flash NVR2 write unlock status bit
4 NVR1_W_UNLOCK Flash NVR1 write unlock status bit
2 MAIN_HIGH_W_UNLOCK Write unlock status bit of the high part of the flash main block
1 MAIN_MIDDLE_W_UNLOCK Write unlock status bit of the middle part of the flash main block
0 MAIN_LOW_W_UNLOCK Write unlock status bit of the lower part of the flash main block

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TRIMMED_STATUS FLASH_UNTRIMMED All NVR4 CBD0-CDB7 contents are 0x0*
equal to 0xFFFF. eFlash untrimmed.
FLASH_TRIMMED Some registers CBD0-CBD7 contents 0x1
are not equal to 0xFFFF. eFlash
trimmed.
ISOLATE_STATUS FLASH_ACCESSIBLE Flash can be accessed (isolation 0x0
inactive)
FLASH_ISOLATE Flash cannot be accessed (isolation 0x1*
active)
PROG_SEQ_DATA_REQ FLASH_PROG_SEQ_IDLE No new data is requested by a 0x0*
Sequential Program sequence
FLASH_PROG_SEQ_REQ_NEW_DATA New data is requested by a Sequential 0x1
Program sequence
BUSY FLASH_IF_IDLE Indicates that the flash interface is 0x0*
ready
FLASH_IF_BUSY Indicates that the flash interface is 0x1
busy
RED2_W_UNLOCK FLASH_RED2_W_LOCKED Indicates that the flash RED2 sector is 0x0*
protected against write accesses by
the flash interface
FLASH_RED2_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the flash RED2 sector 0x1
can be write accessed by the flash
interface
RED1_W_UNLOCK FLASH_RED1_W_LOCKED Indicates that the flash RED1 sector is 0x0*
protected against write accesses by
the flash interface
FLASH_RED1_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the flash RED1 sector 0x1
can be write accessed by the flash
interface
NVR3_W_UNLOCK FLASH_NVR3_W_LOCKED Indicates that the flash NVR3 sector is 0x0*
protected against write accesses by
the flash interface
FLASH_NVR3_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the flash NVR3 sector 0x1
can be write accessed by the flash
interface

www.onsemi.com
126
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NVR2_W_UNLOCK FLASH_NVR2_W_LOCKED Indicates that the flash NVR2 sector is 0x0*
protected against write accesses by
the flash interface
FLASH_NVR2_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the flash NVR2 sector 0x1
can be write accessed by the flash
interface
NVR1_W_UNLOCK FLASH_NVR1_W_LOCKED Indicates that the flash NVR1 sector is 0x0*
protected against write accesses by
the flash interface
FLASH_NVR1_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the flash NVR1 sector 0x1
can be write accessed by the flash
interface
MAIN_HIGH_W_UNLOCK FLASH_MAIN_HIGH_W_LOCKED Indicates that the high part of the flash 0x0*
main section is protected against write
accesses by the flash interface
FLASH_MAIN_HIGH_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the high part of the flash 0x1
main section can be write accessed by
the flash interface
MAIN_MIDDLE_W_UNLOCK FLASH_MAIN_MIDDLE_W_LOCKED Indicates that the middle part of the 0x0*
flash main section is protected against
write accesses by the flash interface
FLASH_MAIN_MIDDLE_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the middle part of the 0x1
flash main section can be write
accessed by the flash interface
MAIN_LOW_W_UNLOCK FLASH_MAIN_LOW_W_LOCKED Indicates that the lower part of the flash 0x0*
main section is protected against write
accesses by the flash interface
FLASH_MAIN_LOW_W_UNLOCKED Indicates that the lower part of the flash 0x1
main section can be write accessed by
the flash interface

7.6.7 FLASH_ADDR

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:2 FLASH_ADDR Flash Byte Address

7.6.8 FLASH_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DATA 32-bit flash Data

7.6.9 FLASH_NVR_WRITE_UNLOCK

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 UNLOCK_KEY 32-bit key to allow for write access to NVR sectors of the flash

www.onsemi.com
127
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

UNLOCK_KEY FLASH_NVR_KEY 32-bit key to allow for write access to 0x71B371F5
the flash NVR sector

7.6.10 FLASH_NVR_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 NVR3_W_EN Authorize Write access to the flash NVR3 sector through the FLASH_IF
registers.
2 NVR2_W_EN Authorize Write access to the flash NVR2 sector through the FLASH_IF
registers.
1 NVR1_W_EN Authorize Write access to the flash NVR1 sector through the FLASH_IF
registers.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NVR3_W_EN NVR3_WRITE_DISABLE The flash NVR3 block is protected 0x0*
against write access.
NVR3_WRITE_ENABLE The flash NVR3 block can be written. 0x1
NVR2_W_EN NVR2_WRITE_DISABLE The flash NVR2 block is protected 0x0*
against write access.
NVR2_WRITE_ENABLE The flash NVR2 block can be written. 0x1
NVR1_W_EN NVR1_WRITE_DISABLE The flash NVR1 block is protected 0x0*
against write access.
NVR1_WRITE_ENABLE The flash NVR1 block can be written. 0x1

7.6.11 FLASH_PATCH_ADDR

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:11 PATCH_ADDR

7.6.12 FLASH_COPY_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

18 COMP_ADDR_STEP Comparator address increment/decrement by 1 or 2
17 COMP_ADDR_DIR Comparator address-up or address-down
16 COMP_MODE Comparator Mode
9 COPY_DEST Destination copier is the CRC or memories
8 COPY_MODE Select copier mode (32-bit or 40-bit)
0 MODE Copier or Comparator Mode Configuration

www.onsemi.com
128
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

COMP_ADDR_STEP COMP_ADDR_STEP_1 Address increment/decrement by 1 0x0*
between two reads
COMP_ADDR_STEP_2 Address increment/decrement by 2 0x1
between two reads
COMP_ADDR_DIR COMP_ADDR_DOWN FLASH_COPIER address count-down 0x0
COMP_ADDR_UP FLASH_COPIER address count-up 0x1*
COMP_MODE COMP_MODE_CONSTANT FLASH_DATA[1:0] compare with 0x0*
eFlash DOUT
COMP_MODE_CHBK Odd address compare with 0x1
FLASH_DATA[1:0], even address
compare with inverse
FLASH_DATA[1:0]
COPY_DEST COPY_TO_MEM Copy flash to memory 0x0*
COPY_TO_CRC Copy flash to CRC 0x1
COPY_MODE COPY_TO_32BIT Copy flash to 32-bit memory 0x0*
COPY_TO_40BIT Copy flash to 40-bit memory 0x1
MODE COPY_MODE Flash copier mode 0x0*
COMPARATOR_MODE Flash comparator mode 0x1

7.6.13 FLASH_COPY_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 ERROR Error status
2 STOP Stop the transfer
1 START Start the transfer
0 BUSY Busy status

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ERROR COPY_NO_ERROR No write / comparison error 0x0*
COPY_ERROR Write or comparison error 0x1
STOP COPY_STOP Stop the current transfer 0x1
START COPY_START Start the current transfer 0x1
BUSY COPY_IDLE Flash copier is idle 0x0*
COPY_BUSY Flash copier is busy 0x1

7.6.14 FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:0 COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR Source address pointer

www.onsemi.com
129
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.6.15 FLASH_COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:2 COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR Destination address pointer

7.6.16 FLASH_COPY_WORD_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

16:0 COPY_WORD_CNT Number of words to copy / compare

7.6.17 FLASH_ECC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:8 ECC_COR_CNT_INT_THRESHOLD Select the number of corrected errors before sending an Arm Cortex-M3 core
interrupt
3 COPIER_ECC_CTRL
2 CMD_ECC_CTRL
0 IDBUS_ECC_CTRL Select the operating mode of the flash ECC

Hex
Field Name Value Symbol Value Description
Value
ECC_COR_CNT_INT_THRESHOLD FLASH_ECC_COR_INT_THRESHOLD_DISABLED Interrupt is disabled 0x0
FLASH_ECC_COR_INT_THRESHOLD_1 Send a Arm Cortex-M3 core 0x1*
interrupt when one or more
correctable errors are
detected.
FLASH_ECC_COR_INT_THRESHOLD_255 Send a Arm Cortex-M3 core 0xFF
interrupt when 255 or more
correctable errors are
detected.
COPIER_ECC_CTRL FLASH_COPIER_ECC_DISABLE Disables ECC when reading 0x0
flash through flash copier
FLASH_COPIER_ECC_ENABLE Enables ECC when reading 0x1*
flash through flash copier
CMD_ECC_CTRL FLASH_CMD_ECC_DISABLE Disables ECC when reading 0x0
flash through flash mapped
register
FLASH_CMD_ECC_ENABLE Enables ECC when reading 0x1*
flash through flash mapped
register
IDBUS_ECC_CTRL FLASH_IDBUS_ECC_DISABLE Disables ECC when reading 0x0
flash through I-Bus and
D-Bus
FLASH_IDBUS_ECC_ENABLE Enables ECC when reading 0x1*
flash through I-Bus and
D-Bus

www.onsemi.com
130
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

7.6.18 FLASH_ECC_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR Reset the flash corrected errors counter
5 ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR Reset the flash uncorrected errors counter
4 ECC_ERROR_ADDR_CLEAR Reset the flash address of the last detected error
1 ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_STATUS FLASH_ECC_ERROR_COR_CNT status
0 ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_STATUS FLASH_ECC_ERROR_UNCOR_CNT status

Hex
Field Name Value Symbol Value Description
Value
ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR Reset the flash corrected errors 0x1
counter
ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR Reset the flash uncorrected errors 0x1
counter
ECC_ERROR_ADDR_CLEAR FLASH_ECC_ERROR_ADDR_CLEAR Reset the flash address of the latest 0x1
detected error
ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_STATUS FLASH_ECC_NO_CORRECTED_ERROR Indicates 0x0*
FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT is
zero
FLASH_ECC_CORRECTED_ERROR Indicates 0x1
FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT is
not zero
ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_STATUS FLASH_ECC_NO_UNCORRECTED_ERROR Indicates 0x0*
FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT
is zero
FLASH_ECC_UNCORRECTED_ERROR Indicates 0x1
FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT
is not zero

7.6.19 FLASH_ECC_ERROR_ADDR

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:2 ECC_ERROR_ADDR Store the flash address of the latest flash ECC error

7.6.20 FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT Flash ECC uncorrected error counter

7.6.21 FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT Flash ECC corrected error counter

www.onsemi.com
131
 CHAPTER 8

8. RF Front-End
8.1 OVERVIEW

The RF front-end (RFFE) transceiver is an ultra low-power 2.4 GHz radio, handling data rates up to 2 Mbps. It
supports several wireless protocols such as Bluetooth low energy technology, custom, or proprietary protocols. The RF
front-end communicates with:

• The Arm Cortex-M3 processor and the DMA, through a dedicated APB bridge that accesses the RF front-end
internal configuration registers (refer to Appendix A, “Control and Configuration Registers” on page 415).
The Arm Cortex-M3 processor always has priority over the DMA. A read operation inserts two wait states,
and additional wait states are inserted when an SPI operation is active. A write operation inserts two or more
wait states, and additional wait states are inserted when an SPI operation is active.
• The Arm Cortex-M3 processor uses a simple baseband to provide packet handling, data transfers (supported
by interrupts and GPIOs as proprietary debug resources).
• The baseband controller communicates through the internal SPI interface and dedicated CLK and DATA
signals. All these signals are multiplexed through the DIO block, as shown in Figure 34 on page 348.

An RF front-end arbiter deals with simultaneous accesses between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the DMA, and
the internal SPI (baseband controller), with priority given to the SPI interface. The RF is powered by the VDDRF and
VDDM regulators. Once these are enabled, the registers described in this chapter control the power, access, and
interrupts.

Within the RFFE system block, as seen in Figure 11 on page 133, the analog components consists of the:

• Integrated inductors
• 48 MHz crystal oscillator and PLL
• Full Tx and Rx chains including:
• On chip matching
• Frequency synthesis
• Power amplifier (PA) for Tx
• Low-noise amplifier (LNA) for receiving with phase
• Signal strength (received signal strength indication or RSSO) components for Rx

www.onsemi.com
132
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Figure 11. RFFE Block Diagram

The RF front-end implements a full transceiver, with the following digital features:

• FSK modem with programmable pulse shape and modulation index

• Data-rate programmable from 3 Mbps to 62.5 kbps (4 Mbps with 4-FSK)
• Packet handling (refer to Section 8.3, “Packet Handling” on page 136)
• Automatic preamble and sync word insertion
• Automatic packet length handler
• Basic address check
• Automatic CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) calculation and verification with a programmable CRC
polynomial
• Multi-frame support
• 128 byte Tx FIFO, 128 byte Rx FIFO

• Encoding (refer to Section 8.4, “Modulator and Radio Configuration” on page 141)
• IEEE 802.15.4 chip encoding and decoding
• Manchester encoding
• Data whitening

Combined with the 2 Mbps analog front end, the RFFE chip is capable of addressing Bluetooth low energy
technology and custom or proprietary protocols.

In order to modify the RF power and access configurations, the SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG (refer to Section 8.1.2,
“SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG”) and SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG (refer to Section 8.1.3,
“SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG”) registers respectively are used. By enabling the RF_POWER bit in
SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG, the VDDM is connected to the RF block. To remove the RF block isolation, enable the
RF_ACCESS bit in SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG.

8.1.1 RF Front-End Registers

The registers configuring the RF front-end are accessed internally, directly by the analog Bluetooth baseband or
through an SPI bus tied to the peripheral bus, with the internal RFFE SPI interface having priority over the SPI bus tied

www.onsemi.com
133
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

to the APB interface. For this reason, registers are grouped into their byte accesses only. In many instances where the
grouped registers do not share a common use case, the registers are considered unnamed, and are only given a number.
For these registers, this chapter uses the ungrouped register names.

IMPORTANT: The RF front-end registers support read-only bit-band access. Any register bit that normally has
read-write access only has read access defined when used in a bit-band configuration, as bit-band write access
requires a read-modify-write that is not supported by the SPI bus tied to the APB interface.

For example, register RF_REG00 is an unnamed register that groups together the MODE, MODE2, FOURFSK_CODING,
and DATAWHITE_BTLE registers, and an explicit description of RF_REG00 is not included (whereas descriptions of the
four grouped registers are).

Many of the RF front-end registers are supported by two distinct register banks to allow efficient switching
between register configurations needed to change the modulation parameters during run time. The banked registers are
marked in Section 8.5, “RF Front-End Registers” on page 160. Bank selection is controlled using the BANK bit-field
from the BANK register (RF_REG05).

NOTE: Register bank 0 is typically used by the Bluetooth baseband for 1 Mbps configurations, and
register bank 1 is typically used for 2 Mbps configurations.

8.1.2 SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG RF Power Configuration 0x40000050

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 RF_POWER RF power configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RF_POWER RF_POWER_DISABLE RF power disabled 0x0*
RF_POWER_ENABLE RF power enabled 0x1

8.1.3 SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG

Register Name Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG RF Access Configuration 0x40000054

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 RF_IRQ_ACCESS RF IRQ access configuration
0 RF_ACCESS RF access configuration

www.onsemi.com
134
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RF_IRQ_ACCESS RF_IRQ_ACCESS_DISABLE RF IRQ access disabled 0x0*
RF_IRQ_ACCESS_ENABLE RF IRQ access enabled 0x1
RF_ACCESS RF_ACCESS_DISABLE RF access disabled 0x0*
RF_ACCESS_ENABLE RF access enabled 0x1

8.2 SYSTEM INTEGRATION

The RFFE implements the physical layer requirements of Bluetooth low energy technology, as accessed through
the Bluetooth baseband hardware (see Chapter 9, “Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband” on page 202). It can also be used
for a variety of standard (e.g., 802.15.4-based) protocols, proprietary protocols, and user- or onsemi-defined custom
protocols.

IMPORTANT: When controlled by the Bluetooth baseband hardware, the RF front end is configured during
BLE initialization, setting the contents of all registers in both register banks (with the exception of the PA_PWR
register). If a non-standard configuration is required for a use case that also uses the Bluetooth baseband, any
register updates must be applied after initialization of the Bluetooth baseband.

The RF_REG00 MODE and MODE2 sub-registers and configuration options effectively define how the RFFE
functions. (refer to Section 8.5.1, “RF_REG00” for full register details.)

NOTE: There are restrictions on writing to registers (i.e., no bit-band access, access to internal bus, etc.).

The following are the various configurations for MODE and MODE2 operations:

• MODE_MODE: select the working mode of the digital baseband.

• 00: the digital baseband is off (no clock).
• 01: the clock is generated but the blocks are reset (Tx, Rx, FIFOs and finite state machine (FSM)).
• 10: the digital baseband is frozen.
• 11: working

• MODE
• MODE_TX_NRX: if set to 1, uses Tx, otherwise Rx.
• MODE_EN_SERIALIZER: if set to 1, enables the serializer.
• MODE_EN_DESERIALIZER: if set to 1, enables the deserializer.
• MODE_EN_FSM: if set to 1, enables the radio FSM.
• MODE_NOT_TO_IDLE: in FSM Mode, if set to 1, indicates to the FSM to go into Suspend Mode after a Tx
or Rx packet.

• MODE 2
• MODE2_TESTMODE: set the output Test Mode.
• MODE2_PSK_NFSK: if set to 1, the PSK Mode is selected, FSK otherwise.
• MODE2_DIFF_CODING: if set to 1, enables the differential coding/decoding.

www.onsemi.com
135
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.2.1 48 MHz Crystal Oscillator

The RF_XTAL_CTRL register allows modifications to the crystal timing trim settings (from 43 to 341 s), to bypass
control algorithms, and provides configuration used to vary power consumption and control the oscillator.

IMPORTANT: When using the Bluetooth baseband or Bluetooth stack library, the default configuration of the
48 MHz crystal is required. For other configurations, the default configuration options for this register are
recommended.

Additionally, the ANALOG_INFO_CLK register provides status information for the RFFE analog components,
indicating when the various components of the oscillator are ready and providing information regarding the RF
sub-band comparator outputs

For more information on integration and use of this clock by the rest of the system, see Section 6.2.2, “48 MHz
Crystal Oscillator” on page 75.

IMPORTANT: 48 MHz crystal oscillator cannot be enabled unless the RFFE is powered and accessible.

NOTE: A delay of 1.3 s is enforced at startup prior to any RF related block being accessible after
enable.

The 48 MHz crystal oscillator can be trimmed by changing the PLL_CTRL_XTAL_TRIM bit-field from the
PLL_CTRL register. This trim bit field is divided into 5 MSBs that provide coarse trimming, and 3 LSBs for fine
trimming.

If the XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS bit in the XTAL_CTRL register is cleared, the crystal is automatically trimmed to 48
MHz using an iterative algorithm, with the trimming rate configured using the XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CKDIV bit-field
(larger divisors provide longer clock trimming periods for more averaging). If the XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS bit in the
XTAL_CTRL register is set, the value set to the PLL_CTRL_XTAL_TRIM bit-field is used directly.

8.3 PACKET HANDLING

The digital Tx and Rx contain a full packet handler. It has various features, including:

• Automatic preamble and pattern insertion

• Pattern detection
• Fixed and variable packet length with various tunings
• Automatic address insertion and checking
• Automatic full custom CRC insertion and checking
• Support for Multi-Frame Mode (preamble – pattern – data – CRC – data – CRC)

The RFFE has an internal SPI and 10 GPIOs; for more information see Section 11.9, “Support Interfaces” on
page 347.

The RFFE has a number of GPIOs that can be configured to assist in monitoring IRQs and other signals while
debugging protocol implementations that use the RFFE. The configuration of the GPIOs is specified by the
PAD_CONF_*_PAD_*_CONF bit-fields from the PAD_CONF_1 to PAD_CONF_5 registers. The values of these fields are
associated with the following functions, as shown in Table 10:

www.onsemi.com
136
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 10. Functions Associated with Register Values Configuring the GPIO

Value Direction Description

0000 In Off. The GPIO is configured as an input, but the input value is not used.
0001 Out IRQ_TX
0010 Out IRQ_RXSTOP
0011 Out IRQ_RECEIVED
0100 Out IRQ_SYNC
0101 Out IRQ_TXFIFO
0110 Out IRQ_RXFIFO
0111 In Tx start. The GPIO is configured as an input.
A rising edge on this input notifies the FSM of a Tx start.
1000 Out Rx data
1001 Out Rx recovered data
1010 Out Tx data
1011 Out Tx clock
1100 Out Digital clock

The RFFE chip has six IRQs that can be used to increase the usability of the chip. These are defined below:

RF_TX_IRQ
Interrupt is raised at the end of a packet transmission.
The IRQ is cleared by reading the IRQ_STATUS register.

RF_RXSTOP_IRQ
Interrupt is raised when the FSM stops the Rx Mode, independently of whether a packet has
been received or not.
The IRQ is cleared by reading the IRQ_STATUS or the DESER_STATUS register.

RF_IRQ_RECEIVED_IRQ
Interrupt is raised when a packet is received and stored in the FIFO.
The IRQ is cleared by reading the IRQ_STATUS or the DESER_STATUS register.

RF_SYNC_IRQ
Interrupt is raised when the sync word is detected in Rx Mode.
The IRQ is cleared by reading the IRQ_STATUS or the DESER_STATUS register.

RF_TXFIFO_IRQ
Interrupt is raised when the TXFIFO_NEAR_UNDERFLOW is high.
Since the IRQ is tied to the “near underflow” flag of the FIFO, it can be cleared by filling the
FIFO with enough data.

RF_RXFIFO_IRQ
Interrupt is raised when the RXFIFO_NEAR_OVERFLOW is high.
Since the IRQ is tied to the “near overflow” flag of the FIFO, it can be cleared by emptying the
FIFO.

www.onsemi.com
137
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The IRQs can be activated by the IRQS_MASK field of the IRQ_CONF register. For example, the RF_RXSTOP_IRQn
can be activated by setting bit field IRQS_MASK to 1. By default, the IRQs are active high, but this behavior can be
switched by writing 1 to the IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW field of the IRQ_CONF register. The pad can also be configured to be in
HIZ state when the IRQ is not active, by setting the IRQ_CONF_IRQ_HIGH_Z field of the same register to 1.

8.3.1 Packet Format

The packet handler supports several packet formats. Some of the possible packet formats are shown in Figure 12.

en_packet_len_fix=1
Preamble Sync word
Message en_address=0
0 to 256 8, 16 or 32
up to 255 bytes en_crc=0
bytes bits

en_packet_len_fix=0
Preamble Sync word
Length Message en_address=0
0 to 256 8, 16 or 32
byte up to 255 bytes en_crc=0
bytes bits

en_packet_len_fix=0
Preamble Sync word packet_len_pos=0
0 to 256 8, 16 or 32 Length Message CRC
en_address=0
bytes bits byte up to 255 bytes 1−32 bits
en_crc=1

en_packet_len_fix=0
Preamble Sync word packet_len_pos=0
0 to 256 8, 16 or 32 Length Address Message CRC
en_address=1
bytes bits byte byte up to 255 bytes 1−32 bits
en_crc=1

en_packet_len_fix=0
Preamble Sync word packet_len_pos=1
0 to 256 8, 16 or 32 Protocol Length Address Message CRC
en_address=1
bytes bits ID byte byte up to 255 bytes 1−32 bits
en_crc=1

Figure 12. Various packet formats supported by the serializer. The bytes in blue can be inserted automatically.

8.3.1.1 Preamble
The preamble can be added automatically to the data, even if the packet structure is handled completely by the
micro-controller. This feature can be turned on by simply setting the EN_PREAMBLE field of the PACKET_HANDLING
register to 1. The length of the preamble in bytes is found in the PREAMBLE_LEN field of the PREAMBLE_LENGTH
register increased by 1, and the preamble itself is located in the PREAMBLE register.

8.3.1.2 Pattern
The pattern (or synchronization word) is introduced automatically if the preamble is present. The length of the
pattern is contained in the PATTERN_WORD_LEN field of the PACKET_EXTRA register. The pattern itself is found in the
PATTERN registers. In the case of 8 or 16 bits, it is always the LSBs that are used. Pattern detection is enabled by setting
the EN_PATTERN bit of the PACKET_HANDLING register. Pattern detection can accept some errors: this is useful with
very short preambles, since the clock recovery is not yet complete. The maximum number of errors accepted in pattern
recognition is located in the PATTERN_MAX_ERR field of the PACKET_EXTRA register.

8.3.1.3 Packet Length

If the EN_PACKET field of the PACKET_HANDLING register is set to 1, the packet structure is used, and so the
serializer needs to know the length of the packet. This can be either fixed or variable. If the fixed format is chosen, the
EN_PACKET_LEN_FIX field of the PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS register must be set to 1. In such a case, the length of the
packet is found in the PACKET_LEN bit of the PACKET_LENGTH register. In the case of a variable packet length, this is
normally specified as one of the first bytes of the packet. The PACKET_LEN_POS field of the PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS

www.onsemi.com
138
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

register specifies the position of this byte. If it is set to 0, this means that the first byte of the serializer contains the
packet length; if it is set to 1, the second bite contains the packet length; and so on.

The packet length can be specified in several ways: for instance, it can take into account the CRC, or the packet
length itself. The PACKET_LEN_CORR of the previous register contains the correction to apply to the packet length byte.
The packet handler always considers the length of the packet, from the first byte after the packet length byte, until the
last byte before the CRC. This field corrects the packet length. For example, if a standard protocol, such as Bluetooth
low energy technology, considers that the CRC is taken into account in the packet length, a packet length of 5 means
that there are 3 data bytes and 2 CRC bytes. So the PACKET_LEN_CORR has to be set to - 2.

Figure 13 is an example of how the packet length is handled.

Preamble Sync word

0 to 256 8, 16 or 32 Protocol Length Address Byte Byte CRC
bytes bits ID byte byte #1 #2 1−32 bits

packet_len_corr=0
length byte = 3

packet_len_corr=−2
length byte = 5

packet_len_corr=−2
length byte = 5

packet_len_corr=−4
length byte = 7

Figure 13. Examples of Packet Length Definition and the Associated Correction

In the case of a variable packet length, the PACKET_LENGTH register has another meaning: on the Rx side, this
register can be used to specify the maximum packet length. If a protocol supports only packets with a maximum of 64
bytes, this register can be set to 64. If a received packet has a length greater than 64, a packet length error is generated
by the deserializer.

8.3.1.4 Address
An address can be inserted automatically after the packet length, if the ADDRESS_TX field of the
ADDRESS_CONF_EN register is set to 1. The address is given by the ADDRESS bit of the ADDRESS register. On the Rx
side, if the ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX field is set to 1, an address comparison is made. If the addresses do not
match, an address error is generated by the deserializer. Moreover, a broadcast address can be specified in the
ADDRESS_BR bit of the ADDRESS_BROADCAST register. The Rx broadcast address reception can be enabled by setting
the ADDRESS_RX_BR of the ADDRESS_CONF_EN register to 1; in such a case, the RS accepts the normal address and the
broadcast address during reception. Confirmation of broadcast address reception is found in the IS_ADDRESS_BR field
of the RF_DESER_STATUS register.

The address length can be 8 or 16 bits depending on the value of the ADDRESS_LEN of the ADDRESS_CONF register.

8.3.1.5 Multi-Frame
If the MULTI_FRAME bit of the PACKET_HANDLING_EN register is set to 1, Multi-Frame Mode is enabled. (A frame
is composed of the data and the corresponding CRC.) In this mode, a preamble and a single synchronization word are
followed by multiple frames. As long as the MULTI_FRAME bit is set to 1, Multi-Frame Mode is enabled.

www.onsemi.com
139
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.3.2 CRC

The CRC is a hash function of the data, used to detect errors during transmission. The value of the CRC is added
at the end of the packet. Errors during transmission are detected by a difference between the calculated CRC and the
received one. The CRCs are generally specified by a polynomial.

The digital baseband can calculate the CRC on the fly, and insert it at the end of the packet. The CRC polynomial is
programmable, and it can have a length from 1 to 32 bits. The length of the polynomial is specified by the polynomial
itself. The CRC polynomial is contained in the RF_CRC_POLYNOMIAL register. The polynomial is represented in
Koopman notation: the nth bit specifies the (n+1) order; the order 0 (the 1 at the end of the polynomial) is ignored.
Some examples:

Table 11. CRC-CCITT Algorithm Parameters

CRC Parameter Parameter Value

Order 16
Polynomial x16 + x12 + x5 + 1
Polynomial (hex) 0x1021
Initial Value (hex) 0xFFFF
Final XOR Value (hex) 0x0000

Table 12. CRC16 Algorithm Parameters

CRC Parameter Parameter Value

Order 16
Polynomial x16 + x15 + x2 + 1
Polynomial (hex) 0x8005
Initial Value (hex) 0xFFFF
Final XOR Value (hex) 0x0000

Table 13. Bluetooth CRC24 Algorithm Parameters

CRC Parameter Parameter Value

Order 24
Polynomial x24 + x10 + x9 +x6 + x4 + x3 + x + 1
Polynomial (hex) 0x00065B
Initial Value (hex) 0x555555 or protocol defined
Final XOR Value (hex) 0x000000

This hardware CRC implementation works on the serialized stream, so the bit order depends on the
PACKET_HANDLING_LSB_FIRST value. At the insertion of the CRC, the value of the CRC is simply shifted out.

The start value of the CRC register is contained in the RF_CRC_RST register.

CRC calculation, insertion, and validation are performed automatically if the EN_CRC field of the
PACKET_HANDLING_EN register is set to 1.

www.onsemi.com
140
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The CRC calculation of the packet length value can be controlled through the CRC_ON_PKTLEN field of the same
register. This is useful for the standards in which the CRC is on the MAC layer – for example, the IEEE 802.15.4
standard.

8.3.3 Accessing the FIFOs

The two FIFOs’ data is accessible via the RF_TXFIFO and RF_RXFIFO registers. This access can be achieved in
burst mode without having to manually increment addresses. A write to the RF_TXFIFO register corresponds to a push,
while a read of the RF_RXFIFO register corresponds to a pop. Reading the RF_TXFIFO register is possible, but this
results in no action on the FIFO (no pop implied). Writing to the RF_RXFIFO register is not possible.

8.3.4 FIFO Status

The status of each FIFO can be read in the TXFIFO_STATUS_BIST and RXFIFO_STATUS_BIST registers. There
are indications regarding overflows, underflows, or if the FIFO is empty or full. The NEAR_UNDERFLOW and
NEAR_OVERFLOW fields are controlled by the FIFO_FIFO_THR value of the FIFO register for the Rx, and the
FIFO_THR_TX value of the FIFO2 register of the Tx. Table 14 on page 141 gives the thresholds for the value of
FIFO_FIFO_THR.

Table 14. Available FIFO Thresholds

fifo_thr Near Underflow Threshold Near Overflow Threshold

000 8 120
001 24 104
010 40 88
011 64 72
100 72 64
101 88 40
110 104 24
111 120 8

The FIFOs can be flushed at any time by setting bit 0 of their respective status registers to 1. Alternatively, the
FIFOs can be flushed at the beginning of a reception (Rx case), or at the end of a transmission (Tx case).

During the reception of a message, many events can occur: for instance, a CRC error, or a packet length error. In all
cases, the data must be stored in the FIFO, at least temporarily. If an event occurs, there are two choices: keep the data
in the FIFO and let the external controller examine the content, or simply flush the received data. To avoid a situation in
which the user starts to look at the FIFO’s content before the end of the packet, it is important that the FIFO status is
only updated at the end of the packet.

The Rx FIFO supports the above two choices. The automatic flush is controlled by the
FIFO_FLUSH_ON_ADDR_ERR, FIFO_FLUSH_ON_PL_ERR, FIFO_FLUSH_ON_CRC_ERR, and FIFO_FLUSH_ON_OVFLW
fields of the FIFO register. The RX_FIFO_ACK field of the same register is responsible for choosing the behavior of the
FIFO status. If it is set to 1, the packet has to be received correctly before updating the FIFO status.

8.4 MODULATOR AND RADIO CONFIGURATION

Table 15 contains the supported encoding and decoding options, in order:

www.onsemi.com
141
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 15. Supported Encoding and Decoding Options

Option Description
Data whitening The data can be whitened by setting the EN_DATAWHITE bit of the CODING register. The
whitening sequence is a PN9. Whitening is used to avoid long sequences of 0 or 1.
In the case of the Bluetooth low energy technology standard, the LFSR used is a Galois
LFSR7 with a specific reset status. This particular LFSR can be activated by setting the
DW_BTLE bit of the DATAWHITE_BTLE register; note that the EN_DATAWHITE bit field of
the CODING register also needs to be set. On the same register, the DW_BTLE_RST field
specifies the reset status of the LFSR.
Manchester Manchester encoding is available through the EN_MANCHESTER bit of the CODING register.
The code is the same as that used in the IEEE 802.3 standard: a 1 is coded by a rising edge
(01) and a 0 is coded by a falling edge (10).
NOTE: This can be inverted by using the BIT_INVERT configuration.
IEEE 802.15.4 Bit to Chip The IEEE 802.15.4 standard specifies a conversion from a sequence of 4 bits to a transmitted
sequence of 32 chips. This conversion can be activated by setting the EN_802154_B2C bit
of the CODING register to 1.
NOTE: On the Rx side when this bit is set, the chip sequence synchronization
is made on sequences of 0000: this is mainly due to the fact that on the
IEEE 802.15.4 standard, the preamble is composed by this sequence.
However, pattern recognition is working transparently. For further
information, see the IEEE Computer Society publication Part 15.4 of
Wireless Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
Specifications for Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks
(WPANs).
Linear to Frequency The IEEE 802.15.4 standard specifies an O-QPSK modulation. This can be considered linear,
since the In phase and Quadrature phases are encoded directly. However, on the RFFE chip,
there is a direct modulation, meaning that the frequency is encoded directly. To maintain the
linear code and to be able to modulate in the frequency domain, a linear to frequency coding is
available, and can be activated by setting the EN_802154_L2F bit of the CODING register
to 1.
NOTE: On the Rx side, a phase ambiguity can arise: to get rid of it, the Rx
correlators work on the frequency spreading sequences, and not on the
phase sequences.
Bit Inversion When the bit BIT_INVERT of the CODING register is set to 1, the encoding stream and the
decoding stream are inverted.
Bit Order in Quadrature Modulations The bit order in quadrature modulation (especially O-QPSK) can be determined by the
EVEN_BEFORE_ODD, OFFSET, and I_NQ_DELAYED bits of the CODING modulation.
Differential Encoding This can be activated by setting the DIFF_CODING of the MODE2 register. This encoding is
not available for every coding option. However, on the Rx side, every coding option (especially
the 2 bits/symbol modulation) is available.

8.4.1 Radio Configuration

8.4.1.1 Data Rate

The symbol rate is specified indirectly through the _DR_M_ field of the MOD_INFO register. The _DR_M_ field
specifies the oversampling ratio frequency, but since the oversampling is fixed to 8, it also specifies the symbol rate. It
can be calculated using the following equation, where fsys is the system frequency – that is, 16 MHz or 24 MHz.:

f sys
dr_m = ----------- – 1
8DR

www.onsemi.com
142
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.1.1.1 Fractional Data Rate

To increase the number of possible data rates, it is possible to have a fractional data rate, which is a data-rate that is
a fraction of the actual data rate. The effective data rate is given by the following equation, where N and D are the
numerator and denominator specified in the TX_FRAC_CONF and RX_FRAC_CONF registers.:

N
dr_eff = ---- dr_m
D

The fractional data rate is achieved through interpolation.

In Tx, this interpolation adds a gain on the signal, meaning that the modulation index changes. The amplitude is
multiplied by the following, where the TX_FRAC_GAIN bit is specified in the register FRAC_CONF:

D
G = ------------------------------------------
3 + tx_frac_gain
2

So if D = 10 and TX_FRAC_GAIN is 0, the gain is equal to 10/8 = 1.25.

For the Rx, there is also an amplitude gain due to the fractional data rate. The gain is given by the same calculation
as is used in Tx. Since the fractional data-rate block is located at the input of the demodulator, this has to be taken into
account when calculating the amplitude of the signal at the output of the matched filter (see Section 8.4.3.4, “Matched
Filtering” on page 154).

8.4.1.2 Central Frequency

The central frequency can be calculated using the following equation, where fRF is the central RF frequency, and
frefTx is the reference frequency – that is, frefTx = 144 MHz:

19  21 
f RF  2
center_frequency = ------------------------------------
f refTx

The RFFE chip has the option of having two different clock references, depending on the operational mode: Tx or
Rx. The Tx reference clock is five times larger than the Rx clock. So to have the same frequency in Rx and Tx, the
digital central frequency needs to be changed. However, the digital block has the capability of switching automatically
between the Tx value and the Rx value. To switch this feature on, the ADAPT_CFREQ bit of the CENTER_FREQ register
must be set to 1.

NOTE: The meaning of the CENTER_FREQUENCY field changes if automatic adaptation is turned on.
When it is set to 0, its meaning is that specified in the previous equation.

If it is set to 1, it is specified in the following formula, where fRF is the RF frequency, and frefTx is the reference
frequency in Tx Mode:

21
f RF  2
center_frequency = -------------------------
f refTx

The corresponding frequencies are obtained by dividing the value by 4 for the Tx Mode, and by adding this value to
the same value divided by 4 in Rx Mode.

www.onsemi.com
143
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.1.3 Channels
In the RFFE it is possible to work with channels.This means that only a base frequency and the channel spacing
need to be specified; then the user needs only to specify the channel wanted. The advantage of this is that channel
specification requires only one register access, while the central frequency specification requires four register accesses.

This function is activated by setting the EN_CHANNEL_SEL bit of the CHANNELS_2 register to 1. The channel
spacing is specified in the CHANNEL_SPACING field of the CHANNELS_1 register. The value in this field is given by the
following formula, where fsp is the channel spacing:

25
f SP  2
CHANNEL_SPACING = ------------------------
f refTx

If channel 4 is wanted (that means 4 × fsp from the central frequency), the value 0x4 must be written to the
CHANNEL register.

8.4.1.4 On/Off Timing

Each analog block can take a certain amount of time to switch on. Therefore, the transitional states need to be
maintained for the right amount of time, to avoid—for example—sending a message when the PLL is not yet stabilized.
The time needed by each category of blocks can be specified in the TIMINGS_1 to TIMINGS_5 registers. The timings of
the categories are specified by an integer value. The corresponding time is given by this value increased by 1, multiplied
by the time granularity. This is specified by the T_GRANULARITY_TX(3:0) and T_GRANULARITY_RX(3:0) fields of
the TIMINGS_1 register. The time granularity is given by:

T_GRANULARITY_TX – 2
T_GRAN_TX = 2

T_GRANULARITY_RX – 2
T_GRAN_RX = 2

Therefore, the timings can range from 0.25 s to 262.1 ms, a range of sufficient size for the purpose.

8.4.1.4.1 Tx On/Off Timing

The timing from the idle state to Tx On is calculated in this way:

(max (T_PLL_TX + TX_SUBBAND, T_DLL + TX_SUBBAND, T_TX_RF) + 1) * T_GRAN_TX

Here is an example: a system is configured with the following values:

• T_GRANULARITY_TX = 2
• T_SUBBAND_TX = 4
• T_TX_RF = 0
• T_DLL = 4
• T_PLL_TX = 2

If the FSM is activated with the Activate Tx Only command, which means without performing subband selection,
then during the startup sequence of the Tx, the FSM timer is set to 4; this is the maximum value between T_TX_RF,
T_PLL_TX, and T_DLL, meaning Tx will be activated after 5 s.

www.onsemi.com
144
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

If subband selection is performed during the activation, the T_PLL_TX and T_DLL values are increased by the value
of T_SUBBAND_TX. As result, the internal timer starts with a value of 8, which is the maximum value between
T_PLL_TX + T_SUBBAND_TX, T_DLL + T_SUBBAND_TX, and T_TX_RF.

Tx Off time is equivalent to Tx ramp-down from the instant that the FSM state is set to idle.

8.4.1.4.2 Rx On/Off Timing

The timing from the idle state to Rx On is calculated in this way:

(max (T_PLL_RX + RX_SUBBAND, T_RX_RF, T_RX_BB) + 1) * T_GRAN_RX

The granularity is 4 s and in this case the maximum value is 4, so the internal timer is set to 4.

NOTE: Since the granularity of the counter is 4 s, this whole sequence takes 20 s.

NOTE: This is only the power-up sequence for the Rx; if the required data is at the antenna at the exact
moment of the rising edge of the digital enable signal, the data is only made available after the
Rx processing delay. If subband selection is activated, the behavior is similar to the Tx case; the
subband time is added to the PLL power-up time only.

Rx Off time happens immediately when the FSM state changes to idle.

8.4.1.4.3 Power Amplifier (PA) Power-Up

To reduce the spectral regrowth of the PA during power-up, a ramp-up and a ramp-down can be activated. The
ramp-up works on the power back-off of the PA. The PA ramp-up is activated by setting the EN_PA_RAMPUP bit of the
PA_RAMPUP register to 1. The ramp-down is activated by setting the EN_PA_RAMPDOWN bit of the same register to 0.
Note that the ramp-down only works if the ramp-up is activated. The ramp-up does not start with the activation of the
PA. If the ramp-up is enabled, the PA back-off is set to the minimum as soon as the activation command reaches the PA.
Then a variable counter controlled by DEL_PA_RAMPUP(2:0) waits for the PA to be on. The values of the delay are:

• 0b000: 0.25 s
• 0b001: 0.31 s
• 0b010: 0.5 s
• 0b011: 0.81 s
• 0b100: 1.5 s
• 0b101: 2.1 s
• 0b110: 2.8 s
• 0b111: 4.1 s

The steepness of the ramp-up is controlled by the TAU_PA_RAMPUP(1:0) parameter. The ramp-up duration
depends on the final value of the PA back-off (in the PA_CONF register). In the case of the maximum final value of the
PA back off and starting from step 0, the conversion table is as follows:

• 0b00: 6.0 s
• 0b01: 3.0 s
• 0b10: 2.0 s
• 0b11: 1.5 s

The PA ramp-down takes exactly the same amount of time.

www.onsemi.com
145
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

For Bluetooth Low Energy configuration, subband selection is used in Tx but not in Rx. Tx On time takes 30 s
and Rx On time takes 4 s. Tx ramp-up and ramp-down times are equal to 2 s for maximum PA final value.

8.4.2 Tx Specific Configuration

8.4.2.1 Pulse Shape

The pulse shape is specified through the TX_PULSE_SHAPE registers. The pulse shape is composed as follows:

coef_1, coef_2, ... coef_14, coef_15, coef_15, coef_14, ..., coef_2, coef_1

The over-sampling is set to 8; hence, the pulse shape is four symbols long.

If the PULSE_NSYM bit of the MOD_TX register is set to 1, the second half of the pulse shape is inverted.

NOTE: The modulation is obtained by converting both the convolution of the pulse shape and the
data-stream into a series of pulses (not rectangles). In the case of a GFSK modulation, the
specified pulse shape is not the impulse response of an exponential filter, but the convolution of
this response with a rectangle that is 1 symbol long.

8.4.2.2 Modulation Index

The modulation index, h, is specified by the following equation, where f is the frequency deviation from the
central frequency, and DR is the data rate:

2  f
h = ---------------
DR

After the pulse shaper, the data is multiplied by a specified factor M, and then added to the central frequency. If a
series of 1 is assumed, the output of the pulse shape has an output of Q. The modulation index can be rewritten as:

2  M  Q  f refTx
h = -----------------------------------------------
19
DR  2

The factor M is specified through mantissa (man) and exponent (exp), by the formula:

man exp
M =  1 + ---------- 2
16

Here there are two ways of choosing the modulation index:

• Fix the pulse shape and adapt the multiplication factor to achieve the desired modulation index.
• Fix the multiplication factor and adapt the pulse shape.

The second method is not optimal. In fact, it can occur that the exponent part of the multiplicative factor has to be
used. Moreover, there is a loss of granularity if this method is used.

The exponent and the mantissa value can be specified in the TX_MULT register (TX_MULT_EXP and TX_MULT_MAN
fields).

NOTE: If the interpolator is used, the interpolation gain has to be taken into account.

www.onsemi.com
146
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Example: an MSK modulation at 800 kbps.

A rectangular pulse shape is chosen with a value of 120 (coef_0,.., coef_11 = 0, coef_12...coef_15=120). The value
Q is equal to 120: The modulation index for an MSK modulation is 0.5. The multiplicative factor M is:

19
h  DR  2
M = --------------------------------- = 7.282
2Q  f refTx

This value must be split into mantissa and exponent. The exponent is the floor of the log2 of M, which is 2. The
resulting mantissa is 13.

13 2
M  =  1 + ------ 2 = 7.25
 16

In the case of a 4-FSK modulation, the definition of index modulation must be considered to be the same, but this
results in the additional deviations being at +3 and -3 times the nominal deviation. So, for example, if a 2-FSK
configuration is defined for ±250 kHz, it results in the 4FSK version also having ±750 kHz as frequency deviations.

8.4.2.3 Interpolator
At the end of the Tx chain there is an interpolator. Its main purpose is to avoid quantization steps when the Tx is
working with low data rates. In fact, a quantization step can result in a wider spectrum. The interpolator is a simple first
order cascaded integrator-comb (CIC) interpolator. The input clock is the 8x symbol frequency. The output frequency
fout is specified by the ck_tx_m(4:0) of the MOD_TX register. Its definition is:

f in
f out = ------------------------------
ck_tx_m + 1

The interpolator is enabled using the EN_INTERP bit of the same register. If the interpolator is disabled, the output
signal is re-sampled at the fout frequency.

NOTE: It is preferable that the fout frequency is an integer multiple of the fin frequency (8x symbol rate).

8.4.2.4 Power Amplifier (PA) Source

The output power provided by the PA is tunable using the PA_PWR field of the PA_PWR register. The field is
composed of the back-off control (PA_PWR) and a control on the PA common mode. The maximum value of PA_PWR is
12 (or 0xc).

NOTE: The back-off value is also used by the PA ramp-up algorithm. The value at the end of the
ramp-up is the actual value in the register.

The bias current PA backoff bias (IQ_RXTX_1 in register BIAS_0) allows the slope of the back-off curve to be
changed. However, this generates a discontinuity on the curve between maximum output power (PA_PWR=12) and the
first back-off step (PA_PWR=11)

When the bit PA_PWR(4) = 1, additional (but discontinuous) power reduction steps can be configured. Power levels
are -30dBm for -1 (PA_PWR(4:0) = 11111), and -40dBm for -3 (PA_PWR(4:0) = 11101), the step -2 (PA_PWR(4:0) =
11110) being very much dependent on the PA backoff bias (IQ_RXTX_1(3:0)), in the range from -26dto -40dBm.

www.onsemi.com
147
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: The PA_PWR(5) does not affect output power, but lengthens the PA power ramp-up sequence to
provide less a lower transient draw from the supply.

8.4.3 Rx Specific Configuration

8.4.3.1 Channel Filter Configuration

The channel filter is not a digital block, but is digitally configurable, and its configurations might affect the digital
baseband fine tuning. It is a polyphase filter, so its transfer function is not symmetrical; therefore, it rejects the image.
Its central frequency and its bandwidth can be configured with three parameters. Both central frequency and bandwidth
are tunable via the bias of the transconductance (Gm) of the filter. The bias is also tunable: it is generated by a switched
capacitor PTAT, and the frequency of the switched caps can be changed. The frequency is defined by the following
equation, where fsys is the system frequency, and so it is either 16 MHz or 24 MHz, and Kf is the value of the field
DIV_FILT of the register CLK_CH_FILTER:

f sys
f sc = ---------------
1 + Kf

The bias of the filter can be tuned via the IQ_FI_BW and IQ_FI_FC fields of the register FILTER_BIAS.

An approximated configuration of the filter can be made by using the following equations:

f sc
f c = ----------------  238 + 93.6  iq_fi_fc [kHz]
2MHz

f sc
bw = ----------------  178 + 63.5  iq_fi_bw [kHz]
2MHz

For example, in Bluetooth low energy technology, DIV_FILT=7, IQ_FI_FC=8, and IQ_FI_BW=14, so:

16MHz
-------------------
8
f c = -------------------  238 + 93.6  8  = 986.8kHz
2MHz

16MHz
-------------------
8
bw = -------------------  178 + 63.5  14  = 1067kHz
2MHz

8.4.3.2 Phase and RSSI Fractional Decimation

The purpose of the decimation blocks is to change the sampling frequency of the signal from the analog and digital
front end to the demodulation blocks; these work with a constant oversampling ratio, while the front end is fully
configurable.

In the case of an analog baseband, there are some issues regarding the analog baseband blocks. In fact, the
intermodulation frequency needs to be kept high enough to avoid pulling. Moreover, some modulations require a larger
bandwidth of the channel filter: this can be achieved only by increasing the clock frequency of the channel filter and the
phase ADC.

Resampling is realized with a fractional decimator. (It is supposed that the front end sampling frequency is always
higher than the demodulator.) Fractional decimation is realized through an interpolator followed by a decimator.

www.onsemi.com
148
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Interpolator Decimator
fH fOSR

phase in deriv ↑ acc acc ↓ deriv phase out

Figure 14. Simplified Block Diagram of the Resampler Block for the Phase

Note that in Figure 14, acc stands for “accumulator”, and deriv stands for “derivator”. While the RSSI can be
resampled without any major problems, there might be an issue with the phase with this configuration if the signals are
not handled correctly. Since it can have a gain that is not a power of 2, the periodicity of the phase cannot be respected.
Moreover, because of the implicit filtering, there can be errors when the phase rolls over. This is not the case for the first
interpolator, since the first derivation gives the frequency, which has no rollover. The accumulator generates the phase
correctly, since in the accumulator the saturation implicitly recreates a good phase. The chosen solution to this issue is
to consider the signal to be a frequency, then perform a second order CIC decimator, without the second differentiator.
The resulting signal is simply the frequency without a differentiator, and so it is the phase.

There are several parameters that control the phase and RSSI decimation: EN_RESAMPLE_PH,
EN_RESAMPLE_RSSI, and DIV_PHADC from the FRONTEND register; RESAMPLE_RSSI_G1, RESAMPLE_RSSI_G2, and
RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN from the FRONTEND2 register; and RESAMPLE_PH_IF from the RX_IF register.

The incoming signals are clocked at the frequency given by the DIV_PHADC field. At the first stage they are
upsampled at the fsys frequency, giving a gain of DIV_PHADC+1. At the second stage, the gain is given by the ratio
between fsys and the oversampled frequency, and is equal to DR_M+1. These gains have to be compensated for, at least to
avoid overflows.

Since the phase is converted in frequency and the signal is at an IF, a DC value is present that is amplified during
the gain stages. It is interesting to cancel this DC value directly, which can be done using the RESAMPLE_PH_IF field.
The value of this field is given by the following equation, where fIF is the IF frequency, and fR is the frequency at the
input of the decimation block:

16f IF
resample_ph_if = -------------
fR

The phase then has two gain stages, due to the presence of the interpolator and the decimator. The first gain is given
by the ratio between the maximum frequency of the baseband – that is to say, 16MHz or 24MHz – and the phADC
frequency. This gain is equivalent to:

f sys
G 1 = ---------
fR

The second gain stage is due to the presence of the decimator, and is equivalent to the ratio between the maximum
baseband frequency and the oversampled frequency – that is to say, 8x the data rate. This gain is given by:

f sys
G 2 = -------------
f OSR

www.onsemi.com
149
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

These gain are compensated for, through the RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN: this variable is an unsigned word. The gain is
given by:

resample_ph_gain – 7
Gc = 2

On the RSSI side, an additional gain is added after the interpolator. This gain is given by 2 -resample_rssi_g1. A second
gain is placed after the decimator, and its value is given by 2 -resample_rssi_g2.

8.4.3.3 Carrier Recovery

8.4.3.3.1 Rough Carrier Recovery
The rough carrier recovery is a simple algorithm that tries to fix the signal frequency average to 0. In the case of an
FSK, this corresponds to a threshold determination. The time constant of this algorithm is specified in the
TAU_ROUGH_RECOV register. Rough carrier recovery is enabled by setting the EN_ROUGH_RECOV bit of the
CARRIER_RECOVERY register to 1.

In this block, the IF is also canceled. The IF is specified in the IF2_CLK_OS field of the RX_IF register. This field
is given by the following equation,

where fIF is the intermediate frequency and fsym is the symbol rate:

128f IF
if2_clk_os = ----------------
f sym

8.4.3.3.2 Fine Carrier Recovery

The fine carrier recovery algorithm uses the decision made on the stream to estimate the carrier error and to fix it.
In practice, the decision is converted in amplitude and compared to the actual amplitude. The conversion is made
through the FSK_FCR_AMP registers.

In the case of an FSK modulation with 1 bit per symbol, the three values are used to recreate the ISI, so three bits of
the decision output are used: one corresponding to the present state, one for the previous, and one for the next. So the
recreated signal has a value of FSK_FCR_AMP3 in the case of a sequence [1;1;1], FSK_FCR_AMP2 for [1;1;0] or [0;1;1],
and FSK_FCR_AMP1 for [0;1;0]. Respectively, it is -FSK_FCR_AMP3 for [0;0;0], -FSK_FCR_AMP2 for [0;0;1] or [1;0;0],
and -FSK_FCR_AMP1 for [1;0;1].

In the case of a 4-FSK, the mapping is done with the decision values of the I and Q signals. When I and Q are equal
to [0;0] the recreated signal is -FSK_FCR_AMP1. It is FSK_FCR_AMP1 when I and Q are [0;1], - FSK_FCR_AMP3 if I and
Q are [1;0], and finally FSK_FCR_AMP3 with [1;1]. This configuration can be changed by changing the
FOURFSK_CODING register.

If rough carrier recovery is far from being completed, the +f and the – f might be on the same side. Hence, the
decision block only sees a sequence of 0s or 1s. In such a case, the fine carrier recovery works against the correct center
frequency by trying to put the – f to match the +f, which the fine carrier recovery sees as 1s. For this reason, fine
carrier recovery is only applied once the pattern has been detected.

The time constant of the fine carrier recovery block is found in the TAU_PHASE_RECOV register. The block is
enabled by setting the EN_FINE_RECOV bit of the CARRIER_RECOVERY register.

www.onsemi.com
150
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.3.3.3 Carrier Recovery Boundaries

The carrier recovery block can recover the carrier in a specified range. Theoretically the range is expected to be as
wide as possible, but there are some limitations. First of all, when there is no signal at the input, the block tries to
recover a carrier from the noise. Since the noise is usually white noise, the average is generally null; but this is not
always true, especially in the presence of interferers, or noise injected from the digital blocks into the analog path. In
these cases, the carrier recovery diverges, and in the presence of a signal it is not able to recover the carrier in time, if
the preamble is short. For this reason, a boundary for carrier recovery can be specified through the mantissa
FREQ_LIMIT_MAN and exponent FREQ_LIMIT_EXP fields of the CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA register. The boundary
of the carrier recovery is given by the following formula, where m is the mantissa, e the exponent, and fsym the symbol
frequency:

m e
3  1 + ---- 2 f sym
 8
f l = -----------------------------------------
4
2

The mantissa needs to be specified as an unsigned value, while the exponent is signed. The carrier is searched for in
the range:

 f IF – f l :f IF + f l 

In practice, to calculate these values, this set of equations is used:

3Kf sym
f l = --------------------
4
2

m e
K =  1 + ---- 2
8

Example

In the Bluetooth low energy technology standard, the carrier precision is given by ±150 kHz. This means that fl =
150 kHz. The symbol rate in Bluetooth low energy technology is the same as the bit rate, 1 Mbps. So the first equation
is:

6
3 3  K  1  10
150  10 = --------------------------------------
16

K = 0 ,8

Now 0.8 must be expressed with mantissa and exponent.

1 + m e
---- 2 = 0 ,8
 8

It is easy to calculate that the closest values are e = -1 and m = 5: these values give K = 0.8125, and a carrier
recovery range of ±152 kHz. So freq_lim_man(2:0) = 0b101 and freq_lim_exp(2:0) = 0b111 (the prefix 0b means a
binary representation).

www.onsemi.com
151
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.3.3.4 RSSI Detection

The previous algorithms work well on a continuous stream. However, in Packet Mode, when the radio is activated
and there is no signal, the noise at the output of the phADC is not white, and carrier recovery is perturbed. To avoid this
situation, detection is made on the RSSI to estimate the packet’s arrival. RSSI detection can be made on the absolute
value of the RSSI, or on the differential value, or both. Differential detection is activated by setting the
RSSI_DET_EN_DIFF bit of the register RSSI_DETECT, while absolute detection is activated using the
RSSI_DET_EN_ABS bit of the same register. The thresholds are specified in the RSSI_DETECT_DIFF_THR and
RSSI_DETECT_ABS_THR registers, respectively. If both absolute and differential are activated, the RSSI is detected if
the differential value is higher than the threshold, and the absolute value is also higher than its respective threshold. The
detection is made on the filtered and corrected RSSI value, so the speed is controlled by the TAU_RSSI_FILTERING
value. If the RSSI filtering is too low, and too much noise is still present on the RSSI value, an additional filtering can
be applied by setting the RSSI_DET_FILT bit of the register DEMOD_CTRL to 1. This additional filtering is equivalent to
a 4-tap FIR with all taps set to 1.

The differential RSSI is not just the simple derivative of the RSSI; because of its structure, it might miss some
ramp-up. The differential RSSI is the output of an FIR with the following transfer function, where  is equal to 1, 2, 4,
or 6, depending on the value of RSSI_DET_DIFF_LL of the RSSI_DETECT register:

–
Hz  z  = 1 – z

The RSSI detection is fed to a state machine that controls the status of the carrier recovery and other blocks. The
detection can be sent directly or can be delayed: the delay is controlled by the RSSI_DET_WAIT field of the
RSSI_DETECT register. The delays are:

0b00 no delay

0b01 2 symbol delay

0b10 4 symbol delay

0b11 8 symbol delay

As soon as the state machine receives the RSSI detection, a series of tasks can be launched.

Reset and Slow-down

Once the RSSI ramp is detected, the carrier recovery algorithm is reset, and the Starter Mode is
set to 0 – that is to say, carrier recovery slows down. The slow-down lasts for the time necessary
to get the sync word read on the delayed path, and is calculated automatically (with some
margin).

Carrier Offset Estimation

This is always performed; the only way to block it is to disable RSSI detection. Carrier offset
estimation is carried out by accumulating the actual frequency for a variable number of samples.
The number of samples is chosen using the RSSI_DET_CR_LEN field of the RSSI_DETECT
register. The available values are:

• 0b00: 32 samples -> 4 symbols

• 0b01: 64 samples -> 8 symbols
• 0b10: 128 samples -> 16 symbols
• 0b11: 256 samples -> 32 symbols

www.onsemi.com
152
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

This system is supposed to work with an 8-bit preamble, so the first two cases correspond to half
of, and the entirety of, the preamble, respectively. The other two cases will average on the sync
word too; in order to get rid of a biased sync word, sync word bias compensation should be
switched on.

Sync Word Bias Compensation

After the RSSI ramp is detected, the state machine will consider 8 bits of preamble, followed by
the sync word. The sync word typically has an average of 0. However, since the sync word can
be chosen arbitrarily, there may be a bias on the average. In order to compensate for this bias,
the state machine will correct the carrier estimation by reading the content of the
RF_SYNC_PATTERN register; this clearly only applies to estimations of 16 symbols or 32
symbols. Sync word bias compensation can be activated by setting the EN_SYNC_WORD_CORR
bit of the SYNC_WORD_CORR register to 1. The amplitude of the compensation is controlled by
the SYNC_WORD_BIAS field and essentially depends on the modulation index. For a modulation
index of 0.5, the value 0x4 should be applied.

Early Fine Recovery

Normally, fine recovery is only activated after sync word detection. If the RSSI ramp is detected
and carrier recovery is estimated correctly, fine recovery can be turned on earlier. In order to do
so, the EARLY_FINE_RECOV bit of the DEMOD_CTRL register is set to 1.

Enable Pre-Sync Word Detection

The sync word is normally detected only on the delayed path. However, there may be an
opportunity to detect the sync word, or at least the end part of it, on the non-delayed path as
well. If this is the case, the sync word detection on the delayed path should arrive with a
deterministic delay, so the state machine will know precisely how long it has to slow down the
system. This functionality is activated by setting the EN_PRE_SYNC bit of the DEMOD_CTRL
register to 1.

Enable Min-Max Detection

An offset is always possible, especially if the transmitter is not sending the central frequency but
a 0 or a 1 before the preamble, and if the preamble comes a long time after the PA ramp-up. In
such a case, the carrier estimation may be biased. However, an alternative algorithm can be
used: it looks at the output of the matched filter for the minimum and maximum values, and sets
the threshold at the middle. If this functionality is enabled, the search for the min and max is
performed only between the 10th and 42nd symbol after the RSSI detection (in Bluetooth low
energy technology, it is from the 3rd and the last bit of the synchronization word). This block
should not be activated if the carrier estimation is longer than eight symbols; otherwise it will
give a false value, since the early estimation is made on data not yet corrected. The functionality
is activated by the EN_MIN_MAX_MF bit of the DEMOD_CTRL register being set to 1.

Fast Clock Recovery

On the 4-FSK modulation, clock recovery is critical because the horizontal eye is quite close. In
order to have a clock recovery that performs well, the time constant needs to be increased to
filter the excessive noise on the zero crossings. However, during the preamble, the eye is not
close at all because there is no inter-symbol interference. The idea is to have a short period
during the preamble, in which clock recovery is sped up to get the correct phase quickly. This
functionality is activated by setting the EN_FAST_CLK_RECOV of the register DEMOD_CTRL to 1.

www.onsemi.com
153
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.3.3.5 Delay Line Synchronization

For some particular protocols, including Bluetooth low energy technology, there is an additional synchronization
mechanism that works well for carrier recovery. This mechanism uses the delay line to look at the synchronization
word. When a flaw is found, the mechanism is able to evaluate the frequency offset of the carrier recovery.

NOTE: This mode only works with 32-bit sync words and LSB first. It is enabled by setting the
EN_DELLINE_SYNC_DET bit of the register DEMOD_CTRL to 1.

When this mode is activated, it is recommended that the sync word correction bias be activated by setting the
EN_SYNC_WORD_CORR to 1. The SYNC_WORD_BIAS field of the same register also must be set. As a rule of thumb, it
needs to be fixed at ~12 × h, where h is the modulation index. The internal correlator will look for a peak. The precision
of this peak search can be controlled by MAX_ERR_IN_DL_SYNC. In practice, it defines the maximum number of errors
in the sync word, from 0 to 3.

The correction for carrier recovery will be available only after the entire sync word has entered the delay line. This
correction needs to be applied to the sync word in order to provide the decision block with a good input. Because of this,
the delay line needs to be set to a delay greater than 32 symbols.

There is an additional mode that can be used. The delay line is capable of detecting the sync word, so in theory the
sync detection in the deserializer is no longer needed. Moreover, the correlation peak also gives information regarding
the optimal sampling position of the sync word: it is in the middle of the peak. This information can be used to trigger
clock recovery. So the sync word detection in the delay line can be used to trigger correct packet reception. To enable
this functionality, the EN_SYNC_OK_DELAY_LINE bit of the register CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA must be set to 1. In
this case, non-causal processing needs to be disabled. This mode gives the minimum delay on packet reception. Note
that this mode has been tested only for Bluetooth low energy technology-type modulation.

8.4.3.4 Matched Filtering

The matched filter is used in order to filter the signal by maximizing the SNR value. This block is also responsible
for choosing the right data representation (phase or frequency). There are actually two FIRs present in the digital
baseband: in the case of a PSK modulation they are both used for I and Q signals, while in the case of an FSK
modulation the FIR is used for anti-causal processing. This block cannot be disabled.

The filter is an FIR, and the coefficients are specified in the COEF* fields of the RX_PULSE_SHAPE registers. The
FIR is symmetrical and its impulse response is given by:

[coef1, coef2, ... coef7, coef8, coef8, coef7, ..., coef2, coef1]

In the case of an FSK modulation, the phase signal at the input of the filter is converted to frequency, and goes
through the FIR. In the case of a PSK modulation, the phase is converted to the linear domain by a simple look-up table
(LUT), and the I and Q signals go through the filter.

At the output of the filter there is a gain stage. This stage is used to normalize the amplitude of the signal. It is
mostly useful in the case of FSK modulation to normalize the modulation index, or in the case of a pre-processing in the
RX path that has a non-controllable gain. The gain is specified by a mantissa and exponent combination. The values of
these coefficients are specified by the FILTER_GAIN_M and FILTER_GAIN_E fields of the FILTER_GAIN register. The
mantissa has to be specified as an unsigned value and the exponent as a signed value. The gain after the FIR is specified
as:

m e
G =  1 + ---- 2
 8

www.onsemi.com
154
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.3.5 Clock and Data-Rate Recovery

This block recovers the clock of the signal, and its data rate (inside a specific range): in practice it will generate an
enabled signal working at the clock frequency.

A distinction has to be made between clock recovery and data-rate recovery:

• Clock recovery refers to the recovery of the sampling instant on the eye diagram. In practice, it is the capacity
to determine the best instant in which to sample the signal, in order to avoid ISI and to sample in the middle of
the eye.
• Data-rate recovery refers to the capability of determining the transmitter data rate. Generally, data rate
recovery is not needed, because the matching of the crystals between the TX and the RX should be good
enough, and the few tenths of ppm can be recovered by the simpler clock recovery algorithm. However, in
some special cases, the mismatch can be too high for simple clock recovery; for example, in the case of a
transmitter with only an RC oscillator, accuracy cannot be guaranteed. Note that once the data rate has been
recovered, the clock still needs to be recovered. Nothing ensures that once the data rate has been recovered, the
sampling instant is in the middle of the eye.

Both clock and data-rate recovery work together on the zero crossings of the signal. In particular, a correlation is
made between the input signal and an expected crossing signal.

This block takes several parameters: the time constants TAU_CLK_RECOV and TAU_DATARATE_RECOV which are
grouped together under the same register, the data-rate recover limit DR_LIMIT from the FILTER_GAIN register, and
the data-rate offset DATARATE_OFFSET from the DATARATE_OFFSET register. The time constants determine the time
that the block needs in order to achieve clock or data-rate recovery, respectively.

DATARATE_OFFSET specifies the initial expected data-rate offset. The offset is specified with a signed 8-bit word.
The full scale corresponds to 12.5% of mismatch.

DR_LIMIT specifies the range of data-rate recovery. The values are given in Table 16 on page 155.

Table 16. Data-Rate Recovery Search Range

dr_limit Search Range

00 0
01 ±3.125%
10 ±6.25%
11 ±12.5%

NOTE: For small data-rate mismatches – for example, if only ppm of crystal oscillators are responsible
for a DR mismatch – a simple clock recovery is enough. Also, there is a potential issue in
data-rate recovery if carrier recovery is not performed correctly. This issue is seen in Figure 15.

www.onsemi.com
155
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

start recovery end recovery wrong recovery

Figure 15. Data-Rate Recovery Issue

As Figure 15 shows, data recovery aims to align an internal counter to the zero crossings of the signal. In the case
shown by the right-hand image in Figure 15, the data rate is lowered in order to align the zero crossings. If the carrier is
not recovered correctly, the zero crossings are misaligned and appear as though they came from a faster signal. For this
reason, the conditions for the zero crossing detection of data-rate recovery are stricter.

Clock recovery does not change in the case of a 4-FSK modulation: it is always based on the zero crossing
detection. However, because of the 4-FSK modulation, the eye diagram horizontal opening is narrower than that of a
2-FSK modulation, as can be seen in Figure 16 on page 156.

Figure 16. Eye Diagram for 2-FSK Modulation and 4-FSK Modulation

This means that the time constant for the 4-FSK modulation needs to be increased in order to achieve better
filtering and be more precise regarding the sampling time. The latter is especially important because, as can be seen in
Figure 16, if the sampling time is not exact, there may be a wrong decision regarding the level. The same is not true for
the 2-FSK, for which, ideally, the sampling time can be between the two zero crossings.

8.4.3.6 Decision
Due to the Gaussian filter, the GFSK modulation scheme introduces inter-symbol interference (ISI). The ISI
decreases the sensitivity of the receiver, because during the decision the signal level can be smaller than in the case of a
rectangular pulse shape. ISI cancellation is carried out using the Viterbi algorithm.

www.onsemi.com
156
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.4.3.6.1 Viterbi Algorithm

The most elegant solution for getting rid of ISI is the Viterbi algorithm, because it is a maximum likelihood
sequence estimator.

The Viterbi algorithm is simply enabled by setting the EN_VITERBI_GFSK bit of the DECISION register. The
amplitudes of the expected signal are specified in the FSK_FCR_AMP registers. The path length of the estimator is
specified by the VITERBI_LEN field of the DECISION register.

8.4.3.7 RSSI Filtering and AGC

The RSSI filter is a block that filters the instantaneous RSSI; the filter is a multi-rate filter, so a large choice of filter
rates is available. The time constant of the filter is given by the TAU_RSSI_FILTERING field in the RSSI_BANK
register. A fast mode can also be made available, by setting the FAST_RSSI bit of the same register to 1: this results in
the time window being eight times shorter. During the averaging period, two blocks will also evaluate a minimum and a
maximum value of the RSSI. These RSSI values are available in the RSSI_AVG, RSSI_MAX and RSSI_MIN registers.
Note that the controlled (AGC) attenuation in the RX signal path is compensated for automatically by the block, so
these values have to be considered absolutes.

The RSSI-filtered value is also used by an AGC algorithm. The AGC consists of a simple counter. If the
RSSI-filtered value is greater than the value specified in the AGC_THR_HIGH register, the counter will increase; if it is
lower than the value specified in the AGC_THR_LOW register, the counter will decrease. The counter has three bits and
starts at 0. Its maximum value is fixed by the value of the ATT_CTRL_MAX field of the ATT_CTRL register. The value of
the counter is then used as the input of the AGC look-up table specified in the AGC_LUT registers. This LUT is
composed of 11-bit words that correspond to the attenuation of the analog RX path. The bits of the fields of the
AGC_LUT_* register are distributed in the following order:

• agc_level(1:0) — LNA2 configuration

• 00: max gain
• 01: 6 dB attenuation
• 10: not valid setting
• 11: 12 dB attenuation

• agc_level(2): if set, adds 6 dB of attenuation by LNA current reduction (changed mirror ratio).
• agc_level(3): if set, adds 5 dB of attenuation by LNA1 load resistive degeneration.
• agc_level(4): if set, adds 5 dB of attenuation by LNA1 load resistive degeneration.
• agc_level(6:5) — intermediate frequency amplifier Gm control
• 00: max gain
• 01: 6 dB attenuation
• 10: not valid setting
• 11: 12 dB attenuation

• agc_level(8:7) — load of the intermediate frequency amplifier

• 00: 16 k, max gain
• 01: 8 k, 6dB of attenuation
• 10: 4 k, 12dB of attenuation
• 11: 2 k, 18dB of attenuation

• agc_level(10:9) — select the LNA bias current.

• 00: lna_agc_bias_0
• 01: lna_agc_bias_1
• 10: lna_agc_bias_2

www.onsemi.com
157
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• 11: lna_agc_bias_3

To increase the speed of the AGC, an improved version of the AGC algorithm has been implemented. When an
RSSI value is received, the AGC predicts what should be the AGC step. To do so, it needs to know the attenuation
between every AGC level. These attenuations can be specified by the fields RF_AGC_ATTXX of the register AGC_ATT.
The field AGC_ATT_01, for example, specifies the attenuation level between level 0 and level 1 of the AGC. These steps
must be specified with a resolution of 2 dB. For example, the value 0x3 means that the AGC step attenuates by 6 dB.
The attenuations can be optionally specified between 4 dB and 11 dB, with a resolution of 1 dB. In such a case, the
value 0x3 means that the AGC step attenuates by 4+3 = 7 dB. This option is selected by setting bit 33 of register
AGC_ATT to 1. To activate the mode of RSSI correction, the AGC_MODE bit of the register RSSI_CTRL needs to be set to
1.

The stability of the AGC can be improved for both algorithms by setting a wait state after the AGC changes its
state. The AGC algorithm can wait 0, 1, 2, or 3 RSSI measurements before updating the AGC state. This wait time can
be selected using the AGC_WAIT field of the RSSI_CTRL register.

The AGC algorithm can be switched off by setting the BYPASS_AGC bit of the RSSI_CTRL register to 1. The RX
chain attenuation is then determined by the SET_RX_ATT_CTRL field of the ATT_CTRL register.

8.4.3.7.1 Peak Detector

The peak detector is used to increase the adjacent channel rejection in case of a close interferer. If the interferer is
strong enough to trigger the peak detector, an AGC step increase is requested. This procedure is repeated until the peak
detector trigger returns to zero.

To use the peak detector, the FSM needs to activate it: the bit USE_PEAK_DETECTOR of the CTRL_RX register needs
to be set to 1. The AGC algorithm will use the peak detector information if the EN_AGC_PEAK bit of the AGC_PEAK_DET
register is set to 1. The peak detector has three thresholds; the AGC algorithm uses one of these thresholds to determine
if the interferer is too strong, and another one to determine that no more interferer is present. These two thresholds are
selected via the PEAK_DET_THR_LOW field and the PEAK_DET_THR_HIGH bit of the AGC_PEAK_DET register. In the
same register there is also PEAK_DET_TAU, which defines a time constant for the filtering of the peak detector signals.

• PEAK_DET_THR_LOW — peak detector low threshold (AGC decrement indicator)

• 00: below level 1
• 01: below level 2
• 10: below level 3
• 11: N.A.

• PEAK_DET_THR_HIGH — peak detector high threshold (AGC increment indicator)

• 0: above level 2
• 1: above level 3

8.4.3.7.2 RSSI and Peak-Detector Combined AGC Strategy

If the peak detector is activated, there are 4 distinct signals:

rssi_over Set to 1 if the RSSI value is larger than AGC_THR_HIGH.

rssi_under Set to 1 if the RSSI value is smaller than AGC_THR_LOW.

peak_over Set to 1 if the peak detector output is larger than PEAK_DET_THR_HIGH.

www.onsemi.com
158
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

peak_under Set to 1 if the peak detector output is smaller than PEAK_DET_THR_LOW.

These signals define the following actions:

inc_att (increase attenuation)

Set to 1 if rssi_over or peak_over is 1.

In this case, the required number of steps is estimated using the RSSI value above
AGC_THR_HIGH; the peak detector alone increases by one AGC step per cycle.

dec_att (decrease attenuation)

Set to 1 if rssi_under and peak_under are 1.

Attenuation is always decreased by one AGC step per cycle.

8.4.4 Continuous Wave (CW) Configuration

In the course of your output power and frequency testing, you might need to configure the RF front-end to output a
CW signal. For instance, if your testing equipment uses a frequency divider/counter to measure output frequency, it
requires RSL10 to output an unmodulated signal.

The following steps describe how to use register settings to configure a CW signal output, for Tx or Rx, at a rate of
either 1 Mbps or 2Mbps:

1. Load the hci_app hex file into flash memory, and then reset the RSL10 Evaluation and Development Board.
This ensures that the RF registers are set correctly.
NOTE: The register-setting steps that follow can be performed using JTAG commander, or implemented
in the Arm Cortex-M3 processor code itself.

2. Set RF_REG00->MODE2_BYTE to 0.
3. Set RF_CENTER_FREQ to the frequency you desire. Find the required frequency using the equation
frequency = 0x8215c71c +  n  0x71c7  , where n is the RF Bluetooth low energy channel number from 0 to
39.
4. RF_REG05->BANK_BYTE is set to 0, for 1 Mbps, by default. For 2 Mbps, set RF_REG05->BANK_BYTE to 1.
5. To configure for Rx mode, set RF_REG30->FSM_MODE_BYTE to 3.
6. To configure for Tx mode, set RF_REG30->FSM_MODE_BYTE to 7.
7. To configure for idle mode (disable RF), set RF_REG30->FSM_MODE_BYTE to 8.
8. To disable pulse shaping during Tx to keep the frequency from being offset from the center, set registers
RF_TX_PULSE0, RF_TX_PULSE1, RF_TX_PULSE2, and RF_TX_PULSE3 to zero.

When working in CW configuration, use your own preferred settings for VDDRF, VDDPA enabling, VCC,
VDDPA, DCCLK, the charge pump clock, and buck enabling.

8.4.5 Direct Test Mode (DTM)

DTM is a standard mechanism defined in the Bluetooth Specification for testing the radio performance and
interoperability of Bluetooth Low Energy devices.

Through DTM, an external Bluetooth test instrument can use a 2-wire UART interface to issue standardized HCI
(Host Control Interface) commands.

www.onsemi.com
159
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

DTM is required for Bluetooth and some regulatory approval processes. Therefore, if your product design needs
DTM, you must expose a UART interface.

Refer to the hci_app sample application for details on how to use DTM.

8.5 RF FRONT-END REGISTERS

Register Name Banked Register Description Address

SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG N/A RF Power Configuration 0x40000050
SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG N/A RF Access Configuration 0x40000054
RF_REG00 No REG00 0x40010000
RF_REG01 - REG01 - The TAU_ROUGH_RECOV, and TAU_PHASE_RECOV 0x40010004
registers are banked; all other registers are not banked.
RF_REG02 - REG02 - The TAU_CLK_RECOV register is banked; all other 0x40010008
registers are not banked.
RF_REG03 No REG03 0x4001000C
RF_REG04 No REG04 0x40010010
RF_REG05 No REG05 0x40010014
RF_CENTER_FREQ No CENTER_FREQ 0x40010018
RF_REG07 Yes REG07 0x4001001C
RF_REG08 Yes REG08 0x40010020
RF_REG09 Yes REG09 0x40010024
RF_REG0A Yes REG0A 0x40010028
RF_SYNC_PATTERN Yes SYNC_PATTERN 0x4001002C
RF_REG0C Yes REG0C 0x40010030
RF_CRC_POLYNOMIAL Yes CRC_POLYNOMIAL 0x40010034
RF_CRC_RST Yes CRC_RST 0x40010038
RF_REG0F Yes REG0F 0x4001003C
RF_REG10 Yes REG10 0x40010040
RF_TX_PULSE0 Yes TX_PULSE0 0x40010044
RF_TX_PULSE1 Yes TX_PULSE1 0x40010048
RF_TX_PULSE2 Yes TX_PULSE2 0x4001004C
RF_TX_PULSE3 Yes TX_PULSE3 0x40010050
RF_RX_PULSE Yes RX_PULSE 0x40010054
RF_REG16 Yes REG16 0x40010058
RF_REG17 Yes REG17 0x4001005C
RF_REG18 Yes REG18 0x40010060
RF_REG19 Yes REG19 0x40010064
RF_REG1A - REG1A - The FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI register is banked; all other 0x40010068
registers are not banked.
RF_REG1B No REG1B 0x4001006C
RF_AGC_LUT1 No AGC_LUT1 0x40010070
RF_AGC_LUT2 No AGC_LUT2 0x40010074

www.onsemi.com
160
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Banked Register Description Address

RF_AGC_LUT3 No AGC_LUT3 0x40010078
RF_AGC_LUT4 No AGC_LUT4 0x4001007C
RF_REG20 No REG20 0x40010080
RF_AGC_ATT1 No AGC_ATT1 0x40010084
RF_REG22 No REG22 0x40010088
RF_REG23 No REG23 0x4001008C
RF_REG24 No REG24 0x40010090
RF_REG25 No REG25 0x40010094
RF_REG26 No REG26 0x40010098
RF_REG27 - REG27- The CTRL_ADC register is banked; all other registers are not 0x4001009C
banked.
RF_REG28 No REG28 0x400100A0
RF_PLL_CTRL No PLL_CTRL 0x400100A4
RF_REG2A No REG2A 0x400100A8
RF_XTAL_CTRL No XTAL_CTRL 0x400100AC
RF_REG2C No REG2C 0x400100B0
RF_REG2D No REG2D 0x400100B4
RF_REG2E No REG2E 0x400100B8
RF_REG2F No REG2F 0x400100BC
RF_REG30 No REG30 0x400100C0
RF_REG31 No REG31 0x400100C4
RF_REG32 No REG32 0x400100C8
RF_TXFIFO No TXFIFO 0x400100CC
RF_RXFIFO No RXFIFO 0x400100D0
RF_DESER_STATUS No DESER_STATUS 0x400100D4
RF_IRQ_STATUS No IRQ_STATUS 0x400100D8
RF_REG37 No REG37 0x400100DC
RF_REG38 No REG38 0x400100E0
RF_REG39 No REG39 0x400100E4
RF_REVISION No REVISION 0x400100FC

8.5.1 RF_REG00

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE If set to 1, the data whitening specified in the Bluetooth LE standard
is used. Note that the en_datawhite field of the CODING register has
also to be set to 1
30:24 DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE_RST Reset value to put on the Bluetooth LE data whitening shift register
23 FOURFSK_CODING_EN_FOURFSK_CODING If set to 1 the 4-FSK coding is activated

www.onsemi.com
161
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

22:20 FOURFSK_CODING_TX_FOURFSK_CODING Set the 4-FSK coding (Tx): bit 0 determine if the sign is given by the
Q signal (0) or I signal (1), bit 1 select if the signal is inverted for the
sign, it 2 select if the signal is inverted for the abs amplitude
18:16 FOURFSK_CODING_RX_FOURFSK_CODING Set the 4-FSK decoding (Rx): bit 0 determine if the sign is given by
the Q signal (0) or I signal (1), bit 1 select if the signal is inverted for
the sign, it 2 select if the signal is inverted for the abs amplitude
14 MODE2_DIFF_CODING If set to 1 enables the differential coding/decoding
13 MODE2_PSK_NFSK If set to 1, the PSK mode is selected, FSK otherwise.
12:8 MODE2_TESTMODE set the output testmode
7 MODE_NOT_TO_IDLE In FSM mode, if set to 1 indicates to the FSM to go in suspend mode
after a Tx or Rx packet
5 MODE_EN_FSM If set to 1 enables the radio FSM
4 MODE_EN_DESERIALIZER If set to 1 enables the deserializer
3 MODE_EN_SERIALIZER If set to 1 enables the serializer
2 MODE_TX_NRX if set to 1 use the Tx, otherwise the Rx
1:0 MODE_MODE Select the working mode of the digital baseband: 00) the digital
baseband is off (no clock) 01) the clock is generated but the blocks
are reset (Tx,Rx,FIFOs and FSM) 10) the digital baseband is frozen
11) working

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE_DEFAULT 0x0*
DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE_RST DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE_RST_DEFAULT 0x0*
FOURFSK_CODING_EN_FOURFSK_ FOURFSK_CODING_EN_FOURFSK_CODING_D 0x0*
CODING EFAULT
FOURFSK_CODING_TX_FOURFSK_ FOURFSK_CODING_TX_FOURFSK_CODING_D 0x0*
CODING EFAULT
FOURFSK_CODING_RX_FOURFSK_ FOURFSK_CODING_RX_FOURFSK_CODING_D 0x0*
CODING EFAULT
MODE2_DIFF_CODING MODE2_DIFF_CODING_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE2_PSK_NFSK MODE2_PSK_NFSK_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE2_TESTMODE MODE2_TESTMODE_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE_NOT_TO_IDLE MODE_NOT_TO_IDLE_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE_EN_FSM MODE_EN_FSM_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE_EN_DESERIALIZER MODE_EN_DESERIALIZER_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE_EN_SERIALIZER MODE_EN_SERIALIZER_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE_TX_NRX MODE_TX_NRX_DEFAULT 0x0*
MODE_MODE MODE_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
162
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.2 RF_REG01

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TAU_PHASE_RECOV_TAU_PHASE_RECOV Time constant of the fine carrier recovery block
23:16 TAU_ROUGH_RECOV_TAU_ROUGH_RECOV Time constant of the rough carrier recovery block
15 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_CFREQ_AFC If set to 1, enables the automatic AFC correction.
14 CARRIER_RECOVERY_CORRECT_CFREQ_IF_NEG If set to 1, the IF correction is negative
13 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_CFREQ_IF If set to 1, enables the automatic IF correction
12 CARRIER_RECOVERY_AFC_NEG If set to 1 correct the AFC negatively
11 CARRIER_RECOVERY_STARTER_MODE If set to 1 enables the starter mode, i.e. a 32x faster carrier
recovery.
10 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_AFC if set to 1 enables the Automatic Frequency Control
9 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_FINE_RECOV If set to 1 enables the fine carrier recovery
8 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_ROUGH_RECOV If set to 1 enables the rough carrier recovery
6 MOD_TX_PULSE_NSYM If set to 1, the Tx pulse shape is an odd function.
5 MOD_TX_EN_INTERP If set to 1, enables the Tx CIC interpolator.
4:0 MOD_TX_CK_TX_M Unsigned value that determines the Tx interpolator
frequency. The formula is similar to the evaluation of the
oversampling frequency.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TAU_PHASE_RECOV_TAU_PHASE_RECOV TAU_PHASE_RECOV_TAU_PHASE_ 0x0*
RECOV_DEFAULT
TAU_ROUGH_RECOV_TAU_ROUGH_RECOV TAU_ROUGH_RECOV_TAU_ROUGH_ 0x0*
RECOV_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_CFR CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_ 0x0*
EQ_AFC CFREQ_AFC_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_CORRECT_CFREQ_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_CORRECT_ 0x0*
IF_NEG CFREQ_IF_NEG_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_CFR CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_ 0x0*
EQ_IF CFREQ_IF_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_AFC_NEG CARRIER_RECOVERY_AFC_NEG_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_STARTER_MODE CARRIER_RECOVERY_STARTER_MODE_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_AFC CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_AFC_DEFAULT 0x0*
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_FINE_RECOV CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_FINE_RECOV_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_ROUGH_RECOV CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_ROUGH_ 0x0*
RECOV_DEFAULT
MOD_TX_PULSE_NSYM MOD_TX_PULSE_NSYM_DEFAULT 0x0*
MOD_TX_EN_INTERP MOD_TX_EN_INTERP_DEFAULT 0x0*
MOD_TX_CK_TX_M MOD_TX_CK_TX_M_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
163
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.3 RF_REG02

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_OVFLW If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case of overflow
30 FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_ADDR_ERR If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case of address error
29 FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_PL_ERR If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case of packet length
error
28 FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_CRC_ERR If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case of CRC error
27 FIFO_RX_FIFO_ACK If set to 1, the Rx FIFO needs an acknowledgement (packet received
correctly) to change its state.
26:24 FIFO_FIFO_THR Threshold indicating the 'almost full' state
23:16 DATARATE_OFFSET_DATARATE_OFFSET Data-rate offset. Is a signed value and the full scale (0x7f)
corresponds to a data-rate offset of 12.5%.
15:8 TAU_DATARATE_RECOV_TAU_DATARATE_ Time constant of the data-rate recovery
RECOV
7:0 TAU_CLK_RECOV_TAU_CLK_RECOV Time constant of the clock recovery

Value
Field Name Value Symbol Hex Value
Description
FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_OVFLW FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_OVFLW_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_ADDR_ERR FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_ADDR_ERR_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_PL_ERR FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_PL_ERR_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_CRC_ERR FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_CRC_ERR_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_RX_FIFO_ACK FIFO_RX_FIFO_ACK_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_FIFO_THR FIFO_FIFO_THR_DEFAULT 0x0*
DATARATE_OFFSET_DATARATE_OFFSET DATARATE_OFFSET_DATARATE_OFFSET_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TAU_DATARATE_RECOV_TAU_DATARATE_ TAU_DATARATE_RECOV_TAU_DATARATE_ 0x0*
RECOV RECOV_DEFAULT
TAU_CLK_RECOV_TAU_CLK_RECOV TAU_CLK_RECOV_TAU_CLK_RECOV_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.4 RF_REG03

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 PAD_CONF_2_PAD_3_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 3
27:24 PAD_CONF_2_PAD_2_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 2
23:20 PAD_CONF_1_PAD_1_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 1
19:16 PAD_CONF_1_PAD_0_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 0
15 IRQ_CONF_IRQ_HIGH_Z If set to 1, the pads are set to High-Z when the IRQ is not active.
14 IRQ_CONF_IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW If set to 1, the IRQ are active low
13:8 IRQ_CONF_IRQS_MASK Mask to determine which IRQs are enabled (active high)
7:5 FIFO_2_FIFO_THR_TX Threshold indicating the 'almost empty' state

www.onsemi.com
164
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 FIFO_2_WAIT_TXFIFO_WR If set to 1, the FSM will wait a Tx FIFO write before starting the Tx in case of
an empty Tx FIFO.
3 FIFO_2_STOP_ON_RXFF_OVFLW If set to 1, stops the reception in case of a FIFO overflow.
2 FIFO_2_STOP_ON_TXFF_UNFLW If set to 1, stops the transmission in case of a FIFO underflow.
1 FIFO_2_RXFF_FLUSH_ON_START If set to 1, flushes the Rx FIFO when the Rx is enabled, in order to receive a
packet with an empty FIFO.
0 FIFO_2_TXFF_FLUSH_ON_STOP If set to 1, flushes the Tx FIFO after the end of a packet transmission in order
to have an empty FIFO.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PAD_CONF_2_PAD_3_CONF PAD_CONF_2_PAD_3_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_2_PAD_2_CONF PAD_CONF_2_PAD_2_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_1_PAD_1_CONF PAD_CONF_1_PAD_1_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_1_PAD_0_CONF PAD_CONF_1_PAD_0_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
IRQ_CONF_IRQ_HIGH_Z IRQ_CONF_IRQ_HIGH_Z_DEFAULT 0x0*
IRQ_CONF_IRQ_ACTIVE_LO IRQ_CONF_IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW_ 0x0*
W DEFAULT
IRQ_CONF_IRQS_MASK IRQ_CONF_IRQS_MASK_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_2_FIFO_THR_TX FIFO_2_FIFO_THR_TX_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_2_WAIT_TXFIFO_WR FIFO_2_WAIT_TXFIFO_WR_DEFAULT 0x0*
FIFO_2_STOP_ON_RXFF_ FIFO_2_STOP_ON_RXFF_OVFLW_ 0x0*
OVFLW DEFAULT
FIFO_2_STOP_ON_TXFF_ FIFO_2_STOP_ON_TXFF_UNFLW_ 0x0*
UNFLW DEFAULT
FIFO_2_RXFF_FLUSH_ON_ FIFO_2_RXFF_FLUSH_ON_START_ 0x0*
START DEFAULT
FIFO_2_TXFF_FLUSH_ON_ FIFO_2_TXFF_FLUSH_ON_STOP_ 0x0*
STOP DEFAULT

8.5.5 RF_REG04

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:30 MAC_CONF_MAC_TIMER_GR MAC timer granularity. The granularity is given by (2^(2mac_timer_gr))x1us
29 MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_ACT If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Rx or Tx after an Rx mode.
28 MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_TX_NRX If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Tx after an Rx mode, Rx otherwise.
27 MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_START_ If set to 1, the MAC timer is activated at the reception of the sync word, at the
NSTOP end of the packet otherwise.

26 MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_ACT If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Rx or Tx after a Tx mode.

25 MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_TX_NRX If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Tx after a Tx mode, Rx otherwise.
24 MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_START_ If set to 1, the MAC timer is activated at beginning of the packet, otherwise at the
NSTOP end of the packet transmission.

23:20 PAD_CONF_5_PAD_9_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 9

www.onsemi.com
165
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

19:16 PAD_CONF_5_PAD_8_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 8
15:12 PAD_CONF_4_PAD_7_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 7
11:8 PAD_CONF_4_PAD_6_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 6
7:4 PAD_CONF_3_PAD_5_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 5
3:0 PAD_CONF_3_PAD_4_CONF Configuration of GPIO pad 4

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MAC_CONF_MAC_TIMER_GR MAC_CONF_MAC_TIMER_GR_DEFAULT 0x0*
MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_ACT MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_ACT_DEFAULT 0x0*
MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_TX_NRX MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_TX_NRX_DEFAULT 0x0*
MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_START_ MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_START_NSTOP_ 0x0*
NSTOP DEFAULT
MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_ACT MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_ACT_DEFAULT 0x0*
MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_TX_NRX MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_TX_NRX_DEFAULT 0x0*
MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_START_ MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_START_NSTOP_ 0x0*
NSTOP DEFAULT
PAD_CONF_5_PAD_9_CONF PAD_CONF_5_PAD_9_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_5_PAD_8_CONF PAD_CONF_5_PAD_8_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_4_PAD_7_CONF PAD_CONF_4_PAD_7_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_4_PAD_6_CONF PAD_CONF_4_PAD_6_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_3_PAD_5_CONF PAD_CONF_3_PAD_5_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*
PAD_CONF_3_PAD_4_CONF PAD_CONF_3_PAD_4_CONF_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.6 RF_REG05

Bit Field Field Name Description

30 CHANNEL_SWITCH_IQ Switch I and Q channels
29:24 CHANNEL_CHANNEL Channel number
18 BANK_DATARATE_TX_NRX Select the data-rate register: 0-> Rx data-rate, 1-> Tx data-rate
17:16 BANK_BANK Select the used bank
15:8 TX_MAC_TIMER_TX_MAC_TIMER Time to wait after the Tx mode.
7:0 RX_MAC_TIMER_RX_MAC_TIMER Time to wait after the Rx mode.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CHANNEL_SWITCH_IQ CHANNEL_SWITCH_IQ_DEFAULT 0x0*
CHANNEL_CHANNEL CHANNEL_CHANNEL_DEFAULT 0x0*
BANK_DATARATE_TX_NRX BANK_DATARATE_TX_NRX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
BANK_BANK BANK_BANK_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
166
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX_MAC_TIMER_TX_MAC_TIMER TX_MAC_TIMER_TX_MAC_TIMER_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RX_MAC_TIMER_RX_MAC_TIMER RX_MAC_TIMER_RX_MAC_TIMER_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.7 RF_CENTER_FREQ

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 CENTER_FREQ_ADAPT_CFREQ If set to 1, automatically adapt frequency between Tx and Rx.
30 CENTER_FREQ_RX_DIV_5_N6 If set to 1, the ratio of the pll reference between Tx and Rx is 5 instead of 6.
29:0 CENTER_FREQ_CENTER_FREQUENCY Set the center frequency

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CENTER_FREQ_ADAPT_CFREQ CENTER_FREQ_ADAPT_CFREQ_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CENTER_FREQ_RX_DIV_5_N6 CENTER_FREQ_RX_DIV_5_N6_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CENTER_FREQ_CENTER_FREQUENCY CENTER_FREQ_CENTER_FREQUENCY_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.8 RF_REG07

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 CHANNELS_1_CHANNEL_SPACING_LO channel spacing: the formula that determines this value is the same as for
the central frequency. v=ch_sp/144e6*2^25
14 MOD_INFO_RX_EN_DIV_2_N3_RX If set to 1 the clock divider will provide a clock divided by 2 instead of 3.
13 MOD_INFO_RX_SYMBOL_2BIT_RX If set to 1, each symbol is composed by 2 bits (OQPSK or 4-FSK)
12:8 MOD_INFO_RX_DR_M_RX Unsigned value that determines the oversampling frequency and
consequently the data-rate. This frequency is the system frequency (16 or
24 MHz) divided by this value+1.
6 MOD_INFO_TX_EN_DIV_2_N3_TX If set to 1 the clock divider will provide a clock divided by 2 instead of 3.
5 MOD_INFO_TX_SYMBOL_2BIT_TX If set to 1, each symbol is composed by 2 bits (OQPSK or 4-FSK)
4:0 MOD_INFO_TX_DR_M_TX Unsigned value that determines the oversampling frequency and
consequently the data-rate. This frequency is the system frequency (16 or
24 MHz) divided by this value+1.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CHANNELS_1_CHANNEL_SPACING_LO CHANNELS_1_CHANNEL_SPACING_ 0x0*
LO_DEFAULT
MOD_INFO_RX_EN_DIV_2_N3_RX MOD_INFO_RX_EN_DIV_2_N3_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
MOD_INFO_RX_SYMBOL_2BIT_RX MOD_INFO_RX_SYMBOL_2BIT_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
167
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MOD_INFO_RX_DR_M_RX MOD_INFO_RX_DR_M_RX_DEFAULT 0x0*
MOD_INFO_TX_EN_DIV_2_N3_TX MOD_INFO_TX_EN_DIV_2_N3_TX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
MOD_INFO_TX_SYMBOL_2BIT_TX MOD_INFO_TX_SYMBOL_2BIT_TX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
MOD_INFO_TX_DR_M_TX MOD_INFO_TX_DR_M_TX_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.9 RF_REG08

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 PACKET_LENGTH_PACKET_LEN The packet length in the fixed packet length mode. In the variable packet
length mode, it specifies the maximal packet length defined by the standard.
In case of error, a packet_len_err is raised.
23 PACKET_HANDLING_LSB_FIRST If set to 1, the LSB is the first bit to be sent, the MSB otherwise
22 PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC If set to 1, enables the automatic CRC evaluation and insertion
21 PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC_ON_ If set to 1, enables the CRC calculation on the packet length part of the
PKTLEN packet.

20 PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PREAMBLE If set to 1, enables the automatic preamble insertion

19 PACKET_HANDLING_EN_MULTI_ If set to 1, enables the multi-frame packet
FRAME (preamble-pattern-data-CRC-data-CRC-...)

18 PACKET_HANDLING_ENB_DW_ON_ Enables the data-whitening on the CRC (active low)

CRC
17 PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PATTERN If set to 1, enables the automatic pattern insertion and recognition
16 PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PACKET If set to 1 enables the packet handler
15 CODING_EN_DATAWHITE If set to 1 enables the data-whitening
14 CODING_I_NQ_DELAYED If set to 1, the channel I is considered 'delayed' in case of a 2bit per symbol
modulation
13 CODING_OFFSET If set to 1, an offset (delay) is introduced in one of the two channels (2 bits
per symbol modulation).
12 CODING_BIT_INVERT If set to 1, it inverts the bit value (Tx and Rx)
11 CODING_EVEN_BEFORE_ODD Determines the bit order in case of a 2 bits per symbol modulation: if set to 1
the first bit (bit 0, even) goes to the I path
10 CODING_EN_802154_L2F If set to 1 enables the linear to frequency encoding needed in order to
modulate an OQPSK as an MSK.
9 CODING_EN_802154_B2C If set to 1 enables the bit to chips encoding used in the IEEE 802.15.4
standard
8 CODING_EN_MANCHESTER If set to 1 enables the Manchester encoding
7 CHANNELS_2_EN_CHANNEL_SEL If set to 1 enables the definition of channels
3:0 CHANNELS_2_CHANNEL_SPACING_ channel spacing: the formula that determines this value is the same as for
HI the central frequency. v=ch_sp/144e6*2^25

www.onsemi.com
168
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PACKET_LENGTH_PACKET_LEN PACKET_LENGTH_PACKET_LEN_ 0xFF*
DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_LSB_FIRST PACKET_HANDLING_LSB_FIRST_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC_ON_ PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC_ON_ 0x0*
PKTLEN PKTLEN_DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PREAMBLE PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PREAMBLE_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_MULTI_ PACKET_HANDLING_EN_MULTI_ 0x0*
FRAME FRAME_DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_ENB_DW_ON_ PACKET_HANDLING_ENB_DW_ON_ 0x0*
CRC CRC_DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PATTERN PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PATTERN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PACKET PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PACKET_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CODING_EN_DATAWHITE CODING_EN_DATAWHITE_DEFAULT 0x0*
CODING_I_NQ_DELAYED CODING_I_NQ_DELAYED_DEFAULT 0x0*
CODING_OFFSET CODING_OFFSET_DEFAULT 0x0*
CODING_BIT_INVERT CODING_BIT_INVERT_DEFAULT 0x0*
CODING_EVEN_BEFORE_ODD CODING_EVEN_BEFORE_ODD_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CODING_EN_802154_L2F CODING_EN_802154_L2F_DEFAULT 0x0*
CODING_EN_802154_B2C CODING_EN_802154_B2C_DEFAULT 0x0*
CODING_EN_MANCHESTER CODING_EN_MANCHESTER_DEFAULT 0x0*
CHANNELS_2_EN_CHANNEL_SEL CHANNELS_2_EN_CHANNEL_SEL_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CHANNELS_2_CHANNEL_SPACING_ CHANNELS_2_CHANNEL_SPACING_ 0x0*
HI HI_DEFAULT

8.5.10 RF_REG09

Bit Field Field Name Description

27 ADDRESS_CONF_ADDRESS_LEN If set to 1 the address length is 16 bits, 8 otherwise.
26 ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX_ If set to 1 enables the broadcast address detection on Rx.
BR
25 ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX If set to 1 enables the address detection on Rx
24 ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_TX If set to 1 enables the address insertion on Tx
23:16 PREAMBLE_LENGTH_PREAMBLE_LEN Length of the preamble -1
15:8 PREAMBLE_PREAMBLE Preamble to be inserted

www.onsemi.com
169
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_EN_PACKET If set to 1, the packet length is fixed and specified in the PACKET_LEN
_LEN_FIX register

5:2 PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_ Signed value that specifies the correction to apply to the specified packet
LEN_CORR length (due to differences between standards). The packet length here is
specified by the byte number after the packet length byte, with the exclusion
of the CRC.
1:0 PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_ Unsigned value that specifies the position of the packet length after the
LEN_POS pattern

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ADDRESS_CONF_ADDRESS_LEN ADDRESS_CONF_ADDRESS_LEN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_ ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_ 0x0*
RX_BR RX_BR_DEFAULT
ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_ ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_ 0x0*
RX RX_DEFAULT
ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_TX ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_ 0x0*
TX_DEFAULT
PREAMBLE_LENGTH_PREAMBLE_ PREAMBLE_LENGTH_PREAMBLE_ 0x0*
LEN LEN_DEFAULT
PREAMBLE_PREAMBLE PREAMBLE_PREAMBLE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_EN_ PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_EN_ 0x0*
PACKET_LEN_FIX PACKET_LEN_FIX_DEFAULT
PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_ PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_ 0x0*
LEN_CORR PACKET_LEN_CORR_DEFAULT
PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_ PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_ 0x0*
LEN_POS PACKET_LEN_POS_DEFAULT

8.5.11 RF_REG0A

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ADDRESS_BROADCAST_ADDRESS_BR Broadcast address
15:0 ADDRESS_ADDRESS Address of the node

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ADDRESS_BROADCAST_ADDRESS_BR ADDRESS_BROADCAST_ADDRESS_ 0x0*
BR_DEFAULT
ADDRESS_ADDRESS ADDRESS_ADDRESS_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.12 RF_SYNC_PATTERN

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 PATTERN Pattern (sync word) to be inserted or recognized.

www.onsemi.com
170
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PATTERN PATTERN_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.13 RF_REG0C

Bit Field Field Name Description

30:26 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_2 polynom of the third convolutional code
25:21 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_1 polynom of the second convolutional code
20:16 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_0 polynom of the first convolutional code
11:10 CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_VITERBI_ Set the memory length of the Viterbi decoder: 00 => 5, 01 => 10, 10 => 20,
LEN 11 => 30

9 CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_EN_TX_ if set to 1 enables the stop word at the end of the transmission. Necessary
STOP in order to keep a stream coherent with the convolutional coding

8 CONV_CODES_CONF_EN_CONV_CODE If set to 1 enables the convolutional codes

7:6 PACKET_EXTRA_STOP_WORD_LEN length of the stop word, same as the pattern word length
5 PACKET_EXTRA_EN_STOP_WORD If set to 1 adds the stop word (0x00) after the CRC
4 PACKET_EXTRA_PKT_INFO_PRE_ If set to 1 the packet information are sampled at the end of the packet
NPOST instead of the sync word detection.

3:2 PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_MAX_ERR unsigned value that specifies the maximum number of errors in the pattern
recognition
1:0 PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_WORD_ Pattern word length: 00 => 8bits, 01 => 16 bits, 10 => 24 bits, 11 => 32 bits
LEN

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_2 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_2_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_1 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_1_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_0 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_0_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_VITERBI_ CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_VITERBI_ 0x0*
LEN LEN_DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_EN_TX_ CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_EN_TX_ 0x0*
STOP STOP_DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_CONF_EN_CONV_ CONV_CODES_CONF_EN_CONV_ 0x0*
CODE CODE_DEFAULT
PACKET_EXTRA_STOP_WORD_LEN PACKET_EXTRA_STOP_WORD_LEN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PACKET_EXTRA_EN_STOP_WORD PACKET_EXTRA_EN_STOP_WORD_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PACKET_EXTRA_PKT_INFO_PRE_ PACKET_EXTRA_PKT_INFO_PRE_ 0x0*
NPOST NPOST_DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
171
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_MAX_ PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_MAX_ 0x0*
ERR ERR_DEFAULT
PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_WORD_ PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_WORD_ 0x0*
LEN LEN_DEFAULT

8.5.14 RF_CRC_POLYNOMIAL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CRC_POLY CRC polynomial. It is coded using the Koopman notation, i.e. the nth bit codes
the (n+1) coefficient. Example: x^16+x^12+x^5+1 => 0x8810

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CRC_POLY CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CRC_POLY_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.15 RF_CRC_RST

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CRC_RST_CRC_RST CRC reset value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CRC_RST_CRC_RST CRC_RST_CRC_RST_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.16 RF_REG0F

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_DEN
27:24 RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_NUM
19 FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_GAIN
18 FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_GAIN
17 FRAC_CONF_TX_EN_FRAC
16 FRAC_CONF_RX_EN_FRAC
14:10 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_2 puncture of the third convolutional code
9:5 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_1 puncture of the second convolutional code
4:0 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_0 puncture of the first convolutional code

www.onsemi.com
172
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_DEN RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_DEN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_NUM RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_NUM_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_GAIN FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_GAIN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_GAIN FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_GAIN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRAC_CONF_TX_EN_FRAC FRAC_CONF_TX_EN_FRAC_DEFAULT 0x0*
FRAC_CONF_RX_EN_FRAC FRAC_CONF_RX_EN_FRAC_DEFAULT 0x0*
CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_2 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_2_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_1 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_1_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_0 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_0_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.17 RF_REG10

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:29 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN Gain of the phase resampling block
28:26 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G2 Gain of the decimator in the RSSI resampling block
25:24 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G1 Gain of the interpolator in the RSSI resampling block
22 FRONTEND_EN_PHADC_DEGLITCH If set to 1 enables the phADC deglitcher
21 FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_RSSI If set to 1 enables the RSSI resampling
20 FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_PHADC If set to 1 enables the phase resampling
19:16 FRONTEND_DIV_PHADC Unsigned value that specifies the divider to obtain the phADC clock (and
RSSI).
15:12 TX_MULT_TX_MULT_EXP Exponent of the Tx multiplier
11:8 TX_MULT_TX_MULT_MAN Mantissa of the Tx multiplier
7:4 TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_DEN
3:0 TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_NUM

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G2 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G2_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G1 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G1_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRONTEND_EN_PHADC_DEGLITCH FRONTEND_EN_PHADC_DEGLITCH_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
173
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_RSSI FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_RSSI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_PHADC FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_PHADC_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FRONTEND_DIV_PHADC FRONTEND_DIV_PHADC_DEFAULT 0x0*
TX_MULT_TX_MULT_EXP TX_MULT_TX_MULT_EXP_DEFAULT 0x0*
TX_MULT_TX_MULT_MAN TX_MULT_TX_MULT_MAN_DEFAULT 0x0*
TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_DEN TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_DEN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_NUM TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_NUM_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.18 RF_TX_PULSE0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF4
23:16 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF3
15:8 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF2
7:0 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF1 These registers specify the Tx pulse shape. The pulse shape is formed by:
coef1-coef16-coef16-coef1. Since the oversampling ratio is 8, the pulse shape is
4 symbols long. Every coefficient is an 8 bits signed.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF4 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF4_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF3 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF3_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF2 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF2_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF1 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF1_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.19 RF_TX_PULSE1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF8
23:16 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF7
15:8 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF6
7:0 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF5

www.onsemi.com
174
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF8 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF8_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF7 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF7_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF6 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF6_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF5 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF5_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.20 RF_TX_PULSE2

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF12
23:16 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF11
15:8 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF10
7:0 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF9

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF12 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF12 0x0*
_DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF11 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF11 0x0*
_DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF10 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF10 0x0*
_DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF9 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF9_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.21 RF_TX_PULSE3

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF16
23:16 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF15
15:8 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF14
7:0 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF13

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF16 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF16_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF15 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF15_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
175
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF14 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF14_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF13 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF13_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.22 RF_RX_PULSE

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF8
27:24 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF7
23:20 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF6
19:16 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF5
15:12 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF4
11:8 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF3
7:4 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF2
3:0 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF1 These registers specify the Rx pulse shape. The pulse shape is formed by:
coef1-coef8-coef8-coef1. Since the oversampling ratio is 8, the pulse shape is 2
symbols long. Coefficients from coef4 to coef8 are unsigned, while coef1 to
coef3 are signed.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF8 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF8_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF7 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF7_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF6 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF6_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF5 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF5_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF4 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF4_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF3 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF3_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF2 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF2_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF1 RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF1_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.23 RF_REG16

Bit Field Field Name Description

28:25 RX_IF_RESAMPLE_PH_IF IF value for the phase resampler.
24:16 RX_IF_IF2_CLK_OS IF value for the carrier recovery
15:8 FSK_FCR_AMP_1_FSK_FCR_AMP1 FSK amplitude 1 (lowest): in FSK w/o ISI is used to specify the expected
amplitude. In 4-FSK is the lowest amplitude (+/-1). in FSK w/ ISI it specifies the
lowest amplitude (generally, it corresponds to a sequence 0-1-0.
7:6 FILTER_GAIN_DR_LIMIT Set the data-rate recovery limits: 00 => 0%, 01 => 3.125%, 10 => 6.25%, 11 =>
12.5%
5:3 FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_M Mantissa of the final stage gain of the matched filter
2:0 FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_E Exponent of the final stage gain of the matched filter

www.onsemi.com
176
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RX_IF_RESAMPLE_PH_IF RX_IF_RESAMPLE_PH_IF_DEFAULT 0x0*
RX_IF_IF2_CLK_OS RX_IF_IF2_CLK_OS_DEFAULT 0x0*
FSK_FCR_AMP_1_FSK_FCR_AMP1 FSK_FCR_AMP_1_FSK_FCR_AMP1_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FILTER_GAIN_DR_LIMIT FILTER_GAIN_DR_LIMIT_DEFAULT 0x0*
FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_M FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_M_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_E FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_E_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.24 RF_REG17

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 FSK_FCR_AMP_3_FSK_FCR_AMP3 FSK amplitude 3 (highest): in 4-FSK is the high amplitude (+/-3). in FSK w/
ISI it specify the highest amplitude (generally it corresponds to a sequence
1-1-1.
23:16 FSK_FCR_AMP_2_FSK_FCR_AMP2 FSK amplitude 2 (mid): in 4-FSK is the threshold. in FSK w/ ISI it specify the
mid amplitude (generally it corresponds to a sequence 0-1-1 or 1-1-0.
14:13 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_MAX_ Set the maximum errors in the delay line sync detection
ERR_IN_DL_SYNC
12 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_ If set to 1 uses the pattern_ok signal in delay line to synchronize the
SYNC_OK_DELAY_LINE deserializer

11:9 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_NC_ Select the output position for the 'not-causal processing': 000 => 4 symbol,
SEL_OUT 001 => 6 symbols, 010 => 8 symbols, 011 => 12 symbols, 100 => 16
symbols, 101 => 24 symbols, 110 => 32 symbols, 111 => 40 symbols
8 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_ if set to 1 enables the not causal processing
NOT_CAUSAL
6:4 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_ Mantissa of the carrier recovery frequency limit (unsigned).
LIMIT_MAN
2:0 CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_ Exponent of the carrier recovery frequency limit (signed). Formula:
LIMIT_EXP carrier_offset_max=(1+m/8)*2^e/4*f_sym

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FSK_FCR_AMP_3_FSK_FCR_AMP3 FSK_FCR_AMP_3_FSK_FCR_ 0x0*
AMP3_DEFAULT
FSK_FCR_AMP_2_FSK_FCR_AMP2 FSK_FCR_AMP_2_FSK_FCR_ 0x0*
AMP2_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_MAX_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_ 0x0*
ERR_IN_DL_SYNC MAX_ERR_IN_DL_SYNC_
DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_ 0x0*
SYNC_OK_DELAY_LINE EN_SYNC_OK_DELAY_LINE_
DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_NC_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_ 0x0*
SEL_OUT NC_SEL_OUT_DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
177
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_ 0x0*
NOT_CAUSAL EN_NOT_CAUSAL_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_ 0x0*
LIMIT_MAN FREQ_LIMIT_MAN_DEFAULT
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_ CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_ 0x0*
LIMIT_EXP FREQ_LIMIT_EXP_DEFAULT

8.5.25 RF_REG18

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 CORRECT_CFREQ_IF_CORRECT_CFR Unsigned value that specifies the IF for the Rx mode.
EQ_IF
15:14 RSSI_BANK_RSSI_TRI_CK_DIV Speed on the RSSI triangular dithering signal (cf reg RSSI_TUN)
13 RSSI_BANK_FAST_RSSI If set to 1, the RSSI filtering is 8x faster
12 RSSI_BANK_EN_FAST_PRE_ If the packet mode is set, indicates to switch the fast modes during the
SYNC preamble reception

11:8 RSSI_BANK_TAU_RSSI_FILTERING Time constant of the RSSI filtering block: 0: 4symbols, 1: 8symbols, 2: 16
symbols, 3: 32symbols, 4: 64symbols, 5: 128symbols, 6: 256symbols, 7:
512symbols, 8: 1024symbols
4 DECISION_USE_VIT_SOFT If set to 1 uses the Viterbi soft decoding
3:2 DECISION_VITERBI_LEN Sets the Viterbi path length: 00: 1 bit, 01: 2 bits, 10: 4 bits, 11: 8 bits
1 DECISION_VITERBI_POW_NLIN if set to 1, the Viterbi algorithm uses power instead of amplitude to evaluate
the error on the path
0 DECISION_EN_VITERBI_GFSK If set to 1 enables the Viterbi algorithm for the GFSK decoding; this will
override the old ISI correction algorithm.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CORRECT_CFREQ_IF_CORRECT_CFR CORRECT_CFREQ_IF_CORRECT_ 0x0*
EQ_IF CFREQ_IF_DEFAULT
RSSI_BANK_RSSI_TRI_CK_DIV RSSI_BANK_RSSI_TRI_CK_DIV_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RSSI_BANK_FAST_RSSI RSSI_BANK_FAST_RSSI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RSSI_BANK_EN_FAST_PRE_SYNC RSSI_BANK_EN_FAST_PRE_SYNC_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RSSI_BANK_TAU_RSSI_FILTERING RSSI_BANK_TAU_RSSI_ 0x0*
FILTERING_DEFAULT
DECISION_USE_VIT_SOFT DECISION_USE_VIT_SOFT_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
DECISION_VITERBI_LEN DECISION_VITERBI_LEN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
178
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DECISION_VITERBI_POW_NLIN DECISION_VITERBI_POW_NLIN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
DECISION_EN_VITERBI_GFSK DECISION_EN_VITERBI_GFSK_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.26 RF_REG19

Bit Field Field Name Description

29:28 PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_ Same as pll_filter_res_trim but for Tx case. Real value in Tx is pll_filter_res_trim
TRIM_TX xor pll_filter_res_trim_tx. If set to 0, Tx and Rx have the same value.

27:24 PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0_TX Charge pump bias for Tx case. Real value in Tx is iq_pll_0 xor iq_pll_0_tx. If set
to 0, Tx and Rx have the same value.
22 PLL_BANK_LOW_DR_TX If set to 1 the Tx will work in low data-rate mode
21:20 PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_ Allow to modify the value of the loop filter resistor R2 when bit 5 is high (TX
TRIM mode): 00 => normal resistor (R_2_typ), 01 => 123%, 10 => 130% 11 => 170%

19:16 PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0 Charge pump bias

13 PA_PWR_MIN_PA_PWR Sets the minimum power during the PA ramp-up: if 0 the ramp-up starts at -3, if 1
the ramp-up starts at -1
12:8 PA_PWR_PA_PWR Signed value that sets the PA power: minimum value is -3 (-40dBm), max value
is 12 (3.3dBm).
7:4 CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_RSSI Unsigned value that specifies the division factor for the clock controlling the
RSSI.
3:0 CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_FILT Unsigned value that specifies the division factor for the clock controlling the
channel filter.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_TRIM_ PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_ 0x0*
TX TRIM_TX_DEFAULT
PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0_TX PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0_TX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_BANK_LOW_DR_TX PLL_BANK_LOW_DR_TX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_TRIM PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_ 0x0*
TRIM_DEFAULT
PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0 PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_PWR_MIN_PA_PWR PA_PWR_MIN_PA_PWR_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_PWR_PA_PWR PA_PWR_PA_PWR_DEFAULT 0x0*
CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_RSSI CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_RSSI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_FILT CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_FILT_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
179
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.27 RF_REG1A

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 ATT_CTRL_ATT_CTRL_MAX Maximum attenuation level in AGC algorithm
27:24 ATT_CTRL_SET_RX_ATT_CTRL Attenuation level if the AGC is bypassed
23:22 RSSI_CTRL_AGC_DECAY_TAU Time constant of the decay speed; high values corresponds to a slow decay
21 RSSI_CTRL_AGC_USE_LNA If set to 1 the AGC algorithm uses the LNA bias.
20 RSSI_CTRL_AGC_MODE Select the AGC algorithm: 0 -> old algorithm, 1 -> new algorithm
19:18 RSSI_CTRL_AGC_WAIT Sets the wait time of the AGC after switching between states: 00 => don't wait,
01 => wait 1x RSSI filtering period, 10 => wait 2x RSSI filtering period, 11 =>
wait 3x RSSI filtering period
17 RSSI_CTRL_PAYLOAD_BLOCKS_ If set to 1, the AGC is blocked during the payload
AGC
16 RSSI_CTRL_BYPASS_AGC If set to 1, the AGC algorithm is bypassed
12:8 FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_BW Bias for the bandwidth of the channel filter
4:0 FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_FC Bias for the central frequency of the channel filter

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ATT_CTRL_ATT_CTRL_MAX ATT_CTRL_ATT_CTRL_MAX_DEFAULT 0x0*
ATT_CTRL_SET_RX_ATT_CTRL ATT_CTRL_SET_RX_ATT_CTRL_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RSSI_CTRL_AGC_DECAY_TAU RSSI_CTRL_AGC_DECAY_TAU_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
RSSI_CTRL_AGC_USE_LNA RSSI_CTRL_AGC_USE_LNA_DEFAULT 0x0*
RSSI_CTRL_AGC_MODE RSSI_CTRL_AGC_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*
RSSI_CTRL_AGC_WAIT RSSI_CTRL_AGC_WAIT_DEFAULT 0x0*
RSSI_CTRL_PAYLOAD_BLOCKS_ RSSI_CTRL_PAYLOAD_BLOCKS_AGC_ 0x0*
AGC DEFAULT
RSSI_CTRL_BYPASS_AGC RSSI_CTRL_BYPASS_AGC_DEFAULT 0x0*
FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_BW FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_BW_DEFAULT 0x0*
FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_FC FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_FC_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.28 RF_REG1B

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_DW_TEST If set to 1 enables the Tx data-whitening before the convolutional code
block
30:29 IEEE802154_OPTS_BER_CLK_MODE sets the clock output mode for BER mode or RW mode: 00 => data change
on falling edge, 01 => data change on rising edge, 10 => clock signal is a
toggled signal, 11 => enable signal from clock recovery
28 IEEE802154_OPTS_RX_DATA_NOT_ If set to 1, the signal rx_data in testmodes is not sampled. Used for debug
SAMPLED purposes

27 IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_L2F_RX if set to 1 enables the frequency to linear conversion in the Rx side (always
controlled by the en_802154_l2f configuration bit).

www.onsemi.com
180
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

26:24 IEEE802154_OPTS_C2B_THR Threshold of the chip2bit correlator of the IEEE 802.15.4 protocol.
23:20 AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_TAU Time constant of the peak detector monostable circuit; if set to 0 the
monostable is bypassed
19:18 AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_LOW Threshold for the low level of the peak detector: 0 => 0, 1 => 1, 2 => 2, 3
=> N.A.
17 AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_ Threshold for the high level of the peak detector: 0 => 2, 1 => 3
HIGH
16 AGC_PEAK_DET_EN_AGC_PEAK If set to 1 enables the AGC peak detector
15:8 AGC_THR_HIGH_AGC_THR_HIGH AGC threshold high level
7:0 AGC_THR_LOW_AGC_THR_LOW AGC threshold low level

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_DW_TEST IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_DW_ 0x0*
TEST_DEFAULT
IEEE802154_OPTS_BER_CLK_MODE IEEE802154_OPTS_BER_CLK_ 0x0*
MODE_DEFAULT
IEEE802154_OPTS_RX_DATA_NOT_ IEEE802154_OPTS_RX_DATA_ 0x0*
SAMPLED NOT_SAMPLED_DEFAULT
IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_L2F_RX IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_L2F_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
IEEE802154_OPTS_C2B_THR IEEE802154_OPTS_C2B_THR_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_TAU AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_TAU_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_ AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_ 0x0*
LOW LOW_DEFAULT
AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_ AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_ 0x0*
HIGH HIGH_DEFAULT
AGC_PEAK_DET_EN_AGC_PEAK AGC_PEAK_DET_EN_AGC_PEAK_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_THR_HIGH_AGC_THR_HIGH AGC_THR_HIGH_AGC_THR_HIGH_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_THR_LOW_AGC_THR_LOW AGC_THR_LOW_AGC_THR_LOW_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.29 RF_AGC_LUT1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:22 AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_2_LO Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
21:11 AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_1 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
10:0 AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.

www.onsemi.com
181
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_2_LO AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_2_LO_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_1 AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_1_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_0 AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_0_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.30 RF_AGC_LUT2

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:23 AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_5_LO Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
22:12 AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_4 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
11:1 AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_3 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
0 AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_2_HI Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_5_LO AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_5_LO_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_4 AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_4_DEFAULT 0x0*
AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_3 AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_3_DEFAULT 0x0*
AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_2_HI AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_2_HI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.31 RF_AGC_LUT3

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_8_LO Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
23:13 AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_7 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
12:2 AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_6 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
1:0 AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_5_HI Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_8_LO AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_8_LO_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_7 AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_7_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
182
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_6 AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_6_DEFAULT 0x0*
AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_5_HI AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_5_HI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.32 RF_AGC_LUT4

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:25 AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_11_LO Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
24:14 AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_10 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
13:3 AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_9 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
2:0 AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_8_HI Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_11_LO AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_11_LO_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_10 AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_10_DEFAULT 0x0*
AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_9 AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_9_DEFAULT 0x0*
AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_8_HI AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_8_HI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.33 RF_REG20

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 TIMINGS_3_T_DLL Time needed by the DLL blocks to switch on.
27:24 TIMINGS_3_T_PLL_TX Time needed by the PLL blocks in Tx mode to switch on.
23:20 TIMINGS_2_T_SUBBAND_TX Time needed by the subband algorithm to calibrate in Tx.
19:16 TIMINGS_2_T_TX_RF Time needed by the Tx RF blocks to switch on.
14:12 TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_TX Fixes the granularity of the timer in Tx mode. The granularity is given by
(2^(t_granularity-2))x1us
10:8 TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_RX Fixes the granularity of the timer in Rx mode. The granularity is given by
(2^(t_granularity))x1us
3:0 AGC_LUT_5_AGC_LEVEL_11_HI Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is supposed the lowest
attenuation, while agc_level_11 is the one with a maximum of attenuation.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMINGS_3_T_DLL TIMINGS_3_T_DLL_DEFAULT 0x0*
TIMINGS_3_T_PLL_TX TIMINGS_3_T_PLL_TX_DEFAULT 0x1*
TIMINGS_2_T_SUBBAND_TX TIMINGS_2_T_SUBBAND_TX_DEFAULT 0xF*

www.onsemi.com
183
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMINGS_2_T_TX_RF TIMINGS_2_T_TX_RF_DEFAULT 0xF*
TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_TX TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_TX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_RX TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_RX_ 0x1*
DEFAULT
AGC_LUT_5_AGC_LEVEL_11_HI AGC_LUT_5_AGC_LEVEL_11_HI_ 0xF*
DEFAULT

8.5.34 RF_AGC_ATT1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:30 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_AB_LO
29:27 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_9A
26:24 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_89
23:21 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_78
20:18 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_67
17:15 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_56
14:12 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_45
11:9 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_34
8:6 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_23
5:3 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_12
2:0 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_01 These fields specify the attenuation levels

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_AB_LO AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_AB_LO_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_9A AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_9A_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_89 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_89_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_78 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_78_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_67 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_67_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_56 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_56_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_45 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_45_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_34 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_34_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_23 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_23_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_12 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_12_DEFAULT 0x3*
AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_01 AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_01_DEFAULT 0x3*

www.onsemi.com
184
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.35 RF_REG22

Bit Field Field Name Description

29 TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX_TXFILT If set to 1 enables filter Tx configuration for the fast Rx PLL
28 TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX If set to 1 enables the fast Rx PLL
27:24 TIMING_FAST_RX_T_RX_FAST_CHP Time to switch off the fast CHP in Rx mode
23:20 TIMINGS_5_T_RX_RF Time needed by the Rx RF blocks to switch on.
19:16 TIMINGS_5_T_RX_BB Time needed by the Rx BB blocks to switch on.
15:12 TIMINGS_4_T_SUBBAND_RX Time needed by the subband algorithm to calibrate in Rx
11:8 TIMINGS_4_T_PLL_RX Time needed by the PLL blocks in Rx mode to switch on.
1 AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_1DB If set to 1 the attenuation is specified by 1dB steps from 4dB to 11dB
0 AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_AB_HI

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX_TXFILT TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX_ 0x0*
TXFILT_DEFAULT
TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TIMING_FAST_RX_T_RX_FAST_CHP TIMING_FAST_RX_T_RX_FAST_ 0x0*
CHP_DEFAULT
TIMINGS_5_T_RX_RF TIMINGS_5_T_RX_RF_DEFAULT 0x0*
TIMINGS_5_T_RX_BB TIMINGS_5_T_RX_BB_DEFAULT 0x0*
TIMINGS_4_T_SUBBAND_RX TIMINGS_4_T_SUBBAND_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TIMINGS_4_T_PLL_RX TIMINGS_4_T_PLL_RX_DEFAULT 0x0*
AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_1DB AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_1DB_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_AB_HI AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_AB_HI_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.36 RF_REG23

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_3 PrePA Casc bias
27:24 BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_2 PrePA In bias
23:20 BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_1 PA backoff bias
19:16 BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_0 PA bias
14:12 INTERFACE_CONF_APB_WAIT_ Select the number of wait states during the APB transaction
STATE
9:8 INTERFACE_CONF_SPI_SELECT Select the spi mode: 00 legacy spi, 01 advanced spi, 10 BLIM4SME spi
7 TIMEOUT_EN_RX_TIMEOUT If set to 1 enables the timeout of the Rx when the system is on FSM mode

www.onsemi.com
185
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

6:4 TIMEOUT_T_TIMEOUT_GR Granularity of the timer in timeout Rx mode
3:0 TIMEOUT_T_RX_TIMEOUT Time that has to occur before the timeout.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_3 BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_3_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_2 BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_2_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_1 BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_1_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_0 BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_0_DEFAULT 0x0*
INTERFACE_CONF_APB_WAIT_STATE INTERFACE_CONF_APB_WAIT_ 0x0*
STATE_DEFAULT
INTERFACE_CONF_SPI_SELECT INTERFACE_CONF_SPI_SELECT_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TIMEOUT_EN_RX_TIMEOUT TIMEOUT_EN_RX_TIMEOUT_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
TIMEOUT_T_TIMEOUT_GR TIMEOUT_T_TIMEOUT_GR_DEFAULT 0x0*
TIMEOUT_T_RX_TIMEOUT TIMEOUT_T_RX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.37 RF_REG24

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_RX VCO bias for Rx
27:24 BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_TX VCO bias for Tx
23:20 BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_2 Sub-band comparator bias
19:16 BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_1 Dynamic divider bias
15:12 BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_8 IFA ctrl_c bias
11:8 BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_7 IFA ctrl_r bias
7:4 BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_6 VCOM_MX bias
3:0 BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_5 VCOM_LO bias

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_RX BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_RX_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_TX BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_TX_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_2 BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_2_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_1 BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_1_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_8 BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_8_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_7 BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_7_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_6 BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_6_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_5 BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_5_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
186
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.38 RF_REG25

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 BIAS_9_IQ_BB_6 Peak detector threshold bias 0
27:24 BIAS_9_IQ_BB_5 Peak detector bias
23:20 BIAS_8_IQ_BB_4 RSSI_D bias
19:16 BIAS_8_IQ_BB_3 RSSI_G bias
15:12 BIAS_7_IQ_BB_2 ACD_L bias
11:8 BIAS_7_IQ_BB_1 ACD_C bias
7:4 BIAS_6_IQ_BB_0 ACD_O bias
3:0 BIAS_6_IQ_PLL_3 DLL bias

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BIAS_9_IQ_BB_6 BIAS_9_IQ_BB_6_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_9_IQ_BB_5 BIAS_9_IQ_BB_5_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_8_IQ_BB_4 BIAS_8_IQ_BB_4_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_8_IQ_BB_3 BIAS_8_IQ_BB_3_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_7_IQ_BB_2 BIAS_7_IQ_BB_2_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_7_IQ_BB_1 BIAS_7_IQ_BB_1_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_6_IQ_BB_0 BIAS_6_IQ_BB_0_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_6_IQ_PLL_3 BIAS_6_IQ_PLL_3_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.39 RF_REG26

Bit Field Field Name Description

28 SD_MASH_MASH_ENABLE Enable the sigma delta mash
27 SD_MASH_MASH_DITHER Enable dithering on the sigma delta mash
26:25 SD_MASH_MASH_ORDER Order of the sigma delta mash
24 SD_MASH_MASH_RSTB Reset of the sigma delta mash (active low)
23:20 BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_3 LNA bias for AGC lvl 3
19:16 BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_2 LNA bias for AGC lvl 2
15:12 BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_1 LNA bias for AGC lvl 1
11:8 BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_0 LNA bias for AGC lvl 0
7:4 BIAS_10_IQ_BB_8 Peak detector threshold bias 1
3:0 BIAS_10_IQ_BB_7 Peak detector threshold bias 2

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SD_MASH_MASH_ENABLE SD_MASH_MASH_ENABLE_DEFAULT 0x0*
SD_MASH_MASH_DITHER SD_MASH_MASH_DITHER_DEFAULT 0x0*
SD_MASH_MASH_ORDER SD_MASH_MASH_ORDER_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
187
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SD_MASH_MASH_RSTB SD_MASH_MASH_RSTB_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_3 BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_3_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_2 BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_2_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_1 BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_1_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_0 BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_0_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_10_IQ_BB_8 BIAS_10_IQ_BB_8_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_10_IQ_BB_7 BIAS_10_IQ_BB_7_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.40 RF_REG27

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 CTRL_ADC_ONE_CK_RSSI_PHADC If set to 1, the RSSI and the phADC share the same clock
30:29 CTRL_ADC_PHADC_DELLATCH phADC delay latch trimming
28:24 CTRL_ADC_CTRL_ADC bits(1:0) => phADC reset delay, bits(3:2) phADC clock delay, bit(4) phADC
latch idle
19 BIAS_EN_2_EN_PTAT Enable PTAT
18:16 BIAS_EN_2_EN_BIAS_BB_HI Bias enable for BB (same order as biases)
15:12 BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_BB_LO Bias enable for BB (same order as biases)
11:7 BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_PLL Bias enable for PLL (same order as biases)
6:0 BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_RXTX Bias enable for RxTx (same order as biases)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CTRL_ADC_ONE_CK_RSSI_PHADC CTRL_ADC_ONE_CK_RSSI_PHADC_DEFAULT 0x0*
CTRL_ADC_PHADC_DELLATCH CTRL_ADC_PHADC_DELLATCH_DEFAULT 0x0*
CTRL_ADC_CTRL_ADC CTRL_ADC_CTRL_ADC_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_EN_2_EN_PTAT BIAS_EN_2_EN_PTAT_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_EN_2_EN_BIAS_BB_HI BIAS_EN_2_EN_BIAS_BB_HI_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_BB_LO BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_BB_LO_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_PLL BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_PLL_DEFAULT 0x0*
BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_RXTX BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_RXTX_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.41 RF_REG28

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 CTRL_RX_SWITCH_LP If set to 1 switch the low-pass filter in the Rx chain
30 CTRL_RX_USE_PEAK_DETECTOR If set to 1, the peak detector is powered on during the Rx by the FSM
29 CTRL_RX_START_MIX_ON_CAL If set to 1, the mixer is enabled during the sub-band selection phase
28:24 CTRL_RX_CTRL_RX bits(1:0) => resonance 1 LNA, bits(3:2) => resonance 2 LNA, bit(4) => IFA
PTAT-R only
23:20 SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_RX VCO subband selection (Rx in FSM mode)

www.onsemi.com
188
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

19:16 SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_TX VCO subband selection (Tx in FSM mode)
10 DLL_CTRL_CK_LAST_SEL_
DELAY
9 DLL_CTRL_CK_FIRST_SEL_
DELAY
8 DLL_CTRL_CK_EXT_SEL Low: input clock comes from ck_xtal pin (default). High: input clock comes from
ck_ext pin
7 DLL_CTRL_CK_DIG_EN Debug: enable to use the alternate ck_dig pin to output the PLL reference clock
signal
6 DLL_CTRL_CK_TEST_EN Debug: enable to output on GPIO the PLL reference clock signal via ck_test pin
5 DLL_CTRL_TOO_FAST_ENB When low, enable auxiliary wide lock range phase detector when fast mode
locking is enabled (fast_enb = 0). When high, only the narrow lock range phase
detector is enabled and bit 2 (fast_enb) must be high to avoid false frequency
lock (slow mode locking)
4 DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_DET_EN Enable reference frequency multiplier locked detector. When this signal is high,
the dll_locked output goes high when the output multiplied clock is nearly about
three times the frequency of the input clock.
3 DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_AUTO_ If for some reason the reference frequency multiplier is out of lock (usually
CHECK_EN because some input clocks from ck_xtal or ck_ext are missing) and this signal is
high, the frequency multiplier will try to lock again automatically. Otherwise, a
manual reset should be performed via dll_rstb input (see Table 3) to relock the
frequency multiplier. This mode only works if bit 4 is also high (locked detector
enabled, see below)
2 DLL_CTRL_FAST_ENB Enable, when low, fast mode locking of the reference frequency multiplier
(default). Bit 5 must also be set low in this mode of operation (see below)
1:0 DLL_CTRL_CK_SEL Selection of the clock used as frequency reference of the PLL (also to ck_test
and ck_dig outputs): 00 => ref = ck_xtal or ck_ext (if bit 8 is high), 01 => ref =
same as ck_sel = 00 if dll_en = 0, otherwise frequency(ref) = 3x
frequency(ck_xtal) or 3x frequency(ck_ext) (if bit 8 is high), 10 => ref = same as
ck_sel = 01 but output frequency divided by 2 (used in normal RX mode when
dll_en = 0), 11 => ref = same as ck_sel = 01 but output frequency divided by 5
(used for RX mode with external signal at 132 MHz when dll_en = 0)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CTRL_RX_SWITCH_LP CTRL_RX_SWITCH_LP_DEFAULT 0x0*
CTRL_RX_USE_PEAK_DETECTOR CTRL_RX_USE_PEAK_DETECTOR_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CTRL_RX_START_MIX_ON_CAL CTRL_RX_START_MIX_ON_CAL_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
CTRL_RX_CTRL_RX CTRL_RX_CTRL_RX_DEFAULT 0x0*
SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_RX SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_RX_DEFAULT 0x0*
SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_TX SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_TX_DEFAULT 0x0*
DLL_CTRL_CK_LAST_SEL_DELAY DLL_CTRL_CK_LAST_SEL_DELAY_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
DLL_CTRL_CK_FIRST_SEL_DELAY DLL_CTRL_CK_FIRST_SEL_DELAY_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
DLL_CTRL_CK_EXT_SEL DLL_CTRL_CK_EXT_SEL_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
189
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DLL_CTRL_CK_DIG_EN DLL_CTRL_CK_DIG_EN_DEFAULT 0x0*
DLL_CTRL_CK_TEST_EN DLL_CTRL_CK_TEST_EN_DEFAULT 0x0*
DLL_CTRL_TOO_FAST_ENB DLL_CTRL_TOO_FAST_ENB_DEFAULT 0x0*
DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_DET_EN DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_DET_EN_DEFAULT 0x0*
DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_AUTO_CHECK_EN DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_AUTO_CHECK_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
DLL_CTRL_FAST_ENB DLL_CTRL_FAST_ENB_DEFAULT 0x0*
DLL_CTRL_CK_SEL DLL_CTRL_CK_SEL_DEFAULT 0x2*

8.5.42 RF_PLL_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 XTAL_TRIM_XTAL_TRIM trimming of the xtal: 5MSB thermometric, 3LSB direct
20 PLL_CTRL_2_PLL_RX_48MEG If set to 1 the PLL is set to 48MHz in Rx instead of 24MHz (need also to change
ck_sel)
19 PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_TX_SAME_ If set to 1, in case of swcap_fsm=1, the register for Rx and Tx swcap is the same
RX
18 PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_FSM If set to 1 use the swcap_fsm register as reference for the sub-band selection
17 PLL_CTRL_2_DLL_RSTB Reset signal of the DLL (active low)
16 PLL_CTRL_2_VCO_SUBBAND_ VCO sub-band selection bits
TRIM_HI
15:13 PLL_CTRL_1_VCO_SUBBAND_ VCO sub-band selection bits
TRIM_LO
12 PLL_CTRL_1_SUB_SEL_OFFS_ Add offset to sub-band selection comparator
EN
11 PLL_CTRL_1_DIV2_CLKVCO_ Debug: VCO signal divided by the programmable divider is divided by a: 0 =>
TEST_EN division ratio set to 1, 1 => division ratio set to 2; before to be outputted to
ck_div_test
10 PLL_CTRL_1_VCODIV_CLK_ Debug: enable to output on GPIO the VCO signal divided by the programmable
TEST_EN divider

9 PLL_CTRL_1_EN_LOW_CHP_ When high (recommended), allows use of a lower bias current for the required
BIAS output pumping current.

8 PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_DEAD_ZONE_ Debug: enable charge-pump dead zone (degraded PLL characteristics for test)
EN
7:6 PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_ Debug: charge-pump offset current values selection bits (see bit 6 to enable this
OFFSET_TRIM mode): 00 => d_phi = 15, 01 => d_phi=22.5, 10 => d_phi = 30, 11 => d_phi = 60.
Also sets the bias current of the common mode control block of the
charge-pump. Must be sets to 01 to ensure a proper operation of the VCO
tuning voltage comparator for sub-band selection, if used
5 PLL_CTRL_1_HIGH_BW_FILTER Enable the PLL filter high bandwidth needed in TX (must be high together with
_EN bit 4 in TX, low in RX)

4 PLL_CTRL_1_FAST_CHP_EN Enable the high current output of the charge-pump for PLL TX high bandwidth
mode (must be high together with bit 5 in TX, low in RX)

www.onsemi.com
190
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

3:2 PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_MODE_TRIM Charge-pump active if 00 else this allow to open the PLL and force the VCO
tune voltage to reach: 01 => minimum frequency inside sub-band selection, 10
=> medium frequency inside sub-band selection, 11 => maximum frequency
inside sub-band selection.
1 PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CMC_EN Enable the common mode control block of the charge-pump. Must be high to
ensure proper operation of the VCO tuning voltage comparator for sub-band
selection, if used
0 PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_ Debug: enable the charge-pump offset current (see bits 7:6 for offset current
OFFSET_EN value)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

XTAL_TRIM_XTAL_TRIM XTAL_TRIM_XTAL_TRIM_DEFAULT 0x80*
PLL_CTRL_2_PLL_RX_48MEG PLL_CTRL_2_PLL_RX_48MEG_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_TX_SAME_RX PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_TX_SAME_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_FSM PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_FSM_DEFAULT 0x0*
PLL_CTRL_2_DLL_RSTB PLL_CTRL_2_DLL_RSTB_DEFAULT 0x0*
PLL_CTRL_2_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_ PLL_CTRL_2_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_ 0x0*
HI HI_DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_ PLL_CTRL_1_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_ 0x0*
LO LO_DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_SUB_SEL_OFFS_EN PLL_CTRL_1_SUB_SEL_OFFS_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_DIV2_CLKVCO_TEST_ PLL_CTRL_1_DIV2_CLKVCO_TEST_ 0x0*
EN EN_DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_VCODIV_CLK_TEST_EN PLL_CTRL_1_VCODIV_CLK_TEST_ 0x0*
EN_DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_EN_LOW_CHP_BIAS PLL_CTRL_1_EN_LOW_CHP_BIAS_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_DEAD_ZONE_EN PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_DEAD_ZONE_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_OFFSET_ PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_OFFSET_ 0x0*
TRIM TRIM_DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_HIGH_BW_FILTER_EN PLL_CTRL_1_HIGH_BW_FILTER_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_FAST_CHP_EN PLL_CTRL_1_FAST_CHP_EN_DEFAULT 0x0*
PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_MODE_TRIM PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_MODE_TRIM_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CMC_EN PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CMC_EN_DEFAULT 0x0*
PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_OFFSET_EN PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_OFFSET_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
191
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.43 RF_REG2A

Bit Field Field Name Description

28 ENABLES_SEPARATE_PPA_CASC If set to 1, the en PPA cascode bit is independent from the en PA
27:22 ENABLES_EN_RXTX Enable signals: 0 => LNA, 1 => LNA, 2 => IFA, 3 => Tx, 4 => PA, 5 => PPA casc
21:16 ENABLES_EN_BB Enable signals for the BB: 0 => Filter, 1 => Filter central frequency bias, 2 =>
Filter bandwidth bias, 3 => ADC, 4 => RSSI, 5 => peak detector
15:13 RSSI_TUN_RSSI_TUN_GAIN RSSI tuning for gain
12:8 RSSI_TUN_RSSI_ODD_OFFSET RSSI tuning for odd stages: offset to the even triangular wave
7:4 RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MAX RSSI tuning for even stages: maximum value of the triangular wave. If max =
min, static signal.
3:0 RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MIN RSSI tuning for even stages: minimum value of the triangular wave

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ENABLES_SEPARATE_PPA_CASC ENABLES_SEPARATE_PPA_CASC_DEFAULT 0x0*
ENABLES_EN_RXTX ENABLES_EN_RXTX_DEFAULT 0x0*
ENABLES_EN_BB ENABLES_EN_BB_DEFAULT 0x0*
RSSI_TUN_RSSI_TUN_GAIN RSSI_TUN_RSSI_TUN_GAIN_DEFAULT 0x3*
RSSI_TUN_RSSI_ODD_OFFSET RSSI_TUN_RSSI_ODD_OFFSET_DEFAULT 0x0*
RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MAX RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MAX_DEFAULT 0x7*
RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MIN RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MIN_DEFAULT 0x7*

8.5.44 RF_XTAL_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_HIGH High threshold for xtal trimming
27:24 XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_LOW Low threshold for xtal trimming
23:22 XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_ Value of after_startup_curr_sel when level is higher than xo_thr_high
HIGH
21:20 XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_ Value of after_startup_curr_sel when level is lower than xo_thr_low
LOW
18 XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS Bypass the Xtal control algorithm
17 XTAL_CTRL_DIG_CLK_IN_SEL If set to 1 selects the clk_in_dig signal for the digital block, otherwise the
internal xtal
16 XTAL_CTRL_XO_EN_B_REG Xtal oscillator enable (active low)
15:14 XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CKDIV Xtal trimming speed: 00 => 43us, 01 => 85us, 10 => 171us, 11 => 341us
13 XTAL_CTRL_CLK_OUT_EN_B When high, disable the output clock to go to main IP (clk_out output stay
low).
12 XTAL_CTRL_REG_VALUE_SEL When low, all main ctrl signals are used instead of corresponding ctrl signal
or some control bits of xtal_reg. They are: xo_en_b, ext_clk_mode and
lp_mode. When high, corresponding ctrl signal and some control bits of
xtal_reg are used instead of main ctrl signals. They are: xo_en_b_reg,
ext_clk_mode (bit 0) and lp_mode (bit 1).

www.onsemi.com
192
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:10 XTAL_CTRL_AFTERSTARTUP_CURR_ Selection of the current before amplitude stabilization but after starting-up in
SEL active transistors of the core oscillator: '00': typ. 0.15 mA, '01': typ. 0.24 mA,
'10': typ. 0.40 mA, '11': typ. 0.61 mA
9:8 XTAL_CTRL_STARTUP_CURR_SEL Selection of the starting-up current in active transistors of the core oscillator:
'00': typ. 0.41 mA, '01': typ. 0.59 mA, '10': typ. 0.88 mA, '11': typ. 1.24 mA
7 XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_DIG Invert clock on clk_dig output
6 XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_PLL Invert clock on clk_pll output
5 XTAL_CTRL_FORCE_CLK_READY Debug: allow to force output clocks on clk_pll, clk_dig and clk_out (if these
outputs are enabled) and bypass the xtal internal clock detector that gates
these clock outputs.
4 XTAL_CTRL_CLK_DIG_EN_B When high, disable the output clock to go to digital (clk_dig output stay low).
3 XTAL_CTRL_BUFF_EN_B When low (and if xtal_en_b(_reg) is low), the xtal buffer is enabled otherwise
it is disabled. Could be used to decrease the power consumption of the xtal
while maintaining oscillation in the xtal oscillator
2 XTAL_CTRL_HP_MODE When high, bias current in the clock buffer is increased compared to normal
operation (high bandwidth mode in 132 MHz clock input buffer).
1 XTAL_CTRL_LP_MODE When high, bias current in the clock buffer is reduced compared to normal
operation (low power mode). Usable only if bit 12 is high (see below)
otherwise it is bypassed by lp_mode pin input on main interface
0 XTAL_CTRL_EXT_CLK_MODE When high, allow to uses xtal_p (and eventually xtal_n) has external clock
input(s). The XTAL oscillator core is disabled. Usable only if bit 12 is high
(see below) otherwise it is bypassed by ext_clk_mode pin input on main
interface

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_HIGH XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_HIGH_DEFAULT 0xC*
XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_LOW XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_LOW_DEFAULT 0x3*
XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_ XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_HIGH_ 0x2*
HIGH DEFAULT
XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_ XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_LOW_ 0x0*
LOW DEFAULT
XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
XTAL_CTRL_DIG_CLK_IN_SEL XTAL_CTRL_DIG_CLK_IN_SEL_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
XTAL_CTRL_XO_EN_B_REG XTAL_CTRL_ENABLE_OSCILLATOR 0x0
XTAL_CTRL_DISABLE_OSCILLATOR 0x1*
XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CKDIV XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CKDIV_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_CLK_OUT_EN_B XTAL_CTRL_CLK_OUT_EN_B_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_REG_VALUE_SEL XTAL_CTRL_REG_VALUE_SEL_ 0x0*
EXTERNAL
XTAL_CTRL_REG_VALUE_SEL_ 0x1
INTERNAL
XTAL_CTRL_AFTERSTARTUP_ XTAL_CTRL_AFTERSTARTUP_CURR_ 0x1*
CURR_SEL SEL_DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
193
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

XTAL_CTRL_STARTUP_CURR_SEL XTAL_CTRL_STARTUP_CURR_SEL_DEFAULT 0x1*
XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_DIG XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_DIG_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_PLL XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_PLL_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_FORCE_CLK_READY XTAL_CTRL_FORCE_CLK_READY_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_CLK_DIG_EN_B XTAL_CTRL_CLK_DIG_EN_B_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_BUFF_EN_B XTAL_CTRL_BUFF_EN_B_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_HP_MODE XTAL_CTRL_HP_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_LP_MODE XTAL_CTRL_LP_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*
XTAL_CTRL_EXT_CLK_MODE XTAL_CTRL_EXT_CLK_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.45 RF_REG2C

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 SUBBAND_OFFSET_SB_OFFSET Offset to add in frequency count in order to compensate the offset of the varicap.
23:20 SWCAP_LIM_SB_MAX_VAL maximum subband value in linear search subband (freq and comp)
19:16 SWCAP_LIM_SB_MIN_VAL minimum subband value in linear search subband (freq and comp)
15 SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FLL_MODE Enables the FLL mode for the subband selection (overrides other settings)
14 SUBBAND_CONF_SB_INV_BAND invert the meaning of sb_high and sb_low
13:12 SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FREQ_CNT The length to count in frequency mode: 00 => 256 (Rx: 10.7us, Tx: 2.13us),01
=> 512 (Rx: 21.3us, Tx: 4.26us),11 => 1024 (Rx: 42.7us, Tx: 8.53us),01 => 4096
(Rx: 171us, Tx: 34.1us)
11:10 SUBBAND_CONF_SB_WAIT_T time to wait to the PLL to settle: 00 => Rx 8us, Tx 2us, 01 => Rx 12us, Tx 3us,
10 => Rx 16us, Tx 4us, 11 => Rx 24us, Tx 6u
9:8 SUBBAND_CONF_SB_MODE sub-band algorithm mode: 00 => SAR w/ comparators, 01 => linear w/
comparators, 00 => SAR w/ frequency ratios, 01 => linear w/ frequency ratios
5:4 PA_CONF_SW_CN Harmonic 2 notch tuning
3 PA_CONF_TX_SWITCHPA If set to 1, enables the PA only with the digital block, otherwise it's the RF Tx
timing
2 PA_CONF_TX_0DBM If set to 1 enables the PA, otherwise only the PPA is used (-20dBm)
1:0 PA_CONF_CTRL_PA N.U.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SUBBAND_OFFSET_SB_OFFSET SUBBAND_OFFSET_SB_OFFSET_DEFAULT 0x0*
SWCAP_LIM_SB_MAX_VAL SWCAP_LIM_SB_MAX_VAL_DEFAULT 0x0*
SWCAP_LIM_SB_MIN_VAL SWCAP_LIM_SB_MIN_VAL_DEFAULT 0x0*
SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FLL_MODE SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FLL_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*
SUBBAND_CONF_SB_INV_BAND SUBBAND_CONF_SB_INV_BAND_DEFAULT 0x0*
SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FREQ_CNT SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FREQ_CNT_DEFAULT 0x0*
SUBBAND_CONF_SB_WAIT_T SUBBAND_CONF_SB_WAIT_T_DEFAULT 0x0*
SUBBAND_CONF_SB_MODE SUBBAND_CONF_SB_MODE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_CONF_SW_CN PA_CONF_SW_CN_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
194
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PA_CONF_TX_SWITCHPA PA_CONF_TX_SWITCHPA_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_CONF_TX_0DBM PA_CONF_TX_0DBM_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_CONF_CTRL_PA PA_CONF_CTRL_PA_DEFAULT 0x0*

8.5.46 RF_REG2D

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_EN Enable the subband correction
30:28 SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_RX Subband correction in Rx
26:24 SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_TX Subband correction in Tx
23 PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_PLL_TX
22 PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_DIG_TX
21:20 PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CK_SEL_TX Xor value between Tx and Rx for the ck_sel field of register
DLL_CTRL
18:17 PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_TRIM_
TX
16 PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_EN_TX
15 PA_RAMPUP_FULL_PA_RAMPUP If set to 1, the PA rampup uses the PA backoff enable bit (from -40
dBm)
14:12 PA_RAMPUP_DEL_PA_RAMPUP time to wait to start the ramp-up after the PA enable is detected
11:10 PA_RAMPUP_TAU_PA_RAMPUP time constant of the Ramp-up/Ramp-down
9 PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPDOWN if set to 1 enables the PA ramp-down. Only valid in case of
ramp-up
8 PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPUP if set to 1 enables the PA ramp-up
7:3 MISC_SPARES Unused bits
2:1 MISC_RSSI_PRE_ATT RSSI pre-attenuator: 00 => 0dB, 01 => 4dB, 10 => 8dB, 11 =>
12dB
0 MISC_XTAL_LOW_CLK_READY_TH_EN XTAL: if set to 1, the clk_ready threshold is set to a lower value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_EN SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_RX SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_RX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_TX SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_TX_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_PLL_ PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_PLL_ 0x0*
TX TX_DEFAULT
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_DIG_ PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_DIG_ 0x0*
TX TX_DEFAULT
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CK_SEL_TX PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CK_SEL_TX_ 0x3*
DEFAULT

www.onsemi.com
195
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_ PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_ 0x0*
TRIM_TX TRIM_TX_DEFAULT
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_ PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_EN_ 0x0*
EN_TX TX_DEFAULT
PA_RAMPUP_FULL_PA_RAMPUP PA_RAMPUP_FULL_PA_RAMPUP_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_RAMPUP_DEL_PA_RAMPUP PA_RAMPUP_DEL_PA_RAMPUP_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_RAMPUP_TAU_PA_RAMPUP PA_RAMPUP_TAU_PA_RAMPUP_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPDOWN PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPDOWN_DEFAULT 0x0*
PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPUP PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPUP_DEFAULT 0x0*
MISC_SPARES MISC_SPARES_DEFAULT 0x0*
MISC_RSSI_PRE_ATT MISC_RSSI_PRE_ATT_DEFAULT 0x0*
MISC_XTAL_LOW_CLK_READY_TH_EN MISC_XTAL_LOW_CLK_READY_TH_EN_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.47 RF_REG2E

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 RSSI_DETECT_ABS_THR_RSSI_ Threshold used for absolute RSSI detection
DET_ABS_THR
23:16 RSSI_DETECT_DIFF_THR_RSSI_ Threshold used for differential RSSI detection
DET_DIFF_THR
14 DEMOD_CTRL_EN_DELLINE_SYNC_ If set to 1 enable the sync word detection in the delay line. This implies that
DET nc_sel_out = 0x7

13 DEMOD_CTRL_RSSI_DET_FILT Add an additional filtering on the RSSI value

12 DEMOD_CTRL_EN_FAST_CLK_RECO If set to 1 speed up the clock recovery during the rest of the preamble
V
11 DEMOD_CTRL_EN_MIN_MAX_MF If set to 1 enables the min max algo after the matched filter
10 DEMOD_CTRL_EN_PRE_SYNC If set to 1 enables the sync detection on the non-delayed path; not working in
4-FSK
9 DEMOD_CTRL_BLOCK_RSSI_DET If set to 1 blocks the rssi detection during the slow-down period
8 DEMOD_CTRL_EARLY_FINE_RECOV If set to 1 enables the early fine recovery after the packet detection or
pre-sync
7:6 RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_CR_LEN Number of samples to estimate the carrier offset: 0 -> 32, 1 -> 64, 2 -> 128,
3->256
5:4 RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_WAIT Symbols to wait after the RSSI detection: 00 -> 0, 01 -> 1, 10 -> 2, 11 -> 4
3:2 RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_DIFF_ Set the distance between the actual value and the subtracted one (0->1
LL sample,1->2 samples, etc)

1 RSSI_DETECT_EN_ABS_RSSI_ If set to 1 enables the absolute RSSI detection

DETECT
0 RSSI_DETECT_EN_DIFF_RSSI_ If set to 1 enables the differential RSSI detection
DETECT

www.onsemi.com
196
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RSSI_DETECT_ABS_THR_RSSI_ RSSI_DETECT_ABS_THR_RSSI_DET_ABS_ 0x0*
DET_ABS_THR THR_DEFAULT
RSSI_DETECT_DIFF_THR_RSSI_ RSSI_DETECT_DIFF_THR_RSSI_DET_DIFF_ 0x0*
DET_DIFF_THR THR_DEFAULT
DEMOD_CTRL_EN_DELLINE_ DEMOD_CTRL_EN_DELLINE_SYNC_DET_ 0x0*
SYNC_DET DEFAULT
DEMOD_CTRL_RSSI_DET_FILT DEMOD_CTRL_RSSI_DET_FILT_DEFAULT 0x0*
DEMOD_CTRL_EN_FAST_CLK_ DEMOD_CTRL_EN_FAST_CLK_RECOV_DEFAULT 0x0*
RECOV
DEMOD_CTRL_EN_MIN_MAX_MF DEMOD_CTRL_EN_MIN_MAX_MF_DEFAULT 0x0*
DEMOD_CTRL_EN_PRE_SYNC DEMOD_CTRL_EN_PRE_SYNC_DEFAULT 0x0*
DEMOD_CTRL_BLOCK_RSSI_DET DEMOD_CTRL_BLOCK_RSSI_DET_DEFAULT 0x0*
DEMOD_CTRL_EARLY_FINE_ DEMOD_CTRL_EARLY_FINE_RECOV_DEFAULT 0x0*
RECOV
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_CR_ RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_CR_LEN_DEFAULT 0x0*
LEN
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_WAIT RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_WAIT_DEFAULT 0x0*
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_ RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_DIFF_LL_DEFAULT 0x0*
DIFF_LL
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_ RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_EN_ABS_ 0x0*
EN_ABS DEFAULT
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_ RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_EN_DIFF _ 0x0*
EN_DIFF DEFAULT

8.5.48 RF_REG2F

Bit Field Field Name Description

26:24 CK_DIV_1_6_CK_DIV_1_6 Clock division factor for ck_div_1_6
22:0 RESERVED

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CK_DIV_1_6_CK_DIV_1_6 CK_DIV_1_6_NO_CLOCK This means that no 0x0*
clock is generated
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_1 0x1
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_2 0x2
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_3 0x3
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_4 0x4
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_5 0x5
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_6 0x6
CK_DIV_1_6_PRESCALE_7 0x7
PADS_PE_DS_GPIO_DS PADS_PE_DS_GPIO_DS_DEFAULT 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
197
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PADS_PE_DS_GPIO_PE PADS_PE_DS_GPIO_PE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PADS_PE_DS_NRESET_PE PADS_PE_DS_NRESET_PE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PADS_PE_DS_SPI_MISO_PE PADS_PE_DS_SPI_MISO_PE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PADS_PE_DS_SPI_MOSI_PE PADS_PE_DS_SPI_MOSI_PE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PADS_PE_DS_SPI_SCLK_PE PADS_PE_DS_SPI_SCLK_PE_DEFAULT 0x0*
PADS_PE_DS_SPI_CS_N_PE PADS_PE_DS_SPI_CS_N_PE_DEFAULT 0x0*
SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_DITHER SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_DITHER_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_CIC_TAU SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_CIC_TAU_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_PH_4_N8 SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_PH_4_N8_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_WAIT SUBBAND_FLL_SB_FLL_WAIT_ 0x0*
DEFAULT
SYNC_WORD_CORR_EN_SYNC_WORD_CORR SYNC_WORD_CORR_EN_SYNC_WORD_ 0x0*
CORR_DEFAULT
SYNC_WORD_CORR_SYNC_WORD_BIAS SYNC_WORD_CORR_SYNC_WORD_BIAS_ 0x0*
DEFAULT

8.5.49 RF_REG30

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:25 RXFIFO_STATUS_BIST Start the bist test on the Rx FIFO (code 0x5d)
31:30 RXFIFO_STATUS_BIST_ERRORS Indicate the BIST error: 00 => no error, 01 => error in checkboard test, 10
=> error in inversed checkboard test, 11 => error in decoder test
29 RXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_UNDERFLOW Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is close to the underflow
28 RXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_OVERFLOW Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is close to the overflow
27 RXFIFO_STATUS_UNDERFLOW Is set to 1 if there has been an underflow
26 RXFIFO_STATUS_OVERFLOW Is set to 1 if there has been an overflow
25 RXFIFO_STATUS_FULL Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is full
24 RXFIFO_STATUS_FLUSH If set to 1 the Rx FIFO is flushed
24 RXFIFO_STATUS_EMPTY Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is empty
23:17 TXFIFO_STATUS_BIST Start the bist test on the Tx FIFO (code 0x5d)
23:22 TXFIFO_STATUS_BIST_ERRORS Indicate the BIST error: 00 => no error, 01 => error in checkboard test, 10
=> error in inversed checkboard test, 11 => error in decoder test
21 TXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_UNDERFLOW Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is close to the underflow
20 TXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_OVERFLOW Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is close to the overflow
19 TXFIFO_STATUS_UNDERFLOW Is set to 1 if there has been an underflow
18 TXFIFO_STATUS_OVERFLOW Is set to 1 if there has been an overflow
17 TXFIFO_STATUS_FULL Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is full
16 TXFIFO_STATUS_FLUSH If set to 1 the Tx FIFO is flushed
16 TXFIFO_STATUS_EMPTY Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is empty

www.onsemi.com
198
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

10 FSM_STATUS_TX_NRX Is set to 0 if the radio is in Rx mode, to 1 if in Tx mode
9:8 FSM_STATUS_STATUS Status of the FSM: 00 => Idle, 01 => Tx mode, 10 => Rx mode, 11 =>
Suspend
3 FSM_MODE_RESET If set to 1, the FSM is reset. If mode is set to 0 the FSM is reset
asynchronously. If is set to 1 the Tx or Rx (depending on tx_nrx) is stopped
gently via the serializer or the deserializer
2 FSM_MODE_TX_NRX Sets the Radio in Tx (1) or Rx (0) mode
2 FSM_MODE_RX_MODE The field stay with value 1 as long as the reception isn't over
1:0 FSM_MODE_MODE Sets the FSM mode: 00: nothing is done, 01: activate, 10: calibrate the
PLL, 11: calibrate the PLL then Tx/Rx
1 FSM_MODE_TX_MODE The field keep the value 1 as long as the transmission isn't over
0 FSM_MODE_N_IDLE The field is set to 1 if the FSM is not in the Idle mode.

8.5.50 RF_REG31

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 RSSI_MAX_RSSI_MAX Maximum RSSI value over a filtering period
23:16 RSSI_MIN_RSSI_MIN Minimum RSSI value over a filtering period
15:8 RXFIFO_COUNT_RX_COUNT Number of bytes in the Rx FIFO
7:0 TXFIFO_COUNT_TX_COUNT Number of bytes in the Tx FIFO

8.5.51 RF_REG32

Bit Field Field Name Description

30:28 RX_ATT_LEVEL_RX_ATT_LEVEL_PKT_LVL Rx attenuation level (AGC level) during the packet reception
26:24 RX_ATT_LEVEL_RX_ATT_LEVEL Rx attenuation level (AGC level)
23:16 RSSI_AVG_RSSI_AVG Filtered RSSI value
15:8 DR_ERR_IND_DR_ERR_IND Data-rate error indicator
7:0 RSSI_PKT_RSSI_PKT Filtered RSSI value sampled during the packet reception

8.5.52 RF_TXFIFO

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 TXFIFO_TX_DATA Data to be sent

8.5.53 RF_RXFIFO

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 RXFIFO_RX_DATA Received data

www.onsemi.com
199
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

8.5.54 RF_DESER_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

7 DESER_STATUS_SIGNAL_RECEIVING Is set to 1 if the deserializer is on
6 DESER_STATUS_SYNC_DETECTED Is set to 1 is the sync word (pattern) has been detected
5 DESER_STATUS_WAIT_SYNC Is set to 1 if the deserializer is waiting the sync word
4 DESER_STATUS_IS_ADDRESS_BR Is set to 1 if the received address is the broadcast address.
3 DESER_STATUS_PKT_LEN_ERR Is set to 1 in case of the packet length is longer than the maximum
acceptable packet length
2 DESER_STATUS_ADDRESS_ERR Is set to 1 in case of an address error
1 DESER_STATUS_CRC_ERR Is set to 1 in case of a CRC error
0 DESER_STATUS_DESER_FINISH Is set to 1 when the deserializer has finished

8.5.55 RF_IRQ_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_RXFIFO Is set to 1 when the IRQ RXFIFO is active
4 IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_TXFIFO Is set to 1 when the IRQ TXFIFO is active
3 IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_SYNC Is set to 1 when the IRQ SYNC is active
2 IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_RECEIVED Is set to 1 when the IRQ RECEIVED is active
1 IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_RXSTOP Is set to 1 when the IRQ RXSTOP is active
0 IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_TX Is set to 1 when the IRQ TX is active

8.5.56 RF_REG37

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 FEI_PKT_FEI_PKT Frequency error indicator sampled during the packet reception.
15:0 FEI_FEI_OUT Frequency error indicator

8.5.57 RF_REG38

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 LINK_QUAL_PKT_LINK_QUALITY_PKT Link quality indicator sampled during the packet reception. Note that the
Viterbi algorithm as to be enabled.
23:16 LINK_QUAL_LINK_QUALITY Instantaneous link quality indicator. Note that the Viterbi algorithm as to
be enabled.
15:0 FEI_AFC_FEI_AFC Frequency error indicator sampled during the AFC.

8.5.58 RF_REG39

Bit Field Field Name Description

13 ANALOG_INFO_XTAL_FINISH If set to 1, the Xtal algorithm has finished
12 ANALOG_INFO_DLL_LOCKED DLL locked signal

www.onsemi.com
200
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

11 ANALOG_INFO_CLK_DIG_READY Ready signal of the digital clock
10 ANALOG_INFO_CLK_PLL_READY Ready signal of the PLL clock
9 ANALOG_INFO_SUBBAND_HI Status of the subband comparator Hi
8 ANALOG_INFO_SUBBAND_LO Status of the subband comparator Lo
7:0 SUBBAND_ERR_SB_FLL_ERR distance from the subband center (only available with the FLL method)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ANALOG_INFO_XTAL_FINISH ANALOG_INFO_XTAL_TRIM_RUNNING 0x0*
ANALOG_INFO_XTAL_TRIM_FINISHED 0x1
ANALOG_INFO_DLL_LOCKED ANALOG_INFO_DLL_UNLOCKED 0x0*
ANALOG_INFO_DLL_LOCKED 0x1
ANALOG_INFO_CLK_DIG_READY ANALOG_INFO_CLK_DIG_NOT_READY 0x0*
ANALOG_INFO_CLK_DIG_READY 0x1

8.5.59 RF_REVISION

Bit Field Field Name Description

29:24 CHIP_ID Version of the chip: 0x00: v1, 0x10: v2A, 0x11: v2B, 0x12: v2C, 0x13: v2D, 0x14:
v2E, 0x20: v3

www.onsemi.com
201
 CHAPTER 9

9. Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband

9.1 OVERVIEW

The Bluetooth low energy baseband controller is responsible for real-time operations, and performs packet and
frame processing. Its architecture is illustrated in Figure 17.

PBus SBus
ARM Cortex-M3
external interrupts
CSS

RF front-end Baseband controller

Timing
Test muxes Registers
generators

Core level

Exchange
Radio Frequency Interrupt AES
Control data Memory controller memory
controller selection generator CCM
(BB_DRAM)

Bit stream Core level

Packet Event White list Event

Rx / Tx data Whitening CRC
controller controller search scheduler

Figure 17. Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband Controller Architecture

The baseband controller communicates with:

• The Arm Cortex-M3 processor, through:

• The Bluetooth baseband controller sends interrupts to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor. For information on
the interrupt support, see Section 14.1, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)” on page 400.
• The S-Bus and the DMA that access the exchange memory (BB_DRAM0 and BB_DRAM1) parallel to the
baseband controller. The memory access is managed by an external arbiter that can be configured. For
information on these memories, see Section 7.2.6, “Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband (BB) Memory
Usage” on page 106.
• The control and configuration registers listed in Section 9.4, “Baseband Registers” on page 213.

• The RF front-end through the support interfaces, as described in Section 11.9, “Support Interfaces” on
page 347.

The Bluetooth baseband hardware fills the logical layers of the Bluetooth low energy data transfer architecture
shown in Figure 18. This supplements the physical layers implemented by the RF front-end (refer to Chapter 8, “RF
Front-End” on page 132) and the L2CAP and host layers that are supported by the Bluetooth stack firmware (refer to
the “Bluetooth Stack and Profiles” chapter from the RSL10 Firmware Reference).

www.onsemi.com
202
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

L2CAP
L2CAP Channels
Layer

Logical Links
Logical
Layer Logical Transports

Physical Links

Physical
Physical Channels
Layer
Physical Transports

Figure 18. Bluetooth Generic Data Transport Architecture

The Bluetooth low energy baseband controller is implemented with the features listed in Table 17.

Table 17. Baseband Controller Hardware Implementation Features

Hardware Implementation Settings Description

Maximum Frequency Baseband can execute up to a maximum frequency of 24 MHz
Exchange P-Bus Access The processor accesses the baseband controller registers via an extension of the P-Bus.
The R/W registers’ accesses are limited to 32 and 16 bits.
Interrupts The interrupts are pulse triggered
Coexistence Support A coexistence interface is instantiated identifying when the RF front-end is busy for
Bluetooth or other traffic
External low-power timing access The low power timing generator is implemented parallel to the Bluetooth low energy
technology controller, so external access is possible
Audio Support For devices containing AOBLE support, three audio channels are supported

This chapter includes information about the following:

• The registers that can be used to access the baseband hardware, and how the baseband uses the exchange
memory and other control structures to control data transferred to the RF front-end
• The baseband timing
• The hardware aspects of the security manager as accessible through the GAP layer

See the RSL10 Firmware Reference for more information about host and profile layer support.

9.1.1 Bluetooth Baseband Error Handling

This interrupt indicates that a hardware error has been detected. The error type can be recovered by reading the
ERRORTYPESTAT register (refer to Figure 19 for register overview and Table 18 on page 204 for a detailed description
of each bit).

www.onsemi.com
203
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Figure 19. ERRORTYPESTAT Error Interrupt Register

Table 18. ERRORTYPESTAT Description

Command Value Description

RAL_UNDERRUN 0: No error Indicates Resolving Address List engine Underrun issue: happens
1: Error occurred when RAL List parsing is not finished on time.

RAL_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Resolving Address List engine faced a bad setting.
1: Error occurred
CONCEVTIRQ_ERROR 0: No error Indicates whether two consecutive and concurrent
1: Error occurred ble_event_irq have been generated, and not acknowledged in
time by the RSL10 software.
RXDATA_PTR_ERROR 0: No error Indicates whether Rx data buffer pointer value programmed is null:
1: Error occurred this is a major programming failure.

TXDATA_PTR_ERROR 0: No error Indicates whether Tx data buffer pointer value programmed is null
1: Error occurred during Advertising / Scanning / Initiating events, or during Master /
Slave connections with non-null packet length: this is a major
programming failure.
RXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR 0: No error Indicates whether Rx Descriptor pointer value programmed in register
1: Error occurred is null: this is a major programming failure.

TXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR 0: No error Indicates whether Tx Descriptor pointer value programmed in Control

1: Error occurred Structure is null during Advertising / Scanning / Initiating events: this is
a major programming failure.
CSFORMAT_ERROR 0: No error Indicates whether CS-FORMAT has been programmed with an invalid
1: Error occurred value: this is a major software programming failure.

LLCHMAP_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Link Layer Channel Map error, happens when actual
1: Error occurred number of CS-LLCHMAP bits set to one is different from
CS-NBCHGOOD at the beginning of Frequency Hopping process.
ADV_UNDERRUN 0: No error Indicates Advertising Interval Underrun: occurs if time between two
1: Error occurred consecutive intervals.

IFS_UNDERRUN 0: No error Indicates Inter Frame Space Underrun: occurs if IFS time is not
1: Error occurred enough to update and read Control Structure/Descriptors, and/or
White List parsing is not finished and/or Decryption time is too long to
be finished on time.
WHITELIST_ERROR 0: No error Indicates White List Timeout error: occurs if White List parsing is not
1: Error occurred finished on time.

www.onsemi.com
204
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 18. ERRORTYPESTAT Description (Continued)

Command Value Description

EVT_CNTL_APFM_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Anticipated Pre-Fetch Mechanism error: happens when 2
1: Error occurred consecutive events are programmed, and the first event is not
completely finished while second pre-fetch instant is reached.
EVT_SCHDL_APFM_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Anticipated Pre-Fetch Mechanism error: happens when 2
1: Error occurred consecutive events are scheduled, and the first event is not
completely finished while second pre-fetch instant is reached.
EVT_SCHDL_ENTRY_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Event Scheduler has faced invalid timing programing on two
1: Error occurred consecutive exchange table entries (e.g first one with 624
microseconds offset and second one with no offset).
EVT_SCHDL_EMACC_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Event Scheduler exchange memory access error: happens
1: Error occurred when exchange memory accesses are not served in time, and blocks
the Exchange Table entry read.
RADIO_EMACC_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Radio Controller exchange memory access error: happens
1: Error occurred when exchange memory accesses are not served in time and data is
corrupted.
PKTCNTL_EMACC_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Packet Controller exchange memory access error: happens
1: Error occurred when exchange memory accesses are not served in time and Tx/Rx is
are corrupted.
RXCRYPT_ERROR 0: No error Indicates real time decryption error: happens when AES-CCM
1: Error occurred decryption is too slow compared to Packet Controller requests. A
16-bytes block has to be decrypted prior the next block is received by
the Packet Controller.
TXCRYPT_ERROR 0: No error Indicates Real Time encryption error: happens when AES-CCM
1: Error occurred encryption is too slow compared to Packet Controller requests. A
16-bytes block has to be encrypted and prepared on Packet
Controller request, and needs to be ready before the Packet
Controller has to send it.

9.1.2 Support Interfaces

For debugging purposes, the baseband controller instantiates a diagnostic port that can be configured through the
following baseband controller registers.

• BB_DIAGCNTL
• BB_DIAGSTAT
• BB_DEBUGADDMAX
• BB_DEBUGADDMIN
• BB_ERRORTYPESTAT

The 8-bit diagnostic bus can be mapped to any DIO output, as described in Figure 34 on page 348.

9.2 BASEBAND REGISTERS AND MEMORY USAGE

The link layer software interfaces with the baseband by writing/reading its registers and the exchange memory.
Baseband access methods need to be adapted to the physical interface between the CPU and baseband (e.g. AHB, SPI,
etc.). An abstraction layer is therefore implemented so that LL software is, as much as possible, independent from the
physical interface. Only the link layer baseband abstraction layer is modified for compatibility with the physical
interface.

www.onsemi.com
205
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The abstraction layer contains a few primitives, allowing atomic read/writes and copies of data from system RAM
to exchange memory.

9.2.1 Baseband Abstraction Layer Primitives

The following functions and macros are used by the link layer software to access the baseband registers, exchange
memory, and RF registers:

REG_BLE_RD(addr)
This macro reads a 32-bit value from a Bluetooth low energy technology core register

REG_BLE_WR(addr, value)
This function writes a 32-bit value to a Bluetooth low energy technology core register

EM_BLE_RD(addr)
This function reads a 16-bit value from the Bluetooth low energy technology exchange memory

EM_BLE_WR(addr, value)
This function writes a 16-bit value to the exchange memory

RF_BLE_RD(addr)
This macro reads a value from an RF register

RF_BLE_WR(addr, value)
This function writes a value to an RF register

void em_ble_burst_rd(void *sys_addr, uint16_t em_addr, uint16_t len)

This function reads len bytes from address em_addr in the exchange memory and writes them
at address sys_addr in system memory

void em_ble_burst_wr(void const*sys_addr, uint16_t em_addr, uint16_t len)

This function reads len bytes from address sys_addr in the system memory and writes them at
address em_addr in the exchange memory

These macros are defined in reg_access.h and provide direct access to the baseband outside of the link layer
software.

9.2.2 Control Structures

The control structure contains information that instructs the hardware to perform actions relevant to a specific
Bluetooth link layer state (advertising, scanning, initiating, master connection, and slave connection).

The control structure is located in the exchange memory and is statically allocated at build time. The number of
allocated control structures is one more than the maximum number of links supported by the built firmware.

www.onsemi.com
206
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

ET offset
Exchange CS link handle 0
Table
FT offset CS link handle 1
Frequency
Table CS link handle 2
Encrypt
offset
Encryption
Area
CS offset
Control
Control Structure
Structure Area
Area

Exchange
Memory
Area

Figure 20. Control Structure Allocation

9.3 BASEBAND TIMING

9.3.1 Clock Structures

The Bluetooth low energy baseband is clocked using a baseband clock (BBCLK), a divided baseband clock
(BBCLK_DIV), and a baseband timer clock. For more information about these clocks, see Section 6.3.4, “Baseband
Clock (BBCLK) and Other Clocks for the Bluetooth Low Energy Baseband” on page 82.

BBCLK is a prescaled form of SYSCLK (see Section 6.3.1, “System Clock (SYSCLK)” on page 79) that is
provided to the Bluetooth low energy baseband. BBCLK is derived from SYSCLK clock through a 3-bit integer
division by the CLK_DIV_CFG0_BBCLK_PRESCALE bit field in the CLK_DIV_CFG0 register. For proper baseband
operation during RF transmissions, BBCLK must be configured in the range from 6 to 24 MHz with operation at 8 MHz
or 16 MHz recommended. This prescaler provides a clock prescaled from SYSCLK by 1 to 8, and results in an BBCLK
with a frequency as defined by the following equation:

f SYSCLK
f BBCLK = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG0_BBCLK_PRESCALE + 1 

For proper baseband operation BBCLK_DIV must be configured to supply a 1 MHz reference, divided from
BBCLK. BBCLK_DIV is divided using the BBIF_CTRL_CLK_SEL bit-field of the BBIF_CTRL register. This bit-field
should be set so that the following equation is correct:

f BBCLK
f BBCLK_DIV = -------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 1MHz
 BBIF_CTRL_CLK_SEL + 1 

The reset and the low power timing generator clock (32 kHz), or a divided clock for lower power consumption, are
divided from the standby clock (Section 6.3.2, “Standby Clock (STANDBYCLK)” on page 80) with the baseband timer
configuring and potentially further dividing this using the ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL_BB_CLK_PRESCALE bit from the

www.onsemi.com
207
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL register. The reset signal for this block is controlled by the
ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL_BB_TIMER_NRESET bit, and is re-synchronized on the baseband timer clock, and consequently,
it can take up to one clock cycle of this divided clock before the baseband timer is effectively reset.

IMPORTANT: When ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL_BB_CLK_PRESCALE is used to scale STANDBYCLK for use as the

baseband time clock:

• The RTC must be enabled.

• The ACS_RTC_CFG_START_VALUE bit-field of the ACS_RTC_CFG register must be set to provide division
of STANDBYCLK of 2N (ACS_RTC_CFG_START_VALUE set to 2N-1), where N >
ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL_BB_CLK_PRESCALE.

For more information on RTC configuration, see Section 6.3.5, “Real-Time Clock (RTC)” on page 82.

9.3.1.1 ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

9:8 BB_CLK_PRESCALE Prescale value for the baseband timer clock
0 BB_TIMER_NRESET nReset signal for the baseband timer

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BB_CLK_PRESCALE BB_CLK_PRESCALE_1 Use 32 kHz clock from RTC 0x0*
BB_CLK_PRESCALE_2 Use 16 kHz clock from RTC (counter 0x1
bit0)
BB_CLK_PRESCALE_4 Use 8 kHz clock from RTC (counter 0x2
bit1)
BB_CLK_PRESCALE_8 Use 4 kHz clock from RTC (counter 0x3
bit2)
BB_TIMER_NRESET BB_TIMER_RESET Baseband timer is in reset state 0x0*
BB_TIMER_NRESET Baseband timer reset is released 0x1

9.3.2 Slot Timing

The system is synchronized as per a base time unit, called a “slot”, which is equal to 625 s. A hardware counter
named “base time counter” manages the system slot counting. A hardware counter named “fine time counter” performs
a 1 s precision countdown within a slot.

Fine Time
counter
624……….0 624……….0 624……….0 624……….0 624……….0 624……….0
Slot
Base Time
counter
0x9F10 0x9F11 0x9F12 0x9F13 0x9F14 0x9F15

Figure 21. Slot Definition

The base time counter starts at 0 on power-up. It is 27 bits wide, and it is incremented every 625 s.

www.onsemi.com
208
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.3.3 Timing and Event-Related Interrupts

The real time scheduling and the system wakeup are synchronized over several interrupts. These interrupts are
generated by the hardware (BaseBand / Core). Refer to Figure 22 on page 209.

IRQ

Yes
Rx ISR

Received ISR handler No

Yes
Start ISR

No Schedule ISR handler

Yes
End ISR

End of Event ISR handler No

Yes
Timer ISR

No Kernel Timer ISR handler

Yes
Crypt ISR

Encrypt Engine ISR handler No

Yes
WkUp ISR

No Wake Up ISR handler

Yes
625us ISR

Slot ISR handler No

Yes
Error ISR

No Error ISR handler

End

Figure 22. Interrupts Overview

9.3.3.1 Schedule Interrupt

The schedule interrupt allows the event arbiter to program the exchange table. This interrupt happens in advance of
the execution time. This delay is called PROG LATENCY; it is counted in slot number and is set to 2 by definition in
the firmware (i.e. 2 * 625 s = 1.25 ms).

This latency allows the firmware to safely program the control structure fields and Tx buffers, before hardware
fetching takes place.

www.onsemi.com
209
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

SW programs ET entry HW fetches entry

2 slots in advance some time before slot

Figure 23. Programming Process Overview

Start Start Start

IRQ IRQ IRQ
End End End
IRQ IRQ IRQ
Prog Latency Prog Latency Prog Latency

T R T R T R
Master X X X X X X

CŽŶŶĞĐƚŝŽŶ Interval
R T R T R T
Slave X X X X X X

Prog Latency Prog Latency Prog Latency

End End End
IRQ IRQ IRQ
Start Start Start
IRQ IRQ IRQ

Figure 24. Schedule/End of Event Interrupts Overview

9.3.3.2 End of Event Interrupt

The end of event interrupt allows the firmware to check what has been received and sent. This interrupt happens at
the end of the event, even if nothing has been received. See Figure 24 on page 210.

www.onsemi.com
210
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The firmware checks the control structure (i.e., CS-CONFLICT) bit and the number of descriptors consumed, to
see if it is a normal or a dual mode arbitration conflict end of event.

9.3.3.3 Reception Interrupt

The reception interrupt allows the firmware to check what has been received and sent. This interrupt occurs when
the threshold set in the control structure (CS-RXTHR - control structure value of the threshold for the Rx interrupt) has
been reached, or when something is received during scanning activity.

Start Start
IRQ IRQ
Rx End
End
IRQ IRQ
IRQ
Prog Latency Prog Latency

T R T R T R T R
Master X X X X X X X X

ŽŶŶĞĐƚŝŽŶ Interval

T R T R T R R T
Slave X X X X X X X X

Prog Latency Prog Latency

Rx End End
IRQ IRQ IRQ
Start Start
IRQ IRQ

Figure 25. Rx interrupts, Rx Threshold Set to 2

Rx End
IRQ IRQ
Prog Latency

R
Channel = 38 Rx
Scanner X

Ch Ch Ch
37 38 39
T R T R T R
Advertiser X X X X X X

Prog Latency

End
Start IRQ
IRQ

Figure 26. Rx interrupts, Advertising Packet Received

www.onsemi.com
211
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.3.3.4 Wakeup Interrupt

The wakeup interrupt allows the firmware to turn on the system and start a Bluetooth low energy technology
activity. The wakeup interrupt can occur asynchronously with a slot boundary. The Wakeup has 2 steps:

Wakeup Start to compensate the low power clock drift (wakeup interrupt).

Slot synchronization System is ready (slot interrupt), so the activity can start.

All those phases are shown in Figure 27.

Wake up Slot
IRQ IRQ
End
IRQ
Prog Latency

Master/Slave

Clock correction
latency

Figure 27. Wakeup Interrupts

Upon wakeup, the hardware base time counter has to be updated as to the passed sleep duration. For that, the
firmware computes the correction values to apply on the base and fine counters by setting appropriate registers. The
core applies the correction for the next slot interrupt. The maximum time to correct the clock value is 1 slot (default
value) and is known in the firmware as “clock correction latency”.

The event arbiter checks whether the event should be programmed, or if it is in the past and should be pushed into
the canceled queue.

9.3.3.5 Software Interrupt

This interrupt indicates an event arbiter cancellation.The firmware increments the priority and the programming
time before trying to reinsert the event in the event arbiter wait queue.

9.3.3.6 Encryption Interrupt

This interrupt occurs when the encryption engine performs a ciphering process running AES-128 toolbox, and
when the procedure ends.

The ciphering process is started by a command, defined by an API, with two parameters:

• Plain data: data to be encrypted

• Key: 128-bit key for the encryption.

When the interrupt is generated, a kernel message is sent to the requester with the ciphered data.

www.onsemi.com
212
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4 BASEBAND REGISTERS

Register Name Register Description Address

Baseband Controller Interface
BBIF_CTRL Baseband controller control register 0x40001400
BBIF_STATUS Baseband controller status register 0x40001404
BBIF_COEX_CTRL RF coexistence control register 0x40001408
BBIF_COEX_STATUS RF coexistence status register 0x4000140C
BBIF_COEX_INT_CFG RF coexistence interrupt configuration register 0x40001410
BBIF_COEX_INT_STATUS RF coexistence interrupt status register 0x40001414
BBIF_SYNC_CFG Bluetooth low energy technology and RF link synchronization 0x40001418
configuration register
Baseband Controller
BB_RWBBCNTL Baseband control register 0x40001500
BB_VERSION Bluetooth low energy revision register 0x40001504
BB_RWBLEBCONF Baseband configuration register (compilation options dependant) 0x40001508
BB_INTCNTL Interrupts control register 0x4000150C
BB_INTSTAT Interrupts status register 0x40001510
BB_INTRAWSTAT Interrupts raw status register 0x40001514
BB_INTACK Interrupts acknowledgement register 0x40001518
BB_BASETIMECNT base timer configuration register 0x4000151C
BB_FINETIMECNT Fine timer configuration register 0x40001520
BB_BDADDRL Bluetooth low energy device address (LSB part) register1 0x40001524

BB_BDADDRU Bluetooth low energy device address (MSB part) register1 0x40001528

BB_ET_CURRENTRXDESCPTR Rx descriptor pointer register 0x4000152C

BB_DEEPSLCNTL Deep sleep control register 0x40001530
BB_DEEPSLWKUP Deep sleep wakeup register 0x40001534
BB_DEEPSLSTAT Deep sleep status register 0x40001538
BB_ENBPRESET Stabilization times 0x4000153C
BB_FINECNTCORR Fine timer correction register 0x40001540
BB_BASETIMECNTCORR Base timer correction register 0x40001544
BB_DIAGCNTL Diagnostic ports control register 0x40001550
BB_DIAGSTAT Diagnostic ports status register 0x40001554
BB_DEBUGADDMAX Diagnostic ports upper limit 0x40001558
BB_DEBUGADDMIN Diagnostic ports lower limit 0x4000155C
BB_ERRORTYPESTAT Diagnostic ports errors register 0x40001560
BB_SWPROFILING Software profiling register 0x40001564
BB_RADIOCNTL0 Principal control register for the radio interface 0x40001570
BB_RADIOCNTL1 Second control register for the radio interface 0x40001574
BB_RADIOCNTL2 Third control register for the radio interface 0x40001578
BB_RADIOPWRUPDN0 Principal control register for the radio interface power-up/down delays 0x40001580

www.onsemi.com
213
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Register Description Address

BB_RADIOPWRUPDN1 Second control register for the radio interface power-up/down delays 0x40001584
BB_RADIOTXRXTIM0 Principal control register for the radio interface timing compensation 0x40001590
delays
BB_RADIOTXRXTIM1 Second control register for the radio interface timing compensation 0x40001594
delays
BB_SPIPTRCNTL0 First control register for the radio interface SPI pointers 0x400015A0
BB_SPIPTRCNTL1 Second control register for the radio interface SPI pointers 0x400015A4
BB_SPIPTRCNTL2 Third control register for the radio interface SPI pointers 0x400015A8
BB_ADVCHMAP Advertising channel map register 0x400015B0
BB_ADVTIM Delay information register handling advertising event timers 0x400015C0
BB_ACTSCANSTAT Active scan mode control register 0x400015C4
BB_WLPUBADDPTR Address pointer of public devices 0x400015D0
BB_WLPRIVADDPTR Address pointer of private devices 0x400015D4
BB_WLNBDEV Devices in white list 0x400015D8
BB_AESCNTL AES-128 ciphering control register 0x400015E0
BB_AESKEY31_0 AES encryption 128-bit key register (bits 31:0) 0x400015E4
BB_AESKEY63_32 AES encryption 128-bit key register (bits 63:32) 0x400015E8
BB_AESKEY95_64 AES encryption 128-bit key register (bits 95:64) 0x400015EC
BB_AESKEY127_96 AES encryption 128-bit key register (bits 127:96) 0x400015F0
BB_AESPTR AES memory zone pointer 0x400015F4
BB_TXMICVAL AES-CCM plain MIC value register in Tx 0x400015F8
BB_RXMICVAL AES-CCM plain MIC value register in Rx 0x400015FC
BB_RFTESTCNTL RF testing and regulatory body support register 0x40001600
BB_RFTESTTXSTAT Number of transmitted packets during test modes 0x40001604
BB_RFTESTRXSTAT Number of correctly received packet during test modes 0x40001608
BB_TIMGENCNTL Timing generator control register 0x40001610
BB_GROSSTIMTGT Gross timer control register 0x40001614
BB_FINETIMTGT Fine timer control register 0x40001618
BB_COEXIFCNTL0 RF coexistence control register 0 0x40001620
BB_COEXIFCNTL1 RF coexistence control register 1 0x40001624
BB_COEXIFCNTL2 RF coexistence control register 2 0x40001628
BB_BBMPRIO0 Priority control register 0 0x4000162C
BB_BBMPRIO1 Priority control register 1 0x40001630
BB_RALPTR Register used by the Resolving Address List engine 0x40001640
BB_RALNBDEV Register used by the Resolving Address List engine 0x40001644
BB_RAL_LOCAL_RND Register used by the Resolving Address List engine 0x40001648
BB_RAL_PEER_RND Register used by the Resolving Address List engine 0x4000164C
BB_ISOCHANCNTL0 ISO Channel 0 control 0x40001650
BB_ISOMUTECNTL0 ISO Channel 0 mute control 0x40001654
BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR0 ISO Channel 0 current Tx pointer 0x40001658

www.onsemi.com
214
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Register Description Address

BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR0 ISO Channel 0 current Rx pointer 0x4000165C
BB_ISOTRCNL0 ISO Channel 0 payloads 0x40001660
BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL0 ISO Channel 0 mute control 0x40001664
BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU0 ISO Channel 0 mute control 0x40001668
BB_ISOCHANCNTL1 ISO Channel 1 control 0x40001670
BB_ISOMUTECNTL1 ISO Channel 1 mute control 0x40001674
BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR1 ISO Channel 1 current Tx pointer 0x40001678
BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR1 ISO Channel 1 current Rx pointer 0x4000167C
BB_ISOTRCNL1 ISO Channel 1 payloads 0x40001680
BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL1 ISO Channel 1 mute control 0x40001684
BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU1 ISO Channel 1 mute control 0x40001688
BB_ISOCHANCNTL2 ISO Channel 2 control 0x40001690
BB_ISOMUTECNTL2 ISO Channel 2 mute control 0x40001694
BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR2 ISO Channel 2 current Tx pointer 0x40001698
BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR2 ISO Channel 2 current Rx pointer 0x4000169C
BB_ISOTRCNL2 ISO Channel 2 payloads 0x400016A0
BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL2 ISO Channel 2 mute control 0x400016A4
BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU2 ISO Channel 2 mute control 0x400016A8
BB_BBPRIOSCHARB Register controlling the decision instant for priority scheduling 0x400016B0
arbitration

1. In typical use cases, the Bluetooth device address should be set to the value stored to the Device Configuration Record
(NVR3) at the DEVICE_INFO_BLUETOOTH_ADDR location. For more information see the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

9.4.1 BBIF_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

16 WAKEUP_REQ External wakeup request used to sort out sleep modes
9:4 CLK_SEL Configure the internal baseband controller clock divider in order to provide a
1MHz reference clock
0 CLK_ENABLE Enable the baseband controller clocks generation

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WAKEUP_REQ BB_DEEP_SLEEP Keep the baseband controller in Deep 0x0*
Sleep Mode
BB_WAKEUP Wake up the baseband controller and 0x1
keep it active

www.onsemi.com
215
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK_SEL BBCLK_DIVIDER_6 Divide the BBCLK by 6 (minimum 0x6
authorized value)
BBCLK_DIVIDER_8 Divide the BBCLK by 8 0x8*
BBCLK_DIVIDER_12 Divide the BBCLK by 12 0xC
BBCLK_DIVIDER_16 Divide the BBCLK by 16 0x10
BBCLK_DIVIDER_24 Divide the BBCLK by 24 (maximum 0x18
authorized value)
CLK_ENABLE BB_CLK_DISABLE Baseband controller clocks are gated 0x0*
BB_CLK_ENABLE Baseband controller clocks are 0x1
generated

9.4.2 BBIF_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:11 LINK_FORMAT Bluetooth low energy link format
8:4 LINK_LABEL Bluetooth low energy link label
3 AOBLE_STATUS Audio over Bluetooth low energy feature status
2 CLK_STATUS Clock status defining the current active clock in use
1 OSC_EN Oscillator front-end enabling
0 RADIO_EN RF front-end enabling

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

LINK_FORMAT LINK_FORMAT_RESET Reset value 0x0*
MASTER_CONNECT Master connect 0x2
SLAVE_CONNECT Slave connect 0x3
LOW_DUTY_ADVERTISER Low Duty Cycle Advertiser 0x4
HIGH_DUTY_ADVERTISER High Duty Cycle Advertiser 0x5
PASSIVE_SCANNER Passive Scanner 0x8
ACTIVE_SCANNER Active Scanner 0x9
INITIATOR Initiator 0xF
TX_TEST_MODE Tx Test Mode 0x1C
RX_TEST_MODE Rx Test Mode 0x1D
TX_RX_TEST_MODE Tx / Rx Test Mode 0x1E
AOBLE_STATUS AOBLE_DISABLED_DEVICE Device does not have the Audio over 0x0
Bluetooth low energy technology
feature
AOBLE_ENABLED_DEVICE Device has the Audio over Bluetooth 0x1*
low energy technology feature
CLK_STATUS MASTER_CLK Baseband controller running on 0x0*
master1/2_clk
LOW_POWER_CLK Baseband controller running on 0x1
low_power_clk

www.onsemi.com
216
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

OSC_EN OSC_DISABLED Oscillator can be safely disabled 0x0*
OSC_ENABLED Oscillator must be enabled 0x1
RADIO_EN RF_DISABLED RF front-end can be safely disabled 0x0*
RF_ENABLED RF front-end must be enabled 0x1

9.4.3 BBIF_COEX_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 TX Indicates if the RF performs a Tx activity
0 RX Indicates if the RF performs a Rx activity

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TX COEX_TX_IDLE RF performs no Tx activity 0x0*
COEX_TX_BUSY RF core performs Tx activity 0x1
RX COEX_RX_IDLE RF core performs no Rx activity 0x0*
COEX_RX_BUSY RF core performs Rx activity 0x1

9.4.4 BBIF_COEX_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:12 BLE_PTI Indicates the priority level of the current Bluetooth baseband core activity
8 BLE_IN_PROCESS Indicates if the Bluetooth baseband core has an event in process, active high.
4 BLE_TX Indicates if the Bluetooth baseband core is busy and performs Tx activity, active
high.
0 BLE_RX Indicates if the Bluetooth baseband core is busy and performs Rx activity, active
high

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BLE_PTI BLE_PTI_PRIORITY_0 BLE_PTI lowest priority 0x0*
BLE_PTI_PRIORITY_15 BLE_PTI highest priority 0xF
BLE_IN_PROCESS BLE_IDLE Bluetooth baseband processes no 0x0*
event
BLE_IN_PROCESS Bluetooth baseband processes an 0x1
event
BLE_TX BLE_TX_IDLE Bluetooth baseband core performs no 0x0*
Tx activity
BLE_TX_BUSY Bluetooth baseband core performs Tx 0x1
activity
BLE_RX BLE_RX_IDLE Bluetooth baseband core performs no 0x0*
Rx activity
BLE_RX_BUSY Bluetooth baseband core performs Rx 0x1
activity

www.onsemi.com
217
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.5 BBIF_COEX_INT_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

9:8 BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT BLE_IN_PROCESS event interrupt configuration
5:4 BLE_TX_EVENT BLE_TX event interrupt configuration
1:0 BLE_RX_EVENT BLE_RX event interrupt configuration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT_NONE Interrupt not triggered 0x0*
BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT_ Interrupt triggered on rising edge 0x1
RISING_EDGE
BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT_ Interrupt triggered on falling edge 0x2
FALLING_EDGE
BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT_ Interrupt triggered on any edge 0x3
TRANSITION
BLE_TX_EVENT BLE_TX_EVENT_NONE Interrupt not triggered 0x0*
BLE_TX_EVENT_RISING_EDGE Interrupt triggered on rising edge 0x1
BLE_TX_EVENT_FALLING_EDGE Interrupt triggered on falling edge 0x2
BLE_TX_EVENT_TRANSITION Interrupt triggered on any edge 0x3
BLE_RX_EVENT BLE_RX_EVENT_NONE Interrupt not triggered 0x0*
BLE_RX_EVENT_RISING_EDGE Interrupt triggered on rising edge 0x1
BLE_RX_EVENT_FALLING_EDGE Interrupt triggered on falling edge 0x2
BLE_RX_EVENT_TRANSITION Interrupt triggered on any edge 0x3

9.4.6 BBIF_COEX_INT_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 BLE_TX_EVENT_FLAG Indicates if a BLE_TX_EVENT interrupt has been generated
0 BLE_RX_EVENT_FLAG Indicates if a BLE_RX_EVENT interrupt has been generated

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BLE_TX_EVENT_FLAG BLE_TX_EVENT_NO_INT No BLE_TX_EVENT interrupt has 0x0*
been generated
BLE_TX_EVENT_INT A BLE_TX_EVENT interrupt has been 0x1
generated
BLE_RX_EVENT_FLAG BLE_RX_EVENT_NO_INT No BLE_RX_EVENT interrupt has 0x0*
been generated
BLE_RX_EVENT_INT A BLE_RX_EVENT interrupt has been 0x1
generated

www.onsemi.com
218
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.7 BBIF_SYNC_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

17 RF_RX Specify if the RF front-end is currently receiving the audio link
16 RF_ACTIVE Specify if the RF front-end is currently processing the audio link
15:11 LINK_FORMAT Configure the Bluetooth low energy link format for synchronization
8:4 LINK_LABEL Configure the Bluetooth low energy link label for synchronization
3:1 SOURCE Select the BLE/RF link synchronization source
0 ENABLE Enable the frame synchronization pulse filter

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RF_RX RX_IDLE No audio link is currently received by 0x0*
the RF front-end
RX_ACTIVE The audio link is currently received by 0x1
the RF front-end
RF_ACTIVE IDLE No audio link is currently processed by 0x0*
the RF front-end
ACTIVE The audio link is currently processed 0x1
by the RF front-end
SOURCE SYNC_SOURCE_BLE_RX Use the Bluetooth low energy 0x0*
bb_sync_p signal as synchronization
source
SYNC_SOURCE_BLE_RX_AUDIO0 Use the Bluetooth low energy 0x1
audio0_sync_p signal as
synchronization source
SYNC_SOURCE_BLE_RX_AUDIO1 Use the Bluetooth low energy 0x2
audio1_sync_p signal as
synchronization source
SYNC_SOURCE_BLE_RX_AUDIO2 Use the Bluetooth low energy E 0x3
audio2_sync_p signal as
synchronization source
SYNC_SOURCE_RF_RX Use the RF front-end rf_sync_p signal 0x4
as synchronization source
SYNC_SOURCE_BLE_TX Use the Bluetooth low energy tx_en 0x5
signal as synchronization source
ENABLE SYNC_DISABLE Disable the frame synchronization 0x0*
pulse filter
SYNC_ENABLE Enable the frame synchronization 0x1
pulse filter

9.4.8 BB_RWBBCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 MASTER_SOFT_RST Reset the complete system except registers and timing generator
30 MASTER_TGSOFT_RST Reset the timing generator
29 REG_SOFT_RST Reset the complete register block
28 SWINT_REQ Forces the generation of ble_sw_irq

www.onsemi.com
219
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

26 RFTEST_ABORT Abort the current RF testing defined as per CS-FORMAT
25 ADVERT_ABORT Abort the current scan window
24 SCAN_ABORT Abort the current advertising event
22 MD_DSB Allow a single Tx/Rx exchange whatever the MD bits are
21 SN_DSB Disable sequence number management
20 NESN_DSB Disable acknowledge scheme
19 CRYPT_DSB Disable encryption / decryption
18 WHIT_DSB Disable whitening
17 CRC_DSB Disable CRC stripping
16 HOP_REMAP_DSB Disable frequency hopping remapping algorithm
9 ADVERTFILT_EN Advertising channels error filtering enable control
8 RWBLE_EN Enable Bluetooth baseband core exchange table pre-fetch mechanism
7:4 RXWINSZDEF Default Rx Window size in us (used when device is master connected or
performs its second receipt)
2:0 SYNCERR Indicates the maximum number of errors allowed to recognize the
synchronization word

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MASTER_SOFT_RST MASTER_SOFT_RST_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
MASTER_SOFT_RST_1 Resets the complete system at 0 0x1
MASTER_TGSOFT_RST MASTER_TGSOFT_RST_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
MASTER_TGSOFT_RST_1 Resets the timing generator at 0 0x1
REG_SOFT_RST REG_SOFT_RST_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
REG_SOFT_RST_1 Resets the complete register block at 0 0x1
SWINT_REQ SWINT_REQ_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
SWINT_REQ_1 When written with a 1 and proper 0x1
masking is set, resets at 0
RFTEST_ABORT RFTEST_ABORT_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
RFTEST_ABORT_1 Abort the current RF testing 0x1
ADVERT_ABORT ADVERT_ABORT_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
ADVERT_ABORT_1 Abort the current scan window 0x1
SCAN_ABORT SCAN_ABORT_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
SCAN_ABORT_1 Abort the current advertising event 0x1
MD_DSB MD_DSB_0 Normal operation of MD bits 0x0*
management
MD_DSB_1 Allow a single Tx/Rx exchange 0x1
whatever the MD bits are.
SN_DSB SN_DSB_0 Normal operation of sequence number 0x0*
SN_DSB_1 Sequence number management 0x1
disabled

www.onsemi.com
220
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NESN_DSB NESN_DSB_0 Normal operation of acknowledge 0x0*
NESN_DSB_1 Acknowledge scheme disabled 0x1
CRYPT_DSB CRYPT_DSB_0 Normal operation (encryption / 0x0*
decryption enabled)
CRYPT_DSB_1 Encryption / decryption disabled 0x1
WHIT_DSB WHIT_DSB_0 Normal operation (whitening enabled) 0x0*
WHIT_DSB_1 Whitening disabled 0x1
CRC_DSB CRC_DSB_0 Normal operation (CRC removed from 0x0*
data stream)
CRC_DSB_1 CRC stripping disabled on Rx packets, 0x1
CRC replaced by 0x000 in Tx
HOP_REMAP_DSB HOP_REMAP_DSB_0 Normal operation (frequency hopping 0x0*
remapping algorithm enabled)
HOP_REMAP_DSB_1 Frequency hopping remapping 0x1
algorithm disabled
ADVERTFILT_EN ADVERTFILT_EN_0 Bluetooth baseband core reports all 0x0*
errors to Bluetooth baseband software
ADVERTFILT_EN_1 Bluetooth baseband core reports only 0x1
correctly received packet, without error
to Bluetooth baseband software
RWBLE_EN RWBLE_EN_0 Disable Bluetooth baseband core 0x0*
exchange table pre-fetch mechanism
RWBLE_EN_1 Enable Bluetooth baseband core 0x1
exchange table pre-fetch mechanism
RXWINSZDEF RXWINSZDEF_0 0x0*
SYNCERR SYNCERR_0 0x0*

9.4.9 BB_VERSION

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TYP Bluetooth baseband core type (Bluetooth 5)
23:16 REL Bluetooth baseband core version - major release number
15:8 UPG Bluetooth baseband core upgrade - upgrade number
7:0 BUILD Bluetooth baseband core build - build number

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TYP TYP_8 0x8*
REL REL_0 0x0*
UPG UPG_09 0x9*
BUILD BUILD_1 0x1*

www.onsemi.com
221
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.10 BB_RWBLEBCONF

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 DMMODE Bluetooth baseband core dual mode
25:24 ISOPORTNB Number of supported isochronous channels
23 DECIPHER AES deciphering present
21 COEX RF coexistence mechanism
20:16 RFIF Support of the RF front-end
15 USEDBG Diagnostic port
14 USECRYPT AES-CCM encryption
13:8 CLK_SEL Operating frequency (in MHz)
7 INTMODE Interruption Mode
6 BUSTYPE Processor bus type
5 DATA_WIDTH Processor bus width
4:0 ADD_WIDTH Value of the RW_BLE_ADDRESS_WIDTH parameter converted into binary

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DMMODE DMMODE_0 Bluetooth baseband core is used as a 0x0*
standalone BLE device
DMMODE_1 Bluetooth baseband core is used in a 0x1
dual mode device
ISOPORTNB NO_ISO_CH No ISO/Audio Channel available 0x0
ONE_ISO_CH One ISO/Audio Channel available 0x1
TWO_ISO_CH Two ISO/Audio Channels available 0x2
THREE_ISO_CH Three ISO/Audio Channels available 0x3*
DECIPHER DECIPHER_0 AES deciphering not present 0x0*
DECIPHER_1 AES deciphering present 0x1
COEX COEX_0 RF coexistence mechanism not 0x0
present
COEX_1 RF coexistence mechanism present 0x1*
RFIF RFIF_RIPPLE Ripple RF 0x0
RFIF_EXT External radio controller support 0x1
RFIF_ATLAS Atlas radio 0x2
RFIF_ICYTRX IcyTRx radio 0x3*
USEDBG USEDBG_0 RF coexistence mechanism present 0x0
USEDBG_1 Diagnostic port instantiated 0x1*
USECRYPT USECRYPT_0 AES-CCM encryption block not 0x0
present
USECRYPT_1 AES-CCM encryption block present 0x1*
CLK_SEL CLK_SEL_8 Default value is 8MHz 0x8*

www.onsemi.com
222
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

INTMODE INTMODE_0 Interrupts are edge level generated, 0x0*
i.e. pulse
INTMODE_1 Interrupts are trigger level generated, 0x1
i.e. stays active at 1 till
acknowledgement
BUSTYPE BUSTYPE_0 Processor bus type: AHB bus 0x0
BUSTYPE_1 Processor bus type: XBAR bus 0x1*
DATA_WIDTH DATA_WIDTH_0 Processor bus width: 16 bits 0x0
DATA_WIDTH_1 Processor bus width: 32 bits 0x1*
ADD_WIDTH ADD_WIDTH_14 EM size is 16 KB 0xE*

9.4.11 BB_INTCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

15 CSCNTDEVMSK Mask CSCNT interrupts during events allowing CSCNT interrupt generation during events

12 AUDIOINT2MSK Audio channel 2 interrupt mask

11 AUDIOINT1MSK Audio channel 1 interrupt mask
10 AUDIOINT0MSK Audio channel 0 interrupt mask
9 SWINTMSK SW triggered interrupt mask
8 EVENTAPFAINTMSK End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt mask
7 FINETGTIMINTMSK Fine target timer mask
6 GROSSTGTIMINTMSK Gross target timer mask
5 ERRORINTMSK Error interrupt mask
4 CRYPTINTMSK Encryption engine interrupt mask
3 EVENTINTMSK End of event interrupt mask
2 SLPINTMSK Sleep Mode interrupt mask
1 RXINTMSK Rx interrupt mask
0 CSCNTINTMSK 625us base time interrupt mask

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CSCNTDEVMSK CSCNTDEVMSK_0 CSCNT interrupt not generated during 0x0
events
CSCNTDEVMSK_1 CSCNT interrupt generated during 0x1*
events
AUDIOINT2MSK AUDIOINT2MSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
AUDIOINT2MSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1
AUDIOINT1MSK AUDIOINT1MSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
AUDIOINT1MSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1
AUDIOINT0MSK AUDIOINT0MSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
AUDIOINT0MSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1

www.onsemi.com
223
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SWINTMSK SWINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
SWINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1
EVENTAPFAINTMSK EVENTAPFAINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0
EVENTAPFAINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1*
FINETGTIMINTMSK FINETGTIMINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
FINETGTIMINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1
GROSSTGTIMINTMSK GROSSTGTIMINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
GROSSTGTIMINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1
ERRORINTMSK ERRORINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0*
ERRORINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1
CRYPTINTMSK CRYPTINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0
CRYPTINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1*
EVENTINTMSK EVENTINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0
EVENTINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1*
SLPINTMSK SLPINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0
SLPINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1*
RXINTMSK RXINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0
RXINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1*
CSCNTINTMSK CSCNTINTMSK_0 Interrupt not generated 0x0
CSCNTINTMSK_1 Interrupt generated 0x1*

9.4.12 BB_INTSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

12 AUDIOINT2STAT Audio channel 2 interrupt status
11 AUDIOINT1STAT Audio channel 1 interrupt status
10 AUDIOINT0STAT Audio channel 0 interrupt status
9 SWINTSTAT SW triggered interrupt status
8 EVENTAPFAINTSTAT End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt status
7 FINETGTIMINTSTAT Masked fine target timer error interrupt status
6 GROSSTGTIMINTSTAT Masked gross target timer error interrupt status
5 ERRORINTSTAT Masked error interrupt status
4 CRYPTINTSTAT Masked encryption engine interrupt status
3 EVENTINTSTAT Masked end of event interrupt status
2 SLPINTSTAT Masked sleep interrupt status
1 RXINTSTAT Masked packet reception interrupt status
0 CSCNTINTSTAT Masked 625us base time reference interrupt status

www.onsemi.com
224
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AUDIOINT2STAT AUDIOINT2STAT_0 No Audio interrupt 0x0*
AUDIOINT2STAT_1 An Audio interrupt is pending. 0x1
AUDIOINT1STAT AUDIOINT1STAT_0 No Audio interrupt 0x0*
AUDIOINT1STAT_1 An Audio interrupt is pending. 0x1
AUDIOINT0STAT AUDIOINT0STAT_0 No Audio interrupt 0x0*
AUDIOINT0STAT_1 An Audio interrupt is pending. 0x1
SWINTSTAT SWINTSTAT_0 No SW triggered interrupt 0x0*
SWINTSTAT_1 A SW triggered interrupt is pending 0x1
EVENTAPFAINTSTAT EVENTAPFAINTSTAT_0 No end of event interrupt 0x0*
EVENTAPFAINTSTAT_1 An end of event interrupt is pending 0x1
FINETGTIMINTSTAT FINETGTIMINTSTAT_0 No fine target timer interrupt 0x0*
FINETGTIMINTSTAT_1 A fine target timer interrupt is pending 0x1
GROSSTGTIMINTSTAT GROSSTGTIMINTSTAT_0 No gross target timer interrupt 0x0*
GROSSTGTIMINTSTAT_1 A gross target timer interrupt is 0x1
pending
ERRORINTSTAT ERRORINTSTAT_0 No error interrupt 0x0*
ERRORINTSTAT_1 An error interrupt is pending 0x1
CRYPTINTSTAT CRYPTINTSTAT_0 No encryption / decryption interrupt 0x0*
CRYPTINTSTAT_1 An encryption / decryption interrupt is 0x1
pending
EVENTINTSTAT EVENTINTSTAT_0 No end of advertising / scanning / 0x0*
connection interrupt
EVENTINTSTAT_1 An end of advertising / scanning / 0x1
connection interrupt is pending
SLPINTSTAT SLPINTSTAT_0 No end of Sleep Mode interrupt 0x0*
SLPINTSTAT_1 An end of Sleep Mode interrupt is 0x1
pending
RXINTSTAT RXINTSTAT_0 No Rx interrupt 0x0*
RXINTSTAT_1 An Rx interrupt is pending 0x1
CSCNTINTSTAT CSCNTINTSTAT_0 No 625us base time interrupt 0x0*
CSCNTINTSTAT_1 A 625us base time interrupt is pending 0x1

9.4.13 BB_INTRAWSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

12 AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT Audio channel 2 interrupt raw status
11 AUDIOINT1RAWSTAT Audio channel 1 interrupt raw status
10 AUDIOINT0RAWSTAT Audio channel 0 interrupt raw status
9 SWINTRAWSTAT SW triggered interrupt raw status
8 EVENTAPFAINTRAWSTAT End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt raw status
7 FINETGTIMINTRAWSTAT Masked fine target timer error interrupt raw status

www.onsemi.com
225
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 GROSSTGTIMINTRAWSTAT Masked gross target timer interrupt raw status
5 ERRORINTRAWSTAT Masked error interrupt raw status
4 CRYPTINTRAWSTAT Masked encryption engine interrupt raw status
3 EVENTINTRAWSTAT Masked end of event interrupt raw status
2 SLPINTRAWSTAT Masked sleep interrupt raw status
1 RXINTRAWSTAT Masked packet reception interrupt raw status
0 CSCNTINTRAWSTAT Masked 625us base time reference interrupt raw status

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT_0 No Audio interrupt 0x0*
AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT_1 An Audio interrupt is pending. 0x1
AUDIOINT1RAWSTAT AUDIOINT1RAWSTAT_0 No Audio interrupt 0x0*
AUDIOINT1RAWSTAT_1 An Audio interrupt is pending. 0x1
AUDIOINT0RAWSTAT AUDIOINT0RAWSTAT_0 No Audio interrupt 0x0*
AUDIOINT0RAWSTAT_1 An Audio interrupt is pending. 0x1
SWINTRAWSTAT SWINTRAWSTAT_0 No SW triggered interrupt 0x0*
SWINTRAWSTAT_1 A SW triggered interrupt is pending 0x1
EVENTAPFAINTRAWSTAT EVENTAPFAINTRAWSTAT_0 No end of event interrupt 0x0*
EVENTAPFAINTRAWSTAT_1 An end of event interrupt is pending 0x1
FINETGTIMINTRAWSTAT FINETGTIMINTRAWSTAT_0 No fine target timer interrupt 0x0*
FINETGTIMINTRAWSTAT_1 A fine target timer interrupt is pending 0x1
GROSSTGTIMINTRAWSTAT GROSSTGTIMINTRAWSTAT_0 No gross target timer interrupt 0x0*
GROSSTGTIMINTRAWSTAT_1 A gross target timer interrupt is 0x1
pending
ERRORINTRAWSTAT ERRORINTRAWSTAT_0 No error interrupt 0x0*
ERRORINTRAWSTAT_1 An error interrupt is pending 0x1
CRYPTINTRAWSTAT CRYPTINTRAWSTAT_0 No encryption / decryption interrupt 0x0*
CRYPTINTRAWSTAT_1 An encryption / decryption interrupt is 0x1
pending
EVENTINTRAWSTAT EVENTINTRAWSTAT_0 No end of advertising / scanning / 0x0*
connection interrupt
EVENTINTRAWSTAT_1 An end of advertising / scanning / 0x1
connection interrupt is pending
SLPINTRAWSTAT SLPINTRAWSTAT_0 No end of Sleep Mode interrupt 0x0*
SLPINTRAWSTAT_1 An end of Sleep Mode interrupt is 0x1
pending
RXINTRAWSTAT RXINTRAWSTAT_0 No Rx interrupt 0x0*
RXINTRAWSTAT_1 An Rx interrupt is pending 0x1
CSCNTINTRAWSTAT CSCNTINTRAWSTAT_0 No 625us base time interrupt 0x0*
CSCNTINTRAWSTAT_1 A 625us base time interrupt is pending 0x1

www.onsemi.com
226
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.14 BB_INTACK

Bit Field Field Name Description

12 AUDIOINT2ACK Audio channel 2 interrupt acknowledgement bit
11 AUDIOINT1ACK Audio channel 1 interrupt acknowledgement bit
10 AUDIOINT0ACK Audio channel 0 interrupt acknowledgement bit
9 SWINTACK SW triggered interrupt acknowledgement bit
8 EVENTAPFAINTACK End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt acknowledgement bit
7 FINETGTIMINTACK Fine target timer interrupt acknowledgement bit
6 GROSSTGTIMINTACK Gross target timer interrupt acknowledgement bit
5 ERRORINTACK Error interrupt acknowledgement bit
4 CRYPTINTACK Encryption engine interrupt acknowledgement bit
3 EVENTINTACK End of event interrupt acknowledgment bit
2 SLPINTACK End of deep sleep interrupt acknowledgment bit
1 RXINTACK Packet reception interrupt acknowledgment bit
0 CSCNTINTACK 625us base time reference interrupt acknowledgment bit

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AUDIOINT2ACK AUDIOINT2ACK_0 0x0*
AUDIOINT2ACK_1 Acknowledges the Audio channel 2 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets
AUDIOINT2STAT and
AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT flags.
AUDIOINT1ACK AUDIOINT1ACK_0 0x0*
AUDIOINT1ACK_1 Acknowledges the Audio channel 1 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets
AUDIOINT2STAT and
AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT flags.
AUDIOINT0ACK AUDIOINT0ACK_0 0x0*
AUDIOINT0ACK_1 Acknowledges the Audio channel 0 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets
AUDIOINT2STAT and
AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT flags.
SWINTACK SWINTACK_0 0x0*
SWINTACK_1 Acknowledges the SW triggered 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets SWINTSTAT
and SWINTRAWSTAT flags.
EVENTAPFAINTACK EVENTAPFAINTACK_0 0x0*
EVENTAPFAINTACK_1 Acknowledges the end of event / 0x1
anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt.
This bit resets EVENTAPFAINTSTAT
and EVENTAPFAINTRAWSTAT flags.
FINETGTIMINTACK FINETGTIMINTACK_0 0x0*
FINETGTIMINTACK_1 Acknowledges the fine timer interrupt. 0x1
This bit resets FINETGTIMINTSTAT
and FINETGTIMINTRAWSTAT flags

www.onsemi.com
227
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GROSSTGTIMINTACK GROSSTGTIMINTACK_0 0x0*
GROSSTGTIMINTACK_1 Acknowledges the gross timer 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets
GROSSTGTIMINTSTAT and
GROSSTGTIMINTRAWSTAT flags
ERRORINTACK ERRORINTACK_0 0x0*
ERRORINTACK_1 Acknowledges the error interrupt. This 0x1
bit resets ERRORINTSTAT and
ERRORINTRAWSTAT flags
CRYPTINTACK CRYPTINTACK_0 0x0*
CRYPTINTACK_1 Acknowledges the encryption engine 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets
CRYPTINTSTAT and
CRYPTINTRAWSTAT flags
EVENTINTACK EVENTINTACK_0 0x0*
EVENTINTACK_1 Acknowledges the end of advertising / 0x1
scanning / connection interrupt. This bit
resets SLPINTSTAT and
SLPINTRAWSTAT flags
SLPINTACK SLPINTACK_0 0x0*
SLPINTACK_1 Acknowledges the end of Sleep Mode 0x1
interrupt. This bit resets SLPINTSTAT
and SLPINTRAWSTAT flags
RXINTACK RXINTACK_0 0x0*
RXINTACK_1 Acknowledges the Rx interrupt. This bit 0x1
resets RXINTSTAT and
RXINTRAWSTAT flags
CSCNTINTACK CSCNTINTACK_0 0x0*
CSCNTINTACK_1 Acknowledges the CLKN interrupt. 0x1
This bit resets CLKINTSTAT and
CLKINTRAWSTAT flags

9.4.15 BB_BASETIMECNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 SAMP Sample the base time counter
26:0 BASETIMECNT Value of the 625us base time reference counter

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SAMP SAMP_0 0x0*
SAMP_1 Samples the base time counter value 0x1
in BASETIMECNT register and resets
at 0 when action is performed
BASETIMECNT BASETIMECNT_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
228
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.16 BB_FINETIMECNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

9:0 FINECNT Value of the current us fine time reference counter

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FINECNT FINECNT_0 0x0*

9.4.17 BB_BDADDRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 BDADDRL Bluetooth low energy device address (LSB part)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BDADDRL BDADDRL_0 0x0*

9.4.18 BB_BDADDRU

Bit Field Field Name Description

16 PRIV_NPUB Bluetooth low energy device address privacy indicator
15:0 BDADDRU Bluetooth low energy device address (MSB part)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PRIV_NPUB PRIV_NPUB_0 Public Bluetooth device address 0x0*
PRIV_NPUB_1 Private Bluetooth device address 0x1
BDADDRU BDADDRU_0 0x0*

9.4.19 BB_ET_CURRENTRXDESCPTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ETPTR Exchange table pointer that determines the starting point of the exchange table
14:0 CURRENTRXDESCPTR Rx descriptor pointer that determines the starting point of the receive buffer
chained list

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ETPTR ETPTR_0 0x0*
CURRENTRXDESCPTR CURRENTRXDESCPTR_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
229
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.20 BB_DEEPSLCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 EXTWKUPDSB External wakeup disable
15 DEEP_SLEEP_STAT Indicator of current deep sleep clock mux status
4 SOFT_WAKEUP_REQ Wake up request from Bluetooth baseband software applying when system is in
Deep Sleep Mode
3 DEEP_SLEEP_CORR_EN 625us base time reference integer and fractional part correction applying when
system has been woken-up from Deep Sleep Mode
2 DEEP_SLEEP_ON Bluetooth baseband core power mode control
1 RADIO_SLEEP_EN Controls the radio module
0 OSC_SLEEP_EN Controls the RF high frequency crystal oscillator

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EXTWKUPDSB EXTWKUPDSB_0 Bluetooth baseband core can be 0x0*
woken by external wakeup
EXTWKUPDSB_1 Bluetooth baseband core cannot be 0x1
woken up by external wakeup
DEEP_SLEEP_STAT DEEP_SLEEP_STAT_0 Bluetooth baseband core is not yet in 0x0*
Deep Sleep Mode
DEEP_SLEEP_STAT_1 Bluetooth baseband core is in Deep 0x1
Sleep Mode (only low_power_clk is
running)
SOFT_WAKEUP_REQ SOFT_WAKEUP_REQ_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
SOFT_WAKEUP_REQ_1 Wake up request from Bluetooth 0x1
baseband software
DEEP_SLEEP_CORR_EN DEEP_SLEEP_CORR_EN_0 No action happens if it is written with 0 0x0*
DEEP_SLEEP_CORR_EN_1 Enables fine counter and base time 0x1
counter when written
DEEP_SLEEP_ON DEEP_SLEEP_ON_0 Bluetooth baseband core in normal 0x0*
active mode
DEEP_SLEEP_ON_1 Request Bluetooth baseband core to 0x1
switch in Deep Sleep Mode
RADIO_SLEEP_EN RADIO_SLEEP_EN_0 radio stands in normal active mode 0x0*
RADIO_SLEEP_EN_1 Allow to disable radio 0x1
OSC_SLEEP_EN OSC_SLEEP_EN_0 High frequency crystal oscillator stands 0x0*
in normal active mode
OSC_SLEEP_EN_1 Allow to disable high frequency crystal 0x1
oscillator

9.4.21 BB_DEEPSLWKUP

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DEEPSLTIME Determines the time in low_power_clk clock cycles to spend in Deep Sleep
Mode before waking up the device

www.onsemi.com
230
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DEEPSLTIME DEEPSLTIME_0 0x0*

9.4.22 BB_DEEPSLSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DEEPSLDUR Actual duration of the last deep sleep phase measured in low_power_clk clock
cycle

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DEEPSLDUR DEEPSLDUR_0 0x0*

9.4.23 BB_ENBPRESET

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:10 TWOSC Time in low power oscillator cycles allowed for stabilization of the high frequency
oscillator when the deep-Sleep Mode has been left due to sleep-timer expiry
(DEEPSLWKUP-DEEPSLTIME])

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TWOSC TWOSC_0 0x0*

9.4.24 BB_FINECNTCORR

Bit Field Field Name Description

9:0 FINECNTCORR Phase correction value for the 625us reference counter (i.e. fine counter) in us

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FINECNTCORR FINECNTCORR_0 0x0*

9.4.25 BB_BASETIMECNTCORR

Bit Field Field Name Description

26:0 BASETIMECNTCORR Base time counter correction value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BASETIMECNTCORR BASETIMECNTCORR_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
231
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.26 BB_DIAGCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 DIAG3_EN Enable diagnostic port 3 output
29:24 DIAG3
23 DIAG2_EN Enable diagnostic port 2 output
21:16 DIAG2
15 DIAG1_EN Enable diagnostic port 1 output
13:8 DIAG1
7 DIAG0_EN Enable diagnostic port 0 output
5:0 DIAG0

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DIAG3_EN DIAG3_EN_0 Disable diagnostic port 3 output. All 0x0*
outputs are set to 0x0.
DIAG3_EN_1 Enable diagnostic port 3 output 0x1
DIAG3 DIAG3_0 Selection of the outputs that must be 0x0*
driven to the diagnostic port 3
DIAG2_EN DIAG2_EN_0 Disable diagnostic port 2 output. All 0x0*
outputs are set to 0x0.
DIAG2_EN_1 Enable diagnostic port 2 output 0x1
DIAG2 DIAG2_0 Selection of the outputs that must be 0x0*
driven to the diagnostic port 2
DIAG1_EN DIAG1_EN_0 Disable diagnostic port 1 output. All 0x0*
outputs are set to 0x0.
DIAG1_EN_1 Enable diagnostic port 1 output 0x1
DIAG1 DIAG1_0 Selection of the outputs that must be 0x0*
driven to the diagnostic port 1
DIAG0_EN DIAG0_EN_0 Disable diagnostic port 0 output. All 0x0*
outputs are set to 0x0.
DIAG0_EN_1 Enable diagnostic port 0 output 0x1
DIAG0 DIAG0_0 Selection of the outputs that must be 0x0*
driven to the diagnostic port 0

9.4.27 BB_DIAGSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 DIAG3STAT Directly connected to ble_dbg3[7:0] output (debug use only)
23:16 DIAG2STAT Directly connected to ble_dbg2[7:0] output (debug use only)
15:8 DIAG1STAT Directly connected to ble_dbg1[7:0] output (debug use only)
7:0 DIAG0STAT Directly connected to ble_dbg0[7:0] output (debug use only)

www.onsemi.com
232
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DIAG3STAT DIAG3STAT_0 0x0*
DIAG2STAT DIAG2STAT_0 0x0*
DIAG1STAT DIAG1STAT_0 0x0*
DIAG0STAT DIAG0STAT_0 0x0*

9.4.28 BB_DEBUGADDMAX

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 REG_ADDMAX Upper limit for the register zone indicated by the reg_inzone flag
15:0 EM_ADDMAX Upper limit for the exchange memory zone indicated by the em_inzone flag

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

REG_ADDMAX REG_ADDMAX_0 0x0*
EM_ADDMAX EM_ADDMAX_0 0x0*

9.4.29 BB_DEBUGADDMIN

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 REG_ADDMIN Lower limit for the register zone indicated by the reg_inzone flag
15:0 EM_ADDMIN Lower limit for the exchange memory zone indicated by the em_inzone flag

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

REG_ADDMIN REG_ADDMIN_0 0x0*
EM_ADDMIN EM_ADDMIN_0 0x0*

9.4.30 BB_ERRORTYPESTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

19 RAL_UNDERRUN Indicates Resolving Address List engine Underrun issue, happens when RAL
List parsing not finished on time
18 RAL_ERROR Indicates Resolving Address List engine faced a bad setting
17 CONCEVTIRQ_ERROR Indicates whether two consecutive and concurrent ble_event_irq have been
generated, and not acknowledged in time by the Bluetooth baseband software
16 RXDATA_PTR_ERROR Indicates whether Rx data buffer pointer value programmed is null (major
failure)
15 TXDATA_PTR_ERROR Indicates whether Tx data buffer pointer value programmed is null during
advertising / scanning / initiating events, or during master / slave connections
with non-null packet length (major failure)
14 RXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR Indicates whether Rx descriptor pointer value programmed in register is null
(major failure)

www.onsemi.com
233
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

13 TXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR Indicates whether Tx descriptor pointer value programmed in control structure is
null during advertising / scanning / initiating events (major failure)
12 CSFORMAT_ERROR Indicates whether CS-FORMAT has been programmed with an invalid value
(major failure)
11 LLCHMAP_ERROR Indicates Link Layer channel map error, happens when actual number of
CS-LLCHMAP bits set to one is different from CS-NBCHGOOD at the beginning
of frequency hopping process
10 ADV_UNDERRUN Indicates advertising interval under run
9 IFS_UNDERRUN Indicates inter frame space under run, occurs if IFS time is not enough to update
and read control structure / descriptors, and/or white list parsing is not finished
and/or decryption time is too long to be finished on time
8 WHITELIST_ERROR Indicates white list timeout error, occurs if white list parsing is not finished on
time
7 EVT_CNTL_APFM_ERROR Indicates anticipated pre-fetch mechanism error: happens when 2 consecutive
events are programmed, and when the first event is not completely finished
while second pre-fetch instant is reached
6 EVT_SCHDL_APFM_ERROR Indicates anticipated pre-fetch mechanism error: happens when 2 consecutive
events are programmed, and when the first event is not completely finished
while second pre-fetch instant is reached
5 EVT_SCHDL_ENTRY_ERROR Indicates event scheduler faced invalid timing programing on two consecutive
ET entries (e.g first one with 624us offset and second one with no offset)
4 EVT_SCHDL_EMACC_ERROR Indicates event scheduler exchange memory access error, happens when
exchange memory accesses are not served in time, and blocks the exchange
table entry read
3 RADIO_EMACC_ERROR Indicates radio controller exchange memory access error, happens when
exchange memory accesses are not served in time and data are corrupted
2 PKTCNTL_EMACC_ERROR Indicates packet controller exchange memory access error, happens when
exchange memory accesses are not served in time and Tx/Rx data are
corrupted
1 RXCRYPT_ERROR Indicates real time decryption error, happens when AES-CCM decryption is too
slow compared to packet controller requests
0 TXCRYPT_ERROR Indicates real time encryption error, happens when AES-CCM encryption is too
slow compared to packet controller requests

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RAL_UNDERRUN RAL_UNDERRUN_0 No error 0x0*
RAL_UNDERRUN_1 Error occurred 0x1
RAL_ERROR RAL_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
RAL_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
CONCEVTIRQ_ERROR CONCEVTIRQ_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
CONCEVTIRQ_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
RXDATA_PTR_ERROR RXDATA_PTR_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
RXDATA_PTR_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
TXDATA_PTR_ERROR TXDATA_PTR_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
TXDATA_PTR_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1

www.onsemi.com
234
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR RXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
RXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
TXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR TXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
TXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
CSFORMAT_ERROR CSFORMAT_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
CSFORMAT_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
LLCHMAP_ERROR LLCHMAP_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
LLCHMAP_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
ADV_UNDERRUN ADV_UNDERRUN_0 No error 0x0*
ADV_UNDERRUN_1 Error occurred 0x1
IFS_UNDERRUN IFS_UNDERRUN_0 No error 0x0*
IFS_UNDERRUN_1 Error occurred 0x1
WHITELIST_ERROR WHITELIST_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
WHITELIST_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
EVT_CNTL_APFM_ERROR EVT_CNTL_APFM_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
EVT_CNTL_APFM_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
EVT_SCHDL_APFM_ERROR EVT_SCHDL_APFM_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
EVT_SCHDL_APFM_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
EVT_SCHDL_ENTRY_ERROR EVT_SCHDL_ENTRY_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
EVT_SCHDL_ENTRY_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
EVT_SCHDL_EMACC_ERROR EVT_SCHDL_EMACC_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
EVT_SCHDL_EMACC_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
RADIO_EMACC_ERROR RADIO_EMACC_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
RADIO_EMACC_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
PKTCNTL_EMACC_ERROR PKTCNTL_EMACC_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
PKTCNTL_EMACC_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
RXCRYPT_ERROR RXCRYPT_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
RXCRYPT_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1
TXCRYPT_ERROR TXCRYPT_ERROR_0 No error 0x0*
TXCRYPT_ERROR_1 Error occurred 0x1

9.4.31 BB_SWPROFILING

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SWPROF Software profiling register: used by Bluetooth baseband software for profiling
purpose

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SWPROF SWPROF_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
235
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.32 BB_RADIOCNTL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 SPIPTR Pointer to the buffer containing data to be transferred to or received from the SPI
port
5:4 SPIFREQ SPI clock frequency
1 SPICOMP SPI transfer status
0 SPIGO Start SPI transfer when writing a 1

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPIPTR SPIPTR_0 SPI pointer 0x0*
SPIFREQ SPIFREQ_0 SPI clock is master1_gclk / 3 0x0*
SPIFREQ_1 NA 0x1
SPIFREQ_2 NA 0x2
SPIFREQ_3 NA 0x3
SPICOMP SPICOMP_0 Indicates SPI transfer in progress 0x0
SPICOMP_1 Indicates SPI transfer is completed. 0x1*
Bluetooth baseband core is ready to
start a new transfer
SPIGO SPIGO_0 0x0*
SPIGO_1 Triggers the SPI transfer 0x1

9.4.33 BB_RADIOCNTL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 FORCEAGC_EN Control ATLAS/Ripple AGC force mode based on radio
BB_RADIOCNTL1_FORCEAGC_LENGTH value
30 FORCEBLEIQ Control Ripple modulation mode in between FM and I and Q
27:16 FORCEAGC_LENGTH Control ATLAS/Ripple AGC force mode based on radio
BB_RADIOCNTL1_FORCEAGC_LENGTH value
15 SYNC_PULSE_MODE Define whether the SYNC_P pulse is generated as pulse or level
13 DPCORR_EN Enable the use of delayed DC compensated data path in radio correlator block
12 JEF_SELECT Selects Jitter Elimination FIFO
8:4 XRFSEL Extended radio selection field
3:0 SUBVERSION CSEM RF Sub-version selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FORCEAGC_EN FORCEAGC_EN_0 Disable 0x0*
FORCEAGC_EN_1 Enable 0x1
FORCEBLEIQ FORCEBLEIQ_0 FM modulation mode 0x0*
FORCEBLEIQ_1 I and Q modulation mode 0x1
FORCEAGC_LENGTH FORCEAGC_LENGTH_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
236
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SYNC_PULSE_MODE SYNC_PULSE_MODE_0 SYNC_P generated as pulse 0x0*
SYNC_PULSE_MODE_1 SYNC_P generated as level 0x1
DPCORR_EN DPCORR_EN_0 Disable 0x0*
DPCORR_EN_1 Enable 0x1
JEF_SELECT JEF_SELECT_0 0x0*
JEF_SELECT_1 0x1
XRFSEL XRFSEL_0 No radio selected 0x0*

XRFSEL_3 Integrated radio (Bluetooth low energy 0x3

technology)
SUBVERSION

SUBVERSION_3 Current RFFE revision 0x3

9.4.34 BB_RADIOCNTL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 FREQTABLE_PTR Frequency table pointer

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FREQTABLE_PTR FREQTABLE_PTR_64 0x40*

9.4.35 BB_RADIOPWRUPDN0

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 RXPWRUP0 This register holds the length in us of the Rx power up phase for the current
radio device
12:8 TXPWRDN0 This register extends the length in us of the Tx power down phase for the current
radio device
7:0 TXPWRUP0 This register holds the length in us of the Tx power up phase for the current
radio device

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RXPWRUP0 RXPWRUP0_0 0x0*
TXPWRDN0 TXPWRDN0_0 0x0*
TXPWRUP0 TXPWRUP0_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
237
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.36 BB_RADIOPWRUPDN1

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 RXPWRUP1 This register holds the length in us of the Rx power up phase for the current
radio device
12:8 TXPWRDN1 This register extends the length in us of the Tx power down phase for the current
radio device
7:0 TXPWRUP1 This register holds the length in us of the Tx power up phase for the current
radio device

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RXPWRUP1 RXPWRUP1_0 0x0*
TXPWRDN1 TXPWRDN1_0 0x0*
TXPWRUP1 TXPWRUP1_0 0x0*

9.4.37 BB_RADIOTXRXTIM0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TXPATHDLY0
20:16 RXPATHDLY0
14:8 RFRXTMDA0
6:0 SYNC_POSITION0

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TXPATHDLY0 TXPATHDLY0_0 0x0*
RXPATHDLY0 RXPATHDLY0_0 0x0*
RFRXTMDA0 RFRXTMDA0_0 0x0*
SYNC_POSITION0 SYNC_POSITION0_0 0x0*

9.4.38 BB_RADIOTXRXTIM1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:24 TXPATHDLY1
20:16 RXPATHDLY1
14:8 RFRXTMDA1
6:0 SYNC_POSITION1

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TXPATHDLY1 TXPATHDLY1_0 0x0*
RXPATHDLY1 RXPATHDLY1_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
238
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RFRXTMDA1 RFRXTMDA1_0 0x0*
SYNC_POSITION1 SYNC_POSITION1_0 0x0*

9.4.39 BB_SPIPTRCNTL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 TXOFFPTR Pointer to the TxOFF sequence address section
15:0 TXONPTR Pointer to the TxON sequence address section

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TXOFFPTR TXOFFPTR_0 0x0*
TXONPTR TXONPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.40 BB_SPIPTRCNTL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 RXOFFPTR Pointer to the RxOFF sequence address section
15:0 RXONPTR Pointer to the RxON sequence address section

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RXOFFPTR RXOFFPTR_0 0x0*
RXONPTR RXONPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.41 BB_SPIPTRCNTL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 RSSIPTR Pointer to the RSSI read sequence address section

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RSSIPTR RSSIPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.42 BB_ADVCHMAP

Bit Field Field Name Description

2:0 ADVCHMAP Advertising channel map, defined as per the advertising connection settings.
Contains advertising channels index 37 to 39

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ADVCHMAP ADVCHMAP_7 0x7*

www.onsemi.com
239
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.43 BB_ADVTIM

Bit Field Field Name Description

13:0 ADVINT Advertising packet interval defines the time interval in between two ADV_xxx
packet sent (value in us)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ADVINT ADVINT_0 0x0*

9.4.44 BB_ACTSCANSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

24:16 BACKOFF Active scan mode back-off counter initialization value
8:0 UPPERLIMIT Active scan mode upper limit counter value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BACKOFF BACKOFF_1 0x1*
UPPERLIMIT UPPERLIMIT_1 0x1*

9.4.45 BB_WLPUBADDPTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 WLPUBADDPTR Start address pointer of the public devices white list

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WLPUBADDPTR WLPUBADDPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.46 BB_WLPRIVADDPTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 WLPRIVADDPTR Start address pointer of the private devices white list

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WLPRIVADDPTR WLPRIVADDPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.47 BB_WLNBDEV

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:8 NBPRIVDEV Number of private devices in the white list
7:0 NBPUBDEV Number of public devices in the white list

www.onsemi.com
240
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NBPRIVDEV NBPRIVDEV_0 0x0*
NBPUBDEV NBPUBDEV_0 0x0*

9.4.48 BB_AESCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 AES_MODE Cipher mode control
0 AES_START Starts AES-128 ciphering process

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AES_MODE AES_MODE_0 Cipher mode 0x0*
AES_MODE_1 Not implemented 0x1
AES_START AES_START_0 0x0*
AES_START_1 Starts AES-128 ciphering process (the 0x1
bit is reset once the process is
finished)

9.4.49 BB_AESKEY31_0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 AESKEY31_0 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 31 down to 0)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AESKEY31_0 AESKEY31_0_0 0x0*

9.4.50 BB_AESKEY63_32

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 AESKEY63_32 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 63 down to 32)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AESKEY63_32 AESKEY63_32_0 0x0*

9.4.51 BB_AESKEY95_64

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 AESKEY95_64 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 95 down to 64)

www.onsemi.com
241
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AESKEY95_64 AESKEY95_64_0 0x0*

9.4.52 BB_AESKEY127_96

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 AESKEY127_96 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 127 down to 96)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AESKEY127_96 AESKEY127_96_0 0x0*

9.4.53 BB_AESPTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 AESPTR Pointer to the memory zone where the block to cipher using AES-128 is stored.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

AESPTR AESPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.54 BB_TXMICVAL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 TXMICVAL AES-CCM plain MIC value. Valid on when MIC has been calculated (in Tx)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TXMICVAL TXMICVAL_0 0x0*

9.4.55 BB_RXMICVAL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 RXMICVAL AES-CCM plain MIC value. Valid on once MIC has been extracted from Rx
packet

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RXMICVAL RXMICVAL_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
242
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.56 BB_RFTESTCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 INFINITERX Applicable in RF Test Mode only
27 RXPKTCNTEN Applicable in RF Test Mode only
15 INFINITETX Applicable in RF Test Mode only
14 TXLENGTHSRC Applicable only in Tx/Rx RF Test Mode
13 PRBSTYPE Applicable only in Tx/Rx RF Test Mode
12 TXPLDSRC Applicable only in Tx/Rx RF Test Mode
11 TXPKTCNTEN Applicable in RF Test Mode only
8:0 TXLENGTH Tx packet length in number of bytes

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

INFINITERX INFINITERX_0 Normal mode of operation 0x0*
INFINITERX_1 Infinite Rx window 0x1
RXPKTCNTEN RXPKTCNTEN_0 Rx packet count disabled 0x0*
RXPKTCNTEN_1 Rx packet count enabled, and reported 0x1
in CS-RXCCMPKTCNT and
RFTESTRXSTAT-RXPKTCNT on RF
abort command
INFINITETX INFINITETX_0 Normal mode of operation 0x0*
INFINITETX_1 Infinite Tx packet / Normal start of a 0x1
packet but endless payload
TXLENGTHSRC TXLENGTHSRC_0 Normal mode of operation: 0x0*
TxDESC-TXADVLEN controls the Tx
packet payload size
TXLENGTHSRC_1 Uses RFTESTCTRL-TXLENGTH 0x1
packet length (can support up to 512
bytes transmit)
PRBSTYPE PRBSTYPE_0 Tx packet payload are PRBS9 type 0x0*
PRBSTYPE_1 Tx packet payload are PRBS15 type 0x1
TXPLDSRC TXPLDSRC_0 Tx packet payload source is the control 0x0*
structure
TXPLDSRC_1 Tx packet payload are PRBS generator 0x1
TXPKTCNTEN TXPKTCNTEN_0 Tx packet count disabled 0x0
TXPKTCNTEN_1 Tx packet count enabled, and reported 0x1*
in CS-TXCCMPKTCNT and
RFTESTTXSTAT-TXPKTCNT on RF
abort command
TXLENGTH TXLENGTH_0 0x0*

9.4.57 BB_RFTESTTXSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 TXPKTCNT Reports number of transmitted packets during test modes

www.onsemi.com
243
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TXPKTCNT TXPKTCNT_00 0x0*

9.4.58 BB_RFTESTRXSTAT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 RXPKTCNT Reports number of correctly received packets during test modes

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RXPKTCNT RXPKTCNTX_0 0x0*

9.4.59 BB_TIMGENCNTL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 APFM_EN Controls the anticipated pre-fetch abort mechanism
25:16 PREFETCHABORT_TIME Defines the instant in us at which immediate abort is required after anticipated
pre-fetch abort
8:0 PREFETCH_TIME Defines exchange table pre-fetch instant in us

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

APFM_EN APFM_EN_0 Disabled 0x0
APFM_EN_1 Enabled 0x1*
PREFETCHABORT_TIME PREFETCHABORT_TIME_254 0x1FE*
PREFETCH_TIME PREFETCH_TIME_150 0x96*

9.4.60 BB_GROSSTIMTGT

Bit Field Field Name Description

22:0 GROSSTARGET Gross timer target value on which a ble_grosstgtim_irq must be generated
(precision of 10ms)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GROSSTARGET GROSSTARGET_0 0x0*

9.4.61 BB_FINETIMTGT

Bit Field Field Name Description

26:0 FINETARGET Fine timer target value on which a ble_finetgtim_irq must be generated
(precision of 625us)

www.onsemi.com
244
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FINETARGET FINETARGET_0 0x0*

9.4.62 BB_COEXIFCNTL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

25:24 MWSSCANFREQMSK Determines how mws_scan_frequency impacts Bluetooth low energy
technology Tx and Rx
21:20 WLCRXPRIOMODE Defines Bluetooth low energy technology packet ble_rx mode behavior
17:16 WLCTXPRIOMODE Defines Bluetooth low energy technology packet ble_tx mode behavior
15:14 MWSTXFREQMSK Determines how MWS Tx Frequency impacts Bluetooth low energy technology
Tx and Rx
13:12 MWSRXFREQMSK Determines how MWS Rx Frequency impacts Bluetooth low energy technology
Tx and Rx
11:10 MWSTXMSK Determines how mws_tx impacts Bluetooth low energy technology Tx and Rx
9:8 MWSRXMSK Determines how mws_rx impacts Bluetooth low energy technology Tx and Rx
7:6 TXMSK Determines how tx impacts Bluetooth low energy technology Tx and Rx
5:4 RXMSK Determines how rx impacts Bluetooth low energy technology Tx and Rx
3 MWSWCI_EN Enable / Disable control of the WCI MWS Coexistence interface / Valid in Dual
Mode only
2 MWSCOEX_EN Enable / Disable control of the MWS Coexistence control / Valid in Dual Mode
only
1 SYNCGEN_EN Determines whether ble_sync is generated or not
0 COEX_EN Enable / disable control of the MWS/RF coexistence control

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MWSSCANFREQMSK MWSSCANFREQMSK_0 mws_scan_frequency has no impact 0x0*
MWSSCANFREQMSK_1 mws_scan_frequency can stop 0x1
Bluetooth low energy technology Tx,
no impact on Bluetooth low energy
technology Rx
MWSSCANFREQMSK_2 mws_scan_frequency can stop 0x2
Bluetooth low energy technology Rx,
no impact on Bluetooth low energy
technology Tx
MWSSCANFREQMSK_3 mws_scan_frequency can stop both 0x3
Bluetooth low energy technology Tx
and Bluetooth low energy technology
Rx
WLCRXPRIOMODE WLCRXPRIOMODE_0 Rx indication excluding Rx power up 0x0*
delay (starts when correlator is
enabled)
WLCRXPRIOMODE_1 Rx indication including Rx power up 0x1
delay
WLCRXPRIOMODE_2 Rx High priority indicator 0x2
WLCRXPRIOMODE_3 NA 0x3

www.onsemi.com
245
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WLCTXPRIOMODE WLCTXPRIOMODE_0 Tx indication excluding Tx power up 0x0*
delay
WLCTXPRIOMODE_1 Tx indication including Tx power up 0x1
delay
WLCTXPRIOMODE_2 Tx High priority indicator 0x2
WLCTXPRIOMODE_3 NA 0x3
MWSTXFREQMSK MWSTXFREQMSK_0 mws Tx Frequency has no impact 0x0*
MWSTXFREQMSK_1 mws Tx Frequency can stop Bluetooth 0x1
low energy technology Tx, no impact
on Bluetooth low energy technology Rx
MWSTXFREQMSK_2 mws Tx Frequency can stop Bluetooth 0x2
low energy technology Rx, no impact
on Bluetooth low energy technology Tx
MWSTXFREQMSK_3 mws Tx Frequency can stop both 0x3
Bluetooth low energy technology Tx
and Bluetooth low energy technology
Rx
MWSRXFREQMSK MWSRXFREQMSK_0 mws Tx Frequency has no impact 0x0
MWSRXFREQMSK_1 mws Tx Frequency can stop Bluetooth 0x1*
low energy technology Tx, no impact
on Bluetooth low energy technology Rx
MWSRXFREQMSK_2 mws Tx Frequency can stop Bluetooth 0x2
low energy technology Rx, no impact
on Bluetooth low energy technology Tx
MWSRXFREQMSK_3 mws Tx Frequency can stop both 0x3
Bluetooth low energy technology Tx
and Bluetooth low energy technology
Rx
MWSTXMSK MWSTXMSK_0 mws_tx has no impact 0x0*
MWSTXMSK_1 mws_tx can stopBluetooth low energy 0x1
technology Tx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Rx
MWSTXMSK_2 mws_tx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x2
technology Rx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Tx
MWSTXMSK_3 mws_tx can stop both Bluetooth low 0x3
energy technology Tx and Bluetooth
low energy technology Rx
MWSRXMSK MWSRXMSK_0 mws_tx has no impact 0x0
MWSRXMSK_1 mws_tx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x1*
technology Tx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Rx
MWSRXMSK_2 mws_tx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x2
technology Rx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Tx
MWSRXMSK_3 mws_tx can stop both Bluetooth low 0x3
energy technology Tx and Bluetooth
low energy technology Rx

www.onsemi.com
246
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TXMSK TXMSK_0 tx has no impact 0x0*
TXMSK_1 tx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x1
technology Tx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Rx
TXMSK_2 tx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x2
technology Rx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Tx
TXMSK_3 tx can stop both Bluetooth low energy 0x3
technology Tx and Bluetooth low
energy technology Rx
RXMSK RXMSK_0 rx has no impact 0x0
RXMSK_1 rx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x1*
technology Tx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Rx
RXMSK_2 rx can stop Bluetooth low energy 0x2
technology Rx, no impact on Bluetooth
low energy technology Tx
RXMSK_3 rx can stop both Bluetooth low energy 0x3
technology Tx and Bluetooth low
energy technology Rx
MWSWCI_EN MWSWCI_EN_0 MWS WCI Interface disabled 0x0*
MWSWCI_EN_1 MWS WCI Interface enabled 0x1
MWSCOEX_EN MWSCOEX_EN_0 MWS Coexistence interface disabled 0x0*
MWSCOEX_EN_1 MWS Coexistence interface enabled 0x1
SYNCGEN_EN SYNCGEN_EN_0 ble_sync pulse not generated 0x0*
SYNCGEN_EN_1 ble_sync pulse generated 0x1
COEX_EN COEX_EN_0 Coexistence interface disabled 0x0*
COEX_EN_1 Coexistence interface enabled 0x1

9.4.63 BB_COEXIFCNTL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

28:24 WLCPRXTHR Determines the threshold for Rx priority setting (applies on ble_rx if
WLCRXPRIOMODE equals "10")
20:16 WLCPTXTHR Determines the threshold for priority setting (applies on ble_tx if
WLCTXPRIOMODE equals "10")
14:8 WLCPDURATION Determines how many us the priority information must be maintained (applies
on ble_tx and ble_rx if WLCTXPRIOMODE equals "10")
6:0 WLCPDELAY Determines the delay (in us) in Tx/Rx enables rises the time Bluetooth low
energy technology Tx/Rx priority has to be provided (applies on ble_tx and
ble_rx if WLCTXPRIOMODE equals "10")

www.onsemi.com
247
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WLCPRXTHR WLCPRXTHR_0 If ble_pti[3:0] output value is greater 0x0*
than WLCPRXTHR, then Rx Bluetooth
low energy technology priority is
considered as high, and must be
provided to the RF coexistence
interface
WLCPTXTHR WLCPTXTHR_0 If ble_pti[3:0] output value is greater 0x0*
than WLCPTXTHR, then Tx Bluetooth
low energy technology priority is
considered as high, and must be
provided to the RF coexistence
interface
WLCPDURATION WLCPDURATION_0 Note that if WLCPDURATION = 0x00, 0x0*
then Tx/Rx priority levels are
maintained till Tx/Rx EN are
de-asserted.
WLCPDELAY WLCPDELAY_0 0x0*

9.4.64 BB_COEXIFCNTL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:8 RX_ANT_DELAY Time (in us) by which is anticipated bt_rx to be provided before effective Radio
receipt operation
3:0 TX_ANT_DELAY Time (in us) by which is anticipated bt_tx to be provided before effective Radio
transmit operation

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RX_ANT_DELAY RX_ANT_DELAY_0 0x0*
TX_ANT_DELAY TX_ANT_DELAY_0 0x0*

9.4.65 BB_BBMPRIO0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 BLEM7 Set priority value for passive scanning
27:24 BLEM6 Set priority value for non-connectable advertising
23:20 BLEM5 Set priority value for connectable advertising Bluetooth low energy technology
message
19:16 BLEM4 Set priority value for active scanning Bluetooth low energy technology message
15:12 BLEM3 Set priority value for initiating (scanning) Bluetooth low energy technology
message
11:8 BLEM2 Set priority value for data channel transmission Bluetooth low energy technology
message
7:4 BLEM1 Set priority value for LLCP Bluetooth low energy technology message
3:0 BLEM0 Set priority value for initiating (connection request response) Bluetooth low
energy technology message

www.onsemi.com
248
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BLEM7 BLEM7_3 0x3*
BLEM6 BLEM6_4 0x4*
BLEM5 BLEM5_8 0x8*
BLEM4 BLEM4_9 0x9*
BLEM3 BLEM3_10 0xA*
BLEM2 BLEM2_13 0xD*
BLEM1 BLEM1_14 0xE*
BLEM0 BLEM0_15 0xF*

9.4.66 BB_BBMPRIO1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:28 BLEMDEFAULT Set default priority value for Bluetooth low energy technology message other
than those defined above
7:4 BLEM9 Set default priority value for ISO Channel first Tx/Rx attempt
3:0 BLEM8 Set default priority value for ISO Channel subsequent Tx/Rx attempt

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BLEMDEFAULT BLEMDEFAULT_3 0x3*
BLEM9 BLEM7_13 0xD*
BLEM8 BLEM6_12 0xC*

9.4.67 BB_RALPTR

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 RALPTR Start address pointer of the RAL structure

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RALPTR RALPTR_0 0x0*

9.4.68 BB_RALNBDEV

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 RALNBDEV Number of devices in RAL Structure

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RALNBDEV RALNBDEV_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
249
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.69 BB_RAL_LOCAL_RND

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 LRND_INIT Writing a 1 initializes of local RPA random number generation LFSR
21:0 LRND_VAL Initialization value for local RPA random generation when LRDN_INIT is set to 1,
else reports the current Local RPA random number LFSR value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

LRND_INIT LRND_INIT_0 0x0*
LRND_VAL LRND_VAL_4132623 0x3F0F0F*

9.4.70 BB_RAL_PEER_RND

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 PRND_INIT Writing a 1 initializes peer RPA random number generation LFSR
21:0 PRND_VAL Initialization value for peer RPA random generation when LRDN_INIT is set to 1,
else reports the current Local RPA random number LFSR value

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PRND_INIT PRND_INIT_0 0x0*
PRND_VAL PRND_VAL_3207408 0x30F0F0*

9.4.71 BB_ISOCHANCNTL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 RETXACKEN0 Generate Tx ACK
3 SYNCGEN0 Enable audio syn_p generation
2 ISOCHANEN0 Enable ISO channel
1:0 ISOTYPE0 ISO Channel Type

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RETXACKEN0 RETXACKEN0_0 No Tx ACK generation in re-Tx 0x0*
RETXACKEN0_1 Tx ACK generation in re-Tx 0x1
SYNCGEN0 SYNCGEN0_0 Disable audio0_syn_p generation 0x0*
SYNCGEN0_1 Enable audio0_syn_p generation 0x1
ISOCHANEN0 ISOCHANEN0_0 Disable ISO Channel (LLID=0 invalid) 0x0*
ISOCHANEN0_1 Enable ISO Channel (LLID=0 valid) 0x1
ISOTYPE0 ISOTYPE0_0 Audio Mode 0 0x0*
ISOTYPE0_1 Reserved 0x1
ISOTYPE0_2 Reserved 0x2
ISOTYPE0_3 Reserved 0x3

www.onsemi.com
250
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.72 BB_ISOMUTECNTL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 TOGO0 Indicates which buffer is in use (direct copy of ET-ISOBUFSEL)
19 MUTE_SINK0 HW mute control
18 MUTE_SOURCE0 HW mute control
17 INVL0_1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 1 (i.e updated when ET-ISOBUFSEL = 0)
16 INVL0_0 SW mute status for ISO buffer 0 (i.e updated when ET-ISOBUFSEL = 1)
7:0 MUTE_PATTERN0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute Pattern to be used when HW muting is enabled

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TOGO0 TOGO0_0 Use buffer 0 0x0*
TOGO0_1 Use buffer 1 0x1
MUTE_SINK0 MUTE_SINK0_0 Do not mute on bad reception of an 0x0*
ISO packet
MUTE_SINK0_1 Mute after data or bad reception, with 0x1
the pattern stored in
MUTE_PATTERN0
MUTE_SOURCE0 MUTE_SOURCE0_0 Provides Source buffer to the Packet 0x0*
Controller for Tx operations
MUTE_SOURCE0_1 Forces null length packet to be sent as 0x1
a replacement of ISO Packets
INVL0_1 INVL0_1_0 Do not mute current ISO buffer 0x0
INVL0_1_1 Current ISO buffer is invalid, mute 0x1*
INVL0_0 INVL0_0_0 Do not mute current ISO buffer 0x0
INVL0_0_1 Current ISO buffer is invalid, mute 0x1*
MUTE_PATTERN0 MUTE_PATTERN0_0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute 0x0*
Pattern to be used when HW muting is
enabled

9.4.73 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ISO0TXPTR0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0
15:0 ISO0TXPTR1 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO0TXPTR0 ISO0TXPTR0_0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0x0*
0
ISO0TXPTR1 ISO0TXPTR1_0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0x0*
0

www.onsemi.com
251
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.74 BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ISO0RXPTR0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0
15:0 ISO0RXPTR1 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO0RXPTR0 ISO0RXPTR0_0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0x0*
0
ISO0RXPTR1 ISO0RXPTR1_0 TR ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO 0x0*
Channel 0

9.4.75 BB_ISOTRCNL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 ISO0RXLEN Negotiated, maximum expected number of bytes for ISO Channel 0 Rx payloads
7:0 ISO0TXLEN Negotiated, number of bytes for ISO Channel 0 Tx payloads

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO0RXLEN ISO0RXLEN_0 0x0*
ISO0TXLEN ISO0TXLEN_0 0x0*

9.4.76 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETL0 LSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVT_CNT_OFFSETL0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETL0_0 0x0*

9.4.77 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU0

Bit Field Field Name Description

6:0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETU0 MSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVT_CNT_OFFSETU0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETU0_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
252
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.78 BB_ISOCHANCNTL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 RETXACKEN1 Generate Tx ACK
3 SYNCGEN1 Enable audio syn_p generation
2 ISOCHANEN1 Enable ISO channel
1:0 ISOTYPE1 ISO Channel Type

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RETXACKEN1 RETXACKEN1_0 No Tx ACK generation in re-Tx 0x0*
RETXACKEN1_1 Tx ACK generation in re-Tx 0x1
SYNCGEN1 SYNCGEN1_0 Disable audio0_syn_p generation 0x0*
SYNCGEN1_1 Enable audio0_syn_p generation 0x1
ISOCHANEN1 ISOCHANEN1_0 Disable ISO Channel (LLID=0 invalid) 0x0*
ISOCHANEN1_1 Enable ISO Channel (LLID=0 valid) 0x1
ISOTYPE1 ISOTYPE1_0 Audio Mode 0 0x0*
ISOTYPE1_1 Reserved 0x1
ISOTYPE1_2 Reserved 0x2
ISOTYPE1_3 Reserved 0x3

9.4.79 BB_ISOMUTECNTL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 TOGO1 Indicates which buffer is in use (direct copy of ET-ISOBUFSEL)
19 MUTE_SINK1 HW mute control
18 MUTE_SOURCE1 HW mute control
17 INVL1_1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 1 (i.e updated when ET-ISOBUFSEL = 0)
16 INVL1_0 SW mute status for ISO buffer 0 (i.e updated when ET-ISOBUFSEL = 1)
7:0 MUTE_PATTERN1 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute Pattern to be used when HW muting is enabled

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TOGO1 TOGO1_0 Use buffer 0 0x0*
TOGO1_1 Use buffer 1 0x1
MUTE_SINK1 MUTE_SINK1_0 Do not mute on bad reception of an 0x0*
ISO packet
MUTE_SINK1_1 Mute after data or bad reception, with 0x1
the pattern stored in
MUTE_PATTERN0
MUTE_SOURCE1 MUTE_SOURCE1_0 Provides Source buffer to the Packet 0x0*
Controller for Tx operations
MUTE_SOURCE1_1 Forces null length packet to be sent as 0x1
a replacement for ISO Packets

www.onsemi.com
253
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

INVL1_1 INVL1_1_0 Do not mute current ISO buffer 0x0
INVL1_1_1 Current ISO buffer is invalid, mute 0x1*
INVL1_0 INVL1_0_0 Do not mute current ISO buffer 0x0
INVL1_0_1 Current ISO buffer is invalid, mute 0x1*
MUTE_PATTERN1 MUTE_PATTERN1_0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute 0x0*
Pattern to be used when HW muting is
enabled

9.4.80 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ISO1TXPTR0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 1
15:0 ISO1TXPTR1 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 1

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO1TXPTR0 ISO1TXPTR0_0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0x0*
1
ISO1TXPTR1 ISO1TXPTR1_0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0x0*
1

9.4.81 BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ISO1RXPTR0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 1
15:0 ISO1RXPTR1 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 1

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO1RXPTR0 ISO1RXPTR0_0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0x0*
1
ISO1RXPTR1 ISO1RXPTR1_0 TR ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO 0x0*
Channel 1

9.4.82 BB_ISOTRCNL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 ISO1RXLEN Negotiated, maximum expected number of bytes for ISO Channel 0 Rx payloads
7:0 ISO1TXLEN Negotiated, number of bytes for ISO Channel 0 Tx payloads

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO1RXLEN ISO1RXLEN_0 0x0*
ISO1TXLEN ISO1TXLEN_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
254
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.83 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETL1 LSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVT_CNT_OFFSETL1 EVT_CNT_OFFSETL1_0 0x0*

9.4.84 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU1

Bit Field Field Name Description

6:0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETU1 MSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVT_CNT_OFFSETU1 EVT_CNT_OFFSETU1_0 0x0*

9.4.85 BB_ISOCHANCNTL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 RETXACKEN2 Generate Tx ACK
3 SYNCGEN2 Enable audio syn_p generation
2 ISOCHANEN2 Enable ISO channel
1:0 ISOTYPE2 ISO Channel Type

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RETXACKEN2 RETXACKEN2_0 No Tx ACK generation in re-Tx 0x0*
RETXACKEN2_1 Tx ACK generation in re-Tx 0x1
SYNCGEN2 SYNCGEN2_0 Disable audio2_syn_p generation 0x0*
SYNCGEN2_1 Enable audio2_syn_p generation 0x1
ISOCHANEN2 ISOCHANEN2_0 Disable ISO Channel (LLID=0 invalid) 0x0*
ISOCHANEN2_1 Enable ISO Channel (LLID=0 valid) 0x1
ISOTYPE2 ISOTYPE2_0 Audio Mode 0 0x0*
ISOTYPE2_1 Reserved 0x1
ISOTYPE2_2 Reserved 0x2
ISOTYPE2_3 Reserved 0x3

www.onsemi.com
255
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.86 BB_ISOMUTECNTL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 TOGO2 Indicates which buffer is in use (direct copy of ET-ISOBUFSEL)
19 MUTE_SINK2 HW mute control
18 MUTE_SOURCE2 HW mute control
17 INVL2_1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 1 (i.e updated when ET-ISOBUFSEL = 0)
16 INVL2_0 SW mute status for ISO buffer 0 (i.e updated when ET-ISOBUFSEL = 1)
7:0 MUTE_PATTERN2 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute Pattern to be used when HW muting is enabled

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TOGO2 TOGO2_0 Use buffer 0 0x0*
TOGO2_1 Use buffer 1 0x1
MUTE_SINK2 MUTE_SINK2_0 Do not mute on bad reception of an 0x0*
ISO packet
MUTE_SINK2_1 Mute after data or bad reception, with 0x1
the pattern stored in
MUTE_PATTERN0
MUTE_SOURCE2 MUTE_SOURCE2_0 Provides Source buffer to the Packet 0x0*
Controller for Tx operations
MUTE_SOURCE2_1 Forces null length packet to be sent as 0x1
a replacement for ISO Packets
INVL2_1 INVL2_1_0 Do not mute current ISO buffer 0x0
INVL2_1_1 Current ISO buffer is invalid, mute 0x1*
INVL2_0 INVL2_0_0 Do not mute current ISO buffer 0x0
INVL2_0_1 Current ISO buffer is invalid, mute 0x1*
MUTE_PATTERN2 MUTE_PATTERN2_0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute 0x0*
Pattern to be used when HW muting is
enabled

9.4.87 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR2

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ISO2TXPTR0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 2
15:0 ISO2TXPTR1 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 2

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO2TXPTR0 ISO2TXPTR0_0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0x0*
2
ISO2TXPTR1 ISO2TXPTR1_0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0x0*
2

www.onsemi.com
256
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.88 BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR2

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 ISO2RXPTR0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 2
15:0 ISO2RXPTR1 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 2

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO2RXPTR0 ISO2RXPTR0_0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0x0*
2
ISO2RXPTR1 ISO2RXPTR1_0 TR ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO 0x0*
Channel 2

9.4.89 BB_ISOTRCNL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 ISO2RXLEN Negotiated, maximum expected number of bytes for ISO Channel 2 Rx payloads
7:0 ISO2TXLEN Negotiated, number of bytes for ISO Channel 2 Tx payloads

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ISO2RXLEN ISO2RXLEN_0 0x0*
ISO2TXLEN ISO2TXLEN_0 0x0*

9.4.90 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL2

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETL2 LSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET2[39:0] field

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVT_CNT_OFFSETL2 EVT_CNT_OFFSETL2_0 0x0*

9.4.91 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU2

Bit Field Field Name Description

6:0 EVT_CNT_OFFSETU2 MSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET2[39:0] field

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVT_CNT_OFFSETU2 EVT_CNT_OFFSETU2_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
257
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

9.4.92 BB_BBPRIOSCHARB

Bit Field Field Name Description

15 BLEPRIOMODE Determine Bluetooth low energy technology priority scheduling arbitration mode
7:0 BLEMARGIN Determine the decision instant margin for priority scheduling arbitration

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BLEPRIOMODE BLEPRIOMODE_0 Bluetooth low energy technology 0x0*
decision instant not used
BLEPRIOMODE_1 Bluetooth low energy technology 0x1
decision instant used
BLEMARGIN BLEMARGIN_0 0x0*

www.onsemi.com
258
 CHAPTER 10

10. Digital Input/Output

10.1 OVERVIEW

The RSL10 system contains 16 digital input/output (DIO) pads that can be configured:

• To support the external interfaces, output clocks, and other I/Os

• As general-purpose I/Os controllable from the core

DIOs support all digital inputs and output functions that are not supported directly by a dedicated I/O. For more
information about the functional configuration of DIO pads, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” below.

Dedicated I/Os are supplied for the following pads which are not part of the DIO pad set:

• The wake up pad (WAKEUP)—for more information, see Section 5.4, “Power Modes” on page 51.
• The external clock input pad (EXTCLK)—for more information, see Section 6.2.5, “External Clock Input
(EXTCLK)” on page 76.
• The JTCK and JTMS (also used as SWCLK and SWDIO) pads for the standard SWJ-DP debug port included
with the Arm Cortex-M3 core — for more information, see Section 3.2, “Debug Port” on page 27.
• A reset pad (NRESET) - for more information, see Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64.

The DIO pads support a variety of physical configuration parameters that might be required to properly interface
with external components, including:

• Pull-up and pull-down resistors

• Low-pass input filtering
• Output drive strength

A complete description of the physical configuration of DIOs can be found in Section 10.3, “Physical
Configuration” on page 263.

All of the DIO pads are powered from the VDDO power supply. For more information about this power supply and
its configuration, see Section 5.2.2, “Digital Output Supply Voltage (VDDO)” on page 39.

10.2 FUNCTIONAL CONFIGURATION

The DIO pads can be configured using the DIO_CFG_IO_MODE bit field from the DIO_CFG_* registers:

• For a variety of digital output modes

• For a general-purpose digital input mode, with the input function configured by the DIO_interface_SRC
registers, where interface is one of PCM, SPI, UART, I2C, audio sink, NMI, baseband Rx, baseband SPI,
RF front-end SPI, RF front-end GPIO, DMIC, and LPDSP32 JTAG. For the SPI interfaces, these registers have
a numeric postfix to indicate which of the interfaces is being configured.

Table 19 contains a list of the functional modes a DIO can be configured for. Table 20 contains a list of the input
sources that a given DIO can be assigned to supply.

NOTE: ADC, wakeup and STANDBYCLK functions are only available on DIO[0:3]. See Section 11.2,
“Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADCs)” on page 301, Section 5.4, “Power Modes” on page 51,
and Section 6.3.2, “Standby Clock (STANDBYCLK)” on page 80, respectively, for information
on configuring these functions.

www.onsemi.com
259
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

In addition to standard digital functional configuration, certain DIOs can be configured for special modes. These
special modes are described in Section 10.2.1, “Special Functional Configurations” on page 262.

CAUTION: While a DIO can be configured to be both an output and an input, it is the user application's responsibility
to ensure that the DIO is not driving an output to a pad that is also being driven externally. If a DIO pad signal has two
drivers, the physical values and inputs that are read from this pad are considered undefined.

Table 19. DIO Multiplexed Functionality

Mode Setting Description

0x00 DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_0 GPIO input mode; bit 0 is the input data value (both
0x01 DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_1 DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_0 and DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_1 configure
the DIO for GPIO input mode)
0x02 DIO_MODE_GPIO_OUT_0 GPIO output mode; bit 0 is the output data value (GPIO_OUT_0
0x03 DIO_MODE_GPIO_OUT_1 provides an output low and GPIO_OUT_1 provides an output high)

0x04 DIO_MODE_USRCLK User clock (UCLK) output

0x05 DIO_MODE_SLOWCLK Slow clock (SLOWCLK) output
0x06 DIO_MODE_SYSCLK System clock (SYSCLK) output
0x07 DIO_MODE_PCM_SERO PCM interface serial output signal
0x08 DIO_MODE_PCM_FRAME PCM interface frame output (PCM master mode only)
0x09 DIO_MODE_SPI0_SERO SPI0 serial output signal
0x0A DIO_MODE_SPI0_CS SPI0 chip select output (SPI master mode only)
0x0B DIO_MODE_SPI0_CLK SPI0 clock output (SPI master mode only)
0x0C DIO_MODE_SPI1_SERO SPI1 serial output signal
0x0D DIO_MODE_SPI1_CS SPI1 chip select output (SPI master mode only)
0x0E DIO_MODE_SPI1_CLK SPI1 clock output (SPI master mode only)
0x0F DIO_MODE_UART_TX UART transmit output
0x10 DIO_MODE_SCL I2C clock output (open collector)
0x11 DIO_MODE_SDA I2C data output (open collector)
0x12 DIO_MODE_PWM0 PWM interface output 0
0x13 DIO_MODE_PWM0_INV Inverted PWM interface output 0
0x14 DIO_MODE_PWM1 PWM interface output 1
0x15 DIO_MODE_PWM1_INV Inverted PWM interface output 1
0x16 DIO_MODE_LPDSP32_TDO LPDSP32 JTAG test data out
0x17 DIO_MODE_RFCLK RF clock output
0x18 DIO_MODE_RCCLK RC clock output
0x19 DIO_MODE_JTCK_DIV Divided JTAG clock output
0x1A DIO_MODE_EXTCLK_DIV Divided EXTCLK output
0x1B DIO_MODE_STANDBYCLK Standby clock (STANDBYCLK) output
0x1C DIO_MODE_BB_TX_DATA Baseband transmit data output
0x1D DIO_MODE_BB_TX_DATA_VALID Baseband transmit data valid indicator output
0x1E DIO_MODE_BB_SYNC_P Baseband synchronization signal

www.onsemi.com
260
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 19. DIO Multiplexed Functionality (Continued)

Mode Setting Description

0x1F DIO_MODE_BB_AUDIO0_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE AUDIO0 synchronization signal
0x20 DIO_MODE_BB_AUDIO1_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE AUDIO1 synchronization signal
0x21 DIO_MODE_BB_AUDIO2_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE AUDIO2 synchronization signal
0x22 DIO_MODE_BB_SPI_CSN Output baseband controller SPI_CSN signal
0x23 DIO_MODE_BB_SPI_CLK Output baseband controller SPI_CLK signal
0x24 DIO_MODE_BB_SPI_MOSI Output baseband controller SPI_MOSI signal
0x25 DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_0 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 0) signal
0x26 DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_1 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 1) signal
0x27 DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_2 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 2) signal
0x28 DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_3 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 3) signal
0x29 DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_4 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 4) signal
0x2A DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_5 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 5) signal
0x2B DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_6 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 6) signal
0x2C DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_7 Output baseband controller diagnostic port 0 (bit 7) signal
0x2D DIO_MODE_RF_SPI_MISO Output RF front-end SPI_MISO interface signal
0x2E DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO0 Output RF front-end GPIO0 output (RX_DATA) signal
0x2F DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO1 Output RF front-end GPIO1 output (RX_CLK) signal
0x30 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO2 Output RF front-end GPIO2 output signal
0x31 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO3 Output RF front-end GPIO3 output signal
0x32 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO4 Output RF front-end GPIO4 output signal
0x33 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO5 Output RF front-end GPIO5 output signal
0x34 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO6 Output RF front-end GPIO6 output signal
0x35 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO7 Output RF front-end GPIO7 output signal
0x36 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO8 Output RF front-end GPIO8 output signal
0x37 DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO9 Output RF front-end GPIO9 output signal
0x38 DIO_MODE_AUDIOCLK Output the AUDIOCLK (audio clock) signal
0x39 DIO_MODE_AUDIOSLOWCLK Output the AUDIOSLOWCLK (slow audio clock) signal
0x3A DIO_MODE_OD_P Output OD + signal
0x3B DIO_MODE_OD_N Output OD - signal
0x3C DIO_MODE_AUDIO_SYNC_PULSE Output audio synchronization pulse
0x3D DIO_MODE_AUDIO_SYNC_MISSED Output audio synchronization missed pulse
0x3E DIO_MODE_INPUT Input mode
0x3F DIO_MODE_DISABLE Disabled

www.onsemi.com
261
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 20. DIO Input Functionality

Configuration Register Signal Description

DIO_PCM_SRC PCM_SERI PCM interface serial input signal
PCM_FRAME PCM interface frame input (PCM slave mode only)
PCM_CLK PCM interface clock input
DIO_SPI_SRC SPI_SERI Serial input signal for the specified SPI interface
SPI_CS Chip select input (SPI slave mode only) for the specified SPI interface
SPI_CLK Clock input (SPI slave mode only) for the specified SPI interface
DIO_UART_SRC UART_RX Receive signal for the specified UART interface
DIO_I2C_SRC I2C_SCL I2C clock input (open collector)
I2C_SDA I2C data input (open collector)
DIO_AUDIOSINK_SRC AUDIOSINK_CLK Audio sink clock input selection
DIO_NMI_SRC NMI Non-maskable interrupt input
DIO_BB_RX_SRC BB_RF_SYNC_P Baseband controller interface RF_SYNC_P input selection
BB_RX_CLK Baseband controller Rx clock input selection
BB_RX_DATA Baseband controller Rx data input selection
DIO_BB_SPI_SRC BB_SPI_MISO Baseband controller SPI_MISO input selection
DIO_RF_SPI_SRC RF_SPI_MOSI RF front-end SPI_MOSI input selection
RF_SPI_CSN RF front-end SPI_CSN input selection
RF_SPI_CLK RF front-end SPI_CLK input selection
DIO_RF_GPIO03_SRC RF_GPIO3 RF front-end GPIO3 input selection
RF_GPIO2 RF front-end GPIO2 input selection
RF_GPIO1 RF front-end GPIO1 input selection
RF_GPIO0 RF front-end GPIO0 input selection
DIO_RF_GPIO47_SRC RF_GPIO7 RF front-end GPIO7 input selection
RF_GPIO6 RF front-end GPIO6 input selection
RF_GPIO5 RF front-end GPIO5 input selection
RF_GPIO4 RE front-end GPIO4 input selection
DIO_RF_GPIO89_SRC RF_GPIO9 RF front-end GPIO9 input selection
RF_GPIO8 RF front-end GPIO8 input selection
DIO_DMIC_SRC DMIC_CLK DMIC clock input selection
DMIC_DATA DMIC data input selection
DIO_LPDSP32_JTAG_SRC LPDSP32_JTAG_TDI LPDSP32 JTAG test data input selection
LPDSP32_JTAG_TMS LPDSP32 JTAG Test Mode select input selection
LPDSP32_JTAG_TCK LPDSP32 JTAG test clock selection

10.2.1 Special Functional Configurations

RSL10 contains two special functional configurations that affect a subset of the DIOs. These special functional
configurations are described in Table 21.

www.onsemi.com
262
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 21. Special DIO Functional Configurations

Mode Affected DIOs Description

Analog Input 0, 1, 2, and/or 3 Four of the DIOs support a special configuration as analog inputs. These DIOs can be
configured independently from one another using the DIO_CFG_IO_MODE bit field from
their respective DIO_CFG_* registers.
NOTE: For a DIO that is used in ADC mode, the pad must be
disconnected from both the digital input sensor and digital output
driver. For DIOs 0 to 3, the pad might be connected to the analog
input. For all other DIOs, the pad is completely disconnected. For
more information about DIO configuration when using ADC, see
Section 11.2.1, “ADC Input Configuration” on page 302.

For more information about analog inputs, see Section 11.2, “Analog-to-Digital Converters
(ADCs)” on page 301.
STANDBYCLK The STANDBYCLK function is only available on DIO[3:0]. For more information on
STANDBYCLK configuration, see Section 6.3.2, “Standby Clock (STANDBYCLK)” on
page 80.
Wakeup The wakeup function is only available on DIO[3:0]. For more information on wakeup
configuration, see Section 5.4, “Power Modes” on page 51.
Arm Cortex-M3 13 When configured for JTAG mode, the SWJ-DP debug port interface uses the following
Processor 14 and 15 pads to implement a 4 or 5-wire JTAG interface:
SWJ-DP JTAG • DIO 13 configured as JNTRST (5-wire JTAG interface only)
• DIO 14 configured as JTDI
• DIO 15 configured as JTDO

The DIO_CFG_IO_MODE bit field is overridden for DIO 13, when

CM3_JTAG_TRST_ENABLED is set using the CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN bit from the
DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG register. The DIO_CFG_IO_MODE bit field is overridden for
DIOs 14 and 15, when CM3_JTAG_DATA_ENABLED is set using the
CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN bit from the DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG register.

10.3 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION

The RSL10 system includes physical configuration parameters for each DIO. These parameters are set using
configuration bits from the appropriate DIO_CFG_* register.

If the DIO is configured as an input pad, it has the following configuration options:

• The DIO_CFG_PULL_CTRL bit field is used to configure the pad to use a pull-up or pull-down resistor. Options
include:
• No pull resistor
• A weak (250 k) pull-up resistor
• A weak (250 k) pull-down resistor
• A strong (10 k) pull-up resistor

• In the reset state while the NRESET pad is driven low, the DIO output drive is disabled and a weak (250 k)
pull-down resistor is enabled. After reset is released, the default DIO configuration is applied.

www.onsemi.com
263
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• The DIO_CFG_LPF bit enables or disables a low-pass filter that can be used to clean up the DIO’s received
input signal.

IMPORTANT: For optimal noise performance, we recommend enabling the low-pass filters provided for DIO
inputs for input signals received at 1 MHz or less. For signals that use a frequency that exceeds 1 MHz, the DIO
low-pass filters should be disabled.

In addition to the configurable physical parameters, all DIO pads contain Schmitt triggers to filter out noise
observed at the inputs.

If the DIO is configured as an output pad, it has the following configuration option:

• The DIO_CFG_DRIVE bit allows you to select the drive strength for the DIO output.

NOTE: The DIO_PAD_CFG_DRIVE bit-field from the DIO_PAD_CFG register can be used to increase the
drive strength of all outputs by 50% or more if needed for a user application.

10.4 DIO REGISTERS

Register Name Register Description Address

DIO_CFG Digital IOs Configuration (ADC function only for pads 0 to 3) 0x40000700
DIO_DATA Digital IOs Data Access Register 0x40000740
DIO_DIR Digital IOs Direction State 0x40000744
DIO_MODE Digital IOs Mode State 0x40000748
DIO_INT_CFG DIO Interrupt Configuration 0x4000074C
DIO_INT_DEBOUNCE DIO Interrupt Button Debounce Filter Time Configuration 0x4000075C
DIO_PCM_SRC PCM Input Selection 0x40000760
DIO_SPI_SRC SPI[1:0] Interface Input Selection 0x40000764
DIO_UART_SRC UART Interface Input Selection 0x4000076C
DIO_I2C_SRC I2C Input Selection 0x40000770
DIO_AUDIOSINK_SRC Audio Sink Input Selection 0x40000774
DIO_NMI_SRC NMI Input Selection 0x40000778
DIO_BB_RX_SRC Baseband controller Rx data and clock input selection 0x4000077C
DIO_BB_SPI_SRC Baseband controller SPI input selection 0x40000780
DIO_RF_SPI_SRC RF front-end SPI input selection 0x40000784
DIO_RF_GPIO03_SRC RF front-end GPIOs 0-3 input selection 0x40000788
DIO_RF_GPIO47_SRC RF front-end GPIOs 4-7 input selection 0x4000078C
DIO_RF_GPIO89_SRC RF front-end GPIOs 8-9 input selection 0x40000790
DIO_DMIC_SRC DMIC data input selection 0x40000794
DIO_LPDSP32_JTAG_SRC LPDSP32 JTAG Configuration Register 0x40000798
DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG JTAG / SW Pad Configuration Register 0x4000079C
DIO_EXTCLK_CFG External Clock Pad Configuration Register 0x400007A0
DIO_PAD_CFG Global Pads Configuration Register 0x400007A4

www.onsemi.com
264
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.1 DIO_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

13:12 DRIVE Drive strength configuration
10 LPF Low Pass Filter enable
9:8 PULL_CTRL Pull selection
5:0 IO_MODE IO mode selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DRIVE DIO_2X_DRIVE 2x drive strength 0x0
DIO_3X_DRIVE 3x drive strength 0x1
DIO_5X_DRIVE 5x drive strength 0x2
DIO_6X_DRIVE 6x drive strength 0x3*
LPF DIO_LPF_DISABLE Disable low pass filter 0x0*
DIO_LPF_ENABLE Enable low pass filter 0x1
PULL_CTRL DIO_NO_PULL No pull selected 0x0
DIO_WEAK_PULL_UP Weak pull-up selected 0x1*
DIO_WEAK_PULL_DOWN Weak pull-down selected 0x2
DIO_STRONG_PULL_UP Strong pull-up selected 0x3

www.onsemi.com
265
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

IO_MODE DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_0 Input (GPIO input mode) 0x0
DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_1 Input (GPIO input mode) 0x1
DIO_MODE_GPIO_OUT_0 Output low (GPIO output mode) 0x2
DIO_MODE_GPIO_OUT_1 Output high (GPIO output mode) 0x3
DIO_MODE_USRCLK Output USRCLK (user clock) signal 0x4
DIO_MODE_SLOWCLK Output SLOWCLK (slow clock) signal 0x5
DIO_MODE_SYSCLK Output SYSCLK (system clock) signal 0x6
DIO_MODE_PCM_SERO Output PCM_SERO interface signal 0x7
DIO_MODE_PCM_FRAME Output PCM_FRAME interface signal 0x8
DIO_MODE_SPI0_SERO Output SPI0_SERO interface signal 0x9
DIO_MODE_SPI0_CS Output SPI0_CS interface signal 0xA
DIO_MODE_SPI0_CLK Output SPI0_CLK interface signal 0xB
DIO_MODE_SPI1_SERO Output SPI1_SERO interface signal 0xC
DIO_MODE_SPI1_CS Output SPI1_CS interface signal 0xD
DIO_MODE_SPI1_CLK Output SPI1_CLK interface signal 0xE
DIO_MODE_UART_TX Output UART_TX interface signal 0xF
DIO_MODE_SCL Output SCL interface signal (open 0x10
collector)
DIO_MODE_SDA Output SDA interface signal (open 0x11
collector)
DIO_MODE_PWM0 Output PWM0 interface signal 0x12
DIO_MODE_PWM0_INV Output PWM0 interface signal inverted 0x13
DIO_MODE_PWM1 Output PWM1 interface signal 0x14
DIO_MODE_PWM1_INV Output PWM1 interface signal inverted 0x15
DIO_MODE_LPDSP32_TDO Output LPDSP32-TDO interface signal 0x16
DIO_MODE_RFCLK Output RFCLK signal 0x17
DIO_MODE_RCCLK Output RCCLK signal 0x18
DIO_MODE_JTCK_DIV Output of JTCK divider signal 0x19
DIO_MODE_EXTCLK_DIV Output of EXTCLK divider signal 0x1A

www.onsemi.com
266
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

IO_MODE (continued) DIO_MODE_STANDBYCLK Output STANDBYCLK signal 0x1B
DIO_MODE_BB_TX_DATA Output baseband controller TX data 0x1C
signal
DIO_MODE_BB_TX_DATA_VALID Output baseband controller TX data 0x1D
valid signal
DIO_MODE_BB_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE 0x1E
synchronization signal
DIO_MODE_BB_AUDIO0_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE 0x1F
AUDIO0 synchronization signal
DIO_MODE_BB_AUDIO1_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE 0x20
AUDIO1 synchronization signal
DIO_MODE_BB_AUDIO2_SYNC_P Output baseband controller BLE 0x21
AUDIO2 synchronization signal
DIO_MODE_BB_SPI_CSN Output baseband controller SPI_CSN 0x22
signal
DIO_MODE_BB_SPI_CLK Output baseband controller SPI_CLK 0x23
signal
DIO_MODE_BB_SPI_MOSI Output baseband controller SPI_MOSI 0x24
signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_0 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x25
port 0 (bit 0) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_1 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x26
port 0 (bit 1) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_2 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x27
port 0 (bit 2) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_3 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x28
port 0 (bit 3) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_4 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x29
port 0 (bit 4) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_5 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x2A
port 0 (bit 5) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_6 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x2B
port 0 (bit 6) signal
DIO_MODE_BB_DBG0_7 Output baseband controller diagnostic 0x2C
port 0 (bit 7) signal
DIO_MODE_RF_SPI_MISO Output RF front-end SPI_MISO 0x2D
interface signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO0 Output RF front-end GPIO0 output 0x2E
(RX_DATA) signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO1 Output RF front-end GPIO1 output 0x2F
(RX_CLK) signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO2 Output RF front-end GPIO2 output 0x30
signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO3 Output RF front-end GPIO3 output 0x31
signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO4 Output RF front-end GPIO4 output 0x32
signal

www.onsemi.com
267
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

IO_MODE (continued) DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO5 Output RF front-end GPIO5 output 0x33
signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO6 Output RF front-end GPIO6 output 0x34
signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO7 Output RF front-end GPIO7 output 0x35
signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO8 Output RF front-end GPIO8 output 0x36
signal
DIO_MODE_RF_GPIO9 Output RF front-end GPIO9 output 0x37
signal
DIO_MODE_AUDIOCLK Output the AUDIOCLK (audio clock) 0x38
signal
DIO_MODE_AUDIOSLOWCLK Output the AUDIOSLOWCLK (slow 0x39
audio clock) signal
DIO_MODE_OD_P Output OD + signal 0x3A
DIO_MODE_OD_N Output OD - signal 0x3B
DIO_MODE_AUDIO_SYNC_PULSE Output audio synchronization pulse 0x3C
DIO_MODE_AUDIO_SYNC_MISSED Output audio synchronization missed 0x3D
pulse
DIO_MODE_INPUT Input mode 0x3E
DIO_MODE_DISABLE Disabled 0x3F*

10.4.2 DIO_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 DIO DIO[15:0] read data
15:0 GPIO GPIO[15:0] write data (updates output data of DIOs only for pads with
IO_MODE 0b0000XX)

www.onsemi.com
268
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DIO DIO0_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO1_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO2_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO3_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO4_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO5_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO6_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO7_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO8_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO9_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO10_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO11_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO12_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO13_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO14_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO15_LOW DIO pad is low 0x0*
DIO0_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x1
DIO1_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x2
DIO2_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x4
DIO3_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x8
DIO4_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x10
DIO5_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x20
DIO6_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x40
DIO7_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x80
DIO8_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x100
DIO9_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x200
DIO10_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x400
DIO11_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x800
DIO12_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x1000
DIO13_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x2000
DIO14_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x4000
DIO15_HIGH DIO pad is high 0x8000
GPIO GPIO0_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO1_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO2_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO3_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX

www.onsemi.com
269
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO (continued) GPIO4_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO5_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO6_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO7_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO8_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO9_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO10_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO11_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO12_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO13_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO14_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO15_LOW Set the DIO pad to low if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO0_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x1
0b0000XX
GPIO1_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x2
0b0000XX
GPIO2_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x4
0b0000XX
GPIO3_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x8
0b0000XX
GPIO4_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x10
0b0000XX
GPIO5_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x20
0b0000XX
GPIO6_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x40
0b0000XX
GPIO7_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x80
0b0000XX
GPIO8_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x100
0b0000XX
GPIO9_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x200
0b0000XX
GPIO10_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x400
0b0000XX
GPIO11_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x800
0b0000XX

www.onsemi.com
270
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO (continued) GPIO12_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x1000
0b0000XX
GPIO13_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x2000
0b0000XX
GPIO14_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x4000
0b0000XX
GPIO15_HIGH Set the DIO pad to high if IO_MODE is 0x8000
0b0000XX

10.4.3 DIO_DIR

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 DIO Get DIO[15:0] direction
15:0 GPIO Set DIO[15:0] GPIO direction (only in IO_MODE is 0b0000XX)

www.onsemi.com
271
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DIO DIO0_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO1_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO2_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO3_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO4_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO5_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO6_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO7_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO8_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO9_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO10_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO11_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO12_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO13_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO14_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO15_INPUT DIO is an input 0x0*
DIO0_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x1
DIO1_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x2
DIO2_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x4
DIO3_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x8
DIO4_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x10
DIO5_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x20
DIO6_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x40
DIO7_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x80
DIO8_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x100
DIO9_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x200
DIO10_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x400
DIO11_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x800
DIO12_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x1000
DIO13_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x2000
DIO14_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x4000
DIO15_OUTPUT DIO is an output 0x8000
GPIO GPIO0_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO1_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO2_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO3_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX

www.onsemi.com
272
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO (continued) GPIO4_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO5_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO6_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO7_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO8_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO9_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO10_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO11_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO12_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO13_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO14_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO15_INPUT Set DIO to input if IO_MODE is 0x0
0b0000XX
GPIO0_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x1
0b0000XX
GPIO1_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x2
0b0000XX
GPIO2_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x4
0b0000XX
GPIO3_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x8
0b0000XX
GPIO4_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x10
0b0000XX
GPIO5_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x20
0b0000XX
GPIO6_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x40
0b0000XX
GPIO7_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x80
0b0000XX
GPIO8_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x100
0b0000XX
GPIO9_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x200
0b0000XX
GPIO10_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x400
0b0000XX
GPIO11_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x800
0b0000XX

www.onsemi.com
273
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO (continued) GPIO12_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x1000
0b0000XX
GPIO13_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x2000
0b0000XX
GPIO14_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x4000
0b0000XX
GPIO15_OUTPUT Set DIO to output if IO_MODE is 0x8000
0b0000XX

10.4.4 DIO_MODE

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 GPIO DIO[15:0] mode

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO DIO0_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO1_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO2_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO3_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO4_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO5_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO6_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO7_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO8_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO9_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO10_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO11_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO12_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO13_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO14_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO

www.onsemi.com
274
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO (continued) DIO15_IS_NOT_GPIO This DIO is not configured as a 0x0*
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO0_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x1
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO1_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x2
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO2_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x4
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO3_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x8
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO4_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x10
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO5_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x20
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO6_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x40
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO7_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x80
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO8_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x100
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO9_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x200
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO10_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x400
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO11_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x800
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO12_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x1000
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO13_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x2000
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO14_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x4000
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO
DIO15_IS_GPIO This DIO is configured as a 0x8000
Arm Cortex-M3 core controlled GPIO

10.4.5 DIO_INT_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

11 DEBOUNCE_ENABLE Interrupt button debounce filter enable/disable
10:8 EVENT Interrupt event configuration
3:0 SRC Interrupt input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DEBOUNCE_ENABLE DIO_DEBOUNCE_DISABLE Button debounce filter disabled 0x0*
DIO_DEBOUNCE_ENABLE Button debounce filter enabled 0x1

www.onsemi.com
275
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

EVENT DIO_EVENT_NONE Interrupt not triggered 0x0*
DIO_EVENT_HIGH_LEVEL Interrupt triggered on high state 0x1
DIO_EVENT_LOW_LEVEL Interrupt triggered on low state 0x2
DIO_EVENT_RISING_EDGE Interrupt triggered on rising edge 0x3
DIO_EVENT_FALLING_EDGE Interrupt triggered on falling edge 0x4
DIO_EVENT_TRANSITION Interrupt triggered on any edge 0x5
SRC DIO_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0*
DIO_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
DIO_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
DIO_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
DIO_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
DIO_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
DIO_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
DIO_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
DIO_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
DIO_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
DIO_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
DIO_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
DIO_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
DIO_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
DIO_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
DIO_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF

10.4.6 DIO_INT_DEBOUNCE

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 DEBOUNCE_CLK Interrupt button debounce filter clock
7:0 DEBOUNCE_COUNT Interrupt button debounce filter count

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DEBOUNCE_CLK DIO_DEBOUNCE_SLOWCLK_ Button debounce filter runs on 0x0*
DIV32 SLOWCLK divided by 32

DIO_DEBOUNCE_SLOWCLK_ Button debounce filter runs on 0x1

DIV1024 SLOWCLK divided by 1024

10.4.7 DIO_PCM_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:16 SERI PCM_SERI input selection

www.onsemi.com
276
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

12:8 FRAME PCM_FRAME input selection
4:0 CLK PCM_CLK input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SERI PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
PCM_SERI_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
PCM_SERI_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
PCM_SERI_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
277
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FRAME PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
PCM_FRAME_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
PCM_FRAME_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
PCM_FRAME_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*
CLK PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
PCM_CLK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
PCM_CLK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
PCM_CLK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
278
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.8 DIO_SPI_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:16 SERI SPI_SERI input selection
12:8 CS SPI_CS input selection
4:0 CLK SPI_CLK input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SERI SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
SPI_SERI_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
SPI_SERI_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
SPI_SERI_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
279
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CS SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
SPI_CS_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
SPI_CS_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
SPI_CS_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*
CLK SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
SPI_CLK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
SPI_CLK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
280
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.9 DIO_UART_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

4:0 Rx UART_RX input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

Rx UART_RX_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
UART_RX_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
UART_RX_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
UART_RX_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

10.4.10 DIO_I2C_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

12:8 SDA SDA input selection
4:0 SCL SCL input selection

www.onsemi.com
281
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SDA SDA_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
SDA_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
SDA_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
SDA_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
SDA_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
SDA_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
SDA_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
SDA_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
SDA_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
SDA_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
SDA_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
SDA_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
SDA_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
SDA_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
SDA_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
SDA_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
SDA_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
SDA_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*
SCL SCL_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
SCL_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
SCL_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
SCL_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
SCL_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
SCL_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
SCL_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
SCL_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
SCL_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
SCL_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
SCL_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
SCL_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
SCL_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
SCL_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
SCL_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
SCL_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
SCL_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
SCL_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
282
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.11 DIO_AUDIOSINK_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

4:0 CLK Audio sink clock input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*
AUDIOSINK_CLK_SRC_STANDBYCLK Select STANDBYCLK as source 0x12

10.4.12 DIO_NMI_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 NMI_POLARITY NMI polarity
4:0 NMI NMI input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NMI_POLARITY NMI_ACTIVE_LOW NMI active low 0x0
NMI_ACTIVE_HIGH NMI active high 0x1*

www.onsemi.com
283
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NMI NMI_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
NMI_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
NMI_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
NMI_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
NMI_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
NMI_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
NMI_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
NMI_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
NMI_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
NMI_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
NMI_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
NMI_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
NMI_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
NMI_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
NMI_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
NMI_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
NMI_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
NMI_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11

10.4.13 DIO_BB_RX_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:16 RF_SYNC_P Baseband controller interface RF_SYNC_P input selection
12:8 CLK Baseband controller Rx clock input selection
4:0 DATA Baseband controller Rx data input selection

www.onsemi.com
284
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RF_SYNC_P BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[5] as source 0x2
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[15] as source 0xC
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
BB_RF_SYNC_P_SRC_RF Select RF_SYNC_P from RF front-end 0x12*
as source
CLK BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
BB_RX_CLK_SRC_RF_GPIO1 Select RF front-end GPIO1 output 0x12*
(RX_CLK) as source

www.onsemi.com
285
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DATA BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
BB_RX_DATA_SRC_RF_GPIO0 Select RF front-end GPIO0 output 0x12*
(RX_DATA) as source

10.4.14 DIO_BB_SPI_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

4:0 MISO Baseband controller SPI_MISO input selection

www.onsemi.com
286
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MISO BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
BB_SPI_MISO_SRC_RF_SPI_MISO Select RF front-end SPI_MISO as 0x12*
source

10.4.15 DIO_RF_SPI_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:16 MOSI RF front-end SPI_MOSI input selection
12:8 CSN RF front-end SPI_CSN input selection
4:0 CLK RF front-end SPI_CLK input selection

www.onsemi.com
287
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MOSI RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
RF_SPI_MOSI_SRC_BB_SPI_MOSI Select baseband controller SPI_MOSI 0x12*
as source
CSN RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
RF_SPI_CSN_SRC_BB_SPI_CSN Select baseband controller SPI_CSN 0x12*
as source

www.onsemi.com
288
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
RF_SPI_CLK_SRC_BB_SPI_CLK Select baseband controller SPI_CLK 0x12*
as source

10.4.16 DIO_RF_GPIO03_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

28:24 GPIO3 RF front-end GPIO3 input selection
20:16 GPIO2 RF front-end GPIO2 input selection
12:8 GPIO1 RF front-end GPIO1 input selection
4:0 GPIO0 RF front-end GPIO0 input selection

www.onsemi.com
289
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO3 RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[3] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[13] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO3_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO3_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
RF_GPIO3_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
RF_GPIO3_SRC_BB_TX_DATA Select baseband controller TX_DATA 0x12*
as source
GPIO2 RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO2_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO2_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
RF_GPIO2_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
RF_GPIO2_SRC_BB_SYNC_P Select baseband controller SYNC_P 0x12*
as source

www.onsemi.com
290
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO1 RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[1] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[11] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO1_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO1_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO1_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
GPIO0 RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[0] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[10] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO0_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO0_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO0_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11

www.onsemi.com
291
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.17 DIO_RF_GPIO47_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

28:24 GPIO7 RF front-end GPIO7 input selection
20:16 GPIO6 RF front-end GPIO6 input selection
12:8 GPIO5 RF front-end GPIO5 input selection
4:0 GPIO4 RE front-end GPIO4 input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO7 RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[5] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[15] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO7_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO7_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO7_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11

www.onsemi.com
292
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO6 RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[5] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[15] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO6_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO6_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO6_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
GPIO5 RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[5] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[15] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO5_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO5_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO5_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11

www.onsemi.com
293
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO4 RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[4] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[14] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO4_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO4_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
RF_GPIO4_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
RF_GPIO4_SRC_BB_TX_DATA_VALID Select baseband controller 0x12*
TX_DATA_VALID as source

10.4.18 DIO_RF_GPIO89_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

12:8 GPIO9 RF front-end GPIO9 input selection
4:0 GPIO8 RF front-end GPIO8 input selection

www.onsemi.com
294
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GPIO9 RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[5] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[15] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO9_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO9_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO9_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11
GPIO8 RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[5] as source 0x2
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[15] as source 0xC
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
RF_GPIO8_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
RF_GPIO8_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10*
RF_GPIO8_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11

www.onsemi.com
295
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10.4.19 DIO_DMIC_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

12:8 CLK DMIC clock input selection
4:0 DATA DMIC data input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CLK DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
DMIC_CLK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
DMIC_CLK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
DMIC_CLK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
296
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DATA DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
DMIC_DATA_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
DMIC_DATA_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
DMIC_DATA_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

10.4.20 DIO_LPDSP32_JTAG_SRC

Bit Field Field Name Description

20:16 TDI LPDSP32_TDI input selection
12:8 TMS LPDSP32_TMS input selection
4:0 TCK LPDSP32_TCK input selection

www.onsemi.com
297
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TDI LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
LPDSP32_TDI_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*
TMS LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
LPDSP32_TMS_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

www.onsemi.com
298
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TCK LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_0 Select DIO[0] as source 0x0
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_1 Select DIO[1] as source 0x1
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_2 Select DIO[2] as source 0x2
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_3 Select DIO[3] as source 0x3
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_4 Select DIO[4] as source 0x4
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_5 Select DIO[5] as source 0x5
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_6 Select DIO[6] as source 0x6
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_7 Select DIO[7] as source 0x7
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_8 Select DIO[8] as source 0x8
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_9 Select DIO[9] as source 0x9
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_10 Select DIO[10] as source 0xA
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_11 Select DIO[11] as source 0xB
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_12 Select DIO[12] as source 0xC
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_13 Select DIO[13] as source 0xD
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_14 Select DIO[14] as source 0xE
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_DIO_15 Select DIO[15] as source 0xF
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_CONST_LOW Select constant low as source 0x10
LPDSP32_TCK_SRC_CONST_HIGH Select constant high as source 0x11*

10.4.21 DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

9 JTCK_LPF JTCK Low-Pass-Filter enable / disable
8 JTMS_LPF JTMS Low-Pass-Filter enable / disable
7 CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN CM3 JTAG on DIO[14:15]
6 CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN CM3 JTAG TRST on DIO13
5:4 JTCK_PULL JTCK pull-up enable / disable
3:2 JTMS_DRIVE JTMS drive strength
1:0 JTMS_PULL JTMS pull-up enable / disable

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

JTCK_LPF JTCK_LPF_DISABLED Disable low pass filter 0x0*
JTCK_LPF_ENABLED Enable low pass filter 0x1
JTMS_LPF JTMS_LPF_DISABLED Disable low pass filter 0x0*
JTMS_LPF_ENABLED Enable low pass filter 0x1
CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN CM3_JTAG_DATA_DISABLED CM3 JTAG data (TDI and TDO) not 0x0
available on DIO[14:15]
CM3_JTAG_DATA_ENABLED CM3 JTAG data (TDI and TDO) 0x1*
connected through DIO[14:15]

www.onsemi.com
299
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN CM3_JTAG_TRST_DISABLED CM3 JTAG TRST not available on 0x0
DIO13
CM3_JTAG_TRST_ENABLED CM3 JTAG TRST connected through 0x1*
DIO13
JTCK_PULL JTCK_NO_PULL No pull selected 0x0
JTCK_WEAK_PULL_UP Weak pull-up selected 0x1*
JTCK_WEAK_PULL_DOWN Weak pull-down selected 0x2
JTCK_STRONG_PULL_UP Strong pull-up selected 0x3
JTMS_DRIVE JTMS_2X_DRIVE 2x drive strength 0x0
JTMS_3X_DRIVE 3x drive strength 0x1
JTMS_5X_DRIVE 5x drive strength 0x2
JTMS_6X_DRIVE 6x drive strength 0x3*
JTMS_PULL JTMS_NO_PULL No pull selected 0x0
JTMS_WEAK_PULL_UP Weak pull-up selected 0x1*
JTMS_WEAK_PULL_DOWN Weak pull-down selected 0x2
JTMS_STRONG_PULL_UP Strong pull-up selected 0x3

10.4.22 DIO_EXTCLK_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

2 LPF Low Pass Filter enable
1:0 PULL_CTRL Pull selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

LPF EXTCLK_LPF_DISABLE Disable low pass filter 0x0*
EXTCLK_LPF_ENABLE Enable low pass filter 0x1
PULL_CTRL EXTCLK_NO_PULL No pull selected 0x0
EXTCLK_WEAK_PULL_UP Weak pull-up selected 0x1*
EXTCLK_WEAK_PULL_DOWN Weak pull-down selected 0x2
EXTCLK_STRONG_PULL_UP Strong pull-down selected 0x3

10.4.23 DIO_PAD_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 DRIVE Drive strength configuration (scales the individual drive strengths)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DRIVE PAD_LOW_DRIVE All pad regular drive strengths 0x0
PAD_HIGH_DRIVE All pad drive strengths increased by 0x1*
~50%

www.onsemi.com
300
 CHAPTER 11

11. External Digital Interfaces

11.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter provides information about the interfaces available to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor that can be used
to pass data between RSL10 and external components. These interfaces are:

Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)

The ADC can be used to convert external or internal analog signals for monitoring or as
required by the user application, with a choice of two different resolutions.

General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)

Any of the DIO pads can be configured as software-controlled GPIO pads, and used for any
general-purpose input or output as defined by a user application.

I2C
A subset of the Philips I2C interface, this external interfaces supports both master and slave
mode transfers.

Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)

Used for streaming control, configuration or signal data into and out of the microcontroller in
PCM format.

Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)

Two pulse-width modulator (PWM) drivers can be configured to generate a single output signal
with a specified period and duty cycle. Each PWM driver can be used independently as a simple
D/A converter.

Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)

Allows the system to communicate with external components including external analog front
ends, external controllers, and non-volatile memories (NVM).

Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART)

Provides support for communicating with devices that use the standard UART transmission
protocol.

Support
Several internal connections that link the RF front-end and the Bluetooth Low Energy
technology baseband hardware.

11.2 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTERS (ADCS)

The analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) provide an analog to digital conversion of up to eight differential
combinations of four internal signals and four external signals. Each conversion is a differential measurement with a
configurable resolution for the converter of 8 or 14 bits of precision.

IMPORTANT: For accurate ADC measurements across operating conditions, the VDDC supply voltage level
must be a minimum of 1.00 V. For more information about VDDC configuration, see Section 5.3.4, “Digital
Supply Voltages” on page 46, and the “Manufacturing Calibrated Settings” from the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

www.onsemi.com
301
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.2.1 ADC Input Configuration

The purpose of the ADCs is to sample analog signals that are relevant to the user’s application use cases—for
example, the voltage associated with a potentiometer-based volume control, or a supply voltage for battery monitoring
applications using the Bluetooth low energy battery service (BAS).

The signals measured by the ADC block are configured using the NEG_INPUT_SEL and POS_INPUT_SEL bit-fields
from the ADC_INPUT_SEL register set. The negative and positive signals used for each differential measurement are
selected from:

DIOs 0, 1, 2, 3 To use ADC functionality, the DIO must be configured as follows:

1. Set the IO_MODE field of the DIO_CFG register to 0x3E.

2. Set the PULL_CTRL field of the DIO_CFG register to 0x0.

For more information about DIO configuration for ADCs, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/
Output” on page 259.

AOUT The analog test output signal. The signal provided to AOUT can be configured using the
ACS_AOUT_CTRL_TEST_AOUT bit field from the ACS_AOUT_CTRL register, which allows the
ADCs to additionally measure a number of other internal power supply outputs and status flags.
For more information about the internal power supplies, see Section 5.3, “Internal Power
Supply Voltages” on page 39.

VDDC For more information about VDDC and its configuration, see Section 5.3.4, “Digital Supply
Voltages” on page 46.

VBAT/2 A divided form of the battery supply voltage, measured through a fixed resistive divider which
ensures that the measured value is in the expected range of the ADC for accurate measurement.
To save power, the resistive divider can be configured to only be enabled when a conversion is
taking place by setting the ADC_CFG_DUTY_DIVIDER bit-field from the ADC_CFG register to
ADC_VBAT_DIV2_DUTY. For additional information about VBAT, see Section 5.2.1, “Battery
Supply Voltage (VBAT)” on page 38.

GND Ground (VSS) supply reference.

11.2.2 ADC Sampling Configuration

The ADC signals are sampled at a sampling rate derived from SLOWCLK, and configured using the
ADC_CFG_FREQ bit-field from the ADC_CFG register. Configuration of SLOWCLK is described in Section 6.3.3, “Slow
Clock (SLOWCLK)” on page 81.

IMPORTANT: SLOWCLK must always be set to 1 MHz—no faster, no slower.

ADC measurements using this divided clock can be configured for two sampling modes:

Low-Frequency Mode
SLOWCLK is first prescaled by a fixed factor of 10, with a maximum sampling rate of 5 kHz.
ADC measurement results have a resolution of 14 bits.

www.onsemi.com
302
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

High-Frequency Mode
SLOWCLK is prescaled by a factor of 2, with sampling rates of up to 25 kHz where ADC
measurement results have a resolution of 14 bits, or up to 50 kHz where ADC measurement
results have a resolution of 8 bits.

In addition to selecting the sampling mode, the ADC_CFG_FREQ bit-field defines the frequency at which
measurements are taken, and the native voltage range of measurements. Lower reference measurement rates provide a
larger native voltage range, and in the case of High-Frequency Mode, provide a higher resolution ADC measurement.

The ADC block samples data at the specified frequency, with data samples read from all eight channels in Normal
Mode, and from only one channel sampled in continuous mode. This results in a lower effective sample rate for Normal
Mode operations.

• If the ADC block is configured in Normal Mode, each ADC channel is sampled in sequence and an ADC
interrupt occurs once every eighth sample. The channel number that triggers the interrupt (or phase offset) can
be defined as part of the ADC_INT_CH_NUM bit field in the ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE register. Between each
interrupt, the data value for each ADC channel is updated to a new, valid sample.
• If the ADC is configured in Continuous Mode, only one ADC channel is sampled and an interrupt occurs
every sample. The sampled channel is defined in the ADC_INT_CH_NUM bit field as part of the
ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE register.

The resulting sample rates per channel as a function of SLOWCLK are shown in Table 22.

Table 22. ADC Sample Rate Configuration

Effective Division Effective Division

Fixed Configurable Native Voltage
Value Setting of SLOWCLK of SLOWCLK
Divider Division Range (V)
(Normal Mode) (Continuous Mode)
0x0 ADC_DISABLE N/A ADC Disabled N/A ADC Disabled ADC Disabled
0x1 ADC_PRESCALE_200 10 Divide by 20 -0.125 to 2.125 Divide by 1600 Divide by 200
0x2 ADC_PRESCALE_400 10 Divide by 40 -0.063 to 2.063 Divide by 3200 Divide by 400
0x3 ADC_PRESCALE_640 10 Divide by 64 -0.031 to 2.031 Divide by 5120 Divide by 640
0x4 ADC_PRESCALE_800 10 Divide by 80 -0.016 to 2.016 Divide by 6400 Divide by 800
0x5 ADC_PRESCALE_1600 10 Divide by 160 -0.008 to 2.008 Divide by 12800 Divide by 1600
0x6 ADC_PRESCALE_3200 10 Divide by 320 -0.004 to 2.004 Divide by 25600 Divide by 3200
0x7 ADC_PRESCALE_6400 10 Divide by 640 -0.002 to 2.002 Divide by 51200 Divide by 6400
0x8 ADC_PRESCALE_20H 2 Divide by 10 -1.0 to 3.0 Divide by 160 Divide by 20
0x9 ADC_PRESCALE_40H 2 Divide by 20 -0.125 to 2.125 Divide by 320 Divide by 40
0xA ADC_PRESCALE_80H 2 Divide by 40 -0.063 to 2.063 Divide by 512 Divide by 64
0xB ADC_PRESCALE_128H 2 Divide by 64 -0.031 to 2.031 Divide by 640 Divide by 80
0xC ADC_PRESCALE_160H 2 Divide by 80 -0.016 to 2.016 Divide by 1280 Divide by 160
0xD ADC_PRESCALE_320H 2 Divide by 160 -0.008 to 2.008 Divide by 2560 Divide by 320
0xE ADC_PRESCALE_640H 2 Divide by 320 -0.004 to 2.004 Divide by 5120 Divide by 640
0xF ADC_PRESCALE_1280H 2 Divide by 640 -0.002 to 2.002 Divide by 10240 Divide by 1280

NOTE: For a typical SLOWCLK frequency of 1.00 MHz, the ADC samples all eight channels in Normal
mode at a configurable rate between 6.25 kHz and 19.5 Hz.

www.onsemi.com
303
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.2.3 ADC Output Data

The converted output from the most recent conversion of each channel can be found in the
ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH[0-7] and ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH[0-7] registers. Data read from both registers that refer to each
channel are equivalent, and only the interpretation of the underlying measurement is different.

ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH[0-7]
The output data value from the ADC is represented as trimmer data providing a 14-bit unsigned
value scaled between 0x000 and 0x3FFF to represent a signal in the range from 0 to 2.0 V. Any
measurement outside of the range from 0 to 2.0 V is saturated.

ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH[0-7]
The output data value from the ADC is represented as audio data providing a 14-bit signed value
scaled between 0xFFFFE000 and 0x00001FFF to represent a signal in the range from 0 to 2.0 V.
Measurements outside of the range from 0 to 2.0 V can extend this range if the ADC sampling
configuration extends the range of measured values.

NOTE: These two 8x32-bit registers are included sequentially at the memory locations shown in
Section 11.2.6, “ADC Registers” on page 305.

For improved accuracy in the ADC data, the RSL10 SoC provides an offset correction factor in the ADC_OFFSET
register that automatically applies a compensation value to the measured ADC data. This value normally should be the
difference between the expected and measured ADC output when the input is 0 V. The value of this register is
automatically updated with a measured compensation value that corrects the measurements when an ADC channel
selects GND as the source for both the positive and negative sources for the channel. If no channels are configured in
this way, the offset register can be configured to provide any desired compensation (including selecting no
compensation by setting this register to 0x00000000).

11.2.4 Power Supply Monitoring

The ADC block additionally provides resources that can be used to monitor the power supply through VBAT/2
(useful if the system is supplied directly from VBAT), or VCC (useful if the system is being supplied through the
DC-DC converter). From the information obtained from these supplies, you can detect when the battery is getting close
to the end of life.

The supply threshold level can be defined between 0 V and 2 V using 256 steps of approximately 7.8 mV. This is
defined in the ADC_BATMON_CFG_SUPPLY_THRESHOLD bit field. Select either VBAT/2 or VCC as the source to
monitor by setting the ADC_BATMON_CFG_SUPPLY_SRC bit. Both of these values are part of the ADC_BATMON_CFG
register.

When the monitored supply is measured as being below the specified threshold, the value of the
ADC_BATMON_COUNT_VAL register is incremented. This counter register is reset when read. The value of this register is
compared with the value stored to the ADC_BATMON_CFG_ALARM_COUNT_VALUE bit-field from the ADC_BATMON_CFG
register, and if the counter value ever exceeds the alarm value, an alarm is generated.

11.2.5 ADC and Power Supply Monitoring Interrupt

A single interrupt line is shared between the ADC and the power supply monitoring circuitry. This interrupt can be
independently configured to trigger when one or both of the following conditions are met:

www.onsemi.com
304
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• Triggering when a specified ADC channel is sampled. To enable this trigger condition, use the
ADC_INT_ENABLE bit from the ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE register. To specify the ADC channel, use the
ADC_INT_CH_NUM bit-field from this same register.
• Triggering when a power supply monitor alarm occurs. To enable this trigger condition, use the
BATMON_ALARM_INT_ENABLE bit from the ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE register.

NOTE: To configure a single ADC and/or battery monitoring interrupt, set the ADC_INT_CH_NUM field to
the selected battery monitoring source.

The source of the interrupt can always be determined using fields within the ADC_BATMON_STATUS register. The
BATMON_ALARM_STAT bit indicates an alarm condition within the battery monitoring circuit. The ADC_READY_STAT bit
indicates that a new set of samples are available in the ADC_xxx_DATA registers. The ADC_OVERRUN_STAT bit indicates
that the ADC_xxx_DATA registers were not read between successive samples, and one or more samples were
overwritten.

NOTE: All three flags in the ADC_BATMON_STATUS register are sticky, and each must be separately
cleared by setting the appropriate ADC_BATMON_STATUS_*_CLEAR bit from the
ADC_BATMON_STATUS register.

11.2.6 ADC Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH ADC conversion result for channel 0 to 7 in trimmer mode 0x40001200
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH ADC conversion result for channel 0 to 7 in audio mode (signed) 0x40001220
ADC_INPUT_SEL ADC input selection for channel 0 to 7 0x40001240
ADC_CFG ADC Configuration Register 0x40001260
ADC_OFFSET ADC conversion result for ADC GND 0x40001264
ADC_BATMON_CFG Battery Monitoring Configuration Register 0x40001270
ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE ADC / BATMON Interrupt Mask Register 0x40001274
ADC_BATMON_COUNT_VAL Battery Monitoring Status Register 0x40001278
ADC_BATMON_STATUS ADC / BATMON Status Register 0x4000127C

11.2.6.1 ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH

Bit Field Field Name Description

13:0 DATA 14-bit ADC conversion result

11.2.6.2 ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DATA 14-bit ADC conversion result (sign extended to 32 bits)

www.onsemi.com
305
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.2.6.3 ADC_INPUT_SEL

Bit Field Field Name Description

6:4 POS_INPUT_SEL Positive input selection
2:0 NEG_INPUT_SEL Negative input selection

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

POS_INPUT_SEL ADC_POS_INPUT_DIO0 Select DIO0 as positive input 0x0
ADC_POS_INPUT_DIO1 Select DIO1 as positive input 0x1
ADC_POS_INPUT_DIO2 Select DIO2 as positive input 0x2
ADC_POS_INPUT_DIO3 Select DIO3 as positive input 0x3
ADC_POS_INPUT_AOUT Select AOUT as positive input 0x4
ADC_POS_INPUT_VDDC Select VDDC as positive input 0x5
ADC_POS_INPUT_VBAT_DIV2 Select VBAT/2 as positive input 0x6*
ADC_POS_INPUT_GND Select ADC internal ground as positive 0x7
input
NEG_INPUT_SEL ADC_NEG_INPUT_DIO0 Select DIO0 as negative input 0x0
ADC_NEG_INPUT_DIO1 Select DIO1 as negative input 0x1
ADC_NEG_INPUT_DIO2 Select DIO2 as negative input 0x2
ADC_NEG_INPUT_DIO3 Select DIO3 as negative input 0x3
ADC_NEG_INPUT_AOUT Select AOUT as negative input 0x4
ADC_NEG_INPUT_VDDC Select VDDC as negative input 0x5
ADC_NEG_INPUT_VBAT_DIV2 Select VBAT/2 as negative input 0x6
ADC_NEG_INPUT_GND Select ADC internal ground as 0x7*
negative input

11.2.6.4 ADC_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 DUTY_DIVIDER Duty cycling VDD divider
4 CONTINUOUS_MODE ADC continuously sampling the channel selected as interrupt source
(ADC_INT_CH_NUM)
3:0 FREQ Defines the sampling frequency of the ADC channels

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DUTY_DIVIDER ADC_VBAT_DIV2_NORMAL Normal mode: VBAT divider is always 0x0*
enabled
ADC_VBAT_DIV2_DUTY Duty cycling VBAT divider (enabled 0x1
only during ADC conversion)
CONTINUOUS_MODE ADC_NORMAL Normal mode, all 8 channels sampled 0x0*
ADC_CONTINUOUS Continuous mode: only one channel 0x1
sampled (for test purpose)

www.onsemi.com
306
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FREQ ADC_DISABLE ADC disabled 0x0*
ADC_PRESCALE_200 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/200 (low 0x1
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_400 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/400 (low 0x2
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_640 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/640 (low 0x3
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_800 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/800 (low 0x4
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_1600 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/1600 (low 0x5
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_3200 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/3200 (low 0x6
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_6400 Sample rate is SLOWCLK/6400 (low 0x7
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_20H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/20 (high 0x8
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_40H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/40 (high 0x9
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_80H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/80 (high 0xA
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_128H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/128 (high 0xB
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_160H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/160 (high 0xC
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_320H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/320 (high 0xD
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_640H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/640 (high 0xE
frequency mode)
ADC_PRESCALE_1280H Sample rate is SLOWCLK/1280 (high 0xF
frequency mode)

11.2.6.5 ADC_OFFSET

Bit Field Field Name Description

14:0 DATA 15-bit ADC signed offset

11.2.6.6 ADC_BATMON_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 ALARM_COUNT_VALUE An Alarm Status bit gets set when SUPPLY_COUNT_VALUE=
ALARM_COUNT_VALUE
15:8 SUPPLY_THRESHOLD Low voltage detection threshold (7.8 mV steps)
0 SUPPLY_SRC Selects the power supply voltage source to be monitored

www.onsemi.com
307
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ALARM_COUNT_VALUE BATMON_ALARM_NONE No Alarm is triggered 0x0*
BATMON_ALARM_COUNT1 Alarm count value is 1 0x1
BATMON_ALARM_COUNT255 Alarm count value is 255 0xFF
SUPPLY_THRESHOLD SUPPLY_THRESHOLD_LOW Lowest voltage threshold: 7.8 mV 0x0
SUPPLY_THRESHOLD_MID Mid voltage threshold: 1 V 0x80*
SUPPLY_THRESHOLD_HIGH Highest voltage threshold: ~2.0 V 0xFF
SUPPLY_SRC BATMON_CH6 Channel 6 (typically VBAT divided by 0x0*
2) is monitored
BATMON_CH7 Channel 7 (typically VDDC) is 0x1
monitored

11.2.6.7 ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 BATMON_ALARM_INT_ENABLE The BATMON Alarm interrupt mask
3:1 ADC_INT_CH_NUM Channel number triggering the ADC interrupt
0 ADC_INT_ENABLE The ADC new sample ready interrupt mask

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BATMON_ALARM_INT_ENABLE INT_DIS_BATMON_ALARM This source cannot set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_EBL_BATMON_ALARM This source can set the ADC interrupt 0x1
line

www.onsemi.com
308
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ADC_INT_CH_NUM ADC_INT_CH0 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x0*
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH0 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH0 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH1 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x1
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH1 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH1 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH2 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x2
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH2 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH2 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH3 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x3
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH3 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH3 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH4 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x4
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH4 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH4 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH5 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x5
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH5 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH5 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH6 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x6
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH6 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH6 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_CH7 The ADC interrupt is triggered when 0x7
the ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH7 and
ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH7 registers are
updated
ADC_INT_ENABLE INT_DIS_ADC This source cannot set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_EBL_ADC This source can set the ADC interrupt 0x1
line

11.2.6.8 ADC_BATMON_COUNT_VAL

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 SUPPLY_COUNT_VALUE Number of times the battery voltage has fallen below the battery monitor voltage
threshold. The counter is reset when read.

11.2.6.9 ADC_BATMON_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

12 BATMON_ALARM_CLEAR Battery monitoring alarm status bit
9 ADC_OVERRUN_CLEAR ADC Overrun condition
8 ADC_READY_CLEAR ADC new sample Ready status bit
4 BATMON_ALARM_STAT Battery monitoring alarm status bit

www.onsemi.com
309
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 ADC_OVERRUN_STAT ADC Overrun condition
0 ADC_READY_STAT ADC new sample Ready status bit

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

BATMON_ALARM_CLEAR BATMON_ALARM_CLEAR Writing a 1 clears the BATMON Alarm 0x1
status bit
ADC_OVERRUN_CLEAR ADC_OVERRUN_CLEAR Writing a 1 clears the ADC Overrun 0x1
status bit
ADC_READY_CLEAR ADC_READY_CLEAR Writing a 1 clears the ADC Ready 0x1
status bit
BATMON_ALARM_STAT BATMON_ALARM_FALSE BATMON Alarm flag not set 0x0*
BATMON_ALARM_TRUE BATMON Alarm has been triggered 0x1
ADC_OVERRUN_STAT ADC_OVERRUN_FALSE No ADC Overrun detected 0x0*
ADC_OVERRUN_TRUE ADC Overrun detected 0x1
ADC_READY_STAT ADC_READY_FALSE No new ADC samples available 0x0*
ADC_READY_TRUE New ADC samples are ready 0x1

11.3 GENERAL-PURPOSE I/O (GPIO) INTERFACE

RSL10 can configure any of the DIO pads as software-controlled general-purpose DIO (GPIO) pads. The function
of these GPIO pads is defined by a user application, which can use them for any general-purpose input or output.

The DIO_MODE register indicates which DIO pads have been configured for GPIO functionality; bits in this register
are set (for example, DIO_IS_GPIO) if they are configured as GPIOs, and cleared otherwise (for example,
DIO_IS_NOT_GPIO). For any pads that are defined as a GPIO, the DIO_DIR register can be written to set the input/
output direction for these pads.

The value observed at the digital input pads can be read from the DIO_DATA register. This value is read as 0 for all
pads configured as ADC inputs (see Section 11.2, “Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADCs)”), because the digital input is
not enabled in this mode. For all other modes, the physical value of the pad is directly measured. The output value for
the digital output pads can also be set using the DIO_DATA register for any pads that are configured as GPIO outputs.

NOTE: If a DIO is configured for a GPIO mode, bit 0 of the DIO_CFG_* register for a DIO can be used
to detect or set the data value for the GPIO (hence the DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_0,
DIO_MODE_GPIO_IN_1 and DIO_MODE_GPIO_OUT_0, DIO_MODE_GPIO_OUT_1 bit setting
pairs).

11.3.1 GPIO Interrupts

The GPIO interface provides a set of four configurable interrupts which, when enabled, signal the occurrence of an
event or a condition on a specified GPIO pad. See Section 14.1, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)” on
page 400 for information regarding interrupt configuration and handling.

Each of the GPIO interrupts support triggering an interrupt from any of the 16 DIOs as an input source. Each of the
GPIO interrupts also supports triggering on one of five possible GPIO events. The source and event trigger for each
interrupt can be configured using one of the DIO_INT_CFG_* registers. For each of the four interrupts:

www.onsemi.com
310
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• To select the GPIO pad to use as a trigger for the interrupt, set the INT_CFG_SRC bit field.
• To select the event to use as a trigger for the interrupt, use the INT_CFG bit field. A list of the possible
triggering events (including a description of each event) is listed in Table 23.

Table 23. GPIO Interrupt Events

Event Event Description

Disabled An interrupt is never generated.
High level An interrupt is generated whenever a logical 1 is detected on the GPIO pin. Interrupts continue to be
generated while this condition remains true.
Low level An interrupt is generated whenever a logical 0 is detected on the GPIO pin. Interrupts continue to be
generated while this condition remains true.
Rising Edge An interrupt is generated when a transition from a logical 0 to a logical 1 is detected.
Falling Edge An interrupt is generated when a transition from a logical 1 to a logical 0 is detected.
Transition An interrupt is generated when any transition between a logical 0 and a logical 1 is detected.

11.4 I2C INTERFACE

The external interfaces include an I2C interface supporting both master and slave mode transfers. This interface
implements a subset of the Philips I2C interface as described in the Philips I2C Bus Specification document.

The I2C interface uses the rising edges of a serial clock signal (SCL) to clock in data from a serial data signal
(SDA) to communicate between devices. The I2C interface is designed to handle bus traffic operating at up to 1 MHz;
however, for communications to proceed on the I2C interface, the following relation between the system clock (which is
used internally to clock the I2C interface) and the SCL must hold:

F SYSCLK  3.125  F SCL

The example timing diagram shown in Figure 28 provides some information about the important elements in an
I2C transaction, which are described in further detail in the previously mentioned bus specification. These elements are:

Start Condition
The SDA transitions from the idle high state to the low state while the SCL remains high. This
can also happen during a transmission as a repeated start condition, which indicates that the
transaction is starting again without an intermediate stop condition.

Address Bits
During the first byte transmitted, the first seven bits on the SDA provide the address of the
device with which the master device wants to communicate. A device that is properly addressed
must acknowledge this transaction if communications are to conform to the I2C standard.

Read/Write Direction Bit

During the first byte transmitted, the eighth bit on the SDA indicates the direction of the
transaction (except for a general call, which is always a write transaction). A zero for this bit
indicates a write by the master; a one indicates a read by the master. If the master device has
requested a read, the slave device controls the SDA line on subsequent bytes to transmit data.

www.onsemi.com
311
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

During any transaction, the I2C_STATUS_READ_WRITE bit from the I2C_STATUS register
indicates whether the current I2C transaction is a read or write transaction.

Data Byte
All other bytes, excluding the addressing and read/write byte, that are transmitted on the SDA
are considered data bytes for the transaction.

Acknowledge or Not Acknowledge Bit

The acknowledge bit is used to tell the sender that the byte has been received. The device
receiving data should acknowledge each data byte, including the address byte. During this time,
the bus device that is sending data on the data bus stops driving the SDA and allows the line to
be pulled high. To not acknowledge a byte, the receiving device does not need to do anything.
To acknowledge a byte, the receiving device needs to pull the SDA low.

A receiving slave device should not acknowledge a byte if the slave device is not the device that
was addressed, or if the device cannot handle the byte received. A master device should not
acknowledge a byte if the master is receiving and wants to end the transaction. If a not
acknowledge is encountered, the master device should generate a stop condition.

Stop Condition
The SDA transitions from a low state to high state while the SCL remains high. This ends an I2C
transaction.

SCL

SDA

Start Address Read/Write Acknowledge Data Acknowledge Data Not Acknowledge Stop
Condition (Bits 0-6) (Bit 7) by Slave (Bits 0-7) by Master or (Bits 0-7) by Master Receiver; Condition
Slave Acknowledge or Not
Acknowledge by
Slave Receiver

Figure 28. I2C Signal Timing Diagram

For information about configuring the DIO to create an I2C bus that is needed to support the I2C interface, see
Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

IMPORTANT: I2C interfaces are defined using open-collector pads for the I2C bus. Because these pads do not
drive a high signal for the bus signals—relying on the bus’s pull-up resistors for proper operation—user
applications using this interface must use either the internal pull-up resistors implemented for the DIO pads, or
a set of external pull-up resistors on the DIOs assigned to be the I2C bus lines.

The I2C_CTRL1 register is the interface control register that contains write-only control bits. Each of these bits is
used to trigger an event and these bits are summarized in Table 24.

www.onsemi.com
312
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 24. I2C Control Bits

Bit Field Field Name Field Description

5 I2C_CTRL1_RESET Abort any current transaction and reset the I2C interface.
4 I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA Indicate that a byte is the last byte in a transaction, and will
automatically terminate an I2C transfer.
3 I2C_CTRL1_STOP_CMD Issue a stop condition (master mode only).
1 I2C_CTRL1_NACK Negative acknowledgement of a sent/received byte.
0 I2C_CTRL1_ACK Acknowledgement of a sent/received byte.

CAUTION: When using the I2C control bits to control a transfer in master mode with auto acknowledgements, it is not
possible to use the I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA bit to terminate a transfer after reading only one byte. This transfer is not
supported in this specific mode since events only occur after an acknowledgement, and the first acknowledgement by
a master device using auto acknowledgements is after the first data byte. Even if a read transfer in this mode should
consist of only one read byte, a second byte will be read due to the automatic acknowledgement of the first byte.

The I2C_STATUS register contains bit fields that are defined as either event bits or state bits. The event bits are
used to indicate that an event has occurred, and the state bits are used to indicate an interface operating state. These
status bits are summarized in Table 25.

Table 25. I2C Event and State Status Bits

Bit Field Field Name Bit Type Field Description

15 I2C_STATUS_ERROR_S Event Indicate if an error (I2C bus or I2C watchdog) has occurred.
I2C_STATUS_ERROR_S is 0 when I2C_ERROR_CNT
contains 0 and I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR_S is not 1.
14 I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR_STICKY Event Indicate if an I2C bus error has occurred. Automatically cleared
when the I2C_STATUS register is read, unless the bus error is
still present. The bus error disappears when the I2C interface
detects a stop condition.
13 I2C_STATUS_START_PENDING State Indicate if an I2C master transfer is pending. Transition out of
this state occurs when the pending I2C master transfer has
started.
12 I2C_STATUS_MASTER_MODE State Indicate if the I2C interface is currently operating in master
mode. Transition out of this state occurs when the I2C master
transfer has finished, which happens when a stop condition or
bus error occurs.
11 I2C_STATUS_DMA_REQ Event Indicate if the I2C interface is currently requesting a DMA
access to the I2C_DATA register (read or write).
10 I2C_STATUS_STOP_DETECTED Event Indicate if a stop condition has been detected. Cleared after a
new transaction starts, or after reading the I2C_STATUS
register.
9 I2C_STATUS_DATA_EVENT Event Indicate if data has been received or is needed for transmission.
Cleared after reading data from or writing data to the
I2C_DATA register.

www.onsemi.com
313
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 25. I2C Event and State Status Bits (Continued)

Bit Field Field Name Bit Type Field Description

8 I2C_STATUS_ERROR Event Indicate if an I2C error has occurred since the last stop condition
or if an I2C watchdog error has occurred. Cleared after reading
the I2C_ERROR_CNT register. I2C_STATUS_ERROR is 0
when I2C_ERROR_CNT contains 0 and
I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR is not 1.
7 I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR Event Indicate if an I2C bus error has occurred since the last stop
condition. Automatically cleared when the bus error disappears,
which happens when the I2C interface detects a stop condition.
6 I2C_STATUS_BUFFER_FULL State Indicate that the I2C buffer is full. Transition out of this state
occurs after reading the I2C_DATA register or transmitting the
next byte.
5 I2C_STATUS_CLK_STRETCH State Indicate that the SCL line of the I2C bus is being held due to an
empty transmit buffer. Transition out of this state occurs after
writing the I2C_DATA register.
4 I2C_STATUS_BUS_FREE State Indicate that both I2C bus lines are currently high. Transition out
of this state occurs when either SDA or SCL are pulled or driven
low.
3 I2C_STATUS_ADDR_DATA State Indicate that an address has been sent or received. Transition
out of this state occurs after a data byte has been sent or
received.
2 I2C_STATUS_READ_WRITE State Indicate the state of the Read/Write direction bit last sent or
received. Transition out of this state occurs after a new Read/
Write direction bit is sent or received.
1 I2C_STATUS_GEN_CALL State Indicate that the last address sent or received was the general
call address (0x0). Transition out of this state occurs after a
non-general call address is sent or received.

IMPORTANT: We recommend using the I2C_STATUS_ERROR_S and I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR_S bits when

testing for I2C errors. Only use the ERROR and BUS_ERROR bits to check if an error condition still exists on the
I2C interface.

NOTE: The interface supports both master operation and slave operation. A user application can use the
interface in both modes, provided the application ensures that the I2C bus is not currently in use.
Check the I2C_STATUS_BUS_FREE bit in the I2C_STATUS register to verify that the I2C bus is
not currently in use when attempting to initialize a transfer as a master device.

IMPORTANT: The RSL10 I2C interface is not fully compatible with multi-master operation on the I2C bus.
When RSL10 is operating as a master of the I2C bus and there is a conflict on the I2C bus where RSL10 loses
arbitration, the RSL10 device continues in master mode until a stop occurs instead of immediately switching over
to its slave mode as proscribed by the I2C specification. Once a stop condition occurs, the RSL10 interface stops
attempting to send data, and the conflicting I2C master receives a NACK. Once it has received this NACK, it can
restart the transmission without further conflicts from RSL10.

The I2C interface uses the I2C_DATA register to transmit and receive data through a 1-byte internal buffer. As use
of the I2C_DATA register has side effects that can advance the I2C interface state machine, this register is mirrored

www.onsemi.com
314
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

without side effects in the I2C_DATA_M register. If the internal buffer is full, the I2C_STATUS_BUFFER_FULL bit from
the I2C_STATUS register is set.

Generally each byte of an I2C transaction must be acknowledged or not-acknowledged by a user application. Use
the I2C_CTRL0_AUTO_ACK_ENABLE bit from the I2C_CTRL0 register to select whether the application itself handles
this acknowledgement manually or the interface handles it automatically. In either case, if the interface does not have
the needed data or a place to put data, the transaction is paused by stretching the clock signal until the interface can
continue. If the clock is being stretched, the I2C_STATUS_CLK_STRETCH bit from the I2C_STATUS register is set as an
indicator.

Use of the above mentioned data registers and the general behavior of the I2C state machine is described in
Section 11.4.3.1, “Operation Using Manual Acknowledgement” on page 317 for manual acknowledgement mode, and
in Section 11.4.3.2, “Operation Using Auto Acknowledgement” on page 317 for automatic acknowledgement mode.

NOTE: If at any point, when operating in either master or slave mode, a user application needs to reset
the I2C bus lines (for example, after encountering a bus error condition), the application should
write the I2C_CTRL1_RESET bit from the I2C_CTRL1 register. This resets both the I2C bus and
the internal state machines of the I2C interface to allow the system to cleanly start again from a
known state.

11.4.1 Slave Mode Specific Configuration

In slave mode, the device is receiving the serial clock signal from an external master device, which also controls
addressing, direction, and the start/stop conditions for each I2C transfer.

When in slave mode, the I2C interface can be held while waiting for data to be read or for new data to be available
for transmission. In this case, the SCL line is held low by the slave interface - stretching the clock. The
I2C_CTRL0_SPEED bit field in the I2C_CTRL0 register is used to configure the settling time required for the SDA line
by selecting the number of SYSCLK cycles between when data is put on the SDA line and the SCL line is released.

To enable a device in slave mode, set the I2C_CTRL0_SLAVE_ENABLE bit from the I2C_CTRL0 register. This
allows the device to respond to communications on both the I2C general call address (0x00) and at a programmable
slave address that can be selected using the I2C_CTRL0_SLAVE_ADDRESS bit field in the I2C_CTRL0 register. During
a transaction, the I2C_STATUS_GEN_CALL bit in the I2C_STATUS register can be queried to identify the addresses that
were used to address the device.

A device receiving data in a slave mode configuration can use the I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA bit from the
I2C_CTRL1 register to automatically NACK the last data byte, to indicate to a master device that it should send a stop
condition.

NOTE: The I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA bit is cleared when a new transfer is initiated on the I2C bus.

11.4.2 Master Mode Specific Configuration

In master mode, the device provides the serial clock signal and controls all transfer information. To configure the
clock signal, select a prescaling division by 3 using the I2C_CTRL0_SPEED bit field in the I2C_CTRL0 register. The
interface clock frequency for a given configuration can be calculated using:

www.onsemi.com
315
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

f SYSCLK
f I2C MASTER = -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3   I2C_CTRL0_SPEED + 1 

A user application must manually control all components of a master mode transaction. To transmit or receive
using master mode, a device must:

1. Check that the I2C bus lines are not currently in use by reading the I2C_STATUS_BUS_FREE bit in the
I2C_STATUS register. The device can only start a transaction if the lines are free.
2. Start a transaction, sending the start condition, address and direction, by loading the appropriate address and
direction to the I2C_ADDR_START register.
3. Handle data and interrupts as appropriate for the transaction (see Section 11.4.3, “I2C Interrupts”).
4. Complete the transaction by sending a stop condition.

A stop condition can be generated using either the I2C_CTRL1_STOP_CMD bit or the I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA
bit in the I2C_CTRL1 register.

When using the I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA bit, a stop condition is automatically generated after the current data
byte transfer is completed. If the interface is receiving data, this bit also automatically generates the required
NACK of the last data byte that is received.

NOTE: If the I2C interface is used for transmitting, the last byte of data to be transmitted must be written
to the I2C_DATA register before setting the I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA bit, as this bit triggers a
stop condition at the end of the current transfer.

NOTE: As previously noted, the I2C_CTRL1_LAST_DATA bit is cleared when a new transfer is initiated
on the I2C bus.

When using the I2C_CTRL1_STOP_CMD bit, a stop condition is issued immediately. This bit is normally set
when the I2C_CTRL1_ACK or I2C_CTRL1_NACK bits in the I2C_CTRL1 register are set.

CAUTION: Using the stop event (STOP) immediately transmits a stop condition as soon as possible. This can result in
a terminated transfer, and remote devices on the bus might detect I2C errors.

11.4.3 I2C Interrupts

The I2C interface uses an associated interrupt which, when enabled, signals the receipt of a correct address byte and
the completion of each data byte in the transaction.

When enabled, the I2C interrupt signals the stop condition following a transaction for a master transfer. The system
can also be configured to receive this interrupt when operating in slave mode by setting the
I2C_CTRL0_STOP_INT_ENABLE bit from the I2C_CTRL0 register.

Section 14.1, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)” on page 400 for information regarding interrupt
configuration and handling.

Several status indicators from the I2C_STATUS register can be used with the interrupt to identify the state of the
I2C interface:

www.onsemi.com
316
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• If the I2C_STATUS_ADDR_DATA bit is set, the interrupt was generated in response to a recognized sequence
including a start condition and address on the I2C interface.
• If the I2C_STATUS_STOP_DETECTED bit is set, the interrupt was generated in response to a stop interrupt
being detected on the I2C interface. This bit is cleared immediately when a new transaction starts. No interrupt
is generated for I2C transactions that use an address that was not recognized by the I2C interface.
• If the I2C_STATUS_DATA_EVENT bit is set, the interrupt indicates that data has been received and can be read,
or that data is needed to continue with the transmission of data.
• If the I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR_S bit is set, then a bus error has occurred. If the I2C_STATUS_BUS_ERROR
bit is also set, the bus error has not yet been cleared.
• If the I2C_STATUS_ERROR_S bit is set, then either a bus error or an I2C watchdog timeout has occurred. If the
I2C_STATUS_ERROR bit is also set, the error has not yet been cleared.

11.4.3.1 Operation Using Manual Acknowledgement

If a user application is using manual acknowledgement (i.e., the I2C_CTRL0_AUTO_ACK_ENABLE bit from the
I2C_CTRL0 register is disabled), it must use the I2C_CTRL1_NACK and I2C_CTRL1_ACK bits from the I2C_CTRL1
register to acknowledge (ACK) or not-acknowledge (NACK) transaction bytes.

When handling a transaction, an interrupt is issued whenever data or an acknowledgement is required (in addition
to interrupts triggered by stop conditions).

NOTE: An interrupt is not generated following a NACK for any data condition. However, an interrupt is
generated (if operating in master mode or stop interrupts are enabled) on the stop condition that
is expected to follow the NACK.

An interrupt is also generated if the interface cannot send data that has been provided because the interface is idle
or has already received a NACK from the slave device during the current transaction. As noted above, when the
interface is waiting for data, the clock line is automatically stretched until the required data is provided.

A special interrupt is also generated for a master read once the acknowledge bit from the address byte has been
received. This scenario is a special case because it does not require data nor acknowledgement to trigger an interrupt,
but instead is designed to allow the interface to check whether or not a slave device has acknowledged the transfer at
that point. Provided the slave device has responded, the interface can issue either an ACK or a NACK command to
continue the transfer.

NOTE: Use of the I2C_CTRL1_NACK, I2C_CTRL1_ACK and I2C_CTRL1_STOP_CMD bits from the
I2C_CTRL1 register is only defined when an acknowledgement is needed during a data transfer.
Interface behavior in response to these control bits being set at other times is undefined.

11.4.3.2 Operation Using Auto Acknowledgement

When operating using auto acknowledgement (i.e., the I2C_CTRL0_AUTO_ACK_ENABLE bit from the I2C_CTRL0
register is enabled), transfers are controlled by the availability of bytes for transmission, or a place to put a byte when
receiving data. This allows transfers to occur without clock stretching, provided the firmware is able to handle each data
byte fast enough.

When the interface handles a transaction, interrupts are issued whenever new data can be written or new data has
been received. This allows a user application to maintain a transaction without introducing delay.

www.onsemi.com
317
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: An interrupt is not generated following a NACK for any data condition. However, an interrupt is
generated (if operating in master mode or stop interrupts are enabled) on the stop condition that
is expected to follow the NACK.

Additionally, interrupts are generated if data was supplied but cannot be sent because the interface has received a
NACK from the slave device, or is currently idle (as the interface would be following a stop condition). If data is
required but is not currently available because the buffer is empty, the clock is stretched and an additional interrupt is
generated. If new data was received, but the previous data has not been read (resulting in the buffer not being available),
the clock is stretched until the buffer becomes free.

IMPORTANT: When receiving data in master mode, the timing of interrupts for auto acknowledgement of data
prevents a user application from cleanly terminating a transfer using the LAST_DATA event. As a result, if the
interface is running in this mode, a dummy byte must be transferred to cleanly terminate the current transfer
with a stop condition following this byte.

11.4.4 I2C Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

I2C_CTRL0 I2C Interface Configuration and Control 0x40000B00
I2C_CTRL1 I2C Interface Status and Control 0x40000B04
I2C_DATA I2C Interface Data 0x40000B08
I2C_DATA_M I2C Interface Data (Mirror) 0x40000B0C
I2C_ADDR_START I2C Master Address and Start 0x40000B10
I2C_STATUS I2C Status 0x40000B14

11.4.4.1 I2C_CTRL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:16 SPEED In I2C interface master mode this prescaler is used to divide SYSCLK to the
correct SCL frequency. SCL is prescaled by (SPEED + 1) * 3.
In I2C slave mode, if clock stretching is needed, this setting controls the number
of SYSCLK cycles between when data is put on the SDA line and the SCL line is
released.
14:8 SLAVE_ADDRESS Set the I2C slave address for this device
4 CONTROLLER Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the CM3 or the DMA for I2C
3 STOP_INT_ENABLE Configure whether stop interrupts will be generated by the I2C interface
2 AUTO_ACK_ENABLE Select whether acknowledgement is automatically generated or not
1 I2C_SAMPLE_CLK_ENABLE Enable/disable the I2C sample clock (mandatory to enable the I2C)
0 SLAVE_ENABLE Select whether the I2C interface will be enabled for slave mode or not

www.onsemi.com
318
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPEED I2C_MASTER_SPEED_3 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x0*
SYSCLK by 3.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_6 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x1
SYSCLK by 6.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_9 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x2
SYSCLK by 9.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_12 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x3
SYSCLK by 12.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_15 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x4
SYSCLK by 15.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_18 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x5
SYSCLK by 18.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_21 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x6
SYSCLK by 21.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_24 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x7
SYSCLK by 24.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_27 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x8
SYSCLK by 27.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_30 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x9
SYSCLK by 30.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_33 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xA
SYSCLK by 33.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_36 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xB
SYSCLK by 36.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_39 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xC
SYSCLK by 39.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_42 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xD
SYSCLK by 42.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_45 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xE
SYSCLK by 45.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_48 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xF
SYSCLK by 48.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_51 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x10
SYSCLK by 51.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_54 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x11
SYSCLK by 54.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_57 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x12
SYSCLK by 57.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_60 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x13
SYSCLK by 60.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_120 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0x27
SYSCLK by 120.
I2C_MASTER_SPEED_768 Master mode: prescale SCL from 0xFF
SYSCLK by 768. Slave Mode: 255
SYSCLK period between SDA updated
and SCL un-stretched

www.onsemi.com
319
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPEED (continued) I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_1 Slave Standard-mode: at least 250 ns 0x0*
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
3 MHz; Slave Fast-mode: at least 100
ns +10% data set-up time with
SYSCLK = 3, 4, 5, 8 MHz; Slave
Fast-mode Plus: at least 50 ns +10%
data set-up time with SYSCLK = 3, 4,
5, 8, 10, 12, 16 MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_2 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0x1
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
4, 5 MHz; Slave Fast-Mode: at least
100 ns +10% data set-up time with
SYSCLK = 10, 12, 16 MHz; Slave
Fast-mode Plus: at least 50 ns +10%
data set-up time with SYSCLK = 20, 24
MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_3 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0x2
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
8, 10 MHz; Slave Fast-Mode: at least
100 ns +10% data set-up time with
SYSCLK = 20, 24 MHz; Slave
Fast-mode Plus: at least 50 ns +10%
data set-up time with SYSCLK = 48
MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_4 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0x3
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
12 MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_5 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0x4
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
16 MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_6 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0x5
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
20 MHz; Slave Fast-Mode: at least 100
ns +10% data set-up time with
SYSCLK = 48 MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_7 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0x6
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
24 MHz
I2C_SLAVE_SPEED_14 Slave Standard-Mode: at least 250 ns 0xD
+10% data set-up time with SYSCLK =
48 MHz
CONTROLLER I2C_CONTROLLER_CM3 The CM3 controls data transfers using 0x0*
I2C
I2C_CONTROLLER_DMA The DMA controls data transfers using 0x1
I2C
STOP_INT_ENABLE I2C_STOP_INT_DISABLE Stop interrupts will not be generated 0x0*
I2C_STOP_INT_ENABLE A stop interrupt will be generated when 0x1
a stop condition occurs for an active
transaction
AUTO_ACK_ENABLE I2C_AUTO_ACK_DISABLE Require manual acknowledgement of 0x0*
all I2C interface transfers
I2C_AUTO_ACK_ENABLE Use automatic acknowledgement for 0x1
I2C interface transfers

www.onsemi.com
320
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

I2C_SAMPLE_CLK_ENABLE I2C_SAMPLE_CLK_DISABLE Disable the I2C sample clock (I2C is 0x0*
disabled)
I2C_SAMPLE_CLK_ENABLE Enable the I2C sample clock (I2C is 0x1
enabled)
SLAVE_ENABLE I2C_SLAVE_DISABLE Disable I2C interface slave mode 0x0*
operation
I2C_SLAVE_ENABLE Enable I2C interface slave mode 0x1
operation

11.4.4.2 I2C_CTRL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 RESET Reset the I2C interface
4 LAST_DATA Indicate that the current data is the last byte of a data transfer
3 STOP Issue a stop condition on the I2C interface bus
1 NACK Issue a not acknowledge on the I2C interface bus
0 ACK Issue an acknowledge on the I2C interface bus

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

RESET I2C_RESET Reset the I2C interface 0x1
LAST_DATA I2C_LAST_DATA Indicate that the current data is the last 0x1
byte of a data transfer
STOP I2C_STOP Issue a stop condition on the I2C 0x1
interface bus
NACK I2C_NACK Issue a not acknowledge on the I2C 0x1
interface bus
ACK I2C_ACK Issue an acknowledge on the I2C 0x1
interface bus

11.4.4.3 I2C_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 I2C_DATA Single byte buffer for data transmitted and received over the I2C interface

11.4.4.4 I2C_DATA_M

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 I2C_DATA_M Mirror of the single byte buffer for data transmitted and received over the I2C
interface

www.onsemi.com
321
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.4.4.5 I2C_ADDR_START

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:1 ADDRESS I2C address to use for the transaction
0 READ_WRITE Select whether a read or a write transaction is started

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

READ_WRITE I2C_START_WRITE Start an I2C write transaction 0x0
I2C_START_READ Start an I2C read transaction 0x1

11.4.4.6 I2C_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

15 ERROR_S Error status bit (sticky) - This status bit is automatically reset when the
I2C_STATUS register is read.
14 BUS_ERROR_S Bus error status bit (sticky) - This status bit is automatically reset when the
I2C_STATUS register is read.
13 START_PENDING Master frame start pending status bit
12 MASTER_MODE Master mode status bit
11 DMA_REQ Indicate if the I2C interface is currently requesting DMA data
10 STOP_DETECT Indicate if an I2C stop bit has been detected
9 DATA_EVENT Indicate that the I2C interface either needs data to transmit or has received data
8 ERROR Indicate if the I2C interface has detected any error (automatically cleared when
a stop condition is detected)
7 BUS_ERROR Indicate if the I2C interface has detected a bus error (automatically cleared
when a stop condition is detected)
6 BUFFER_FULL Indicate if the I2C data buffer is full
5 CLK_STRETCH Indicate if the I2C interface is holding the clock signal
4 BUS_FREE Indicate if the I2C interface bus is free
3 ADDR_DATA Indicate if the I2C data register holds an address or data byte
2 READ_WRITE Indicate whether the I2C bus transfer is a read or a write
1 GEN_CALL Indicate whether the I2C bus transfer is using the general call address or
another address
0 ACK_STATUS Indicate whether an acknowledge or a not acknowledge has been received

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ERROR_S I2C_NO_ERROR_S I2C interface is not and has not been in 0x0*
an error state
I2C_ERROR_S I2C interface is or has been in an error 0x1
state
BUS_ERROR_S I2C_NO_BUS_ERROR_S I2C interface is not and has not been in 0x0*
the bus error state
I2C_BUS_ERROR_S I2C interface is or has been in the bus 0x1
error state

www.onsemi.com
322
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

START_PENDING I2C_START_NOT_PENDING No pending master start frame 0x0*
I2C_START_PENDING A master frame is pending to start (bit 0x1
is set when I2C_ADDR_START is
written)
MASTER_MODE I2C_MASTER_INACTIVE I2C interface is not operating in master 0x0*
mode
I2C_MASTER_ACTIVE I2C interface is operating in master 0x1
mode
DMA_REQ I2C_NO_DMA_REQUEST The I2C interface is not requesting a 0x0*
DMA action
I2C_DMA_REQUEST The I2C interface is requesting a DMA 0x1
action
STOP_DETECT I2C_NO_STOP_DETECTED No stop condition has been detected 0x0*
on the I2C bus
I2C_STOP_DETECTED A stop condition has been detected on 0x1
the I2C bus
DATA_EVENT I2C_NON_DATA_EVENT No I2C data is needed or available 0x0*
I2C_DATA_EVENT I2C data is needed or is available 0x1
ERROR I2C_NO_ERROR I2C interface is not in an error state 0x0*
I2C_ERROR I2C interface is in an error state 0x1
BUS_ERROR I2C_NO_BUS_ERROR I2C interface is not in the bus error 0x0*
state
I2C_BUS_ERROR I2C interface is in the bus error state 0x1
BUFFER_FULL I2C_BUFFER_EMPTY The I2C interface buffer is empty 0x0*
I2C_BUFFER_FULL The I2C interface buffer is full 0x1
CLK_STRETCH I2C_CLK_NOT_STRETCHED The I2C clock line is not being 0x0*
stretched
I2C_CLK_STRETCHED The I2C SCL line is being held low 0x1
BUS_FREE I2C_BUS_BUSY One or both of the I2C bus lines is 0x0
currently 0
I2C_BUS_FREE Both I2C bus lines are currently free 0x1*
ADDR_DATA I2C_DATA_IS_DATA The I2C data register holds data 0x0*
I2C_DATA_IS_ADDR The I2C data register holds an address 0x1
READ_WRITE I2C_IS_WRITE The current I2C transfer is a write 0x0*
I2C_IS_READ The current I2C transfer is a read 0x1
GEN_CALL I2C_ADDR_OTHER The address used for the current I2C 0x0*
transfer is not the general call address
I2C_ADDR_GEN_CALL The address used for the current I2C 0x1
transfer is the general call address
ACK_STATUS I2C_HAS_ACK Indicate that the last I2C byte was 0x0*
acknowledged
I2C_HAS_NACK Indicate that the last I2C byte was not 0x1
acknowledged

www.onsemi.com
323
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.5 PULSE CODE MODULATION (PCM) INTERFACE

RSL10 has access to a highly configurable pulse code modulation (PCM) interface that can be used to stream
control, configuration or signal data into and out of the microcontroller.

The PCM interface is multiplexed onto the DIO pads, which can be configured as the input and output signals that
form the PCM interface with the necessary physical pad configuration. For more information about configuring the
multiplexed DIO functionality, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259.

This interface makes use of four external signals in communications. These signals are:

• An input interface clock signal (PCM_CLK)

• A bidirectional frame signal (PCM_FRAME)
• A serial output data signal (PCM_SERO)
• A serial input data signal (PCM_SERI)

CAUTION: Disabling the bus pull-up and pull-down resistors is not recommended for the PCM frame or PCM clock
inputs. If these pads are used as outputs, you can disable the pull-up resistors. For all other configurations, attempting
to use this interface without the pull resistors can result in unintended interface behavior that would result in the PCM
interface transmitting and/or receiving undefined data.

The PCM interface uses the PCM_CTRL_ENABLE bit in the PCM_CTRL register to enable and disable the PCM
interface entirely. When using the PCM interface in any mode, enable this bit and ensure that the proper DIO
multiplexing has been selected.

The PCM interface can be configured as a either a master device (controlling the frame signal, and potentially
providing the interface PCM_CLK through an internally routed DIO function), or as a slave device (receiving the frame
signal and usually not providing the PCM_CLK). To select between these configurations, configure the
PCM_CTRL_SLAVE bit as appropriate in the PCM_CTRL register. In master mode, configure the PCM frame signal as an
output; in slave mode, configure it as an input. The PCM clock signal is always an input to the PCM interface; this clock
signal can be sourced:

• Internally, using the DIO output mode for the pad used for the PCM clock to route an internal clock signal
within the RSL10 system to the same pad
• Externally, using an externally generated clock signal

One of the advantages of this interface is the high communication speed that allows the interface to operate at the
system clock frequency. PCM_CLK can operate at any division of SYSCLK, up to the same rate as SYSCLK.

The PCM interface is sensitive to only one edge of the PCM clock. All settings are clocked in and signal updates
are captured on the rising or falling edge as specified by the PCM_CLK_POL bit from the PCM_CTRL register. By default,
the PCM interface is only sensitive to falling edges of the PCM clock. For I2S standard compatibility, we recommend
configuring the interface to sample on the rising edges of this clock when using this interface in I2S mode.

Either the Arm Cortex-M3 processor or the DMA can control the data transferred by the PCM interface. Select the
controller by configuring the PCM_CTRL_CONTROLLER bit in the PCM_CTRL register.

IMPORTANT: The PCM interface configuration and internal status registers are tightly synchronized to the
input PCM clock. As a result, the PCM interface is only reset and the internal configuration of the PCM interface
is only updated on a PCM clock edge.

www.onsemi.com
324
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.5.1 PCM Signal Configuration

The PCM interface uses a wide number of configuration options to help to define a set of signals that the system
can interpret. For the purpose of clarifying the following explanations, the signals generated by the system in the default
PCM configuration are shown in Figure 29.

3&0B&/.

3&0B)5$0(

3&0B6(52 %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW

3&0B6(5, %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW %LW

:RUG :RUG

Figure 29. Signal Timing Diagram: Default PCM Configuration

For more information about the required signal configuration and other interface configuration that is needed to
allow the interface to be compatible with I2S, including an example timing diagram, see Section 11.5.3, “I2S
Configuration and Usage”.

IMPORTANT: If the PCM interface is not idle when changing any configuration settings, changing the PCM
configuration during a transaction results in undefined behavior on the associated PCM signal lines.

11.5.1.1 Frame Signal Configuration and Timing

The PCM interface uses a signal, called a frame signal, to realign transmission over the PCM interface between two
devices with every data frame transmitted.

The frame signal divides the communications on the PCM interface into data frames (or sub-frames, if the
FRAME_SUBFRAMES bit of the PCM_CTRL register is enabled). Each aspect of the PCM frame signal can be configured
as follows (all bits are in the PCM_CTRL register):

Interval In the default configuration of the FRAME_LENGTH bit field (configured for two words per
frame), and the FRAME_SUBFRAMES bit (configured to disable a frame signal being generated
for each word within a frame), the frame signal is generated once for every two-word frame.
Changing the FRAME_LENGTH bit field in PCM master mode allows the user to select the
number of words per frame, incrementing in multiples of two words, and hence the number of
words per data frame. The FRAME_LENGTH bit field is not used for PCM slave mode; it should
be left in the default configuration (configured for two words per frame), regardless of the actual

www.onsemi.com
325
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

frame length used, to get the expected behavior. Alternately, if the FRAME_SUBFRAMES bit is
configured to enable subframes, a frame signal is generated with every word of each data frame.

IMPORTANT: Configuring the FRAME_LENGTH bit field to something other than two words per frame while
setting the FRAME_SUBFRAMES bit, results in a configuration where the user receives a PCM frame signal for
every subframe word. Despite the well-defined behavior of the frame signal generated for this configuration, the
handling of data and interrupts by the PCM interface might not appear sensible and generally results in
undefined or unexpected data.

Shape The frame signal can be configured to take one of two shapes by setting the FRAME_WIDTH bit.
By default, the frame signal is configured to produce a short width frame signal which produces
a single cycle pulse in the frame signal at the beginning of each frame. Alternately, you can
configure the signal to produce a long width frame signal which uses a 50% duty cycle square
wave and is spaced to align with the specified width between frame signal events.

Alignment You can configure the PCM frame signal by using the FRAME_ALIGN bit so that the first bit of
sampled data is sampled at the same time as the frame signal, or the first bit of data is sampled
one cycle after the frame signal. In this way, the frame signal is aligned with the first bit of the
new data frame, or with the last bit of the previous data frame.

NOTE: Regardless of the PCM frame signal alignment configuration, the PCM
frame signal occurs at the beginning of each frame, and only one frame
signal occurs for each frame received. The PCM frame signal, if aligned
with the last bit, occurs one bit before the first data bit transmitted at the
start of a transaction, and does not occur on the last bit of the last frame of a
transaction. Similarly, if aligned with the first bit, the first frame signal is
aligned with the first data bit transmitted at the start of a transaction, and no
trailing frame signal occurs for a transaction.

IMPORTANT: To properly terminate a transmission, an expected frame signal pulse must be missed. When the
frame signal is configured to be aligned with the first bit of a transmission, this requires one additional PCM
clock pulse following the transmission of the last bit of the last frame.

For clarification of the above PCM frame signal timing configuration explanations, several examples of different
PCM frame signal traces are shown in Figure 30. In all cases the FRAME_ALIGN bit has been set to
PCM_FRAME_ALIGN_FIRST_BIT (which differs from the default configuration shown in Figure 29 on page 325) to
prevent any confusion as to what are the effects of the other frame signal configuration bits. The frame signal
configurations shown are:

1. Configured to indicate the subframe words of a frame with a short pulse frame signal
2. Configured to indicate the subframe words of a frame with a long width frame signal
3. Configured to use a 2-word frame with a short pulse frame signal
4. Configured to use a 2-word frame with a long width frame signal
5. Configured to use a 4-word frame with a short pulse frame signal
6. Configured to use a 4-word frame with a long width frame signal

www.onsemi.com
326
 PCM_CLK

Short frame signal

with subframes

Long frame signal

with subframes

Short frame signal

with 2 word frames

Long frame signal

with 2 word frames

Short frame signal

with 4 word frames

Figure 30. Frame Signal Timing Examples

Long frame signal
with 4 word frames

PCM_SERO Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1

327
PCM_SERI Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 0 Bit 1
onsemi

Word 0 Word 1 Word 0 Word 1

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.5.1.2 Data Serial Input and Output Configuration

The PCM interface allows data bits to be configured for transmission and reception in either an MSB to LSB
ordering, or an LSB to MSB ordering. To select between these two configurations, set the BIT_ORDER bit in the
PCM_CTRL register.

The length of each word of a PCM transaction can be set to be between one and four bytes (8 and 32 bits) per word
by setting the WORD_SIZE bit field in the PCM_CTRL register. When transmitting data that uses less than 32 bits per
word, the TX_ALIGN bit from the PCM_CTRL register configures whether the data is loaded from the most significant
portion of the data register or from the least significant portion of the data register (both configurations are equivalent
when using 32-bit data words).

11.5.2 PCM Interrupt Configuration

The PCM interface uses three associated interrupts that control transmission and reception of PCM data, and report
errors that have occurred while transmitting or receiving PCM data. Section 14.1, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
(NVIC)” on page 400 for information regarding interrupt configuration and handling.

If a user application is transmitting data from the PCM interface, the PCM_TX interrupt signals:

• When the PCM_TX_DATA register value starts to be transmitted using the PCM interface
• That the application can now load into the PCM_TX_DATA register the next data word (of the specified size) to
be transmitted

If a user application is receiving data from the PCM interface, the PCM_RX interrupt signals that a data word of the
specified size was successfully received and written to the PCM_RX_DATA register.

The PCM transmit and receive interrupts are generated for every word of data transmitted in a valid PCM frame
regardless of the length of the PCM frame.

When the DMA is used to control data transfers over the PCM interface, the PCM_ERROR interrupt signals that
either:

• An overrun occurred when the DMA could not read the received data from the PCM_RX_DATA register to the
DMA buffer before this data was overwritten.
• An underrun occurred when the DMA could not write the PCM_TX_DATA register between loads of the internal
PCM transmission registers.

11.5.3 I2S Configuration and Usage

The PCM interface can be configured to be compatible with the I2S interface standard. Table 26 lists the required
signal and data management settings for the PCM interface to enable I2S communication.

Table 26. Required Configuration Settings for I2S Configuration

Configuration Bit or Bit Field Setting

PCM_CTRL_FRAME_LENGTH PCM_MULTIWORD_2
PCM_CTRL_FRAME_WIDTH PCM_FRAME_WIDTH_LONG
PCM_CTRL_FRAME_ALIGN PCM_FRAME_ALIGN_LAST
PCM_CTRL_BIT_ORDER PCM_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST

www.onsemi.com
328
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 26. Required Configuration Settings for I2S Configuration (Continued)

Configuration Bit or Bit Field Setting

PCM_CTRL_FRAME_SUBFRAMES PCM_SUBFRAME_DISABLE
PCM_CTRL_PCM_CLK_POL PCM_SAMPLE_RISING_EDGE1
1. The PCM interface produces a data stream that complies with the I2S standard with either sampling
edge. However, to comply completely with the standard, the interface must be configured to sample
data on the rising edge of the clock.

In master mode, the I2S configuration for the PCM interface has no special interface behaviors.

In slave mode, the behavior of the PCM interface is slightly different from any other configuration. When
configured for slave mode and a long frame width, the PCM interface synchronizes communications with both the
rising edge and falling edge of the frame signal (instead of synchronizing with only the rising edge as it does in all other
configurations). As shown in the I2S signal timing diagram (Figure 31), after transmitting the LSB of the current data
word the device repeatedly transmits the MSB of the next word until a rising or falling edge on the frame signal is
detected. Similarly, if a rising or falling edge is detected on the frame signal before the current data word has been
completely transmitted, the current data word is truncated and the next data word is sent. In this way, the interface is
compatible with I2S signals that transmit a different number of bits than the defined word size.

www.onsemi.com
329
 PCM_CLK

PCM_FRAME

PCM_SERO Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Bit 15

PCM_SERI X Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 X Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 X Bit 15

Word 0 Word 1

Figure 31. Signal Timing Diagram: I2S Configuration

330
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.5.4 PCM Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

PCM_CTRL PCM Control 0x40000A00
PCM_TX_DATA PCM Transmit Data 0x40000A04
PCM_RX_DATA PCM Receive Data 0x40000A08
PCM_STATUS PCM Status 0x40000A0C

11.5.4.1 PCM_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

14 PCM_CLK_POL PCM clock polarity
12 BIT_ORDER Select whether the data will be transmitted starting with the MSB or LSB
11 TX_ALIGN Select what bits to use for transmitting data
10:9 WORD_SIZE Select the number of bits per PCM word
8 FRAME_ALIGN Align the PCM frame signal to the first/last bit
7 FRAME_WIDTH Use a long/short PCM frame signal
6:4 FRAME_LENGTH Select the number of words per PCM frame
3 FRAME_SUBFRAMES Select between a frame signal for every word or one per frame
2 CONTROLLER Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the Arm Cortex-M3 core or the
DMA for PCM
1 ENABLE Enable/disable the PCM interface
0 SLAVE Use the PCM interface as a master/slave

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PCM_CLK_POL PCM_SAMPLE_FALLING_EDGE PCM input data sampled on PCM_CLK 0x0*
falling edge
PCM_SAMPLE_RISING_EDGE PCM input data sampled on PCM_CLK 0x1
rising edge
BIT_ORDER PCM_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST PCM data is ordered from MSB to LSB 0x0*
PCM_BIT_ORDER_LSB_FIRST PCM data is ordered from LSB to MSB 0x1
TX_ALIGN PCM_TX_ALIGN_MSB Use MSBs of transmit buffer when 0x0*
word size is less that 32 bits
PCM_TX_ALIGN_LSB Use LSBs of transmit buffer when word 0x1
size is less that 32 bits
WORD_SIZE PCM_WORD_SIZE_8 Use 8-bits words 0x0
PCM_WORD_SIZE_16 Use 16-bits words 0x1
PCM_WORD_SIZE_24 Use 24-bits words 0x2
PCM_WORD_SIZE_32 Use 32-bits words 0x3*
FRAME_ALIGN PCM_FRAME_ALIGN_LAST Align the PCM frame signal to the last 0x0*
bit of the frame
PCM_FRAME_ALIGN_FIRST Align the PCM frame signal to the first 0x1
bit of the frame

www.onsemi.com
331
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FRAME_WIDTH PCM_FRAME_WIDTH_SHORT The PCM frame is high for one PCM 0x0*
clock period
PCM_FRAME_WIDTH_LONG The PCM frame is high for half of the 0x1
frame length
FRAME_LENGTH PCM_MULTIWORD_2 PCM frames contain 2 words 0x0*
PCM_MULTIWORD_4 PCM frames contain 4 words 0x1
PCM_MULTIWORD_6 PCM frames contain 6 words 0x2
PCM_MULTIWORD_8 PCM frames contain 8 words 0x3
PCM_MULTIWORD_10 PCM frames contain 10 words 0x4
PCM_MULTIWORD_12 PCM frames contain 12 words 0x5
PCM_MULTIWORD_14 PCM frames contain 14 words 0x6
PCM_MULTIWORD_16 PCM frames contain 16 words 0x7
FRAME_SUBFRAMES PCM_SUBFRAME_DISABLE Generate a frame signal every frame 0x0*
PCM_SUBFRAME_ENABLE Generate a frame signal every word 0x1
CONTROLLER PCM_CONTROLLER_CM3 The Arm Cortex-M3 core controls PCM 0x0*
data transfers
PCM_CONTROLLER_DMA The DMA controls PCM data transfers 0x1
ENABLE PCM_DISABLE Disable the PCM interface 0x0*
PCM_ENABLE Enable the PCM interface 0x1
SLAVE PCM_SELECT_MASTER Use the PCM interface in master mode 0x0
PCM_SELECT_SLAVE Use the PCM interface in slave mode 0x1*

11.5.4.2 PCM_TX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 PCM_TX_DATA Data to transmit over the PCM interface

11.5.4.3 PCM_RX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 PCM_RX_DATA Data received from the PCM interface

11.5.4.4 PCM_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 TRANSMIT_STATUS Indicate that PCM data has been sent
2 RECEIVE_STATUS Indicate that PCM data has been received
1 OVERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving data on the PCM interface
0 UNDERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an underrun has occurred when transmitting data on the PCM
interface

www.onsemi.com
332
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TRANSMIT_STATUS PCM_TRANSMIT_FALSE PCM data transmit flag not set 0x0*
PCM_TRANSMIT_TRUE PCM transmit data sent 0x1
PCM_TRANSMIT_CLEAR Clear the PCM transmit status bit 0x1
RECEIVE_STATUS PCM_RECEIVE_FALSE PCM data receive flag not set 0x0*
PCM_RECEIVE_TRUE PCM data received 0x1
PCM_RECEIVE_CLEAR Clear the PCM receive status bit 0x1
OVERRUN_STATUS PCM_OVERRUN_FALSE No PCM input overrun detected 0x0*
PCM_OVERRUN_TRUE PCM input overrun detected 0x1
PCM_OVERRUN_CLEAR Clear the PCM overrun bit 0x1
UNDERRUN_STATUS PCM_UNDERRUN_FALSE No PCM input underrun detected 0x0*
PCM_UNDERRUN_TRUE PCM input underrun detected 0x1
PCM_UNDERRUN_CLEAR Clear the PCM underrun bit 0x1

11.6 PULSE WIDTH MODULATION (PWM)

The RSL10 system contains two pulse-width modulator (PWM) drivers that can be configured to generate a single
output signal with a specified period and duty cycle. Each PWM driver can be used as independently as a simple D/A
converter.

The PWM drivers are multiplexed onto the DIO pads, which can be configured as output signals with the necessary
physical pad configuration. The DIOs support output of the PWM signals with the specified period and high-time in
each period (DIO_MODE_PWM*) and the inverse of the specified signal (DIO_MODE_PWM*_INV). For more information
about configuring the multiplexed DIO functionality, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259.

The timing and shape of the signal produced by each PWM is defined by clock signals divided from SLOWCLK
and the PWM_CFG_PWM_PERIOD and PWM_CFG_PWM_HIGH bit fields from the PWM_CFG_* register for that PWM.

The PWM drivers are each supported by a clock (PWM*CLK) that is divided from SLOWCLK using the
CLK_DIV_CFG1_PWM*CLK_PRESCALE bit fields from the CLK_DIV_CFG1 register. Each PWM clock’s prescaler
provides a clock prescaled from SLOWCLK by 1 to 64. For example, the frequency of the clock supplied to PWM0 is
defined by:

f SLOWCLK
f PWM0 = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLK_DIV_CFG1_PWM0CLK_PRESCALE + 1 

For more information about the clock divisor configuration, see Section 6.3.8, “Interface Clocks” on page 83.

The value written to the PWM_CFG_PWM_PERIOD bit field configures the number of PWM*CLK cycles in one
period of that PWM signal. Each period is (PWM_CFG_PWM_PERIOD + 1) PWM*CLK cycles in length, with a maximum
length of 256 PWM*CLK cycles.

Similarly, the value written to the PWM_CFG_PWM_HIGH bit field configures the number of PWM*CLK cycles for
which the PWM signal is high in each period. The PWM signal is high for the first (PWM_CFG_PWM_HIGH + 1)
PWM*CLK cycles of each period, to a maximum equal to the period of that PWM signal. After
(PWM_CFG_PWM_HIGH + 1) PWM*CLK cycles, the PWM signal is low for the remainder of the period.

www.onsemi.com
333
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: If the specified high time is greater than or equal to the specified period for a PWM, the PWM
signal does not go low.

Figure 32 illustrates an example PWM configuration for PWM0 where the PWM period is configured for 10 cycles
(PWM_CFG_PWM_PERIOD set to 9), with a high time of 6 cycles (PWM_CFG_PWM_HIGH set to 5). This results in a PWM
signal that repeats every 10 PWM0CLK cycles with a duty cycle of 60%.

10 PWM0CLK Cycles

6 PWM0CLK Cycles 4 PWM0CLK Cycles

Figure 32. PWM Sample Configuration

Each PWM driver can be independently enabled and disabled by configuring the appropriate
PWM_CTRL_PWM*_ENABLE bit from the PWM_CTRL register.

If the two PWM drivers use the same period and clock divisors, the relative timing between the PWM drivers can
be defined. To enable offset configuration, set the PWM_CTRL_PWM_OFFSET_ENABLE bit from the PWM_CTRL register. If
enabled, the number of cycles between the rising edge for PWM0 and the rising edge for PWM1 is equal to the value of
the PWM_CTRL_PWM_OFFSET bit field from the PWM_CTRL register.

NOTE: If the specified offset is greater than or equal to the specified period for the PWM drivers, the
behavior is undefined. The behavior is similarly undefined if the two PWM drivers do not share
the same period.

11.6.1 PWM Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

PWM_CFG PWM Configuration Register 0x40000D00
PWM_CTRL PWM 0 and 1 Control Register 0x40000D08

11.6.1.1 PWM_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:8 PWM_HIGH PWM high duty cycle
7:0 PWM_PERIOD PWM period

11.6.1.2 PWM_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

16 PWM_OFFSET_ENABLE Enable/disable the PWM offset function
15:8 PWM_OFFSET PWM0 to PWM1 offset

www.onsemi.com
334
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 PWM1_ENABLE Enable/disable the PWM1 block
0 PWM0_ENABLE Enable/disable the PWM0 block

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PWM_OFFSET_ENABLE PWM_OFFSET_DISABLE Disable the PWM offset 0x0*
PWM_OFFSET_ENABLE Enable the PWM offset 0x1
PWM1_ENABLE PWM1_DISABLE Disable the PWM1 block 0x0*
PWM1_ENABLE Enable the PWM1 block 0x1
PWM0_ENABLE PWM0_DISABLE Disable the PWM0 block 0x0*
PWM0_ENABLE Enable the PWM0 block 0x1

11.7 SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACES (SPI)

The RSL10 system includes two Serial Peripheral Interfaces (SPI) that allow the system to communicate with
external components including external analog front ends, external controllers, and non-volatile memories (NVM).

The SPI interfaces are multiplexed onto the DIO pads, which can be configured as the input and output signals that
form each SPI interface with the necessary physical pad configuration. For more information about configuring the
multiplexed DIO functionality, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259.

The SPI interfaces can be enabled or disabled using the SPI*_CTRL0_ENABLE bit in the SPI*_CTRL0 registers.

Data transfers using the SPI interfaces can be controlled directly by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor or indirectly
using the DMA. To select the controller for an SPI interface, use the SPI*_CTRL0_CONTROLLER bit in the
SPI*_CTRL0 register.

11.7.1 SPI Data Transfers

The SPI interfaces can be configured to operate as an SPI master device or an SPI slave device by configuring the
SPI*_CTRL0_SLAVE bit in the SPI*_CTRL0 register. The differences in the SPI pad configurations between master
and slave mode are as follows:

SPI*_CLK In master mode, the SPI*_CLK signal is supplied by the RSL10. The SPI*_CLK signal is
derived from SYSCLK using a power of two prescaler, configurable via the
SPI*_CTRL0_PRESCALE bit field from the SPI*_CTRL0 register, using the following equation:

f SYSCLK
f SPI*_CLK = --------------------------------------------------------------
 SPI*_CTRL0_PRESCALE + 1 
-
2

In slave mode, the SPI*_CLK signal is sourced from a remote SPI master device. For proper
operation, the frequency of the SPI_CLK inputs must abide by the following relation:

f SYSCLK  4  f SPI*_CLK

www.onsemi.com
335
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: If f SYSCLK  6  f SPI*_CLK , the output on the SPI*_SERO pad might be

delayed by up to one SYSCLK period.

For both master and slave mode, the SPI*_CTRL0_CLK_POLARITY bit in the SPI*_CTRL0
register is used to control both when data changes and when data is sampled. An SPI interface
using normal polarity updates output signals on the falling edge of SPI*_CLK, and samples
input signals on the rising edge of SPI*_CLK. If the polarity is inverted, output signals change
on the rising edge of SPI*_CLK and input signals are sampled on the falling edge.

NOTE: RSL10 does not support changing the SPI Clock Phase (CPHA), and
therefore only SPI Modes 0 & 2 are supported.

SPI*_CS In master mode, the SPI*_CS pad is an output controlled by the SPI*_CTRL1_CS bit from the
SPI*_CTRL1 register. The signal from this pad is generally routed to the chip select input of a
slave device.

In slave mode, the SPI*_CS pad is an input sourced from a remote SPI master device.

NOTE: For an SPI device, the chip select input is generally interpreted as an
active-low signal. As such, if the signal on the SPI*_CS pad is high, the SPI
slave ignores all communications using the interface. The minimum delay
between a falling edge on the SPI*_CS pad and the first edge on SPI*_CLK
1
is ---  SPI*_CLK Period + 2  SYSCLK Periods .
2

SPI*_SERI This pad is a serial input signal that is used to receive data when the following conditions are
met:

• SPI*_CLK and SPI*_CS indicate that data should be transferred.

• The SPI*_CTRL1_RW_CMD bit field from the SPI*_CTRL1 register is configured for an SPI
read or read-write (full-duplex) transfer.

SPI*_SERO This pad is a serial output signal that is used to transmit data when the following conditions are
met:

• SPI*_CLK and SPI*_CS indicate that data should be transferred.

• The SPI*_CTRL1_RW_CMD bit field from the SPI*_CTRL1 register is configured for an SPI
write or read-write (full-duplex) transfer.

The SPI interfaces support a configurable word size for each transfer of 1 to 32 bits of data per word, as configured
using the SPI*_CTRL1_WORD_SIZE bit field in the SPI*_CTRL1 register. All data transactions using an SPI interface
start with the MSB of the word received, and transfer (SPI*_CTRL1_WORD_SIZE + 1) bits of data per word.

The SPI*_CTRL1_START_BUSY bit in the SPI*_CTRL1 register indicates if the SPI interface is currently
transferring data. When operating in master mode, this same bit can be used to start an SPI transfer.

NOTE: When the interface is disabled, any data currently being transmitted is allowed to complete
before the interface shuts down. If the interface is busy, the SPI*_CTRL* registers cannot be
modified until the interface is idle.

www.onsemi.com
336
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

If the SPI*_CTRL0_MODE_SELECT bit in the SPI*_CTRL0 register is set, the SPI interface operates in auto mode
to limit the overhead between SPI transfers. This mode works in conjunction with the SPI interface data registers. These
registers are:

SPI*_TX_DATA Shift register containing the data to transmit using the SPI interface.

SPI*_RX_DATA Shift register containing the most recent data word received from the SPI interface.

When operating as an SPI master in auto mode, these registers can be used to efficiently continue a transfer. In this
configuration, if writing to the SPI interface, writing the SPI*_TX_DATA register initiates another write transfer.
Similarly, if reading from the SPI interface, reading the SPI*_RX_DATA register initiates another read transfer.

CAUTION: The SPI*_CTRL1_START_BUSY bit is cleared for one cycle between transfers in auto mode. When polling
this bit to determine when a transfer completes, ensure that at least one cycle has elapsed after starting the transfer
before polling for the completion of a transfer.

In manual mode or when operating as an SPI slave, reading or writing either of these registers has no side effects.

IMPORTANT: When transmitting data as an SPI slave, the SPI interface must load the SPI*_TX_DATA register
between SPI*_CLK edges that update the SPI output signals. If no delay occurs between the words of the SPI
transfer, new data must be loaded in one SPI*_CLK cycle.

11.7.2 SPI Interrupts

Each of the SPI interfaces uses three interrupts that signal:

• The completion of a data transmission

• The completion of data received
• Any errors that occurred when completing a transfer using the interface

Section 14.1, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)” on page 400 for information regarding interrupt
configuration and handling.

If a user application is transmitting data using an SPI interface, the SPI*_TX interrupt signals:

• That the interface has started transmitting the data value from the SPI*_TX_DATA register
• That the application can now load the next data word (of the specified size) to be transmitted

If a user application is receiving data from an SPI interface, the SPI*_RX interrupt signals that a data word of the
specified size was successfully received and written to the SPI*_RX_DATA register.

To support tracking the status of an SPI transfer, the SPI*_STATUS registers include a pair of status bits that
indicate if data was transmitted (SPI*_STATUS_SPI*_TRANSMIT_STATUS) or received
(SPI*_STATUS_SPI*_RECEIVE_STATUS) using the SPI interface since the bit was last cleared. The transmit status bit
can be cleared by writing SPI*_TRANSMIT_CLEAR to the SPI*_STATUS register. The receive status bits can similarly
be cleared by writing SPI*_RECEIVE_CLEAR to the SPI*_STATUS register.

www.onsemi.com
337
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.7.3 SPI DMA Control

If using the DMA to control data transfers over an SPI interface, transmit events are triggered on the completion of
a data transmission and receive events are triggered on the completion of a received data word. There are two methods
to ensure that the first DMA word is transferred:

• Configure the SPI interface for write or full-duplex mode before switching from Arm Cortex-M3 processor
control of the SPI interface to DMA control of the interface. Using this method generates a DMA TX request.
• Manually prepare the first data word to be transmitted by writing to the SPI*_TX_DATA register.

Additionally, while using the DMA to control data transfers over an SPI interface, the SPI*_ERROR interrupts
indicate when an error has occurred.

• An overrun occurs when the DMA cannot read the received data from the SPI*_RX_DATA register to the DMA
buffer before this data is overwritten. To monitor for overrun events, set the
SPI*_CTRL0_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE bit in the SPI*_CTRL0 register. If an overrun occurs and this event
monitor is enabled, the SPI*_STATUS_SPI*_OVERRUN_STATUS bit in the appropriate SPI*_STATUS register
is set.
• An underrun occurs when the DMA cannot write the SPI*_TX_DATA register before a second data transfer
starts using this register’s previous data. To monitor for underrun events, set the
SPI*_CTRL0_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE bit in the SPI*_CTRL0 register. If an underrun occurs and this event
monitor is enabled, the SPI*_STATUS_SPI*_UNDERRUN_STATUS bit in the appropriate SPI*_STATUS
register is set.

11.7.4 SPI Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

SPI0_CTRL0 SPI0 Control and Configuration Register 0x40000800
SPI0_CTRL1 SPI0 Transaction Control Register 0x40000804
SPI0_TX_DATA SPI0 Transmit Data 0x40000808
SPI0_RX_DATA SPI0 Received Data 0x4000080C
SPI0_STATUS SPI0 Status 0x40000810
SPI1_CTRL0 SPI1 Control and Configuration Register 0x40000900
SPI1_CTRL1 SPI1 Transaction Control Register 0x40000904
SPI1_TX_DATA SPI1 Transmit Data 0x40000908
SPI1_RX_DATA SPI1 Received Data 0x4000090C
SPI1_STATUS SPI1 Status 0x40000910

11.7.4.1 SPI0_CTRL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

10 SPI0_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE Enable/disable SPI overrun interrupts
9 SPI0_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE Enable/disable SPI underrun interrupts
8 SPI0_CONTROLLER Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the Arm Cortex-M3 core or the
DMA for SPI
7 SPI0_SLAVE Use the SPI interface as master or slave
6 SPI0_CLK_POLARITY Select the polarity of the SPI clock

www.onsemi.com
338
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 SPI0_MODE_SELECT Select between manual and auto transaction handling modes for SPI master
transactions
4 SPI0_ENABLE Enable/disable the SPI interface
3:0 SPI0_PRESCALE Prescale the SPI interface clock for master transfers

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI0_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE SPI0_OVERRUN_INT_DISABLE No interrupts are raised when an 0x0*
overrun occurs on the SPI interface
SPI0_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE An interrupt is raised when an overrun 0x1
occurs on the SPI interface
SPI0_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE SPI0_UNDERRUN_INT_DISABLE No interrupts are raised when an 0x0*
underrun occurs on the SPI interface
SPI0_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE An interrupt is raised when an 0x1
underrun occurs on the SPI interface
SPI0_CONTROLLER SPI0_CONTROLLER_CM3 The Arm Cortex-M3 core controls data 0x0*
transfers using SPI
SPI0_CONTROLLER_DMA The DMA controls data transfers using 0x1
SPI
SPI0_SLAVE SPI0_SELECT_MASTER Use the SPI interface in master mode 0x0*
SPI0_SELECT_SLAVE Use the SPI interface in slave mode 0x1
SPI0_CLK_POLARITY SPI0_CLK_POLARITY_NORMAL In both master and slave modes SERO 0x0*
changes on the falling edge of the SPI
clock. The SERI is sampled in slave
mode just after and in master mode at
the rising edge of the SPI clock
SPI0_CLK_POLARITY_INVERSE In both master and slave modes SERO 0x1
changes on the rising edge of the SPI
clock. The SERI is sampled in slave
mode just after and in master mode at
the falling edge of the SPI clock
SPI0_MODE_SELECT SPI0_MODE_SELECT_MANUAL Master transfers using the SPI 0x0*
interface do not automatically continue
SPI0_MODE_SELECT_AUTO Automatically continue master 0x1
transfers using the SPI interface
SPI0_ENABLE SPI0_DISABLE Disable the SPI interface 0x0*
SPI0_ENABLE Enable the SPI interface 0x1

www.onsemi.com
339
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI0_PRESCALE SPI0_PRESCALE_2 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 2 0x0*
SPI0_PRESCALE_4 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 4 0x1
SPI0_PRESCALE_8 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 8 0x2
SPI0_PRESCALE_16 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 16 0x3
SPI0_PRESCALE_32 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 32 0x4
SPI0_PRESCALE_64 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 64 0x5
SPI0_PRESCALE_128 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 128 0x6
SPI0_PRESCALE_256 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 256 0x7
SPI0_PRESCALE_512 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 512 0x8
SPI0_PRESCALE_1024 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 0x9
1024

11.7.4.2 SPI0_CTRL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 SPI0_START_BUSY Start an SPI data transfer and indicate if a transfer is in progress
8 SPI0_BUSY_STATUS SPI data transfer status read
7:6 SPI0_RW_CMD Issue a read command or write command to the SPI interface
5 SPI0_CS Set the chip-select line for SPI (master mode), read the chip-select line for SPI
(slave mode)
4:0 SPI0_WORD_SIZE Select the word size used by the SPI interface (word size = SPI0_WORD_SIZE
+ 1)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI0_START_BUSY SPI0_IDLE Stop a transfer or indicate that the SPI 0x0*
interface is idle
SPI0_START Start a transfer on the SPI interface 0x1
(master mode only)
SPI0_BUSY_STATUS SPI0_BUSY Indicate that the SPI interface is 0x1
currently transferring data
SPI0_RW_CMD SPI0_NOP No operation 0x0*
SPI0_WRITE_DATA Write data using the SPI interface 0x1
SPI0_READ_DATA Read data using the SPI interface 0x2
SPI0_RW_DATA Read and write data using the SPI 0x3
interface
SPI0_CS SPI0_CS_0 Set the SPI CS signal low 0x0
SPI0_CS_1 Set the SPI CS signal high 0x1*
SPI0_WORD_SIZE SPI0_WORD_SIZE_1 SPI transfers use 1-bit words 0x0*
SPI0_WORD_SIZE_8 SPI transfers use 8-bit words 0x7
SPI0_WORD_SIZE_16 SPI transfers use 16-bit words 0xF
SPI0_WORD_SIZE_24 SPI transfers use 24-bit words 0x17
SPI0_WORD_SIZE_32 SPI transfers use 32-bit words 0x1F

www.onsemi.com
340
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.7.4.3 SPI0_TX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SPI0_TX_DATA Single word buffer for data to be transmitted over the SPI interface

11.7.4.4 SPI0_RX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SPI0_RX_DATA Single word buffer for data that has been received over the SPI interface

11.7.4.5 SPI0_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 SPI0_TRANSMIT_STATUS Indicate that the transmission of the data is completed
2 SPI0_RECEIVE_STATUS Indicate that new data has been received
1 SPI0_OVERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving data on the SPI interface
0 SPI0_UNDERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an underrun has occurred when transmitting data on the SPI
interface

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI0_TRANSMIT_STATUS SPI0_TRANSMIT_FALSE SPI data transmit flag not set 0x0*
SPI0_TRANSMIT_TRUE SPI transmit data sent 0x1
SPI0_TRANSMIT_CLEAR Clear the SPI transmit status bit 0x1
SPI0_RECEIVE_STATUS SPI0_RECEIVE_FALSE SPI data receive flag not set 0x0*
SPI0_RECEIVE_TRUE SPI data received 0x1
SPI0_RECEIVE_CLEAR Clear the SPI receive status bit 0x1
SPI0_OVERRUN_STATUS SPI0_OVERRUN_FALSE No SPI input overrun detected 0x0*
SPI0_OVERRUN_TRUE SPI input overrun detected 0x1
SPI0_OVERRUN_CLEAR Clear the SPI overrun bit 0x1
SPI0_UNDERRUN_STATUS SPI0_UNDERRUN_FALSE No SPI input underrun detected 0x0*
SPI0_UNDERRUN_TRUE SPI input underrun detected 0x1
SPI0_UNDERRUN_CLEAR Clear the SPI underrun bit 0x1

11.7.4.6 SPI1_CTRL0

Bit Field Field Name Description

10 SPI1_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE Enable/disable SPI overrun interrupts
9 SPI1_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE Enable/disable SPI underrun interrupts
8 SPI1_CONTROLLER Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the Arm Cortex-M3 core or the
DMA for SPI
7 SPI1_SLAVE Use the SPI interface as master or slave
6 SPI1_CLK_POLARITY Select the polarity of the SPI clock

www.onsemi.com
341
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

5 SPI1_MODE_SELECT Select between manual and auto transaction handling modes for SPI master
transactions
4 SPI1_ENABLE Enable/disable the SPI interface
3:0 SPI1_PRESCALE Prescale the SPI interface clock for master transfers

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI1_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE SPI1_OVERRUN_INT_DISABLE No interrupts are raised when an 0x0*
overrun occurs on the SPI interface
SPI1_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE An interrupt is raised when an overrun 0x1
occurs on the SPI interface
SPI1_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE SPI1_UNDERRUN_INT_DISABLE No interrupts are raised when an 0x0*
underrun occurs on the SPI interface
SPI1_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE An interrupt is raised when an 0x1
underrun occurs on the SPI interface
SPI1_CONTROLLER SPI1_CONTROLLER_CM3 The Arm Cortex-M3 core controls data 0x0*
transfers using SPI
SPI1_CONTROLLER_DMA The DMA controls data transfers using 0x1
SPI
SPI1_SLAVE SPI1_SELECT_MASTER Use the SPI interface in master mode 0x0*
SPI1_SELECT_SLAVE Use the SPI interface in slave mode 0x1
SPI1_CLK_POLARITY SPI1_CLK_POLARITY_NORMAL In both master and slave modes SERO 0x0*
changes on the falling edge of the SPI
clock. The SERI is sampled in slave
mode just after and in master mode at
the rising edge of the SPI clock
SPI1_CLK_POLARITY_INVERSE In both master and slave modes SERO 0x1
changes on the rising edge of the SPI
clock. The SERI is sampled in slave
mode just after and in master mode at
the falling edge of the SPI clock
SPI1_MODE_SELECT SPI1_MODE_SELECT_MANUAL Master transfers using the SPI 0x0*
interface do not automatically continue
SPI1_MODE_SELECT_AUTO Automatically continue master 0x1
transfers using the SPI interface
SPI1_ENABLE SPI1_DISABLE Disable the SPI interface 0x0*
SPI1_ENABLE Enable the SPI interface 0x1

www.onsemi.com
342
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI1_PRESCALE SPI1_PRESCALE_2 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 2 0x0*
SPI1_PRESCALE_4 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 4 0x1
SPI1_PRESCALE_8 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 8 0x2
SPI1_PRESCALE_16 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 16 0x3
SPI1_PRESCALE_32 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 32 0x4
SPI1_PRESCALE_64 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 64 0x5
SPI1_PRESCALE_128 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 128 0x6
SPI1_PRESCALE_256 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 256 0x7
SPI1_PRESCALE_512 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 512 0x8
SPI1_PRESCALE_1024 Prescale the SPI interface clock by 0x9
1024

11.7.4.7 SPI1_CTRL1

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 SPI1_START_BUSY Start an SPI data transfer and indicate if a transfer is in progress
7:6 SPI1_RW_CMD Issue a read command or write command to the SPI interface
5 SPI1_CS Set the chip-select line for SPI (master mode), read the chip-select line for SPI
(slave mode)
4:0 SPI1_WORD_SIZE Select the word size used by the SPI interface (word size = SPI1_WORD_SIZE
+ 1)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI1_START_BUSY SPI1_IDLE Stop a transfer or indicate that the SPI 0x0*
interface is idle
SPI1_START Start a transfer on the SPI interface 0x1
(master mode only)
SPI1_BUSY Indicate that the SPI interface is 0x1
currently transferring data
SPI1_RW_CMD SPI1_NOP No operation 0x0*
SPI1_WRITE_DATA Write data using the SPI interface 0x1
SPI1_READ_DATA Read data using the SPI interface 0x2
SPI1_RW_DATA Read and write data using the SPI 0x3
interface
SPI1_CS SPI1_CS_0 Set the SPI CS signal low 0x0
SPI1_CS_1 Set the SPI CS signal high 0x1*
SPI1_WORD_SIZE SPI1_WORD_SIZE_1 SPI transfers use 1-bit words 0x0*
SPI1_WORD_SIZE_8 SPI transfers use 8-bit words 0x7
SPI1_WORD_SIZE_16 SPI transfers use 16-bit words 0xF
SPI1_WORD_SIZE_24 SPI transfers use 24-bit words 0x17
SPI1_WORD_SIZE_32 SPI transfers use 32-bit words 0x1F

www.onsemi.com
343
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.7.4.8 SPI1_TX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SPI1_TX_DATA Single word buffer for data to be transmitted over the SPI interface

11.7.4.9 SPI1_RX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SPI1_RX_DATA Single word buffer for data that has been received over the SPI interface

11.7.4.10 SPI1_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 SPI1_TRANSMIT_STATUS Indicate that the transmission of the data is completed
2 SPI1_RECEIVE_STATUS Indicate that a new data has been received
1 SPI1_OVERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving data on the SPI interface
0 SPI1_UNDERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an underrun has occurred when transmitting data on the SPI
interface

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SPI1_TRANSMIT_STATUS SPI1_TRANSMIT_FALSE SPI data transmit flag not set 0x0*
SPI1_TRANSMIT_TRUE SPI transmit data sent 0x1
SPI1_TRANSMIT_CLEAR Clear the SPI transmit status bit 0x1
SPI1_RECEIVE_STATUS SPI1_RECEIVE_FALSE SPI data receive flag not set 0x0*
SPI1_RECEIVE_TRUE SPI data received 0x1
SPI1_RECEIVE_CLEAR Clear the SPI receive status bit 0x1
SPI1_OVERRUN_STATUS SPI1_OVERRUN_FALSE No SPI input overrun detected 0x0*
SPI1_OVERRUN_TRUE SPI input overrun detected 0x1
SPI1_OVERRUN_CLEAR Clear the SPI overrun bit 0x1
SPI1_UNDERRUN_STATUS SPI1_UNDERRUN_FALSE No SPI input underrun detected 0x0*
SPI1_UNDERRUN_TRUE SPI input underrun detected 0x1
SPI1_UNDERRUN_CLEAR Clear the SPI underrun bit 0x1

11.8 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER (UART) INTERFACES

The general-purpose Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter (UART) interface provides support for
communicating with devices supporting the standard UART transmission protocol.

The UART interface is multiplexed onto the DIO pads, which can be configured as the UART interface’s receiver
and transmitter signals, with the necessary physical pad configuration (pull-up/pull-down resistor and low pass filtering
configuration for the Rx signal, drive strength configuration for the Tx signal). For more information about configuring
the multiplexed DIO functionality, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259.

www.onsemi.com
344
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The UART interface can be enabled or disabled using the UART_CFG_ENABLE bit in the appropriate UART_CFG
register. When disabled, the UART interface will immediately terminate any ongoing transfer, and setting the UART
transmit line high and ignoring any partially received receive data.

The UART interface operates in full-duplex mode using a standard data format of 1 start bit, 8 data bits and 1 stop
bit. All data bytes being sent or received are interpreted as starting with the LSB. Figure 33 shows the waveform for a
UART transmit or receive transaction.

'DWD%LWV

6WDUW%LW /6% 06% 6WRS%LW

Figure 33. UART Transaction Waveform

Data to be transmitted is written to the UART_TX_DATA register. Data that has been received over the UART
interface is stored in the UART_RX_DATA register. The UART_TX_DATA and UART_RX_DATA registers are only
accessible after the interface has been enabled via the UART_CFG register.

NOTE: When the UART interface is disabled using the UART_CFG_ENABLE bit, data transmissions that
are in progress complete before the interface shuts down.

The baud rates (specified in bits per second) for the UART interfaces are defined in terms of the UARTCLK
frequency and several configuration parameters, as seen in the following equation for baud rate calculation:

 UART_CFG_PRESCALE  UARTCLK 
baud rate = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18
-
 2   1 + 11  UART_CFG_PRESCALE_ENABLE  

The CLK_DIV_CFG1_UARTCLK_PRESCALE bit field from the CLK_DIV_CFG1 register is used to prescale the
SYSCLK frequency to a reasonable frequency for UARTCLK. The UART_CFG_PRESCALE_ENABLE bit from the
UART_CFG registers can be used as a coarse divide-by-12 clock prescaler for further reducing the frequency of
UARTCLK to the appropriate range for the desired baud rate. The UART_CFG_PRESCALE bit field from UART_CFG
provides the necessary fine adjustments to match an exact baud rate. The configuration supports baud rates up to 1/4 of
the UARTCLK frequency. For more information about the clock divisor configuration, see Section 6.3.8, “Interface
Clocks” on page 83.

IMPORTANT: For proper functionality, UART interfaces require both sides of a connection to have an absolute
clock accuracy error of less than 2.5%. To allow for clock jitter, we recommend that all UART communications
use a clock with a maximum of 2% error versus the expected target frequency.

Data transfers using the UART interfaces can be controlled directly by the Arm Cortex-M3 processor or indirectly
using the DMA. Controller selection for the UART interface is configured using the DMA_ENABLE bit in the UART_CFG
registers.

www.onsemi.com
345
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.8.1 UART Interrupts

The UART interface uses three associated interrupts that separately control transmission and reception of UART
data and handling of UART transmission errors. Section 14.1, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)” on
page 400 for information regarding interrupt configuration and handling.

If a user application is transmitting data from the UART interface, the UART_TX interrupt signals that transmission
of the data value in the UART_TX_DATA register has started, and that the application can now load the next byte to be
transmitted.

If a user application is receiving data from the UART interface, the UART_RX interrupt signals that a data byte has
been successfully received and has been written to the UART_RX_DATA register.

In both Interrupt Mode and DMA Mode, the UART_ERROR interrupt is raised when an RX buffer overrun occurs.
When this happens, the UART_RX_OVERRUN_STATUS bit from the UART_STATUS register is set.

11.8.2 UART Interface Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

UART_CFG UART Configuration Register 0x40000C00
UART_TX_DATA UART Transmit Data Register 0x40000C04
UART_RX_DATA UART Receive Data Register 0x40000C08
UART_STATUS UART Status Register 0x40000C0C

11.8.2.1 UART_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:8 PRESCALE Prescaling multiplier in baud rate calculation
4 PRESCALE_ENABLE Enable/disable a fixed prescaler by 12
1 DMA_ENABLE DMA mode enable
0 ENABLE Enable/disable the UART interface

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PRESCALE_ENABLE UART_PRESCALE_DISABLE Disable prescaling division by 12 0x0*
UART_PRESCALE_ENABLE Enable prescaling division by 12 0x1
DMA_ENABLE UART_DMA_MODE_DISABLE Disable the DMA mode 0x0*
UART_DMA_MODE_ENABLE Enable the DMA mode 0x1
ENABLE UART_DISABLE Disable the UART interface 0x0*
UART_ENABLE Enable the UART interface 0x1

11.8.2.2 UART_TX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 UART_TX_DATA UART Transmit data

www.onsemi.com
346
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11.8.2.3 UART_RX_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 UART_RX_DATA UART Received data

11.8.2.4 UART_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 UART_RX_OVERRUN_STATUS Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving data on the UART
interface

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

UART_RX_OVERRUN_STATUS UART_RX_OVERRUN_FALSE No UART Rx overrun detected 0x0*
UART_RX_OVERRUN_TRUE UART Rx overrun detected 0x1
UART_RX_OVERRUN_CLEAR Clear the Rx overrun status bit 0x1

11.9 SUPPORT INTERFACES

The RSL10 SoC includes several internal connections that link the RF front-end (see Chapter 8, “RF Front-End”
on page 132) and the Bluetooth low energy technology baseband hardware (see Chapter 9, “Bluetooth Low Energy
Baseband” on page 202). This includes:

• An internal SPI interface bus for control and configuration of the RF front-end
• RF front-end GPIO signals
• Bluetooth low energy technology baseband Tx, Rx, and synchronization control signals
• Bluetooth low energy technology baseband Tx, and Rx data signals

All signals from these support interfaces are accessible through the DIOs for debug and testing purposes. DIO
outputs can be configured to provide the signals from the support interfaces using the DIO_CFG registers. DIO inputs
can be configured to provide alternate sources for support interface inputs using the BB_*_SRC and RF_*_SRC
registers.

If your are using DIO[12:15], in addition to configuring the DIOs in the DIO_CFG_* register, disable the JTAG
bit-banding signals in the JTAG configuration register DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG as follows:

• Set the CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN_ALIAS bit field to CM3_JTAG_DATA_DISABLED_BITBAND.

• Set the CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN_ALIAS bit field to CM3_JTAG_TRST_DISABLED_BITBAND.

For more information on DIO configuration, see Chapter 10, “Digital Input/Output” on page 259. Figure 34 shows
how these interfaces (and their DIO connections) are connected internally on the RSL10 SoC, and Table 27 provides a
description of these connections.

www.onsemi.com
347
 DIO[0:15] input mux

RF front-end Baseband controller

RF_SPI_CLK
spi_sclk
BB_SPI_CLK
radio_out[45]

RF_SPI_CSN
spi_cs_n
BB_SPI_CSN
radio_out[46]

RF_SPI_MOSI
spi_mosi
BB_SPI_MOSI
radio_out[47]

BB_SPI_MISO
radio_in[47]
RF_SPI_MISO
spi_miso

GPIO[9:5] RF_GPIO[9:5]

GPIO4 RF_GPIO4 BB_TX_DATA_VALID

radio_out[3]

348
GPIO3 RF_GPIO3 BB_TX_DATA
radio_out[0]
onsemi

GPIO2 RF_GPIO2 BB_SYNC_P

www.onsemi.com
radio_out[16]

BB_RX_CLK
radio_in[3]
GPIO1 RF_GPIO1
RSL10 Hardware Reference

BB_RX_DATA

Figure 34. Interface between the Baseband Controller and the RF Front-End
radio_in[0]
GPIO0 RF_GPIO0
BB_DBG0
ble_dbg0[7:0]

DIO[0:15] output mux

 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 27. Interface Signals Between the Baseband Controller and the RF Front-End

Baseband Signal RF Front-end Signal Source Description

BB_SPI_MISO RF_SPI_MISO RF Front-end SPI data slave to master
BB_SPI_MOSI RF_SPI_MOSI Baseband SPI data master to slave
BB_SPI_CLK RF_SPI_CLK Baseband SPI data clock
BB_SPI_CSN RF_SPI_CSN Baseband SPI slave device select
BB_RX_DATA RF_GPIO0 RF Front-end Rx data
BB_RX_CLK RF_GPIO1 RF Front-end Rx data clock
BB_TX_DATA RF_GPIO3 Baseband Tx data
BB_TX_DATA_VALID RF_GPIO4 Baseband Tx data valid indicator
BB_SYNC_P RF_GPIO2 Baseband Access address detection

When the RF front-end is isolated or powered down, signals provided by the RF front-end are forced to zero. When
the baseband controller is disabled, all signals provided by the Bluetooth baseband except SPI_CSN are forced to zero
(SPI_CSN is forced to one).

NOTE: Disabling or removing the clock source from the RF front-end or the baseband controller will
stop, and potentially corrupt, any ongoing SPI transaction. As a result, care should be taken to
disable the RF front-end and baseband controller only when the baseband-RF front-end interface
is idle, as indicated by the BBIF_SYNC_CFG_RF_ACTIVE bit from the BBIF_SYNC_CFG register.

The RF front-end supports five additional GPIOs that are not connected between the baseband controller and the
RF front-end.

All ten of the RF front-end GPIOs can be used to monitor or route internal signals from the RF front-end, and their
use is defined by the RF_REG*_PAD_CONF_*_PAD_*_CONF bit-fields from the RF_REG03, RF_REG04 registers. Using
the RF front-end GPIOs in their non-default configurations (i.e., using a setting other than the specified
PAD_CONF_*_PAD_*_CONF_DEFAULT bit-setting) is not recommended in any user applications.

www.onsemi.com
349
 CHAPTER 12

12.Peripherals
12.1 CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) GENERATOR

The peripherals to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor include a CRC generator that provides support for two standard
cyclic redundancy check (CRC) algorithms (CRC-CCITT and CRC-32, defined by the IEEE 802.3 Ethernet standard).
The calculated outputs from this generator can be employed by a user application to ensure data integrity of
communications and non-volatile memory information. They do this by guaranteeing that all single-bit errors, two-bit
errors, burst errors (i.e., multiple bit errors in a row), and any error containing an odd number of bits can be detected.

NOTE: The integrity of Bluetooth communications is already protected by a 24-bit CRC. The integrity of
individual pairs of flash memory words are protected by the flash’s integrated error correction
code.

The CRC generator can be configured to select the CRC-CCITT algorithm, by clearing the CRC_CTRL_CRC_TYPE
bit from the CRC_CTRL register to the CRC_CCITT bit setting. The parameters associated with the CRC-CCITT
algorithm implementation are provided in Table 28.

Table 28. CRC-CCITT Algorithm Parameters

CRC Parameter Parameter Value

Order 16
Polynomial x16 + x12 + x5 + 1
Polynomial (hex) 0x1021
Initial Value (hex) 0xFFFF
Final XOR Value (hex) 0x0000

No data manipulation is required for the output CRC generated for the standard CRC-CCITT algorithm (i.e., no
data byte reversal, reversal of the final result or other finalization).

The CRC generator can be configured to select the CRC-32 algorithm, by setting the CRC_CTRL_CRC_TYPE bit
from the CRC_CTRL register to the CRC_32 bit setting. The parameters associated with the CRC-32 algorithm
implementation are provided in Table 29.

Table 29. CRC-32 Algorithm Parameters

CRC Parameter Parameter Value

Order 32
Polynomial x32 + x26 + x23 + x22 + x16 + x12 + x11 + x10 + x8 + x7 + x5 + x4 + x2 + x + 1
Polynomial (hex) 0x4C11DB7
Initial Value (hex) 0xFFFFFFFF
Final XOR Value (hex) 0xFFFFFFFF

The output CRC generated for the standard CRC-32 algorithm requires data byte reversal and reversal of the final
result.

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s CRC generator supports non-standard variants of the CRC-CCITT and CRC-32
standard implementation.

www.onsemi.com
350
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• To use non-standard CRC ordering of data within each data byte, set the CRC_CTRL_BIT_ORDER bit from the
CRC_CTRL register.
• To use non-standard CRC ordering of the final result, set the CRC_CTRL_FINAL_CRC_REVERSE bit from the
CRC_CTRL register.
• To use non-standard CRC XOR of the final result, set the CRC_CTRL_FINAL_CRC_XOR bit from the
CRC_CTRL register. If configured for a non-standard XOR, this uses a final XOR value of 0xFFFF for
CRC-CCITT and 0x00000000 for CRC-32.

To use the CRC generator:

1. Write an initial value of 0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF to the CRC_VALUE register.

2. Write to the CRC input registers any data that must be included in the final CRC read from the generator; 1-bit,
8-bit, 16-bit, 24-bit and 32-bit data values are supported. Input data to the CRC generator can be interpreted as
either little-endian or big-endian data by selecting the appropriate endian byte ordering, using the
CRC_CTRL_BYTE_ORDER bit from the CRC_CTRL register.
3. At any time, you can read the CRC_FINAL register to obtain the CRC for the data that has been added using the
CRC input registers since the last time the CRC_VALUE register was initialized.

12.1.1 CRC Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

CRC_CTRL CRC Generator Control 0x40000F00
CRC_VALUE CRC Generator Current Value 0x40000F04
CRC_ADD_1 CRC Generator - Add 1 Bit 0x40000F08
CRC_ADD_8 CRC Generator - Add 1 Byte 0x40000F0C
CRC_ADD_16 CRC Generator - Add 1 Half-word 0x40000F10
CRC_ADD_24 CRC Generator - Add 3 Bytes 0x40000F14
CRC_ADD_32 CRC Generator - Add 1 Word 0x40000F18
CRC_FINAL CRC Generator Final Value 0x40000F1C

12.1.1.1 CRC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 FINAL_CRC_XOR Selects the final CRC XOR mode
3 FINAL_CRC_REVERSE Selects the final CRC reversal mode
2 BIT_ORDER Selects the bit order for bytes added to the CRC
1 CRC_TYPE Selects the CRC type
0 BYTE_ORDER Selects the endianness for bytes added to the CRC

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FINAL_CRC_XOR CRC_FINAL_XOR_STANDARD Final CRC XOR is done according to 0x0*
the standard (CRC-CCITT: no XOR;
CRC-32: XOR with 0xFFFFFFFF)
CRC_FINAL_XOR_NON_STANDARD Final CRC XOR is done in opposite of 0x1
the standard

www.onsemi.com
351
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

FINAL_CRC_REVERSE CRC_FINAL_REVERSE_STANDARD Final CRC reversal is done according 0x0*
to the standard (CRC-CCITT: normal;
CRC-32 reversed)
CRC_FINAL_REVERSE_NON_STANDARD Final CRC reversal is done in opposite 0x1
of the standard
BIT_ORDER CRC_BIT_ORDER_STANDARD Bit order is as defined by the standard 0x0*
(CRC-CCITT: normal; CRC-32
reversed)
CRC_BIT_ORDER_NON_STANDARD Bit order is opposite of the standard 0x1
CRC_TYPE CRC_CCITT CRC-CCITT algorithm selected 0x0*
CRC_32 CRC-32 (IEEE 802.3) algorithm 0x1
selected
BYTE_ORDER CRC_BIG_ENDIAN Bytes are added to the CRC in 0x0*
big-endian order
CRC_LITTLE_ENDIAN Bytes are added to the CRC in 0x1
little-endian order

12.1.1.2 CRC_VALUE

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CURRENT_CRC CRC generator value: Write 0xFFFFFFF (32) or 0xFFFF (CCITT) to initialize the
CRC, read provides the current CRC value.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

CURRENT_CRC CRC_CCITT_INIT_VALUE Initial value for the CRC CCITT 0xFFFF*
calculation
CRC_32_INIT_VALUE Initial value for the CRC 32 calculation 0xFFFFFFF
F

12.1.1.3 CRC_ADD_1

Bit Field Field Name Description

0 CRC_ADD_1_BIT Add 1 bit to the CRC calculation

12.1.1.4 CRC_ADD_8

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:0 CRC_ADD_8 Add 1 byte (8 bits) to the CRC calculation

12.1.1.5 CRC_ADD_16

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 CRC_ADD_16 Add 1 half-word (16 bits) to the CRC calculation

www.onsemi.com
352
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

12.1.1.6 CRC_ADD_24

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:0 CRC_ADD_24_BITS Add 3 bytes (24 bits) to the CRC calculation

12.1.1.7 CRC_ADD_32

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CRC_ADD_32 Add 1 word (32 bits) to the CRC calculation

12.1.1.8 CRC_FINAL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 FINAL_CRC CRC generator final value: After XOR for CCITT or byte reversal for CRC-32

12.2 DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS (DMA) CONTROLLER

12.2.1 Introduction

The direct memory access (DMA) controller module allows background transfers between peripherals and memory
without core intervention. This allows the system core to be used for other computational needs while allowing
high-speed sustained transfers to and from the peripherals. The DMA is connected to the Arm Cortex-M3 core, the
processor’s peripherals and interfaces, and the processor’s data memory via four independent channels, as shown in
Figure 35.

DMA
DMA Enabled
Enabled
DMA Enabled
Peripheral DMA Requests DMA Interrupts NVIC
Peripheral
Peripherals DMA

Peripheral Register
Access
DMA Data
Transfers
Peripheral
Registers
Peripheral Bus
(Memory Mapped
Registers) ARM
Memory
Cortex-
Arbiter
M3 Core
RAM Memory
(DRAM)

Figure 35. DMA Overview

12.2.2 DMA Channel Configuration

The DMA has eight independently configurable channels. To enable or disable a DMA channel, configure the
DMA_CTRL0_ENABLE bit from the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register. If the DMA channel is in the midst of an operation

www.onsemi.com
353
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

when it is disabled, the operation is aborted. All pending bus requests are subsequently aborted when the channel is
disabled.

Other DMA channel configurations include:

Source Address Configuration

The DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR registers define the base address for source data for a DMA channel;
the base address must be word aligned.

The DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR registers contain calculated values that indicate the address where
the next word will be read from for a DMA channel. This pointer is updated with each word
transferred, using the base source address, current transfer count of how many words have been
read from the DMA channel’s source (provided as DMA_WORD_CNT), and other source address
configurations. Since the base source address is not modified during a transfer, the increment
setting only affects the calculation of the next address.

NOTE: When the DMA channel is disabled, the next address is always the base
address.

Each transfer can be configured to use a static location for the source data, or to increment the
source data pointer after every word transferred. Configure this mode using the
DMA_CTRL0_SRC_ADDR_INC bit from the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register. Transfers that use a
peripheral as the source typically have source incrementing disabled. Conversely, transfers that
use memory as the source typically have source incrementing enabled.

If the address is incremented, the increment can be configured to be positive or negative, and to
use a step size of between one and four 32-bit words, by setting the SRC_ADDR_STEP_MODE bit
and the SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE bit field from the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register.

Destination Address Configuration

The DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR registers define the base address for destination data for a DMA
channel; the base address must be word aligned.

The DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR registers contain calculated values that indicate the address where
the next word will be written for a DMA channel. This pointer is updated with each word
transferred, using the base destination address, current transfer count of how many words have
been read from the DMA channel’s source (provided as DMA_WORD_CNT), and other destination
address configurations. Since the base destination address is not modified during a transfer, the
increment setting only affects the calculation of the next address.

NOTE: When the DMA channel is disabled, the next address is always the base
address.

Each transfer can be configured to use a static location for the destination data, or to increment
the destination data pointer after every word transferred. Configure this mode using the
DMA_CTRL0_DEST_ADDR_INC bit from the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register. Transfers that use
a peripheral as the destination typically have destination incrementing disabled. Conversely,
transfers that use memory as the destination typically have destination incrementing enabled.

If the address is incremented, the increment can be configured to be positive or negative, and to
use a step size of between one and four 32-bit words, by setting the

www.onsemi.com
354
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

DMA_CTRL0_DEST_ADDR_STEP_MODE bit and the DMA_CTRL0_DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE bit

field from the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register.

Source and Destination Data

The source data and destination data can be configured to be interpreted as packed into a variety
of different word sizes and endian ordering. For more information, see Section 12.2.3, “Word
Size, Data Packing and Transfer Length” on page 356.

Transfer Length and Intermediate Transfer Counter Configuration

The DMA channels support variable transfer lengths up to 216 packed words (32 bits per word).
The length of a transfer can be set using the DMA_CTRL1_TRANSFER_LENGTH bit field from the
appropriate DMA_CTRL1 register, where a setting of 0 indicates a 216-word transfer.

The transfer can also be configured to indicate when a portion of the transfer has been
completed, by setting the DMA_CTRL1_COUNTER_INT_VALUE bit field from the appropriate
DMA_CTRL1 register. This counter value can be set for any portion of the transfer length, from
one word, to one word less than the overall transfer length. The counter interrupt is never
triggered if the counter interrupt value is set to 0, to the transfer length, or to any value that
exceeds the transfer length.

Each transfer can be configured to run once (linear mode) and complete, or to run repeatedly
(circular mode), producing a circular buffer. When operating in circular mode, the DMA
channel’s transfer repeats until explicitly stopped by the user application. Configure this mode
using the DMA_CTRL0_ADDR_MODE bit from the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register.

For more information about transfer length, see Section 12.2.3.3, “Transfer Length” on
page 359. For more information about interrupts indicating the transfer length and counter
configuration, see Section 12.2.5, “DMA Interrupt Configuration” on page 363.

Transfer Types and Peripherals Used

Each transfer is defined as one of peripheral-to-memory, memory-to-peripheral,
memory-to-memory, or peripheral-to-peripheral. The transfer mode used for a DMA channel is
selected using the DMA_CTRL0_TRANSFER_TYPE bit field from its DMA_CTRL0 register.

For transfer types that use a source peripheral, select the desired source peripheral using the
DMA_CTRL0_SRC_SELECT bit field from the DMA channel’s DMA_CTRL0 register.

For transfer types that use a destination peripheral, select the desired destination peripheral
using the DMA_CTRL0_DEST_SELECT bit field from the DMA channel’s DMA_CTRL0 register.

For more information about transfer type behavior and the peripherals that can be used as
sources and destinations for DMA transfers, see Section 12.2.4, “DMA Transfer Types” on
page 359.

Interrupt Configuration
The interrupts used to coordinate with, and control, a DMA transfer can be defined using the
DMA_CTRL0_*_INT_ENABLE bits from the DMA channel’s DMA_CTRL0 register. For more
information, see Section 12.2.5, “DMA Interrupt Configuration” on page 363.

www.onsemi.com
355
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Transfer Priority
The relative priority of this DMA channel’s transfer. For more information, see Section 12.2.6,
“Channel Priority”.

IMPORTANT: The DMA uses the current counter value to calculate the next source address and next
destination address. The base source address and base destination address are not changed. The starting length
is not changed either. Only the counter value is modified during a transfer. This allows the DMA configuration
to be reused (either explicitly through firmware or in circular mode) without rewriting the configuration register
for multiple transfers.

The DMA controller contains a set of summary status registers (DMA_STATUS) indicating the completion status of
each DMA channel (idle or complete), and each channel’s interrupt status. The firmware can use this to quickly assess
the status of a DMA channel.

12.2.3 Word Size, Data Packing and Transfer Length

12.2.3.1 Word Size

Each DMA channel can have different word sizes set for the source and destination, as shown in Table 30. The
word sizes can be configured as 4-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit. The native memory word size is 32-bit; however, the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor supports byte addresses. Therefore, smaller word sizes can be used to optimize memory
utilization when retrieving or storing data.

Table 30. DMA Word Sizes

Encoded Word Size Word Size

0x3 4 bits
0x0 8 bits
0x1 16 bits
0x2 32 bits

To set the source word size used, write the correct encoding to the DMA_CTRL0_DEST_SRC_WORD_SIZE bit-field in
the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register. To set the destination word size used, write the correct encoding to the
DMA_CTRL0_DEST_DEST_WORD_SIZE bit-field in the appropriate DMA_CTRL0 register.

12.2.3.2 Data Packing

Packing and unpacking help to reduce bus utilization. These operations are performed automatically by the DMA
controller when the source and destination have different word sizes. Specifically:

• When the source word size is smaller than the destination word size, packing is used to consolidate data from
multiple source word transfers.
• When the destination word size is smaller than the source word size, unpacking is used to split data into
multiple destination word transfers.

For example, when reading 8-bit bytes from the I2C interface and storing them to data memory, four 8-bit data
words from the I2C interface are packed before they are written to memory. In this example, it is most efficient to make
the destination word size 32 bits to minimize bus utilization and maximize memory use efficiency.

When both the source and destination have the same word size, no packing or unpacking of data is performed.

www.onsemi.com
356
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: When reading from or writing to memory, the DMA might utilize only a portion of the memory
data if the selected word sizes differ.

The packing and unpacking behavior is illustrated in Figure 36. The figure provides a mapping of how data is
transferred between source and destination for:

• All source and destination word size combinations

• Both big and little endian transfers

www.onsemi.com
357
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Wordsize SourceData DestinationData

SRC DEST BigEndian LittleEndian
32 32 HGF EDCBAs HGF EDCBAd HGF EDCBAd

32 16 HGF EDCBAs XXXXHGF Ed XXXXDCBAd

X X X X D C B A d+p X X X X H G F E d+p

32 8 HGF EDCBAs X X X X X X H Gd X X X X X X B Ad
X X X X X X F E d+p X X X X X X D C d+p
X X X X X X D C d+2p X X X X X X F E d+2p
X X X X X X B A d+3p X X X X X X H G d+3p

32 4 HGF EDCBAs X X X X X X X Hd X X X X X X X Ad
X X X X X X X G d+p X X X X X X X B d+p
X X X X X X X F d+2p X X X X X X X C d+2p
X X X X X X X E d+3p X X X X X X X D d+3p
X X X X X X X D d+4p X X X X X X X E d+4p
X X X X X X X C d+5p X X X X X X X F d+5p
X X X X X X X B d+6p X X X X X X X G d+6p
X X X X X X X A d+7p X X X X X X X H d+7p

16 32 XXXXDCBAs
X X X X H G F E s+p DCBAHGF Ed HGF EDCBAd

16 16 XXXXDCBAs XXXXDCBAd XXXXDCBAd

16 8 XXXXDCBAs XXXXXXDCd XXXXXXBAd

X X X X X X B A d+p X X X X X X D C d+p

16 4 XXXXDCBAs X X X X X X X Dd X X X X X X X Ad
X X X X X X X C d+p X X X X X X X B d+p
X X X X X X X B d+2p X X X X X X X C d+2p
X X X X X X X A d+3p X X X X X X X D d+3p

8 32 X X X X X X B As
X X X X X X D C s+p
X X X X X X F E s+2p
X X X X X X H G s+3p BADC F E HGd HGF EDCBAd

8 16 XXXXXXBAs
X X X X X X D C s+p XXXXBADCd XXXXDCBAd

8 8 XXXXXXBAs XXXXXXBAd XXXXXXBAd

8 4 XXXXXXBAs XXXXXXXBd XXXXXXXAd

X X X X X X X A d+p X X X X X X X B d+p

4 32 X X X X X X X As
X X X X X X X B s+p
X X X X X X X C s+2p
X X X X X X X D s+3p
X X X X X X X E s+4p
X X X X X X X F s+5p
X X X X X X X G s+6p
X X X X X X X H s+7p AB CD E F GHd HGF EDCBAd

4 16 X X X X X X X As
X X X X X X X B s+p
X X X X X X X C s+2p
X X X X X X X D s+3p X X X XAB CDd XXXXDCBAd

4 8 XXXXXXXAs
X X X X X X X B s+p XXXXXXABd XXXXXXBAd

4 4 XXXXXXXAs XXXXXXXAd XXXXXXXAd

Notes: Wordsareshownwithbit31ontheleft,bit0ontheright
s=sourceaddress,d=destinationaddress
p=step_sizeif DMA_CH*_CTRL0_ADDR_STEP_MODE=0
p=Ͳstep_sizeif DMA_CH*_CTRL0_ADD R_STEP_MODE=1

Figure 36. DMA Packing and Unpacking

www.onsemi.com
358
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

For memory-to-peripheral transfers, the counter in the DMA channel always operates on the peripheral’s word size.
For peripheral-to-memory, peripheral-to-peripheral and memory-to-memory transfers, the counter in the DMA channel
always operates on the source’s word size. The next address for reading or writing can be determined from:

• The configured word size

• The current counter
• The step size and direction
• The base address

This can result in an actual read or write if no previously loaded data is available, or use of the temporary register if
sufficient data has already been loaded.

When data is stored to memory, it is always right aligned. When the destination word size is larger than the source
word size, the data is stored starting from the LSB. The upper bits are always written as zero (padded mode). If the
configured destination word size is smaller than the configured source word size for a transfer to memory, the data is
aligned at the LSB and truncated (truncate mode).

In packing or unpacking data, the endianness of the data is important because the order in which data bytes are
extracted from a word is different between little and big endian. The DMA supports processing both little endian and
big endian data, through the DMA_CTRL0_BYTE_ORDER bit from the DMA_CTRL0 registers.

IMPORTANT: To provide a nibble ordering that is consistent with the byte endianness, the ordering of nibbles
must match the byte ordering. This ensures that transfers which use data packing of 4-bit words—for either the
source or destination—order data consistently.

NOTE: When packing data into memory for a transfer length that is not a multiple of the destination
word size, the final data memory word is automatically zero padded, before being written to data
memory at the end of the transfer.

12.2.3.3 Transfer Length

The transfer length and DMA counter depend on the transfer type, source word size, and destination word size.

• For Peripheral-to-Memory, Peripheral-to-Peripheral and Memory-to-Memory transfers, the transfer length

equals the number of words of the specified word size at the source.
• For Memory-to-Peripheral transfers, the transfer length equals the number of words of the specified word size
at the destination.

12.2.4 DMA Transfer Types

The DMA supports several types of data transfers between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s memory and the
interfaces and peripherals connected to the peripheral bus, including:

• Memory-to-Memory transfers
• Memory-to-Peripheral transfers
• Peripheral-to-Memory transfers
• Peripheral-to-Peripheral transfers

The interfaces and peripherals mapped onto the peripheral bus that are valid sources of data for a DMA data
transfer are listed in Table 31.

www.onsemi.com
359
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 31. Valid Sources of DMA Data

Source Encoded Bits

I2 C 0x0
SPI 0 0x1
SPI 1 0x2
PCM 0x3
UART 0x4
ASRC 0x5
PBUS 0x6
DMIC 0x7

Each source interface or peripheral, when configured for DMA operation, asserts its DMA request signal when data
can be read from the interface. This signal is cleared automatically when a data value is read from the interface using
the peripheral bus.

The interfaces and peripherals mapped onto the peripheral bus that are valid destinations for data from a DMA data
transfer are listed in Table 32.

Table 32. Valid Destinations of DMA Data

Destination Encoded Bits

I2 C 0x0
SPI 0 0x1
SPI 1 0x2
PCM 0x3
UART 0x4
ASRC 0x5
PBUS 0x6
OD 0x7

Each destination interface or peripheral, when configured for DMA operation, asserts its DMA request signal when
data can be written to the peripheral bus. This signal is cleared automatically when a data value is written to that
interface using the peripheral bus.

The peripheral bus (PBUS) option can be used as an uncontrolled DMA source or destination for transfers. This
can be used to source or sink data from any register mapped onto the peripheral bus. When configured for this mode, the
PBUS is configured as a peripheral that immediately accepts all DMA requests to the peripheral. An example use case
for this configuration includes using the DMA to load a sequence of data into the CRC generator (see Section 12.1,
“Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator” on page 350).

CAUTION: When the DMA interface is used to control transfers that use an interface or peripheral, all accesses to that
interface or peripheral’s data registers using the peripheral bus clears the DMA request signals. If a DMA request signal
is cleared due to an Arm Cortex-M3 processor access, the underlying DMA transfer becomes corrupted.

www.onsemi.com
360
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

IMPORTANT: Due to the structure of the SPI interfaces, when a user application initializes a transmit transfer
using an SPI interface controlled by a DMA channel, the user application must preload the SPI interface’s
transmit data register (SPI*_TX_DATA) with the first data word of the transfer. For more information about the
SPI interfaces, see Section 11.7, “Serial Peripheral Interfaces (SPI)” on page 335.

NOTE: To ease understanding, throughout the remainder of this section, all interfaces and peripherals
used in DMA transfers are called peripherals due to their memory-mapping onto the peripheral
bus.

12.2.4.1 Memory-to-Memory (MM)

The DMA memory-to-memory mode is used to transfer data from one location in the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s
data memory to another location in the same memory. This relieves the processor from using cycles for a simple copy
operation. The operation sequence is as follows (assuming 32-bit operation):

1. The DMA requests access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory via the Arm Cortex-M3
processor’s data memory arbiter.
2. The DMA is granted access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
3. The DMA reads the word at the next source address and stores the word in a temporary register.
4. The DMA releases the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
5. The DMA requests access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory via the Arm Cortex-M3
processor’s data memory arbiter.
6. The DMA is granted access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
7. The DMA writes the word at the next destination address.
8. The DMA releases the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
9. The DMA channel’s counter is incremented.
10. If the transfer length is not reached, the DMA waits one cycle before starting the next transfer. If the transfer
length is reached and the DMA is in linear mode, the DMA channel switches to the complete state. Circular
mode is not applicable to Memory-to-Memory transfers.
11. Any DMA interrupts that are triggered by this transfer are generated.

IMPORTANT: The maximum transfer rate for memory-to-memory transfers is one transfer every two
SYSCLK cycles.

12.2.4.2 Memory-to-Peripheral
The DMA memory-to-peripheral mode is used to transfer data from the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory
to a peripheral on the peripheral bus. If the peripheral is configured to operate in DMA mode, the operation sequence is
as follows (assuming 32-bit operation):

1. The DMA channel receives a DMA request from the peripheral.

2. The DMA requests access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory via the Arm Cortex-M3
processor’s data memory arbiter.
3. The DMA is granted access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
4. The DMA reads the word at the next source address, storing it to a temporary register.
5. The DMA releases the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
6. Through the peripheral bus bridge, the DMA requests access to the peripheral bus.
7. The DMA is granted access to the peripheral bus.
8. The DMA writes the word at the next destination address.
9. The DMA channel acknowledges the peripheral DMA request (implied by the previous write operation).
10. The DMA releases the peripheral bus.

www.onsemi.com
361
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

11. The DMA channel’s counter is incremented.

12. If the transfer length is not reached, the DMA channel waits for the next peripheral DMA request. If the
transfer length is reached and the DMA is in linear mode, the DMA channel switches to the complete state. If
the DMA is in circular mode, the DMA resets the counter to 0 and remains enabled.
13. Any DMA interrupts that are triggered by this transfer are generated.

12.2.4.3 Peripheral-to-Memory (PM)

The DMA peripheral-to-memory mode is used to transfer data from a peripheral to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s
data memory. If the peripheral is configured to operate in DMA mode, the operation sequence is as follows (assuming
32-bit operation):

1. The peripheral generates a new data word.

2. The peripheral asserts a signal on a DMA request line (indicating that the buffer is full).
3. The DMA channel receives a DMA request from the peripheral.
4. Through the peripheral bus bridge, the DMA requests access to the peripheral bus.
5. The DMA is granted access to the peripheral bus.
6. The DMA reads the word at the next source address and stores the word to a temporary register.
7. The DMA releases the peripheral bus.
8. The DMA channel acknowledges the peripheral DMA request (implied by the previous read operation).
9. The DMA requests access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory via the Arm Cortex-M3
processor’s data memory arbiter.
10. The DMA is granted access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
11. The DMA writes the word at the next destination address.
12. The DMA releases the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s data memory.
13. The DMA channel’s counter is incremented.
14. If the transfer length is not reached, the DMA waits for the next peripheral DMA request. If the transfer length
is reached and the DMA is in linear mode, the DMA channel switches to the complete state. If the DMA is in
circular mode, the DMA resets the counter to 0 and remains enabled.
15. Any DMA interrupts that are triggered by this transfer are generated.

12.2.4.4 Peripheral-to-Peripheral (PP)

The DMA peripheral-to-peripheral mode is used to transfer data from a peripheral to another peripheral. If both
peripherals are configured to operate in DMA mode, the operation sequence is as follows (assuming 32-bit operation):

1. The DMA channel receives a DMA request from both the source and destination peripherals in any order. For
the source peripheral, the following operation is required to generate a request:
a. The source peripheral generates a new data word.
b. The source peripheral asserts a signal on a DMA request line (indicates that the buffer is full).
c. The DMA channel receives a DMA request from the source peripheral.

The destination peripheral generates a request when it can receive an additional data word.

2. Through the peripheral bus bridge, the DMA requests access to the peripheral bus.
3. The DMA is granted access to the peripheral bus.
4. The DMA reads the word at the next source address and stores the word to a temporary register.
5. The DMA releases the peripheral bus.
6. The DMA channel acknowledges the source peripheral DMA request (implied by the previous read operation).
7. Through the peripheral bus bridge, the DMA requests access to the peripheral bus.
8. The DMA is granted access to the peripheral bus.
9. The DMA writes the word at the next destination address.

www.onsemi.com
362
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

10. The DMA channel acknowledges the destination peripheral DMA request (implied by the previous write
operation).
11. The DMA releases the peripheral bus.
12. The DMA channel’s counter is incremented.
13. If the transfer length is not reached, the DMA channel waits for the next peripheral DMA request. If the
transfer length is reached and the DMA is in linear mode, the DMA channel switches to the complete state. If
the DMA is in circular mode, the DMA resets the counter to 0 and remains enabled.
14. Any DMA interrupts triggered by this transfer are generated.

IMPORTANT: To ensure that DMA operations are atomic, the DMA channel operation does not begin until
DMA requests are received from both peripherals.

12.2.5 DMA Interrupt Configuration

The DMA has a separate interrupt for each DMA channel. Each DMA channel can be configured using its
DMA_CTRL0 register to assert an interrupt for several independent conditions:

A transfer has started

Set the DMA_CTRL0_START_INT_ENABLE bit to enable this interrupt. A transfer is considered
started when the first word is read from the DMA channel’s source.

A transfer has reached the counter interrupt value

Set the DMA_CTRL1_COUNTER_INT_VALUE bit field in the channel’s DMA_CTRL1 register to
configure this interrupt, and set the DMA_CTRL0_COUNTER_INT_ENABLE bit to enable it. If the
counter is set to n, the transfer has reached the counter interrupt value when it writes the
memory word to the DMA channel’s destination that contains the nth value read from the DMA
channel’s source.

A transfer is complete
Set the DMA_CTRL0_COMPLETE_INT_ENABLE bit to enable this interrupt. A transfer is
considered complete when the last word is written to the DMA channel’s destination.

An error has occurred

Set the DMA_CTRL0_ERROR_INT_ENABLE bit to enable this interrupt.

The channel is disabled

Set the DMA_CTRL0_DISABLE_INT_ENABLE bit to enable this interrupt.

The DMA channel status register for each channel (DMA_STATUS) indicates which interrupts have triggered using
the DMA_*_INT_STATUS bits. When an interrupt is generated, the application is responsible for reading the status
register for that channel to determine which interrupts have been triggered. For all interrupts, the application’s interrupt
handlers are responsible for clearing the status, and thus clearing the pending interrupt, using the DMA_*_INT_CLEAR.

NOTE: A start interrupt is generated each time a transfer starts (including when a circular transfer
restarts). Similarly, a complete interrupt is generated each time a transfer is completed. A disable
interrupt is triggered whenever the channel is disabled for any reason (including when a linear
transfer is completed).

www.onsemi.com
363
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

When using a circular DMA transfer, the counter interrupt and complete interrupt can be used in tandem to create a
two-page buffer for continuous data transfers. When the first page has transferred, the counter interrupt triggers. When
the second page has transferred, the complete interrupt triggers. In this configuration:

For a memory-to-peripheral transfer

The counter interrupt indicates that data in the first page of the source buffer has transferred, and
can be replaced while the second page is transferred. Similarly, the complete interrupt indicates
that the second page can be replaced while the replacement first page is transferred.

For peripheral-to-memory transfers

The counter interrupt indicates when the first page of the buffer can be processed. The complete
interrupt indicates when the second page of the buffer can be processed.

For debug purposes, the DMA_STATUS registers also include the DMA_STATUS_STATE bit-field which indicates the
DMA channel’s current state. This can be used to investigate why a DMA transfer has stalled if it does not complete, as
it indicates whether the DMA is idle, is waiting on the source or destination, is waiting for a read/write to occur, or is in
another intermediate state.

12.2.6 Channel Priority

Only one transfer using the DMA channels can be actively serviced at a time. To coordinate between DMA
channels, the DMA contains a channel arbiter that is responsible for determining which DMA channel is active. The
relative priority of each channel can be set using the DMA_CTRL0_CHANNEL_PRIORITY bit field from the DMA_CTRL0
registers.

When a DMA channel receives DMA requests from the peripherals it is configured to use, it indicates to the arbiter
that it is ready to transfer one word. Each DMA channel request is handled automatically. Several situations where
multiple requests might be pending are:

• Two or more DMA channels receive a DMA request during the same clock cycle.
• One or more DMA requests come in during the processing of another DMA request.
• A DMA channel is enabled with multiple requests already pending.

When choosing which DMA channel to activate, the DMA arbiter applies the channel’s priority settings as follows:

• When multiple channels are ready, the channel with the highest channel priority setting is activated.
• If more than one channel is ready to be activated and they share the same priority setting, the lowest numbered
channel is activated.

When a single channel is ready, the arbiter grants access and the channel begins to service that request immediately.

IMPORTANT: A lower priority DMA channel might never be served if a higher priority DMA channel is
generating requests too fast. This type of situation must be avoided by application design.

12.2.7 Data Memory Usage by the DMA and ARM Cortex-M3 Processor

The DMA has direct access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor data memory and LPDSP32 data memories. This
access is limited by a system bus arbiter to avoid memory access conflicts between the DMA, the Arm Cortex-M3
processor, and the LPDSP32 DSP.

www.onsemi.com
364
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

When the DMA is granted access to memory, it performs a single operation (read or write) and releases the
processor data memory. This ensures that the DMA never blocks access to data memory from the processor for more
than a single memory operation.

Configuration of the memory arbiter for each memory instance uses the SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG register to
select between prioritizing the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, prioritizing LPDSP32, or selecting one of two round-robin
arbitration schemes:

• If the Arm Cortex-M3 is given priority access to a memory, access to the memory is given to the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor, then to the LPDSP32 DSP if the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is not using it, and
finally to the DMA if it would otherwise be idle.
• If the LPDSP32 DSP is given priority access to a memory, access to the memory is given to the LPDSP32
DSP, then to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor if the LPDSP32 DSP is not using it, and finally to the DMA if it
would otherwise be idle.
• If the SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG_ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN bit indicates a real-time DMA round robin
scheme, the system behaves as though the Arm Cortex-M3 processor has been given priority access unless the
DMA has been blocked for 7 consecutive SYSCLK cycles. If the DMA remains blocked after 7 consecutive
cycles, the DMA is temporarily given the highest priority until it releases the memory again.
• If the SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG_ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN bit indicates a normal round robin scheme,
priority rotates in sequence between the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, the LPDSP32 DSP, and the DMA.

Assuming that the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is performing only normal (non-bit-banded) memory transfers,
the worst-case access time to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor data memory for DMA transfers can be
established with high certainty. Typically, if the DMA and the processor are both always requesting data
memory access, they can each utilize the memory 50% of the time.

NOTE: If the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is utilizing bit-banding operations, data memory access for the
LPDSP32 and DMA might be delayed by an additional cycle because the memory controller
uses an additional cycle for these operations.

For more information about memories and memory arbitration, see Chapter 7, “Memory” on page 94.

12.2.8 DMA Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

DMA_CTRL0[0] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 0 0x40000600
DMA_CTRL0[1] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 1 0x40000604
DMA_CTRL0[2] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 2 0x40000608
DMA_CTRL0[3] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 3 0x4000060C
DMA_CTRL0[4] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 4 0x40000610
DMA_CTRL0[5] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 5 0x40000614
DMA_CTRL0[6] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 6 0x40000618
DMA_CTRL0[7] DMA Channel Control and Configuration 7 0x4000061C
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[0] DMA Channel Source Base Address 0 0x40000620
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[1] DMA Channel Source Base Address 1 0x40000624
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[2] DMA Channel Source Base Address 2 0x40000628
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[3] DMA Channel Source Base Address 3 0x4000062C

www.onsemi.com
365
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Register Description Address

DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[4] DMA Channel Source Base Address 4 0x40000630
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[5] DMA Channel Source Base Address 5 0x40000634
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[6] DMA Channel Source Base Address 6 0x40000638
DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[7] DMA Channel Source Base Address 7 0x4000063C
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[0] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 0 0x40000640
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[1] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 1 0x40000644
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[2] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 2 0x40000648
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[3] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 3 0x4000064C
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[4] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 4 0x40000650
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[5] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 5 0x40000654
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[6] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 6 0x40000658
DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[7] DMA Channel Destination Base Address 7 0x4000065C
DMA_CTRL1[0] DMA Channel Transfer Control 0 0x40000660
DMA_CTRL1[1] DMA Channel Transfer Control 1 0x40000664
DMA_CTRL1[2] DMA Channel Transfer Control 2 0x40000668
DMA_CTRL1[3] DMA Channel Transfer Control 3 0x4000066C
DMA_CTRL1[4] DMA Channel Transfer Control 4 0x40000670
DMA_CTRL1[5] DMA Channel Transfer Control 5 0x40000674
DMA_CTRL1[6] DMA Channel Transfer Control 6 0x40000678
DMA_CTRL1[7] DMA Channel Transfer Control 7 0x4000067C
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[0] DMA Channel Next Source Address 0 0x40000680
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[1] DMA Channel Next Source Address 1 0x40000684
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[2] DMA Channel Next Source Address 2 0x40000688
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[3] DMA Channel Next Source Address 3 0x4000068C
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[4] DMA Channel Next Source Address 4 0x40000690
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[5] DMA Channel Next Source Address 5 0x40000694
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[6] DMA Channel Next Source Address 6 0x40000698
DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[7] DMA Channel Next Source Address 7 0x4000069C
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[0] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 0 0x400006A0
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[1] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 1 0x400006A4
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[2] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 2 0x400006A8
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[3] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 3 0x400006AC
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[4] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 4 0x400006B0
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[5] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 5 0x400006B4
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[6] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 6 0x400006B8
DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[7] DMA Channel Next Destination Address 7 0x400006BC
DMA_WORD_CNT[0] DMA Channel Word Count 0 0x400006C0
DMA_WORD_CNT[1] DMA Channel Word Count 1 0x400006C4
DMA_WORD_CNT[2] DMA Channel Word Count 2 0x400006C8

www.onsemi.com
366
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Register Description Address

DMA_WORD_CNT[3] DMA Channel Word Count 3 0x400006CC
DMA_WORD_CNT[4] DMA Channel Word Count 4 0x400006D0
DMA_WORD_CNT[5] DMA Channel Word Count 5 0x400006D4
DMA_WORD_CNT[6] DMA Channel Word Count 6 0x400006D8
DMA_WORD_CNT[7] DMA Channel Word Count 7 0x400006DC
DMA_STATUS[0] DMA Status channel 0 0x400006E0
DMA_STATUS[1] DMA Status channel 1 0x400006E4
DMA_STATUS[2] DMA Status channel 2 0x400006E8
DMA_STATUS[3] DMA Status channel 3 0x400006EC
DMA_STATUS[4] DMA Status channel 4 0x400006F0
DMA_STATUS[5] DMA Status channel 5 0x400006F4
DMA_STATUS[6] DMA Status channel 6 0x400006F8
DMA_STATUS[7] DMA Status channel 7 0x400006FC

12.2.8.1 DMA_CTRL0
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_CTRL0[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:30 DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE Select the destination address step size
29:28 SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE Select the source address step size
27 DEST_ADDR_STEP_MODE Configure the destination address to either increment or decrement
26 SRC_ADDR_STEP_MODE Configure the source address to either increment or decrement
25 BYTE_ORDER Select the byte ordering for the DMA channel
24 DISABLE_INT_ENABLE Raise an interrupt when the DMA channel is disabled
23 ERROR_INT_ENABLE Raise an interrupt when a state machine error occurs during a DMA transfer
22 COMPLETE_INT_ENABLE Raise an interrupt when the DMA transfer completes
21 COUNTER_INT_ENABLE Raise an interrupt when the DMA transfer reaches the counter value
20 START_INT_ENABLE Raise an interrupt when the DMA transfer starts
19:18 DEST_WORD_SIZE Select the destination word size
17:16 SRC_WORD_SIZE Select the source word size
14:12 DEST_SELECT Select the request line for the destination
11:9 SRC_SELECT Select the request line for the source
7:6 CHANNEL_PRIORITY Select the priority level for this channel
5:4 TRANSFER_TYPE Select the type of transfer implemented by DMA channel
3 DEST_ADDR_INC Configure whether the destination address should increment
2 SRC_ADDR_INC Configure whether the source address should increment
1 ADDR_MODE Select the addressing mode for this channel
0 ENABLE Enable DMA Channel

www.onsemi.com
367
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE DMA_DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_1 Set the step size of DMA channel to 1 0x0*
DMA_DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_2 Set the step size of DMA channel to 2 0x1
DMA_DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_3 Set the step size of DMA channel to 3 0x2
DMA_DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_4 Set the step size of DMA channel to 4 0x3
SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE DMA_SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_1 Set the step size of DMA channel to 1 0x0*
DMA_SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_2 Set the step size of DMA channel to 2 0x1
DMA_SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_3 Set the step size of DMA channel to 3 0x2
DMA_SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE_4 Set the step size of DMA channel to 4 0x3
DEST_ADDR_STEP_MODE DMA_DEST_ADDR_POS Increment the destination address 0x0*
used by DMA channel
DMA_DEST_ADDR_NEG Decrement destination address used 0x1
by DMA channel
SRC_ADDR_STEP_MODE DMA_SRC_ADDR_POS Increment the source address used by 0x0*
DMA channel
DMA_SRC_ADDR_NEG Decrement source address used by 0x1
DMA channel
BYTE_ORDER DMA_LITTLE_ENDIAN DMA channel uses little endian mode 0x0*
DMA_BIG_ENDIAN DMA channel uses big endian mode 0x1
DISABLE_INT_ENABLE DMA_DISABLE_INT_DISABLE Disable channel disable indicator 0x0*
interrupts for DMA channel
DMA_DISABLE_INT_ENABLE Enable channel disable indicator 0x1
interrupts for DMA channel
ERROR_INT_ENABLE DMA_ERROR_INT_DISABLE Disable error indicator interrupts for 0x0*
DMA channel
DMA_ERROR_INT_ENABLE Enable error indicator interrupts for 0x1
DMA channel
COMPLETE_INT_ENABLE DMA_COMPLETE_INT_DISABLE Disable completion interrupts for DMA 0x0*
channel
DMA_COMPLETE_INT_ENABLE Enable completion interrupts for DMA 0x1
channel
COUNTER_INT_ENABLE DMA_COUNTER_INT_DISABLE Disable counter interrupts for DMA 0x0*
channel
DMA_COUNTER_INT_ENABLE Enable counter interrupts for DMA 0x1
channel
START_INT_ENABLE DMA_START_INT_DISABLE Disable start interrupts for DMA 0x0*
channel
DMA_START_INT_ENABLE Enable start interrupts for DMA 0x1
channel
DEST_WORD_SIZE DMA_DEST_WORD_SIZE_8 Destination data uses 8-bit words 0x0*
DMA_DEST_WORD_SIZE_16 Destination data uses 16-bit words 0x1
DMA_DEST_WORD_SIZE_32 Destination data uses 32-bit words 0x2
DMA_DEST_WORD_SIZE_4 Destination data uses 4-bit words 0x3

www.onsemi.com
368
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SRC_WORD_SIZE DMA_SRC_WORD_SIZE_8 Source data uses 8-bit words 0x0*
DMA_SRC_WORD_SIZE_16 Source data uses 16-bit words 0x1
DMA_SRC_WORD_SIZE_32 Source data uses 32-bit words 0x2
DMA_SRC_WORD_SIZE_4 Source data uses 4-bit words 0x3
DEST_SELECT DMA_DEST_I2C Data writes are triggered by the I2C 0x0*
request line
DMA_DEST_SPI0 Data writes are triggered by the SPI0 0x1
request line
DMA_DEST_SPI1 Data writes are triggered by the SPI1 0x2
request line
DMA_DEST_PCM Data writes are triggered by the PCM 0x3
request line
DMA_DEST_UART Data writes are triggered by the UART 0x4
request line
DMA_DEST_ASRC Data writes are triggered by the ASRC 0x5
request line
DMA_DEST_PBUS Data writes are triggered by the PBUS 0x6
request line
DMA_DEST_OD Data writes are triggered by the OD 0x7
request line
SRC_SELECT DMA_SRC_I2C Data reads are triggered by the I2C 0x0*
request line
DMA_SRC_SPI0 Data reads are triggered by the SPI0 0x1
request line
DMA_SRC_SPI1 Data reads are triggered by the SPI1 0x2
request line
DMA_SRC_PCM Data reads are triggered by the PCM 0x3
request line
DMA_SRC_UART Data reads are triggered by the UART 0x4
request line
DMA_SRC_ASRC Data reads are triggered by the ASRC 0x5
request line
DMA_SRC_PBUS Data reads are triggered by the PBUS 0x6
request line
DMA_SRC_DMIC Data reads are triggered by the DMIC 0x7
request line
CHANNEL_PRIORITY DMA_PRIORITY_0 Set the priority of DMA channel to 0 0x0*
(Lowest)
DMA_PRIORITY_1 Set the priority of DMA channel to 1 0x1
DMA_PRIORITY_2 Set the priority of DMA channel to 2 0x2
DMA_PRIORITY_3 Set the priority of DMA channel to 3 0x3
(Highest)

www.onsemi.com
369
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TRANSFER_TYPE DMA_TRANSFER_M_TO_M DMA channel will provide a 0x0*
memory-to-memory data transfer
DMA_TRANSFER_M_TO_P DMA channel will provide a 0x1
memory-to-peripheral data transfer
DMA_TRANSFER_P_TO_M DMA channel will provide a 0x2
peripheral-to-memory data transfer
DMA_TRANSFER_P_TO_P DMA channel will provide a 0x3
peripheral-to-peripheral data transfer
DEST_ADDR_INC DMA_DEST_ADDR_STATIC Do not increment the destination 0x0*
address used by DMA channel
DMA_DEST_ADDR_INC Increment destination address used by 0x1
DMA channel
SRC_ADDR_INC DMA_SRC_ADDR_STATIC Do not increment the source address 0x0*
used by DMA channel
DMA_SRC_ADDR_INC Increment source address used by 0x1
DMA channel
ADDR_MODE DMA_ADDR_CIRC Use circular addressing for DMA 0x0*
channel
DMA_ADDR_LIN Use linear addressing for DMA channel 0x1
ENABLE DMA_DISABLE Disable DMA channel (channel will 0x0*
wait on current transfer before
stopping)
DMA_ENABLE Enable DMA channel 0x1

12.2.8.2 DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR Base address for the source of data transferred using DMA channel

12.2.8.3 DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR Base address for the destination of data transferred using DMA channel

12.2.8.4 DMA_CTRL1
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_CTRL1[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 COUNTER_INT_VALUE Trigger a counter interrupt when the DMA transfer word count reaches this value
15:0 TRANSFER_LENGTH The length, in words, of each data transfer using DMA channel

www.onsemi.com
370
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

12.2.8.5 DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR Address of the next data to be transferred using DMA channel

12.2.8.6 DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR Address where the next data to be transferred using DMA channel will be stored

12.2.8.7 DMA_WORD_CNT
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_WORD_CNT[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 DMA_WORD_CNT The number of words that have been transferred using DMA channel during the
current transfer

12.2.8.8 DMA_STATUS
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all DMA_STATUS[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

12 ERROR_INT_CLEAR Clear the state machine error interrupt flag
11 COMPLETE_INT_CLEAR Clear the complete interrupt flag
10 COUNTER_INT_CLEAR Clear the counter interrupt flag
9 START_INT_CLEAR Clear the start interrupt flag
8 DISABLE_INT_CLEAR Clear the channel disable flag
7:5 STATE DMA channel state
4 ERROR_INT_STATUS Indicate if a state machine error interrupt has occurred on DMA channel
3 COMPLETE_INT_STATUS Indicate if a complete interrupt has occurred on DMA channel
2 COUNTER_INT_STATUS Indicate if a counter interrupt has occurred on DMA channel
1 START_INT_STATUS Indicate if a start interrupt has occurred on DMA channel
0 DISABLE_INT_STATUS Indicate if a channel disable interrupt has occurred on DMA channel

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ERROR_INT_CLEAR DMA_ERROR_INT_CLEAR Clear the state machine error interrupt 0x1
flag
COMPLETE_INT_CLEAR DMA_COMPLETE_INT_CLEAR Clear the complete interrupt flag 0x1
COUNTER_INT_CLEAR DMA_COUNTER_INT_CLEAR Clear the counter interrupt flag 0x1

www.onsemi.com
371
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

START_INT_CLEAR DMA_START_INT_CLEAR Clear the start interrupt flag 0x1
DISABLE_INT_CLEAR DMA_DISABLE_INT_CLEAR Clear the channel disable flag 0x1
STATE DMA_IDLE Indicate that DMA channel is idle 0x0*
DMA_CHK_SRC_DST Indicate that the DMA is checking the 0x1
next source and destination addresses
DMA_WAIT_SRC_RDY Indicate that DMA channel is waiting 0x2
on the source
DMA_WAIT_RD_COMP Indicate the DMA is waiting for a 0x3
scheduled read to complete
DMA_CHK_DST Indicate that the DMA is checking the 0x4
destination address
DMA_DIS_CH Indicate that this DMA channel is 0x5
transitioning to a disabled state.
DMA_WAIT_DST_RDY Indicate that DMA channel is waiting 0x6
on the destination
DMA_WAIT_WR_COMP Indicate that the DMA is waiting for a 0x7
scheduled write to complete
ERROR_INT_STATUS DMA_ERROR_INT_STATUS Indicate that a state machine error 0x1
interrupt has occurred
COMPLETE_INT_STATUS DMA_COMPLETE_INT_STATUS Indicate that a complete interrupt has 0x1
occurred
COUNTER_INT_STATUS DMA_COUNTER_INT_STATUS Indicate that a counter interrupt has 0x1
occurred
START_INT_STATUS DMA_START_INT_STATUS Indicate that a start interrupt has 0x1
occurred
DISABLE_INT_STATUS DMA_DISABLE_INT_STATUS Indicate that a channel disable 0x1
interrupt has occurred

12.3 TIMERS

The RSL10 system provides five timers including:

• The SysTick timer from the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, which is described in Section 14.2, “SysTick” on
page 408
• Four general-purpose timers

Each general-purpose timer provides:

• A 24-bit counter
• A pair of configurable prescalers controlling a fixed prescale by 2 or 32, as well as a variable 3-bit prescale
factor
• 3 operating modes: single-shot, multiple-shot, and free-run
• A dedicated interrupt that can be used to signal timer expiration
• Dedicated configuration and status registers

The general-purpose timers are clocked from a divided form of slow clock. The divisor for each clock is
configurable by a pair of prescaling factors set using the appropriate TIMER_CFG_* register:

• The TIMER_CFG_CLK_SRC bit is used to select between fixed initial division of slow clock by 2 or by 32

www.onsemi.com
372
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• The TIMER_CFG_PRESCALE bit field is used to increase the scaling factor by a power of two, allowing the
selection of a clock that is additionally divided by as much as 128 for each timer.

These prescaling divisions result in a wider range of timing that the timers can achieve; however, the granularity at
which the timer can be configured to trigger increases in parallel.

After prescaling slow clock, each timer can be configured to trigger after 1 to 224 cycles of the prescaled clock by
setting the TIMER_CFG_TIMEOUT_VALUE bit field in the appropriate TIMER_CFG_* register. The resulting timer delay
is equal to:

 TIMER_CFG_CLK_SRC + TIMER_CFG_PRESCALE 
2   TIMER_CFG_TIMEOUT_VALUE + 1 
DELAY = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
f SLOWCLK

12.3.1 Starting or Stopping Timers

The state of a timer can be read from the TIMER_CTRL_TIMER_STATUS bit of its TIMER_CTRL_* register.

If the timer is not running, it can be started by setting the TIMER_CTRL_TIMER_START bit of its TIMER_CTRL_*
register. If the timer is running, setting this same bit restarts the timer by reloading the timer value.

Each timer can be stopped at any time by setting the TIMER_CTRL_TIMER_STOP bit of its TIMER_CTRL_* register.

12.3.2 Mode Selection

In Free-Run Mode, the timer loads the initial time-out value and counts down to 0. When it reaches 0, it issues an
interrupt, and reloads the time-out value and restarts the countdown timer. The process is repeated indefinitely until the
timer is explicitly stopped by writing a 1 to the TIMER_CTRL_TIMER_STOP bit of the TIMER_CTRL_* register.

In Multi-Shot Mode, the timer loads the initial time-out value and counts down to 0. When it reaches 0, it issues an
interrupt, and checks the TIMER_CFG_MULTI_COUNT bit field from the TIMER_CFG_* to determine if it must restart the
countdown timer. This process repeats (TIMER_CFG_MULTI_COUNT + 1) times before disabling the timer, unless
explicitly stopped by the TIMER_STOP bit. Single-shot mode is a special case of Multi-Shot Mode where the timer is
configured to trigger an interrupt only one time.

12.3.3 Timer Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

TIMER_CFG[0] Timer configuration register 0 0x40000400
TIMER_CFG[1] Timer configuration register 1 0x40000404
TIMER_CFG[2] Timer configuration register 2 0x40000408
TIMER_CFG[3] Timer configuration register 3 0x4000040C
TIMER_CTRL[0] General-purpose timer control/status register 0 0x40000410
TIMER_CTRL[1] General-purpose timer control/status register 1 0x40000414
TIMER_CTRL[2] General-purpose timer control/status register 2 0x40000418
TIMER_CTRL[3] General-purpose timer control/status register 3 0x4000041C
TIMER_VAL[0] Timer current value register 0 0x40000420
TIMER_VAL[1] Timer current value register 1 0x40000424

www.onsemi.com
373
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Register Name Register Description Address

TIMER_VAL[2] Timer current value register 2 0x40000428
TIMER_VAL[3] Timer current value register 3 0x4000042C

12.3.3.1 TIMER_CFG
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all TIMER_CFG[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:29 MULTI_COUNT Multi-count value
28 MODE Timer mode
27 CLK_SRC Clock source
26:24 PRESCALE Prescale value of the timer
23:0 TIMEOUT_VALUE Number of Timer clock cycles to time-out

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

MULTI_COUNT TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_1 Stop on 1st Time-out occurrence and 0x0*
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_2 Stop on 2nd Time-out occurrence and 0x1
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_3 Stop on 3rd Time-out occurrence and 0x2
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_4 Stop on 4th Time-out occurrence and 0x3
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_5 Stop on 5th Time-out occurrence and 0x4
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_6 Stop on 6th Time-out occurrence and 0x5
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_7 Stop on 7th Time-out occurrence and 0x6
issue an interrupt
TIMER_MULTI_COUNT_8 Stop on 8th Time-out occurrence and 0x7
issue an interrupt
MODE TIMER_SHOT_MODE Enable the one shot / multi shot mode 0x0*
TIMER_FREE_RUN Enable the Free-Run Mode 0x1
CLK_SRC TIMER_SLOWCLK_DIV32 Timer clock source is SLOWCLK 0x0*
divided by 32
TIMER_SLOWCLK_DIV2 Timer clock source is SLOWCLK 0x1
divided by 2

www.onsemi.com
374
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PRESCALE TIMER_PRESCALE_1 Divide the input clock frequency by 1 0x0*
TIMER_PRESCALE_2 Divide the input clock frequency by 2 0x1
TIMER_PRESCALE_4 Divide the input clock frequency by 4 0x2
TIMER_PRESCALE_8 Divide the input clock frequency by 8 0x3
TIMER_PRESCALE_16 Divide the input clock frequency by 16 0x4
TIMER_PRESCALE_32 Divide the input clock frequency by 32 0x5
TIMER_PRESCALE_64 Divide the input clock frequency by 64 0x6
TIMER_PRESCALE_128 Divide the input clock frequency by 128 0x7

12.3.3.2 TIMER_CTRL
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all TIMER_CTRL[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

2 TIMER_STATUS Indicate if the timer is active or not
1 TIMER_START Start or restart the timer
0 TIMER_STOP Stop the timer

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMER_STATUS TIMER_INACTIVE The timer is inactive 0x0*
TIMER_ACTIVE The timer is active 0x1
TIMER_START TIMER_START Writing a 1 will start or restart the timer 0x1
TIMER_STOP TIMER_STOP Writing a 1 will stop the timer 0x1

12.3.3.3 TIMER_VAL
The following bit fields and field names apply equally to all TIMER_VAL[*] registers.

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:0 TIMER_VALUE Current timer (0, 1, 2 or 3) value

12.4 WATCHDOG TIMER

The watchdog timer is a safety system that resets a system that has malfunctioned. This safety system uses a
countdown timer that must be periodically acknowledged by writing WATCHDOG_REFRESH to the
WATCHDOG_REFRESH_CTRL register before it reaches zero. The system assumes that the application’s failure to
acknowledge this countdown timer before it reaches zero indicates that the system is malfunctioning and must be reset.
The countdown timer value for the watchdog timer is not visible to the core.

IMPORTANT: The watchdog timer is disabled when the DEBUG_HALT_CTRL_C_DEBUGEN bit in the
DEBUG_HALT_CTRL register is set. This prevents watchdog timeouts during initial code development for the
RSL10.

www.onsemi.com
375
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The watchdog timer runs on a prescaled clock that has been derived from the slow clock using a fixed division of
1024. This clock is used to decrement the value in the watchdog’s 13-bit counter.

When the watchdog timer is refreshed, a configurable number of bits in the 13-bit counter are set and the prescaling
counter is reset. The WATCHDOG_CTRL_TIMEOUT bit field in the WATCHDOG_CTRL register selects how many of these
bits to set when the timer is refreshed. The number of cycles that must elapse between refresh events to trigger a
watchdog timeout event is defined by the following equation:

CYCLES = 1024  2  WATCHDOG_CTRL_TIMEOUT + 1 

The watchdog has an associated warning interrupt that is pended if the watchdog timer times out. When this
interrupt is pended, the watchdog timeout restarts, and if the watchdog timer still has not been reset and a second
watchdog timeout occurs, a hard reset occurs. For more information about resets, see Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64.

12.4.1 Watchdog Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

WATCHDOG_CFG Watchdog timer Configuration Register 0x40000300
WATCHDOG_CTRL Watchdog Refresh Control Register 0x40000304

12.4.1.1 WATCHDOG_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

3:0 TIMEOUT_VALUE Watchdog timeout period. Values 0xC to 0xF result in the same timeout period
as the value 0xB.

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

TIMEOUT_VALUE1 WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_2M048 2.048 ms 0x0
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_4M096 4.096 ms 0x1
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_8M2 8.192 ms 0x2
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_16M4 16.384 ms 0x3
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_32M8 32.768 ms 0x4
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_65M5 65.536 ms 0x5
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_131M1 131.072 ms 0x6
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_262M1 262.144 ms 0x7
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_524M3 524.3 ms 0x8
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_1048M6 1.048 sec 0x9
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_2097M1 2.097 sec 0xA
WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_4194M3 4.194 sec 0xB*

1. The times are based on a 1 MHz clock.

www.onsemi.com
376
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

12.4.1.2 WATCHDOG_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 WATCHDOG_REFRESH Write a key to reset the watchdog

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WATCHDOG_REFRESH WATCHDOG_REFRESH Write 32-bit key to reset the watchdog 0x2B1E211
(other values have no effect)

www.onsemi.com
377
 CHAPTER 13

13. Audio
13.1 DIGITAL MICROPHONE (DMIC) INPUTS

The DMIC block provides a serial audio interface for up to two channels, using a pulse density modulated (PDM)
digital output stream. The DMIC input data is decimated in a two-step process:

1. A filter supporting a decimation range between 8 and 36 is used.

2. The data is decimated with a filter providing fixed decimation by eight.

In addition, an optional DC removal filter is available.

The interface consists of an input data line with the data time-interleaved between the two channels, and an output
clock signal. These two signals can be routed from any of the DIOs to the DMIC block. In addition, the AUDIOCLK or
AUDIOSLOWCLK has to be routed from the Clock Generation block to the DIO that is used for the DMIC clock signal.
For more information on DIO routing configuration for use as a DMIC interface, see Section 10.2, “Functional
Configuration” on page 259.

The two DMIC channels can be independently configured using the AUDIO_CFG register. The independent
configurations available for the interface are shown in the list that follows:

NOTE: The use of ‘*’ in the register or field name indicates either 0 or 1.

• Enabling the channels using the AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_ENABLE bits.

NOTE: When a particular channel is disabled, all its internal states are reset.

• The bit alignment of the decimated audio data from each of the DMIC inputs is configured with the
AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_DATA_ALIGN bit:
• If the AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_DATA_ALIGN bit is configured for MSB alignment, the data is written to the
AUDIO_DMIC*_DATA registers as an 18-bit MSB value with the bottom 14 bits set to zero.
• If the AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_DATA_ALIGN bit is configured for LSB alignment, the data is written to the
AUDIO_DMIC*_DATA registers as a 16-bit LSB value with sign extension in the upper 16 bits.
NOTE: This also configures the DC removal filter to work with either 16-bit or 18-bit data. The 16-bit
data from each of the two channels is written to the AUDIO_DMIC_DATA register, with the
DMIC0 data placed in the 16 LSBs of this register, and the DMIC1 data placed in the 16 MSBs.
When the AUDIO_DMIC_DATA register is used, the AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_DATA_ALIGN bits must
therefore be set to LSB aligned mode.

• When using the DMIC with interrupts, the AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_INT_GEN_EN bit can be set to trigger the
DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt when an audio input sample is received.
• When using the DMIC with the DMA, the AUDIO_CFG_DMIC*_DMA_REQ_EN bit is set so that DMA requests
are triggered whenever an audio input sample is received. For more details concerning the DMA refer to
Section 12.2, “Direct Memory Access (DMA) Controller” on page 353.

IMPORTANT: The DMIC interface is supported by only one DMA request line, which produces one read from
the DMIC interface per DMA request event. This limits DMA support in dual-channel DMIC configurations to
reads using the AUDIO_DMIC_DATA register and hence 16-bit samples. Reads from a single channel using the
DMA do not have this limitation.

The following two AUDIO_CFG register fields configure both channels:

www.onsemi.com
378
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• The AUDIO_CFG_DEC_RATE bit-field defines the decimation rate applied to data input from the DMIC. The
decimation factor as a function of the AUDIO_CFG_DEC_RATE register is as follows:
Decimation Factor =  AUDIO_CFG_DEC_RATE + 8  .
• The AUDIO_CFG_DMIC_CLK_SRC bit is used to select either clocking the DMIC input signal with the audio
clock (AUDIOCLK), or the pre-scaled version of this clock (AUDIOSLOWCLK). For more details concerning the
audio clocks, refer to Section 6.3.8, “Interface Clocks” on page 83.

In addition to the AUDIO_CFG register, detailed configuration of the DMIC interface is available through the
AUDIO_DMIC_CFG register. This configuration includes:

• The AUDIO_DMIC*_CFG_CLK_EDGE bit, which controls whether the data from the DMIC input is sampled on
the rising or falling edge of the DMIC input clock. Refer to Figure 37 for detailed timing.

DMIC clock

DMIC input data ‘Z’ CH*[i] ‘Z’ CH*[i+1] ‘Z’

a) Single channel, falling edge

DMIC clock

DMIC input data CH0[i] CH1[i] CH0[i+1] CH1[i+1]

b) Dual channel, CH0 falling edge, CH1 rising edge

Figure 37. DMIC Timing

• The AUDIO_DMIC*_DCRM bit-field, which can be used to configure the DMIC input’s DC removal filter. This
is a high-pass filter that can help in situations when there is a DC offset present in the input signal.
• The DMIC1 input can be delayed relative to the DMIC0 input by up to 1.875 sample periods, in steps of 0.125
sample periods. An additional delay of up to 31 DMIC clock periods can also be added, but is limited to
AUDIO_CFG_DEC_RATE + 7 clock periods. These delays are configured with the
AUDIO_DMIC_CFG_DMIC1_DELAY and AUDIO_DMIC_CFG_DMIC1_FRAC_DELAY bit-fields respectively.

The AUDIO_STATUS register contains information on the status of the DMIC inputs. This includes:

• The AUDIO_STATUS_DMIC*_DATA_RDY_FLAG status bits, which indicate when a new audio sample is
available from the DMIC inputs. These bits are reset when their respective AUDIO_DMIC*_DATA registers are
read, and can be used in place of the DMA or interrupt control, if polling is used to control the reading of data
from the DMIC input.
• The AUDIO_STATUS_DMIC*_OVERRUN_FLAG status bits, which are flags that indicate if an overrun has been
detected. An overrun occurs whenever an audio sample is not read from the AUDIO_DMIC*_DATA register
before it is overwritten with a subsequent sample. If an overrun has occurred, this flag remains set until the
corresponding AUDIO_STATUS_DMIC*_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR bit is used to clear it.

www.onsemi.com
379
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Data received from the DMIC input samples is decimated into 18-bit samples, using a two-phase decimation filter.
This filter includes:

• A configurable 5th-order SINC filter that decimates the input data by a factor in the range from 8 to 36 (as
defined by the AUDIO_CFG_DEC_RATE bit-field from the AUDIO_CFG register). This allows the use of digital
microphones that have a sigma-delta ADC up to 4th order.
• A low-pass wave digital filter structure that provides a fixed decimation by 8.

In addition to filtering, a gain of between 0 and 200% is applied to the audio samples, configurable through the
AUDIO_DMIC*_GAIN registers. This can be used to calibrate the gain of the individual microphones. If no
additional gain needs to be applied, use the DMIC*_NOMINAL_GAIN settings. The formula for setting the gain
is:

AUDIO_DMIC*_GAIN
Gain = ---------------------------------------------------------
2048

IMPORTANT: Avoid changing the decimation rate while reading input samples, as this can introduce audio
artifacts.

13.1.1 Digital Microphone and Shared Digital Microphone/Output Driver Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

AUDIO_CFG DMIC and OD Configuration Register 0x40000E00
AUDIO_STATUS DMIC and OD Status Register 0x40000E04
AUDIO_DMIC_CFG DMIC Configuration Register 0x40000E08
AUDIO_DMIC0_GAIN DMIC0 Gain Configuration Register 0x40000E0C
AUDIO_DMIC1_GAIN DMIC1 Gain Configuration Register 0x40000E10
AUDIO_DMIC_DATA DMIC0 and DMIC1 Data Register 0x40000E14
AUDIO_DMIC0_DATA DMIC0 Data Register 0x40000E18
AUDIO_DMIC1_DATA DMIC1 Data Register 0x40000E1C

13.1.1.1 AUDIO_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

25 OD_CLK_SRC Output driver clock selection
24 DMIC_CLK_SRC DMIC clock selection (the same clock must be output to the DMIC_CLK DIO)
20:16 DEC_RATE DMIC input data decimation rate (also determines the OD interpolation rate in
combination with DMIC_CLK_SRC and OD_CLK_SRC configuration bits)
12 OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT Enable OD_DATA underrun protection (automatically resets OD_DATA if it
hasn't been updated during 16 sample periods)
11 OD_DMA_REQ_EN Enable the DMA request when a new output driver sample is required
10 OD_INT_GEN_EN Enable the interrupt generation when a new output driver sample is required
9 OD_DATA_ALIGN Data alignment in AUDIO_OD_DATA
8 OD_ENABLE Enable output driver output
7 DMIC1_DMA_REQ_EN Enable the DMA request when a new DMIC1 sample is ready

www.onsemi.com
380
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

6 DMIC1_INT_GEN_EN Enable the interrupt generation when a new DMIC1 sample is ready
5 DMIC1_DATA_ALIGN Data alignment in AUDIO_DMIC_DATA_1
4 DMIC1_ENABLE Enable DMIC1 input
3 DMIC0_DMA_REQ_EN Enable the DMA request when a new DMIC0 sample is ready
2 DMIC0_INT_GEN_EN Enable the interrupt generation when a new DMIC0 sample is ready
1 DMIC0_DATA_ALIGN Data alignment in AUDIO_DMIC_DATA_0
0 DMIC0_ENABLE Enable DMIC0 input

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

OD_CLK_SRC OD_AUDIOCLK OD uses AUDIOCLK 0x0*
OD_AUDIOSLOWCLK OD uses AUDIOSLOWCLK 0x1
DMIC_CLK_SRC DMIC_AUDIOCLK DMIC uses AUDIOCLK 0x0*
DMIC_AUDIOSLOWCLK DMIC uses AUDIOSLOWCLK 0x1
DEC_RATE DECIMATE_BY_64 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x0*
64
DECIMATE_BY_72 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x1
72
DECIMATE_BY_80 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x2
80
DECIMATE_BY_128 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x8
128
DECIMATE_BY_136 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x9
136
DECIMATE_BY_256 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x16
256
DECIMATE_BY_288 Decimate the DMIC input data by 0x1C
288
OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT_DISABLE OD_DATA underrun protection 0x0*
disabled
OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT_ENABLE OD_DATA underrun protection 0x1
enabled
OD_DMA_REQ_EN OD_DMA_REQ_DISABLE Disable the DMA request when a 0x0*
new OD sample is required
OD_DMA_REQ_ENABLE Enable the DMA request when a 0x1
new OD sample is required
OD_INT_GEN_EN OD_INT_GEN_DISABLE Disable the interrupt generation 0x0*
when a new OD sample is required
OD_INT_GEN_ENABLE Enable the interrupt generation 0x1
when a new OD sample is required
OD_DATA_ALIGN OD_DATA_LSB_ALIGNED OD_DATA is 16-bit LSB aligned 0x0*
OD_DATA_MSB_ALIGNED OD_DATA is 18-bit MSB aligned 0x1
OD_ENABLE OD_DISABLE Disable the OD output 0x0*
OD_ENABLE Enable the OD output 0x1

www.onsemi.com
381
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DMIC1_DMA_REQ_EN DMIC1_DMA_REQ_DISABLE Disable the DMA request when a 0x0*
new DMIC1 sample is ready
DMIC1_DMA_REQ_ENABLE Enable the DMA request when a 0x1
new DMIC1 sample is ready
DMIC1_INT_GEN_EN DMIC1_INT_GEN_DISABLE Disable the interrupt generation 0x0*
when a new DMIC1 sample is ready
DMIC1_INT_GEN_ENABLE Enable the interrupt generation 0x1
when a new DMIC1 sample is ready
DMIC1_DATA_ALIGN DMIC1_DATA_LSB_ALIGNED DMIC1_DATA is 16-bit LSB aligned 0x0*
DMIC1_DATA_MSB_ALIGNED DMIC1_DATA is 18-bit MSB aligned 0x1
DMIC1_ENABLE DMIC1_DISABLE Disable the DMIC1 input 0x0*
DMIC1_ENABLE Enable the DMIC1 input 0x1
DMIC0_DMA_REQ_EN DMIC0_DMA_REQ_DISABLE Disable the DMA request when a 0x0*
new DMIC0 sample is ready
DMIC0_DMA_REQ_ENABLE Enable the DMA request when a 0x1
new DMIC0 sample is ready
DMIC0_INT_GEN_EN DMIC0_INT_GEN_DISABLE Disable the interrupt generation 0x0*
when a new DMIC0 sample is ready
DMIC0_INT_GEN_ENABLE Enable the interrupt generation 0x1
when a new DMIC0 sample is ready
DMIC0_DATA_ALIGN DMIC0_DATA_LSB_ALIGNED DMIC0_DATA is 16-bit LSB aligned 0x0*
DMIC0_DATA_MSB_ALIGNED DMIC0_DATA is 18-bit MSB aligned 0x1
DMIC0_ENABLE DMIC0_DISABLE Disable the DMIC0 input 0x0*
DMIC0_ENABLE Enable the DMIC0 input 0x1

13.1.1.2 AUDIO_STATUS

Bit Field Field Name Description

10 OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the output driver underrun detection sticky bit
9 OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG Sticky bit indicating the detection of an output driver underrun
8 OD_DATA_REQ_FLAG Flag indicating that a new output driver sample is required
6 DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the DMIC1 overrun detection sticky bit
5 DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG Sticky bit indicating the detection of a DMIC1 overrun
4 DMIC1_DATA_RDY_FLAG Flag indicating the availability of a new DMIC1 sample
2 DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the DMIC0 overrun detection sticky bit
1 DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG Sticky bit indicating the detection of a DMIC0 overrun
0 DMIC0_DATA_RDY_FLAG Flag indicating the availability of a new DMIC0 sample

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the OD underrun detection 0x1
sticky bit

www.onsemi.com
382
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG OD_UNDERRUN_NOT_DETECTED Indicates that no OD underrun has 0x0*
been detected
OD_UNDERRUN_DETECTED Indicates that an OD underrun has 0x1
been detected
OD_DATA_REQ_FLAG OD_DATA_NOT_REQUIRED Indicates that no new OD sample is 0x0*
required
OD_DATA_REQUIRED Indicates that a new OD sample is 0x1
required
DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the DMIC1 overrun detection 0x1
sticky bit
DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG DMIC1_OVERRUN_NOT_DETECTED Indicates that no DMIC1 overrun has 0x0*
been detected
DMIC1_OVERRUN_DETECTED Indicates that a DMIC1 overrun has 0x1
been detected
DMIC1_DATA_RDY_FLAG DMIC1_DATA_NOT_READY Indicates that no new DMIC1 sample 0x0*
is available
DMIC1_DATA_READY Indicates that a new DMIC1 sample is 0x1
available
DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR Reset the DMIC0 overrun detection 0x1
sticky bit
DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG DMIC0_OVERRUN_NOT_DETECTED Indicates that no DMIC0 overrun has 0x0*
been detected
DMIC0_OVERRUN_DETECTED Indicates that a DMIC0 overrun has 0x1
been detected
DMIC0_DATA_RDY_FLAG DMIC0_DATA_NOT_READY Indicates that no new DMIC0 sample 0x0*
is available
DMIC0_DATA_READY Indicates that a new DMIC0 sample is 0x1
available

13.1.1.3 AUDIO_DMIC_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

28:24 DMIC1_FRAC_DELAY DMIC1 fractional delay (each step represents a DMIC clock cycle)
19:16 DMIC1_DELAY DMIC1 delay (0 to 1.875 samples in steps of 0.125 samples)
14:12 DMIC1_DCRM DMIC1 DC removal filter enable and cut-off frequency
10:8 DMIC0_DCRM DMIC0 DC removal filter enable and cut-off frequency
1 DMIC1_CLK_EDGE DMIC1 input clock edge
0 DMIC0_CLK_EDGE DMIC0 input clock edge

www.onsemi.com
383
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DMIC1_DELAY DMIC1_DELAY_DISABLE Delay disabled 0x0*
DMIC1_DELAY_0P125 Delay of 0.125 samples 0x1
DMIC1_DELAY_0P25 Delay of 0.25 samples 0x2
DMIC1_DELAY_0P375 Delay of 0.375 samples 0x3
DMIC1_DELAY_0P5 Delay of 0.5 samples 0x4
DMIC1_DELAY_0P625 Delay of 0.625 samples 0x5
DMIC1_DELAY_0P75 Delay of 0.75 samples 0x6
DMIC1_DELAY_0P875 Delay of 0.875 samples 0x7
DMIC1_DELAY_1P0 Delay of 1 sample 0x8
DMIC1_DELAY_1P125 Delay of 1.125 samples 0x9
DMIC1_DELAY_1P25 Delay of 1.25 samples 0xA
DMIC1_DELAY_1P375 Delay of 1.375 samples 0xB
DMIC1_DELAY_1P5 Delay of 1.5 samples 0xC
DMIC1_DELAY_1P625 Delay of 1.625 samples 0xD
DMIC1_DELAY_1P75 Delay of 1.75 samples 0xE
DMIC1_DELAY_1P875 Delay of 1.875 samples 0xF
DMIC1_DCRM DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_5HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/3200 (5 Hz at 0x0*
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_10HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/1600 (10 Hz at 0x1
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_20HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/800 (20 Hz at 0x2
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_40HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/400 (40 Hz at 0x3
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_80HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/200 (80 Hz at 0x4
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_160HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/100 (160 Hz at 0x5
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_CUTOFF_320HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/50 (320 Hz at 0x6
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC1_DCRM_DISABLE DC removal filter disabled 0x7

www.onsemi.com
384
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DMIC0_DCRM DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_5HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/3200 (5 Hz at 0x0*
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_10HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/1600 (10 Hz at 0x1
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_20HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/800 (20 Hz at 0x2
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_40HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/400 (40 Hz at 0x3
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_80HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/200 (80 Hz at 0x4
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_160HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/100 (160 Hz at 0x5
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_CUTOFF_320HZ Cut-off frequency is Fs/50 (320 Hz at 0x6
Fs=16 kHz)
DMIC0_DCRM_DISABLE DC removal filter disabled 0x7
DMIC1_CLK_EDGE DMIC1_FALLING_EDGE Sample the DMIC1 input data on the 0x0*
falling DMIC clock
DMIC1_RISING_EDGE Sample the DMIC1 input data on the 0x1
rising DMIC clock
DMIC0_CLK_EDGE DMIC0_FALLING_EDGE Sample the DMIC0 input data on the 0x0*
falling DMIC clock
DMIC0_RISING_EDGE Sample the DMIC0 input data on the 0x1
rising DMIC clock

13.1.1.4 AUDIO_DMIC0_GAIN

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:0 GAIN DMIC calibration gain (unsigned value from 0 to +2)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GAIN DMIC0_NOMINAL_GAIN Nominal gain 0x800*

13.1.1.5 AUDIO_DMIC1_GAIN

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:0 GAIN DMIC calibration gain (unsigned value from 0 to +2)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GAIN DMIC1_NOMINAL_GAIN Nominal gain 0x800*

www.onsemi.com
385
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.1.1.6 AUDIO_DMIC_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 DMIC1_DATA DMIC1 input data (16-bit)
15:0 DMIC0_DATA DMIC0 input data (16-bit)

13.1.1.7 AUDIO_DMIC0_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DATA DMIC0 input data (LSB or MSB aligned according to AUDIO_CFG); data is sign
extended from 16-bit to 32-bit when read in LSB aligned mode, or zero padded
when read in MSB aligned mode

13.1.1.8 AUDIO_DMIC1_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DATA DMIC1 input data (LSB or MSB aligned according to AUDIO_CFG); data is sign
extended from 16-bit to 32-bit when read in LSB aligned mode, or zero padded
when read in MSB aligned mode

13.2 OUTPUT DRIVER

The output driver provides a mono digital audio output from the RSL10 system. This output driver can be
connected to drive one or more DIO pairs, which are used as the driver for a speaker or receiver.

The output driver consists of four stages:

1. The gain stage applies a gain of between 0 and 200% to the audio samples that are being passed to the next
stage, configurable through the AUDIO_OD_GAIN register. The gain is set as follows:
AUDIO_OD_GAIN
Gain = ----------------------------------------------
2048

2. The interpolation filter stage upsamples and filters the audio samples that are being passed to the next stage.
The interpolation filter uses a low-pass wave digital filter structure that provides a fixed interpolation by 8.
NOTE: If no additional gain is expected, use the OD_NOMINAL_GAIN setting.

3. The sigma-delta modulator stage consists of a 4th-order three-level sigma-delta modulator for the output
channel, to produce a pulse density modulated (PDM) output signal provided to the next stage in the form of
two single bit signals, OD_P and OD_N.
4. The output driver routing stage sends the OD_P and OD_N signals to any DIO pair(s). For more information
on DIO configuration for use as an output driver, see Section 10.2, “Functional Configuration” on page 259.

IMPORTANT: If a higher load drive (lower output impedance) is required than is provided by a single DIO pair,
multiple DIO pairs can be connected in parallel. When connecting DIOs in parallel, pairs are best selected in such
a way that OD_P DIOs are close together on the package and the same applies to OD_N DIOs.

The output driver is enabled by setting the AUDIO_CFG_OD_ENABLE bit from the AUDIO_CFG register. Other
configurations of the output driver from this register include:

www.onsemi.com
386
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• The AUDIO_CFG_OD_DATA_ALIGN bit can be used to select MSB or LSB alignment in the AUDIO_OD_DATA
register. When set to LSB alignment, the 16 bottom bits of the register are used. When MSB-aligned, the 32-bit
input data is rounded nearest to infinity with saturation to 18 bits.
• When using the output driver with interrupts, the AUDIO_CFG_OD_INT_GEN_EN bit can be set to trigger the
DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt when another audio output sample is required.
• When using the output driver with the DMA, the AUDIO_CFG_OD_DMA_REQ_EN bit needs to be set so that
DMA requests are triggered when another audio sample is required. For more details concerning the DMA,
refer to Section 12.2, “Direct Memory Access (DMA) Controller” on page 353.
• The AUDIO_CFG_OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT bit can be set to enable the mechanism that clears the
AUDIO_OD_DATA register if it has not been written to for 16 sample periods. Use of underrun protection is
recommended, as this prevents the OD from potentially driving a large DC value if, for some reason, the
system fails to supply new output samples.

CAUTION: A large DC value could burn out the attached speaker/receiver.

• The AUDIO_CFG_OD_CLK_SRC bit is used to select either clocking the output driver with the audio clock
(AUDIOCLK), or the pre-scaled version of this clock (AUDIOSLOWCLK). For more details concerning the audio
clocks, refer to Section 6.3.8, “Interface Clocks” on page 83.

Detailed configuration of the output driver is available through the AUDIO_OD_CFG register. This configuration
includes:

• The AUDIO_OD_CFG_CLK_EDGE bit, which controls whether the output driver updates the output on the rising
or the falling edge of the output driver’s clock.
• The AUDIO_OD_CFG_DITHER bit can be used to enable or disable dithering of the output data stream. Use of
dithering is recommended, as this avoids idle tones and other artifacts produced by sigma-delta modulation.
• The AUDIO_OD_CFG_DCRM bit can be used to configure the output driver’s DC removal filter. This is a
high-pass filter that can help to remove noise artifacts, which can occur in situations where the level of the
output signal is very low, and there is a DC offset present in the signal (typically caused by rounding errors that
occur in the processing of the audio data). We recommend using the DC removal filter with a cut-off frequency
of 20 Hz.

The AUDIO_SDM_CFG register controls internal configuration of the sigma-delta modulator. For normal operation,
this register must be set to the SDM_CFG_NORMAL setting.

The AUDIO_STATUS register contains information on the status of the output driver. This includes:

• The AUDIO_STATUS_OD_STATUS bit, which indicates if the output driver is included in this version of RSL10
• The AUDIO_STATUS_OD_DATA_REQ_FLAG bit, which indicates when a new audio sample is required for the
output driver. This status bit is reset when the AUDIO_OD_DATA register is written, and can be used in place of
the DMA or interrupt control, if polling is used to control the writing of data to the OD output.
• The AUDIO_STATUS_OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG bit, which provides a flag that indicates if an underrun has been
detected. An underrun occurs whenever an audio sample is used by the output driver multiple times. If an
underrun has occurred, this flag remains set until the AUDIO_STATUS_OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR bit is
used to clear it.

The recommended output driver configuration is shown in Table 33.

www.onsemi.com
387
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 33. Recommended Output Driver Configuration

Register Bit Field Setting Notes

CLK_DIV1 AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE Set supplied clock frequency to between 1 and 2 MHz (1 MHz for lowest power
AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE consumption, 2 MHz for lowest high frequency noise).
AUDIO_CFG OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT_ENABLE Prevent the output driver from driving
large DC outputs when new samples
are not available.
AUDIO_OD_CFG DITHER DITHER_ENABLE Avoids idle tones and other audio
artifacts.
AUDIO_OD_CFG_DCRM Set to 20 Hz cut-off frequency (actual bit-field value depends on OD clock
frequency.
AUDIO_SDM_CFG SDM_CFG SDM_CFG_NORMAL Use the normal configuration for the
sigma-delta modulator.
DIO_PAD_CFG DRIVE PAD_HIGH_DRIVE Set maximum DIO pad driver
strength (only allowed if VDDO <
2.7 V).

13.2.1 Output Driver Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

AUDIO_OD_CFG Output Driver Configuration Register 0x40000E20
AUDIO_OD_GAIN Output Driver Gain Configuration Register 0x40000E24
AUDIO_OD_DATA Output Driver Data Register 0x40000E28
AUDIO_SDM_CFG Sigma-Delta Modulator Configuration Register 0x40000E30

13.2.1.1 AUDIO_OD_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

19:16 DCRM Output driver DC removal filter enable and cut-off frequency
10 DITHER Sigma-delta modulator dithering enable
0 CLK_EDGE Output driver output clock edge

www.onsemi.com
388
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

DCRM DCRM_DISABLE DC removal filter disabled 0x0*
DCRM_CUTOFF_1P25HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/800000 0x1
(1.25 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_2P5HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/400000 0x2
(2.5 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_3P75HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/266667 0x3
(3.75 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_5HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/200000 0x4
(5 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_7P5HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/133333 0x5
(7.5 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_10HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/100000 0x6
(10 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_15HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/66667 0x7
(15 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_20HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/50000 0x8
(20 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_30HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/33333 0x9
(30 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_40HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/25000 0xA
(40 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_60HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/16667 0xB
(60 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_80HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/12500 0xC
(80 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_120HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/8333 0xD
(120 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_160HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/6250 0xE
(160 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DCRM_CUTOFF_240HZ Cut-off frequency is OD_CLK/4167 0xF
(240 Hz at OD_CLK=1 MHz)
DITHER DITHER_DISABLE Dithering disabled 0x0*
DITHER_ENABLE Dithering enabled 0x1
CLK_EDGE OD_FALLING_EDGE Output OD data on the falling OD clock 0x0
OD_RISING_EDGE Output OD data on the rising OD clock 0x1*

13.2.1.2 AUDIO_OD_GAIN

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:0 GAIN Output driver calibration gain (unsigned value from 0 to +2)

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

GAIN OD_NOMINAL_GAIN Nominal gain 0x800*

www.onsemi.com
389
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.2.1.3 AUDIO_OD_DATA

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 DATA OD output data (LSB or MSB aligned according to OD_CFG); data is truncated
to 16 bits when written in LSB aligned mode, or rounded nearest to infinity with
saturation when written in MSB aligned mode
31:0 DATA_RD OD output data (LSB or MSB aligned according to OD_CFG); data is sign
extended from 16-bit to 32-bit when read in LSB aligned mode, or zero padded
in MSB aligned mode

13.2.1.4 AUDIO_SDM_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SDM_CFG Sigma-Delta modulator internal configuration for testing purposes

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

SDM_CFG SDM_CFG_NORMAL Normal Sigma-Delta modulator 0x50012
configuration

13.3 AUDIO SINK CLOCK COUNTERS

The audio sink clock counters can be used to measure the timing of the frame periods of a BLE/RF host relative to
the internal audio sampling rate or that of a connected external device. In addition, it can be used to measure the
frequency of the internal 32 kHz RC oscillator using the 48 MHz crystal oscillator.

The following uses are supported:

• Support an asynchronous sample rate conversion of audio samples being sourced over the radio link, and
consumed by a connected device or the output driver. For details on asynchronous sample rate conversion, see
Section 13.4, “Asynchronous Sample Rate Converter (ASRC)” on page 394.
• Support an asynchronous sample rate conversion of audio samples being sourced from a connected device or
the DMIC inputs, and consumed over the radio link.
NOTE: Although the DMIC audio is the source, its sample clock is considered as the audio sink clock to
the RF host throughout this section.

• Generate control information to change the clock frequency of the connected device so that it becomes
synchronous with a radio link.
• Measure the internal 32 kHz RC oscillator.
• An example that uses the 48 MHz crystal oscillator to measure the internal 32 kHz RC oscillator using the
audio sink block can be seen in the calibration library, as described in the RSL10 Firmware Reference.

IMPORTANT: The audio sink clock being measured is sourced from a DIO or from STANDBYCLK, as specified by
the DIO configuration. For more information on DIO configuration for use as the audio sink source, see Section 10.2,
“Functional Configuration” on page 259.

The audio sink clock being measured is sourced from a DIO or from STANDBYCLK, as specified by the DIO
configuration. For more information on DIO configuration for use as the audio sink source, see Section 10.2,
“Functional Configuration” on page 259.

www.onsemi.com
390
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The timing diagram in Figure 38 highlights the measurement registers in the Audio Sink module.

AUDIOSINK_CNT

Audio sin k clock

AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT

BLE/RF frame pulse

AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT

SYSCLK

Figure 38. Audio Sink Timing

The measurement registers are defined as follows:

• The AUDIOSINK_CNT register holds the integer number of cycles of the audio sink clock being measured
between consecutive BLE/RF frame pulses.
• The AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT register contains the period count of the audio sink clock being measured in
terms of SYSCLK cycles, which is typically derived from the 48 MHz crystal oscillator. (See Section 6.3.1,
“System Clock (SYSCLK)” on page 79 for more information.) The period can be measured over 1-16 audio
sink clock cycles. The number of audio sink clock cycles measured is controlled by the
AUDIOSINK_CFG_PERIODS_CFG bit field in the AUDIOSINK_CFG register. By using the value stored in the
AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT register, the period can be calculated as:
AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT
period = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  period
 AUDIOSINK_CFG_PERIODS + 1  SYSCLK
NOTE: The accuracy of the period measurement is improved by increasing the
AUDIOSINK_CFG_PERIODS_CFG value and/or the SYSCLK frequency.

This period counter is supported by:

• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PERIOD_CNT_START bit from the AUDIOSINK_CTRL register, which clears and
starts the period counter when a rising edge of the audio sink clock is detected.
• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PERIOD_CNT_STOP bit from the AUDIOSINK_CTRL register, which stops the
period counter mechanism manually.
• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PERIOD_STATUS bit, which indicates whether the period counter mechanism is
currently active or idle.
• The AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT register, which contains the number of SYSCLK cycles between when the
counter started, and when the configured number of rising edges of the audio sink clock were detected
(saturated to 0xFFFF), at which point the counter is stopped automatically.
• The AUDIOSINK_PERIOD interrupt, which is triggered when the audio sink period counter finishes
counting the defined number of audio sink clock periods.

• The AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT register measures the time from the BLE/RF frame pulse to the first detected
rising edge of the audio sink clock, in terms of SYSCLK cycles. This measurement is used to improve the
resolution of the calculated number of audio sink clock cycle per BLE/RF frame. This counter is supported by:

www.onsemi.com
391
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PHASE_CNT_START bit, which clears and starts the phase counter the next time a
synchronization pulse is generated by the BLE/RF blocks.
• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PHASE_CNT_START_NO_WAIT bit, which clears and starts the phase counter
immediately.
• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PHASE_CNT_STOP bit, which stops the phase counter mechanism manually.
• The AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PHASE_STATUS bit, which indicates whether the phase counter mechanism is
currently active or idle.
• The AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT register, which contains the number of SYSCLK cycles between when the
counter started, and when a rising edge has been detected on the audio sink clock (saturated to 0xFFFF), at
which point the counter is stopped automatically.
• The AUDIOSINK_PHASE interrupt, which is triggered when the phase counter is running and a rising edge
occurs on the audio sink clock, or if a synchronization error has been received from the BLE/RF block
(the AUDIOSINK_CTRL_PHASE_CNT_MISSED_STATUS bit is set if an error occurs, and is cleared
otherwise), at which point the counter mechanism is stopped automatically.

Using the values obtained from the AUDIOSINK_CNT and AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT registers plus the previous
period and phase count values, you can calculate the number of audio sink clock cycles between the previous (i-1) and
the current (i) synchronization pulses as follows:
AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT[i-1] – AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT[i]
audio sink clock cycles = AUDIOSINK_CNT[i] + --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT[i-1]   AUDIOSINK_PERIODS_CFG + 1

The recommended process for using the measurement registers is as follows:

• Before a synchronization frame pulse will occur, start the phase counter mechanism.
• When the AUDIOSINK_PHASE interrupt occurs:
a. Save the AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT counter value from the previous frame.
b. Record the AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT counter value.
c. Record the value in the AUDIOSINK_CNT register.
d. Reset the AUDIOSINK_CNT register/counter.
e. Start the period counter.

• When the AUDIOSINK_PERIOD interrupt occurs:

a. Record the AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT counter value.
b. Calculate the number of SYSCLK cycles per audio sink clock period.

13.3.1 Audio Sink Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

AUDIOSINK_CTRL Audio Sink Clock Control Register 0x40001000
AUDIOSINK_CFG Audio Sink Clock Configuration Register 0x40001004
AUDIOSINK_CNT Audio Sink Clock Counter Register 0x40001008
AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT Audio Sink Clock Phase Counter Register 0x4000100C
AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT Audio Sink Clock Period Counter Register 0x40001010

www.onsemi.com
392
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.3.1.1 AUDIOSINK_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 PHASE_CNT_START_NO_WAIT Start the audio sink clock phase counter mechanism without waiting on a sync
pulse
7 PERIOD_CNT_STATUS Audio sink clock period counter status
6 PERIOD_CNT_STOP Stop the audio sink clock period counter mechanism
5 PERIOD_CNT_START Start the audio sink clock period counter mechanism
4 PHASE_CNT_MISSED_STATUS Audio sink clock phase counter missed status
3 PHASE_CNT_STATUS Audio sink clock phase counter status
2 PHASE_CNT_STOP Stop the audio sink clock phase counter mechanism
1 PHASE_CNT_START Start the audio sink clock phase counter mechanism and wait for sync pulse
0 CNT_RESET Reset audio sink clock counter

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PHASE_CNT_START_NO_WAIT PHASE_CNT_START_NO_WAIT Reset the 0x1
AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT register
and start the audio sink clock phase
counter mechanism without waiting on
a sync pulse
PERIOD_CNT_STATUS PERIOD_CNT_IDLE The audio sink clock period counter 0x0*
mechanism is idle
PERIOD_CNT_BUSY The audio sink clock period counter 0x1
mechanism is busy
PERIOD_CNT_STOP PERIOD_CNT_STOP Stop the audio sink clock period 0x1
counter mechanism
PERIOD_CNT_START PERIOD_CNT_START Reset the 0x1
AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT register
and start the audio sink clock period
counter mechanism
PHASE_CNT_MISSED_STATUS PHASE_CNT_NORMAL The audio sink clock phase counter 0x0*
mechanism was not stopped due to a
missed synchronization signal
PHASE_CNT_MISSED The audio sink clock phase counter 0x1
mechanism was stopped due to a
missed synchronization signal
PHASE_CNT_STATUS PHASE_CNT_IDLE The audio sink clock phase counter 0x0*
mechanism is idle
PHASE_CNT_BUSY The audio sink clock phase counter 0x1
mechanism is busy
PHASE_CNT_STOP PHASE_CNT_STOP Stop the audio sink clock phase 0x1
counter mechanism
PHASE_CNT_START PHASE_CNT_START Reset the 0x1
AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT register
and start the audio sink clock phase
counter mechanism and wait on a sync
pulse
CNT_RESET CNT_RESET Reset the AUDIOSINK_CNT register 0x1

www.onsemi.com
393
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.3.1.2 AUDIOSINK_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

3:0 PERIODS_CFG Defines over how many audio sink clock periods the period counter measures

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

PERIODS_CFG AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_1 Measure 1 audio sink clock period 0x0*
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_2 Measure 2 audio sink clock periods 0x1
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_3 Measure 3 audio sink clock periods 0x2
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_4 Measure 4 audio sink clock periods 0x3
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_5 Measure 5 audio sink clock periods 0x4
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_6 Measure 6 audio sink clock periods 0x5
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_7 Measure 7 audio sink clock periods 0x6
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_8 Measure 8 audio sink clock periods 0x7
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_9 Measure 9 audio sink clock periods 0x8
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_10 Measure 10 audio sink clock periods 0x9
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_11 Measure 11 audio sink clock periods 0xA
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_12 Measure 12 audio sink clock periods 0xB
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_13 Measure 13 audio sink clock periods 0xC
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_14 Measure 14 audio sink clock periods 0xD
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_15 Measure 15 audio sink clock periods 0xE
AUDIO_SINK_PERIODS_16 Measure 16 audio sink clock periods 0xF

13.3.1.3 AUDIOSINK_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:0 CNT Audio sink clock counter value

13.3.1.4 AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 PHASE_CNT Audio sink clock phase counter value

13.3.1.5 AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 PERIOD_CNT Audio sink clock period counter value

13.4 ASYNCHRONOUS SAMPLE RATE CONVERTER (ASRC)

The asynchronous sample rate converter (ASRC) block provides a means of synchronizing the audio sample rate
between the radio and a local source or sink for the transferred audio data.

www.onsemi.com
394
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The ASRC operates in one of four possible modes. Use of these operating modes is dependent on the relationship
between the source (Fsrc) and sink (Fsink) frequencies, as shown in Table 34. The four modes are as follows:

• Mode 0 is used when the sink frequency is greater than the source frequency.
• Mode 1 is used when the sink and source frequencies are nearly identical. Plus or minus 25% is included to
account for the possibility of frequency drift.
• Mode 2 is used when the sink frequency is guaranteed to be less than the source frequency, and greater than 0.4
times the source frequency.
• Mode 3 is used when the sink frequency is guaranteed to be less than one-half of the source frequency.

The ASRC is configured with the ASRC_CFG register. This register configures:

• The ASRC mode of operation as described above, controlled by the ASRC_CFG_ASRC_MODE setting.
• The ASRC bandwidth mode, configured with the WDF_TYPE bit that can select between:
• Low delay mode: This mode provides the lowest group delay setting, but at a slightly lower bandwidth.
• Wide band mode: This mode provides the highest bandwidth setting, but at a higher group delay.

The ASRC_PHASE_INC register contains a signed 32-bit value that controls the conversion rate with the ASRC. It is
dependent on ASRC_CFG_ASRC_MODE, and on the difference between Fsrc and Fsink. The formulas for setting
ASRC_PHASE_INC are listed in Table 34.

Table 34. ASRC Settings

Fsink range ASRC_STATE_MEM size

ASRC_CFG_ASRC_MODE ASRC_PHASE_INC
Minimum Maximum Low delay Wide band
>Fsrc N/A 12 18
29  F src – F sin k
ASRC_INT_MODE
0.85*Fsrc 1.125*Fsrc 2  --------------------------- 18 30
ASRC_DEC_MODE1
F sin k
ASRC_DEC_MODE2 0.4*Fsrc Fsrc

ASRC_DEC_MODE3 0.2*Fsrc 0.5*Fsrc

27  F src – 2  F sin k 18 24
2 -----------------------------------
 F sin k 

The ASRC is controlled by the ASRC_CTRL register. This register provides the following functionality:

• The ASRC can be enabled by setting the ASRC_CTRL_ASRC_ENABLE bit, and disabled by setting the
ASRC_CTRL_ASRC_DISABLE bit. Also the ASRC active status can be queried from the
ASRC_CTRL_ASRC_EN_STATUS bit.
• The ASRC_CTRL_ASRC_RESET bit can be used to reset the ASRC state memory (stored in the
ASRC_STATE_MEM registers).
• The ASRC_CTRL_PROC_STATUS bit indicates if the ASRC is currently processing data.
• The ASRC_CTRL_IN_REQ bit indicates if the ASRC_IN register is in use, or if it is ready for more data.
• The ASRC_CTRL_OUT_REQ bit indicates if the ASRC_OUT register contains no new data, or if it has new data
that can be read.
• The ASRC_CTRL_*_ERR bits indicate what errors have been captured by the ASRC block, and the
ASRC_CTRL_*_ERR_CLR bits can be written to clear these error indication bits.

www.onsemi.com
395
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

The ASRC is capable of processing one audio channel at a time. In cases where more than one channel needs to be
processed, the ASRC block’s internal states need to be saved to memory after a block has been processed, and restored
before the next block is processed, as follows:

• ASRC_PHASE_CNT: This register holds the current phase of the polyphase filter.
• ASRC_STATE_MEM: This 30-value register array holds the internal filter states of the polyphase filter. The
number of states that need to be stored depends on the ASRC_CFG_ASRC_MODE setting, as outlined in Table 34
on page 395.

IMPORTANT: The ASRC must be disabled when saving or restoring its internal states. Behavior of the ASRC
is undefined if the ASRC is active while its state is being updated.

Data is provided to the ASRC through the ASRC_IN register. Data is read from the ASRC through the ASRC_OUT
register, and the ASRC_OUT_CNT register indicates how many samples have been generated. Typically the counter is
cleared after each block of samples has been completely processed.

The ASRC supports four interrupts, configured using the ASRC_INT_ENABLE register:

1. The ASRC_INT_ENABLE_ASRC_IN_REQ bit can be enabled to trigger an ASRC_IN interrupt when more input
data is required. This mode is used when providing audio samples using the ARM Cortex-M3 processor when
using interrupts.
2. The ASRC_INT_ENABLE_ASRC_OUT_REQ bit can be enabled to trigger an ASRC_OUT interrupt when more
output data is available. This mode is used when reading audio samples using the ARM Cortex-M3 processor
when using interrupts.
3. The ASRC_INT_ENABLE_ASRC_IN_ERR bit can be enabled to trigger an ASRC_ERROR interrupt when data is
written to the ASRC_IN register before processing of the previously written value is complete.
4. The ASRC_INT_ENABLE_ASRC_UPDATE_ERR bit can be enabled to trigger an ASRC_ERROR interrupt when
any of the ASRC_PHASE_CNT, ASRC_PHASE_INC or ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT registers are written while
processing of a sample is ongoing.

13.4.1 ASRC Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

ASRC_CTRL ASRC Control Register 0x40001100
ASRC_INT_ENABLE ASRC Interrupt Mask Register 0x40001104
ASRC_OUT ASRC Output Data Register 0x40001108
ASRC_IN ASRC Input Data Register 0x4000110C
ASRC_CFG ASRC Configuration Register 0x40001110
ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT ASRC output sample counter 0x40001114
ASRC_PHASE_INC ASRC phase counter increment value 0x40001118
ASRC_PHASE_CNT ASRC phase counter 0x4000111C
ASRC_STATE_MEM ASRC State Memory 0 to 29 (32 bit) 0x40001120

www.onsemi.com
396
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.4.1.1 ASRC_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

14 ASRC_PROC_STATUS The ASRC processing state
13 ASRC_OUT_REQ The ASRC_OUT register status
12 ASRC_IN_REQ The ASRC_IN register status
11 ASRC_UPDATE_ERR The ASRC state/configuration update error interrupt status
10 ASRC_IN_ERR The ASRC input interface error interrupt status
9 ASRC_UPDATE_ERR_CLR Clear the ASRC update/configuration error interrupt status
8 ASRC_IN_ERR_CLR Clear the ASRC input interface error interrupt
3 ASRC_RESET Write a 1 to reset ASRC
2 ASRC_EN_STATUS Enable status of the re-sampler block
1 ASRC_DISABLE Disable the re-sampler block
0 ASRC_ENABLE Enable the re-sampler block

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ASRC_PROC_STATUS ASRC_IDLE The ASRC is idle 0x0*
ASRC_BUSY The ASRC is busy processing a 0x1
sample
ASRC_OUT_REQ INT_IDLE_ASRC_OUT The ASRC_OUT register is idle 0x0*
INT_RDY_ASRC_OUT The ASRC_OUT register is ready to 0x1
be read
ASRC_IN_REQ INT_IDLE_ASRC_IN The ASRC_IN register is idle 0x0*
INT_RDY_ASRC_IN The ASRC_IN register is requesting 0x1
an input
ASRC_UPDATE_ERR INT_IDLE_ASRC_PH_CNT_ERR This source has not set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_PENDING_ASRC_PH_CNT_ERR The internal states or configuration 0x1
were updated while the accelerator
was busy
ASRC_IN_ERR INT_IDLE_ASRC_IN_ERR This source has not set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_PENDING_ASRC_IN_ERR The ASRC input interface register 0x1
was overwritten before the
accelerator finished its processing
ASRC_UPDATE_ERR_CLR CLR_ASRC_UPDATE_ERR Clear the ASRC update error 0x1
interrupt
ASRC_IN_ERR_CLR CLR_ASRC_IN_ERR Clear the ASRC IN error interrupt 0x1
ASRC_RESET ASRC_RESET Reset ASRC 0x1
ASRC_EN_STATUS ASRC_DISABLED The re-sampler is disabled 0x0*
ASRC_ENABLED The re-sampler is enabled 0x1
ASRC_DISABLE ASRC_DISABLE Disable the re-sampler 0x1*
ASRC_ENABLE ASRC_ENABLE Enable the re-sampler block 0x1

www.onsemi.com
397
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.4.1.2 ASRC_INT_ENABLE

Bit Field Field Name Description

3 ASRC_UPDATE_ERR The ASRC state/configuration update error interrupt mask
2 ASRC_IN_ERR The ASRC input interface error interrupt mask
1 ASRC_OUT_REQ The ASRC_OUT register interrupt status
0 ASRC_IN_REQ The ASRC_IN register interrupt status

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

ASRC_UPDATE_ERR INT_DIS_ASRC_UPDATE_ERR This source can not set an interrupt 0x0
INT_EBL_ASRC_UPDATE_ERR This source can set the interrupt line 0x1*
ASRC_IN_ERR INT_DIS_ASRC_IN_ERR This source can not set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_EBL_ASRC_IN_ERR This source can set the interrupt line 0x1
ASRC_OUT_REQ INT_DIS_ASRC_OUT This source can not set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_EBL_ASRC_OUT This source can set the interrupt line 0x1
ASRC_IN_REQ INT_DIS_ASRC_IN This source can not set an interrupt 0x0*
INT_EBL_ASRC_IN This source can set the interrupt line 0x1

13.4.1.3 ASRC_OUT

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 ASRC_OUT Audio sample output

13.4.1.4 ASRC_IN

Bit Field Field Name Description

15:0 ASRC_IN Audio sample input

13.4.1.5 ASRC_CFG

Bit Field Field Name Description

2 WDF_TYPE WDF Type Selection
1:0 ASRC_MODE ASRC mode

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

WDF_TYPE LOW_DELAY Low Delay filter 0x0*
WIDE_BAND Wide band response filter 0x1
ASRC_MODE ASRC_INT_MODE Interpolation mode 0x0*
ASRC_DEC_MODE1 Decimation mode 1 0x1
ASRC_DEC_MODE3 Decimation mode 3 0x3

www.onsemi.com
398
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

13.4.1.6 ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

11:0 ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT ASRC output sample counter

13.4.1.7 ASRC_PHASE_INC

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 ASRC_STEP ASRC phase counter increment step size

13.4.1.8 ASRC_PHASE_CNT

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 ASRC_PHASE_CNT ASRC phase counter

13.4.1.9 ASRC_STATE_MEM

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 ASRC_STATE_MEM ASRC State Memory 0 to 29

www.onsemi.com
399
 CHAPTER 14

Private Peripherals
14.

14.1 NESTED VECTORED INTERRUPT CONTROLLER (NVIC)

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor is closely tied to a nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC), which is an integral
part of the processor and provides the interrupt handling functionality. This block is implemented with the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor and is described in the ARM Cortex-M3 Technical Reference Manual.

The Arm Cortex-M3 processor as implemented for RSL10 uses pulse interrupts. These interrupts are sampled on
the rising edge of SYSCLK. A pulse interrupt can be reasserted during the ISR so that the interrupt can be in the
pending state and active at the same time. If another pulse arrives while the interrupt is still pending, the interrupt
remains pending and the ISR runs only once.

The NVIC handles a non-maskable interrupt (NMI), several faults, predefined interrupts, and a set of
general-purpose interrupts that are external to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor, and linked to its interfaces and
peripherals. A list of the interrupts supported by the NVIC for the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is provided in Table 35.

Table 35. Interrupts in the Arm Cortex-M3 Processor

Interrupt Enumeration Define Enumeration Value Vector Number Description

Reset_IRQn -15 1 Reset vector
NonMaskableInt_IRQn -14 2 Non-maskable interrupt (NMI)
HardFault_IRQn -13 3 Hard fault interrupt
MemoryManagement_IRQn -12 4 Memory management interrupt
BusFault_IRQn -11 5 Bus fault interrupt
UsageFault_IRQn -10 6 Usage fault interrupt
SVCall_IRQn -5 11 SVCall interrupt
DebugMonitor_IRQn -4 12 Debug monitor interrupt
PendSV_IRQn -2 14 PendSV interrupt
SysTick_IRQn -1 15 System Tick interrupt
WAKEUP_IRQn 0 16 Wake-up interrupt
RTC_ALARM_IRQn 1 17 RTC alarm interrupt
RTC_CLOCK_IRQn 2 18 RTC clock interrupt
ADC_BATMON_IRQn 3 19 ADC/Battery monitor interrupt
TIMER0_IRQn 4 20 Timer 0 interrupt
TIMER1_IRQn 5 21 Timer 1 interrupt
TIMER2_IRQn 6 22 Timer 2 interrupt
TIMER3_IRQn 7 23 Timer 3 interrupt
DMA0_IRQn 8 24 DMA channel 0 interrupt
DMA1_IRQn 9 25 DMA channel 1 interrupt
DMA2_IRQn 10 26 DMA channel 2 interrupt
DMA3_IRQn 11 27 DMA channel 3 interrupt
DMA4_IRQn 12 28 DMA channel 4 interrupt
DMA5_IRQn 13 29 DMA channel 5 interrupt
DMA6_IRQn 14 30 DMA channel 6 interrupt
DMA7_IRQn 15 31 DMA channel 7 interrupt

www.onsemi.com
400
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 35. Interrupts in the Arm Cortex-M3 Processor (Continued)

Interrupt Enumeration Define Enumeration Value Vector Number Description

DIO0_IRQn 16 32 DIO0 interrupt
DIO1_IRQn 17 33 DIO1 interrupt
DIO2_IRQn 18 34 DIO2 interrupt
DIO3_IRQn 19 35 DIO3 interrupt
WATCHDOG_IRQn 20 36 Watchdog interrupt
SPI0_RX_IRQn 21 37 SPI0 receive interrupt
SPI0_TX_IRQn 22 38 SPI0 transmit interrupt
SPI0_ERROR_IRQn 23 39 SPI0 error interrupt
SPI1_RX_IRQn 24 40 SPI1 receive interrupt
SPI1_TX_IRQn 25 41 SPI1 transmit interrupt
SPI1_ERROR_IRQn 26 42 SPI1 error interrupt
I2C_IRQn 27 43 I2C interrupt
UART_RX_IRQn 28 44 UART receive interrupt
UART_TX_IRQn 29 45 UART transmit interrupt
UART_ERROR_IRQn 30 46 UART error interrupt
DMIC_OUT_OD_IN_IRQn 31 47 DMIC and output driver data ready interrupt
DMIC_OD_ERROR_IRQn 32 48 DMIC overrun and output driver underrun
detect interrupt
PCM_RX_IRQn 33 49 PCM receive interrupt
PCM_TX_IRQn 34 50 PCM transmit interrupt
PCM_ERROR_IRQn 35 51 PCM error interrupt
DSP0_IRQn 36 52 DSP event interrupt 0
DSP1_IRQn 37 53 DSP event interrupt 1
DSP2_IRQn 38 54 DSP event interrupt 2
DSP3_IRQn 39 55 DSP event interrupt 3
DSP4_IRQn 40 56 DSP event interrupt 4
DSP5_IRQn 41 57 DSP event interrupt 5
DSP6_IRQn 42 58 DSP event interrupt 6
DSP7_IRQn 43 59 DSP event interrupt 7
BLE_CSCNT_IRQn 44 60 BLE 625 s time reference interrupt
BLE_SLP_IRQn 45 61 BLE Sleep Mode interrupt
BLE_RX_IRQn 46 62 BLE received packet interrupt
BLE_EVENT_IRQn 47 63 BLE event interrupt
BLE_CRYPT_IRQn 48 64 BLE AES ciphering complete interrupt
BLE_ERROR_IRQn 49 65 BLE baseband error interrupt
BLE_GROSSTGTIM_IRQn 50 66 BLE gross timer interrupt
BLE_FINETGTIM_IRQn 51 67 BLE fine timer interrupt
BLE_SW_IRQn 52 68 BLE SW triggered interrupt
BLE_COEX_RX_TX_IRQn 53 69 RF coexistence Bluetooth low energy
technology start/stop Rx or Tx interrupt

www.onsemi.com
401
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 35. Interrupts in the Arm Cortex-M3 Processor (Continued)

Interrupt Enumeration Define Enumeration Value Vector Number Description

BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS_IRQn 54 70 RF coexistence Bluetooth low energy
technology in process interrupt
RF_TX_IRQn 55 71 Bluetooth low energy technology transmit
interrupt
RF_RXSTOP_IRQn 56 72 Bluetooth low energy technology receive
stop interrupt
RF_IRQ_RECEIVED_IRQn 57 73 Bluetooth low energy technology received
packet interrupt
RF_SYNC_IRQn 58 74 Bluetooth low energy technology received
sync word interrupt
RF_TXFIFO_IRQn 59 75 Tx FIFO near underflow detect interrupt
RF_RXFIFO_IRQn 60 76 Rx FIFO near overflow detect interrupt
ASRC_ERROR_IRQn 61 77 ASRC error interrupt
ASRC_IN_IRQn 62 78 ASRC data input interrupt
ASRC_OUT_IRQn 63 79 ASRC data output interrupt
AUDIOSINK_PHASE_IRQn 64 80 Audio sink clock phase interrupt
AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_IRQn 65 81 Audio sink clock period interrupt
CLKDET_IRQn 66 82 Clock detection interrupt
FLASH_COPY_IRQn 67 83 Flash copy interrupt
FLASH_ECC_IRQn 68 84 Flash ECC event interrupt
MEMORY_ERR_IRQn 69 85 Memory error interrupt
BLE_AUDIO0 70 86 Audio over Bluetooth low energy technology
channel 0 interrupt
BLE_AUDIO1 71 87 Audio over Bluetooth low energy technology
channel 1 interrupt
BLE_AUDIO2 72 88 Audio over Bluetooth low energy technology
channel 2 interrupt

Table 36 lists the NVIC registers. The following subsections describe their bit fields and use by the RSL10
microcontroller.

Table 36. NVIC Control Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

SCnSCB_ICTR NVIC Interrupt Controller Type Register 0xE000E004
NVIC_ISER0 NVIC External Interrupt Set Enable Register 0 0xE000E100
NVIC_ISER1 NVIC External Interrupt Set Enable Register 1 0xE000E104

NVIC_ISER2 NVIC External Interrupt Set Enable Register 2 0xE000E108

NVIC_ICER0 NVIC External Interrupt Clear Enable Register 0 0xE000E180

NVIC_ICER1 NVIC External Interrupt Clear Enable Register 1 0xE000E184

NVIC_ICER2 NVIC External Interrupt Clear Enable Register 2 0xE000E188

NVIC_ISPR0 NVIC External Interrupt Set Pending Register 0 0xE000E200

NVIC_ISPR1 NVIC External Interrupt Set Pending Register 1 0xE000E204

www.onsemi.com
402
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 36. NVIC Control Registers (Continued)

Register Name Register Description Address

NVIC_ISPR2 NVIC External Interrupt Set Pending Register 2 0xE000E208
NVIC_ICPR0 NVIC External Interrupt Clear Pending Register 0 0xE000E280
NVIC_ICPR1 NVIC External Interrupt Clear Pending Register 1 0xE000E284
NVIC_ICPR2 NVIC External Interrupt Clear Pending Register 2 0xE000E288
NVIC_IABR0 NVIC External Interrupt Active Register 0 0xE000E300
NVIC_IABR1 NVIC External Interrupt Active Register 1 0xE000E304
NVIC_IABR2 NVIC External Interrupt Active Register 2 0xE000E308
NVIC_IP0 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 0 0xE000E400
NVIC_IP1 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 1 0xE000E404
NVIC_IP2 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 2 0xE000E408
NVIC_IP3 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 3 0xE000E40C
NVIC_IP4 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 4 0xE000E410
NVIC_IP5 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 5 0xE000E414
NVIC_IP6 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 6 0xE000E418
NVIC_IP7 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 7 0xE000E41C
NVIC_IP8 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 8 0xE000E420
NVIC_IP9 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 9 0xE000E424
NVIC_IP10 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 10 0xE000E428
NVIC_IP11 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 11 0xE000E42C
NVIC_IP12 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 12 0xE000E430
NVIC_IP13 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 13 0xE000E434
NVIC_IP14 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 14 0xE000E438
NVIC_IP15 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 15 0xE000E43C
NVIC_IP16 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 16 0xE000E440
NVIC_IP17 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 17 0xE000E444
NVIC_IP18 NVIC External Interrupt Priority Register 18 0xE000E448
SCB_CPUID NVIC CPU ID Base Register 0xE000ED00
SCB_ICSR NVIC Interrupt Control and State Register 0xE000ED04
SCB_VTOR NVIC Vector Table Offset Register 0xE000ED08
SCB_AIRCR NVIC Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register 0xE000ED0C
SCB_SCR NVIC System Control Register 0xE000ED10
SCB_CCR NVIC Configuration Control Register 0xE000ED14
SCB_SHP0 NVIC System Interrupt Priority Register 0 0xE000ED18
SCB_SHP1 NVIC System Interrupt Priority Register 1 0xE000ED1C
SCB_SHP2 NVIC System Interrupt Priority Register 2 0xE000ED20
SCB_SHCSR NVIC System Handler Control and State Register 0xE000ED24
SCB_CFSR NVIC Fault Status Register 0xE000ED28
SCB_HFSR NVIC Hard Fault Status Register 0xE000ED2C

www.onsemi.com
403
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 36. NVIC Control Registers (Continued)

Register Name Register Description Address

SCB_DFSR NVIC Debug Fault Status Register 0xE000ED30
SCB_MMFAR NVIC Memory Management Fault Address Register 0xE000ED34
SCB_BFAR NVIC Bus Fault Address Register 0xE000ED38
NVIC_STIR NVIC Software Trigger Interrupt Register 0xE000EF00

IMPORTANT: The NVIC is a standard component provided with the Arm Cortex-M3 processor. The registers
for this peripheral are defined in core_cm3.h and augmented by defines for the bit fields, bit settings and
subregisters in rsl10_hw.h.

14.1.1 Interrupt Controller Type Register

The Interrupt Controller Type register (SCnSCB_ICTR) indicates the number of interrupts supported by the NVIC.
This register is from the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s SCnSCB register block. Table 37 describes this register.

Table 37. Interrupt Controller Type Register Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

4:0 INTLINESNUM Total number of interrupt line groups: RSL10 uses 69 external interrupts
(NVIC_INTLINESNUM_65_96, hex value 0x2)

14.1.2 Interrupt Set Enable and Clear Enable Registers

Use the Interrupt Set Enable registers (NVIC_ISER[0]to NVIC_ISER[2]) to:

• Enable interrupts
• Determine which interrupts are currently enabled

Use the Interrupt Clear-Enable registers (NVIC_ICER[0] to NVIC_ICER[2]) to:

• Disable interrupts
• Determine which interrupts are currently disabled

These registers contain a bit for each of the external interrupts (vectors 16 to 57) listed in Table 35 on page 400.
Setting a bit in an Interrupt Set-Enable register enables the corresponding interrupt. Setting a bit in an Interrupt
Clear-Enable register disables the corresponding interrupt.

When the enable bit of a pending interrupt is set, the processor activates the interrupt based on its priority. When
the enable bit is cleared, asserting its interrupt signal pends the interrupt, but it is not possible to activate the interrupt,
regardless of its priority. Therefore, a disabled interrupt can serve as a latched general-purpose I/O bit that can be read
and cleared without invoking an interrupt.

NOTE: Clearing an Interrupt Set-Enable Register bit does not affect currently active interrupts. It only
prevents new activations.

These registers are part of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s NVIC register block. Table 38 describes the field of the
Interrupt Set-Enable registers. Table 39 describes the field of the Interrupt Clear-Enable registers.

www.onsemi.com
404
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 38. Interrupt Set-Enable Register Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SETENA Interrupt set enable bits. For write operation:
• 1 = Enable interrupt
• 0 = No effect.

For read operation:

• 1 = Interrupt enabled
• 0 = Interrupt disabled

Writing 0 to a SETENA bit has no effect. Reading the bit returns its current
enable state. Reset clears the SETENA fields.

Table 39. Interrupt Clear-Enable Register Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CLRENA Interrupt clear-enable bits. For write operation:
• 1 = Disable interrupt
• 0 = No effect.

For read operation:

• 1 = Enable interrupt
• 0 = Disable interrupt.

Writing 0 to a CLRENA bit has no effect. Reading the bit returns its current
enable state.

14.1.3 Interrupt Set-Pending Registers and Interrupt Clear-Pending Registers

Use the Interrupt Set-Pending Registers (NVIC_ISPR[0] to NVIC_ISPR[2]) to:

• Force interrupts into the pending state

• Determine which interrupts are currently pending

Use the Interrupt Clear-Pending Registers (NVIC_ICPR[0] to NVIC_ICPR[2]) to:

• Clear pending interrupts

• Determine which interrupts are currently pending

These registers contain a bit for each of the external interrupts (vectors 16 to 57) listed in Table 35 on page 400.
Setting a bit in an Interrupt Set-Pending register causes the corresponding interrupt to be pending. Setting a bit in an
Interrupt Clear-Pending register puts the interrupt into the non-pending state.

NOTE: Writing to an Interrupt Set-Pending register has no effect on an interrupt that is already pending
or is disabled. Similarly, writing to an Interrupt Clear-Pending register has no effect on an
interrupt that is active unless it is also pending.

These registers are part of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s NVIC register block. Table 40 describes the Interrupt
Set-Pending registers. Table 41 describes the Interrupt Clear-Pending registers.

www.onsemi.com
405
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 40. Interrupt Set-Pending Register Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 SETPEND Interrupt set-pending bits:
• 1 = Pend the corresponding interrupt
• 0 = Corresponding interrupt not pending

Writing 0 to a SETPEND bit has no effect. Reading the bit returns its current
state.

Table 41. Interrupt Clear-Pending Registers Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 CLRPEND Interrupt clear-pending bits:
• 1 = Clear pending interrupt
• 0 = Do not clear pending interrupt

Writing 0 to a CLRPEND bit has no effect. Reading the bit returns its current
state.

14.1.4 Active Bit Register

Read the Active Bit registers (NVIC_IABR[0] to NVIC_IABR[2]) to determine which interrupts are active. This
register contains a flag for each of the external interrupts (vectors 16 to 57) listed in Table 35 on page 400. These
registers are part of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s NVIC register block. Table 42 describes the Active Bit register.

Table 42. Active Bit Register Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:0 ACTIVE Interrupt active flags:
• 1 = Interrupt active or pre-empted and stacked
• 0 = Interrupt not active nor stacked.

14.1.5 Interrupt Priority Registers

Use the Interrupt Priority Registers (NVIC_IP[0] to NVIC_IP[9]) to assign a priority to each of the available
interrupts. Each byte in an Interrupt Priority can be used to set the priority for one of the external interrupts (vectors 16
to 84) listed in Table 35 on page 400.

NOTE: Configuration of the interrupt priorities for standard Arm Cortex-M3 processor exceptions
(vectors 4 to 15) are set using the System Handler Priority registers. For more information, see
the ARMv7M Architecture Reference Manual.

The NVIC for the Arm Cortex-M3 processor in the RSL10 system has been implemented with three interrupt
priority bits per interrupt. These three priority bits are MSB aligned to an eight-bit priority bit field as required by Arm.
Generally, the lower the priority value, the higher the priority that interrupt is given.

The SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP bit field from the Application Interrupt and Reset Control register (see the ARMv7M
Architecture Reference Manual) is used to divide the interrupt priority settings into interrupt groups, and to prioritize
interrupts within those groups. The possible configurations for the division of the priority bit field into pre-emption
priority and subgroup priority is shown in Table 43.

www.onsemi.com
406
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Table 43. Division of Priority into Pre-Empt Priority and Subgroup Priority

PRIGROUP Setting Pre-Empt Priority Field Subgroup Priority Field

0x0 to 0x4 7:5 -
0x5 7:6 5
0x6 7 6:5
0x7 - 7:5

When choosing which interrupt to activate, the priority settings are applied as follows:

• When multiple interrupts are pending, but no interrupts are active, the interrupt with the lowest priority setting
is activated. If more than one pending interrupt shares the lowest priority setting, the interrupt with the lower
vector number is activated.
• If an interrupt is currently active, it can be pre-empted by any interrupt that is pended in a lower numbered
group. If multiple interrupts that could pre-empt the active interrupt are pending, the interrupt with the lowest
priority setting is activated. As before, if more than one pending interrupt shares the lowest priority setting, the
interrupt with the lower vector number is activated.

For example, setting the SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP bit field to 0x5 divides the three interrupt priority bits to use bits
[7:6] to assign the interrupt to a group, and bit [5] to assign the interrupt a priority relative to the other interrupts in that
group. Suppose the following interrupts are pending:

• TIMER0 with priority set to 0x80

• DMA0 with priority set to 0xB0
• DIO0 with priority set to 0xB0

In this example, the DIO0 and DMA0 interrupts have the lowest priority, and the DMA0 interrupt is activated because
it has a lower vector number (24 versus 32). If the TIMER0 interrupt is then pended with a priority of 0x80, the DMA0
interrupt is not pre-empted because the TIMER0, DMA0 and DIO interrupts all share the same priority group. If the
WAKEUP interrupt is then pended with a priority level of 0x20, the DMA0 interrupt is pre-empted because the WAKEUP
interrupt belongs to a higher priority interrupt group.

IMPORTANT: The reset, NMI and fault vectors have priority levels of -3, -2, and -1 respectively. As such, these
events can always pre-empt interrupts with lower priorities.

These registers are part of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s NVIC register block. Table 44 describes the bit
assignments for a single interrupt within the Interrupt Priority registers.

Table 44. Interrupt Priority Register Bit Assignments

Bit Field Field Name Description

7:5 PRI_n Priority of interrupt n

14.1.6 Registers Described by Arm Documentation

The following registers are documented in the ARMv7M Architecture Reference Manual:

• Interrupt Control State register

• Vector Table Offset register

www.onsemi.com
407
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

• Application Interrupt and Reset Control register

• System Control register
• Configuration Control register
• System Handler Priority registers
• System Handler Control and State register
• Configurable Fault Status register
• Software Trigger Interrupt register

14.2 SYSTICK

The Arm Cortex-M3 core peripherals include the system tick (SysTick) count-down timer from the
Arm Cortex-M3 processor implementation. This block is implemented as part of the NVIC, and is described in the
ARM Cortex-M3 Technical Reference Manual.

The clock used by the SysTick timer is selected using the SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE bit from the
SysTick_CTRL register. This timer can be clocked from the system clock (SYSCLK) or from the SysTick-specific
reference clock (STCLK) that is divided from SLOWCLK by 32. For more information about SYSCLK, see
Section 6.3.1, “System Clock (SYSCLK)” on page 79. For more information about SLOWCLK, see Section 6.3.3,
“Slow Clock (SLOWCLK)” on page 81. The SysTick_CALIB register is configured to define a 10 ms timer period
based on STCLK.

The delay provided by the SysTick timer is defined using the selected clock and a reload value loaded to the
SysTick_LOAD register, as follows:

 SysTick_LOAD + 1 
DELAY = -----------------------------------------------------
f SYSCLK or STCLK

The current value of the SysTick counter can be read at any time from the SysTick_VAL register.

The SysTick timer is enabled by setting the SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE bit in the SysTick_CTRL register. SysTick
interrupts are enabled by setting the SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT bit in the SysTick_CTRL register. The
SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG bit in the SysTick_CTRL register indicates if the SysTick timer has reached zero since
the last time this register was read, and is cleared automatically after being read. This bit can be used if an application
uses polling instead of interrupting to monitor for SysTick timer events.

IMPORTANT: If the SysTick timer is sourced from SYSCLK, and the clock to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is
gated due to the use of a wait-for-interrupt (WFI) or wait-for-event (WFE) instruction, the SysTick timer will be
clocked at a much slower rate while waiting for the interrupt or event to occur. If using these instructions, we
recommend using STCLK as the source for the SysTick timer or using a general-purpose timer running at
SLOWCLK divided by 2 if the clock source should be faster.

14.2.1 SysTick Control and Configuration Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

SysTick_CTRL SYSTICK Control and Status Register 0xE000E010
SysTick_LOAD SYSTICK Reload Value Register 0xE000E014
SysTick_VAL SYSTICK Current Value Register 0xE000E018
SysTick_CALIB SYSTICK Calibration Register 0xE000E01C

www.onsemi.com
408
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

IMPORTANT: The SysTick timer is a standard component provided with the Arm Cortex-M3 processor. The
registers for this peripheral are defined in core_cm3.h and augmented by defines for the bit fields, bit settings
and subregisters in rsl10_hw.h.

14.2.1.1 SysTick_CTRL

Bit Field Field Name Description

16 COUNTFLAG Reads as 1 if SYSTICK counter has reached 0 since the last time the timer has
reached 0. Clears to 0 on read.
2 CLKSOURCE SYSTICK timer clock source
1 TICKINT SYSTICK timer interrupt enable
0 ENABLE SYSTICK timer enable

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

COUNTFLAG SYSTICK_COUNTFLAG_NOT_ZERO SYSTICK counter has not reached zero since last read 0x0*
SYSTICK_COUNTFLAG_ZERO SYSTICK counter has reached zero since last read 0x1
CLKSOURCE SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_EXTREF_CLK Use external reference clock (STCLK) 0x0*
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_CORE_CLK Use the core clock 0x1
TICKINT SYSTICK_TICKINT_DISABLE Disable interrupt generation when SYSTICK timer 0x0*
reaches 0
SYSTICK_TICKINT_ENABLE Enable interrupt generation when SYSTICK timer reaches 0x1
0
ENABLE SYSTICK_DISABLE Disable SYSTICK timer 0x0*
SYSTICK_ENABLE Enable SYSTICK Timer 0x1

14.2.1.2 SysTick_LOAD

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:0 RELOAD Counter reload value for the SYSTICK timer when it reaches 0

14.2.1.3 SysTick_VAL

Bit Field Field Name Description

23:0 CURRENT Current value of the SYSTICK counter value. Write to clear counter.

14.2.1.4 SysTick_CALIB

Bit Field Field Name Description

31 NOREF Indicates if a reference clock is available
30 SKEW Indicates if calibration value is exactly 10 ms or not
23:0 TENMS SYSTICK counter calibration value for 10 ms. A value of 0 means the calibration
value is not available

www.onsemi.com
409
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Field Name Value Symbol Value Description Hex Value

NOREF SYSTICK_NOREF No external reference clock available 0x1
SYSTICK_REF External reference clock available 0x0*
SKEW SYSTICK_SKEW Calibration value is not exactly 10 ms 0x1
SYSTICK_NOSKEW Calibration value is exactly 10 ms 0x0*

14.3 DEBUG CONTROLLER

14.3.1 Halting Debug Configuration and Status

The Debug Halting Control and Status Register (DHCSR) provides status information on the processor state, enables
core debugging, and allows an external system to halt and single-step the core. To write to this register,
DEBUG_HALT_KEY must be written to the CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY bit field.

The DHCSR is used to configure the Arm Cortex-M3 processor for halting debug. To enable halting debug, set the
CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN bit. If halting debug is enabled:

• To halt the core, set the CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT bit.

• To single-step the core, set the CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP bit.
• To mask interrupts while single-stepping, set the CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS bit (the core must be
halted to write this bit).
• To break a stalled memory access, where the memory access might be stalled due to a memory conflict with
another component of the RSL10 system, set the CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPALL bit.

The Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register (DEMCR) contains a number of possible exception conditions
that the debug tools might want to monitor during debug. When enabled, each of these vector catch configuration bits
monitors for the specified fault or reset event. When a fault or event that is being monitored is detected, a core halt
request is used to halt the core as soon as the currently executing instruction completes. Supported vector catch events
include debug traps that trigger on:

• A core reset
• A memory management fault
• Usage faults for:
• No coprocessor errors
• Unaligned accesses or division by 0
• State errors

• A bus fault
• Errors when handling an interrupt or exception
• A hard fault

The DHCSR also provides a variety of debug related status information, including:

• If the core has been reset or is resetting (CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST); this bit is cleared when read
• If an instruction has completed execution since this register has been last read; this bit is cleared when read
• If the core is in a locked state
• If the core is in Sleep Mode
• If the core has been halted
• If the most recent register read/write has completed; for more information, see Section 14.3.3, “Arm
Cortex-M3 Processor Core Register Access”

www.onsemi.com
410
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

NOTE: The DHCSR and all DEMCR bits that are not related to the debug monitor are only reset if a POR or
similar occurs. These registers are not reset for a core reset. For more information about resets,
see Section 5.5, “Resets” on page 64.

CAUTION: We strongly recommend that only the debugger use the DHCSR because accesses to this register from
application code can interfere with the debug behavior of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor debug port.

14.3.2 Debug Monitor Configuration

The NVIC from the Arm Cortex-M3 processor contains a debug monitor that can be used to control debug
activities. The debug monitor is tied to the debug monitor system interrupt (vector number 12) and is configured using
the DEMCR register. To enable the debug monitor and debug monitor exception, set the CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN bit
from the DEMCR register. To manually pend the debug monitor exception, set the CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND bit
from the DEMCR register. To single-step the core using the debug monitor (if the debug monitor is enabled), set the
CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP bit from the DEMCR register.

The CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ bit from the DEMCR register indicates whether a debug monitor event was
caused by a manual request or a debug event (including a debug trap).

14.3.3 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Core Register Access

The Arm Cortex-M3 debug port includes a pair of registers that the debug port uses to provide read and write
access to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s core registers: the Debug Core Register Selector Register (DCRSR) and the
Debug Core Register Data Register (DCRDR). The DCRSR contains the selection of the register to be read or written, and
the type of access used. To define the read/write direction, write REGWNR_READ or REGWNR_WRITE to the
CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR bit field. To set the register to be read, use the REGSEL_* bit settings for the
CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL bit field from the DCRSR.

Data written using the DCRSR is copied from the DCRDR to the specified core register. Similarly, data read using the
DCRSR is written to the DCRDR, where it can be accessed using debug port memory reads. If the selector register selects
the core special registers, the data read or written is interpreted using the bit fields described in Table 45.

Table 45. Debug Core Register Data Register Special Register Mapping

Bit Field Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Register

31:24 CONTROL
23:16 FAULTMASK
15:8 BASEPRI
7:0 PRIMASK

14.3.4 Debug Fault Status Register

The Debug Fault Status register (DFSR) is used to monitor debug events including:

• External debug requests

• Vector catches
• Data watchpoint matches
• BKPT instruction execution
• Halt requests

www.onsemi.com
411
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Each flag in the Debug Fault Status register is set independently when its debug condition occurs. The bits in this
register are not set unless the event is caught. One of four things occurs if an event is detected:

If halting debug is enabled

Debug events stop the processor by going into debug mode.

If halting debug is disabled and the debug monitor is enabled

Debug events trigger a debug monitor handler call, if priority permits.

If halting debug and the debug monitor are both disabled

Some debug events are interpreted as Hard Faults, setting the SCB_HFSR_DBGEVT bit in the
Hard Fault status register. This always includes BKPT events, and includes VCATCH events (see
Section 14.3.5.1, “SCB_DFSR Settings” on page 412 for descriptions of the events) if those
events are enabled in the Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register (see Section 14.3.5.4,
“Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register” on page 413).

If not interpreted as a hard fault, the debug event is ignored.

This register is part of the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s SCB register block.

14.3.5 Arm Cortex-M3 Processor Debug Port Specific Control and Configuration Registers

Register Name Register Description Address

SCB_DFSR NVIC Debug Fault Status Register 0xE000ED30
CoreDebug_DHCSR Debug Halting Control and Status Register 0xE000EDF0
CoreDebug_DCRSR Debug Core Register Selector Register 0xE000EDF4
CoreDebug_DCRDR Debug Core Register Data Register 0xE000EDF8
CoreDebug_DEMCR Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register 0xE000EDFC

IMPORTANT: The Arm Cortex-M3 core debug port components are part of a standard component provided
with the Arm Cortex-M3 processor. The registers for this peripheral are defined in core_cm3.h and augmented
by defines for the bit fields, bit settings and subregisters in rsl10_hw.h. These registers are only accessible through
the Arm Cortex-M3 processor’s private peripheral bus (see Section 7.1, “Memory Architecture” on page 94).

14.3.5.1 SCB_DFSR Settings

Bit Field Field Name Description

4 EXTERNAL Indicate if an external debug request has been asserted. The processor stops
on the next instruction boundary.
3 VCATCH Indicate if a vector catch occurred. When the VCATCH flag is set, a flag in one
of the local fault status registers is also set to indicate the type of fault. For
information about configuring the system to catch specific vectors, see
Section 14.3.5.4, “Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register”.
2 DWTTRAP Indicates DWT match occurred

www.onsemi.com
412
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

1 BKPT Indicate if a BKPT instruction executed. The BKPT flag is set by a BKPT
instruction in code. The PC’s return value points to the instruction containing the
breakpoint.
0 HALTED Indicate if a halt was requested by the NVIC (including a halt due to a
single-step debug operation).

14.3.5.2 CoreDebug_DHCSR Settings

Bit Field Field Name Description

31:16 KEY Must be written with the DEBUG_HALT_KEY (0xA05F) to write to other parts of
this register
25 S_RESET_ST Status bit indicating if the core was reset or is being reset since this register was
last read
24 S_RETIRE_ST Status bit indicating an instruction completed since this register was last read
19 S_LOCKUP Status bit indicating if the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is in a locked state
18 S_SLEEP Status bit indicating if the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is in Sleep Mode
17 S_HALT Status bit indicating if the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is halted
16 S_REGRDY Status bit indicating if a register read or write has completed since this register
was last read
5 C_SNAPSTALL Control bit used to break a stalled memory access
3 C_MASKINTS Control bit used to mask interrupts while single-stepping; this bit can only be
modified if the Arm Cortex-M3 processor is halted
2 C_STEP Control bit used to single-step the Arm Cortex-M3 processor if halt mode
debugging is enabled
1 C_HALT Control bit used to halt the Arm Cortex-M3 processor if halt mode debugging is
enabled
0 C_DEBUGEN Control bit used to enable halt mode debugging (cannot be written by the core
itself)

14.3.5.3 CoreDebug_DCRSR Settings

Bit Field Field Name Description

16 REGWnR Write/not-read bit controlling the direction of the register transfer
4:0 REGSEL Select the core register to read from or write to

14.3.5.4 Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register

Bit Field Field Name Description

19 MON_REQ Indicate if a debug monitor exception has been triggered by a pending manual
request or a hardware debug event
18 MON_STEP Single-step the core; this bit can only be written if the debug monitor exception is
enabled
17 MON_PEND Manually pend a debug monitor exception
16 MON_EN Enable the debug monitor exception
10 VC_HARDERR Capture hard fault events
9 VC_INTERR Capture errors encountered when serving an interrupt

www.onsemi.com
413
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Bit Field Field Name Description

8 VC_BUSERR Capture bus fault events
7 VC_STATERR Capture usage faults due to a state error
6 VC_CHKERR Capture usage faults for the optionally enabled usage errors (i.e., due to an
unaligned access or division by zero); for information on configuring these
optional error sources, see the Configuration Control Register in ARMv7M
Architecture Reference Manual.
5 VC_NOCPERR Capture usage faults due to a no-coprocessor error
4 VC_MMERR Capture memory management faults
0 VC_CORERESET Capture core reset events

www.onsemi.com
414
 APPENDIX A
Control and Configuration Registers
A.

This appendix lists all the registers that are available. Refer to the appropriate section for information about the
control and configuration registers for a block. The sections are:

• Section A.1, “Chip Identification” on page 416

• Section A.2, “System Control” on page 417
• Section A.3, “Clock Generation” on page 422
• Section A.4, “Reset” on page 423
• Section A.5, “Watchdog Timer” on page 424
• Section A.6, “General-Purpose Timers 0, 1, 2 and 3” on page 425
• Section A.7, “Flash Interface Configuration and Control” on page 426
• Section A.8, “DMA Controller Configuration and Control” on page 429
• Section A.9, “DIO Interface and Digital Pad control” on page 431
• Section A.10, “SPI0 Interface Configuration and Control” on page 433
• Section A.11, “SPI1 Interface Configuration and Control” on page 434
• Section A.12, “PCM Interface Configuration and Control” on page 435
• Section A.13, “I2C Interface Configuration and Control” on page 436
• Section A.14, “UART Interface Configuration and Control” on page 438
• Section A.15, “PWM 0 and 1 Configuration and Control” on page 439
• Section A.16, “DMIC Input and Output Driver Configuration and Control” on page 440
• Section A.17, “CRC Generator Control” on page 443
• Section A.18, “Audio Sink Clock Counters” on page 444
• Section A.19, “ASRC Configuration and Control” on page 445
• Section A.20, “Analog-to-Digital Converter and Battery Monitoring” on page 446
• Section A.21, “ACS domain (Analog Bridge Access)” on page 447
• Section A.22, “Baseband Controller Interface” on page 452
• Section A.23, “Baseband Controller” on page 453
• Section A.24, “RF Front-End 2.4 GHz” on page 466
• Section A.25, “SYSTICK Timer” on page 493
• Section A.26, “System Control and ID register not in the SCB” on page 494
• Section A.27, “Nested Vector Interrupt Controller” on page 495
• Section A.28, “System Control Block” on page 512
• Section A.29, “Debug Controller” on page 515

www.onsemi.com
415
 A.1 CHIP IDENTIFICATION

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x1FFFFFFC AHBREGS_CHIP_ID_NUM - (31:24) CHIP_FAMILY 0X9 Chip Family number
- (23:16) CHIP_VERSION 0X1 Chip Version number
- (15:8) CHIP_MAJOR_REVISION 0X1 Chip Major Revision number
- (7:3) CHIP_MINOR_REVISION 0X0 Chip Minor Revision number
- (2) OD_FEATURE 0X0 OD feature
- (1) LPDSP32_FEATURE 0X0 LPDSP32 feature
- (0) AOBLE_FEATURE 0X0 AOBLE feature

416
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.2 SYSTEM CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000000 SYSCTRL_DSS_CTRL - (8) LPDSP32_STATUS 0X1 LPDSP32 feature status
(5) DSS_CSS_INT_RESET - N/A Write a 1 to reset pending CSS interrupts in the DSS
interrupt controller
(4) DSS_DMA_INT_RESET - N/A Write a 1 to reset pending DMA interrupts in the DSS
interrupt controller
(3) DSS_RESET - N/A Write a 1 to reset DSS
(2) LPDSP32_PAUSE - N/A Write a 1 to pause LPDSP32
(1) LPDSP32_RESUME - N/A Write a 1 to run LPDSP32
- (0) LPDSP32_RUNNING 0X0 LPDSP32 running status
0x40000004 SYSCTRL_DSS_CMD (6) DSS_CMD_6 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 6
(5) DSS_CMD_5 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 5
(4) DSS_CMD_4 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 4
(3) DSS_CMD_3 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 3
(2) DSS_CMD_2 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 2
(1) DSS_CMD_1 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 1
(0) DSS_CMD_0 - N/A Write a 1 to issue DSS command 0

417
0x40000008 SYSCTRL_FLASH_OVERLAY_CFG (7) DSP_PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG (7) DSP_PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 DSP_PRAM0 Flash overlay configuration
onsemi

(6) DSP_PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG (6) DSP_PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 DSP_PRAM1 Flash overlay configuration

(5) DSP_PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG (5) DSP_PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 DSP_PRAM2 Flash overlay configuration

www.onsemi.com
(4) DSP_PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG (4) DSP_PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 DSP_PRAM3 Flash overlay configuration
(3) PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG (3) PRAM3_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 PRAM3 Flash overlay configuration
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(2) PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG (2) PRAM2_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 PRAM2 Flash overlay configuration

(1) PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG (1) PRAM1_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 PRAM1 Flash overlay configuration
(0) PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG (0) PRAM0_OVERLAY_CFG 0X0 PRAM0 Flash overlay configuration
0x4000000C SYSCTRL_CSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG (0) CSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE (0) CSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE 0X0 CSS loop cache enable
0x40000010 SYSCTRL_DSS_LOOP_CACHE_CFG (0) DSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE (0) DSS_LOOP_CACHE_ENABLE 0X1 DSS loop cache enable
0x40000014 SYSCTRL_MEM_ERROR (5) MEM_ERROR_CLEAR - N/A Write a 1 to clear the memory error flags
- (4) BB_MEM_ERROR 0X0 Baseband memory error flag
- (3) FLASH_COPIER_MEM_ERROR 0X0 Flash copier memory error flag
- (2) DMA_MEM_ERROR 0X0 DMA memory error flag
- (1) LPDSP32_DMEM_ERROR 0X0 LPDSP32 data memory error flag
- (0) LPDSP32_PMEM_ERROR 0X0 LPDSP32 program memory error flag
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000018 SYSCTRL_MEM_POWER_CFG (21) DSP_DRAM5_POWER (21) DSP_DRAM5_POWER 0X1 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(20) DSP_DRAM4_POWER (20) DSP_DRAM4_POWER 0X1 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(19) DSP_DRAM3_POWER (19) DSP_DRAM3_POWER 0X1 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(18) DSP_DRAM2_POWER (18) DSP_DRAM2_POWER 0X1 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(17) DSP_DRAM1_POWER (17) DSP_DRAM1_POWER 0X1 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(16) DSP_DRAM0_POWER (16) DSP_DRAM0_POWER 0X1 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(15) DSP_PRAM3_POWER (15) DSP_PRAM3_POWER 0X0 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(14) DSP_PRAM2_POWER (14) DSP_PRAM2_POWER 0X0 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(13) DSP_PRAM1_POWER (13) DSP_PRAM1_POWER 0X0 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(12) DSP_PRAM0_POWER (12) DSP_PRAM0_POWER 0X0 DSP PRAM0 power configuration
(11) BB_DRAM1_POWER (11) BB_DRAM1_POWER 0X1 Baseband DRAM1 power configuration
(10) BB_DRAM0_POWER (10) BB_DRAM0_POWER 0X1 Baseband DRAM0 power configuration
(8) DRAM2_POWER (8) DRAM2_POWER 0X1 DRAM2 power configuration
(7) DRAM1_POWER (7) DRAM1_POWER 0X1 DRAM1 power configuration
(6) DRAM0_POWER (6) DRAM0_POWER 0X1 DRAM0 power configuration
(5) PRAM3_POWER (5) PRAM3_POWER 0X1 PRAM3 power configuration
(4) PRAM2_POWER (4) PRAM2_POWER 0X1 PRAM2 power configuration

418
(3) PRAM1_POWER (3) PRAM1_POWER 0X1 PRAM1 power configuration
onsemi

(2) PRAM0_POWER (2) PRAM0_POWER 0X1 PRAM0 power configuration

(1) FLASH_POWER (1) FLASH_POWER 0X0 Flash power configuration

www.onsemi.com
(0) PROM_POWER (0) PROM_POWER 0X1 PROM power configuration
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x4000001C SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG (30:24) WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED (30:24) WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED 0X0 Wakeup restore address in packed 7-bit format.
When written, SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR is
updated. This field reads back as zero when
SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR does not point to an
enabled RAM instance.
(21) DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS (21) DSP_DRAM5_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(20) DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS (20) DSP_DRAM4_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(19) DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS (19) DSP_DRAM3_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(18) DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS (18) DSP_DRAM2_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(17) DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS (17) DSP_DRAM1_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(16) DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS (16) DSP_DRAM0_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(15) DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS (15) DSP_PRAM3_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(14) DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS (14) DSP_PRAM2_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(13) DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS (13) DSP_PRAM1_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(12) DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS (12) DSP_PRAM0_ACCESS 0X0 DSP PRAM0 access configuration
(11) BB_DRAM1_ACCESS (11) BB_DRAM1_ACCESS 0X0 Baseband DRAM1 access configuration
(10) BB_DRAM0_ACCESS (10) BB_DRAM0_ACCESS 0X0 Baseband DRAM0 access configuration
(8) DRAM2_ACCESS (8) DRAM2_ACCESS 0X0 DRAM2 access configuration
(7) DRAM1_ACCESS (7) DRAM1_ACCESS 0X0 DRAM1 access configuration

419
(6) DRAM0_ACCESS (6) DRAM0_ACCESS 0X1 DRAM0 access configuration
onsemi

(5) PRAM3_ACCESS (5) PRAM3_ACCESS 0X0 PRAM3 access configuration

www.onsemi.com
(4) PRAM2_ACCESS (4) PRAM2_ACCESS 0X0 PRAM2 access configuration
(3) PRAM1_ACCESS (3) PRAM1_ACCESS 0X0 PRAM1 access configuration
(2) PRAM0_ACCESS (2) PRAM0_ACCESS 0X0 PRAM0 access configuration
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(1) FLASH_ACCESS (1) FLASH_ACCESS 0X0 Flash access configuration

(0) PROM_ACCESS (0) PROM_ACCESS 0X1 PROM access configuration
0x40000020 SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR (31:0) WAKEUP_ADDR (31:0) WAKEUP_ADDR 0X0 Wakeup restore address in unpacked 32-bit format.
When written, the WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field
of SYSCTRL_MEM_ACCESS_CFG is updated. Bits
0-12 must be 0x0000 or 0x1FE8 (top or bottom of
memory instance). Bits 17-20, 22-28 and 30-31 must
be zero. When the WAKEUP_ADDR_PACKED field
does not point to memory that is currently accessible,
then SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_ADDR reads back as all
zeros.
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000024 SYSCTRL_MEM_RETENTION_CFG (21) DSP_DRAM5_RETENTION (21) DSP_DRAM5_RETENTION 0X1 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(20) DSP_DRAM4_RETENTION (20) DSP_DRAM4_RETENTION 0X1 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(19) DSP_DRAM3_RETENTION (19) DSP_DRAM3_RETENTION 0X1 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(18) DSP_DRAM2_RETENTION (18) DSP_DRAM2_RETENTION 0X1 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(17) DSP_DRAM1_RETENTION (17) DSP_DRAM1_RETENTION 0X1 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(16) DSP_DRAM0_RETENTION (16) DSP_DRAM0_RETENTION 0X1 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(15) DSP_PRAM3_RETENTION (15) DSP_PRAM3_RETENTION 0X0 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(14) DSP_PRAM2_RETENTION (14) DSP_PRAM2_RETENTION 0X0 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(13) DSP_PRAM1_RETENTION (13) DSP_PRAM1_RETENTION 0X0 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(12) DSP_PRAM0_RETENTION (12) DSP_PRAM0_RETENTION 0X0 DSP PRAM0 retention configuration
(11) BB_DRAM1_RETENTION (11) BB_DRAM1_RETENTION 0X1 Baseband DRAM1 retention configuration
(10) BB_DRAM0_RETENTION (10) BB_DRAM0_RETENTION 0X1 Baseband DRAM0 retention configuration
(8) DRAM2_RETENTION (8) DRAM2_RETENTION 0X1 DRAM2 retention configuration
(7) DRAM1_RETENTION (7) DRAM1_RETENTION 0X1 DRAM1 retention configuration
(6) DRAM0_RETENTION (6) DRAM0_RETENTION 0X0 DRAM0 retention configuration
(5) PRAM3_RETENTION (5) PRAM3_RETENTION 0X1 PRAM3 retention configuration
(4) PRAM2_RETENTION (4) PRAM2_RETENTION 0X1 PRAM2 retention configuration

420
(3) PRAM1_RETENTION (3) PRAM1_RETENTION 0X1 PRAM1 retention configuration
onsemi

(2) PRAM0_RETENTION (2) PRAM0_RETENTION 0X1 PRAM0 retention configuration

0x40000028 SYSCTRL_MEM_ARBITER_CFG (29:28) DSP_DRAM45_ARBITER (29:28) DSP_DRAM45_ARBITER 0X0 DSP DRAM4 and DRAM5 arbiter configuration

www.onsemi.com
(27:26) DSP_DRAM23_ARBITER (27:26) DSP_DRAM23_ARBITER 0X0 DSP DRAM2 and DRAM3 arbiter configuration
(25:24) DSP_DRAM01_ARBITER (25:24) DSP_DRAM01_ARBITER 0X0 DSP DRAM0 and DRAM1 arbiter configuration
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(23:22) DSP_PRAM3_ARBITER (23:22) DSP_PRAM3_ARBITER 0X0 DSP PRAM3 arbiter configuration

(21:20) DSP_PRAM2_ARBITER (21:20) DSP_PRAM2_ARBITER 0X0 DSP PRAM2 arbiter configuration
(19:18) DSP_PRAM1_ARBITER (19:18) DSP_PRAM1_ARBITER 0X0 DSP PRAM1 arbiter configuration
(17:16) DSP_PRAM0_ARBITER (17:16) DSP_PRAM0_ARBITER 0X0 DSP PRAM0 arbiter configuration
(11:10) BB_DRAM1_ARBITER (11:10) BB_DRAM1_ARBITER 0X3 Baseband DRAM1 arbiter configuration
(9:8) BB_DRAM0_ARBITER (9:8) BB_DRAM0_ARBITER 0X3 Baseband DRAM0 arbiter configuration
(5:4) DRAM12_ARBITER (5:4) DRAM12_ARBITER 0X0 DRAM1 and DRAM2 arbiter configuration
(2) DRAM0_ARBITER (2) DRAM0_ARBITER 0X0 DRAM0 arbiter configuration
(1) PRAM_ARBITER (1) PRAM_ARBITER 0X0 PRAM0 to PRAM3 arbiter configuration
(0) ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN (0) ROUND_ROBIN_TOKEN 0X0 Round-robin token generation configuration
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x4000002C SYSCTRL_MEM_TIMING_CFG (9:8) DSP_PRAM_EMAW (9:8) DSP_PRAM_EMAW 0X0 DSP_PRAM extra write margin configuration
(6:4) DSP_PRAM_EMA (6:4) DSP_PRAM_EMA 0X2 DSP_PRAM extra margin configuration
(3) PROM_KEN (3) PROM_KEN 0X1 PROM bitlines keeper configuration
(2:0) PROM_EMA (2:0) PROM_EMA 0X5 PROM extra margin configuration
0x40000030 SYSCTRL_CNT_CTRL - (3) CNT_STATUS 0X0 Activity counters status bit
(2) CNT_CLEAR - N/A Clear activity counters
(1) CNT_STOP - N/A Stop activity counters
(0) CNT_START - N/A Start activity counters
0x40000034 SYSCTRL_SYSCLK_CNT (31:0) SYSCLK_CNT (31:0) SYSCLK_CNT 0X0 System clock counter value
0x40000038 SYSCTRL_CM3_CNT (31:0) CM3_CNT (31:0) CM3_CNT 0X0 CM3 activity counter value
0x4000003C SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_CNT (31:0) LPDSP32_CNT (31:0) LPDSP32_CNT 0X0 LPDSP32 activity counter value
0x40000040 SYSCTRL_FLASH_READ_CNT (31:0) FLASH_READ_CNT (31:0) FLASH_READ_CNT 0X0 Flash read access counter value
0x40000048 SYSCTRL_SPEED_MEASURE (4) SPEED_MEASURE_START - N/A Start critical path speed measurement
- (3) SPEED_MEASURE_STATUS 0X0 Critical path speed measurement status
- (2:0) SPEED_MEASURE_RESULT 0X0 Critical path speed measurement result
0x4000004C SYSCTRL_LPDSP32_DEBUG_CFG (1) (1) 0X0 LPDSP32 exit powerdown mode configuration when
LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_H LPDSP32_EXIT_POWERDOWN_WHEN_H halted
ALTED ALTED

421
(0) LPDSP32_DEBUG_ENABLE (0) LPDSP32_DEBUG_ENABLE 0X0 LPDSP32 debug port enable
onsemi

0x40000050 SYSCTRL_RF_POWER_CFG (0) RF_POWER (0) RF_POWER 0X0 RF power configuration

www.onsemi.com
0x40000054 SYSCTRL_RF_ACCESS_CFG (1) RF_IRQ_ACCESS (1) RF_IRQ_ACCESS 0X0 RF IRQ access configuration
(0) RF_ACCESS (0) RF_ACCESS 0X0 RF access configuration
0x40000058 SYSCTRL_WAKEUP_PAD - (0) WAKEUP_PAD_VALUE 0X0 WAKEUP pad value
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x400000DC SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK (31:0) DBG_LOCK_WR - N/A Debug port access lock/unlock

- (0) DBG_LOCK_RD 0X1 Debug port access state
0x400000E0 SYSCTRL_DBG_LOCK_KEY (31:0) DBG_LOCK_KEY (31:0) DBG_LOCK_KEY 0X0 Debug port key
 A.3 CLOCK GENERATION

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000100 CLK_SYS_CFG (19:16) JTCK_PRESCALE (19:16) JTCK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the input clock from pad JTCK (1
to 16 in steps of 1)
(11:8) EXTCLK_PRESCALE (11:8) EXTCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the input clock from pad EXTCLK
(1 to 16 in steps of 1)
(2:0) SYSCLK_SRC_SEL (2:0) SYSCLK_SRC_SEL 0X0 Controls the source of the system clock : JTCK,
RFCLK, RCCLK, EXTCLK or STANDBYCLK
0x40000104 CLK_DIV_CFG0 (27:16) USRCLK_PRESCALE (27:16) USRCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the USR clock (1 to 4096 in steps
of 1)
(10:8) BBCLK_PRESCALE (10:8) BBCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the Baseband peripheral clock (1
to 8 in steps of 1)
(5:0) SLOWCLK_PRESCALE (5:0) SLOWCLK_PRESCALE 0X2 Prescale value for the SLOWCLK clock (1 to 64 in
steps of 1)
0x40000108 CLK_DIV_CFG1 (31:30) AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE (31:30) AUDIOSLOWCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the slow audio clock down from
the fast audio clock (1 to 4 in steps of 1)
(29:24) AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE (29:24) AUDIOCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the fast audio clock (1 to 64 in
steps of 1)
(20:16) UARTCLK_PRESCALE (20:16) UARTCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the UART peripheral clock (1 to 32
in steps of 1)
(13:8) PWM1CLK_PRESCALE (13:8) PWM1CLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the PWM1 peripheral clock (1 to

422
64 in steps of 1)
onsemi

(5:0) PWM0CLK_PRESCALE (5:0) PWM0CLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the PWM0 peripheral clock (1 to
64 in steps of 1)

www.onsemi.com
0x4000010C CLK_DIV_CFG2 (15) CPCLK_DISABLE (15) CPCLK_DISABLE 0X0 Charge pump clock disable
(13:8) CPCLK_PRESCALE (13:8) CPCLK_PRESCALE 0X7 Prescale value for the charge pump clock from the
SLOWCLK clock (1 to 64 in steps of 1)
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(7) DCCLK_DISABLE (7) DCCLK_DISABLE 0X0 DC-DC converter clock disable

(5:0) DCCLK_PRESCALE (5:0) DCCLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the DC-DC converter clock (1 to
64 in steps of 1)
0x40000110 CLK_DET_CFG (5) CLK_DET_SEL (5) CLK_DET_SEL 0X0 Clock detector source selection
(4:3) CLK_DET_INT_SEL (4:3) CLK_DET_INT_SEL 0X0 Clock detector interrupt configuration
(2:1) CLK_DET_DIV (2:1) CLK_DET_DIV 0X0 Clock detector configuration - Not used when
running on standby clock
(0) CLK_DET_ENABLE (0) CLK_DET_ENABLE 0X0 Clock detector enable/disable
0x40000114 CLK_DET_STATUS - (1) CLK_DET_INT_STATUS 0X0 Clock detector interrupt status (cleared when read)
- (0) CLK_DET_STATUS 0X0 Clock detector status
 A.4 RESET

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000200 DIG_RESET_STATUS (7) LOCKUP_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky LOCKUP flag
(6) WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky Watchdog time-out reset flag
(5) CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky CM3 software reset flag
(4) ACS_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky ACS reset flag
- (3) LOCKUP_FLAG 0X0 Sticky flag that detects that a LOCKUP occurred
- (2) WATCHDOG_RESET_FLAG 0X0 Sticky flag that detects that a Watchdog time-out
reset occurred
- (1) CM3_SW_RESET_FLAG 0X0 Sticky flag that detects that a CM3 software reset
occurred
- (0) ACS_RESET_FLAG 0X1 Sticky flag that detects that a ACS reset occurred

423
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.5 WATCHDOG TIMER

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000300 WATCHDOG_CFG (3:0) TIMEOUT_VALUE (3:0) TIMEOUT_VALUE 0XB Watchdog timeout period. Values 0xC to 0xF result in
the same timeout period as the value 0xB.
0x40000304 WATCHDOG_CTRL (31:0) WATCHDOG_REFRESH - N/A Write a key to reset the watchdog

424
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.6 GENERAL-PURPOSE TIMERS 0, 1, 2 AND 3

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000400 TIMER_CFG (31:29) MULTI_COUNT (31:29) MULTI_COUNT 0X0 Multi-count value
(28) MODE (28) MODE 0X0 Timer mode
(27) CLK_SRC (27) CLK_SRC 0X0 Clock source
(26:24) PRESCALE (26:24) PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value of the timer
(23:0) TIMEOUT_VALUE (23:0) TIMEOUT_VALUE 0X0 Number of Timer clock cycles to time-out
0x40000410 TIMER_CTRL - (2) TIMER_STATUS 0X0 Indicate if the timer is active or not
(1) TIMER_START - N/A Start or restart the timer
(0) TIMER_STOP - N/A Stop the timer
0x40000420 TIMER_VAL - (23:0) TIMER_VALUE 0X0 Current timer 0 value

425
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.7 FLASH INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000500 FLASH_IF_CTRL (18) PREFETCH_DBUS (18) PREFETCH_DBUS 0X0 Pre-fetch on D-Bus control
(17) PREFETCH_IBUS (17) PREFETCH_IBUS 0X0 Pre-fetch on I-Bus control
(16) NOT_LOAD_AUTO (16) NOT_LOAD_AUTO 0X0 Do not automatically load the configuration registers
and the patch information from NVR4 sector after the
command WAKEUP is completed.
(12) VREAD1_MODE (12) VREAD1_MODE 0X0 Control VREAD1: Read data after erase with more
stringent condition than normal read. Changing this
bit will execute the CMD_SET_VREAD1 or
CMD_UNSET_VREAD1 command.
(11) VREAD0_MODE (11) VREAD0_MODE 0X0 Control VREAD0: Read data after program with more
stringent condition than normal read. Changing this
bit will execute the CMD_SET_VREAD0 or
CMD_UNSET_VREAD0 command.
(10) RECALL (10) RECALL 0X0 Set the recall pins mode during CMD_READ.
Changing this bit will execute the
CMD_SET_RECALL or CMD_UNSET_RECALL
command.
(9:8) RETRY (9:8) RETRY 0X0 Configures the erase retry iteration. This impacts the
eFlash endurance time. Also used by Flash
programming.
(0) LP_MODE (0) LP_MODE 0X0 Set the low power mode. Changing this bit will

426
execute the CMD_SET_LOW_POWER or
onsemi

CMD_UNSET_LOW_POWER command.
0x40000504 FLASH_MAIN_WRITE_UNLOCK (31:0) UNLOCK_KEY - N/A 32-bit key to allow for write accesses into the Flash

www.onsemi.com
MAIN Block
0x40000508 FLASH_MAIN_CTRL (2) MAIN_HIGH_W_EN (2) MAIN_HIGH_W_EN 0X0 Authorize the write access to the high part of the
Flash MAIN block through the FLASH_IF registers.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(1) MAIN_MIDDLE_W_EN (1) MAIN_MIDDLE_W_EN 0X0 Authorize the write access to the middle part of the
Flash MAIN block through the FLASH_IF registers.
(0) MAIN_LOW_W_EN (0) MAIN_LOW_W_EN 0X0 Authorize the write access to the lower part of the
Flash MAIN block through the FLASH_IF registers.
0x40000510 FLASH_DELAY_CTRL (7) READ_MARGIN (7) READ_MARGIN 0X0 Flash Read access time margin
(3:0) SYSCLK_FREQ (3:0) SYSCLK_FREQ 0X2 Configure Flash, memory and RF power-up delays
0x40000534 FLASH_CMD_CTRL (6:5) CMD_END - N/A Terminates an active Flash command if possible
(e.g. sequential programming sequence)
(4:0) COMMAND (4:0) COMMAND 0X0 Flash access command only writable when equal to
CMD_IDLE
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000538 FLASH_IF_STATUS - (13) TRIMMED_STATUS 0X0 Flash trimming status
- (12) ISOLATE_STATUS 0X1 Flash isolate status
- (11) PROG_SEQ_DATA_REQ 0X0 Request new data while in sequential program mode
- (10) BUSY 0X0 Flash interface busy status bit
- (9) RED2_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Flash RED2 write unlock status bit
- (8) RED1_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Flash RED1 write unlock status bit
- (6) NVR3_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Flash NVR3 write unlock status bit
- (5) NVR2_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Flash NVR2 write unlock status bit
- (4) NVR1_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Flash NVR1 write unlock status bit
- (2) MAIN_HIGH_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Write unlock status bit of the high part of the Flash
MAIN block
- (1) MAIN_MIDDLE_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Write unlock status bit of the middle part of the Flash
MAIN block
- (0) MAIN_LOW_W_UNLOCK 0X0 Write unlock status bit of the lower part of the Flash
MAIN block
0x4000053C FLASH_ADDR (20:2) FLASH_ADDR (20:2) FLASH_ADDR 0X0 Flash Byte Address
0x40000540 FLASH_DATA (31:0) DATA (31:0) DATA 0X0 32-bit Flash Data
0x40000548 FLASH_NVR_WRITE_UNLOCK (31:0) UNLOCK_KEY - N/A 32-bit key to allow for write accesses NVR sectors of
the Flash

427
0x4000054C FLASH_NVR_CTRL (3) NVR3_W_EN (3) NVR3_W_EN 0X0 Authorize Write access to the Flash NVR3 sector
onsemi

through the FLASH_IF registers.

(2) NVR2_W_EN (2) NVR2_W_EN 0X0 Authorize Write access to the Flash NVR2 sector

www.onsemi.com
through the FLASH_IF registers.
(1) NVR1_W_EN (1) NVR1_W_EN 0X0 Authorize Write access to the Flash NVR1 sector
through the FLASH_IF registers.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40000568 FLASH_PATCH_ADDR (20:11) PATCH_ADDR (20:11) PATCH_ADDR 0XFF800

0x40000580 FLASH_COPY_CFG (18) COMP_ADDR_STEP (18) COMP_ADDR_STEP 0X0 Comparator address increment/decrement by 1 or 2
(17) COMP_ADDR_DIR (17) COMP_ADDR_DIR 0X1 Comparator address-up or address-down
(16) COMP_MODE (16) COMP_MODE 0X0 Comparator Mode
(9) COPY_DEST (9) COPY_DEST 0X0 Destination copier is the CRC or memories
(8) COPY_MODE (8) COPY_MODE 0X0 Select copier mode (32-bit or 40-bit)
(0) MODE (0) MODE 0X0 Copier or Comparator Mode Configuration
0x400005C8 FLASH_COPY_CTRL - (3) ERROR 0X0 Error status
(2) STOP - N/A Stop the transfer
(1) START - N/A Start the transfer
- (0) BUSY 0X0 Busy status
0x400005D0 FLASH_COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR (20:0) COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR (20:0) COPY_SRC_ADDR_PTR 0X0 Source address pointer
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400005D4 FLASH_COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR (31:2) COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR (31:2) COPY_DST_ADDR_PTR 0X0 Destination address pointer
0x400005D8 FLASH_COPY_WORD_CNT (16:0) COPY_WORD_CNT (16:0) COPY_WORD_CNT 0X0 Number of words to copy / compare
0x400005DC FLASH_ECC_CTRL (15:8) (15:8) 0X1 Select the number of corrected errors before sending
ECC_COR_CNT_INT_THRESHOLD ECC_COR_CNT_INT_THRESHOLD a CM3 interrupt
(3) COPIER_ECC_CTRL (3) COPIER_ECC_CTRL 0X1
(2) CMD_ECC_CTRL (2) CMD_ECC_CTRL 0X1
(0) IDBUS_ECC_CTRL (0) IDBUS_ECC_CTRL 0X1 Select the operating mode of the Flash ECC
0x400005E0 FLASH_ECC_STATUS (6) ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR - N/A Reset the Flash corrected errors counter
(5) ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_CLEAR - N/A Reset the Flash uncorrected errors counter
(4) ECC_ERROR_ADDR_CLEAR - N/A Reset the Flash address of the last detected error
- (1) ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT_STATUS 0X0 FLASH_ECC_ERROR_COR_CNT status
- (0) ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT_STATUS 0X0 FLASH_ECC_ERROR_UNCOR_CNT status
0x400005E4 FLASH_ECC_ERROR_ADDR - (20:2) ECC_ERROR_ADDR 0X0 Store the Flash address of the latest Flash ECC error
0x400005E8 FLASH_ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT - (7:0) ECC_UNCOR_ERROR_CNT 0X0 Flash ECC uncorrected error counter
0x400005EC FLASH_ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT - (7:0) ECC_COR_ERROR_CNT 0X0 Flash ECC corrected error counter

428
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.8 DMA CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000600 DMA_CTRL0 (31:30) DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE (31:30) DEST_ADDR_STEP_SIZE 0X0 Select the destination address step size
(29:28) SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE (29:28) SRC_ADDR_STEP_SIZE 0X0 Select the source address step size
(27) DEST_ADDR_STEP_MODE (27) DEST_ADDR_STEP_MODE 0X0 Configure the destination address to either increment
or decrement
(26) SRC_ADDR_STEP_MODE (26) SRC_ADDR_STEP_MODE 0X0 Configure the source address to either increment or
decrement
(25) BYTE_ORDER (25) BYTE_ORDER 0X0 Select the byte ordering for the DMA channel
(24) DISABLE_INT_ENABLE (24) DISABLE_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Raise an interrupt when the DMA channel is disabled
(23) ERROR_INT_ENABLE (23) ERROR_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Raise an interrupt when a state machine error occurs
during a DMA transfer
(22) COMPLETE_INT_ENABLE (22) COMPLETE_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Raise an interrupt when the DMA transfer completes
(21) COUNTER_INT_ENABLE (21) COUNTER_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Raise an interrupt when the DMA transfer reaches
the counter value
(20) START_INT_ENABLE (20) START_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Raise an interrupt when the DMA transfer starts
(19:18) DEST_WORD_SIZE (19:18) DEST_WORD_SIZE 0X0 Select the destination word size
(17:16) SRC_WORD_SIZE (17:16) SRC_WORD_SIZE 0X0 Select the source word size
(14:12) DEST_SELECT (14:12) DEST_SELECT 0X0 Select the request line for the destination

429
(11:9) SRC_SELECT (11:9) SRC_SELECT 0X0 Select the request line for the source
onsemi

(7:6) CHANNEL_PRIORITY (7:6) CHANNEL_PRIORITY 0X0 Select the priority level for this channel
(5:4) TRANSFER_TYPE (5:4) TRANSFER_TYPE 0X0 Select the type of transfer implemented by DMA

www.onsemi.com
channel
(3) DEST_ADDR_INC (3) DEST_ADDR_INC 0X0 Configure whether the destination address should
increment
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(2) SRC_ADDR_INC (2) SRC_ADDR_INC 0X0 Configure whether the source address should
increment
(1) ADDR_MODE (1) ADDR_MODE 0X0 Select the addressing mode for this channel
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X0 Enable DMA Channel
0x40000620 DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR (31:0) DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR (31:0) DMA_SRC_BASE_ADDR 0X0 Base address for the source of data transferred
using DMA channel
0x40000640 DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR (31:0) DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR (31:0) DMA_DEST_BASE_ADDR 0X0 Base address for the destination of data transferred
using DMA channel
0x40000660 DMA_CTRL1 (31:16) COUNTER_INT_VALUE (31:16) COUNTER_INT_VALUE 0X0 Trigger a counter interrupt when the DMA transfer
word count reaches this value
(15:0) TRANSFER_LENGTH (15:0) TRANSFER_LENGTH 0X0 The length, in words, of each data transfer using
DMA channel
0x40000680 DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR - (31:0) DMA_NEXT_SRC_ADDR 0X0 Address of the next data to be transferred using
DMA channel
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400006A0 DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR - (31:0) DMA_NEXT_DEST_ADDR 0X0 Address where the next data to be transferred using
DMA channel will be stored
0x400006C0 DMA_WORD_CNT - (15:0) DMA_WORD_CNT 0X0 The number of words that have been transferred
using DMA channel during the current transfer
0x400006E0 DMA_STATUS (12) ERROR_INT_CLEAR - N/A Clear the state machine error interrupt flag
(11) COMPLETE_INT_CLEAR - N/A Clear the complete interrupt flag
(10) COUNTER_INT_CLEAR - N/A Clear the counter interrupt flag
(9) START_INT_CLEAR - N/A Clear the start interrupt flag
(8) DISABLE_INT_CLEAR - N/A Clear the channel disable flag
- (7:5) STATE 0X0 DMA channel state
- (4) ERROR_INT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate if a state machine error interrupt has
occurred on DMA channel
- (3) COMPLETE_INT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate if a complete interrupt has occurred on DMA
channel
- (2) COUNTER_INT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate if a counter interrupt has occurred on DMA
channel
- (1) START_INT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate if a start interrupt has occurred on DMA
channel
- (0) DISABLE_INT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate if a channel disable interrupt has occurred
on DMA channel

430
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.9 DIO INTERFACE AND DIGITAL PAD CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000700 DIO_CFG (13:12) DRIVE (13:12) DRIVE 0X3 Drive strength configuration
(10) LPF (10) LPF 0X0 Low Pass Filter enable
(9:8) PULL_CTRL (9:8) PULL_CTRL 0X1 Pull selection
(5:0) IO_MODE (5:0) IO_MODE 0X3F IO mode selection
0x40000740 DIO_DATA - (15:0) DIO 0X0 DIO[15:0] read data
(15:0) GPIO - N/A GPIO[15:0] write data (updates output data of DIOs
only for pads with IO_MODE 0b000XX)
0x40000744 DIO_DIR - (15:0) DIO 0X8000 Get DIO[15:0] direction
(15:0) GPIO - N/A Set DIO[15:0] GPIO direction (only in IO_MODE is
000XX)
0x40000748 DIO_MODE - (15:0) GPIO 0X0 DIO[15:0] mode
0x4000074C DIO_INT_CFG (11) DEBOUNCE_ENABLE (11) DEBOUNCE_ENABLE 0X0 Interrupt button debounce filter enable/disable
(10:8) EVENT (10:8) EVENT 0X0 Interrupt event configuration
(4:0) SRC (4:0) SRC 0X0 Interrupt input selection
0x4000075C DIO_INT_DEBOUNCE (8) DEBOUNCE_CLK (8) DEBOUNCE_CLK 0X0 Interrupt button debounce filter clock
(7:0) DEBOUNCE_COUNT (7:0) DEBOUNCE_COUNT 0X0 Interrupt button debounce filter count

431
0x40000760 DIO_PCM_SRC (20:16) SERI (20:16) SERI 0X11 PCM_SERI input selection
onsemi

(12:8) FRAME (12:8) FRAME 0X11 PCM_FRAME input selection

(4:0) CLK (4:0) CLK 0X11 PCM_CLK input selection

www.onsemi.com
0x40000764 DIO_SPI_SRC (20:16) SERI (20:16) SERI 0X11 SPI_SERI input selection
(12:8) CS (12:8) CS 0X11 SPI_CS input selection
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(4:0) CLK (4:0) CLK 0X11 SPI_CLK input selection

0x4000076C DIO_UART_SRC (4:0) RX (4:0) RX 0X11 UART_RX input selection
0x40000770 DIO_I2C_SRC (12:8) SDA (12:8) SDA 0X11 SDA input selection
(4:0) SCL (4:0) SCL 0X11 SCL input selection
0x40000774 DIO_AUDIOSINK_SRC (4:0) CLK (4:0) CLK 0X11 Audio sink clock input selection
0x40000778 DIO_NMI_SRC (5) NMI_POLARITY (5) NMI_POLARITY 0X1 NMI polarity
(4:0) NMI (4:0) NMI 0X10 NMI input selection
0x4000077C DIO_BB_RX_SRC (20:16) RF_SYNC_P (20:16) RF_SYNC_P 0X12 Baseband controller interface RF_SYNC_P input
selection
(12:8) CLK (12:8) CLK 0X12 Baseband controller RX clock input selection
(4:0) DATA (4:0) DATA 0X12 Baseband controller RX data input selection
0x40000780 DIO_BB_SPI_SRC (4:0) MISO (4:0) MISO 0X12 Baseband controller SPI_MISO input selection
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000784 DIO_RF_SPI_SRC (20:16) MOSI (20:16) MOSI 0X12 RF front-end SPI_MOSI input selection
(12:8) CSN (12:8) CSN 0X12 RF front-end SPI_CSN input selection
(4:0) CLK (4:0) CLK 0X12 RF front-end SPI_CLK input selection
0x40000788 DIO_RF_GPIO03_SRC (28:24) GPIO3 (28:24) GPIO3 0X12 RF front-end GPIO3 input selection
(20:16) GPIO2 (20:16) GPIO2 0X12 RF front-end GPIO2 input selection
(12:8) GPIO1 (12:8) GPIO1 0X10 RF front-end GPIO1 input selection
(4:0) GPIO0 (4:0) GPIO0 0X10 RF front-end GPIO0 input selection
0x4000078C DIO_RF_GPIO47_SRC (28:24) GPIO7 (28:24) GPIO7 0X10 RF front-end GPIO7 input selection
(20:16) GPIO6 (20:16) GPIO6 0X10 RF front-end GPIO6 input selection
(12:8) GPIO5 (12:8) GPIO5 0X10 RF front-end GPIO5 input selection
(4:0) GPIO4 (4:0) GPIO4 0X12 RE front-end GPIO4 input selection
0x40000790 DIO_RF_GPIO89_SRC (12:8) GPIO9 (12:8) GPIO9 0X10 RF front-end GPIO9 input selection
(4:0) GPIO8 (4:0) GPIO8 0X10 RF front-end GPIO8 input selection
0x40000794 DIO_DMIC_SRC (12:8) CLK (12:8) CLK 0X11 DMIC clock input selection
(4:0) DATA (4:0) DATA 0X11 DMIC data input selection
0x40000798 DIO_LPDSP32_JTAG_SRC (20:16) TDI (20:16) TDI 0X11 LPDSP32_TDI input selection
(12:8) TMS (12:8) TMS 0X11 LPDSP32_TMS input selection

432
(4:0) TCK (4:0) TCK 0X11 LPDSP32_TCK input selection
onsemi

0x4000079C DIO_JTAG_SW_PAD_CFG (9) JTCK_LPF (9) JTCK_LPF 0X0 JTCK Low-Pass-Filter enable / disable
(8) JTMS_LPF (8) JTMS_LPF 0X0 JTMS Low-Pass-Filter enable / disable

www.onsemi.com
(7) CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN (7) CM3_JTAG_DATA_EN 0X1 CM3 JTAG on DIO[14:15]
(6) CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN (6) CM3_JTAG_TRST_EN 0X1 CM3 JTAG TRST on DIO13
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(5:4) JTCK_PULL (5:4) JTCK_PULL 0X1 JTCK pull-up enable / disable

(3:2) JTMS_DRIVE (3:2) JTMS_DRIVE 0X3 JTMS drive strength
(1:0) JTMS_PULL (1:0) JTMS_PULL 0X1 JTMS pull-up enable / disable
0x400007A0 DIO_EXTCLK_CFG (2) LPF (2) LPF 0X0 Low Pass Filter enable
(1:0) PULL_CTRL (1:0) PULL_CTRL 0X1 Pull Selection
0x400007A4 DIO_PAD_CFG (0) DRIVE (0) DRIVE 0X1 Drive strength configuration (scales the individual
drive strengths)
 A.10 SPI0 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000800 SPI0_CTRL0 (10) SPI0_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE (10) SPI0_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable SPI overrun interrupts
(9) SPI0_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE (9) SPI0_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable SPI underrun interrupts
(8) SPI0_CONTROLLER (8) SPI0_CONTROLLER 0X0 Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the
CM3 or the DMA for SPI
(7) SPI0_SLAVE (7) SPI0_SLAVE 0X0 Use the SPI interface as master or slave
(6) SPI0_CLK_POLARITY (6) SPI0_CLK_POLARITY 0X0 Select the polarity of the SPI clock
(5) SPI0_MODE_SELECT (5) SPI0_MODE_SELECT 0X0 Select between manual and auto transaction
handling modes for SPI master transactions
(4) SPI0_ENABLE (4) SPI0_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the SPI interface
(3:0) SPI0_PRESCALE (3:0) SPI0_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale the SPI interface clock for master transfers
0x40000804 SPI0_CTRL1 (8) SPI0_START_BUSY - N/A Start an SPI data transfer and indicate if a transfer is
in progress
- (8) SPI0_BUSY_STATUS 0X0 SPI data transfer status read
(7:6) SPI0_RW_CMD (7:6) SPI0_RW_CMD 0X0 Issue a read command or write command to the SPI
interface
(5) SPI0_CS (5) SPI0_CS 0X1 Set the chip-select line for SPI (master mode), read
the chip-select line for SPI (slave mode)
(4:0) SPI0_WORD_SIZE (4:0) SPI0_WORD_SIZE 0X0 Select the word size used by the SPI interface (word

433
size = SPI0_WORD_SIZE + 1)
onsemi

0x40000808 SPI0_TX_DATA (31:0) SPI0_TX_DATA (31:0) SPI0_TX_DATA 0X0 Single word buffer for data to be transmitted over the
SPI interface

www.onsemi.com
0x4000080C SPI0_RX_DATA - (31:0) SPI0_RX_DATA 0X0 Single word buffer for data that has been received
over the SPI interface
0x40000810 SPI0_STATUS (3) SPI0_TRANSMIT_STATUS (3) SPI0_TRANSMIT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that the transmission of the data is
RSL10 Hardware Reference

completed
(2) SPI0_RECEIVE_STATUS (2) SPI0_RECEIVE_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that new data has been received
(1) SPI0_OVERRUN_STATUS (1) SPI0_OVERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving
data on the SPI interface
(0) SPI0_UNDERRUN_STATUS (0) SPI0_UNDERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an underrun has occurred when
transmitting data on the SPI interface
 A.11 SPI1 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000900 SPI1_CTRL0 (10) SPI1_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE (10) SPI1_OVERRUN_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable SPI overrun interrupts
(9) SPI1_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE (9) SPI1_UNDERRUN_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable SPI underrun interrupts
(8) SPI1_CONTROLLER (8) SPI1_CONTROLLER 0X0 Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the
CM3 or the DMA for SPI
(7) SPI1_SLAVE (7) SPI1_SLAVE 0X0 Use the SPI interface as master or slave
(6) SPI1_CLK_POLARITY (6) SPI1_CLK_POLARITY 0X0 Select the polarity of the SPI clock
(5) SPI1_MODE_SELECT (5) SPI1_MODE_SELECT 0X0 Select between manual and auto transaction
handling modes for SPI master transactions
(4) SPI1_ENABLE (4) SPI1_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the SPI interface
(3:0) SPI1_PRESCALE (3:0) SPI1_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale the SPI interface clock for master transfers
0x40000904 SPI1_CTRL1 (8) SPI1_START_BUSY (8) SPI1_START_BUSY 0X0 Start an SPI data transfer and indicate if a transfer is
in progress
(7:6) SPI1_RW_CMD (7:6) SPI1_RW_CMD 0X0 Issue a read command or write command to the SPI
interface
(5) SPI1_CS (5) SPI1_CS 0X1 Set the chip-select line for SPI (master mode), read
the chip-select line for SPI (slave mode)
(4:0) SPI1_WORD_SIZE (4:0) SPI1_WORD_SIZE 0X0 Select the word size used by the SPI interface (word
size = SPI1_WORD_SIZE + 1)

434
0x40000908 SPI1_TX_DATA (31:0) SPI1_TX_DATA (31:0) SPI1_TX_DATA 0X0 Single word buffer for data to be transmitted over the
onsemi

SPI interface
0x4000090C SPI1_RX_DATA - (31:0) SPI1_RX_DATA 0X0 Single word buffer for data that has been received

www.onsemi.com
over the SPI interface
0x40000910 SPI1_STATUS (3) SPI1_TRANSMIT_STATUS (3) SPI1_TRANSMIT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that the transmission of the data is
completed
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(2) SPI1_RECEIVE_STATUS (2) SPI1_RECEIVE_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that new data has been received
(1) SPI1_OVERRUN_STATUS (1) SPI1_OVERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving
data on the SPI interface
(0) SPI1_UNDERRUN_STATUS (0) SPI1_UNDERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an underrun has occurred when
transmitting data on the SPI interface
 A.12 PCM INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000A00 PCM_CTRL (14) PCM_CLK_POL (14) PCM_CLK_POL 0X0 PCM clock polarity
(12) BIT_ORDER (12) BIT_ORDER 0X0 Select whether the data will be transmitted starting
with the MSB or LSB
(11) TX_ALIGN (11) TX_ALIGN 0X0 Select what bits to use for transmit data
(10:9) WORD_SIZE (10:9) WORD_SIZE 0X3 Select the number of bits per PCM word
(8) FRAME_ALIGN (8) FRAME_ALIGN 0X0 Align the PCM frame signal to the first/last bit
(7) FRAME_WIDTH (7) FRAME_WIDTH 0X0 Use a long/short PCM frame signal
(6:4) FRAME_LENGTH (6:4) FRAME_LENGTH 0X0 Select the number of words per PCM frame
(3) FRAME_SUBFRAMES (3) FRAME_SUBFRAMES 0X0 Enable the frame duration for each word
(2) CONTROLLER (2) CONTROLLER 0X0 Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the
CM3 or the DMA for PCM
(1) ENABLE (1) ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the PCM interface
(0) SLAVE (0) SLAVE 0X1 Use the PCM interface as a master/slave
0x40000A04 PCM_TX_DATA (31:0) PCM_TX_DATA (31:0) PCM_TX_DATA 0X0 Data to transmit over the PCM interface
0x40000A08 PCM_RX_DATA - (31:0) PCM_RX_DATA 0X0 Data received from the PCM interface
0x40000A0C PCM_STATUS (3) TRANSMIT_STATUS (3) TRANSMIT_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that PCM data has been sent

435
(2) RECEIVE_STATUS (2) RECEIVE_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that PCM data has been received
onsemi

(1) OVERRUN_STATUS (1) OVERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving
data on the PCM interface

www.onsemi.com
(0) UNDERRUN_STATUS (0) UNDERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an underrun has occurred when
transmitting data on the PCM interface
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.13 I2C INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000B00 I2C_CTRL0 (23:16) SPEED (23:16) SPEED 0X0 Prescaler used to divide SYSCLK to the correct SCL
frequency when operating in I2C interface master
mode. SCL is prescaled by (SPEED + 1) * 3. In slave
mode controls the number of SYSCLK wait cycles in
case of clock streching between the moment the
data is put on the SDA line and the SCL line is
released.
(14:8) SLAVE_ADDRESS (14:8) SLAVE_ADDRESS 0X10 Set the I2C slave address for this device
(4) CONTROLLER (4) CONTROLLER 0X0 Select whether data transfer will be controlled by the
CM3 or the DMA for I2C
(3) STOP_INT_ENABLE (3) STOP_INT_ENABLE 0X0 Configure whether stop interrupts will be generated
by the I2C interface
(2) AUTO_ACK_ENABLE (2) AUTO_ACK_ENABLE 0X0 Select whether acknowledgement is automatically
generated or not
(1) I2C_SAMPLE_CLK_ENABLE (1) I2C_SAMPLE_CLK_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the I2C sample clock (mandatory to
enable the I2C)
(0) SLAVE_ENABLE (0) SLAVE_ENABLE 0X0 Select whether the I2C interface will be enabled for
slave mode or not
0x40000B04 I2C_CTRL1 (5) RESET - N/A Reset the I2C interface
(4) LAST_DATA - N/A Indicate that the current data is the last byte of a data

436
transfer
onsemi

(3) STOP - N/A Issue a stop condition on the I2C interface bus
(1) NACK - N/A Issue a not acknowledge on the I2C interface bus

www.onsemi.com
(0) ACK - N/A Issue an acknowledge on the I2C interface bus
0x40000B08 I2C_DATA (7:0) I2C_DATA (7:0) I2C_DATA 0X0 Single byte buffer for data transmitted and received
RSL10 Hardware Reference

over the I2C interface

0x40000B0C I2C_DATA_M (7:0) I2C_DATA_M (7:0) I2C_DATA_M 0X0 Mirror of the single byte buffer for data transmitted
and received over the I2C interface
0x40000B10 I2C_ADDR_START (7:1) ADDRESS - N/A I2C address to use for the transaction
(0) READ_WRITE - N/A Select whether a read or a write transaction is
started
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000B14 I2C_STATUS - (15) ERROR_S 0X0 Same as BUS_ERROR_S: Bus error status bit
(sticky) - This status bit is automatically reset when
the I2C_STATUS register is read.
- (14) BUS_ERROR_S 0X0 Bus error status bit (sticky) - This status bit is
automatically reset when the I2C_STATUS register is
read.
- (13) START_PENDING 0X0 Master frame start pending status bit
- (12) MASTER_MODE 0X0 Master mode status bit
- (11) DMA_REQ 0X0 Indicate if the I2C interface is currently requesting
DMA data
- (10) STOP_DETECT 0X0 Indicate if an I2C stop bit has been detected
- (9) DATA_EVENT 0X0 Indicate that I2C interface either needs data to
transmit or has received data
- (8) ERROR 0X0 Same as BUS_ERROR: Indicate if the I2C interface
has detected a bus error (automatically cleared when
a stop condition is detected)
- (7) BUS_ERROR 0X0 Indicate if the I2C interface has detected a bus error
(automatically cleared when a stop condition is
detected)
- (6) BUFFER_FULL 0X0 Indicate if the I2C data buffer is full
- (5) CLK_STRETCH 0X0 Indicate if the I2C interface is holding the clock signal

437
- (4) BUS_FREE 0X1 Indicate if the I2C interface bus is free
onsemi

- (3) ADDR_DATA 0X0 Indicate if the I2C data register holds an address or
data byte

www.onsemi.com
- (2) READ_WRITE 0X0 Indicate whether the I2C bus transfer is a read or a
write
- (1) GEN_CALL 0X0 Indicate whether the I2C bus transfer is using the
RSL10 Hardware Reference

general call address or another address

- (0) ACK_STATUS 0X0 Indicate whether an acknowledge or a not
acknowledge has been received
 A.14 UART INTERFACE CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000C00 UART_CFG (23:8) PRESCALE (23:8) PRESCALE 0X0 Prescaling multiplier in baud rate calculation
(4) PRESCALE_ENABLE (4) PRESCALE_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable a fixed prescaler by 12
(1) DMA_ENABLE (1) DMA_ENABLE 0X0 DMA mode enable
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the UART interface
0x40000C04 UART_TX_DATA (7:0) UART_TX_DATA (7:0) UART_TX_DATA 0X0 UART Transmit data
0x40000C08 UART_RX_DATA - (7:0) UART_RX_DATA 0X0 UART Received data
0x40000C0C UART_STATUS (0) UART_RX_OVERRUN_STATUS (0) UART_RX_OVERRUN_STATUS 0X0 Indicate that an overrun has occurred when receiving
data on the UART interface

438
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.15 PWM 0 AND 1 CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000D00 PWM_CFG (15:8) PWM_HIGH (15:8) PWM_HIGH 0X0 PWM high duty cycle
(7:0) PWM_PERIOD (7:0) PWM_PERIOD 0X0 PWM period
0x40000D08 PWM_CTRL (16) PWM_OFFSET_ENABLE (16) PWM_OFFSET_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the PWM offset function
(15:8) PWM_OFFSET (15:8) PWM_OFFSET 0X0 PWM0 to PWM1 offset
(4) PWM1_ENABLE (4) PWM1_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the PWM1 block
(0) PWM0_ENABLE (0) PWM0_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/disable the PWM0 block

439
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.16 DMIC INPUT AND OUTPUT DRIVER CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000E00 AUDIO_CFG (25) OD_CLK_SRC (25) OD_CLK_SRC 0X0 Output driver clock selection
(24) DMIC_CLK_SRC (24) DMIC_CLK_SRC 0X0 DMIC clock selection (the same clock must be output
to the DMIC_CLK DIO pad)
(20:16) DEC_RATE (20:16) DEC_RATE 0X0 DMIC input data decimation rate (also determines
the OD interpolation rate in combination with
DMIC_CLK_SRC and OD_CLK_SRC configuration
bits)
(12) OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT (12) OD_UNDERRUN_PROTECT 0X0 Enable OD_DATA underrun protection (automatically
resets OD_DATA if it hasn't been updated during 16
sample periods)
(11) OD_DMA_REQ_EN (11) OD_DMA_REQ_EN 0X0 Enable the DMA request when a new output driver
sample is required
(10) OD_INT_GEN_EN (10) OD_INT_GEN_EN 0X0 Enable the interrupt generation when a new output
driver sample is required
(9) OD_DATA_ALIGN (9) OD_DATA_ALIGN 0X0 Data alignment in AUDIO_OD_DATA
(8) OD_ENABLE (8) OD_ENABLE 0X0 Enable output driver output
(7) DMIC1_DMA_REQ_EN (7) DMIC1_DMA_REQ_EN 0X0 Enable the DMA request when a new DMIC1 sample
is ready
(6) DMIC1_INT_GEN_EN (6) DMIC1_INT_GEN_EN 0X0 Enable the interrupt generation when a new DMIC1

440
sample is ready
onsemi

(5) DMIC1_DATA_ALIGN (5) DMIC1_DATA_ALIGN 0X0 Data alignment in AUDIO_DMIC_DATA_1

(4) DMIC1_ENABLE (4) DMIC1_ENABLE 0X0 Enable DMIC1 input

www.onsemi.com
(3) DMIC0_DMA_REQ_EN (3) DMIC0_DMA_REQ_EN 0X0 Enable the DMA request when a new DMIC0 sample
is ready
(2) DMIC0_INT_GEN_EN (2) DMIC0_INT_GEN_EN 0X0 Enable the interrupt generation when a new DMIC0
RSL10 Hardware Reference

sample is ready
(1) DMIC0_DATA_ALIGN (1) DMIC0_DATA_ALIGN 0X0 Data alignment in AUDIO_DMIC_DATA_0
(0) DMIC0_ENABLE (0) DMIC0_ENABLE 0X0 Enable DMIC0 input
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000E04 AUDIO_STATUS - (11) OD_STATUS 0X1 Output driver feature status
(10) OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the output driver underrun detection sticky bit
- (9) OD_UNDERRUN_FLAG 0X0 Sticky bit indicating the detection of an output driver
underrun
- (8) OD_DATA_REQ_FLAG 0X0 Flag indicating that a new output driver sample is
required
(6) DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the DMIC1 overrun detection sticky bit
- (5) DMIC1_OVERRUN_FLAG 0X0 Sticky bit indicating the detection of a DMIC1 overrun
- (4) DMIC1_DATA_RDY_FLAG 0X0 Flag indicating the availability of a new DMIC1
sample
(2) DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the DMIC0 overrun detection sticky bit
- (1) DMIC0_OVERRUN_FLAG 0X0 Sticky bit indicating the detection of a DMIC0 overrun
- (0) DMIC0_DATA_RDY_FLAG 0X0 Flag indicating the availability of a new DMIC0
sample
0x40000E08 AUDIO_DMIC_CFG (28:24) DMIC1_FRAC_DELAY (28:24) DMIC1_FRAC_DELAY 0X0 DMIC1 fractional delay (each step represents a
DMIC clock cycle)
(19:16) DMIC1_DELAY (19:16) DMIC1_DELAY 0X0 DMIC1 delay (0 to 1.875 samples in steps of 0.125
samples)
(14:12) DMIC1_DCRM (14:12) DMIC1_DCRM 0X0 DMIC1 DC removal filter enable and cut-off
frequency

441
(10:8) DMIC0_DCRM (10:8) DMIC0_DCRM 0X0 DMIC0 DC removal filter enable and cut-off
onsemi

frequency
(1) DMIC1_CLK_EDGE (1) DMIC1_CLK_EDGE 0X0 DMIC1 input clock edge

www.onsemi.com
(0) DMIC0_CLK_EDGE (0) DMIC0_CLK_EDGE 0X0 DMIC0 input clock edge
0x40000E0C AUDIO_DMIC0_GAIN (11:0) GAIN (11:0) GAIN 0X800 DMIC calibration gain (unsigned value from 0 to +2)
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40000E10 AUDIO_DMIC1_GAIN (11:0) GAIN (11:0) GAIN 0X800 DMIC calibration gain (unsigned value from 0 to +2)
0x40000E14 AUDIO_DMIC_DATA - (31:16) DMIC1_DATA 0X0 DMIC1 input data (16-bit)
- (15:0) DMIC0_DATA 0X0 DMIC0 input data (16-bit)
0x40000E18 AUDIO_DMIC0_DATA - (31:0) DATA 0X0 DMIC0 input data (LSB or MSB aligned according to
AUDIO_CFG); data is sign extended from 16-bit to
32-bit when read in LSB aligned mode or zero
padded when read in MSB aligned mode
0x40000E1C AUDIO_DMIC1_DATA - (31:0) DATA 0X0 DMIC1 input data (LSB or MSB aligned according to
AUDIO_CFG); data is sign extended from 16-bit to
32-bit when read in LSB aligned mode or zero
padded when read in MSB aligned mode
0x40000E20 AUDIO_OD_CFG (19:16) DCRM (19:16) DCRM 0X0 Output driver DC removal filter enable and cut-off
frequency
(10) DITHER (10) DITHER 0X0 Sigma-delta modulator dithering enable
(0) CLK_EDGE (0) CLK_EDGE 0X1 Output driver output clock edge
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40000E24 AUDIO_OD_GAIN (11:0) GAIN (11:0) GAIN 0X800 Output driver calibration gain (unsigned value from 0
to +2)
0x40000E28 AUDIO_OD_DATA (31:0) DATA - N/A OD output data (LSB or MSB aligned according to
OD_CFG); data is truncated to 16 bits when written
in LSB aligned mode or rounded symmetrically with
saturation when written in MSB aligned mode
- (31:0) DATA_RD 0X0 OD output data (LSB or MSB aligned according to
OD_CFG); data is sign extended from 16-bit to 32-bit
when read in LSB aligned mode or zero padded in
MSB aligned mode
0x40000E30 AUDIO_SDM_CFG (31:0) SDM_CFG (31:0) SDM_CFG 0X0 Sigma-Delta modulator internal configuration for test
purposes

442
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.17 CRC GENERATOR CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40000F00 CRC_CTRL (4) FINAL_CRC_XOR (4) FINAL_CRC_XOR 0X0 Selects the final CRC XOR mode
(3) FINAL_CRC_REVERSE (3) FINAL_CRC_REVERSE 0X0 Selects the final CRC reversal mode
(2) BIT_ORDER (2) BIT_ORDER 0X0 Selects the bit order for bytes added to the CRC
(1) CRC_TYPE (1) CRC_TYPE 0X0 Selects the CRC type
(0) BYTE_ORDER (0) BYTE_ORDER 0X0 Selects the endianness for bytes added to the CRC
0x40000F04 CRC_VALUE (31:0) CURRENT_CRC (31:0) CURRENT_CRC 0XFFFF CRC generator value: Write 0xFFFFFFF (32) or
0xFFFF (CCITT) to initialize the CRC, read provides
the current CRC value.
0x40000F08 CRC_ADD_1 (0) CRC_ADD_1_BIT - N/A Add 1 bit to the CRC calculation
0x40000F0C CRC_ADD_8 (7:0) CRC_ADD_8 - N/A Add 1 byte (8 bits) to the CRC calculation
0x40000F10 CRC_ADD_16 (15:0) CRC_ADD_16 - N/A Add 1 half-word (16 bits) to the CRC calculation
0x40000F14 CRC_ADD_24 (23:0) CRC_ADD_24_BITS - N/A Add 3 bytes (24 bits) to the CRC calculation
0x40000F18 CRC_ADD_32 (31:0) CRC_ADD_32 - N/A Add 1 word (32 bits) to the CRC calculation
0x40000F1C CRC_FINAL - (31:0) FINAL_CRC 0X0 CRC generator final value: After XOR for CCITT or
byte reversal for CRC-32

443
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.18 AUDIO SINK CLOCK COUNTERS

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40001000 AUDIOSINK_CTRL (8) PHASE_CNT_START_NO_WAIT - N/A Start the audio sink clock phase counter mechanism
without waiting on a sync pulse
- (7) PERIOD_CNT_STATUS 0X0 Audio sink clock period counter status
(6) PERIOD_CNT_STOP - N/A Stop the audio sink clock period counter mechanism
(5) PERIOD_CNT_START - N/A Start the audio sink clock period counter mechanism
- (4) PHASE_CNT_MISSED_STATUS 0X0 Audio sink clock phase counter missed status
- (3) PHASE_CNT_STATUS 0X0 Audio sink clock phase counter status
(2) PHASE_CNT_STOP - N/A Stop the audio sink clock phase counter mechanism
(1) PHASE_CNT_START - N/A Start the audio sink clock PHASE counter
mechanism and wait for sync pulse
(0) CNT_RESET - N/A Reset audio sink clock counter
0x40001004 AUDIOSINK_CFG (3:0) PERIODS_CFG (3:0) PERIODS_CFG 0X0 Defines how over how many audio sink clock periods
the period counter measures
0x40001008 AUDIOSINK_CNT - (11:0) CNT 0X0 Sink clock counter value
0x4000100C AUDIOSINK_PHASE_CNT (15:0) PHASE_CNT (15:0) PHASE_CNT 0X0 Sink clock phase counter value
0x40001010 AUDIOSINK_PERIOD_CNT (15:0) PERIOD_CNT (15:0) PERIOD_CNT 0X0 Sink clock period counter value

444
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.19 ASRC CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40001100 ASRC_CTRL - (14) ASRC_PROC_STATUS 0X0 The ASRC processing state
- (13) ASRC_OUT_REQ 0X0 The ASRC_OUT register status
- (12) ASRC_IN_REQ 0X0 The ASRC_IN register status
- (11) ASRC_UPDATE_ERR 0X0 The ASRC state/configuration update error interrupt
status
- (10) ASRC_IN_ERR 0X0 The ASRC input interface error interrupt status
(9) ASRC_UPDATE_ERR_CLR - N/A Clear the ASRC update/configuration error interrupt
status
(8) ASRC_IN_ERR_CLR - N/A Clear the ASRC input interface error interrupt
(3) ASRC_RESET - N/A Write a 1 to reset ASRC
- (2) ASRC_EN_STATUS 0X0 Enable status of the re-sampler block
(1) ASRC_DISABLE - N/A Disable the re-sampler block
(0) ASRC_ENABLE - N/A Enable the re-sampler block
0x40001104 ASRC_INT_ENABLE (3) ASRC_UPDATE_ERR (3) ASRC_UPDATE_ERR 0X1 The ASRC state/configuration update error interrupt
mask
(2) ASRC_IN_ERR (2) ASRC_IN_ERR 0X0 The ASRC input interface error interrupt mask
(1) ASRC_OUT_REQ (1) ASRC_OUT_REQ 0X0 The ASRC_OUT register interrupt status

445
(0) ASRC_IN_REQ (0) ASRC_IN_REQ 0X0 The ASRC_IN register interrupt status
onsemi

0x40001108 ASRC_OUT (15:0) ASRC_OUT (15:0) ASRC_OUT 0X0 Audio sample output

www.onsemi.com
0x4000110C ASRC_IN (15:0) ASRC_IN (15:0) ASRC_IN 0X0 Audio sample input
0x40001110 ASRC_CFG (2) WDF_TYPE (2) WDF_TYPE 0X0 WDF Type Selection
(1:0) ASRC_MODE (1:0) ASRC_MODE 0X0 ASRC mode
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40001114 ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT (11:0) ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT (11:0) ASRC_OUTPUT_CNT 0X0 ASRC output sample counter
0x40001118 ASRC_PHASE_INC (31:0) ASRC_STEP (31:0) ASRC_STEP 0X0 ASRC_PHASE_INC
0x4000111C ASRC_PHASE_CNT (31:0) ASRC_PHASE_CNT (31:0) ASRC_PHASE_CNT 0X0 ASRC phase counter
0x40001120 ASRC_STATE_MEM (31:0) ASRC_STATE_MEM (31:0) ASRC_STATE_MEM 0X0 ASRC State Memory 0 to 29
 A.20 ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER AND BATTERY MONITORING

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40001200 ADC_DATA_TRIM_CH - (13:0) DATA 0X0 14-bit ADC conversion result
0x40001220 ADC_DATA_AUDIO_CH - (31:0) DATA 0X0 14-bit ADC conversion result (sign extended to 32
bits)
0x40001240 ADC_INPUT_SEL (6:4) POS_INPUT_SEL (6:4) POS_INPUT_SEL 0X6 Positive input selection
(2:0) NEG_INPUT_SEL (2:0) NEG_INPUT_SEL 0X7 Negative input selection
0x40001260 ADC_CFG (5) DUTY_DIVIDER (5) DUTY_DIVIDER 0X0 Duty cycling VDD divider
(4) CONTINUOUS_MODE (4) CONTINUOUS_MODE 0X0 ADC continuously sampling the channel selected as
interrupt source (ADC_INT_CH_NUM)
(3:0) FREQ (3:0) FREQ 0X0 Defines the sampling frequency of the ADC channels
0x40001264 ADC_OFFSET (14:0) DATA (14:0) DATA 0X0 15-bit ADC signed offset
0x40001270 ADC_BATMON_CFG (23:16) AL))_COUNT_VALUE (23:16) ALARM_COUNT_VALUE 0X0 An Alarm Status bit gets set when
SUPPLY_COUNT_VALUE=
ALARM_COUNT_VALUE
(15:8) SUPPLY_THRESHOLD (15:8) SUPPLY_THRESHOLD 0X80 Low voltage detection threshold (7.8 mV steps)
(0) SUPPLY_SRC (0) SUPPLY_SRC 0X0 Selects the power supply voltage source to be
monitored
0x40001274 ADC_BATMON_INT_ENABLE (4) BATMON_ALARM_INT_ENABLE (4) BATMON_ALARM_INT_ENABLE 0X0 The BATMON Alarm interrupt mask
(3:1) ADC_INT_CH_NUM (3:1) ADC_INT_CH_NUM 0X0 Channel number triggering the ADC interrupt

446
onsemi

(0) ADC_INT_ENABLE (0) ADC_INT_ENABLE 0X0 The ADC new sample ready interrupt mask
0x40001278 ADC_BATMON_COUNT_VAL - (7:0) SUPPLY_COUNT_VALUE 0X0 Number of times the battery voltage has fallen below

www.onsemi.com
the battery monitor voltage threshold. The counter is
reset when read.
0x4000127C ADC_BATMON_STATUS (12) BATMON_ALARM_CLEAR - N/A Battery monitoring alarm status bit
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) ADC_OVERRUN_CLEAR - N/A ADC Overrun condition

(8) ADC_READY_CLEAR - N/A ADC new sample Ready status bit
- (4) BATMON_ALARM_STAT 0X0 Battery monitoring alarm status bit
- (1) ADC_OVERRUN_STAT 0X0 ADC Overrun condition
- (0) ADC_READY_STAT 0X0 ADC new sample Ready status bit
 A.21 ACS DOMAIN (ANALOG BRIDGE ACCESS)

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40001300 ACS_BG_CTRL (12:8) SLOPE_TRIM (12:8) SLOPE_TRIM 0XB Temperature coefficient trimming
(5:0) VTRIM (5:0) VTRIM 0X1E Reference voltage trimming (2.5 mV steps)
0x40001304 ACS_VCC_CTRL (19:16) ICH_TRIM (19:16) ICH_TRIM 0X4 Inductor charge current trimming
(11) CCM_ENABLE (11) CCM_ENABLE 0X0 Enable CCM mode
(10) PULSE_CTRL (10) PULSE_CTRL 0X0 Pulse mode control
(9) CHARGE_CTRL (9) CHARGE_CTRL 0X1 Charge mode control
(8) BUCK_ENABLE (8) BUCK_ENABLE 0X0 Enable buck converter mode
(4:0) VTRIM (4:0) VTRIM 0XA Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps
0x40001308 ACS_VDDA_CP_CTRL (1:0) PTRIM (1:0) PTRIM 0X0 Output power trimming
0x4000130C ACS_VDDC_CTRL (21:16) STANDBY_VTRIM (21:16) STANDBY_VTRIM 0X23 VDDC standby voltage trimming (10 mV steps)
(13) ENABLE_LOW_BIAS (13) ENABLE_LOW_BIAS 0X0 Low power mode control
(12) SLEEP_CLAMP (12) SLEEP_CLAMP 0X0 Sleep mode clamp control
(5:0) VTRIM (5:0) VTRIM 0X23 Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps
0x40001310 ACS_VDDM_CTRL (21:16) STANDBY_VTRIM (21:16) STANDBY_VTRIM 0X23 VDDM standby voltage trimming (10 mV steps)
(13) ENABLE_LOW_BIAS (13) ENABLE_LOW_BIAS 0X0 Low power mode control
(12) SLEEP_CLAMP (12) SLEEP_CLAMP 0X0 Sleep mode clamp control

447
onsemi

(5:0) VTRIM (5:0) VTRIM 0X23 Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps
0x40001314 ACS_VDDRF_CTRL - (24) READY 0X0 Supply ready

www.onsemi.com
(12) CLAMP (12) CLAMP 0X0 Disable mode clamp control
(8) ENABLE (8) ENABLE 0X0 Enable control
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(5:0) VTRIM (5:0) VTRIM 0X23 Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps
0x40001318 ACS_VDDPA_CTRL (12) VDDPA_SW_CTRL (12) VDDPA_SW_CTRL 0X0 Power amplifier supply control
(9) ENABLE_ISENSE (9) ENABLE_ISENSE 0X0 Enable current sensing circuit
(8) ENABLE (8) ENABLE 0X0 Enable control
(5:0) VTRIM (5:0) VTRIM 0X37 Output voltage trimming configuration in 10 mV steps
0x4000131C ACS_VDDRET_CTRL (18:17) VDDMRET_VTRIM (18:17) VDDMRET_VTRIM 0X3 VDDMRET retention regulator voltage trimming
(16) VDDMRET_ENABLE (16) VDDMRET_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/Disable the VDDMRET retention regulator
(10:9) VDDTRET_VTRIM (10:9) VDDTRET_VTRIM 0X3 VDDTRET retention regulator voltage trimming
(8) VDDTRET_ENABLE (8) VDDTRET_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/Disable the VDDTRET retention regulator
(2:1) VDDCRET_VTRIM (2:1) VDDCRET_VTRIM 0X3 VDDCRET retention regulator voltage trimming
(0) VDDCRET_ENABLE (0) VDDCRET_ENABLE 0X0 Enable/Disable the VDDCRET retention regulator
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001320 ACS_RCOSC_CTRL (18) CLOCK_MULT (18) CLOCK_MULT 0X0 Enable 12 MHz mode of startup oscillator
(16) RC_OSC_EN (16) RC_OSC_EN 0X0 Enable/Disable the 32 kHz RC Oscillator
(15) FTRIM_FLAG (15) FTRIM_FLAG 0X0 Trimming flag
(13:8) FTRIM_START (13:8) FTRIM_START 0X20 Start RC oscillator frequency trimming
(6) FTRIM_32K_ADJ (6) FTRIM_32K_ADJ 0X0 Adjust 32 kHz oscillator frequency range
(5:0) FTRIM_32K (5:0) FTRIM_32K 0X20 32 kHz RC oscillator frequency trimming
0x40001324 ACS_XTAL32K_CTRL - (24) READY 0X0 XTAL ready status
(18) XIN_CAP_BYPASS_EN (18) XIN_CAP_BYPASS_EN 0X0 Switch to bypass the added XIN serial cap to reduce
the leakage
(17) EN_AMPL_CTRL (17) EN_AMPL_CTRL 0X0 XTAL enable amplitude control (regulation)
(16) FORCE_READY (16) FORCE_READY 0X0 XTAL bypass the ready detector
(13:8) CLOAD_TRIM (13:8) CLOAD_TRIM 0X9 XTAL load capacitance configuration
(7:4) ITRIM (7:4) ITRIM 0X7 XTAL current trimming
(1) IBOOST (1) IBOOST 0X0 XTAL current boosting (4x)
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X0 Enable the XTAL 32 kHz oscillator
0x40001328 ACS_BB_TIMER_CTRL (9:8) BB_CLK_PRESCALE (9:8) BB_CLK_PRESCALE 0X0 Prescale value for the baseband timer clock
(0) BB_TIMER_NRESET (0) BB_TIMER_NRESET 0X0 nReset signal for the baseband timer
0x4000132C ACS_CLK_DET_CTRL - (8) CLOCK_PRESENT 0X1 Clock present flag

448
onsemi

(1) RESET_IGNORE (1) RESET_IGNORE 0X0 Clock detector reset condition ignore
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X1 Clock detector enable

www.onsemi.com
0x40001330 ACS_RTC_CFG (31:0) START_VALUE (31:0) START_VALUE 0X7FFF Start value for the RTC timer counter (counts from
start_value down to 0)
0x40001334 ACS_RTC_COUNT - (31:0) VALUE 0X0 RTC timer current value
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40001338 ACS_RTC_CTRL (25) FORCE_CLOCK - N/A Force a clock on RTC timer (Test Purpose)
(24) RESET - N/A Reset the RTC timer
(7:4) ALARM_CFG (7:4) ALARM_CFG 0X0 Configure RTC timer alarm
(3:1) CLK_SRC_SEL (3:1) CLK_SRC_SEL 0X0 Select the RTC, standby and bb timer clock source
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X0 Enable counter and RTC interrupt every 1s
0x40001340 ACS_PWR_MODES_CTRL (31:0) POWER_MODE - N/A 32-bit key to enter RUN, STANDBY or SLEEP mode
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001344 ACS_WAKEUP_CTRL (24) PADS_RETENTION_EN (24) PADS_RETENTION_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable the retention mode of the pads
(20) BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT (20) BOOT_FLASH_APP_REBOOT 0X0 Boot mode flag
- (19) RC_CLOCK_MULT 0X0 RC oscillator clock multiplier read only flag (mirror of
CLOCK_MULT of ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register)
- (18) RC_FTRIM_FLAG 0X0 RC oscillator trimming read only flag (mirror of
FTRIM_FLAG of ACS_RCOSC_CTRL register
(17:16) BOOT_SELECT (17:16) BOOT_SELECT 0X0 Boot selection to indicate boot source
- (15) DCDC_OVERLOAD_WAKEUP 0X0
- (14) WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP 0X0
- (13) RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP 0X0
- (12) BB_TIMER_WAKEUP 0X0
- (11) DIO3_WAKEUP 0X0
- (10) DIO2_WAKEUP 0X0
- (9) DIO1_WAKEUP 0X0
- (8) DIO0_WAKEUP 0X0
(7) DCDC_OVERLOAD_CLEAR - N/A
(6) WAKEUP_PAD_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A
(5) RTC_ALARM_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A

449
(4) BB_TIMER_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A
onsemi

(3) DIO3_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A

www.onsemi.com
(2) DIO2_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A
(1) DIO1_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A
(0) DIO0_WAKEUP_CLEAR - N/A
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001348 ACS_WAKEUP_CFG (18:16) DELAY (18:16) DELAY 0X5 Delay from VDDC ready to digital clock enable
(power of 2)
(9) DCDC_OVERLOAD_EN (9) DCDC_OVERLOAD_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable the Wake-up functionality on the
DCDC overload flag
(8) WAKEUP_PAD_POL (8) WAKEUP_PAD_POL 0X0 Wake-up polarity on the WAKEUP pad
(7) DIO3_POL (7) DIO3_POL 0X0 Wake-up polarity on the DIO3 pad
(6) DIO2_POL (6) DIO2_POL 0X0 Wake-up polarity on the DIO2 pad
(5) DIO1_POL (5) DIO1_POL 0X0 Wake-up polarity on the DIO1 pad
(4) DIO0_POL (4) DIO0_POL 0X0 Wake-up polarity on the DIO0 pad
(3) DIO3_EN (3) DIO3_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable the Wake-up functionality on the
DIO3 pad
(2) DIO2_EN (2) DIO2_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable the Wake-up functionality on the
DIO2 pad
(1) DIO1_EN (1) DIO1_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable the Wake-up functionality on the
DIO1 pad
(0) DIO0_EN (0) DIO0_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable the Wake-up functionality on the
DIO0 pad
0x4000134C ACS_WAKEUP_STATE - (18:16) WAKEUP_SRC 0X0 Status register indicates the last wake-up source
- (7:0) RTC_VALUE 0X0 RTC counter value captured at wakeup event (only 8
LSBs, corresponds to 7.8 ms)

450
0x40001350 ACS_WAKEUP_GP_DATA (31:0) GP_DATA (31:0) GP_DATA 0X0 32-bit General-Purpose RW Data
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001354 ACS_RESET_STATUS - (14) TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG 0X0 Sticky flag that detects that a timeout in the power up
sequence
- (13) CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG 0X0 Sticky flag that detects that a clock detector reset
occurred
- (12) VDDA_RESET_FLAG 0X1 Sticky flag that detects that a VDDA reset occurred
(triggered by vdda_ready = 0)
- (11) VDDM_RESET_FLAG 0X1 Sticky flag that detects that a VDDM reset occurred
(triggered by vddm_ready = 0)
- (10) VDDC_RESET_FLAG 0X1 Sticky flag that detects that a VDDC reset occurred
(triggered by vddc_ready = 0)
- (9) PAD_RESET_FLAG 0X0 Sticky flag that detects that a reset occurred due to
pad NRESET
- (8) POR_RESET_FLAG 0X1 Sticky flag that detects that a POR reset occurred
(6) TIMEOUT_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky TIMEOUT_RESET flag.
(5) CLK_DET_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky CLK_DET_RESET flag.
(4) VDDA_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky VDDA_RESET flag.
(3) VDDM_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky VDDM_RESET flag.
(2) VDDC_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky VDDC_RESET flag.
(1) PAD_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky PAD_RESET flag.

451
(0) POR_RESET_FLAG_CLEAR - N/A Reset the sticky POR_RESET flag.
onsemi

0x40001358 ACS_AOUT_CTRL (13) RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_EDGE (13) RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_EDGE 0X0 Stop edge for RTC clock output on AOUT
(12:11) RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_SRC (12:11) RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_STOP_SRC 0X0 Stop source for RTC clock output on AOUT

www.onsemi.com
(10:8) RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_START (10:8) RTC_CLOCK_DIO0_START 0X0 Start event for RTC clock output on AOUT (RTC
prescaler and counter need to be enabled)
(4:0) TEST_AOUT (4:0) TEST_AOUT 0X0 AOUT test signal selection
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x4000135C ACS_JIC_READ - (7:0) BYTE0_RO 0XFF JIC read only register bits (returning signals from
analog part: tied to 1)
 A.22 BASEBAND CONTROLLER INTERFACE

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40001400 BBIF_CTRL (16) WAKEUP_REQ (16) WAKEUP_REQ 0X0 External wake up request used to sort-out sleep
modes
(9:4) CLK_SEL (9:4) CLK_SEL 0X8 Configure the internal baseband controller clock
divider in order to provide a 1MHz reference clock
(0) CLK_ENABLE (0) CLK_ENABLE 0X0 Enable the baseband controller clocks generation
0x40001404 BBIF_STATUS - (15:11) LINK_FORMAT 0X0 BLE link format
- (8:4) LINK_LABEL 0X0 BLE link label
- (3) AOBLE_STATUS 0X1 Audio over BLE feature status
- (2) CLK_STATUS 0X0 Clock status defining the current active clock in use
- (1) OSC_EN 0X0 Oscillator front-end enabling
- (0) RADIO_EN 0X0 RF front-end enabling
0x40001408 BBIF_COEX_CTRL (4) TX (4) TX 0X0 Indicates if the RF front-end performs a non-BLE Tx
activity
(0) RX (0) RX 0X0 Indicates if the RF front-end performs a non-BLE Rx
activity
0x4000140C BBIF_COEX_STATUS - (15:12) BLE_PTI 0X0 Indicates the priority level of the current RW-BLE
core activity
- (8) BLE_IN_PROCESS 0X0 Indicate if the RW-BLE core has an event in process,

452
active high.
onsemi

- (4) BLE_TX 0X0 Indicates if the RW-BLE core is busy and performs
Tx activity, active high.

www.onsemi.com
- (0) BLE_RX 0X0 Indicates if the RW-BLE core is busy and performs
Rx activity, active high
0x40001410 BBIF_COEX_INT_CFG (9:8) BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT (9:8) BLE_IN_PROCESS_EVENT 0X0 BLE_IN_PROCESS event interrupt configuration
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(5:4) BLE_TX_EVENT (5:4) BLE_TX_EVENT 0X0 BLE_TX event interrupt configuration

(1:0) BLE_RX_EVENT (1:0) BLE_RX_EVENT 0X0 BLE_RX event interrupt configuration
0x40001414 BBIF_COEX_INT_STATUS - (4) BLE_TX_EVENT_FLAG 0X0 Indicates if a BLE_TX_EVENT interrupt has been
generated
- (0) BLE_RX_EVENT_FLAG 0X0 Indicates if a BLE_RX_EVENT interrupt has been
generated
0x40001418 BBIF_SYNC_CFG (17) RF_RX (17) RF_RX 0X0 Specify if the RF front-end is currently receiving the
audio link
(16) RF_ACTIVE (16) RF_ACTIVE 0X0 Specify if the RF front-end is currently processing the
audio link
(15:11) LINK_FORMAT (15:11) LINK_FORMAT 0X0 Configure the BLE link format for synchronization
(8:4) LINK_LABEL (8:4) LINK_LABEL 0X0 Configure the BLE link label for synchronization
(3:1) SOURCE (3:1) SOURCE 0X0 Select the BLE/RF link synchronization source
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X0 Enable the frame synchronization pulse filter
 A.23 BASEBAND CONTROLLER

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40001500 BB_RWBBCNTL (31) MASTER_SOFT_RST (31) MASTER_SOFT_RST 0X0 Reset the complete system except registers and
timing generator
(30) MASTER_TGSOFT_RST (30) MASTER_TGSOFT_RST 0X0 Reset the timing generator
(29) REG_SOFT_RST (29) REG_SOFT_RST 0X0 Reset the complete register block
(28) SWINT_REQ (28) SWINT_REQ 0X0 Forces the generation of ble_sw_irq
(26) RFTEST_ABORT (26) RFTEST_ABORT 0X0 Abort the current RF testing defined as per
CS-FORMAT
(25) ADVERT_ABORT (25) ADVERT_ABORT 0X0 Abort the current scan window
(24) SCAN_ABORT (24) SCAN_ABORT 0X0 Abort the current advertising event
(22) MD_DSB (22) MD_DSB 0X0 Allow a single Tx/Rx exchange whatever the MD bits
are
(21) SN_DSB (21) SN_DSB 0X0 Disable sequence number management
(20) NESN_DSB (20) NESN_DSB 0X0 Disable acknowledge scheme
(19) CRYPT_DSB (19) CRYPT_DSB 0X0 Disable encryption / decryption
(18) WHIT_DSB (18) WHIT_DSB 0X0 Disable whitening
(17) CRC_DSB (17) CRC_DSB 0X0 Disable CRC stripping
(16) HOP_REMAP_DSB (16) HOP_REMAP_DSB 0X0 Disable frequency hopping remapping algorithm

453
(9) ADVERTFILT_EN (9) ADVERTFILT_EN 0X0 Advertising channels error filtering enable control
onsemi

(8) RWBLE_EN (8) RWBLE_EN 0X0 Enable RW-BLE core exchange table pre-fetch
mechanism

www.onsemi.com
(7:4) RXWINSZDEF (7:4) RXWINSZDEF 0X0 Default Rx Window size in us (used when device is
master connected or performs its second receipt)
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(2:0) SYNCERR (2:0) SYNCERR 0X0 Indicates the maximum number of errors allowed to
recognize the synchronization word
0x40001504 BB_VERSION - (31:24) TYP 0X8 RW-BLE core type (BLE v4.2)
- (23:16) REL 0X0 RW-BLE core version - major release number
- (15:8) UPG 0X9 RW-BLE core upgrade - upgrade number
- (7:0) BUILD 0X1 RW-BLE core build - build number
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001508 BB_RWBLEBCONF - (31) DMMODE 0X0 RW-BLE core dual mode
- (25:24) ISOPORTNB 0X3 Number of supported isochronous channels
- (23) DECIPHER 0X0 AES deciphering present
- (21) COEX 0X1 Coexistence mechanism
- (20:16) RFIF 0X3 Support of the RF front-end
- (15) USEDBG 0X1 Diagnostic port
- (14) USECRYPT 0X1 AES-CCM encryption
- (13:8) CLK_SEL 0X8 Operating frequency (in MHz)
- (7) INTMODE 0X0 Interruption mode
- (6) BUSTYPE 0X1 Processor bus type
- (5) DATA_WIDTH 0X1 Processor bus width
- (4:0) ADD_WIDTH 0XE Value of the RW_BLE_ADDRESS_WIDTH
parameter concerted into binary
0x4000150C BB_INTCNTL (15) CSCNTDEVMSK (15) CSCNTDEVMSK 0X1 CSCNT interrupt mask during event allowing to
enable CSCNT interrupt generation during events
(12) AUDIOINT2MSK (12) AUDIOINT2MSK 0X0 Audio channel 2 interrupt mask
(11) AUDIOINT1MSK (11) AUDIOINT1MSK 0X0 Audio channel 1 interrupt mask
(10) AUDIOINT0MSK (10) AUDIOINT0MSK 0X0 Audio channel 0 interrupt mask

454
(9) SWINTMSK (9) SWINTMSK 0X0 SW triggered interrupt mask
onsemi

(8) EVENTAPFAINTMSK (8) EVENTAPFAINTMSK 0X1 End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt
mask

www.onsemi.com
(7) FINETGTIMINTMSK (7) FINETGTIMINTMSK 0X0 Fine target timer mask
(6) GROSSTGTIMINTMSK (6) GROSSTGTIMINTMSK 0X0 Gross target timer mask
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(5) ERRORINTMSK (5) ERRORINTMSK 0X0 Error interrupt mask

(4) CRYPTINTMSK (4) CRYPTINTMSK 0X1 Encryption engine interrupt mask
(3) EVENTINTMSK (3) EVENTINTMSK 0X1 End of event interrupt mask
(2) SLPINTMSK (2) SLPINTMSK 0X1 Sleep mode interrupt mask
(1) RXINTMSK (1) RXINTMSK 0X1 Rx interrupt mask
(0) CSCNTINTMSK (0) CSCNTINTMSK 0X1 625us base time interrupt mask
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001510 BB_INTSTAT - (12) AUDIOINT2STAT 0X0 Audio channel 2 interrupt status
- (11) AUDIOINT1STAT 0X0 Audio channel 1 interrupt status
- (10) AUDIOINT0STAT 0X0 Audio channel 0 interrupt status
- (9) SWINTSTAT 0X0 SW triggered interrupt status
- (8) EVENTAPFAINTSTAT 0X0 End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt
status
- (7) FINETGTIMINTSTAT 0X0 Masked fine target timer error interrupt status
- (6) GROSSTGTIMINTSTAT 0X0 Masked gross target timer interrupt status
- (5) ERRORINTSTAT 0X0 Masked error interrupt status
- (4) CRYPTINTSTAT 0X0 Masked encryption engine interrupt status
- (3) EVENTINTSTAT 0X0 Masked end of event interrupt status
- (2) SLPINTSTAT 0X0 Masked sleep interrupt status
- (1) RXINTSTAT 0X0 Masked packet reception interrupt status
- (0) CSCNTINTSTAT 0X0 Masked 625us base time reference interrupt status
0x40001514 BB_INTRAWSTAT - (12) AUDIOINT2RAWSTAT 0X0 Audio channel 2 interrupt raw status
- (11) AUDIOINT1RAWSTAT 0X0 Audio channel 1 interrupt raw status
- (10) AUDIOINT0RAWSTAT 0X0 Audio channel 0 interrupt raw status
- (9) SWINTRAWSTAT 0X0 SW triggered interrupt raw status

455
onsemi

- (8) EVENTAPFAINTRAWSTAT 0X0 End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt

raw status

www.onsemi.com
- (7) FINETGTIMINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked fine target timer error interrupt raw status
- (6) GROSSTGTIMINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked gross target timer interrupt raw status
- (5) ERRORINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked error interrupt raw status
RSL10 Hardware Reference

- (4) CRYPTINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked encryption engine interrupt raw status

- (3) EVENTINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked end of event interrupt raw status
- (2) SLPINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked sleep interrupt raw status
- (1) RXINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked packet reception interrupt raw status
- (0) CSCNTINTRAWSTAT 0X0 Masked 625us base time reference interrupt raw
status
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001518 BB_INTACK - (12) AUDIOINT2ACK 0X0 Audio channel 2 interrupt acknowledgement bit
- (11) AUDIOINT1ACK 0X0 Audio channel 1 interrupt acknowledgement bit
- (10) AUDIOINT0ACK 0X0 Audio channel 0 interrupt acknowledgement bit
(9) SWINTACK - N/A SW triggered interrupt acknowledgement bit
(8) EVENTAPFAINTACK - N/A End of event / anticipated pre-fetch abort interrupt
acknowledgement bit
(7) FINETGTIMINTACK - N/A Fine target timer interrupt acknowledgement bit
(6) GROSSTGTIMINTACK - N/A Gross target timer interrupt acknowledgement bit
(5) ERRORINTACK - N/A Error interrupt acknowledgement bit
(4) CRYPTINTACK - N/A Encryption engine interrupt acknowledgement bit
(3) EVENTINTACK - N/A End of event interrupt acknowledgment bit
(2) SLPINTACK - N/A End of deep sleep interrupt acknowledgment bit
(1) RXINTACK - N/A Packet reception interrupt acknowledgment bit
(0) CSCNTINTACK - N/A 625us base time reference interrupt
acknowledgment bit
0x4000151C BB_BASETIMECNT (31) SAMP (31) SAMP 0X0 Sample the base time counter
- (26:0) BASETIMECNT 0X0 Value of the 625us base time reference counter
0x40001520 BB_FINETIMECNT - (9:0) FINECNT 0X0 Value of the current us fine time reference counter

456
0x40001524 BB_BDADDRL (31:0) BDADDRL (31:0) BDADDRL 0X0 BLE device address (LSB part)
onsemi

0x40001528 BB_BDADDRU (16) PRIV_NPUB (16) PRIV_NPUB 0X0 BLE device address privacy indicator

www.onsemi.com
(15:0) BDADDRU (15:0) BDADDRU 0X0 BLE device address (MSB part)
0x4000152C BB_ET_CURRENTRXDESCPTR (31:16) ETPTR (31:16) ETPTR 0X0 Exchange table pointer that determines the starting
point of the exchange table
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(14:0) CURRENTRXDESCPTR (14:0) CURRENTRXDESCPTR 0X0 Rx descriptor pointer that determines the starting
point of the receive buffer chained list
0x40001530 BB_DEEPSLCNTL (31) EXTWKUPDSB (31) EXTWKUPDSB 0X0 External wake-up disable
- (15) DEEP_SLEEP_STAT 0X0 Indicator of current deep sleep clock mux status
(4) SOFT_WAKEUP_REQ (4) SOFT_WAKEUP_REQ 0X0 Wake up request from RW-BLE software applying
when system is in deep sleep mode
(3) DEEP_SLEEP_CORR_EN (3) DEEP_SLEEP_CORR_EN 0X0 625us base time reference integer and fractional part
correction applying when system has been woken-up
from deep sleep mode
(2) DEEP_SLEEP_ON (2) DEEP_SLEEP_ON 0X0 RW-BLE core power mode control
(1) RADIO_SLEEP_EN (1) RADIO_SLEEP_EN 0X0 Controls the radio module
(0) OSC_SLEEP_EN (0) OSC_SLEEP_EN 0X0 Controls the RF high frequency crystal oscillator
0x40001534 BB_DEEPSLWKUP (31:0) DEEPSLTIME (31:0) DEEPSLTIME 0X0 Determines the time in low_power_clk clock cycles
to spend in deep sleep mode before waking-up the
device
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001538 BB_DEEPSLSTAT - (31:0) DEEPSLDUR 0X0 Actual duration of the last deep sleep phase
measured in low_power_clk clock cycle
0x4000153C BB_ENBPRESET (20:10) TWOSC (20:10) TWOSC 0X0 Time in low power oscillator cycles allowed for
stabilization of the high frequency oscillator when the
deep-sleep mode has been left due to sleep-timer
expiry (DEEPSLWKUP-DEEPSLTIME])
0x40001540 BB_FINECNTCORR (9:0) FINECNTCORR (9:0) FINECNTCORR 0X0 Phase correction value for the 625us reference
counter (i.e. fine counter) in us
0x40001544 BB_BASETIMECNTCORR (26:0) BASETIMECNTCORR (26:0) BASETIMECNTCORR 0X0 Base time counter correction value
0x40001550 BB_DIAGCNTL (31) DIAG3_EN (31) DIAG3_EN 0X0 Enable diagnostic port 3 output
(29:24) DIAG3 (29:24) DIAG3 0X0
(23) DIAG2_EN (23) DIAG2_EN 0X0 Enable diagnostic port 2 output
(21:16) DIAG2 (21:16) DIAG2 0X0
(15) DIAG1_EN (15) DIAG1_EN 0X0 Enable diagnostic port 1 output
(13:8) DIAG1 (13:8) DIAG1 0X0
(7) DIAG0_EN (7) DIAG0_EN 0X0 Enable diagnostic port 0 output
(5:0) DIAG0 (5:0) DIAG0 0X0
0x40001554 BB_DIAGSTAT - (31:24) DIAG3STAT 0X0 Directly connected to ble_dbg3[7:0] output (debug
use only)

457
- (23:16) DIAG2STAT 0X0 Directly connected to ble_dbg2[7:0] output (debug
use only)
onsemi

- (15:8) DIAG1STAT 0X0 Directly connected to ble_dbg1[7:0] output (debug

use only)

www.onsemi.com
- (7:0) DIAG0STAT 0X0 Directly connected to ble_dbg0[7:0] output (debug
use only)
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40001558 BB_DEBUGADDMAX (31:16) REG_ADDMAX (31:16) REG_ADDMAX 0X0 Upper limit for the register zone indicated by the
reg_inzone flag
(15:0) EM_ADDMAX (15:0) EM_ADDMAX 0X0 Upper limit for the exchange memory zone indicated
by the em_inzone flag
0x4000155C BB_DEBUGADDMIN (31:16) REG_ADDMIN (31:16) REG_ADDMIN 0X0 Lower limit for the register zone indicated by the
reg_inzone flag
(15:0) EM_ADDMIN (15:0) EM_ADDMIN 0X0 Lower limit for the exchange memory zone indicated
by the em_inzone flag
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001560 BB_ERRORTYPESTAT - (19) RAL_UNDERRUN 0X0 Indicates Resolving Address List engine Under run
issue, happens when RAL List parsing not finished
on time
- (18) RAL_ERROR 0X0 Indicates Resolving Address List engine faced a bad
setting
- (17) CONCEVTIRQ_ERROR 0X0 Indicates whether two consecutive and concurrent
ble_event_irq have been generated, and not
acknowledged in time by the RW-BLE software
- (16) RXDATA_PTR_ERROR 0X0 Indicates whether Rx data buffer pointer value
programmed is null (major failure)
- (15) TXDATA_PTR_ERROR 0X0 Indicates whether Tx data buffer pointer value
programmed is null during advertising / scanning /
initiating events, or during master / slave connections
with non-null packet length (major failure)
- (14) RXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR 0X0 Indicates whether Rx descriptor pointer value
programmed in register is null (major failure)
- (13) TXDESC_EMPTY_ERROR 0X0 Indicates whether Tx descriptor pointer value
programmed in control structure is null during
advertising / scanning / initiating events (major
failure)
- (12) CSFORMAT_ERROR 0X0 Indicates whether CS-FORMAT has been
programmed with an invalid value (major failure)
- (11) LLCHMAP_ERROR 0X0 Indicates Link Layer channel map error, happens

458
when actual number of CS-LLCHMAP bit set to one
onsemi

is different from CS-NBCHGOOD at the beginning of

frequency hopping process

www.onsemi.com
- (10) ADV_UNDERRUN 0X0 Indicates advertising interval under run
- (9) IFS_UNDERRUN 0X0 Indicates inter frame space under run, occurs if IFS
time is not enough to update and read control
RSL10 Hardware Reference

structure / descriptors, and/or white list parsing is not

finished and/or decryption time is too long to be
finished on time
- (8) WHITELIST_ERROR 0X0 Indicates white list timeout error, occurs if white list
parsing is not finished on time
- (7) EVT_CNTL_APFM_ERROR 0X0 Indicates anticipated pre-fetch mechanism error:
happens when 2 consecutive events are
programmed, and when the first event is not
completely finished while second pre-fetch instant is
reached
- (6) EVT_SCHDL_APFM_ERROR 0X0 Indicates anticipated pre-fetch mechanism error:
happens when 2 consecutive events are
programmed, and when the first event is not
completely finished while second pre-fetch instant is
reached
- (5) EVT_SCHDL_ENTRY_ERROR 0X0 Indicates event scheduler faced invalid timing
programing on two consecutive ET entries (e.g first
one with 624us offset and second one with no offset)
- (4) EVT_SCHDL_EMACC_ERROR 0X0 Indicates event scheduler exchange memory access
error, happens when exchange memory accesses
are not served in time, and blocks the exchange
table entry read
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001564 BB_SWPROFILING (31:0) SWPROF (31:0) SWPROF 0X0 Software profiling register: used by RW-BLE
software for profiling purpose
0x40001570 BB_RADIOCNTL0 (31:16) SPIPTR (31:16) SPIPTR 0X0 Pointer to the buffer containing data to be transferred
to or received from the SPI port
(5:4) SPIFREQ (5:4) SPIFREQ 0X0 SPI clock frequency
- (1) SPICOMP 0X1 SPI transfer status
(0) SPIGO (0) SPIGO 0X0 Start SPI transfer when writing a 1
0x40001574 BB_RADIOCNTL1 (31) FORCEAGC_EN (31) FORCEAGC_EN 0X0 Control ATLAS/Ripple AGC force mode based on
radioCNTL2-FORCEAGC_LENGTH value
(30) FORCEBLEIQ (30) FORCEBLEIQ 0X0 Control Ripple modulation mode in between FM and
I and Q
(27:16) FORCEAGC_LENGTH (27:16) FORCEAGC_LENGTH 0X0 Control ATLAS/Ripple AGC force mode based on
radioCNTL2-FORCEAGC_LENGTH value
(15) SYNC_PULSE_MODE (15) SYNC_PULSE_MODE 0X0 Define whether the SYNC_P pulse is generated as
pulse or level
(13) DPCORR_EN (13) DPCORR_EN 0X0 Enable the use of delayed DC compensated data
path in radio correlator block
(12) JEF_SELECT (12) JEF_SELECT 0X0 Selects Jitter Elimination FIFO
(8:4) XRFSEL (8:4) XRFSEL 0X0 Extended radio selection field
(3:0) SUBVERSION (3:0) SUBVERSION 0X0 CSEM RF Sub-version selection

459
0x40001578 BB_RADIOCNTL2 (15:0) FREQTABLE_PTR (15:0) FREQTABLE_PTR 0X40 Frequency table pointer
onsemi

0x40001580 BB_RADIOPWRUPDN0 (23:16) RXPWRUP0 (23:16) RXPWRUP0 0X0 This register holds the length in us of the RX power
up phase for the current radio device

www.onsemi.com
(12:8) TXPWRDN0 (12:8) TXPWRDN0 0X0 This register extends the length in us of the TX
power down phase for the current radio device
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(7:0) TXPWRUP0 (7:0) TXPWRUP0 0X0 This register holds the length in us of the TX power
up phase for the current radio device
0x40001584 BB_RADIOPWRUPDN1 (23:16) RXPWRUP1 (23:16) RXPWRUP1 0X0 This register holds the length in us of the RX power
up phase for the current radio device
(12:8) TXPWRDN1 (12:8) TXPWRDN1 0X0 This register extends the length in us of the TX
power down phase for the current radio device
(7:0) TXPWRUP1 (7:0) TXPWRUP1 0X0 This register holds the length in us of the TX power
up phase for the current radio device
0x40001590 BB_RADIOTXRXTIM0 (31:24) TXPATHDLY0 (31:24) TXPATHDLY0 0X0
(20:16) RXPATHDLY0 (20:16) RXPATHDLY0 0X0
(14:8) RFRXTMDA0 (14:8) RFRXTMDA0 0X0
(6:0) SYNC_POSITION0 (6:0) SYNC_POSITION0 0X0
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001594 BB_RADIOTXRXTIM1 (31:24) TXPATHDLY1 (31:24) TXPATHDLY1 0X0
(20:16) RXPATHDLY1 (20:16) RXPATHDLY1 0X0
(14:8) RFRXTMDA1 (14:8) RFRXTMDA1 0X0
(6:0) SYNC_POSITION1 (6:0) SYNC_POSITION1 0X0
0x400015A0 BB_SPIPTRCNTL0 (31:16) TXOFFPTR (31:16) TXOFFPTR 0X0 Pointer to the TxOFF sequence address section
(15:0) TXONPTR (15:0) TXONPTR 0X0 Pointer to the TxON sequence address section
0x400015A4 BB_SPIPTRCNTL1 (31:16) RXOFFPTR (31:16) RXOFFPTR 0X0 Pointer to the RxOFF sequence address section
(15:0) RXONPTR (15:0) RXONPTR 0X0 Pointer to the RxON sequence address section
0x400015A8 BB_SPIPTRCNTL2 (15:0) RSSIPTR (15:0) RSSIPTR 0X0 Pointer to the RSSI read sequence address section
0x400015B0 BB_ADVCHMAP (2:0) ADVCHMAP (2:0) ADVCHMAP 0X7 Advertising channel map, defined as per the
advertising connection settings. Contains advertising
channels index 37 to 39
0x400015C0 BB_ADVTIM (13:0) ADVINT (13:0) ADVINT 0X0 Advertising packet interval defines the time interval
in between two ADV_xxx packet sent (value in us)
0x400015C4 BB_ACTSCANSTAT - (24:16) BACKOFF 0X1 Active scan mode back-off counter initialization value
- (8:0) UPPERLIMIT 0X1 Active scan mode upper limit counter value
0x400015D0 BB_WLPUBADDPTR (15:0) WLPUBADDPTR (15:0) WLPUBADDPTR 0X0 Start address pointer of the public devices white list
0x400015D4 BB_WLPRIVADDPTR (15:0) WLPRIVADDPTR (15:0) WLPRIVADDPTR 0X0 Start address pointer of the private devices white list

460
0x400015D8 BB_WLNBDEV (15:8) NBPRIVDEV (15:8) NBPRIVDEV 0X0 Number of private devices in the white list
onsemi

(7:0) NBPUBDEV (7:0) NBPUBDEV 0X0 Number of public devices in the white list
0x400015E0 BB_AESCNTL (1) AES_MODE (1) AES_MODE 0X0 Cipher mode control

www.onsemi.com
(0) AES_START (0) AES_START 0X0 Starts AES-128 ciphering/deciphering process
0x400015E4 BB_AESKEY31_0 (31:0) AESKEY31_0 (31:0) AESKEY31_0 0X0 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 31 down to 0)
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x400015E8 BB_AESKEY63_32 (31:0) AESKEY63_32 (31:0) AESKEY63_32 0X0 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 63 down to 32)
0x400015EC BB_AESKEY95_64 (31:0) AESKEY95_64 (31:0) AESKEY95_64 0X0 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 95 down to 64)
0x400015F0 BB_AESKEY127_96 (31:0) AESKEY127_96 (31:0) AESKEY127_96 0X0 AES encryption 128-bit key (bits 127 down to 96)
0x400015F4 BB_AESPTR (15:0) AESPTR (15:0) AESPTR 0X0 Pointer to the memory zone where the block to
cipher/decipher using AES-128 is stored.
0x400015F8 BB_TXMICVAL - (31:0) TXMICVAL 0X0 AES-CCM plain MIC value. Valid on when MIC has
been calculated (in Tx)
0x400015FC BB_RXMICVAL - (31:0) RXMICVAL 0X0 AES-CCM plain MIC value. Valid on once MIC has
been extracted from Rx packet
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001600 BB_RFTESTCNTL (31) INFINITERX (31) INFINITERX 0X0 Applicable in RF test mode only
(27) RXPKTCNTEN (27) RXPKTCNTEN 0X0 Applicable in RF test mode only
(15) INFINITETX (15) INFINITETX 0X0 Applicable in RF test mode only
(14) TXLENGTHSRC (14) TXLENGTHSRC 0X0 Applicable only in Tx/Rx RF test mode
(13) PRBSTYPE (13) PRBSTYPE 0X0 Applicable only in Tx/Rx RF test mode
(12) TXPLDSRC (12) TXPLDSRC 0X0 Applicable only in Tx/Rx RF test mode
(11) TXPKTCNTEN (11) TXPKTCNTEN 0X1 Applicable in RF test mode only
(8:0) TXLENGTH (8:0) TXLENGTH 0X0 Tx packet length in number of byte
0x40001604 BB_RFTESTTXSTAT (31:0) TXPKTCNT (31:0) TXPKTCNT 0X0 Reports number of transmitted packet during test
modes
0x40001608 BB_RFTESTRXSTAT (31:0) RXPKTCNT (31:0) RXPKTCNT 0X0 Reports number of correctly received packet during
test modes
0x40001610 BB_TIMGENCNTL (31) APFM_EN (31) APFM_EN 0X1 Controls the anticipated pre-fetch abort mechanism
(25:16) PREFETCHABORT_TIME (25:16) PREFETCHABORT_TIME 0X1FE Defines the instant in us at which immediate abort is
required after anticipated pre-fetch abort
(8:0) PREFETCH_TIME (8:0) PREFETCH_TIME 0X96 Defines exchange table pre-fetch instant in us
0x40001614 BB_GROSSTIMTGT (22:0) GROSSTARGET (22:0) GROSSTARGET 0X0 Gross timer target value on which a
ble_grosstgtim_irq must be generated (precision of
10ms)

461
0x40001618 BB_FINETIMTGT (26:0) FINETARGET (26:0) FINETARGET 0X0 Fine timer target value on which a ble_finetgtim_irq
onsemi

must be generated (precision of 625us)

0x40001620 BB_COEXIFCNTL0 (25:24) MWSSCANFREQMSK (25:24) MWSSCANFREQMSK 0X0 Determines how mws_scan_frequency impacts BLE

www.onsemi.com
Tx and Rx
(21:20) WLCRXPRIOMODE (21:20) WLCRXPRIOMODE 0X0 Defines BLE packet ble_rx mode behavior
(17:16) WLCTXPRIOMODE (17:16) WLCTXPRIOMODE 0X0 Defines BLE packet ble_tx mode behavior
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(15:14) MWSTXFREQMSK (15:14) MWSTXFREQMSK 0X0 Determines how MWS Tx Frequency impacts BLE
Tx and Rx
(13:12) MWSRXFREQMSK (13:12) MWSRXFREQMSK 0X1 Determines how MWS Rx Frequency impacts BLE
Tx and Rx
(11:10) MWSTXMSK (11:10) MWSTXMSK 0X0 Determines how mws_tx impacts BLE Tx and Rx
(9:8) MWSRXMSK (9:8) MWSRXMSK 0X1 Determines how mws_rx impacts BLE Tx and Rx
(7:6) TXMSK (7:6) TXMSK 0X0 Determines how TXx impact BLE Tx and Rx
(5:4) RXMSK (5:4) RXMSK 0X1 Determines how RXx impact BLE Tx and Rx
(3) MWSWCI_EN (3) MWSWCI_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable control of the WCI MWS
Coexistence interface / Valid in Dual Mode only
(2) MWSCOEX_EN (2) MWSCOEX_EN 0X0 Enable / Disable control of the MWS Coexistence
control / Valid in Dual Mode only
(1) SYNCGEN_EN (1) SYNCGEN_EN 0X0 Determines whether ble_sync is generated or not
(0) COEX_EN (0) COEX_EN 0X0 Enable / disable control of the coexistence control
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001624 BB_COEXIFCNTL1 (28:24) WLCPRXTHR (28:24) WLCPRXTHR 0X0 Determines the threshold for Rx priority setting
(applies on ble_rx if WLCRXPRIOMODE equals
"10")
(20:16) WLCPTXTHR (20:16) WLCPTXTHR 0X0 Determines the threshold for priority setting (applies
on ble_tx if WLCTXPRIOMODE equals "10")
(14:8) WLCPDURATION (14:8) WLCPDURATION 0X0 Determines how many us the priority information
must be maintained (applies on ble_tx and ble_rx if
WLCTXPRIOMODE equals "10")
(6:0) WLCPDELAY (6:0) WLCPDELAY 0X0 Determines the delay (in us) in Tx/Rx enables rises
the time BLE Tx/Rx priority has to be provided
(applies on ble_tx and ble_rx if WLCTXPRIOMODE
equals "10")
0x40001628 BB_COEXIFCNTL2 (11:8) RX_ANT_DELAY (11:8) RX_ANT_DELAY 0X0 Time (in us) by which is anticipated bt_rx to be
provided before effective Radio receipt operation
(3:0) TX_ANT_DELAY (3:0) TX_ANT_DELAY 0X0 Time (in us) by which is anticipated bt_tx to be
provided before effective Radio transmit operation
0x4000162C BB_BBMPRIO0 (31:28) BLEM7 (31:28) BLEM7 0X3 Set priority value for passive scanning
(27:24) BLEM6 (27:24) BLEM6 0X4 Set priority value for non-connectable advertising
(23:20) BLEM5 (23:20) BLEM5 0X8 Set priority value for connectable advertising BLE
message
(19:16) BLEM4 (19:16) BLEM4 0X9 Set priority value for active scanning BLE message

462
(15:12) BLEM3 (15:12) BLEM3 0XA Set priority value for initiating (scanning) BLE
message
onsemi

(11:8) BLEM2 (11:8) BLEM2 0XD Set priority value for data channel transmission BLE
message

www.onsemi.com
(7:4) BLEM1 (7:4) BLEM1 0XE Set priority value for LLCP BLE message
(3:0) BLEM0 (3:0) BLEM0 0XF Set priority value for initiating (connection request
RSL10 Hardware Reference

response) BLE message

0x40001630 BB_BBMPRIO1 (31:28) BLEMDEFAULT (31:28) BLEMDEFAULT 0X3 Set default priority value for other BLE message than
those defined above
(7:4) BLEM9 (7:4) BLEM9 0XD Set default priority value for ISO Channel first Tx/Rx
attempt
(3:0) BLEM8 (3:0) BLEM8 0XC Set default priority value for ISO Channel
subsequent Tx/Rx attempt
0x40001640 BB_RALPTR (15:0) RALPTR (15:0) RALPTR 0X0 Start address pointer of the RAL structure
0x40001644 BB_RALNBDEV (7:0) RALNBDEV (7:0) RALNBDEV 0X0 Number of devices in RAL Structure
0x40001648 BB_RAL_LOCAL_RND (31) LRND_INIT (31) LRND_INIT 0X0 Writing a 1 initializes of local RPA random number
generation LFSR
(21:0) LRND_VAL (21:0) LRND_VAL 0X3F0F0 Initialization value for local RPA random generation
F when LRDN_INIT is set to 1, else reports the current
Local RPA random number LFSR value
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x4000164C BB_RAL_PEER_RND (31) PRND_INIT (31) PRND_INIT 0X0 Writing a 1 initializes of peer RPA random number
generation LFSR
(21:0) PRND_VAL (21:0) PRND_VAL 0X30F0F Initialization value for peer RPA random generation
0 when LRDN_INIT is set to 1, else reports the current
Local RPA random number LFSR value
0x40001650 BB_ISOCHANCNTL0 (4) RETXACKEN0 (4) RETXACKEN0 0X0 Generate Tx ACK
(3) SYNCGEN0 (3) SYNCGEN0 0X0 Enable audio syn_p generation
(2) ISOCHANEN0 (2) ISOCHANEN0 0X0 Enable ISO channel
(1:0) ISOTYPE0 (1:0) ISOTYPE0 0X0 ISO Channel Type
0x40001654 BB_ISOMUTECNTL0 (31) TOGO0 (31) TOGO0 0X0 Indicates which buffer is in use (direct copy of
ET-ISOBUFSEL)
(19) MUTE_SINK0 (19) MUTE_SINK0 0X0 HW mute control
(18) MUTE_SOURCE0 (18) MUTE_SOURCE0 0X0 HW mute control
(17) INVL0_1 (17) INVL0_1 0X1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 1 (i.e updated when
ET-ISOBUFSEL = 0)
(16) INVL0_0 (16) INVL0_0 0X1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 0 (i.e updated when
ET-ISOBUFSEL = 1)
(7:0) MUTE_PATTERN0 (7:0) MUTE_PATTERN0 0X0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute Pattern to be used
when HW muting is enabled
0x40001658 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR0 (31:16) ISO0TXPTR0 (31:16) ISO0TXPTR0 0X0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0

463
(15:0) ISO0TXPTR1 (15:0) ISO0TXPTR1 0X0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0
onsemi

0x4000165C BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR0 (31:16) ISO0RXPTR0 (31:16) ISO0RXPTR0 0X0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 0

www.onsemi.com
(15:0) ISO0RXPTR1 (15:0) ISO0RXPTR1 0X0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 0
0x40001660 BB_ISOTRCNL0 (23:16) ISO0RXLEN (23:16) ISO0RXLEN 0X0 Negotiated, maximum expected number of bytes for
ISO Channel 0 Rx payloads
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(7:0) ISO0TXLEN (7:0) ISO0TXLEN 0X0 Negotiated, number of bytes for ISO Channel 0 Tx
payloads
0x40001664 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL0 (31:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETL0 (31:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETL0 0X0 LSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field
0x40001668 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU0 (6:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETU0 (6:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETU0 0X0 MSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field
0x40001670 BB_ISOCHANCNTL1 (4) RETXACKEN1 (4) RETXACKEN1 0X0 Generate Tx ACK
(3) SYNCGEN1 (3) SYNCGEN1 0X0 Enable audio syn_p generation
(2) ISOCHANEN1 (2) ISOCHANEN1 0X0 Enable ISO channel
(1:0) ISOTYPE1 (1:0) ISOTYPE1 0X0 ISO Channel Type
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40001674 BB_ISOMUTECNTL1 (31) TOGO1 (31) TOGO1 0X0 Indicates which buffer is in use (direct copy of
ET-ISOBUFSEL)
(19) MUTE_SINK1 (19) MUTE_SINK1 0X0 HW mute control
(18) MUTE_SOURCE1 (18) MUTE_SOURCE1 0X0 HW mute control
(17) INVL1_1 (17) INVL1_1 0X1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 1 (i.e updated when
ET-ISOBUFSEL = 0)
(16) INVL1_0 (16) INVL1_0 0X1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 0 (i.e updated when
ET-ISOBUFSEL = 1)
(7:0) MUTE_PATTERN1 (7:0) MUTE_PATTERN1 0X0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute Pattern to be used
when HW muting is enabled
0x40001678 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR1 (31:16) ISO1TXPTR0 (31:16) ISO1TXPTR0 0X0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 1
(15:0) ISO1TXPTR1 (15:0) ISO1TXPTR1 0X0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 1
0x4000167C BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR1 (31:16) ISO1RXPTR0 (31:16) ISO1RXPTR0 0X0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 1
(15:0) ISO1RXPTR1 (15:0) ISO1RXPTR1 0X0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 1
0x40001680 BB_ISOTRCNL1 (23:16) ISO1RXLEN (23:16) ISO1RXLEN 0X0 Negotiated, maximum expected number of bytes for
ISO Channel 0 Rx payloads
(7:0) ISO1TXLEN (7:0) ISO1TXLEN 0X0 Negotiated, number of bytes for ISO Channel 0 Tx
payloads
0x40001684 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL1 (31:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETL1 (31:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETL1 0X0 LSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field

464
0x40001688 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU1 (6:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETU1 (6:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETU1 0X0 MSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET0[39:0] field
onsemi

0x40001690 BB_ISOCHANCNTL2 (4) RETXACKEN2 (4) RETXACKEN2 0X0 Generate Tx ACK

(3) SYNCGEN2 (3) SYNCGEN2 0X0 Enable audio syn_p generation

www.onsemi.com
(2) ISOCHANEN2 (2) ISOCHANEN2 0X0 Enable ISO channel
(1:0) ISOTYPE2 (1:0) ISOTYPE2 0X0 ISO Channel Type
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40001694 BB_ISOMUTECNTL2 (31) TOGO2 (31) TOGO2 0X0 Indicates which buffer is in use (direct copy of
ET-ISOBUFSEL)
(19) MUTE_SINK2 (19) MUTE_SINK2 0X0 HW mute control
(18) MUTE_SOURCE2 (18) MUTE_SOURCE2 0X0 HW mute control
(17) INVL2_1 (17) INVL2_1 0X1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 1 (i.e updated when
ET-ISOBUFSEL = 0)
(16) INVL2_0 (16) INVL2_0 0X1 SW mute status for ISO buffer 0 (i.e updated when
ET-ISOBUFSEL = 1)
(7:0) MUTE_PATTERN2 (7:0) MUTE_PATTERN2 0X0 Value of the ISO channel 0 Mute Pattern to be used
when HW muting is enabled
0x40001698 BB_ISOCURRENTTXPTR2 (31:16) ISO2TXPTR0 (31:16) ISO2TXPTR0 0X0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 2
(15:0) ISO2TXPTR1 (15:0) ISO2TXPTR1 0X0 Tx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 2
0x4000169C BB_ISOCURRENTRXPTR2 (31:16) ISO2RXPTR0 (31:16) ISO2RXPTR0 0X0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 0 of ISO Channel 2
(15:0) ISO2RXPTR1 (15:0) ISO2RXPTR1 0X0 Rx ISO Buffer pointer 1 of ISO Channel 2
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400016A0 BB_ISOTRCNL2 (23:16) ISO2RXLEN (23:16) ISO2RXLEN 0X0 Negotiated, maximum expected number of bytes for
ISO Channel 2 Rx payloads
(7:0) ISO2TXLEN (7:0) ISO2TXLEN 0X0 Negotiated, number of bytes for ISO Channel 2 Tx
payloads
0x400016A4 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETL2 (31:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETL2 (31:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETL2 0X0 LSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET2[39:0] field
0x400016A8 BB_ISOEVTCNTLOFFSETU2 (6:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETU2 (6:0) EVT_CNT_OFFSETU2 0X0 MSB part of EVT_CNT_OFFSET2[39:0] field
0x400016B0 BB_BBPRIOSCHARB (15) BLEPRIOMODE (15) BLEPRIOMODE 0X0 Determine BLE priority scheduling arbitration mode
(7:0) BLEMARGIN (7:0) BLEMARGIN 0X0 Determine the decision instant margin for priority
scheduling arbitration

465
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.24 RF FRONT-END 2.4 GHZ

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0x40010000 RF_REG00 (31) DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE (31) DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE 0X0 If set to 1, the data whitening specified in the
Bluetooth LE standard is used. Note that the
en_datawhite field of the CODING register has also
to be set to 1
(30:24) (30:24) 0X0 Reset value to put on the Bluetooth LE data
DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE_RST DATAWHITE_BTLE_DW_BTLE_RST whitening shift register
(23) (23) 0X0 If set to 1 the 4FSK coding is activated
FOURFSK_CODING_EN_FOURFSK_COD FOURFSK_CODING_EN_FOURFSK_COD
ING ING
(22:20) (22:20) 0X0 Set the 4FSK coding (Tx): bit 0 determine if the sign
FOURFSK_CODING_TX_FOURFSK_COD FOURFSK_CODING_TX_FOURFSK_COD is given by the Q signal (0) or I signal (1), bit 1 select
ING ING if the signal is inverted for the sign, it 2 select if the
signal is inverted for the abs amplitude
(18:16) (18:16) 0X0 Set the 4FSK decoding (Rx): bit 0 determine if the
FOURFSK_CODING_RX_FOURFSK_COD FOURFSK_CODING_RX_FOURFSK_COD sign is given by the Q signal (0) or I signal (1), bit 1
ING ING select if the signal is inverted for the sign, it 2 select if
the signal is inverted for the abs amplitude
(14) MODE2_DIFF_CODING (14) MODE2_DIFF_CODING 0X0 If set to 1 enables the differential coding/decoding
(13) MODE2_PSK_NFSK (13) MODE2_PSK_NFSK 0X0 If set to 1, the PSK mode is selected, FSK otherwise.
(12:8) MODE2_TESTMODE (12:8) MODE2_TESTMODE 0X0 set the output testmode

466
(7) MODE_NOT_TO_IDLE (7) MODE_NOT_TO_IDLE 0X0 In FSM mode, if set to 1 indicates to the FSM to go in
onsemi

suspend mode after a Tx or Rx packet

(5) MODE_EN_FSM (5) MODE_EN_FSM 0X0 If set to 1 enables the radio FSM

www.onsemi.com
(4) MODE_EN_DESERIALIZER (4) MODE_EN_DESERIALIZER 0X0 If set to 1 enables the deserializer
(3) MODE_EN_SERIALIZER (3) MODE_EN_SERIALIZER 0X0 If set to 1 enables the serializer
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(2) MODE_TX_NRX (2) MODE_TX_NRX 0X0 if set to 1 use the Tx, otherwise the Rx
(1:0) MODE_MODE (1:0) MODE_MODE 0X0 Select the working mode of the digital baseband: 00)
the digital baseband is off (no ck) 01) the clock is
generated but the blocks are reset (Tx,Rx,FIFOs and
FSM) 10) 10: the digital baseband is freezed 11)
working
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010004 RF_REG01 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0 Time constant of the fine carrier recovery block
TAU_PHASE_RECOV_TAU_PHASE_REC TAU_PHASE_RECOV_TAU_PHASE_REC
OV OV
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0 Time constant of the rough carrier recovery block
TAU_ROUGH_RECOV_TAU_ROUGH_REC TAU_ROUGH_RECOV_TAU_ROUGH_REC
OV OV
(15) (15) 0X0 If set to 1, enables the automatic AFC correction.
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_C CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_C
FREQ_AFC FREQ_AFC
(14) (14) 0X0 If set to 1, the IF correction is negative
CARRIER_RECOVERY_CORRECT_CFRE CARRIER_RECOVERY_CORRECT_CFRE
Q_IF_NEG Q_IF_NEG
(13) (13) 0X0 If set to 1, enables the automatic IF correction
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_C CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_CORRECT_C
FREQ_IF FREQ_IF
(12) CARRIER_RECOVERY_AFC_NEG (12) CARRIER_RECOVERY_AFC_NEG 0X0 If set to 1 correct the AFC negatively
(11) (11) 0X0 If set to 1 enables the starter mode, i.e. a 32x faster
CARRIER_RECOVERY_STARTER_MODE CARRIER_RECOVERY_STARTER_MODE carrier recovery.
(10) CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_AFC (10) CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_AFC 0X0 if set to 1 enables the Automatic Frequency Control
(9) (9) 0X0 If set to 1 enables the fine carrier recovery
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_FINE_RECO CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_FINE_RECO
V V

467
(8) (8) 0X0 If set to 1 enables the rough carrier recovery
onsemi

CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_ROUGH_REC CARRIER_RECOVERY_EN_ROUGH_REC
OV OV

www.onsemi.com
(6) MOD_TX_PULSE_NSYM (6) MOD_TX_PULSE_NSYM 0X0 If set to 1, the Tx pulse shape is an odd function.
(5) MOD_TX_EN_INTERP (5) MOD_TX_EN_INTERP 0X0 If set to 1, enables the Tx CIC interpolator.
(4:0) MOD_TX_CK_TX_M (4:0) MOD_TX_CK_TX_M 0X0 Unsigned value that determine the Tx CIC
RSL10 Hardware Reference

interpolator frequency. The formula is similar to the

evaluation of the oversampling frequency.
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010008 RF_REG02 (31) FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_OVFLW (31) FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_OVFLW 0X0 If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case
of overflow
(30) (30) 0X0 If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case
FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_ADDR_ERR FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_ADDR_ERR of address error
(29) FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_PL_ERR (29) FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_PL_ERR 0X0 If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case
of packet length error
(28) FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_CRC_ERR (28) FIFO_FIFO_FLUSH_ON_CRC_ERR 0X0 If set to 1, stops the Rx and flushes the FIFO in case
of CRC error
(27) FIFO_RX_FIFO_ACK (27) FIFO_RX_FIFO_ACK 0X0 If set to 1, the Rx FIFO needs an acknowledgement
(packet received correctly) to change its state.
(26:24) FIFO_FIFO_THR (26:24) FIFO_FIFO_THR 0X0 Threshold indicating the 'almost full' state
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0 Data-rate offset. Is a signed value and the full scale
DATARATE_OFFSET_DATARATE_OFFS DATARATE_OFFSET_DATARATE_OFFS (0x7f) corresponds to a data-rate offset of 12.5%.
ET ET
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0 Time constant of the data-rate recovery
TAU_DATARATE_RECOV_TAU_DATARA TAU_DATARATE_RECOV_TAU_DATARA
TE_RECOV TE_RECOV
(7:0) (7:0) 0X0 Time constant of the clock recovery
TAU_CLK_RECOV_TAU_CLK_RECOV TAU_CLK_RECOV_TAU_CLK_RECOV
0x4001000C RF_REG03 (31:28) PAD_CONF_2_PAD_3_CONF (31:28) PAD_CONF_2_PAD_3_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 3
(27:24) PAD_CONF_2_PAD_2_CONF (27:24) PAD_CONF_2_PAD_2_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 2

468
(23:20) PAD_CONF_1_PAD_1_CONF (23:20) PAD_CONF_1_PAD_1_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 1
onsemi

(19:16) PAD_CONF_1_PAD_0_CONF (19:16) PAD_CONF_1_PAD_0_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 0

(15) IRQ_CONF_IRQ_HIGH_Z (15) IRQ_CONF_IRQ_HIGH_Z 0X0 If set to 1, the pads are set to High-Z when the IRQ is

www.onsemi.com
not active.
(14) IRQ_CONF_IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW (14) IRQ_CONF_IRQ_ACTIVE_LOW 0X0 If set to 1, the IRQ are active low
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(13:8) IRQ_CONF_IRQS_MASK (13:8) IRQ_CONF_IRQS_MASK 0X0 Mask to determine which IRQs are enabled (active
high)
(7:5) FIFO_2_FIFO_THR_TX (7:5) FIFO_2_FIFO_THR_TX 0X0 Threshold indicating the 'almost empty' state
(4) FIFO_2_WAIT_TXFIFO_WR (4) FIFO_2_WAIT_TXFIFO_WR 0X0 If set to 1, the FSM will wait a Tx FIFO write before
starting the Tx in case of an empty Tx FIFO.
(3) FIFO_2_STOP_ON_RXFF_OVFLW (3) FIFO_2_STOP_ON_RXFF_OVFLW 0X0 If set to 1, stops the reception in case of a FIFO
overflow.
(2) FIFO_2_STOP_ON_TXFF_UNFLW (2) FIFO_2_STOP_ON_TXFF_UNFLW 0X0 If set to 1, stops the transmission in case of a FIFO
underflow.
(1) FIFO_2_RXFF_FLUSH_ON_START (1) FIFO_2_RXFF_FLUSH_ON_START 0X0 If set to 1, flushes the Rx FIFO when the Rx is
enabled, in order to receive a packet with an empty
FIFO.
(0) FIFO_2_TXFF_FLUSH_ON_STOP (0) FIFO_2_TXFF_FLUSH_ON_STOP 0X0 If set to 1, flushes the Tx FIFO after the end of a
packet transmission in order to have an empty FIFO.
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010010 RF_REG04 (31:30) MAC_CONF_MAC_TIMER_GR (31:30) MAC_CONF_MAC_TIMER_GR 0X0 MAC timer granularity. The granularity is given by
(2^(2mac_timer_gr))x1us
(29) MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_ACT (29) MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_ACT 0X0 If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Rx or Tx after an Rx
mode.
(28) MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_TX_NRX (28) MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_TX_NRX 0X0 If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Tx after an Rx
mode, Rx otherwise.
(27) (27) 0X0 If set to 1, the MAC timer is activated at the reception
MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_START_NSTOP MAC_CONF_RX_MAC_START_NSTOP of the sync word, at the end of the packet otherwise.
(26) MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_ACT (26) MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_ACT 0X0 If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Rx or Tx after a Tx
mode.
(25) MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_TX_NRX (25) MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_TX_NRX 0X0 If set to 1, the FSM will switch to Tx after an Tx
mode, Rx otherwise.
(24) (24) 0X0 If set to 1, the MAC timer is activated at beginning of
MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_START_NSTOP MAC_CONF_TX_MAC_START_NSTOP the packet, otherwise at the end of the packet
transmission.
(23:20) PAD_CONF_5_PAD_9_CONF (23:20) PAD_CONF_5_PAD_9_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 9
(19:16) PAD_CONF_5_PAD_8_CONF (19:16) PAD_CONF_5_PAD_8_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 8
(15:12) PAD_CONF_4_PAD_7_CONF (15:12) PAD_CONF_4_PAD_7_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 7
(11:8) PAD_CONF_4_PAD_6_CONF (11:8) PAD_CONF_4_PAD_6_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 6
(7:4) PAD_CONF_3_PAD_5_CONF (7:4) PAD_CONF_3_PAD_5_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 5

469
(3:0) PAD_CONF_3_PAD_4_CONF (3:0) PAD_CONF_3_PAD_4_CONF 0X0 Configuration of GPIO pad 4
onsemi

0x40010014 RF_REG05 (30) CHANNEL_SWITCH_IQ (30) CHANNEL_SWITCH_IQ 0X0 Switch I and Q channels
(29:24) CHANNEL_CHANNEL (29:24) CHANNEL_CHANNEL 0X0 Channel number

www.onsemi.com
(18) BANK_DATARATE_TX_NRX (18) BANK_DATARATE_TX_NRX 0X0 Select the data-rate register: 0-> Rx data-rate, 1-> Tx
data-rate
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(17:16) BANK_BANK (17:16) BANK_BANK 0X0 Select the used bank

(15:8) (15:8) 0X0 Time to wait after the Tx mode.
TX_MAC_TIMER_TX_MAC_TIMER TX_MAC_TIMER_TX_MAC_TIMER
(7:0) RX_MAC_TIMER_RX_MAC_TIMER (7:0) RX_MAC_TIMER_RX_MAC_TIMER 0X0 Time to wait after the Rx mode.
0x40010018 RF_CENTER_FREQ (31) CENTER_FREQ_ADAPT_CFREQ (31) CENTER_FREQ_ADAPT_CFREQ 0X0 If set to 1, automatically adapt frequency between Tx
and Rx.
(30) CENTER_FREQ_RX_DIV_5_N6 (30) CENTER_FREQ_RX_DIV_5_N6 0X0 If set to 1, the ratio of the pll reference between Tx
and Rx is 5 instead of 6.
(29:0) (29:0) 0X0 Set the center frequency
CENTER_FREQ_CENTER_FREQUENCY CENTER_FREQ_CENTER_FREQUENCY
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x4001001C RF_REG07 (31:16) (31:16) 0X0 channel spacing: the formula that determines this
CHANNELS_1_CHANNEL_SPACING_LO CHANNELS_1_CHANNEL_SPACING_LO value is the same as for the central frequency.
v=ch_sp/144e6*2^25
(14) MOD_INFO_RX_EN_DIV_2_N3_RX (14) MOD_INFO_RX_EN_DIV_2_N3_RX 0X0 If set to 1 the clock divider will provide a clock divided
by 2 instead of 3.
(13) MOD_INFO_RX_SYMBOL_2BIT_RX (13) MOD_INFO_RX_SYMBOL_2BIT_RX 0X0 If set to 1, each symbol is composed by 2 bits
(OQPSK or 4FSK)
(12:8) MOD_INFO_RX_DR_M_RX (12:8) MOD_INFO_RX_DR_M_RX 0X0 Unsigned value that determine the oversampling
frequency and consequently the data-rate. This
frequency is the system frequency (16 or 24 MHz)
divided by this value+1.
(6) MOD_INFO_TX_EN_DIV_2_N3_TX (6) MOD_INFO_TX_EN_DIV_2_N3_TX 0X0 If set to 1 the clock divider will provide a clock divided
by 2 instead of 3.
(5) MOD_INFO_TX_SYMBOL_2BIT_TX (5) MOD_INFO_TX_SYMBOL_2BIT_TX 0X0 If set to 1, each symbol is composed by 2 bits
(OQPSK or 4FSK)
(4:0) MOD_INFO_TX_DR_M_TX (4:0) MOD_INFO_TX_DR_M_TX 0X0 Unsigned value that determine the oversampling
frequency and consequently the data-rate. This
frequency is the system frequency (16 or 24 MHz)
divided by this value+1.

470
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010020 RF_REG08 (31:24) (31:24) 0XFF The packet length in the fixed packet length mode. In
PACKET_LENGTH_PACKET_LEN PACKET_LENGTH_PACKET_LEN the variable packet length mode, it specifies the
maximal packet length defined by the standard. In
case of error a packet_len_err is raised.
(23) PACKET_HANDLING_LSB_FIRST (23) PACKET_HANDLING_LSB_FIRST 0X0 If set to 1, the LSB is the first bit to be sent, the MSB
otherwise
(22) PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC (22) PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC 0X0 If set to 1, enables the automatic CRC evaluation
and insertion
(21) (21) 0X0 If set to 1, enables the CRC calculation on the packet
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC_ON_PKT PACKET_HANDLING_EN_CRC_ON_PKT length part of the packet.
LEN LEN
(20) (20) 0X0 If set to 1, enables the automatic preamble insertion
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PREAMBLE PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PREAMBLE
(19) (19) 0X0 If set to 1, enables the multi-frame packet
PACKET_HANDLING_EN_MULTI_FRAM PACKET_HANDLING_EN_MULTI_FRAM (preamble-pattern-data-CRC-data-CRC-...)
E E
(18) (18) 0X0 Enables the data-whitening on the CRC (active low)
PACKET_HANDLING_ENB_DW_ON_CRC PACKET_HANDLING_ENB_DW_ON_CRC
(17) PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PATTERN (17) PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PATTERN 0X0 If set to 1, enables the automatic pattern insertion
and recognition
(16) PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PACKET (16) PACKET_HANDLING_EN_PACKET 0X0 If set to 1 enables the packet handler
(15) CODING_EN_DATAWHITE (15) CODING_EN_DATAWHITE 0X0 If set to 1 enables the data-whitening

471
(14) CODING_I_NQ_DELAYED (14) CODING_I_NQ_DELAYED 0X0 If set to 1, the channel I is considered 'delayed' in
onsemi

case of a 2bit per symbol modulaton

(13) CODING_OFFSET (13) CODING_OFFSET 0X0 If set to 1, an offset (delay) is introduced in one of the

www.onsemi.com
two channels (2 bits per symbol modulation).
(12) CODING_BIT_INVERT (12) CODING_BIT_INVERT 0X0 If set to 1, it inverts the bit value (Tx and Rx)
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(11) CODING_EVEN_BEFORE_ODD (11) CODING_EVEN_BEFORE_ODD 0X0 Determines the bit order in case of a 2 bits per
symbol modulation: if set to 1 the first bit (bit 0, even)
goes to the I path
(10) CODING_EN_802154_L2F (10) CODING_EN_802154_L2F 0X0 If set to 1 enables the linear to frequency encoding
needed in order to modulate an OQPSK as an MSK.
(9) CODING_EN_802154_B2C (9) CODING_EN_802154_B2C 0X0 If set to 1 enables the bit to chips encoding used in
the IEEE 802.15.4 standard
(8) CODING_EN_MANCHESTER (8) CODING_EN_MANCHESTER 0X0 If set to 1 enables the Manchester encoding
(7) CHANNELS_2_EN_CHANNEL_SEL (7) CHANNELS_2_EN_CHANNEL_SEL 0X0 If set to 1 enables the definition of channels
(3:0) (3:0) 0X0 channel spacing: the formula that determines this
CHANNELS_2_CHANNEL_SPACING_HI CHANNELS_2_CHANNEL_SPACING_HI value is the same as for the central frequency.
v=ch_sp/144e6*2^25
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010024 RF_REG09 (27) ADDRESS_CONF_ADDRESS_LEN (27) ADDRESS_CONF_ADDRESS_LEN 0X0 If set to 1 the address length is 16 bits, 8 otherwise.
(26) (26) 0X0 If set to 1 enables the broadcast address detection
ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX_BR ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX_BR on Rx.
(25) ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX (25) ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_RX 0X0 If set to 1 enables the address detection on Rx
(24) ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_TX (24) ADDRESS_CONF_EN_ADDRESS_TX 0X0 If set to 1 enables the address insertion on Tx
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0 Length of the preamble -1
PREAMBLE_LENGTH_PREAMBLE_LEN PREAMBLE_LENGTH_PREAMBLE_LEN
(15:8) PREAMBLE_PREAMBLE (15:8) PREAMBLE_PREAMBLE 0X0 Preamble to be inserted
(6) (6) 0X0 If set to 1, the packet length is fixed and specified in
PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_EN_PACKET_ PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_EN_PACKET_ the PACKET_LEN register
LEN_FIX LEN_FIX
(5:2) (5:2) 0X0 Signed value that specifies the correction to apply to
PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_LEN PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_LEN the specified packet length (due to differences
_CORR _CORR between standards). The packet length here is
specified by the byte number after the packet length
byte, with the exclusion of the CRC.
(1:0) (1:0) 0X0 Unsigned value that specifies the position of the
PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_LEN PACKET_LENGTH_OPTS_PACKET_LEN packet length after the pattern
_POS _POS
0x40010028 RF_REG0A (31:16) (31:16) 0X0 Broadcast address
ADDRESS_BROADCAST_ADDRESS_BR ADDRESS_BROADCAST_ADDRESS_BR

472
(15:0) ADDRESS_ADDRESS (15:0) ADDRESS_ADDRESS 0X0 Address of the node
onsemi

0x4001002C RF_SYNC_PATTERN (31:0) PATTERN (31:0) PATTERN 0X0 Pattern (sync word) to be inserted or recognized.

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010030 RF_REG0C (30:26) (30:26) 0X0 polynom of the third convolutional code
CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_2 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_2
(25:21) (25:21) 0X0 polynom of the second convolutional code
CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_1 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_1
(20:16) (20:16) 0X0 polynom of the first convolutional code
CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_0 CONV_CODES_POLY_CC_POLY_0
(11:10) (11:10) 0X0 Set the memory length of the viterbi decoder: 00 =>
CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_VITERBI_LE CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_VITERBI_LE 5, 01 => 10, 10 => 20, 11 => 30
N N
(9) (9) 0X0 if set to 1 enables the stop word at the end of the
CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_EN_TX_STOP CONV_CODES_CONF_CC_EN_TX_STOP transmission. Necessary in order to keep a stream
coherent with the convolutional coding
(8) (8) 0X0 If set to 1 enablse the convolutional codes
CONV_CODES_CONF_EN_CONV_CODE CONV_CODES_CONF_EN_CONV_CODE
(7:6) (7:6) 0X0 length of the stop word, same as the pattern word
PACKET_EXTRA_STOP_WORD_LEN PACKET_EXTRA_STOP_WORD_LEN length
(5) PACKET_EXTRA_EN_STOP_WORD (5) PACKET_EXTRA_EN_STOP_WORD 0X0 If set to 1 adds the stop word (0x00) after the CRC
(4) (4) 0X0 If set to 1 the packet information are sampled at the
PACKET_EXTRA_PKT_INFO_PRE_NPO PACKET_EXTRA_PKT_INFO_PRE_NPO end of the packet instead of the sync word detection.
ST ST
(3:2) (3:2) 0X0 unsigned value that specifies the maximum number
PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_MAX_ERR PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_MAX_ERR of errors in the pattern recognition

473
(1:0) (1:0) 0X0 Pattern word length: 00 => 8bits, 01 => 16 bits, 10 =>
onsemi

PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_WORD_LEN PACKET_EXTRA_PATTERN_WORD_LEN 24 bits, 11 => 32 bits

0x40010034 RF_CRC_POLYNOMIAL (31:0) CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CRC_POLY (31:0) CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CRC_POLY 0X0 CRC polynomial. It is coded using the Koopman

www.onsemi.com
notation, i.e. the nth bit codes the (n+1) coefficient.
Example: x^16+x^12+x^5+1 => 0x8810
0x40010038 RF_CRC_RST (31:0) CRC_RST_CRC_RST (31:0) CRC_RST_CRC_RST 0X0 CRC reset value
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x4001003C RF_REG0F (31:28) (31:28) 0X0

RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_DEN RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_DEN
(27:24) (27:24) 0X0
RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_NUM RX_FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_NUM
(19) FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_GAIN (19) FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_GAIN 0X0
(18) FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_GAIN (18) FRAC_CONF_RX_FRAC_GAIN 0X0
(17) FRAC_CONF_TX_EN_FRAC (17) FRAC_CONF_TX_EN_FRAC 0X0
(16) FRAC_CONF_RX_EN_FRAC (16) FRAC_CONF_RX_EN_FRAC 0X0
(14:10) (14:10) 0X0 puncture of the third convolutional code
CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_2 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_2
(9:5) (9:5) 0X0 puncture of the second convolutional code
CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_1 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_1
(4:0) (4:0) 0X0 puncture of the first convolutional code
CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_0 CONV_CODES_PUNCT_CC_PUNCT_0
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010040 RF_REG10 (31:29) (31:29) 0X0 Gain of the phase resampling block
FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_PH_GAIN
(28:26) (28:26) 0X0 Gain of the decimator in the RSSI resampling block
FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G2 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G2
(25:24) (25:24) 0X0 Gain of the interpolator in the RSSI resampling block
FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G1 FRONTEND2_RESAMPLE_RSSI_G1
(22) FRONTEND_EN_PHADC_DEGLITCH (22) FRONTEND_EN_PHADC_DEGLITCH 0X0 If set to 1 enables the phADC deglitcher
(21) FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_RSSI (21) FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_RSSI 0X0 If set to 1 enables the RSSI resampling
(20) FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_PHADC (20) FRONTEND_EN_RESAMPLE_PHADC 0X0 If set to 1 enables the phase resampling
(19:16) FRONTEND_DIV_PHADC (19:16) FRONTEND_DIV_PHADC 0X0 Unsigned value that specifies the divider to obtain
the phADC clock (and RSSI).
(15:12) TX_MULT_TX_MULT_EXP (15:12) TX_MULT_TX_MULT_EXP 0X0 Exponent of the Tx multiplier
(11:8) TX_MULT_TX_MULT_MAN (11:8) TX_MULT_TX_MULT_MAN 0X0 Mantissa of the Tx multiplier
(7:4) TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_DEN (7:4) TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_DEN 0X0
(3:0) TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_NUM (3:0) TX_FRAC_CONF_TX_FRAC_NUM 0X0
0x40010044 RF_TX_PULSE0 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF4 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF4
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF3 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF3

474
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF2 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF2
onsemi

(7:0) TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF1 (7:0) TX_PULSE_SHAPE_1_TX_COEF1 0X0 These registers specify the Tx pulse shape. The
pulse shape is formed by:

www.onsemi.com
coef1-coef16-coef16-coef1. Since the oversampling
ratio is 8, the pulse shape is 4 symbols long. Every
coefficient is an 8 bits signed.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40010048 RF_TX_PULSE1 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0

TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF8 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF8
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF7 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF7
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF6 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF6
(7:0) TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF5 (7:0) TX_PULSE_SHAPE_2_TX_COEF5 0X0
0x4001004C RF_TX_PULSE2 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF12 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF12
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF11 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF11
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF10 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF10
(7:0) TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF9 (7:0) TX_PULSE_SHAPE_3_TX_COEF9 0X0
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010050 RF_TX_PULSE3 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF16 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF16
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF15 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF15
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF14 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF14
(7:0) (7:0) 0X0
TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF13 TX_PULSE_SHAPE_4_TX_COEF13
0x40010054 RF_RX_PULSE (31:28) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF8 (31:28) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF8 0X0
(27:24) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF7 (27:24) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF7 0X0
(23:20) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF6 (23:20) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF6 0X0
(19:16) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF5 (19:16) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF5 0X0
(15:12) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF4 (15:12) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF4 0X0
(11:8) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF3 (11:8) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF3 0X0
(7:4) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF2 (7:4) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF2 0X0
(3:0) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF1 (3:0) RX_PULSE_SHAPE_RX_COEF1 0X0 These registers specify the Rx pulse shape. The
pulse shape is formed by: coef1-coef8-coef8-coef1.
Since the oversampling ratio is 8, the pulse shape is
2 symbols long. Coefficients from coef4 to coef8 are
unsigned, while coef1 to coef3 are signed.

475
0x40010058 RF_REG16 (28:25) RX_IF_RESAMPLE_PH_IF (28:25) RX_IF_RESAMPLE_PH_IF 0X0 IF value for the phase resampler.
onsemi

(24:16) RX_IF_IF2_CLK_OS (24:16) RX_IF_IF2_CLK_OS 0X0 IF value for the carrier recovery
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0 FSK amplitude 1 (lowest): in FSK w/o ISI is used to

www.onsemi.com
FSK_FCR_AMP_1_FSK_FCR_AMP1 FSK_FCR_AMP_1_FSK_FCR_AMP1 specify the expected amplitude. In 4FSK is the
lowest amplitude (+/-1). in FSK w/ ISI it specify the
lowest amplitude (generally it corresponds to a
sequence 0-1-0.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(7:6) FILTER_GAIN_DR_LIMIT (7:6) FILTER_GAIN_DR_LIMIT 0X0 Set the data-rate recovery limits: 00 => 0%, 01 =>
3.125 %, 10 => 6.25 %, 11 => 12.5%
(5:3) FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_M (5:3) FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_M 0X0 Mantissa of the final stage gain of the matched filter
(2:0) FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_E (2:0) FILTER_GAIN_FILTER_GAIN_E 0X0 Exponent of the final stage gain of the matched filter
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x4001005C RF_REG17 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0 FSK amplitude 3 (highest): in 4FSK is the high
FSK_FCR_AMP_3_FSK_FCR_AMP3 FSK_FCR_AMP_3_FSK_FCR_AMP3 amplitude (+/-3). in FSK w/ ISI it specify the highet
amplitude (generally it corresponds to a sequence
1-1-1.
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0 FSK amplitude 2 (mid): in 4FSK is the threshold. in
FSK_FCR_AMP_2_FSK_FCR_AMP2 FSK_FCR_AMP_2_FSK_FCR_AMP2 FSK w/ ISI it specify the mid amplitude (generally it
corresponds to a sequence 0-1-1 or 1-1-0.
(14:13) (14:13) 0X0 Set the maximum errors in the delay line sync
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_MAX_ER CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_MAX_ER detection
R_IN_DL_SYNC R_IN_DL_SYNC
(12) (12) 0X0 If set to 1 uses the pattern_ok signal in delay line to
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_SYN CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_SYN synchronize the deserializer
C_OK_DELAY_LINE C_OK_DELAY_LINE
(11:9) (11:9) 0X0 Select the output position for the 'not-causal
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_NC_SEL CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_NC_SEL processing': 000 => 4 symbol, 001 => 6 symbols,
_OUT _OUT 010 => 8 symbols, 011 => 12 symbols, 100 => 16
symbols, 101 => 24 symbols, 110 => 32 symbols,
111 => 40 symbols
(8) (8) 0X0 if set to 1 enables the not causal processing
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_NOT CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_EN_NOT
_CAUSAL _CAUSAL
(6:4) (6:4) 0X0 Mantissa of the carrier recovery frequency limit
CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_L CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_L (unsigned).
IMIT_MAN IMIT_MAN

476
onsemi

(2:0) (2:0) 0X0 Exponent of the carrier recovery frequency limit

CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_L CARRIER_RECOVERY_EXTRA_FREQ_L (signed). Formula: carrier_offset_max=(1+m/8)*2^e/
IMIT_EXP IMIT_EXP 4*f_sym

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010060 RF_REG18 (31:16) (31:16) 0X0 Unsigned value that specifies the IF for the Rx mode.
CORRECT_CFREQ_IF_CORRECT_CFRE CORRECT_CFREQ_IF_CORRECT_CFRE
Q_IF Q_IF
(15:14) (15:14) 0X0 Speed on the RSSI triangular dithering signal (cf reg
RSSI_BANK_RSSI_TRI_CK_DIV RSSI_BANK_RSSI_TRI_CK_DIV RSSI_TUN)
(13) RSSI_BANK_FAST_RSSI (13) RSSI_BANK_FAST_RSSI 0X0 If set to 1, the RSSI filtering is 8x faster
(12) RSSI_BANK_EN_FAST_PRE_SYNC (12) RSSI_BANK_EN_FAST_PRE_SYNC 0X0 If the packet mode is set, indicates to switch the fast
modes during the preamble reception
(11:8) (11:8) 0X0 Time constant of the RSSI filtering block: 0:
RSSI_BANK_TAU_RSSI_FILTERING RSSI_BANK_TAU_RSSI_FILTERING 4symbols, 1: 8symbols, 2: 16 symbols, 3:
32symbols, 4: 64symbols, 5: 128symbols, 6:
256symbols, 7: 512symbols, 8: 1024symbols
(4) DECISION_USE_VIT_SOFT (4) DECISION_USE_VIT_SOFT 0X0 If set to 1 uses the viterbi soft decoding
(3:2) DECISION_VITERBI_LEN (3:2) DECISION_VITERBI_LEN 0X0 Sets the Viterbi path length: 00: 1 bit, 01: 2 bits, 10: 4
bits, 11: 8 bits
(1) DECISION_VITERBI_POW_NLIN (1) DECISION_VITERBI_POW_NLIN 0X0 if set to 1, the Viterbi algorithm uses power instead of
amplitude to evaluate the error on the path
(0) DECISION_EN_VITERBI_GFSK (0) DECISION_EN_VITERBI_GFSK 0X0 If set to 1 enables the Viterbi algorithm for the GFSK
decoding; this will override the old ISI correction
algorithm.
0x40010064 RF_REG19 (29:28) (29:28) 0X0 Same as pll_filter_res_trim but for Tx case. Real
PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_TRIM_ PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_TRIM_ value in Tx is pll_filter_res_trim xor

477
TX TX pll_filter_res_trim_tx. If set to 0, Tx and Rx have the
onsemi

same value.
(27:24) PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0_TX (27:24) PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0_TX 0X0 Charge pump bias for Tx case. Real value in Tx is

www.onsemi.com
iq_pll_0 xor iq_pll_0_tx. If set to 0, Tx and Rx have
the same value.
(22) PLL_BANK_LOW_DR_TX (22) PLL_BANK_LOW_DR_TX 0X0 If set to 1 the Tx will work in low data-rate mode
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(21:20) (21:20) 0X0 Allow to modify the value of the loop filter resistor R2
PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_TRIM PLL_BANK_PLL_FILTER_RES_TRIM when bit 5 is high (TX mode): 00 => normal resistor
(R_2_typ), 01 => 123%, 10 => 130% 11 => 170%
(19:16) PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0 (19:16) PLL_BANK_IQ_PLL_0 0X0 Charge pump bias
(13) PA_PWR_MIN_PA_PWR (13) PA_PWR_MIN_PA_PWR 0X0 Sets the minimum power during the PA ramp-up: if 0
the ramp-up starts at -3, if 1 the ramp-up starts at -1
(12:8) PA_PWR_PA_PWR (12:8) PA_PWR_PA_PWR 0X0 Signed value that sets the PA power: minimum value
is -3 (-40dBm), max value is 12 (3.3dBm).
(7:4) CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_RSSI (7:4) CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_RSSI 0X0 Unsigned value that specifies the division factor for
the clock controlling the RSSI.
(3:0) CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_FILT (3:0) CLK_CH_FILTER_DIV_FILT 0X0 Unsigned value that specifies the division factor for
the clock controlling the channel filter.
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010068 RF_REG1A (31:28) ATT_CTRL_ATT_CTRL_MAX (31:28) ATT_CTRL_ATT_CTRL_MAX 0X0 Maximum attenuation level in AGC algorithm
(27:24) (27:24) 0X0 Attuenuation level if the AGC is bypassed
ATT_CTRL_SET_RX_ATT_CTRL ATT_CTRL_SET_RX_ATT_CTRL
(23:22) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_DECAY_TAU (23:22) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_DECAY_TAU 0X0 Time constant of the decay speed; high values
corresponds to a slow decay
(21) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_USE_LNA (21) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_USE_LNA 0X0 If set to 1 the AGC algorithm uses the LNA bias.
(20) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_MODE (20) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_MODE 0X0 Select the AGC algorithm: 0 -> old algorithm, 1 ->
new algorithm
(19:18) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_WAIT (19:18) RSSI_CTRL_AGC_WAIT 0X0 Sets the wait time of the AGC after switching
between states: 00 => don't wait, 01 => wait 1x RSSI
filtering period, 10 => wait 2x RSSI filtering period, 11
=> wait 3x RSSI filtering period
(17) (17) 0X0 If set to 1, the AGC is blocked during the payload
RSSI_CTRL_PAYLOAD_BLOCKS_AGC RSSI_CTRL_PAYLOAD_BLOCKS_AGC
(16) RSSI_CTRL_BYPASS_AGC (16) RSSI_CTRL_BYPASS_AGC 0X0 If set to 1, the AGC algorithm is bypassed
(12:8) FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_BW (12:8) FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_BW 0X0 Bias for the bandwidth of the channel filter
(4:0) FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_FC (4:0) FILTER_BIAS_IQ_FI_FC 0X0 Bias for the central frequency of the channel filter
0x4001006C RF_REG1B (31) IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_DW_TEST (31) IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_DW_TEST 0X0 If set to 1 enables the Tx data-whitening before the
convolutional code block
(30:29) (30:29) 0X0 sets the clock output mode for BER mode or RW
IEEE802154_OPTS_BER_CLK_MODE IEEE802154_OPTS_BER_CLK_MODE mode: 00 => data change on falling edge, 01 => data

478
change on rising edge, 10 => clock signal is a
onsemi

toggled signal, 11 => enable signal from clock

recovery

www.onsemi.com
(28) (28) 0X0 If set to 1, the signal rx_data in testmodes is not
IEEE802154_OPTS_RX_DATA_NOT_S IEEE802154_OPTS_RX_DATA_NOT_S sampled. Used for debug purposes
AMPLED AMPLED
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(27) IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_L2F_RX (27) IEEE802154_OPTS_EN_L2F_RX 0X0 if set to 1 enables the frequency to linear conversion
in the Rx side (always controlled by the
en_802154_l2f configuration bit).
(26:24) IEEE802154_OPTS_C2B_THR (26:24) IEEE802154_OPTS_C2B_THR 0X0 Threshold of the chip2bit correlator of the IEEE
802.15.4 protocol.
(23:20) (23:20) 0X0 Time constant of the peak detector monostable
AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_TAU AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_TAU circuit; if set to 0 the monostable is bypassed
(19:18) (19:18) 0X0 Threshold for the low level of the peak detector: 0 =>
AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_LOW AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_LOW 0, 1 => 1, 2 => 2, 3 => N.A.
(17) (17) 0X0 Threshold for the high level of the peak detector: 0
AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_HIG AGC_PEAK_DET_PEAK_DET_THR_HIG => 2, 1 => 3
H H
(16) AGC_PEAK_DET_EN_AGC_PEAK (16) AGC_PEAK_DET_EN_AGC_PEAK 0X0 If set to 1 enables the AGC peak detector
(15:8) (15:8) 0X0 AGC threshold high level
AGC_THR_HIGH_AGC_THR_HIGH AGC_THR_HIGH_AGC_THR_HIGH
(7:0) AGC_THR_LOW_AGC_THR_LOW (7:0) AGC_THR_LOW_AGC_THR_LOW 0X0 AGC threshold low level
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010070 RF_AGC_LUT1 (31:22) (31:22) 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_2_LO AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_2_LO supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(21:11) AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_1 (21:11) AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_1 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(10:0) AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_0 (10:0) AGC_LUT_1_AGC_LEVEL_0 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
0x40010074 RF_AGC_LUT2 (31:23) (31:23) 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_5_LO AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_5_LO supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(22:12) AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_4 (22:12) AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_4 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(11:1) AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_3 (11:1) AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_3 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(0) AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_2_HI (0) AGC_LUT_2_AGC_LEVEL_2_HI 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
0x40010078 RF_AGC_LUT3 (31:24) (31:24) 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_8_LO AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_8_LO supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11

479
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
onsemi

(23:13) AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_7 (23:13) AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_7 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.

www.onsemi.com
(12:2) AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_6 (12:2) AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_6 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(1:0) AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_5_HI (1:0) AGC_LUT_3_AGC_LEVEL_5_HI 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
0x4001007C RF_AGC_LUT4 (31:25) (31:25) 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_11_LO AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_11_LO supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(24:14) AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_10 (24:14) AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_10 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(13:3) AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_9 (13:3) AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_9 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
(2:0) AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_8_HI (2:0) AGC_LUT_4_AGC_LEVEL_8_HI 0X0 Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010080 RF_REG20 (31:28) TIMINGS_3_T_DLL (31:28) TIMINGS_3_T_DLL 0X0 Time needed by the DLL blocks to switch on.
(27:24) TIMINGS_3_T_PLL_TX (27:24) TIMINGS_3_T_PLL_TX 0X1 Time needed by the PLL blocks in Tx mode to switch
on.
(23:20) TIMINGS_2_T_SUBBAND_TX (23:20) TIMINGS_2_T_SUBBAND_TX 0XF Time needed by the subband algorithm to calibrate in
Tx.
(19:16) TIMINGS_2_T_TX_RF (19:16) TIMINGS_2_T_TX_RF 0XFF Time needed by the Tx RF blocks to switch on.
(14:12) (14:12) 0X0 Fixes the granularity of the timer in Tx mode. The
TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_TX TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_TX granularity is given by (2^(t_granularity-2))x1us
(10:8) (10:8) 0X1 Fixes the granularity of the timer in Rx mode. The
TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_RX TIMINGS_1_T_GRANULARITY_RX granularity is given by (2^(t_granularity))x1us
(3:0) AGC_LUT_5_AGC_LEVEL_11_HI (3:0) AGC_LUT_5_AGC_LEVEL_11_HI 0XF Look up table with the AGC values: agc_level_0 is
supposed the lowest attenuation, while agc_level_11
is the one with a maximum of attenuation.
0x40010084 RF_AGC_ATT1 (31:30) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_AB_LO (31:30) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_AB_LO 0X3
(29:27) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_9A (29:27) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_9A 0X3
(26:24) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_89 (26:24) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_89 0X3
(23:21) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_78 (23:21) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_78 0X3
(20:18) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_67 (20:18) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_67 0X3
(17:15) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_56 (17:15) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_56 0X3

480
(14:12) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_45 (14:12) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_45 0X3
onsemi

(11:9) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_34 (11:9) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_34 0X3

(8:6) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_23 (8:6) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_23 0X3

www.onsemi.com
(5:3) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_12 (5:3) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_12 0X3
(2:0) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_01 (2:0) AGC_ATT_1_AGC_ATT_01 0X3 These fields specify the attenuation levels
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0x40010088 RF_REG22 (29) (29) 0X0 If set to 1 enables filter Tx configuration for the fast
TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX_TXF TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX_TXF Rx PLL
ILT ILT
(28) TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX (28) TIMING_FAST_RX_EN_FAST_RX 0X0 If set to 1 enables the fast Rx PLL
(27:24) (27:24) 0X0 Time to switch off the fast CHP in Rx mode
TIMING_FAST_RX_T_RX_FAST_CHP TIMING_FAST_RX_T_RX_FAST_CHP
(23:20) TIMINGS_5_T_RX_RF (23:20) TIMINGS_5_T_RX_RF 0X0 Time needed by the Rx RF blocks to switch on.
(19:16) TIMINGS_5_T_RX_BB (19:16) TIMINGS_5_T_RX_BB 0X0 Time needed by the Rx BB blocks to switch on.
(15:12) TIMINGS_4_T_SUBBAND_RX (15:12) TIMINGS_4_T_SUBBAND_RX 0X0 Time needed by the subband algorithm to calibrate in
Rx
(11:8) TIMINGS_4_T_PLL_RX (11:8) TIMINGS_4_T_PLL_RX 0X0 Time needed by the PLL blocks in Rx mode to switch
on.
(1) AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_1DB (1) AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_1DB 0X0 If set to 1 the attenuation are specified by 1dB steps
from 4dB to 11dB
(0) AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_AB_HI (0) AGC_ATT_2_AGC_ATT_AB_HI 0X0
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x4001008C RF_REG23 (31:28) BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_3 (31:28) BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_3 0X0 PrePA Casc bias
(27:24) BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_2 (27:24) BIAS_1_IQ_RXTX_2 0X0 PrePA In bias
(23:20) BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_1 (23:20) BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_1 0X0 PA backoff bias
(19:16) BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_0 (19:16) BIAS_0_IQ_RXTX_0 0X0 PA bias
(14:12) (14:12) 0X0 Select the number of wait states during the APB
INTERFACE_CONF_APB_WAIT_STATE INTERFACE_CONF_APB_WAIT_STATE transaction
(9:8) INTERFACE_CONF_SPI_SELECT (9:8) INTERFACE_CONF_SPI_SELECT 0X0 Select the spi mode: 00 legacy spi, 01 advanced spi,
10 BLIM4SME spi
(7) TIMEOUT_EN_RX_TIMEOUT (7) TIMEOUT_EN_RX_TIMEOUT 0X0 If set to 1 enables the timeout of the Rx when the
system is on FSM mode
(6:4) TIMEOUT_T_TIMEOUT_GR (6:4) TIMEOUT_T_TIMEOUT_GR 0X0 Granularity of the timer in timeout Rx mode
(3:0) TIMEOUT_T_RX_TIMEOUT (3:0) TIMEOUT_T_RX_TIMEOUT 0X0 Time that has to occur before the timeout.
0x40010090 RF_REG24 (31:28) BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_RX (31:28) BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_RX 0X0 VCO bias for Rx
(27:24) BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_TX (27:24) BIAS_5_IQ_PLL_4_TX 0X0 VCO bias for Tx
(23:20) BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_2 (23:20) BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_2 0X0 Sub-band comparator bias
(19:16) BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_1 (19:16) BIAS_4_IQ_PLL_1 0X0 Dynamic divider bias
(15:12) BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_8 (15:12) BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_8 0X0 IFA ctrl_c bias
(11:8) BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_7 (11:8) BIAS_3_IQ_RXTX_7 0X0 IFA ctrl_r bias

481
(7:4) BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_6 (7:4) BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_6 0X0 VCOM_MX bias
onsemi

(3:0) BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_5 (3:0) BIAS_2_IQ_RXTX_5 0X0 VCOM_LO bias

0x40010094 RF_REG25 (31:28) BIAS_9_IQ_BB_6 (31:28) BIAS_9_IQ_BB_6 0X0 Peak detector threshold bias 0

www.onsemi.com
(27:24) BIAS_9_IQ_BB_5 (27:24) BIAS_9_IQ_BB_5 0X0 Peak detector bias
(23:20) BIAS_8_IQ_BB_4 (23:20) BIAS_8_IQ_BB_4 0X0 RSSI_D bias
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(19:16) BIAS_8_IQ_BB_3 (19:16) BIAS_8_IQ_BB_3 0X0 RSSI_G bias

(15:12) BIAS_7_IQ_BB_2 (15:12) BIAS_7_IQ_BB_2 0X0 ACD_L bias
(11:8) BIAS_7_IQ_BB_1 (11:8) BIAS_7_IQ_BB_1 0X0 ACD_C bias
(7:4) BIAS_6_IQ_BB_0 (7:4) BIAS_6_IQ_BB_0 0X0 ACD_O bias
(3:0) BIAS_6_IQ_PLL_3 (3:0) BIAS_6_IQ_PLL_3 0X0 DLL bias
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x40010098 RF_REG26 (28) SD_MASH_MASH_ENABLE (28) SD_MASH_MASH_ENABLE 0X0 Enable the sigma delta mash
(27) SD_MASH_MASH_DITHER (27) SD_MASH_MASH_DITHER 0X0 Enable dithering on the sigma delta mash
(26:25) SD_MASH_MASH_ORDER (26:25) SD_MASH_MASH_ORDER 0X0 Order of the sigma delta mash
(24) SD_MASH_MASH_RSTB (24) SD_MASH_MASH_RSTB 0X0 Reset of the sigma delta mash (active low)
(23:20) BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_3 (23:20) BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_3 0X0 LNA bias for AGC lvl 3
(19:16) BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_2 (19:16) BIAS_12_LNA_AGC_BIAS_2 0X0 LNA bias for AGC lvl 2
(15:12) BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_1 (15:12) BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_1 0X0 LNA bias for AGC lvl 1
(11:8) BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_0 (11:8) BIAS_11_LNA_AGC_BIAS_0 0X0 LNA bias for AGC lvl 0
(7:4) BIAS_10_IQ_BB_8 (7:4) BIAS_10_IQ_BB_8 0X0 Peak detector threshold bias 1
(3:0) BIAS_10_IQ_BB_7 (3:0) BIAS_10_IQ_BB_7 0X0 Peak detector threshold bias 2
0x4001009C RF_REG27 (31) CTRL_ADC_ONE_CK_RSSI_PHADC (31) CTRL_ADC_ONE_CK_RSSI_PHADC 0X0 If set to 1, the RSSI and the phADC share the same
clock
(30:29) CTRL_ADC_PHADC_DELLATCH (30:29) CTRL_ADC_PHADC_DELLATCH 0X0 phADC delay latch trimming
(28:24) CTRL_ADC_CTRL_ADC (28:24) CTRL_ADC_CTRL_ADC 0X0 bits(1:0) => phADC reset delay, bits(3:2) phADC
clock delay, bit(4) phADC latch idle
(19) BIAS_EN_2_EN_PTAT (19) BIAS_EN_2_EN_PTAT 0X0 Enable PTAT
(18:16) BIAS_EN_2_EN_BIAS_BB_HI (18:16) BIAS_EN_2_EN_BIAS_BB_HI 0X0 Bias enable for BB (same order as biases)
(15:12) BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_BB_LO (15:12) BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_BB_LO 0X0 Bias enable for BB (same order as biases)

482
(11:7) BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_PLL (11:7) BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_PLL 0X0 Bias enable for PLL (same order as biases)
onsemi

(6:0) BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_RXTX (6:0) BIAS_EN_1_EN_BIAS_RXTX 0X0 Bias enable for RxTx (same order as biases)

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100A0 RF_REG28 (31) CTRL_RX_SWITCH_LP (31) CTRL_RX_SWITCH_LP 0X0 If set to 1 switch the low-pass filter in the Rx chain
(30) CTRL_RX_USE_PEAK_DETECTOR (30) CTRL_RX_USE_PEAK_DETECTOR 0X0 If set to 1, the peak detector is powered on during the
Rx by the FSM
(29) CTRL_RX_START_MIX_ON_CAL (29) CTRL_RX_START_MIX_ON_CAL 0X0 If set to 1, the mixer is enabled during the sub-band
selection phase
(28:24) CTRL_RX_CTRL_RX (28:24) CTRL_RX_CTRL_RX 0X0 bits(1:0) => resonance 1 LNA, bits(3:2) =>
resonance 2 LNA, bit(4) => IFA PTAT-R only
(23:20) SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_RX (23:20) SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_RX 0X0 VCO subband selection (Rx in FSM mode)
(19:16) SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_TX (19:16) SWCAP_FSM_SB_CAP_TX 0X0 VCO subband selection (Tx in FSM mode)
(10) DLL_CTRL_CK_LAST_SEL_DELAY (10) DLL_CTRL_CK_LAST_SEL_DELAY 0X0
(9) DLL_CTRL_CK_FIRST_SEL_DELAY (9) DLL_CTRL_CK_FIRST_SEL_DELAY 0X0
(8) DLL_CTRL_CK_EXT_SEL (8) DLL_CTRL_CK_EXT_SEL 0X0 Low: input clock comes from ck_xtal pin (default).
High: input clock comes from ck_ext pin
(7) DLL_CTRL_CK_DIG_EN (7) DLL_CTRL_CK_DIG_EN 0X0 Debug: enable to use the alternate ck_dig pin to
output the PLL reference clock signal
(6) DLL_CTRL_CK_TEST_EN (6) DLL_CTRL_CK_TEST_EN 0X0 Debug: enable to output on GPIO the PLL reference
clock signal via ck_test pin
(5) DLL_CTRL_TOO_FAST_ENB (5) DLL_CTRL_TOO_FAST_ENB 0X0 When low, enable auxiliary wide lock range phase
detector when fast mode locking is enabled
(fast_enb = 0). When high, only the narrow lock
range phase detector is enabled and bit 2 (fast_enb)

483
must be high to avoid false frequency lock (slow
onsemi

mode locking)
(4) DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_DET_EN (4) DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_DET_EN 0X0 Enable reference frequency multiplier locked

www.onsemi.com
detector. When this signal is high, the dll_locked
output goes high when the output multiplied clock is
nearly about three times the frequency of the input
clock.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(3) (3) 0X0 If for some reason the reference frequency multiplier
DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_AUTO_CHECK_EN DLL_CTRL_LOCKED_AUTO_CHECK_EN is out of lock (usually because some input clocks
from ck_xtal or ck_ext are missing) and this signal is
high, the frequency multiplier will try to lock again
automatically. Otherwise, a manual reset should be
performed via dll_rstb input(see Table 3) to relock the
frequency multiplier. This mode only works if bit 4 is
also high (locked detector enabled, see below)
(2) DLL_CTRL_FAST_ENB (2) DLL_CTRL_FAST_ENB 0X0 Enable, when low, fast mode locking of the reference
frequency multiplier (default). Bit 5 must also be set
low in this mode of operation (see below)
(1:0) DLL_CTRL_CK_SEL (1:0) DLL_CTRL_CK_SEL 0X2 Selection of the clock used as frequency reference of
the PLL (also to ck_test and ck_dig outputs): 00 =>
ref = ck_xtal ot ck_ext (if bit 8 is high), 01 => ref =
same as ck_sel = 00 if dll_en = 0, otherwise
frequency(ref) = 3x frequency(ck_xtal) or 3x
frequency(ck_ext) (if bit 8 is high), 10 => ref = same
as ck_sel = 01 but output frequency divided by 2
(used in normal RX mode when dll_en = 0), 11 => ref
= same as ck_sel = 01 but output frequency divided
by 5 (used for RX mode with external signal at 132
MHz when dll_en = 0)
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100A4 RF_PLL_CTRL (31:24) XTAL_TRIM_XTAL_TRIM (31:24) XTAL_TRIM_XTAL_TRIM 0X80 trimming of the xtal: 5MSB thermometric, 3LSB
direct
(20) PLL_CTRL_2_PLL_RX_48MEG (20) PLL_CTRL_2_PLL_RX_48MEG 0X0 If set to 1 the PLL is set to 48MHz in Rx instead of
24MHz (need also to change ck_sel)
(19) (19) 0X0 If set to 1, in case of swcap_fsm=1, the register for
PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_TX_SAME_RX PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_TX_SAME_RX Rx and Tx swcap is the same
(18) PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_FSM (18) PLL_CTRL_2_SWCAP_FSM 0X0 If set to 1 use the swcap_fsm register as reference
for the sub-band selection
(17) PLL_CTRL_2_DLL_RSTB (17) PLL_CTRL_2_DLL_RSTB 0X0 Reset signal of the DLL (active low)
(16) (16) 0X0 VCO sub-band selection bits
PLL_CTRL_2_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_H PLL_CTRL_2_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_H
I I
(15:13) (15:13) 0X0 VCO sub-band selection bits
PLL_CTRL_1_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_L PLL_CTRL_1_VCO_SUBBAND_TRIM_L
O O
(12) PLL_CTRL_1_SUB_SEL_OFFS_EN (12) PLL_CTRL_1_SUB_SEL_OFFS_EN 0X0 Add offset to sub-band selection comparator
(11) (11) 0X0 Debug: VCO signal divided by the programmable
PLL_CTRL_1_DIV2_CLKVCO_TEST_E PLL_CTRL_1_DIV2_CLKVCO_TEST_E divider is divided by a: 0 => division ratio set to 1, 1
N N => division ratio set to 2; before to be outputted to
ck_div_test
(10) (10) 0X0 Debug: enable to output on GPIO the VCO signal
PLL_CTRL_1_VCODIV_CLK_TEST_EN PLL_CTRL_1_VCODIV_CLK_TEST_EN divided by the programmable divider

484
(9) PLL_CTRL_1_EN_LOW_CHP_BIAS (9) PLL_CTRL_1_EN_LOW_CHP_BIAS 0X0 When high, allow to decrease half time the bias
onsemi

current for the same output pumping current. Should

be always high in IcyTRX.

www.onsemi.com
(8) PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_DEAD_ZONE_EN (8) PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_DEAD_ZONE_EN 0X0 Debug: enable charge-pump dead zone (degraded
PLL characteristics for test)
(7:6) (7:6) 0X0 Debug: charge-pump offset current values selection
RSL10 Hardware Reference

PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_OFFSET_TR PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CURR_OFFSET_TR bits (see bit 6 to enable this mode): 00 => d_phi = 15,
IM IM 01 => d_phi=22.5, 10 => d_phi = 30, 11 => d_phi =
60. Also sets the bias current of the common mode
control block of the charge-pump. Must be sets to 01
to ensure a proper operation of the VCO tuning
voltage comparator for sub-band selection, if used
(5) (5) 0X0 Enable the PLL filter high bandwidth needed in TX
PLL_CTRL_1_HIGH_BW_FILTER_EN PLL_CTRL_1_HIGH_BW_FILTER_EN (must be high together with bit 4 in TX, low in RX)
(4) PLL_CTRL_1_FAST_CHP_EN (4) PLL_CTRL_1_FAST_CHP_EN 0X0 Enable the high current output of the charge-pump
for PLL TX high bandwidth mode (must be high
together with bit 5 in TX, low in RX)
(3:2) PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_MODE_TRIM (3:2) PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_MODE_TRIM 0X0 Charge-pump active if 00 else this allow to open the
PLL and force the VCO tune voltage to reach: 01 =>
minimum frequency inside sub-band selection, 10 =>
medium frequency inside sub-band selection, 11 =>
maximum frequency inside sub-band selection.
(1) PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CMC_EN (1) PLL_CTRL_1_CHP_CMC_EN 0X0 Enable the common mode control block of the
charge-pump. Must be high to ensure proper
operation of the VCO tuning voltage comparator for
sub-band selection, if used
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100A8 RF_REG2A (28) ENABLES_SEPARATE_PPA_CASC (28) ENABLES_SEPARATE_PPA_CASC 0X0 If set to 1, the en PPA cascode bit is independent
from the en PA
(27:22) ENABLES_EN_RXTX (27:22) ENABLES_EN_RXTX 0X0 Enable signals: 0 => LNA, 1 => LNA, 2 => IFA, 3 =>
Tx, 4 => PA, 5 => PPA casc
(21:16) ENABLES_EN_BB (21:16) ENABLES_EN_BB 0X0 Enable signals for the BB: 0 => Filter, 1 => Filter
central frequency bias, 2 => Filter bandwidth bias, 3
=> ADC, 4 => RSSI, 5 => peak detector
(15:13) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_TUN_GAIN (15:13) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_TUN_GAIN 0X3 RSSI tuning for gain
(12:8) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_ODD_OFFSET (12:8) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_ODD_OFFSET 0X0 RSSI tuning for odd stages: offset to the even
triangular wave
(7:4) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MAX (7:4) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MAX 0X7 RSSI tuning for even stages: maximum value of the
triangular wave. If max = min, static signal.
(3:0) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MIN (3:0) RSSI_TUN_RSSI_EVEN_MIN 0X7 RSSI tuning for even stages: minimum value of the
triangular wave

485
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100AC RF_XTAL_CTRL (31:28) XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_HIGH (31:28) XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_HIGH 0XC High threshold for xtal trimming
(27:24) XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_LOW (27:24) XTAL_CTRL_XO_THR_LOW 0X3 Low threshold for xtal trimming
(23:22) (23:22) 0X2 Value of after_startup_curr_sel when level is higher
XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_HIG XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_HIG than xo_thr_high
H H
(21:20) (21:20) 0X0 Value of after_startup_curr_sel when level is lower
XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_LOW XTAL_CTRL_XO_A_S_CURR_SEL_LOW than xo_thr_low
(18) XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS (18) XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CTRL_BYPASS 0X0 Bypass the Xtal control algorithm
(17) XTAL_CTRL_DIG_CLK_IN_SEL (17) XTAL_CTRL_DIG_CLK_IN_SEL 0X0 If set to 1 selects the clk_in_dig signal for the digital
block, otherwise the internal xtal
(16) XTAL_CTRL_XO_EN_B_REG (16) XTAL_CTRL_XO_EN_B_REG 0X1 Xtal oscillator enable (active low)
(15:14) XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CKDIV (15:14) XTAL_CTRL_XTAL_CKDIV 0X0 Xtal trimming speed: 00 => 43us, 01 => 85us, 10 =>
171us, 11 => 341us
(13) XTAL_CTRL_CLK_OUT_EN_B (13) XTAL_CTRL_CLK_OUT_EN_B 0X0 When high, disable the output clock to go to main IP
(clk_out output stay low).
(12) XTAL_CTRL_REG_VALUE_SEL (12) XTAL_CTRL_REG_VALUE_SEL 0X0 When low, all main ctrl signals are used instead of
corresponding ctrl signal or some control bits of
xtal_reg. They are: xo_en_b, ext_clk_mode and
lp_mode. When high, corresponding ctrl signal and
some control bits of xtal_reg are used instead of
main ctrl signals. They are: xo_en_b_reg,
ext_clk_mode (bit 0) and lp_mode (bit 1).

486
(11:10) (11:10) 0X1 Selection of the current before amplitude stabilization
onsemi

XTAL_CTRL_AFTERSTARTUP_CURR_S XTAL_CTRL_AFTERSTARTUP_CURR_S but after starting-up in active transistors of the core

EL EL oscillator: '00': typ. 0.15 mA, '01': typ. 0.24 mA, '10':

www.onsemi.com
typ. 0.40 mA, '11': typ. 0.61 mA
(9:8) (9:8) 0X1 Selection of the starting-up current in active
XTAL_CTRL_STARTUP_CURR_SEL XTAL_CTRL_STARTUP_CURR_SEL transistors of the core oscillator: '00': typ. 0.41 mA,
'01': typ. 0.59 mA, '10': typ. 0.88 mA, '11': typ. 1.24
RSL10 Hardware Reference

mA
(7) XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_DIG (7) XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_DIG 0X0 Invert clock on clk_dig output
(6) XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_PLL (6) XTAL_CTRL_INV_CLK_PLL 0X0 Invert clock on clk_pll output
(5) XTAL_CTRL_FORCE_CLK_READY (5) XTAL_CTRL_FORCE_CLK_READY 0X0 Debug: allow to force output clocks on clk_pll,
clk_dig and clk_out (if these outputs are enabled)
and bypass the xtal internal clock detector that gates
these clock outputs.
(4) XTAL_CTRL_CLK_DIG_EN_B (4) XTAL_CTRL_CLK_DIG_EN_B 0X0 When high, disable the output clock to go to digital
(clk_dig output stay low).
(3) XTAL_CTRL_BUFF_EN_B (3) XTAL_CTRL_BUFF_EN_B 0X0 When low (and if xtal_en_b(_reg) is low), the xtal
buffer is enabled otherwise it is disabled. Could be
used to decrease the power consumption of the xtal
while maintaining oscillation in the xtal oscillator
(2) XTAL_CTRL_HP_MODE (2) XTAL_CTRL_HP_MODE 0X0 When high, bias current in the clock buffer is
increased compared to normal operation (high
bandwidth mode in 132 MHz clock input buffer).
(1) XTAL_CTRL_LP_MODE (1) XTAL_CTRL_LP_MODE 0X0 When high, bias current in the clock buffer is reduced
compared to normal operation (low power mode).
Usable only if bit 12 is high (see below) otherwise it
is bypassed by lp_mode pin input on main interface
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100B0 RF_REG2C (31:24) (31:24) 0X0 Offset to add in frequency count in order to
SUBBAND_OFFSET_SB_OFFSET SUBBAND_OFFSET_SB_OFFSET compensate the offset of the varicap.
(23:20) SWCAP_LIM_SB_MAX_VAL (23:20) SWCAP_LIM_SB_MAX_VAL 0X0 maximum subband value in linear search subband
(freq and comp)
(19:16) SWCAP_LIM_SB_MIN_VAL (19:16) SWCAP_LIM_SB_MIN_VAL 0X0 minimum subband value in linear search subband
(freq and comp)
(15) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FLL_MODE (15) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FLL_MODE 0X0 Enables the FLL mode for the subband selection
(overrides other settings)
(14) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_INV_BAND (14) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_INV_BAND 0X0 invert the meaning of sb_high and sb_low
(13:12) (13:12) 0X0 The length to count in frequency mode: 00 => 256
SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FREQ_CNT SUBBAND_CONF_SB_FREQ_CNT (Rx: 10.7us, Tx: 2.13us),01 => 512 (Rx: 21.3us, Tx:
4.26us),11 => 1024 (Rx: 42.7us, Tx: 8.53us),01 =>
4096 (Rx: 171us, Tx: 34.1us)
(11:10) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_WAIT_T (11:10) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_WAIT_T 0X0 time to wait to the PLL to settle: 00 => Rx 8us, Tx
2us, 01 => Rx 12us, Tx 3us, 10 => Rx 16us, Tx 4us,
11 => Rx 24us, Tx 6u
(9:8) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_MODE (9:8) SUBBAND_CONF_SB_MODE 0X0 sub-band algorithm mode: 00 => SAR w/
comparators, 01 => linear w/ comparators, 00 =>
SAR w/ frequency ratios, 01 => linear w/ frequency
ratios
(5:4) PA_CONF_SW_CN (5:4) PA_CONF_SW_CN 0X0 Harmonic 2 notch tuning
(3) PA_CONF_TX_SWITCHPA (3) PA_CONF_TX_SWITCHPA 0X0 If set to 1, enables the PA only with the digital block,

487
otherwise it's the RF Tx timing
onsemi

(2) PA_CONF_TX_0DBM (2) PA_CONF_TX_0DBM 0X0 If set to 1 enables the PA, otherwise only the PPA is
used (-20dBm)

www.onsemi.com
(1:0) PA_CONF_CTRL_PA (1:0) PA_CONF_CTRL_PA 0X0 N.U.
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100B4 RF_REG2D (31) (31) 0X0 Enable the subband correction
SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_EN SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_EN
(30:28) (30:28) 0X0 Subband correction in Rx
SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_RX SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_RX
(26:24) (26:24) 0X0 Subband correction in Tx
SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_TX SUBBAND_CORR_SUBBAND_CORR_TX
(23) (23) 0X0
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_PLL_T PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_PLL_T
X X
(22) (22) 0X0
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_DIG_T PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_INV_CLK_DIG_T
X X
(21:20) (21:20) 0X3 Xor value between Tx and Rx for the ck_sel field of
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CK_SEL_TX PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CK_SEL_TX register DLL_CTRL
(18:17) (18:17) 0X0
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_ PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_
TRIM_TX TRIM_TX
(16) (16) 0X0
PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_ PLL_CONF_TX_NRX_CHP_CURR_OFF_
EN_TX EN_TX
(15) PA_RAMPUP_FULL_PA_RAMPUP (15) PA_RAMPUP_FULL_PA_RAMPUP 0X0 If set to 1, the PA rampup uses the PA backoff enable
bit (from -40 dBm)

488
(14:12) PA_RAMPUP_DEL_PA_RAMPUP (14:12) PA_RAMPUP_DEL_PA_RAMPUP 0X0 time to wait to start the ramp-up after the PA enable
onsemi

is detected
(11:10) PA_RAMPUP_TAU_PA_RAMPUP (11:10) PA_RAMPUP_TAU_PA_RAMPUP 0X0 time constant of the Ramp-up/Ramp-down

www.onsemi.com
(9) PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPDOWN (9) PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPDOWN 0X0 if set to 1 enables the PA ramp-down. Only valid in
case of ramp-up
(8) PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPUP (8) PA_RAMPUP_EN_PA_RAMPUP 0X0 if set to 1 enables the PA ramp-up
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(7:3) MISC_SPARES (7:3) MISC_SPARES 0X0 Unused bits

(2:1) MISC_RSSI_PRE_ATT (2:1) MISC_RSSI_PRE_ATT 0X0 RSSI pre-attenuator: 00 => 0dB, 01 => 4dB, 10 =>
8dB, 11 => 12dB
(0) (0) 0X0 XTAL: if set to 1, the clk_ready threshold is set to a
MISC_XTAL_LOW_CLK_READY_TH_EN MISC_XTAL_LOW_CLK_READY_TH_EN lower value
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100B8 RF_REG2E (31:24) (31:24) 0X0 Threshold used for absolute RSSI detection
RSSI_DETECT_ABS_THR_RSSI_DET_ RSSI_DETECT_ABS_THR_RSSI_DET_
ABS_THR ABS_THR
(23:16) (23:16) 0X0 Threshold used for differential RSSI detection
RSSI_DETECT_DIFF_THR_RSSI_DET RSSI_DETECT_DIFF_THR_RSSI_DET
_DIFF_THR _DIFF_THR
(14) (14) 0X0 If set to 1 enable the sync word detection in the delay
DEMOD_CTRL_EN_DELLINE_SYNC_DE DEMOD_CTRL_EN_DELLINE_SYNC_DE line. This implies that nc_sel_out = 0x7
T T
(13) DEMOD_CTRL_RSSI_DET_FILT (13) DEMOD_CTRL_RSSI_DET_FILT 0X0 Add an additional filtering on the RSSI value
(12) (12) 0X0 If set to 1 speed up the clock recovery during the
DEMOD_CTRL_EN_FAST_CLK_RECOV DEMOD_CTRL_EN_FAST_CLK_RECOV resto of the preamble
(11) DEMOD_CTRL_EN_MIN_MAX_MF (11) DEMOD_CTRL_EN_MIN_MAX_MF 0X0 If set to 1 enables the min max algo after the
matched filter
(10) DEMOD_CTRL_EN_PRE_SYNC (10) DEMOD_CTRL_EN_PRE_SYNC 0X0 If set to 1 enables the sync detection on the
non-delayed path; not working in 4FSK
(9) DEMOD_CTRL_BLOCK_RSSI_DET (9) DEMOD_CTRL_BLOCK_RSSI_DET 0X0 If set to 1 blocks the rssi detection during the
slow-down period
(8) DEMOD_CTRL_EARLY_FINE_RECOV (8) DEMOD_CTRL_EARLY_FINE_RECOV 0X0 If set to 1 enables the early fine recovery after the
packet detection or pre-sync
(7:6) (7:6) 0X0 Number of samples to estimate the carrier offset: 0
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_CR_LEN RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_CR_LEN -> 32, 1 -> 64, 2 -> 128, 3->256

489
(5:4) RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_WAIT (5:4) RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_WAIT 0X0 Symbols to wait after the RSSI detection: 00 -> 0, 01
onsemi

-> 1, 10 -> 2, 11 -> 4

(3:2) (3:2) 0X0 Set the distance between the actual value and the

www.onsemi.com
RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_DIFF_LL RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_DIFF_LL subtracted one (0->1 sample,1->2 samples,etc)
(1) RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_EN_ABS (1) RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_EN_ABS 0X0 If set to 1 enables the absolute RSSI detection
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(0) (0) 0X0 If set to 1 enables the differential RSSI detection

RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_EN_DIFF RSSI_DETECT_RSSI_DET_EN_DIFF
0x400100BC RF_REG2F (26:24) CK_DIV_1_6_CK_DIV_1_6 (26:24) CK_DIV_1_6_CK_DIV_1_6 0X0 Clock division factor for ck_div_1_6
(22:0) RESERVED (22:0) RESERVED 0X0
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100C0 RF_REG30 (31:25) RXFIFO_STATUS_BIST - N/A Start the bist test on the Rx FIFO (code 0x5d)
- (31:30) 0X0 Indicate the BIST error: 00 => no error, 01 => error in
RXFIFO_STATUS_BIST_ERRORS checkboard test, 10 => error in inversed checkboard
test, 11 => error in decoder test
- (29) 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is close to the underflow
RXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_UNDERFLOW
- (28) 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is close to the overflow
RXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_OVERFLOW
- (27) RXFIFO_STATUS_UNDERFLOW 0X0 Is set to 1 if there has been an underflow
- (26) RXFIFO_STATUS_OVERFLOW 0X0 Is set to 1 if there has been an overflow
- (25) RXFIFO_STATUS_FULL 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is full
(24) RXFIFO_STATUS_FLUSH - N/A If set to 1 the Rx FIFO is flushed
- (24) RXFIFO_STATUS_EMPTY 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Rx FIFO is empty
(23:17) TXFIFO_STATUS_BIST - N/A Start the bist test on the Tx FIFO (code 0x5d)
- (23:22) 0X0 Indicate the BIST error: 00 => no error, 01 => error in
TXFIFO_STATUS_BIST_ERRORS checkboard test, 10 => error in inversed checkboard
test, 11 => error in decoder test
- (21) 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is close to the underflow
TXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_UNDERFLOW
- (20) 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is close to the overflow

490
TXFIFO_STATUS_NEAR_OVERFLOW
onsemi

- (19) TXFIFO_STATUS_UNDERFLOW 0X0 Is set to 1 if there has been an underflow

- (18) TXFIFO_STATUS_OVERFLOW 0X0 Is set to 1 if there has been an overflow

www.onsemi.com
- (17) TXFIFO_STATUS_FULL 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is full
(16) TXFIFO_STATUS_FLUSH - N/A If set to 1 the Tx FIFO is flushed
RSL10 Hardware Reference

- (16) TXFIFO_STATUS_EMPTY 0X0 Is set to 1 if the Tx FIFO is empty

- (10) FSM_STATUS_TX_NRX 0X0 Is set to 0 if the radio is in Rx mode, to 1 if in Tx
mode
- (9:8) FSM_STATUS_STATUS 0X0 Status of the FSM: 00 => Idle, 01 => Tx mode, 10 =>
Rx mode, 11 => Suspend
(3) FSM_MODE_RESET - N/A If set to 1, the FSM is reset. If mode is set to 0 the
FSM is reset abrubtly. If is set to 1 the Tx or Rx
(depending on tx_nrx) is stopped gently via the
serializer or the deserializer
(2) FSM_MODE_TX_NRX - N/A Sets the Radio in Tx (1) or Rx (0) mode
- (2) FSM_MODE_RX_MODE 0X0 The field stay with value 1 as long as the reception
isn't over
(1:0) FSM_MODE_MODE - N/A Sets the FSM mode: 00: nothing is done, 01:
activate, 10: calibrate the PLL, 11: calibrate the PLL
then Tx/Rx
- (1) FSM_MODE_TX_MODE 0X0 The field keep the value 1 as long as the
transmission isn't over
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100C4 RF_REG31 - (31:24) RSSI_MAX_RSSI_MAX 0X0 Maximum RSSI value over a filtering period
- (23:16) RSSI_MIN_RSSI_MIN 0X0 Minimum RSSI value over a filtering period
- (15:8) RXFIFO_COUNT_RX_COUNT 0X0 Number of bytes in the Rx FIFO
- (7:0) TXFIFO_COUNT_TX_COUNT 0X0 Number of bytes in the Tx FIFO
0x400100C8 RF_REG32 - (30:28) 0X0 Rx attenuation level (AGC level) during the packet
RX_ATT_LEVEL_RX_ATT_LEVEL_PKT reception
_LVL
- (26:24) 0X0 Rx attenuation level (AGC level)
RX_ATT_LEVEL_RX_ATT_LEVEL
- (23:16) RSSI_AVG_RSSI_AVG 0X0 Filtered RSSI value
- (15:8) DR_ERR_IND_DR_ERR_IND 0X0 Data-rate error indicator
- (7:0) RSSI_PKT_RSSI_PKT 0X0 Filtered RSSI value sampled during the packet
reception
0x400100CC RF_TXFIFO (7:0) TXFIFO_TX_DATA - N/A Data to be sent
0x400100D0 RF_RXFIFO - (7:0) RXFIFO_RX_DATA 0X0 Received data
0x400100D4 RF_DESER_STATUS - (7) 0X0 Is set to 1 if the deserializer is on
DESER_STATUS_SIGNAL_RECEIVING
- (6) DESER_STATUS_SYNC_DETECTED 0X0 Is set to 1 is the sync word (pattern) has been
detected

491
- (5) DESER_STATUS_WAIT_SYNC 0X0 Is set to 1 if the deserializer is waiting the sync word
onsemi

- (4) DESER_STATUS_IS_ADDRESS_BR 0X0 Is set to 1 if the received address is the broadcast

address.

www.onsemi.com
- (3) DESER_STATUS_PKT_LEN_ERR 0X0 Is set to 1 in case of the packet length is longer than
the maximum acceptable packet length
- (2) DESER_STATUS_ADDRESS_ERR 0X0 Is set to 1 in case of an address error
RSL10 Hardware Reference

- (1) DESER_STATUS_CRC_ERR 0X0 Is set to 1 in case of a CRC error

- (0) DESER_STATUS_DESER_FINISH 0X0 Is set to 1 when the deserializer has finished
0x400100D8 RF_IRQ_STATUS - (5) IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_RXFIFO 0X0 Is set to 1 when the IRQ RXFIFO is active
- (4) IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_TXFIFO 0X0 Is set to 1 when the IRQ TXFIFO is active
- (3) IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_SYNC 0X0 Is set to 1 when the IRQ SYNC is active
- (2) IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_RECEIVED 0X0 Is set to 1 when the IRQ RECEIVED is active
- (1) IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_RXSTOP 0X0 Is set to 1 when the IRQ RXSTOP is active
- (0) IRQ_STATUS_FLAG_TX 0X0 Is set to 1 when the IRQ TX is active
0x400100DC RF_REG37 - (31:16) FEI_PKT_FEI_PKT 0X0 Frequency error indicator sampled during the packet
reception.
- (15:0) FEI_FEI_OUT 0X0 Frequency error indicator
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0x400100E0 RF_REG38 - (31:24) 0X0 Link quality indicator sampled during the packet
LINK_QUAL_PKT_LINK_QUALITY_PK reception. Note that the Viterbi algorithm as to be
T enabled.
- (23:16) LINK_QUAL_LINK_QUALITY 0X0 Instantaneous link quality indicator. Note that the
Viterbi algorithm as to be enabled.
- (15:0) FEI_AFC_FEI_AFC 0X0 Frequency error indicator sampled during the AFC.
0x400100E4 RF_REG39 - (13) ANALOG_INFO_XTAL_FINISH 0X0 If set to 1, the Xtal algorithm has finished
- (12) ANALOG_INFO_DLL_LOCKED 0X0 DLL locked signal
- (11) ANALOG_INFO_CLK_DIG_READY 0X0 Ready signal of the digital clock
- (10) ANALOG_INFO_CLK_PLL_READY 0X0 Ready signal of the PLL clock
- (9) ANALOG_INFO_SUBBAND_HI 0X0 Status of the subband comparator Hi
- (8) ANALOG_INFO_SUBBAND_LO 0X0 Status of the subband comparator Lo
- (7:0) SUBBAND_ERR_SB_FLL_ERR 0X0 distance from the subband center (only available
with the FLL method)
0x400100FC RF_REVISION - (29:24) CHIP_ID 0X0 Version of the chip: 0x00: v1, 0x10: v2A, 0x11: v2B,
0x12: v2C, 0x13: v2D, 0x14: v2E, 0x20: v3

492
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.25 SYSTICK TIMER

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0xE000E010 SysTick_CTRL - (16) COUNTFLAG 0X0 Reads as 1 if SYSTICK counter has reached 0 since
the last time the timer has reached 0. Clears to 0 on
read.
(2) CLKSOURCE (2) CLKSOURCE 0X0 SYSTICK timer clock source
(1) TICKINT (1) TICKINT 0X0 SYSTICK timer interrupt enable
(0) ENABLE (0) ENABLE 0X0 SYSTICK timer enable
0xE000E014 SysTick_LOAD (23:0) RELOAD (23:0) RELOAD 0X0 Counter reload value for the SYSTICK timer when it
reaches 0
0xE000E018 SysTick_VAL (23:0) CURRENT (23:0) CURRENT 0X0 Current value of the SYSTICK counter value. Write
to clear counter.
0xE000E01C SysTick_CALIB - (31) NOREF 0X0 Indicates if a reference clock is available
- (30) SKEW 0X1 Indicates if calibration value is exactly 10 ms or not
- (23:0) TENMS 0X139 SYSTICK counter calibration value for 10 ms. A
value of 0 means the calibration value is not
available

493
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.26 SYSTEM CONTROL AND ID REGISTER NOT IN THE SCB

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0xE000E004 SCnSCB_ICTR - (4:0) INTLINESNUM 0X2 Number of interrupt inputs in steps of 32

494
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.27 NESTED VECTOR INTERRUPT CONTROLLER

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0xE000E100 NVIC_ISER0 (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN 0X0 DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt set enable
(30) UART_ERROR (30) UART_ERROR 0X0 UART_ERROR interrupt set enable
(29) UART_TX (29) UART_TX 0X0 UART_TX interrupt set enable
(28) UART_RX (28) UART_RX 0X0 UART_RX interrupt set enable
(27) I2C (27) I2C 0X0 I2C interrupt set enable
(26) SPI1_ERROR (26) SPI1_ERROR 0X0 SPI1_ERROR interrupt set enable
(25) SPI1_TX (25) SPI1_TX 0X0 SPI1_TX interrupt set enable
(24) SPI1_RX (24) SPI1_RX 0X0 SPI1_RX interrupt set enable
(23) SPI0_ERROR (23) SPI0_ERROR 0X0 SPI0_ERROR interrupt set enable
(22) SPI0_TX (22) SPI0_TX 0X0 SPI0_TX interrupt set enable
(21) SPI0_RX (21) SPI0_RX 0X0 SPI0_RX interrupt set enable
(20) WATCHDOG (20) WATCHDOG 0X0 WATCHDOG interrupt set enable
(19) DIO3 (19) DIO3 0X0 DIO3 interrupt set enable
(18) DIO2 (18) DIO2 0X0 DIO2 interrupt set enable
(17) DIO1 (17) DIO1 0X0 DIO1 interrupt set enable
(16) DIO0 (16) DIO0 0X0 DIO0 interrupt set enable

495
onsemi

(15) DMA7 (15) DMA7 0X0 DMA7 interrupt set enable

(14) DMA6 (14) DMA6 0X0 DMA6 interrupt set enable

www.onsemi.com
(13) DMA5 (13) DMA5 0X0 DMA5 interrupt set enable
(12) DMA4 (12) DMA4 0X0 DMA4 interrupt set enable
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(11) DMA3 (11) DMA3 0X0 DMA3 interrupt set enable

(10) DMA2 (10) DMA2 0X0 DMA2 interrupt set enable
(9) DMA1 (9) DMA1 0X0 DMA1 interrupt set enable
(8) DMA0 (8) DMA0 0X0 DMA0 interrupt set enable
(7) TIMER3 (7) TIMER3 0X0 TIMER3 interrupt set enable
(6) TIMER2 (6) TIMER2 0X0 TIMER2 interrupt set enable
(5) TIMER1 (5) TIMER1 0X0 TIMER1 interrupt set enable
(4) TIMER0 (4) TIMER0 0X0 TIMER0 interrupt set enable
(3) ADC_BATMON (3) ADC_BATMON 0X0 ADC_BATMON interrupt set enable
(2) RTC_CLOCK (2) RTC_CLOCK 0X0 RTC_CLOCK interrupt set enable
(1) RTC_ALARM (1) RTC_ALARM 0X0 RTC_ALARM interrupt set enable
(0) WAKEUP (0) WAKEUP 0X0 WAKEUP interrupt set enable
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E104 NVIC_ISER1 (31) ASRC_OUT (31) ASRC_OUT 0X0 ASRC_OUT interrupt set enable
(30) ASRC_IN (30) ASRC_IN 0X0 ASRC_IN interrupt set enable
(29) ASRC_ERROR (29) ASRC_ERROR 0X0 ASRC_ERROR interrupt set enable
(28) RF_RXFIFO (28) RF_RXFIFO 0X0 RF_RXFIFO interrupt set enable
(27) RF_TXFIFO (27) RF_TXFIFO 0X0 RF_TXFIFO interrupt set enable
(26) RF_SYNC (26) RF_SYNC 0X0 RF_SYNC interrupt set enable
(25) RF_RECEIVED (25) RF_RECEIVED 0X0 RF_RECEIVED interrupt set enable
(24) RF_RXSTOP (24) RF_RXSTOP 0X0 RF_RXSTOP interrupt set enable
(23) RF_TX (23) RF_TX 0X0 RF_TX interrupt set enable
(22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS (22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS 0X0 BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS interrupt set enable
(21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX (21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX 0X0 BLE_COEX_RX_TX interrupt set enable
(20) BLE_SW (20) BLE_SW 0X0 BLE_SW interrupt set enable
(19) BLE_FINETGTIM (19) BLE_FINETGTIM 0X0 BLE_FINETGTIM interrupt set enable
(18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM (18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM 0X0 BLE_GROSSTGTIM interrupt set enable
(17) BLE_ERROR (17) BLE_ERROR 0X0 BLE_ERROR interrupt set enable
(16) BLE_CRYPT (16) BLE_CRYPT 0X0 BLE_CRYPT interrupt set enable
(15) BLE_EVENT (15) BLE_EVENT 0X0 BLE_EVENT interrupt set enable

496
(14) BLE_RX (14) BLE_RX 0X0 BLE_RX interrupt set enable
onsemi

(13) BLE_SLP (13) BLE_SLP 0X0 BLE_SLP interrupt set enable

(12) BLE_CSCNT (12) BLE_CSCNT 0X0 BLE_CSCNT interrupt set enable

www.onsemi.com
(11) DSS7 (11) DSS7 0X0 DSS7 interrupt set enable
(10) DSS6 (10) DSS6 0X0 DSS6 interrupt set enable
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DSS5 (9) DSS5 0X0 DSS5 interrupt set enable

(8) DSS4 (8) DSS4 0X0 DSS4 interrupt set enable
(7) DSS3 (7) DSS3 0X0 DSS3 interrupt set enable
(6) DSS2 (6) DSS2 0X0 DSS2 interrupt set enable
(5) DSS1 (5) DSS1 0X0 DSS1 interrupt set enable
(4) DSS0 (4) DSS0 0X0 DSS0 interrupt set enable
(3) PCM_ERROR (3) PCM_ERROR 0X0 PCM_ERROR interrupt set enable
(2) PCM_TX (2) PCM_TX 0X0 PCM_TX interrupt set enable
(1) PCM_RX (1) PCM_RX 0X0 PCM_RX interrupt set enable
(0) DMIC_OD_ERROR (0) DMIC_OD_ERROR 0X0 DMIC_OD_ERROR interrupt set enable
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E108 NVIC_ISER2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 0X0 BLE_AUDIO2 interrupt set enable
(7) BLE_AUDIO1 (7) BLE_AUDIO1 0X0 BLE_AUDIO1 interrupt set enable
(6) BLE_AUDIO0 (6) BLE_AUDIO0 0X0 BLE_AUDIO0 interrupt set enable
(5) MEM_ERROR (5) MEM_ERROR 0X0 MEM_ERROR interrupt set enable
(4) FLASH_ECC (4) FLASH_ECC 0X0 FLASH_ECC interrupt set enable
(3) FLASH_COPY (3) FLASH_COPY 0X0 FLASH_COPY interrupt set enable
(2) CLKDET (2) CLKDET 0X0 CLKDET interrupt set enable
(1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD (1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD interrupt set enable
(0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY (0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_DELAY interrupt set enable

497
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E180 NVIC_ICER0 (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN 0X0 DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt clear enable
(30) UART_ERROR (30) UART_ERROR 0X0 UART_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(29) UART_TX (29) UART_TX 0X0 UART_TX interrupt clear enable
(28) UART_RX (28) UART_RX 0X0 UART_RX interrupt clear enable
(27) I2C (27) I2C 0X0 I2C interrupt clear enable
(26) SPI1_ERROR (26) SPI1_ERROR 0X0 SPI1_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(25) SPI1_TX (25) SPI1_TX 0X0 SPI1_TX interrupt clear enable
(24) SPI1_RX (24) SPI1_RX 0X0 SPI1_RX interrupt clear enable
(23) SPI0_ERROR (23) SPI0_ERROR 0X0 SPI0_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(22) SPI0_TX (22) SPI0_TX 0X0 SPI0_TX interrupt clear enable
(21) SPI0_RX (21) SPI0_RX 0X0 SPI0_RX interrupt clear enable
(20) WATCHDOG (20) WATCHDOG 0X0 WATCHDOG interrupt clear enable
(19) DIO3 (19) DIO3 0X0 DIO3 interrupt clear enable
(18) DIO2 (18) DIO2 0X0 DIO2 interrupt clear enable
(17) DIO1 (17) DIO1 0X0 DIO1 interrupt clear enable
(16) DIO0 (16) DIO0 0X0 DIO0 interrupt clear enable
(15) DMA7 (15) DMA7 0X0 DMA7 interrupt clear enable

498
(14) DMA6 (14) DMA6 0X0 DMA6 interrupt clear enable
onsemi

(13) DMA5 (13) DMA5 0X0 DMA5 interrupt clear enable

(12) DMA4 (12) DMA4 0X0 DMA4 interrupt clear enable

www.onsemi.com
(11) DMA3 (11) DMA3 0X0 DMA3 interrupt clear enable
(10) DMA2 (10) DMA2 0X0 DMA2 interrupt clear enable
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DMA1 (9) DMA1 0X0 DMA1 interrupt clear enable

(8) DMA0 (8) DMA0 0X0 DMA0 interrupt clear enable
(7) TIMER3 (7) TIMER3 0X0 TIMER3 interrupt clear enable
(6) TIMER2 (6) TIMER2 0X0 TIMER2 interrupt clear enable
(5) TIMER1 (5) TIMER1 0X0 TIMER1 interrupt clear enable
(4) TIMER0 (4) TIMER0 0X0 TIMER0 interrupt clear enable
(3) ADC_BATMON (3) ADC_BATMON 0X0 ADC_BATMON interrupt clear enable
(2) RTC_CLOCK (2) RTC_CLOCK 0X0 RTC_CLOCK interrupt clear enable
(1) RTC_ALARM (1) RTC_ALARM 0X0 RTC_ALARM interrupt clear enable
(0) WAKEUP (0) WAKEUP 0X0 WAKEUP interrupt clear enable
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E184 NVIC_ICER1 (31) ASRC_OUT (31) ASRC_OUT 0X0 ASRC_OUT interrupt clear enable
(30) ASRC_IN (30) ASRC_IN 0X0 ASRC_IN interrupt clear enable
(29) ASRC_ERROR (29) ASRC_ERROR 0X0 ASRC_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(28) RF_RXFIFO (28) RF_RXFIFO 0X0 RF_RXFIFO interrupt clear enable
(27) RF_TXFIFO (27) RF_TXFIFO 0X0 RF_TXFIFO interrupt clear enable
(26) RF_SYNC (26) RF_SYNC 0X0 RF_SYNC interrupt clear enable
(25) RF_RECEIVED (25) RF_RECEIVED 0X0 RF_RECEIVED interrupt clear enable
(24) RF_RXSTOP (24) RF_RXSTOP 0X0 RF_RXSTOP interrupt clear enable
(23) RF_TX (23) RF_TX 0X0 RF_TX interrupt clear enable
(22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS (22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS 0X0 BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS interrupt clear enable
(21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX (21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX 0X0 BLE_COEX_RX_TX interrupt clear enable
(20) BLE_SW (20) BLE_SW 0X0 BLE_SW interrupt clear enable
(19) BLE_FINETGTIM (19) BLE_FINETGTIM 0X0 BLE_FINETGTIM interrupt clear enable
(18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM (18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM 0X0 BLE_GROSSTGTIM interrupt clear enable
(17) BLE_ERROR (17) BLE_ERROR 0X0 BLE_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(16) BLE_CRYPT (16) BLE_CRYPT 0X0 BLE_CRYPT interrupt clear enable
(15) BLE_EVENT (15) BLE_EVENT 0X0 BLE_EVENT interrupt clear enable

499
(14) BLE_RX (14) BLE_RX 0X0 BLE_RX interrupt clear enable
onsemi

(13) BLE_SLP (13) BLE_SLP 0X0 BLE_SLP interrupt clear enable

(12) BLE_CSCNT (12) BLE_CSCNT 0X0 BLE_CSCNT interrupt clear enable

www.onsemi.com
(11) DSS7 (11) DSS7 0X0 DSS7 interrupt clear enable
(10) DSS6 (10) DSS6 0X0 DSS6 interrupt clear enable
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DSS5 (9) DSS5 0X0 DSS5 interrupt clear enable

(8) DSS4 (8) DSS4 0X0 DSS4 interrupt clear enable
(7) DSS3 (7) DSS3 0X0 DSS3 interrupt clear enable
(6) DSS2 (6) DSS2 0X0 DSS2 interrupt clear enable
(5) DSS1 (5) DSS1 0X0 DSS1 interrupt clear enable
(4) DSS0 (4) DSS0 0X0 DSS0 interrupt clear enable
(3) PCM_ERROR (3) PCM_ERROR 0X0 PCM_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(2) PCM_TX (2) PCM_TX 0X0 PCM_TX interrupt clear enable
(1) PCM_RX (1) PCM_RX 0X0 PCM_RX interrupt clear enable
(0) DMIC_OD_ERROR (0) DMIC_OD_ERROR 0X0 DMIC_OD_ERROR interrupt clear enable
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E188 NVIC_ICER2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 0X0 BLE_AUDIO2 interrupt clear enable
(7) BLE_AUDIO1 (7) BLE_AUDIO1 0X0 BLE_AUDIO1 interrupt clear enable
(6) BLE_AUDIO0 (6) BLE_AUDIO0 0X0 BLE_AUDIO0 interrupt clear enable
(5) MEM_ERROR (5) MEM_ERROR 0X0 MEM_ERROR interrupt clear enable
(4) FLASH_ECC (4) FLASH_ECC 0X0 FLASH_ECC interrupt clear enable
(3) FLASH_COPY (3) FLASH_COPY 0X0 FLASH_COPY interrupt clear enable
(2) CLKDET (2) CLKDET 0X0 CLKDET interrupt clear enable
(1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD (1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD interrupt clear enable
(0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY (0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_DELAY interrupt clear enable

500
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E200 NVIC_ISPR0 (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN 0X0 DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt set pending
(30) UART_ERROR (30) UART_ERROR 0X0 UART_ERROR interrupt set pending
(29) UART_TX (29) UART_TX 0X0 UART_TX interrupt set pending
(28) UART_RX (28) UART_RX 0X0 UART_RX interrupt set pending
(27) I2C (27) I2C 0X0 I2C interrupt set pending
(26) SPI1_ERROR (26) SPI1_ERROR 0X0 SPI1_ERROR interrupt set pending
(25) SPI1_TX (25) SPI1_TX 0X0 SPI1_TX interrupt set pending
(24) SPI1_RX (24) SPI1_RX 0X0 SPI1_RX interrupt set pending
(23) SPI0_ERROR (23) SPI0_ERROR 0X0 SPI0_ERROR interrupt set pending
(22) SPI0_TX (22) SPI0_TX 0X0 SPI0_TX interrupt set pending
(21) SPI0_RX (21) SPI0_RX 0X0 SPI0_RX interrupt set pending
(20) WATCHDOG (20) WATCHDOG 0X0 WATCHDOG interrupt set pending
(19) DIO3 (19) DIO3 0X0 DIO3 interrupt set pending
(18) DIO2 (18) DIO2 0X0 DIO2 interrupt set pending
(17) DIO1 (17) DIO1 0X0 DIO1 interrupt set pending
(16) DIO0 (16) DIO0 0X0 DIO0 interrupt set pending
(15) DMA7 (15) DMA7 0X0 DMA7 interrupt set pending

501
(14) DMA6 (14) DMA6 0X0 DMA6 interrupt set pending
onsemi

(13) DMA5 (13) DMA5 0X0 DMA5 interrupt set pending

(12) DMA4 (12) DMA4 0X0 DMA4 interrupt set pending

www.onsemi.com
(11) DMA3 (11) DMA3 0X0 DMA3 interrupt set pending
(10) DMA2 (10) DMA2 0X0 DMA2 interrupt set pending
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DMA1 (9) DMA1 0X0 DMA1 interrupt set pending

(8) DMA0 (8) DMA0 0X0 DMA0 interrupt set pending
(7) TIMER3 (7) TIMER3 0X0 TIMER3 interrupt set pending
(6) TIMER2 (6) TIMER2 0X0 TIMER2 interrupt set pending
(5) TIMER1 (5) TIMER1 0X0 TIMER1 interrupt set pending
(4) TIMER0 (4) TIMER0 0X0 TIMER0 interrupt set pending
(3) ADC_BATMON (3) ADC_BATMON 0X0 ADC_BATMON interrupt set pending
(2) RTC_CLOCK (2) RTC_CLOCK 0X0 RTC_CLOCK interrupt set pending
(1) RTC_ALARM (1) RTC_ALARM 0X0 RTC_ALARM interrupt set pending
(0) WAKEUP (0) WAKEUP 0X0 WAKEUP interrupt set pending
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E204 NVIC_ISPR1 (31) ASRC_OUT (31) ASRC_OUT 0X0 ASRC_OUT interrupt set pending
(30) ASRC_IN (30) ASRC_IN 0X0 ASRC_IN interrupt set pending
(29) ASRC_ERROR (29) ASRC_ERROR 0X0 ASRC_ERROR interrupt set pending
(28) RF_RXFIFO (28) RF_RXFIFO 0X0 RF_RXFIFO interrupt set pending
(27) RF_TXFIFO (27) RF_TXFIFO 0X0 RF_TXFIFO interrupt set pending
(26) RF_SYNC (26) RF_SYNC 0X0 RF_SYNC interrupt set pending
(25) RF_RECEIVED (25) RF_RECEIVED 0X0 RF_RECEIVED interrupt set pending
(24) RF_RXSTOP (24) RF_RXSTOP 0X0 RF_RXSTOP interrupt set pending
(23) RF_TX (23) RF_TX 0X0 RF_TX interrupt set pending
(22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS (22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS 0X0 BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS interrupt set pending
(21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX (21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX 0X0 BLE_COEX_RX_TX interrupt set pending
(20) BLE_SW (20) BLE_SW 0X0 BLE_SW interrupt set pending
(19) BLE_FINETGTIM (19) BLE_FINETGTIM 0X0 BLE_FINETGTIM interrupt set pending
(18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM (18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM 0X0 BLE_GROSSTGTIM interrupt set pending
(17) BLE_ERROR (17) BLE_ERROR 0X0 BLE_ERROR interrupt set pending
(16) BLE_CRYPT (16) BLE_CRYPT 0X0 BLE_CRYPT interrupt set pending
(15) BLE_EVENT (15) BLE_EVENT 0X0 BLE_EVENT interrupt set pending

502
(14) BLE_RX (14) BLE_RX 0X0 BLE_RX interrupt set pending
onsemi

(13) BLE_SLP (13) BLE_SLP 0X0 BLE_SLP interrupt set pending

(12) BLE_CSCNT (12) BLE_CSCNT 0X0 BLE_CSCNT interrupt set pending

www.onsemi.com
(11) DSS7 (11) DSS7 0X0 DSS7 interrupt set pending
(10) DSS6 (10) DSS6 0X0 DSS6 interrupt set pending
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DSS5 (9) DSS5 0X0 DSS5 interrupt set pending

(8) DSS4 (8) DSS4 0X0 DSS4 interrupt set pending
(7) DSS3 (7) DSS3 0X0 DSS3 interrupt set pending
(6) DSS2 (6) DSS2 0X0 DSS2 interrupt set pending
(5) DSS1 (5) DSS1 0X0 DSS1 interrupt set pending
(4) DSS0 (4) DSS0 0X0 DSS0 interrupt set pending
(3) PCM_ERROR (3) PCM_ERROR 0X0 PCM_ERROR interrupt set pending
(2) PCM_TX (2) PCM_TX 0X0 PCM_TX interrupt set pending
(1) PCM_RX (1) PCM_RX 0X0 PCM_RX interrupt set pending
(0) DMIC_OD_ERROR (0) DMIC_OD_ERROR 0X0 DMIC_OD_ERROR interrupt set pending
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E208 NVIC_ISPR2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 0X0 BLE_AUDIO2 interrupt set pending
(7) BLE_AUDIO1 (7) BLE_AUDIO1 0X0 BLE_AUDIO1 interrupt set pending
(6) BLE_AUDIO0 (6) BLE_AUDIO0 0X0 BLE_AUDIO0 interrupt set pending
(5) MEM_ERROR (5) MEM_ERROR 0X0 MEM_ERROR interrupt set pending
(4) FLASH_ECC (4) FLASH_ECC 0X0 FLASH_ECC interrupt set pending
(3) FLASH_COPY (3) FLASH_COPY 0X0 FLASH_COPY interrupt set pending
(2) CLKDET (2) CLKDET 0X0 CLKDET interrupt set pending
(1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD (1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD interrupt set pending
(0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY (0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_DELAY interrupt set pending

503
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E280 NVIC_ICPR0 (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN 0X0 DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt clear pending
(30) UART_ERROR (30) UART_ERROR 0X0 UART_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(29) UART_TX (29) UART_TX 0X0 UART_TX interrupt clear pending
(28) UART_RX (28) UART_RX 0X0 UART_RX interrupt clear pending
(27) I2C (27) I2C 0X0 I2C interrupt clear pending
(26) SPI1_ERROR (26) SPI1_ERROR 0X0 SPI1_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(25) SPI1_TX (25) SPI1_TX 0X0 SPI1_TX interrupt clear pending
(24) SPI1_RX (24) SPI1_RX 0X0 SPI1_RX interrupt clear pending
(23) SPI0_ERROR (23) SPI0_ERROR 0X0 SPI0_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(22) SPI0_TX (22) SPI0_TX 0X0 SPI0_TX interrupt clear pending
(21) SPI0_RX (21) SPI0_RX 0X0 SPI0_RX interrupt clear pending
(20) WATCHDOG (20) WATCHDOG 0X0 WATCHDOG interrupt clear pending
(19) DIO3 (19) DIO3 0X0 DIO3 interrupt clear pending
(18) DIO2 (18) DIO2 0X0 DIO2 interrupt clear pending
(17) DIO1 (17) DIO1 0X0 DIO1 interrupt clear pending
(16) DIO0 (16) DIO0 0X0 DIO0 interrupt clear pending
(15) DMA7 (15) DMA7 0X0 DMA7 interrupt clear pending

504
(14) DMA6 (14) DMA6 0X0 DMA6 interrupt clear pending
onsemi

(13) DMA5 (13) DMA5 0X0 DMA5 interrupt clear pending

(12) DMA4 (12) DMA4 0X0 DMA4 interrupt clear pending

www.onsemi.com
(11) DMA3 (11) DMA3 0X0 DMA3 interrupt clear pending
(10) DMA2 (10) DMA2 0X0 DMA2 interrupt clear pending
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DMA1 (9) DMA1 0X0 DMA1 interrupt clear pending

(8) DMA0 (8) DMA0 0X0 DMA0 interrupt clear pending
(7) TIMER3 (7) TIMER3 0X0 TIMER3 interrupt clear pending
(6) TIMER2 (6) TIMER2 0X0 TIMER2 interrupt clear pending
(5) TIMER1 (5) TIMER1 0X0 TIMER1 interrupt clear pending
(4) TIMER0 (4) TIMER0 0X0 TIMER0 interrupt clear pending
(3) ADC_BATMON (3) ADC_BATMON 0X0 ADC_BATMON interrupt clear pending
(2) RTC_CLOCK (2) RTC_CLOCK 0X0 RTC_CLOCK interrupt clear pending
(1) RTC_ALARM (1) RTC_ALARM 0X0 RTC_ALARM interrupt clear pending
(0) WAKEUP (0) WAKEUP 0X0 WAKEUP interrupt clear pending
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E284 NVIC_ICPR1 (31) ASRC_OUT (31) ASRC_OUT 0X0 ASRC_OUT interrupt clear pending
(30) ASRC_IN (30) ASRC_IN 0X0 ASRC_IN interrupt clear pending
(29) ASRC_ERROR (29) ASRC_ERROR 0X0 ASRC_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(28) RF_RXFIFO (28) RF_RXFIFO 0X0 RF_RXFIFO interrupt clear pending
(27) RF_TXFIFO (27) RF_TXFIFO 0X0 RF_TXFIFO interrupt clear pending
(26) RF_SYNC (26) RF_SYNC 0X0 RF_SYNC interrupt clear pending
(25) RF_RECEIVED (25) RF_RECEIVED 0X0 RF_RECEIVED interrupt clear pending
(24) RF_RXSTOP (24) RF_RXSTOP 0X0 RF_RXSTOP interrupt clear pending
(23) RF_TX (23) RF_TX 0X0 RF_TX interrupt clear pending
(22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS (22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS 0X0 BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS interrupt clear pending
(21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX (21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX 0X0 BLE_COEX_RX_TX interrupt clear pending
(20) BLE_SW (20) BLE_SW 0X0 BLE_SW interrupt clear pending
(19) BLE_FINETGTIM (19) BLE_FINETGTIM 0X0 BLE_FINETGTIM interrupt clear pending
(18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM (18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM 0X0 BLE_GROSSTGTIM interrupt clear pending
(17) BLE_ERROR (17) BLE_ERROR 0X0 BLE_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(16) BLE_CRYPT (16) BLE_CRYPT 0X0 BLE_CRYPT interrupt clear pending
(15) BLE_EVENT (15) BLE_EVENT 0X0 BLE_EVENT interrupt clear pending

505
(14) BLE_RX (14) BLE_RX 0X0 BLE_RX interrupt clear pending
onsemi

(13) BLE_SLP (13) BLE_SLP 0X0 BLE_SLP interrupt clear pending

(12) BLE_CSCNT (12) BLE_CSCNT 0X0 BLE_CSCNT interrupt clear pending

www.onsemi.com
(11) DSS7 (11) DSS7 0X0 DSS7 interrupt clear pending
(10) DSS6 (10) DSS6 0X0 DSS6 interrupt clear pending
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(9) DSS5 (9) DSS5 0X0 DSS5 interrupt clear pending

(8) DSS4 (8) DSS4 0X0 DSS4 interrupt clear pending
(7) DSS3 (7) DSS3 0X0 DSS3 interrupt clear pending
(6) DSS2 (6) DSS2 0X0 DSS2 interrupt clear pending
(5) DSS1 (5) DSS1 0X0 DSS1 interrupt clear pending
(4) DSS0 (4) DSS0 0X0 DSS0 interrupt clear pending
(3) PCM_ERROR (3) PCM_ERROR 0X0 PCM_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(2) PCM_TX (2) PCM_TX 0X0 PCM_TX interrupt clear pending
(1) PCM_RX (1) PCM_RX 0X0 PCM_RX interrupt clear pending
(0) DMIC_OD_ERROR (0) DMIC_OD_ERROR 0X0 DMIC_OD_ERROR interrupt clear pending
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E288 NVIC_ICPR2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 (8) BLE_AUDIO2 0X0 BLE_AUDIO2 interrupt clear pending
(7) BLE_AUDIO1 (7) BLE_AUDIO1 0X0 BLE_AUDIO1 interrupt clear pending
(6) BLE_AUDIO0 (6) BLE_AUDIO0 0X0 BLE_AUDIO0 interrupt clear pending
(5) MEM_ERROR (5) MEM_ERROR 0X0 MEM_ERROR interrupt clear pending
(4) FLASH_ECC (4) FLASH_ECC 0X0 FLASH_ECC interrupt clear pending
(3) FLASH_COPY (3) FLASH_COPY 0X0 FLASH_COPY interrupt clear pending
(2) CLKDET (2) CLKDET 0X0 CLKDET interrupt clear pending
(1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD (1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD interrupt clear pending
(0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY (0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY 0X0 AUDIO_SINK_DELAY interrupt clear pending

506
onsemi

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E300 NVIC_IABR0 - (31) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN 0X0 Set the DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt as active
- (30) UART_ERROR 0X0 Set the UART_ERROR interrupt as active
- (29) UART_TX 0X0 Set the UART_TX interrupt as active
- (28) UART_RX 0X0 Set the UART_RX interrupt as active
- (27) I2C 0X0 Set the I2C interrupt as active
- (26) SPI1_ERROR 0X0 Set the SPI1_ERROR interrupt as active
- (25) SPI1_TX 0X0 Set the SPI1_TX interrupt as active
- (24) SPI1_RX 0X0 Set the SPI1_RX interrupt as active
- (23) SPI0_ERROR 0X0 Set the SPI0_ERROR interrupt as active
- (22) SPI0_TX 0X0 Set the SPI0_TX interrupt as active
- (21) SPI0_RX 0X0 Set the SPI0_RX interrupt as active
- (20) WATCHDOG 0X0 Set the WATCHDOG interrupt as active
- (19) DIO3 0X0 Set the DIO3 interrupt as active
- (18) DIO2 0X0 Set the DIO2 interrupt as active
- (17) DIO1 0X0 Set the DIO1 interrupt as active
- (16) DIO0 0X0 Set the DIO0 interrupt as active
- (15) DMA7 0X0 Set the DMA7 interrupt as active

507
- (14) DMA6 0X0 Set the DMA6 interrupt as active
onsemi

- (13) DMA5 0X0 Set the DMA5 interrupt as active

- (12) DMA4 0X0 Set the DMA4 interrupt as active

www.onsemi.com
- (11) DMA3 0X0 Set the DMA3 interrupt as active
- (10) DMA2 0X0 Set the DMA2 interrupt as active
RSL10 Hardware Reference

- (9) DMA1 0X0 Set the DMA1 interrupt as active

- (8) DMA0 0X0 Set the DMA0 interrupt as active
- (7) TIMER3 0X0 Set the TIMER3 interrupt as active
- (6) TIMER2 0X0 Set the TIMER2 interrupt as active
- (5) TIMER1 0X0 Set the TIMER1 interrupt as active
- (4) TIMER0 0X0 Set the TIMER0 interrupt as active
- (3) ADC_BATMON 0X0 Set the ADC_BATMON interrupt as active
- (2) RTC_CLOCK 0X0 Set the RTC_CLOCK interrupt as active
- (1) RTC_ALARM 0X0 Set the RTC_ALARM interrupt as active
- (0) WAKEUP 0X0 Set the WAKEUP interrupt as active
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E304 NVIC_IABR1 - (31) ASRC_OUT 0X0 Set the ASRC_OUT interrupt as active
- (30) ASRC_IN 0X0 Set the ASRC_IN interrupt as active
- (29) ASRC_ERROR 0X0 Set the ASRC_ERROR interrupt as active
- (28) RF_RXFIFO 0X0 Set the RF_RXFIFO interrupt as active
- (27) RF_TXFIFO 0X0 Set the RF_TXFIFO interrupt as active
- (26) RF_SYNC 0X0 Set the RF_SYNC interrupt as active
- (25) RF_RECEIVED 0X0 Set the RF_RECEIVED interrupt as active
- (24) RF_RXSTOP 0X0 Set the RF_RXSTOP interrupt as active
- (23) RF_TX 0X0 Set the RF_TX interrupt as active
- (22) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS 0X0 Set the BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS interrupt as
active
- (21) BLE_COEX_RX_TX 0X0 Set the BLE_COEX_RX_TX interrupt as active
- (20) BLE_SW 0X0 Set the BLE_SW interrupt as active
- (19) BLE_FINETGTIM 0X0 Set the BLE_FINETGTIM interrupt as active
- (18) BLE_GROSSTGTIM 0X0 Set the BLE_GROSSTGTIM interrupt as active
- (17) BLE_ERROR 0X0 Set the BLE_ERROR interrupt as active
- (16) BLE_CRYPT 0X0 Set the BLE_CRYPT interrupt as active
- (15) BLE_EVENT 0X0 Set the BLE_EVENT interrupt as active

508
onsemi

- (14) BLE_RX 0X0 Set the BLE_RX interrupt as active

- (13) BLE_SLP 0X0 Set the BLE_SLP interrupt as active

www.onsemi.com
- (12) BLE_CSCNT 0X0 Set the BLE_CSCNT interrupt as active
- (11) DSS7 0X0 Set the DSS7 interrupt as active
RSL10 Hardware Reference

- (10) DSS6 0X0 Set the DSS6 interrupt as active

- (9) DSS5 0X0 Set the DSS5 interrupt as active
- (8) DSS4 0X0 Set the DSS4 interrupt as active
- (7) DSS3 0X0 Set the DSS3 interrupt as active
- (6) DSS2 0X0 Set the DSS2 interrupt as active
- (5) DSS1 0X0 Set the DSS1 interrupt as active
- (4) DSS0 0X0 Set the DSS0 interrupt as active
- (3) PCM_ERROR 0X0 Set the PCM_ERROR interrupt as active
- (2) PCM_TX 0X0 Set the PCM_TX interrupt as active
- (1) PCM_RX 0X0 Set the PCM_RX interrupt as active
- (0) DMIC_OD_ERROR 0X0 Set the DMIC_OD_ERROR interrupt as active
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E308 NVIC_IABR2 - (8) BLE_AUDIO2 0X0 Set the BLE_AUDIO2 interrupt as active
- (7) BLE_AUDIO1 0X0 Set the BLE_AUDIO1 interrupt as active
- (6) BLE_AUDIO0 0X0 Set the BLE_AUDIO0 interrupt as active
- (5) MEM_ERROR 0X0 Set the MEM_ERROR interrupt as active
- (4) FLASH_ECC 0X0 Set the FLASH_ECC interrupt as active
- (3) FLASH_COPY 0X0 Set the FLASH_COPY interrupt as active
- (2) CLKDET 0X0 Set the CLKDET interrupt as active
- (1) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD 0X0 Set the AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD interrupt as active
- (0) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY 0X0 Set the AUDIO_SINK_DELAY interrupt as active
0xE000E400 NVIC_IP0 (31:29) ADC_BATMON (31:29) ADC_BATMON 0X0 Configure the ADC_BATMON interrupt priority
(23:21) RTC_CLOCK (23:21) RTC_CLOCK 0X0 Configure the RTC_CLOCK interrupt priority
(15:13) RTC_ALARM (15:13) RTC_ALARM 0X0 Configure the RTC_ALARM interrupt priority
(7:5) WAKEUP (7:5) WAKEUP 0X0 Configure the WAKEUP interrupt priority
0xE000E404 NVIC_IP1 (31:29) TIMER3 (31:29) TIMER3 0X0 Configure the TIMER3 interrupt priority
(23:21) TIMER2 (23:21) TIMER2 0X0 Configure the TIMER2 interrupt priority
(15:13) TIMER1 (15:13) TIMER1 0X0 Configure the TIMER1 interrupt priority
(7:5) TIMER0 (7:5) TIMER0 0X0 Configure the TIMER0 interrupt priority

509
0xE000E408 NVIC_IP2 (31:29) DMA3 (31:29) DMA3 0X0 Configure the DMA3 interrupt priority
onsemi

(23:21) DMA2 (23:21) DMA2 0X0 Configure the DMA2 interrupt priority
(15:13) DMA1 (15:13) DMA1 0X0 Configure the DMA1 interrupt priority

www.onsemi.com
(7:5) DMA0 (7:5) DMA0 0X0 Configure the DMA0 interrupt priority
0xE000E40C NVIC_IP3 (31:29) DMA7 (31:29) DMA7 0X0 Configure the DMA7 interrupt priority
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(23:21) DMA6 (23:21) DMA6 0X0 Configure the DMA6 interrupt priority
(15:13) DMA5 (15:13) DMA5 0X0 Configure the DMA5 interrupt priority
(7:5) DMA4 (7:5) DMA4 0X0 Configure the DMA4 interrupt priority
0xE000E410 NVIC_IP4 (31:29) DIO3 (31:29) DIO3 0X0 Configure the DIO3 interrupt priority
(23:21) DIO2 (23:21) DIO2 0X0 Configure the DIO2 interrupt priority
(15:13) DIO1 (15:13) DIO1 0X0 Configure the DIO1 interrupt priority
(7:5) DIO0 (7:5) DIO0 0X0 Configure the DIO0 interrupt priority
0xE000E414 NVIC_IP5 (31:29) SPI0_ERROR (31:29) SPI0_ERROR 0X0 Configure the SPI0_ERROR interrupt priority
(23:21) SPI0_TX (23:21) SPI0_TX 0X0 Configure the SPI0_TX interrupt priority
(15:13) SPI0_RX (15:13) SPI0_RX 0X0 Configure the SPI0_RX interrupt priority
(7:5) WATCHDOG (7:5) WATCHDOG 0X0 Configure the WATCHDOG interrupt priority
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E418 NVIC_IP6 (31:29) I2C (31:29) I2C 0X0 Configure the I2C interrupt priority
(23:21) SPI1_ERROR (23:21) SPI1_ERROR 0X0 Configure the SPI1_ERROR interrupt priority
(15:13) SPI1_TX (15:13) SPI1_TX 0X0 Configure the SPI1_TX interrupt priority
(7:5) SPI1_RX (7:5) SPI1_RX 0X0 Configure the SPI1_RX interrupt priority
0xE000E41C NVIC_IP7 (31:29) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN (31:29) DMIC_OUT_OD_IN 0X0 Configure the DMIC_OUT_OD_IN interrupt priority
(23:21) UART_ERROR (23:21) UART_ERROR 0X0 Configure the UART_ERROR interrupt priority
(15:13) UART_TX (15:13) UART_TX 0X0 Configure the UART_TX interrupt priority
(7:5) UART_RX (7:5) UART_RX 0X0 Configure the UART_RX interrupt priority
0xE000E420 NVIC_IP8 (31:29) PCM_ERROR (31:29) PCM_ERROR 0X0 Configure the PCM_ERROR interrupt priority
(23:21) PCM_TX (23:21) PCM_TX 0X0 Configure the PCM_TX interrupt priority
(15:13) PCM_RX (15:13) PCM_RX 0X0 Configure the PCM_RX interrupt priority
(7:5) DMIC_OD_ERROR (7:5) DMIC_OD_ERROR 0X0 Configure the DMIC_OD_ERROR interrupt priority
0xE000E424 NVIC_IP9 (31:29) DSS3 (31:29) DSS3 0X0 Configure the DSS3 interrupt priority
(23:21) DSS2 (23:21) DSS2 0X0 Configure the DSS2 interrupt priority
(15:13) DSS1 (15:13) DSS1 0X0 Configure the DSS1 interrupt priority
(7:5) DSS0 (7:5) DSS0 0X0 Configure the DSS0 interrupt priority
0xE000E428 NVIC_IP10 (31:29) DSS7 (31:29) DSS7 0X0 Configure the DSS7 interrupt priority

510
(23:21) DSS6 (23:21) DSS6 0X0 Configure the DSS6 interrupt priority
onsemi

(15:13) DSS5 (15:13) DSS5 0X0 Configure the DSS5 interrupt priority
(7:5) DSS4 (7:5) DSS4 0X0 Configure the DSS4 interrupt priority

www.onsemi.com
0xE000E42C NVIC_IP11 (31:29) BLE_EVENT (31:29) BLE_EVENT 0X0 Configure the BLE_EVENT interrupt priority
(23:21) BLE_RX (23:21) BLE_RX 0X0 Configure the BLE_RX interrupt priority
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(15:13) BLE_SLP (15:13) BLE_SLP 0X0 Configure the BLE_SLP interrupt priority
(7:5) BLE_CSCNT (7:5) BLE_CSCNT 0X0 Configure the BLE_CSCNT interrupt priority
0xE000E430 NVIC_IP12 (31:29) BLE_FINETGTIM (31:29) BLE_FINETGTIM 0X0 Configure the BLE_FINETGTIM interrupt priority
(23:21) BLE_GROSSTGTIM (23:21) BLE_GROSSTGTIM 0X0 Configure the BLE_GROSSTGTIM interrupt priority
(15:13) BLE_ERROR (15:13) BLE_ERROR 0X0 Configure the BLE_ERROR interrupt priority
(7:5) BLE_CRYPT (7:5) BLE_CRYPT 0X0 Configure the BLE_CRYPT interrupt priority
0xE000E434 NVIC_IP13 (31:29) RF_TX (31:29) RF_TX 0X0 Configure the RF_TX interrupt priority
(23:21) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS (23:21) BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS 0X0 Configure the BLE_COEX_IN_PROCESS interrupt
priority
(15:13) BLE_COEX_RX_TX (15:13) BLE_COEX_RX_TX 0X0 Configure the BLE_COEX_RX_TX interrupt priority
(7:5) BLE_SW (7:5) BLE_SW 0X0 Configure the BLE_SW interrupt priority
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000E438 NVIC_IP14 (31:29) RF_TXFIFO (31:29) RF_TXFIFO 0X0 Configure the RF_TXFIFO interrupt priority
(23:21) RF_SYNC (23:21) RF_SYNC 0X0 Configure the RF_SYNC interrupt priority
(15:13) RF_RECEIVED (15:13) RF_RECEIVED 0X0 Configure the RF_RECEIVED interrupt priority
(7:5) RF_RXSTOP (7:5) RF_RXSTOP 0X0 Configure the RF_RXSTOP interrupt priority
0xE000E43C NVIC_IP15 (31:29) ASRC_OUT (31:29) ASRC_OUT 0X0 Configure the ASRC_OUT interrupt priority
(23:21) ASRC_IN (23:21) ASRC_IN 0X0 Configure the ASRC_IN interrupt priority
(15:13) ASRC_ERROR (15:13) ASRC_ERROR 0X0 Configure the ASRC_ERROR interrupt priority
(7:5) RF_RXFIFO (7:5) RF_RXFIFO 0X0 Configure the RF_RXFIFO interrupt priority
0xE000E440 NVIC_IP16 (31:29) FLASH_COPY (31:29) FLASH_COPY 0X0 Configure the FLASH_COPY interrupt priority
(23:21) CLKDET (23:21) CLKDET 0X0 Configure the CLKDET interrupt priority
(15:13) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD (15:13) AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD 0X0 Configure the AUDIO_SINK_PERIOD interrupt
priority
(7:5) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY (7:5) AUDIO_SINK_DELAY 0X0 Configure the AUDIO_SINK_DELAY interrupt priority
0xE000E444 NVIC_IP17 (31:29) BLE_AUDIO1 (31:29) BLE_AUDIO1 0X0 Configure the BLE_AUDIO1 interrupt priority
(23:21) BLE_AUDIO0 (23:21) BLE_AUDIO0 0X0 Configure the BLE_AUDIO0 interrupt priority
(15:13) MEM_ERROR (15:13) MEM_ERROR 0X0 Configure the MEM_ERROR interrupt priority
(7:5) FLASH_ECC (7:5) FLASH_ECC 0X0 Configure the FLASH_ECC interrupt priority
0xE000E448 NVIC_IP18 (7:5) BLE_AUDIO2 (7:5) BLE_AUDIO2 0X0 Configure the BLE_AUDIO2 interrupt priority

511
onsemi

0xE000EF00 NVIC_STIR (7:0) INTID - N/A The interrupt number to trigger

www.onsemi.com
RSL10 Hardware Reference
 A.28 SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0xE000ED00 SCB_CPUID - (31:24) IMPLEMENTER 0X41 Implementer code
- (23:20) VARIANT 0X2 Implementation variant
- (19:16) ARCHITECTURE 0XF Architecture number
- (15:4) PARTNO 0XC23 Part number
- (3:0) REVISION 0X1 Revision code
0xE000ED04 SCB_ICSR (31) NMIPENDSET (31) NMIPENDSET 0X0 Indicates the NMI exception is pending
(28) PENDSVSET (28) PENDSVSET 0X0 Write 1 to set pending status for PendSV exception.
Read indicates PendSV pending status
(27) PENDSVCLR - N/A Write 1 to clear PendSV exception pending status
(26) PENDSTSET (26) PENDSTSET 0X0 Write 1 to set pending status for SYSTICK exception.
Read value indicates SYSTICK pending status
(25) PENDSTCLR - N/A Write 1 to clear SYSTICK exception pending status
- (23) ISRPREEMPT 0X0 Indicates that a pending interrupt is going to be
active in the next step
- (22) ISRPENDING 0X0 Indicates that an external interrupt is pending
- (21:12) VECTPENDING 0X0 Pending external interrupt number
- (11) RETTOBASE 0X0 Set to 1 when the an exception handler is being run.

512
- (9:0) VECTACTIVE 0X0 Number of current running interrupt service routine
onsemi

0xE000ED08 SCB_VTOR (31:7) TBLOFF (31:7) TBLOFF 0X0 Table offset value in code or RAM region. Must be
multiple of 128.

www.onsemi.com
0xE000ED0C SCB_AIRCR (31:16) VECTKEY (31:16) VECTKEY 0XFA05 Access key for writing this register. Must be set to
0x05FA to write the other register fields.
RSL10 Hardware Reference

- (15) ENDIANESS 0X0 Indicates endianess for data.

(10:8) PRIGROUP (10:8) PRIGROUP 0X7 Priority group setting. Controls how many bits in the
priority register are used for pre-empty priority vs.
sub-priority.
(2) SYSRESETREQ - N/A Requests a chip-level system reset
(1) VECTCLRACTIVE - N/A Clears all active exception state information
(0) VECTRESET - N/A Reset the CM3
0xE000ED10 SCB_SCR (4) SEVONPEND (4) SEVONPEND 0X0 Set to 1 to cause the WFE to wake up if a new
interrupt is pended
(2) SLEEPDEEP (2) SLEEPDEEP 0X0 Enable SLEEPDEEP output signal when entering
sleep mode
(1) SLEEPONEXIT (1) SLEEPONEXIT 0X0 Enable sleep on exit feature when returning from
handler to thread mode
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000ED14 SCB_CCR (9) STKALIGN (9) STKALIGN 0X0 Force stack to be double-word aligned
(8) BFHFNMIGN (8) BFHFNMIGN 0X0 Ignore data bus faults in hard fault and NMI
exceptions
(4) DIV_0_TRP (4) DIV_0_TRP 0X0 Trap on divide by zero
(3) UNALIGN_TRP (3) UNALIGN_TRP 0X0 Trap on unaligned data access
(1) USERSETMPEND (1) USERSETMPEND 0X0 Allow user code to write to software trigger interrupt
register
(0) NONBASETHRDENA (0) NONBASETHRDENA 0X0 Non base thread mode enable
0xE000ED18 SCB_SHP0 (23:16) (23:16) 0X0 Configure the usage fault priority
NVIC_USAGE_FAULT_PRIORITY NVIC_USAGE_FAULT_PRIORITY
(15:8) NVIC_BUS_FAULT_PRIORITY (15:8) NVIC_BUS_FAULT_PRIORITY 0X0 Configure the bus fault priority
(7:0) NVIC_MEM_FAULT_PRIORITY (7:0) NVIC_MEM_FAULT_PRIORITY 0X0 Configure the memory fault priority
0xE000ED1C SCB_SHP1 (31:24) NVIC_SVC_PRIORITY (31:24) NVIC_SVC_PRIORITY 0X0 Configure the SVC priority
0xE000ED20 SCB_SHP2 (31:24) NVIC_SYSTICK_PRIORITY (31:24) NVIC_SYSTICK_PRIORITY 0X0 Configure the SysTick interrupt priority
(23:16) NVIC_PENDSV_PRIORITY (23:16) NVIC_PENDSV_PRIORITY 0X0 Configure the PendSV priority
(7:0) NVIC_MONITOR_PRIORITY (7:0) NVIC_MONITOR_PRIORITY 0X0 Configure the monitor priority
0xE000ED24 SCB_SHCSR (18) USGFAULTENA (18) USGFAULTENA 0X0 Usage fault handler enable
(17) BUSFAULTENA (17) BUSFAULTENA 0X0 Bus fault handler enable

513
(16) MEMFAULTENA (16) MEMFAULTENA 0X0 Memory management fault handler enable
onsemi

(15) SVCALLPENDED (15) SVCALLPENDED 0X0 SVCall is pending or was started and replaced by a
higher priority exception

www.onsemi.com
(14) BUSFAULTPENDED (14) BUSFAULTPENDED 0X0 Bus fault is pending or was started and replaced by a
higher priority exception
(13) MEMFAULTPENDED (13) MEMFAULTPENDED 0X0 Memory management fault is pending or was started
RSL10 Hardware Reference

and replaced by a higher priority exception

(12) USGFAULTPENDED (12) USGFAULTPENDED 0X0 Usage fault is pending or was started and replaced
by a higher priority exception
(11) SYSTICKACT (11) SYSTICKACT 0X0 SYSTICK exception handler is active
(10) PENDSVACT (10) PENDSVACT 0X0 PendSV exception handler is active
(8) MONITORACT (8) MONITORACT 0X0 Debug monitor exception handler is active
(7) SVCALLACT (7) SVCALLACT 0X0 SVCall exception handler is active
(3) USGFAULTACT (3) USGFAULTACT 0X0 Usage fault exception handler is active
(1) BUSFAULTACT (1) BUSFAULTACT 0X0 Bus fault exception handler is active
(0) MEMFAULTACT (0) MEMFAULTACT 0X0 Memory management fault exception handler is
active
 Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description
0xE000ED28 SCB_CFSR (25) DIVBYZERO (25) DIVBYZERO 0X0 Indicates divide by zero will take place
(24) UNALIGNED (24) UNALIGNED 0X0 Indicates unaligned access will take place
(19) NOCP (19) NOCP 0X0 Attempt to execute a coprocessor instruction
(18) INVPC (18) INVPC 0X0 Attempt to do exception with bad value in
EXC_RETURN number
(17) INVSTATE (17) INVSTATE 0X0 Attempt to switch to invalid (e.g. ARM) state
(16) UNDEFINSTR (16) UNDEFINSTR 0X0 Attempt to execute an undefined instruction
- (15) BFARVALID 0X0 Indicates if bus fault address register is valid
(12) STKERR (12) STKERR 0X0 Indicates stacking error
(11) UNSTKERR (11) UNSTKERR 0X0 Indicates unstacking error
(10) IMPRECISERR (10) IMPRECISERR 0X0 Indicates imprecise data access violation
(9) PRECISERR (9) PRECISERR 0X0 Indicates precise data access violation
(8) IBUSERR (8) IBUSERR 0X0 Indicates instruction access violation
- (7) MMARVALID 0X0 Indicates if memory management fault address
register is valid
(4) MSTKERR (4) MSTKERR 0X0 Indicates stacking error
(3) MUNSTKERR (3) MUNSTKERR 0X0 Indicates unstacking error
(1) DACCVIOL (1) DACCVIOL 0X0 Indicates data access violation

514
(0) IACCVIOL (0) IACCVIOL 0X0 Indicates instruction access violation
onsemi

0xE000ED2C SCB_HFSR (31) DEBUGEVT (31) DEBUGEVT 0X0 Indicates hard fault is triggered by debug event

www.onsemi.com
(30) FORCED (30) FORCED 0X0 Indicates hard fault is taken because of a lower
priority (e.g., bus, memory management or usage)
fault
(1) VECTBL (1) VECTBL 0X0 Indicates hard fault is taken due to failed vector fetch
RSL10 Hardware Reference

0xE000ED30 SCB_DFSR (4) EXTERNAL (4) EXTERNAL 0X0 Indicates external debug request signal asserted
(3) VCATCH (3) VCATCH 0X0 Indicates vector fetch occurred
(2) DWTTRAP (2) DWTTRAP 0X0 Indicates DWT match occurred
(1) BKPT (1) BKPT 0X0 Indicates BKPT instruction executed
(0) HALTED (0) HALTED 0X0 Indicates halt requested by NVIC
0xE000ED34 SCB_MMFAR - (31:0) NVIC_MMAR 0X0
0xE000ED38 SCB_BFAR - (31:0) NVIC_BFAR 0X0
 A.29 DEBUG CONTROLLER

Address Register Name Register Write Register Read Default Description

0xE000EDF0 DEBUG_DHCSR (31:16) DBGKEY - N/A Debug key must be written to this field in order to
write the rest of the register
- (25) S_RESET_ST 0X0 Core has been reset or is being rest. Bit is cleared on
read.
- (24) S_RETIRE_ST 0X0
- (19) S_LOCKUP 0X0 Indicates if core is in lockup state
- (18) S_SLEEP 0X0 Indicates if core is in sleep mode
- (17) S_HALT 0X0 Indicates is core is halted
- (16) S_REGRDY 0X0 Indicates register read/write operation is completed
(5) C_SNAPSTALL (5) C_SNAPSTALL 0X0 Set to break a stalled memory access
(3) C_MASKINTS (3) C_MASKINTS 0X0 Mask interrupts while stepping
(2) C_STEP (2) C_STEP 0X0 Single step the processor
(1) C_HALT (1) C_HALT 0X0 Halt the processor
(0) C_DEBUGEN (0) C_DEBUGEN 0X1 Enable halt mode debugging
0xE000EDF4 DEBUG_DCRSR (16) REGWnR - N/A Indicates direction of register transfer
(4:0) REGSEL - N/A Indicates register to be accessed

515
0xE000EDF8 DEBUG_DCRDR (31:0) DEBUG_REGDATA (31:0) DEBUG_REGDATA 0X0 Register read/write data for debugging
onsemi

0xE000EDFC DEBUG_DEMCR (24) TRCENA (24) TRCENA 0X0 Trace system enable
(19) MON_REQ (19) MON_REQ 0X0 Indicates that the debug monitor is caused by a

www.onsemi.com
manual pending request rather than a hardware
event
(18) MON_STEP (18) MON_STEP 0X0 Single step the processor
RSL10 Hardware Reference

(17) MON_PEND (17) MON_PEND 0X0 Pend the monitor exception request
(16) MON_EN (16) MON_EN 0X0 Enable the debug monitor exception
(10) VC_HARDERR (10) VC_HARDERR 0X0 Debug trap on hard faults
(9) VC_INTERR (9) VC_INTERR 0X0 Debug trap on interrupt service errors
(8) VC_BUSERR (8) VC_BUSERR 0X0 Debug trap on bus faults
(7) VC_STATERR (7) VC_STATERR 0X0 Debug trap on usage fault state errors
(6) VC_CHKERR (6) VC_CHKERR 0X0 Debug trap on fault-enabled checking errors (e.g.
unaligned access, divide by zero, etc.)
(5) VC_NOCPERR (5) VC_NOCPERR 0X0 Debug trap on usage fault no coprocessor errors
(4) VC_MMERR (4) VC_MMERR 0X0 Debug trap on memory management fault
(0) VC_CORERESET (0) VC_CORERESET 0X0 Debug trap on core reset
 APPENDIX B
Glossary
B.

The following abbreviations and terms are used in this manual:

ACS analog control system

ADC analog-to-digital converter

AFE analog front-end

CRC cyclic redundancy check

DAC digital-to-analog converter

DIO digital input/output

DMA direct memory access

ECC error correcting code

GAP generic access profile

GPIO general-purpose input/output

HIZ high impedance

I2C inter-IC communication protocol

I2S inter-IC sound protocol

INL integral non-linearity

JTAG joint test action group (developer of IEEE standard 1149.1-1990)

L2CAP logical link control and adaptation protocol

LDO low dropout voltage regulator

LSB least significant bit

MCU microcontroller unit

MSB most significant bit

MUX multiplexer, selector of one signal from many

NVIC nested vectored interrupt controller

PCM pulse code modulation

www.onsemi.com
516
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

PLL phase-locked loop

PMU power management unit

PWM pulse width modulation

POR power-on-reset

RAM random-access memory

RFFE radio-frequency front-end

ROM read-only memory

RTC real-time clock

SCL serial clock (part of I2C bus)

SDA serial data (part of I2C bus)

SPI serial peripheral interface

SWD serial wire debug, two-wire interface used for communication with Arm cores

SWJ-DP serial wire and JTAG debug port

UART universal asynchronous receiver-transmitter

VCO voltage-controlled oscillator

VDDA supply voltage for the non-RF analog blocks and flash memory

VDDC supply voltage for the digital logic

VDDM supply voltage for the memories

VDDO input supply for the digital I/O pads, including the debug port (SWJ-DP)

VDDPA optional supply voltage for the power amplifier from the RF front-end

VDDRF supply voltage for the RF front-end

WDF wave digital filter

XTAL crystal, generally quartz-based

www.onsemi.com
517
 onsemi
RSL10 Hardware Reference

Sections of this manual relating to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor have been republished from the Cortex-M3 Technical Reference (version r2p1) with permission.Sections of this
manual relating to the Arm Cortex-M3 processor have been republished from the Cortex-M3 Technical Reference (version r2p1) with permission.

Arm, the Arm logo and Cortex are trademarks or registered trademarks of Arm Ltd. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. All other brand names and product
names appearing in this document are trademarks of their respective holders.

Arm, the Arm logo and Cortex are trademarks or registered trademarks of Arm Ltd. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. All other brand names and product
names appearing in this document are trademarks of their respective holders.

onsemi and the onsemi logo are trademarks of Semiconductor Components Industries, LLC dba onsemi or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. onsemi
owns the rights to a number of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual property. A listing of onsemi’s product/patent coverage may be accessed at
www.onsemi.com/site/pdf/Patent-Marking.pdf. onsemi reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. onsemi makes no warranty,
representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does onsemi assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any
product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation special, consequential or incidental damages. Buyer is responsible for its products and
applications using onsemi products, including compliance with all laws, regulations and safety requirements or standards, regardless of any support or applications information
provided by onsemi. “Typical” parameters which may be provided in onsemi data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance
may vary over time. All operating parameters, including “Typicals” must be validated for each customer application by customer’s technical experts. onsemi does not convey any
license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. onsemi products are not designed, intended, or authorized for use as a critical component in life support systems or any
FDA Class 3 medical devices or medical devices with a same or similar classification in a foreign jurisdiction or any devices intended for implantation in the human body. Should
Buyer purchase or use onsemi products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold onsemi and its officers, employees, subsidiaries,
affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal
injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that onsemi was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part.
onsemi is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer. This literature is subject to all applicable copyright laws and is not for resale in any manner.

PUBLICATION ORDERING INFORMATION

LITERATURE FULFILLMENT: N. American Technical Support: 800-282-9855 Toll onsemi Website: www.onsemi.com
Literature Distribution Center for onsemi Free USA/Canada
19521 E. 32nd Pkwy, Aurora, Colorado 80011 USA Europe, Middle East and Africa Technical Support: Order Literature: http://www.onsemi.com/orderlit
Phone: 303-675-2175 or 800-344-3860 Toll Free USA/Canada Phone: 421 33 790 2910
Fax: 303-675-2176 or 800-344-3867 Toll Free USA/Canada For additional information, please contact your local
Email: [email protected] Sales Representative

M-20829-021